Auerbach_Data_Communications_Reports_Vol_1_1970 Auerbach Data Communications Reports Vol 1 1970
Auerbach_Data_Communications_Reports_Vol_1_1970 Auerbach_Data_Communications_Reports_Vol_1_1970
User Manual: Auerbach_Data_Communications_Reports_Vol_1_1970
Open the PDF directly: View PDF 
.
Page Count: 516
| Download | |
| Open PDF In Browser | View PDF |
AUERBACH
DATA
COMMUNICATIONS
REPORT,S
Prepared and Published by
AUERBACH INFO, Inc.
121 North Broad Street
Philadelphia, Pa. 19107
Phone
215-491-8200
AUERBACH
(!)
AUERBACH INFO, INC.
AUERBACH INFO, INC. publishes periodically updated looseleaf reference works for current
awareness in the field of IIlformation processing, data communications, and graphics.
• AUERBACH Standard fOP Repolts
An eight·volume analytical service providing detailed, objective reports on the major U.S. computer sys·
tems. Hardware and softwarE' .m' dllalyzed in a standardized report format that facilitates comparisons.
Benchmark problems are used to measure overall system performance in typical commercial and scientific
applications. Updated twelve tlllles per year.
• AUERBACH ScientifIc and Control Computer Reports
A two·volume extension of AUERBACH Standard EOP Reports containing detailed, objective analyses of
the U.S. computer systems that are specialized, by hardware design or software support, for scientific,
control, and other nonbusiness-oriented applications. Updated six times per year.
• AUERBACH Computer Notebook
A two·volume current awareness service on more than 80 U.S. computer systems, updated twelve times
a year with new reports arid revisions. Contains individual descriptions of the features and limitations of
each system, over 100 pages of objective hardware and performance comparison charts, and complete
price lists.
• AUERBACH Computer Notebook International
A two·volume guide which has the entire contents of AUERBACH Computer Notebook plus coverage ex·
panded to include computer systems manufactured outside the United States. It also includes Special
Reports which provide facts and guidelines on tollics of current interest. Updated twelve times a year.
• AUERBACH Software Notebook
A detailed guide to the manufacturer·supplied software for third'generation U.S. computer systems. This
service contains individual, analytical reports designed to supply the facts you need to understand, evalu·
ate, and utilize computer software. Updated six times per year.
• AUERBACH Data CommunIcations Reports
A complete reference source on digital data comm unications eqUipment and techniques. Contains indio
vidual, analytical reports on more than 50 different types of communications terminals and processing
eqUipment, detailed reports on common·carrier facilities, and a guide to the design of effective data com·
munications systems. Updated four times per year.
• AUERBACH Data Handling Reports
A comprehensive guide to selecting and applying the wide range of support equipment and supplies used
in conjunction with computer systems. Detailed, analytical reports, in a standardized format for easy com·
parisons, describe equipment used for capturing data at its source, preparing input to computers, per·
forming media conversions, processing unit records, and handling printed forms. Updated four times
per year.
• AUERBACH Graphic Processing Reports
A comprehensive analytical service on information storage and retrieval systems, microform reader/
printers, plotters, computer·driven displays, and photo typesetters. Includes system design tools, opera·
tional procedures, performance, support requirements and prices. Updated four times per year.
• AUERBACH Time·Sharing Reports
A two·volume service covering all aspects of commercial time·sharing. It includes reports on the state of
the time·sharing art, time·sharing languages, applications, equipment and individual reports on cammer·
cial time· sharing services. Updated four times per year .
•••••••••••
AUERBACH Data Communications Reports
THE INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN HAS BEEN OBTAINED FROM RELIABLE SOURCES AND HAS BEEN EVALUATED BY EXPERIENCED
TECHNICAL PERSONNEL DUE TO THE RAPIDlV CHANGING NATURE OF THE TECHNOLOGV AND EQUIPMENT HOWEVER. THE INFORMATION
CANNOT BE GUARANTEED
PrInted In U.S A
© 1969 AUERBACH Corporation and AUERBACH Info, Inc.
A
AUERBACH
COMPUTER
TECHNOLOGY
REPORTS
AUERBACH
e
I
DATA COMMUNICATIONS
CONTENTS
0000
Binder 1
REFERENCE GUIDES
What It Is - How To Use It . . . • . . . • . . • . . • . • . . . . . . . • . . . . • . . • . • . . • . . 1200:01
In.dex •.••••••.••.•..••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••• 1400:01
Manufacturer Directory . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . • • . . • . . • . • . • 1600:01
SYSTEM DESIGN
Basic Concepts . . . • . • . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . • . . . . .
Communications Facilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Error Control . . . • . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . • • . • . • . . • . . . . .
Equipment Selection . • • . . . . . . . . . . . • . . • . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . • . . .
Message Switching • . • • . . . • . . • . • • . . . . . . . . • . . • . . • . . . . • . . . . • . . • . . .
2000:01
2100:01
2200:01
2300:01
2400:01
COMMON-CARRIER COMMUNICATIONS FACILITIES
Common-Carrier
Common-Carrier
Common-Carrier
Common-Carrier
Communications Facilities •••••••••••••••••••••••••••
Narrowband Facilities ••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••
Voiceband Facilities •••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••
Broadband Facilities •••••••••••••••••••.••••••.••••
3000:01
3100:01
3200:01
3300:01
COMPARISON CHARTS
Communications Terminal Equipment •••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••• 4200:01
Addressograph Multigraph 9652/9654 CODE Scanner •••••••••••••••••••• 4200:77
American Data Systems ADS-715 Data Communications Terminal ••••••••••• 4200:03
American Regitel Model 701 Data Communications Terminal Controller ••••••• 4200:03
American Regitel Model 4440C Console Printer ••••••••••••••••••••••• 4200:03
American Regitel Model 12212 Boarding Pass Printer ••••••••••••••••••• 4200:03
Anderson Jacobson ADT 233 Acoustic Data Terminal •••••••••••••••••••• 4200:04
Applied Peripheral Systems 00-4 Data Entry Terminal ••••••••.•••••••.• 4200:04
Applied Systems ASC 1170 Communications Terminal ••••••••••••••••••• 4200:04
AT&T Touch-Tone Handset •.•••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••• 4200:03
Audac Data Terminal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • • . • . . • . • . . . . . 4200:77
Badger Meter DTS-112 Remote Batch Terminal ••••••••••••••••••••••• 4200:05
Badger Meter DTS-114 Remote Batch Terminal ••••••••••••••••••••••• 4200:05
Berkeley Scientific Laboratorres GP-30 Data Terminal •••••••••••••••••• 4200:05
Bonnar-Vawter Expedata 600 Tape Reader/Transmitter Unit •••••••••••••• 4200:08
Bunker-Ramo Series 200 Data Display System •••••••••••••••••••••••• 4200:08
Bunker-Ramo Series 2200 Data Display System ••••••••••••••••••••••• 4200:09
Burroughs Series TC-500 Terminal Computer •••••••••••••••••••••••• 4200:06
Burroughs Series TC-700 Teller Terminal •••••••••••••••••••••••••• 4200:07
Burroughs Model 2531 Single-Line Control •••••••••••••••••••••••••• 4200:06
Burroughs Model 3351 Single-Line Control •••••••••••••••••••••••••• 4200:06
Burroughs Model 3353 Multi-Line Control ••••••••••••••••••••••••••• 4200:06
Burroughs B9351 Input and Display System •••.•••••••••••••••••••••• 4200:07
Burroughs B9352 Input and Display Terminal ••••••••••••••••••••••••• 4200:08
Clary Datacomp Systems SP20 Digital Strip Printer ••••••••••••••••••••• 4200:11
Clary Datacomp Systems 4000 Series Intelligent Terminals ••••••••••••••• 4200:10
Colorado Instruments C-i:>ek 213 Data Input Station ••••••••••••••••••••• 4200:78
ComData Series 33 Portable Terminal ••••••••••••••••••••••••••••• 4200:09
Communitype Data Communication System ••••••••••••••••••••••••••• 4200:11
Communitype 550 Magnetic Tape Transmission/Conversion System •••••••••• 4200:11
Compat 88-03 Conversational Terminal ••••••••••••••••••••••••••••• 4200:11
Compat 88-13 Batch Terminal • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • 4200: 12
Refer also to CONTENTS ADDENDUM beginning on page 19
@
1970 AUERBACH Info, Inc.
3001-3
,
0000
DATA COMMUNICATIONS
Communications Terminal Equipment (Contd.)
Compat 88-23 Batch Terminal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4200:12
Compat CDT-100 Magnetic Tape Terminal . . • . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4200:12
Compat CDT-200 Printer Terminal . . . . . . . . . . . • • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4200:12
Compucord Data Sense 5000 Video Display/Mag Tape Terminal . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4200:13
Computer Communications CAL 30/30 Remote Data Terminal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4200:14
Computer Communications CC-30 Communications Station . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4200:14
Computer Communications CC-36 Televideo Conversational/Batch Station . . . . . . 4200:15
Computer Terminals UT-1000 Utility Terminal . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . • . . . . . . . . 4200:12
Computer Transceiver Systems Execuport 300 Printer Terminal . • . . . . • . . . . . 4200:15
Computone Systems CT-14M Computer Terminal. . . . . . . • . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . 4200:15
Computone Systems CT-16 Series Computer Terminal . . . . • . . . . . . • . . . . . . . 4200:16
Computone Systems CT-23 Computer Terminal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4200:16
Computone Systems CT-60 Computer Terminal . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . 4200:16
Computone Systems CT-32LR Computer Terminal ••••••••••••••••••••• 4200:78
Connecticut Technical Data Terminal • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4200:16
Control Data 200 User Terminal . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . • . . 4200:17
Control Data 210 Inquiry/Retrieval System . . . • . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4200:17
Control Data 212 Inquiry/Retrieval System . . . . . . . • . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . 4200:18
Customized Data Systems Adapta-Data Terminal System ••••••••••••••••• 4200:78
Daedalus Computer Products 711 PDT Programmable Data Terminal . . . . . . . . . 4200:18
Data 100 Model 70-1 Remote Batch Terminal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4200:18
Data 100 Model 70-2 Remote Line Printer Terminal. • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4200:18
Data Access Systems DF33ASR-0 Data Terminal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4200:20
Data Access Systems DF33KSR -0 Data Terminal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4200:20
Data Access Systems DF35ASR-0 Data Terminal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4200:20
Data Computer Systems CP-4 Remote Communication Terminal. . . . . . . . . . . . . 4200:19
DatagraphiX 1100 Inquiry-Display System . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4200:19
Datamark Series 200 Oscillating Bar Printer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4200: 76
DataNetics Model 33 Secretarial Terminal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4200:21
Data Products PC-8110 Portable Communications Terminal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4200:22
Data Products DT-8280 Data Transmission Terminal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4200:22
Data Systems Design DSD-8 Batch Processing Terminal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4200:21
Dataterm Model 44 Teletypewriter •••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••• 4200:78
Datel Model 30 Conversational Data Terminal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4200:22
Datron Systems Model 102 Data Transmission Card Reader . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4200:22
Datron Systems Model 107 CRT Data Transmitter . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . 4200:23
A. B. Dick M960 Videoject Printer . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4200:23
Digitronics 507 Reverse-Channel Dial-o-Verter Paper Tape Transmitter . . . . . . 4200:23
Digitronics 509 Reverse-Channel Dial-o-Verter Paper Tape Receiver . . • . . . . . 4200:24
Digitronics 522 Reverse-Channel Dial-o-Verter Magnetic Tape Terminal . . . . . . 4200:23
Digitronics 524 Turn-Around Dial-o-Verter Magnetic Tape Terminal • . . . • . . . . 4200:24
Digitronics 4021 Reverse-Channel Dial-o-Verier Printer Terminal . . . . • . . • • . 4200:24
Digitronics 5072 Reverse-Channel Dial-o-Verter Printer/Paper Tape
Transmitter . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • • . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • • • • . 4200:24
Digitronics 5079 Reverse-Channel Dial-o-Verter Paper Tape Transmitter/
Receiver • . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . • • . . . . • . . • . • . • . . . . . . • . . . • . . . . 4200:25
Digitronics 5122 Reverse-Channel Dial-o-Verter Printer/Card Reader
Terminal . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . • • . . 4200:25
Digitronics 5225 Reverse-Channel Dial-o-Verter Magnetic Tape Terminal • . . . . 4200:25
Dura 1021/1051 Data Terminals . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4200:25
Dura 1041/1015 Data Terminals . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . • • • • . . . . . . • • . . . . . . 4200:26
Dynatronics EDX-1901 Data Communications Terminal. . . . . . . . . . . . • . • . . • . 4200:26
Electronic Engineering 1650/51 Terminal. . . . . . . . . . . . • . . • . . . . . • • . . . . . 4200:27
Electronic Information Systems ET-39 Telewriter . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . • . . . . 4200: 26
Foto-Mem Foto-Print 30 Data Printing. Terminal. . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . 4200: 27
Friden Teledata Line . . . . . . . • . . • . . . . . . . . . . • . • • . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . 4200: 27
Refer also to CONTENTS ADDENDUM beginning on page 19
2
AUERBACH Computer Technology Reports
3001-4
CONTENTS
0000
Communications Terminal Equipment (Contd.)
Friden 7102 Communications Terminal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4200: 28
Friden 7311/7331 Communications Terminal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4200: 28
GDI CT-300 Card Transmitter • • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4200:30
GE Datanet-600/601 . . . . . • . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4200:29
GE Datanet-730 Acoustically Coupled Terminal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4200:29
GE Datanet-760 Keyboard/Display Subsystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4200:29
GE Datanet-765 CRT Communication Terminal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . 4200:30
GE Terminet 300 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4200:28
Gulton Industries LG 10/30 Remote Computer Terminal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4200:30
Hewlett-Packard Model 2761A Optical Mark Reader . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4200:33
Honeywell Data Station . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4200:31
Honeywell Series 200 Visual Information Projection System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4200:31
Honeywell 281 Single Channel Communications Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4200:31
Honeywell 481 Single Channel Communications Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4200:32
Honeywell K-700 Series Key tape Communicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4200:32
Honeywell K-900 Series Keytape Communicators . . . . . . • . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . 4200:32
Honeywell 2440/RTT Series Remote Transmission Terminal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4200:33
IBM Magnetic Tape Selectric Typewriter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . 4200:33
IBM 65/66 Data Transceiver . . . • . . • . . . • . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4200:34
IBM 1013 Card Transmission Terminal . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4200:34
IBM 1050 Data Communications System . . . • . . . . . . . . • . • • . . . . . . • . . • . . . 4200:34
IBM 1978 Print Read Punch Terminal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . • • . . . . . . 4200:35
IBM 2260 Display Station . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4200:35
IBM 2265 Display Station . . . . . . . . . • . • • • • . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4200:36
IBM 2721 Portable Audio Terminal . . • . . . • . . • • • . • . . • . • • . . . • . . • • . • . . 4200:35
IBM 2740 Communication Terminal . . • • • . . • . • . • . . . • • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4200:36
IBM 2741 Communication Terminal . . • • . . . . . . • • . . . . . . • . . . . • • . . . . . . . 4200:36
IBM 2770 Data Communications System . . . . . . • . • . . . . . . . . . • • . • . . . . . . . 4200:37
IBM 2780 Data Transmission Terminal . . . . . . • . . . . . . • . . • . • . • . . • . . • . . 4200:38
IBM 7702 Magnetic Tape Transmission Terminal . . • . . . . • . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . 4200:36
IBM 7710 Data Communication Unit . . . . . . • • . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4200:37
IBM 7711 Data Communication Unit . . . . . • • . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . 4200:38
Infotec DS-20 Data Station . . . . . . . . . . • • . . . . . • . . • • . . . . . • . . . . • . . . . . 4200:38
Interface Mechanisms Series 3 Dual Image Remote Data Entry Terminal . . . . . . . 4200:38
ITT Data Equipment and Systems 3010 Envoy Electronic Dataprinter . . . • . . . • . . 4200:39
Kleinschmidt Model 311 Electronic Data Printer . . • . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4200:39
Kleinschmidt Model 321 High-Speed Automatic Data Set . . . . • • . . . . . . . . . . . . 4200:39
KSW Controls Series 600 Input Terminals . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . 4200:40
Maxson M1389 Digital Message Terminal . • . . • . . • • • . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4200:40
Metroprocessing FT-1200/1248 Spartan Fone-Tone Acoustic-Coupled
Terminal . . . . • . . • . . . . . . • . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . • . • . . . . . . . . . . .
. 4200:42
Metroprocessing FT-1240/1241 Spartan Fone-Tone Acoustic-Coupled
Terminal . . • . . . . . . . . . • . . • . • . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . .
. 4200:42
Mite Model 123 Printer Terminal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4200:42
Mohawk 1100 Series Data-Recorders . . • . • . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4200:40
Mohawk 6403 Data-Recorder . . . . . .. . . . • • . . . . • . . . . • . . . • . . . . . • . . . 4200:41
Mohawk System 7500 Data Communications Terminals . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . 4200:41
Motorola MTP-30 High-Speed Line . . • . . • . • . . . . • • . . . • . . . . . . . . • . . . . . 4200:44
Motorola MTP-6000 Teleprinter Terminal • . • • . . . . . . • • . . . • . . • . . . • . . . • 4200:44
NCR 735 Series Data-Encoders .•.•..•..•.••••••..•.•••••.••••..•. 4200:42
NCR 736 Series Data-Encoders . • . . • . • • • • . . . . . . : •.••.•.••••..••... 4200:43
NCR 760/765 Class Parallel Data Communications Equipment . • • • • . . . . • . . . . 4200:43
Novar Model 5-41 Data Communications Terminal .•..•.•••••••..•.••... 4200:44
Novar Model 5-50 Data Communications Terminal • . • . • . . . • . • . • . • • • • . . . . 4200:44
Novar Model 5-51 Data Communications Terminal ..••••...•••••••••..•. 4200:45
Olivetti Model TC 308SH Time Sharing Terminal . . . . . • . • . . . • • • • • . • • • . . . 4200:46
Olivetti Model TC 349BI Buffered General Purpose Terminal. •••••••••••••. 4200:46
Refer also to CONTENTS ADDENDUM beginning on page 19
© 1970 AUERBACH Info, Inc.
3001-5
3
0000
DATA COMMUNICATIONS
Communications Terminal Equipment (Contd.)
Olivetti Model TC 380 Computer Terminal . : .•....•..•.•.•••.•••.••.• 4200:45
Omnitec Model 800 Portable Data Terminal .•••.•••••••••.••••....•.• 4200:46
Omnitec Model 800A Portable Data Terminal ..•••••••••••••••.....••. 4200:47
Omnitec Model 805 Coupler-to-Tape Communications Subsystem . . • • . . • • . . . . 4200:47
Omnitec Model 807 Tape-to-Coupler Communications Subsystem . • • • . . . . . . . 4200:47
Omnitec Model 812 Communications Subsystem •.•.••••••••••••••••••.. 4200:47
Omnitec Model 900 Conversational Data Terminal •..•••.•••••••..••••.• 4200:48
Oneida Electronics Acousticom Series 33 Data Terminal ..••••••.•...•••.. 4200:48
Peripheral Data Machines Magnyx 6633 Data Terminal ..•••••.....•••••.. 4200:48
Philco-Ford D-20 Alphanumeric Color Display Unit •.•..••••••...••.•.•• 4200:49
Philco-Ford D-21 Alphanumeric Display Unit •••••.•..••••••.••.•••••. 4200:50
Plessey PT 200 PT Data Transmission System ••••.•.••.••.••...••.••• 4200:49
Plessey PT 600/1200 PT Mark In Data Transmission Terminal •.•••..••.••. 4200:49
Qantel V Terminal Processor •.•••.•.•.•.•.••••.••.•....•.•.••••. 4200:49
Raytheon DIDS-400 Digital Information Display System ..••••.•..•••.••••. 4200:50
RCA 6740-11/-21 Teletypewriter ••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••• 4200:79
RCA 6741-11/-21 Teletypewriter ••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••• 4200:78
RCA 6742-11/-21 Teletypewriter ••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••• 4200:79
RCA 70/653 Communication Control .••••..••.•.•..•.•...•••••.•... 4200:52
RCA 70/740 Data Terminal . . • . . • . . . • . . • . • . . • • . . • . • • • • • . • • . • . • . . 4200:51
RCA 70/750 Modular Video Data System . • • . • . . • . • . . . . . . . • . • . • . . . . • . 4200:51
RCA 70/752 Video Data Terminal . • . . . . . . • • . . . • . • • . • . • . • . . . . . • • . . . 4200:51
Remcom Systems 2780 Remote Batch Terminal ..•...•.••.••..•.•.•.••. 4200:50
Sanders 620 Stand-Alone Data Display System . . . . . . • . . • . . . . • . . • . • . . . . . 4200:53
Sanders 720 Data Display System . • • . • • . • . . . • . . . • . . . . . • . . • . . . . . . . . 4200:53
Sangamo DS-7000 Series Data Station . • . . • . . • . . . . • • . • . . . • . • . . . . • • • . • . 4200:52
Sangamo DS-9000 Series Data Station . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . • . . . . . . . . . . . 4200:52
Scientific Control DCT-132 Programmable Remote Batch Terminal .••.•..•.. 4200:54
Sycor 301/302 Key-Cassette Terminal . • . . . . . . • . . • . • . . . . . • • . . • • . . . . . 4200:52
Syner-Data Beta Serial Printer System ••••••••••••••••••••••••••••• 4200:79
Tally System 100 Parallel Sender . • . . . . • . • • • . . . . . . • . . . . . • • • • • . • • • . 4200:54
Tally System 102 Parallel Sender ..•.•..•••.••.•..•...•.•••••••.•• 4200:54
Tally System 108 Parallel Sender •.•.....•••..•...•.•..•.•.••••.•• 4200:54
Tally System 111 Serial Sender . . . . . • . . . . . . . . • . • • • • • . . • . • . • • • • • . • . 4200:54
Tally System 120 Parallel Sender ••••••...•..••••••.••••••••..•••. 4200:55
Tally System 122 Parallel Sender .•••••••••.•••••••••••••••..•.••• 4200:55
Tally System 128 Parallel Sender •••..•••••••••••.•.•.•••••••.•... 4200:55
Tally System 200 Parallel Receiver ••••.••••••••••.•••••••••••••.•. 4200:55
Tally System 211 Serial Receiver •••••..•••.••••••..••••.••••.•••• 4200:55
Tally System 228 Parallel Receiver ...••••••••.•••••••••••••••••••. 4200:55
Tally System 311 Serial Sender/Receiver .•••.••••••••.•••.•••.•••••. 4200:56
Tally System 1021 Data Terminal •••••••••••••••••••••••••...••••• 4200:55
Tally System 4031 Data Terminal .•.•••••••••••••••.•.•..•••••••.. 4200:56
Technitrend RP 2800 Transmitter/Printer Terminal .•••••••••••.••••••• 4200:56
Technitrend TT 3100 Portable Data Terminal ••.••••••••••.••••••••.•• 4200:56
Teletype BRPE Punch .••••.••••••.•••••.•••••••••••••••••••.•. 4210:02
Teletype CARData Keyboard Punch •••.•••••••••••••.•••.••••••.••• 4210:02
Teletype CARData Reader •••••••••••••••.•.•••••••••••••••••••• 4210:02
Teletype Tape Reader (Type CX) •••••..••••••••••••••••••••••••••• 4210:02
Teletype Inktronic RO and KSR Set ..•••••..••••.••••.•••••••••.••• 4200:59
Teletype Model 28 Line •.•.••••.••••.••••••••.••••.•••••••••••• 4200:57
Teletype Model 32 Line ••••••••.••••...••.•••••••.•••••••.•••.. 4200:58
Teletype Model 33 Line .•••.••••••••••••••.••••••••••••.•.••••• 4200:58
Teletype Model 35 Line •.••.•.•••.•••.•..•••••.••••••••.••.•••. 4200:59
Teletype Model 37 •••.••.•..•.•.••••••••••••••••••.•.•••••••• 4200:58
Teletype Telespeed 750 Equipment .••••••••.•.•••..•.•.•.••.•....• 4200:57
Teletype Telespeed 1050 Equipment •.••••.•.••.••..••..•.•.•••..••• 4200:57
IRefer also
4
to CONTENTS ADDENDUM beginning on page 19
AUERBACH Computer Technology Reports
_1-6
CONTENTS
Communications Terminal Equipment (Contd.)
0000
Page
Teletype Telespeed 1200 EDC Equipment ...•. ,. . . . . • • . . . . . . • . . • . . . . . . 4200:57
Terminal Communications TC Model 10 Data Terminal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . 4200:59
Terminal Communications TC Model 22 Mark Read Card TerminaL . . . . . . . . . . 4200:59
Texas Instruments Model 10 Series 720 Electronic Data Terminal . . . . . . . . . . . 4200:60
Texas Instruments Model 15 Series 720 Electronic Data Terminal . . . . . • . . . . . 4200:60
Texas Instruments Model 20 Series 720 Electronic Data Terminal . . . . . . . . . . . 4200:60
Texas Instruments Model 21 Series 720 Electronic Data Terminal . . • . . . . . . . . 4200:61
Texas Instruments Model 22 Series 720 Electronic Data Terminal . . . . . . . . . . . 4200:61
Texas Instruments Model 23 Series 720 Electronic Data Terminal . . . • . . . . . . . 4200:61
Texas Instruments Model 30 Series 720 Electronic Data Terminal . • . . . . • . . • . 4200:61
Texas Instruments Model 31 Series 720 Electronic Data Terminal . . . • . . . . . . • 4200:62
Time-Sharing Terminals TST 33 ASR Data Terminal . • • . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . 4200:62
Time-Sharing Terminals TST TermiNet 300 Data Terminal. . . • • . • • . . . . . . . . 4200:62
Tracor Computing TCC-160l Character Printer • . . • . . • . . . . . • . • . . • . • . . . 4200:63
TransCom CPI-203 Card Punch . . • • . • • • • . . . . . . • • • • • . . • • • . • . . • . . . . 4200:63
TransCom PTP-203 Paper Tape Punch . . . • . • • . . . • . • . . • . • • • . • . . . . • . . 4200:63
TransCom PTR -203 Paper Tape Reader ...••.••••...•.•.••..••..••. 4200:63
TransCom RCT-203 Strip Printer . . • • • • • • . • . . . . • . . • • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4200:63
Typagraph Model 0 Printer Terminal. . . . . . . . . • . • • • . . . • • . • • . • • . . . . . • 4200:68
Typagraph Model 2 Printer Terminal. ...••••.•.•.••.•••••••.••.•••• 4200:69
Typagraph Model 3 Plotter/Printer Terminal . . . . • . . • • • . • . • • . • • . . • • . . . 4200:69
Ultronic Systems MT 3000-7 Magnetic Tape Terminal . • . . . • • • • • • . • . . . . . . 4200:69
Ultronic Systems MT 3000-9 Magnetic Tape Terminal . . • . • . . . . . • • . • . . • . . 4200:70
Univac Communications Terminal Synchronous .••.••••..•.•...••.••... 4200:67
Univac Word Terminal Synchronous ..•.•.•••••••.••...•..•••.••••.. 4200:67
Univac DCS-l Data Communications Subsystem •••.••.••.•••.•.•...•.•. 4200:64
Univac DCS-lC Binary Synchronous Data Communications Subsystem .•.•••.•. 4200:64
Univac DCS-4/DCS-16 Data Communication Subsystem ..••...•••..••••... 4200:64
Univac Uniscope 300 Visual Communication Terminal. •.••••..••••.••.... 4200:66
Univac DCT-500 .•....•••.••••. , ..•••..•••.••••..•••.••••...• 4200:65
Univac DCT-lOOO •.••.••.•..•••..•.•••••••..••••.•.••••••.... 4200:65
Univac 1004 Card Processor .•••••..•..••.••. , . • • • • . • • . . . . • . . . . . 4200:66
Univac DCT-2000 •.•.•.••.••••••••.••...•• " ••...•.•••.•..••.. 4200:67
Universal Data Acquisition Model 5400 Data Transmitter. . • • . . • . • • . . • • . . . . 4200:68
Universal Data Acquisition Model 5450 Data Transmitter. . . • • . . . • . . • . . • . • . 4200:68
Universal Data Acquisition Model 5800 Twindek Batch Terminal. . . • • • . . • . . . . 4200:68
University Computing COPE. 30 Remote Terminal. . . • • . . • . . • • . • . . . . . . . . 4200:70
University Computing COPE. 32 Remote Terminal. . . • . • • . • . . . . • . . . • • . . . 4200:70
University Computing COPE. 34 Remote Terminal. • . . • . . . • • • . . . . . • . • . . • 4200:71
University Computing COPE. 36 Remote Terminal. . . . • . . • . . . . . • . • . . . . . . 4200:71
University Computing COPE . 38 Remote Terminal. . . . . . . • . . • . . . . . . . . • . . 4200:72
University Computing COPE. 41 Remote Terminal. . . . . . . . . . . • . • . • . . . • • • 4200:72
University Computing COPE. 45 Remote Terminal. • . . . . . • • . . • . . . • . . . . . . 4200:73
Vanguard Data Systems KC 620/KC820 Datascribe/Communicators . . . . . . . . • . . 4200:71
Vernitron VDT-2 Dataport Portable Terminal . • . . • • . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4200:72
Viatron System 21 ...•..•.•.••••..• , . . • . • . . . . • . . . . • . . . . . • . • . • 4200:74
Victor Comptometer 820/03 Alphanumeric Terminal .•••..•••..••.....•• 4200:75
Victor Comptometer 820/04 TeUer Terminal ••••••••••.•••....••••.•• 4200:76
Vogue Instrument Shepard 500A Communication Terminal Page Printer •.•.••.. 4200:73
Vogue Instrument Shepard 880 Digital Printer ••.••••••.•..••...•.•.... 4200:73
Vogue Instrument Shepard 880C Telecommunications Printer .••.•..••••...• 4200:73
Western Telematic CT41 Punched Card Reader Terminal ..•• , ..••••••••.• 4200:75
Xerox Data Systems Model 7670 Remote Batch Terminal ••.•••••••••••••.. 4200:77
Alphanumeric Display Terminals •••••••••••••••••.•.•••••••••...••. 4220:01
Alphameric Data DW33 Data Window Video Terminal ••••••••••••••••••.. 4220:03
American Data Systems ADS-260 Video Communications Terminal •...••••.•• 4220:03
Refer also to CONTENTS ADDENDUM beginning on page 19
© 1970 AUERBACH Info, Inc.
3001-7
5
0000
DATA COMMUNICATIONS
Alphanumeric Display Terminals (Contd.)
Atlantic Technology ATC-2000 Video Display Terminal. ..•.•.•..•••.••••• 4220:03
Beehive Electrotech Alpha 101 Computer Display Terminal •..••••••••••••• 4220:04
Beehive Electrotech Alpha 103 Computer Display Terminal ...•••••.•••••.• 4220:04
Beehive Electrotech Aloha 105 Comnuter Display Terminal ••••••••.••••••• 4220:04
Bunker-Ramo Series 200 Data Display System . • . . • • • • . . . . . . • . . • . • . • • • 4220:05
Bunker-Ramo BR-700 Information System •.•.•••..•...•••••••.•.•..• 4220:04
Bunker -Ramo Series 2200 Data Display System (Single Station) • . • . . • • . • • • . • 4220: 04
Bunker-Ramo Series 2200 Data Display System (Multi station) .•.•..•••••••• 4220:05
Burroughs Input and Display System ..••....••••...••••.•.••••••••• 4220:05
Burroughs B9352-1/B9352-2 Input and Display Terminal. .•.•..••••••••••• 4220:06
Compucord Data Sense 5000 Video Display/Mag Tape Terminal •••.••.••.... 4220:06
Computek Series 100 CRT Infoterminal . • . • • • • . . . . • • . . . • • • • • • . . . . . . . 4220:06
Computer Communications CC-30 Communications Station ..•.••••••••••.• 4220:06
Computer Communications CC-33 Teletype Oriented Display Station ••••••..•. 4220:06
Computer Consoles 520/724 Data Terminal System •••..•••.••••.•.••.•. 4220:07
Computer Displays ARDS-100A Advanced Remote Display Station .••••••••••. 4220:07
Computer Optics CO:70 Display System •••.•••.•••.•.•.•••••...••••. 4220:07
Computer Terminal Corporation Datapoint 3300 .••••••••.••••..•.•.••.. 4220:07
Computer Terminals TK-340 Display Terminal .••.••.••...••••••••..•. 4220:07
Conrac 201 Data Display Terminal .•••.•••••••••.•••••••.•.•••••.• 4220:08
Control Data 200 User Terminal ..•....•.•.••...•••..•..•.•.•••••• 4220:08
Control Data 210 Entry Display System ••.••.••.•••.•••••••...•••••. 4220:08
Control Data 211-4 Multi-Station Entry/Display Terminal ..••..••••••••••• 4220:08
Control Data 214 Single Station Display Terminal. ••.••...••••••.•..•••. 4220:08
Control Data 217 Video Display Station .•••.•..•••..•...••••..•.•.•.• 4220:09
Control Data 241-1 Remote Graphic Subsystem .••••••.••..•...••••••.. 4220:09
Courier Terminal Systems Executerm I Remote Data Terminal .•••.•..•••.. 4220:09
Courier Terminal Systems Executerm 60 Remote Data Terminal .•...•.••••. 4220:09
Data Disc 6200 Series Television Display System . • • . • . • . . . • . . . . . . . . . . • . 4220:09
Data Disc 6500 Series Graphic Display System . . . . . . . . . . . • . • . . . . . • . . . . 4220:10
DatagraphiX 1100 Inquiry Display System . . . . . . . . . • . . . . • . . . . • • • . • . . . • 4220:10
DatagraphiX 1110 Interactive Display System . . • • . • . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . 4220:10
Delta Data Systems Delta 1 Video Display Terminal . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . 4220:10
Delta Data Systems Model 2000 Color Display Terminal . . . . . • . • . . . . . . . • • . 4220:10
Delta Data Systems Teleterm I ••••••••••••• '••••••••••••••••••••• 4220:21
Delta Data Systems Teleterm II ••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••.••• 4220:21
Delta Data Systems Teleterm III •••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••• 4220:21
A. B. Dick Videograph M990 Display Control Unit . . . . • . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4220:11
Digital Scientific Model 2102 TV Terminal Controller . . . • . . • • . • . . • . . • • . . . 4220:11
Ferranti Electric TDM 2008 Remote Terminal Display . • . . . . . '. . . . . . • . . . . . 4220:11
Ferranti Electric TDM 2020 Remote Terminal Display . • • . • . . . . • . • . . • . • . . 4220:11
Ferranti Electric TDM 2020C Remote Terminal Display . . . • . . . • . • . . . . . • • . 4220:11
Foto-Mem Foto-Vision Display Terminal .•..•.••••..•••••.•..•.••... 4220:12
HE Datanet-760 Keyboard/Display Subsystem ....••....••••••.••••..•. 4220:12
GE Datanet-765 CRT Communication Terminal (765/766 DCU) . . • . . • . . • • . . . . 4220:12
GE Datanet-765 CRT Communication Terminal (775/776 DCD) . . • . • . . • . . . . • • 4220:12
GE Datanet-765 CRT Communication Terminal (785/786 DCU) ..••.•.....••• 4220:12
Hendrix Electronics Series 5100 Display Terminal • . • . . • . • . . . . . . • . . . . . • • 4220:14
Honeywell 200 Series Visual Information Projection System •.••.••.•.••.•.. 4220:13
Honeywell 2300 Series Visual Information Projection System •••.•.••••..••. 4220:13
IBM 2260 Display Station ••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••..•.. 4220:14
IBM 2265 Display Station .••••••••.....•••••.••••.••••••••••..•• 4220:15
Infoton Vista 1 Display Terminal. •.••••••••.•••••••••••••••.•••••• 4220:14
Infoton Vista 2 Display Terminal. •••••••••...••••••..•..••••••..•. 4220:14
Infoton Vista 3 Display Terminal .••••.•.•••.•••.•.••••••.•••.•.••• 4220:14
IRA Systems Irascope Display Terminal ••••.••.••.•••.•..••••••••••. 4220:15
ITT Data EqUipment and Systems 3100 Alphascope Display•..•.•••••••••••• 4220:15
Logitron Logiport/l Portable CRT Computer Terminal •••.••••••••••••••• 4220:16
Refer also to CONTENTS ADDENDUM beginning on page 19
6
AUERBACH Computer Technology Reports
3001-8
CONTENTS
0000
Alphanumeric Display Terminals (Contd.)
Philco-Ford D-20 Alphanumeric Color Display Unit ••••••••••••••••••..• 4220:16
Philco-Ford D-21 Alphanumeric Display Unit ...••••••••••••..••••••.. 4220:16
Philco-Ford D-22 Alphanumeric Display Unit .•••••••••.••••.•.••.••.. 4220:16
Philco-Ford D-30 Rack-Mounted Graphic Display Unit ••.••••.•.•....••.• 4220:16
Raytheon DIDS-400 Digital Information Display System .••..•.•.••••.••••. 4220:18
RCA 70/750 Modular Video Data System • . . . . . . • • . . . • • . • • . • • • . . . . . • . . 4220:17
RCA 70/752 Video Data Terminal . . • . . . . • • . . . • . • • . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . 4220:17
RCA 70/752-2 Video Data Terminal . . . . • . . • . . . . . . . . . • . . • . . . . . . . . • . • 4220:17
Sanders 620 Stand-Alone Data Display System . . . • • . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4220:18
Sanders 720 Data Display System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . • . . . 4220:18
Sanders 920 Tabular Display System . • . . . . . • . . • . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4220:18
Sugarman Laboratories Model T6 Video Terminal • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4220:19
TEC 540 Display Terminal • . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . • . . . . . . • • . . • . • . . • . • . 4220:19
TEC 550 Display Terminal . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . • . . . • . . • . . . . . . . • . . . . . . 4220:19
TEC 555 Display Terminal. • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . • . . . . . . . • • • • . . 4220:20
TEC 560 Display Terminal. . . . . . . . • . . . . • . . • . • . • • • • . . . • • . • . . • . . . . 4220:19
Time-Sharing Terminals TST Datapoint 3300 Data Terminal . . . . . • . • . . . • . . . 4220:19
Ultronic Systems Videomaster 7000 . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . • . • . • • . . . . . . . 4220:20
Univac Uniscope 100 . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . • . . . . • . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • 4220:20
Univac Uniscope 300 Visual Communication Terminal . • . • . . • . . . • • . . . . . . . • 4220:20
Video Systems VST 1000 Video Data Terminal • . . . • . . . • . . • . • . . . ; • . • . . . . 4220:20
Wyle Computerminal. . . . . . . . • • • . . . . . . • . . • • • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4220:21
Xerox Data Systems 7550/7555 Multipurpose Keyboard Display • . . . • . . . . . . . . 4220:21
Communications Processing Equipment . . . . • . • • • . . . • • • . . . • . . • . . • • • . . • . 4400:01
American Data Systems ADS-945 Communication Control System ••••••••••• 4400: 16
Applied Systems ASC 1170 Communications Concentrator •.•.•..•.•.•..••• 4400:03
Burroughs B487 Data Transmission Terminal Unit .••.•••...•••.•••.•.• 4400:03
Burroughs 2350-1/3350-1 Terminal Unit Control . • . • . • . • . . . • . • . • • . • . • . • 4400:03
Burroughs 3353 Multi-Line Control •.••••.•••••.....•.•••...••..••• 4400:03
Burroughs 6350 DCP Data Communication Processor .•••.••••..•.••..•.• 4400:04
Colorado Instruments CLC816 Central Line Controller •••••••••••••••••• 4400:16
Comcet 40 Computer Communication System . . . • . . . . . • • • • • . . • . . • • . • . . 4400:06
Comcet 60 Computer Communication System . . . . . . . . • • . • • ; . • . . . • • . . . . 4400:06
Computer Communications CC-70 Programmed Buffered Multiplexer .•••••.•• 4400:04
Computer Control Systems Teleswitcher 300 Communications Controller •....•• 4400:04
Computer Control Systems Teleswitcher 500 Communications Controller ••••••• 4400:04
Computer Control Systems Data System 5000 Communications Controller.••.••. 4400:05
Control Data M1000 Data Communication System . • • . • . . • . . . . . . . . . • . • . • • 4400:05
Control Data 8090/8050 Information Control System •••.••••...•.•...••.. 4400:05
Daedalus Computer Products 711 PDT Programmable Data Terminal . . . . . • . . . 4400:05
Digital Equipment 6801 Data Communications System . . . . . . . . . • . . • . . • • . . • 4400:07
Dynelec Systems DyneCOM 70P Communications Processor • . . . . . . . . • . • . . . 4400:07
Dynelec Systems DyneMaCC 90 Multi-Line Controller . . . . . • . . . . . . . . • . . . . 4400:07
GE Datanet-30 . . . . . . . . . . . • • . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4400:07
Honeywell 285-8 Audio Response System . . . • • . • . • . • • . • • • . . • . • . . . . . . . 4400:08
Honeywell 286 Multi-Channel Communications Control • . . . . . . . . • . . . . . • . . • 4400:08
Honeywell 484 Multi -Channel Communications Control • . . . . . . • . • . . • . . . . . . 4400:08
IBM 2701 Data Adapter Unit . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • • . • . . . . • . 4400:08
IBM 2702 Transmission Control • • . . . . . . . • • . • • . . • • • • . . . • . . . . . . . . . . 4400:09
IBM 2703 Transmission Control • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . 4400:09
IBM 7740 Communication Control System . . . . . . • • . • • . . • . • • . . . . . . . . . . . 4400:09
IBM 7750 Programmed Transmission Control . . . . . . • . . . . . . • . • . • . . . . . . . 4400:09
IBM 7770 Audio Response Unit . . . . • . • . • • • • . . . . • . . . . . . • . • . . . . • . . . . 4400:10
IBM 7772 Audio Response Unit . • . . • . • • • . • • . . • . . . . . . . • . . . . • . • . . . . . 4400:10
Interdata Model 13 Communications Processor . . . . . . . • . • • . . . • . . . . • . . . . 4400:10
Interdata Model 14 Communications Processor . . . . . • . • . . . • . . . . . . . . • . . . 4400:10
Refer also to CONTENTS ADDENDUM beginning on page 19
© 1970 AUERBACH Info, Inc.
3001-9
7
0000
DATA COMMUNICATIONS
Communications Processing Equipment (Contd.)
Interdata Model 15 Communications Processor . • • • • • • • . . . • . . • . . . . . . . • . 4400:11
Intranet Computing Model 6213 Terminal Access Unit •••••••••••..••••••• 4400:11
Intranet Computing Model 6512 Synchronous Interface ••••.•..•••••••••••. 4400:11
ITT Data Equipment and Systems 600 Vanguard Data/Message Controller .••.•• 4400:11
Logicon LI/ON-MCC Multi-Line Communications Controller •••••.• , •.••.•• 4400:12
Micro Systems Micro 812 Data Communications Processor •••••••• 0 0 •• 0 •• 4400:16
Miller-Ellis Computer Systems Series 2000 Computer System
0 0 0 • 0 • 0 0 04400:17
NCR 321 Central Communications Controller • 0 ••.• 0 ••• 0 0 ••••••••••••• 4400:12
Qantel V Terminal Processor •••••••••••••••..•..•••••••••••••••• 4400:12
RCA 378 Communications Mode Control .•••• , ••• , ••••• , •••••• 0 •••••• 4400:12
RCA 3378 Communications Mode Control ••••••••••••••••• , ••.••••••• 4400:13
RCA 70/510 Voice Response Unit ••••••••••••.••••••••.•••••••• , .. 4400:13
RCA 70/656 Communication Controller - Single Channel ••••••••••••••••• 4400:17
RCA 70/688 Communication Controller - Multichannel •••••• , .•.••••.. ,. 4400:13
Redcor Message Switcher •••••• , ••.•.•.•. , ••.••••.•.•••• , .••• , • 4400:13
Sanders Sandac 200 Communications Data Processor .• , , ••••••••••••••• ,4400:14
Telematics 578 Communications System ••••••.•..••••••••••••.•••••• 4400:14
Tempo Computers Tempo I Data Concentrator .•.••••.••••••.••••.••.•• 4400:14
Terminal/Computer Systems KM-36 Multiplexing Computer •••.•••.•..•.•• 4400:14
Texas Instruments 980/EMS Electronic Message Switching System • . • • • . . . . . . 4400:15
Ultronic Systems Communications Interface Processor. . . . • . • . . • . . • • • . . . • 4400:15
Univac Communications Terminal Module Controller . . . • • . • . . • . • . . . . . . . . 4400:15
Varian 520/DC Data Communication System • . • . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . • • . • 4400:15
Western Telematic Model TM150 Transmission Controller . . . . . . . . • . . . • • • . 4400:16
o. o.
Voice Response Equipment . . . . • . • . • . • . . . . • • . • . . . . . . • • . • . • . . . • . • . . 4410:01
Burroughs Audio Response System (BARS) . . • . . . . . . • . . . . . • . • . • . . • . . . 4410:03
Cognitronics Speechmaker Audio Response Subsystem/Systems . . . . . , •.•... ,4410:04
Computer Systems & Software PAR-16/256 Audio Response System .. , . • . . . . . 4410:03
Datatrol CI-14 Voice Response System . . . . . . • • . • . . • . • . • • • • . , . • . . . . . . 4410:03
Datatrol CI-114 Voice Response System. , •. , , • • . . . . . . • • . . . . . • . , •...• 4410:03
Datatrol CS-1400 Voice Response System •••.••.•••••..•.•. , . . • . . . • . . 4410:03
Honeywell (31 element) Audio Response System • • • . . . . . . . , • • . . . • • • . . . . . 4410:05
Honeywell (63 element) Audio Response System • . • . . . . . • • • • • . . • . • • • . • . . 4410:05
Honeywell (189 element) Audio Response System . . • . • . . . . . • • • • . . • . . . • . . 4410:05
IBM 7770 Modell Audio Response Unit •••..• , . . • . • . . . • . . . • . . • . . . . . . 4410:05
IBM 7770 Model 2 Audio Response Unit .•.•..•...••••.••.••• , ••..••. 4410:05
IBM 7770 Model 3 Audio Response Unit • . . • . . . • . • . . • . . . • • • • • . • . . • • . . 4410:06
IBM 7772 Audio Response Unit . • . • . • . • • • . . . • . • . • . . . . • • • . . . • • . • • . . 4410:06
Metrolab Digitalk 4D-10W Voice Response System . • • . . . • • • • . . . . • . . . • . • • 4410:06
RCA 70/510-11 Voice Response Unit . • . . • . • • . • . • • . • . . • • . • . . • . • . . • . • 4410:06
RCA 70/510-21 Voice Response Unit •..••••.•••.••••••.•••...•••.•. 4410:06
RCA 70/510-26 Voice Response Unit .•••••••.••.•••..••.••••••••••• 4410:07
Technitrend VM-1400 Voice Response System •..••.•••.•••..•••.•.•... 4410:07
Common-Carrier Data Sets •.••..•...•.•••.•••.••..•••.•...••••.•• 4600:01
Bell
Bell
Bell
Bell
Bell
Bell
Bell
Bell
Bell
Bell
System
System
System
System
System
System
System
System
System
System
103A Data Set ..••.•..•.....•••••••.•.••.•••••••••.•
l03E Data Set . . . . . . . . • . . • . . . • • • . • • . . . • • . • • • . . • • • . . •
l03F Data Set . • • . . . . . . • . . . . . . • • • . . • • . . • . . . . • . • . • . • •
20lA Data Set . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . • • . . . • . . .
20lB Data Set . . . . . . . . . . • . . . • . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . • • . . . . .
202C Data Set . . . . • . . • . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . • . • . • . . • • . . . • . .
202D Data Set . . . . . . . • . . • • . . • • . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . • •
202E Data Set • . . . • . • • . . . . . . • . . . . • . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
203 Data Set . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
30lB Data Set . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . •
4600:03
41>00:03
4600:03
4600:03
4600:03
41>00:04
4600:04
4600:04
4600:04
4600:04
Refer also to CONTENTS ADDENDUM beginning on page 19
8
AUERBACH Computer Technology
~eports
; 3001-10
CONTENTS
0000
Common -Carrier Data Sets (Contd.)
Bell System 303B Data Set ...••.•.....•.••..•.••..•.•.••.•.•..•• 4600:05
Bell System 303C Data Set . . . . . • • . . . . . • . . . . . . • • • . . . • . • . • . . . . . . . . 4600:05
Bell System 303D Data Set • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • • . . . . . • . . . • . . • . • • 4600:05
Bell System 401A Data Set . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . • . . • . . . . . . . . 4600:05
Bell System 401E Data Set . • . • . • • • . . • • • . . • . . • . . . . . • . . . . . . . • . . . . . 4600:05
Bell System 401H Data Set • . . . . . • . . . • . . . • . . . • . • . . . . . . . . . . . . • • • . • 4600:06
Bell System 401J Data Set . . . . • . . . . . . . . . • • . • . • . . . . . . . . • • • . • • . . . . 4600:06
Bell System 402C Data Set • . • . . . . . . • . . . • . . . . • • • . . . . . . . • . • . . . . . . . 4600:06
Bell System 402D Data Set • . • . • • . • • . • . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . • . . . . • . . . . . . 4600:06
Bell System 403D Data Set • . . • . • . . . • • . . . • • • . . • . . . . • . . . • • • • . • . • . . 4600:06
Bell System 403E Data Set . • . . . • . . • . • • . . • . • • . . . . • . • . . . . . . • • . . . . . . 4600:07
Bell System 602C Data Set . . . . • . . . • . . . . • • . . . . . . . . • . • • • . • . • • . . • • . 4600:07
Bell System 602D Data Set .....•••••.•.•.••.•••••.•.•....•..•... 4600:07
Bell System 603A Data Set . • . • . • • • • . . • . . . . . . . • . • . • . • . . . . . • . . . . . . 4600:07
Bell System 603B Data Set . • . . • . . . . . • . . • . . . • . • • . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . 4600:07
Bell System 603D Data Set . • • . . . . . . . • . . • . • . • . • . . • . . • • . • • . • • • . • . . 4600:08
Bell System 604A Data Set .••..•••.•.....••••..•.••••...•••.•... 4600:08
Bell System 604B Data Set •••.•••••••....••.•••.••••••.•........ 4600:08
Bell System 811B Auxiliary Data Set •..•••.••••••..•••.•..••••.•.•. 4600:08
Non-Common-Carrier Data Sets . . . • • • • . . • • . • . . • . . . . . • . • . . . . . . . . . . . • 4620:01
American Data Systems ADS-448 Data Modem •••••••••••••••.•••••••• 4620:31
Anderson Jacobson ADAC 240 Acoustic Coupler/Direct Connected Modem . . . . . . 4620:03
Anderson Jacobson ADAC 241 Acoustic Coupler/Direct Connected Modem . . . . . . 4620:03
Anderson Jacobson ADAC 242 Acoustic Coupler/Direct Connected Modem . . . . . . 4620:03
Anderson Jacobson DCM 151 Direct Connected Modem . . . . . . • . . . . • . . . . . . . 4620:03
Anderson Jacobson DCM 240 Direct Connected Modem . . • . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4620:03
Anderson Jacobson DCM 241 Direct Connected Modem . . . . • . . . . . • . . . . . . . . 4620:04
Anderson Jacobson DCM 242 Direct Connected Modem . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . • . . . 4620:04
Astrocom 130A1 Astroset . . • . . • . • . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4620:04
Astrocom 130A2 Astroset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4620:04
Astrocom 130FI Astroset . . • . • . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . • . . • . . . . . . . . • . . . . . 4620:04
Astrocom 130F2 Astroset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4620:05
Astrocom 220 Astroset • • . . . . . . • . . . . • • . . . . . . . . . . . . • . • . . . . . . • • . • 4620:05
Astrocom 224 Astroset . • • . . . . . . . • . . . . • . . . • . • • . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . 4620:05
Astrocom 236 Astroset . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • • . . . • . . . • . . • . . . . . . . . 4620:05
Astrocom 248 Astroset . . . . . . . • . • • . . • • • . . . • • . . . . . . . . • . • . . . . . . • . 4620: 05
Astrocom 272 Astroset . . • . . . . . . • . . . . . • • . . • . • . • . . . • . . . . . . . . . . • . 4620:06
Astrocom 296 Astroset . . . . . • . . • . . . . . • . . . . • . • • • . • . • . . . . • . . • . . . . 4620:06
Astrocom Series 410 Astroset . . • . . • . • • • • • . . . . . • • . . . . . • . • • . • • . . . . 4620:06
Astrocom Series 419 Astroset . . . . • • • • . • . . . • • . • . . . • . . . . • . . . . . • . . . 4620:06
Astrocom Series 440 Astroset •••.••...••••.•••.•..........••••.. 4620:06
Astrocom Series 450 Astroset •.••..•••••...•••.•••....••..••.•.. 4620:07
Astrocom Series 472 Astroset . . • . . • • • . . . • • . . . . . . • . . • • • . • . • . . . . . • 4620:07
Astrocom Seri~s 496 Astroset . • • • . . • • • • . . . • • • • • • . . • . . . . . . . . • . . . . 4620:07
Automatic Electric AE103A Data Set . . . • . . • . . . . . . . • . . . • • . . . • . . • • • . . 4620:07
Automatic Electric AE103F Data Set •.•.......••.••••.••••.•••.•... 4620:07
Automatic Electric AE2024 Data Set •••....••..••.•.•••.••.•..•••.• 4620:08
Automatic Electric AE2025 Data Set .....•.•.•••.•.••..•••••..•.•.. 4620:08
Automatic Electric AE2026 Duobinary Data Set . • . • . • • . . . • • . . • . . . • • . • . . 4620:08
Burroughs TA0211 Data Set . . . . . . . . • . . . • • • • • • • . • . • . • • . • . . • . • . • . . 4620:08
Burroughs TA0212 Data Set .•..•.•••.••.•..•.••••.•.•..•••.•..•. 4620:08
Burroughs TA0231/TA0232 Data Set . . • . . . • . • • . • . • . . • . • . . • • . . • . • . . . 4620:09
Burroughs TA0713 Data Set . . • . . . • • . . . • . . . . • . . . • • • • . . • . . . • . . . . . . 4620:09
Carterfone Communications DM120I Data Set . . . . • . . . • . . . . • . . • . . . . . • . • 4620:09
Codex AE-96 High Speed Data Modem . • . . • . • • . • . • . . . . • . . . . . . • . . . . . . 4620:09
Collins Radio TMX-201 Data Modem . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . • • • . . . . . . 4620:09
Refer also to CONTENTS ADDENDUM beginning on page 19
© 1970 AUERBACH Info, Inc.
3001-11
9
0000
DATA COMMUNICATIONS
Non-Common-Carrier Data Sets (Contd.)
Collins Radio TMX-202C Data Modem . • . • . . . . • . • . . • . . . • . . • . . . . . . . . . 4620:10
Collins Radio TMX-202E Data Modem ••.•..•.••••••...•••....••..•• 4620:10
Collins Radio TMX-202F Data Modem . • . • • . • • . • . • . . • . . . . • • • . . • . • . . . 4620:10
Collins Radio TMX-202G Data Modem • . . • . . . . • . . . • . . • . . • . • . • • . • . . • . 4620:10
Collins Radio TE-216A-2D-2400 Data Modem . . . . . • . • . . . • • . . • • • . . • . . • • 4620:10
Collins Radio TE-216A-3D-3600 Data Modem •.•..•.••••.•....••..•••• 4620:11
Collins Radio TE-216A-4D-4800 Data Modem . . . . . • . • . • • . • . • . . • • . . • . . • 4620:11
ComData Model 301F2-13 Data Set •••••.•.•••...•••......•••...•.• 4620:11
ComData Model 301F2-23 Data Set • . • . . . . • . . • • • . • • • . . • . • • . • . • • • . . . 4620:11
ComData Model 301F2-33 Data Set . • . . • . . • . . . • • • • • • • • • . . . . • . . . • • . . 4620:11
Control Data Model 358-1 Transceiver •••..•......•.•..•.••.••••••.• 4620:12
Control Data Model 358-2 Transceiver . • . . . • . . . . . • • . • . • • • • . . • . . • . • • . 4620:12
Control Data Model 358-3 Transceiver . . . . . . . . . . . • • • • . • • . . • • . . . • . . . . 4620:12
Control Data Model 358-4 Transceiver .•.••••.•...••••.•••..•••..•.. 4620:12
Data Access Systems DH102 Data Modem . • . • . . . . • • • . • • . • • • • . . . . . . . . . 4620:12
Data Access Systems DH103 Data Modem •••••...••••••..•.•••.•.••.. 4620:13
Datamax QB24 Modem ••..••••••••.•.•••..•••••.•.•.•.•••••...• 4620:13
Datamax QB48 Modem ......•.••..•••••••.••.•.••.•.•••.•••••.. 4620:13
Design Elements Design 80 Hardwire Coupler •••••••••••••••••••••••• 4620:32
Digital Techniques Model 4320 Data Set •..•••••..•.••••••.••.•.••.•. 4620:13
Digital Techniques Model 4321 Data Set .•••.•....•••••.•.•••..•....• 4620:13
Dynatronics EDX-1402 International Modem •••••••••••••••••••••••••• 4620:32.
Dynatronics EDX-1403 Data Modem .••.••..•..••••.••...•.•••..•••• 4620:14
GE TDM-110DIO Data Set ...•.•..•.•.•••..••.••••••.•.•••.•..•. 4620:14
GE TDM-111D10 Data Set .•••••.•.••••..•.••..••.•.•.••..••••.. 4620:14
GE TDM-210D10/210D30 Data Set •..•.•...•••••....•.•.••••..••••. 4620:14
GE TDM-21lD10/211D30 Data Set . . • . . . • . • . • • . . . • . • • • • • . • . • . • . . . . . 4620:14
GE TDM-220D10/220D20 Data Set . • . . . . • • • . . . . . • . . . . . • • • . • • . • . • . • • 4620:15
GE Diginet TDM-401/402 Wideband Data Sets ••..••••••••••••••••••••• 4620:32
GE Diginet TDM-422/423 Wideband Data Sets •••.••.•••••••••••••••••• 4620:32
GE Diginet TDM-501 Wideband Data Set •••.•••.••••••••••••••••••.• 4620:32
GE Diginet TDM-522 Wideband Data Set •••••••••.•••••••••••••••.•• 4620:33
IBM 4872 Modell Modem . • . . . . • . . . • • . • . . . . • • . . . • . . • . . . . . • . . . . . 4620:15
ICC 1100 Series Modem . . . • . . . . • . . • . • . • . . . . . . . . . . • • . . • . . • . . • . . • 4620:15
ICC 2200/24 Modem . . • . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . 4620:15
ICC 3300/36 Modem . . . . . . . • • . . . • . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . • • . . . 4620:15
ICC 4400/24 PB Modem. . . . . . . • . . . . • .. . . . . . . . . . • • . . . • . . . . . • . . . 4620:16
ICC 4400/48 Modem . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . • • • . . . . . . . . . • . . 4620:16
ICC 4433/20H and 4433/20L Modem. . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . • . . . . • . . . . . . . . 4620:16
ICC 4433/20PB Modem. . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • • 4620:16
ICC 5500/96 Modem . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . 4620:16
Lenkurt 25B Data Transmission System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . 4620:17
Lenkurt 26C Duobinary Datatel Data Set. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . ... . • 4620:17
Lenkurt 26C-40. 8 Datatel Data Set . . . . . . . . . . . "
. . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4620:17
Lenkurt 26D Data Set . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . • . . . . . . . . • . . . . 4620:17
Lynch Communications Systems B313 PCM Wideband Terminal . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4620:17
Lynch Communications Systems L2103A Data Set . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , .4620:18
Lynch Communications Systems L2103F Data Set . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . 4620:18
Lynch Communications Systems L2202C Data Set . . . . . . • . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4620:18
Northern Radio Type 500 Model 1 Data Sub-Set •••••••••••••••••••••••• 4620:33
Penril Data Communications PDC 300/300 Data Set . . . . • • . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . 4620:18
Penril Data Communications PDC 1200/5 Data Set . . . . . . . . • . . . . . • . . . . . • . 4620:18
Penril Data Communications PDC 1800 Data Set • . . . • • . . • • • • . . • . . . . . . . • 4620:19
Penril Data Communications PDC 2400A Data Set . . . . . . • . . . . • • . . . . . . • . . 4620:19
Penril Data Communications PDC 2400B Data Set . • . • . • . • . • . • . . . • . . • . • . 4620:19
Quindar Electronics QDM-103 Data Set . . . . . • . . . . . • . . . . . . . . • . . . . . • . • 4620:19
Quindar Electronics QDM-200 Data Set . • . . . . • . . . • . • . • . . . • . . • • . • . • . . 4620:19
RCA 6711 Data Set •••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••• 4620:33
Refer also to CONTE NTS ADDENDUM beginning on page 19
10
AUERBACH Computer Technology Reports
3001-1Z
CONTENTS
0000
Non-Cammon-Carrier Data Sets (Contd.)
RFL Industries Series 2056 Model 13AF/EIA Data Set •.•••••••.•••.•.•.. 4620:20
RFL Industries Series 2056 Model 13AO/EIA Data Set ••.•.•••••••.••.••• 4620:20
RFL Industries Series 2056 Model 13AO/TTY Data Set •.•••••••••...•••.• 4620:20
RFL Industries Series 2056 Model 22DB/EIA Data Set .••••..•.•.•.•••••• 4620:20
RFL Industries Series 2056 Model 32DT/EIA and 32DR/EIA Data Sets •••.•.••. 4620:20
RFL Industries Model 3227 High Speed Data Set • . . . • . • • . • • • • . • . . . . • . • • 4620:21
RFL Industries Model 3952 Data Set. 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 • 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 • 0 0 0 0 . 0 0 • 0 4620:21
RFL Industries Model 4000 Data Set 0 0 •• 0 0 0 0 •• 0 ••• 0 0 • 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 • 0 4620:21
Rixon Electronics FDM-8 Frequency Division Multiplex 0 0 0 • 0 •••••••••• 0 04620:21
Rixon Electronics FM-18 Data Set 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 ••• 0 0 0 0 0 0 • 0 •• 0 0 • 0 0 0 0 0 0 4620:21
Rixon Electronics FM-300 Data Set
0 ••• 0 0 0 0 0 0 •• 0 0 0 0 •• 0 0 0 •• 0 0 0 0 •• 4620:22
Rixon Electronics PM-24A!PM-24B Data Set. 0 •••••• 0 • 0 •• 0 •• 0 •••• 0 • 0 • 4620:22
Rixon Electronics PM-48 Data Set 0 •• 0 •••• 0 • 0 • 0 ••••• 0 • 0 ••••••• 0 ••• 4620:22
Rixon Electronics Sebit-24B Data Set •••••••••• 0 •• 0 •• 0 •• 0 0 0 • 0 0 0 0 0 0 • 4620:22
Rixon Electronics Sebit-36C Data Set ••• 0 0 .0 •• 0 • 0 •• 0 • 0 • 0 •• 0 •••• 0 0 • 0 4620:22
Rixon Electronics Sebit-36M Data Set • 0 • 0 •• 0 ••••• 0 0 •• 0 0 •••• 0 ••••••• 4620:23
Rixon Electronics Sebit-48C Data Set •••••• 0 ••••••••••••••••••••••• 4620:23
Rixon Electronics Sebit-48M Data Set •• 0 •• 0 • 0 •••• 0 0 0 ••••• 0 • 0 0 •••••• 4620:23
Rixon Electronics Sebit-72 Data Set ••. 0 • 0 • 0 0 0 0 0 0 • 0 •• 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 • 0 0 • 0 0 4620:23
Rixon Electronics Sebit-96 Data Set o . 0 0 0 •• 0 0 0 0 0 •• 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 •• 0 0 • 0 0 0 0 0 4620:23
Sanders ESD-18A Modem Pack 0 0 • 0 • 0 •• 0 0 0 •• 0 • 0 •• 0 0 •• 0 0 0 • 0 • 0 0 • 0 • 0 4620:24
Sangamo Transidata T 103A Data Set 0 0 • 0 0 0 0 • 0 •• 0 •••• 0 •• 0 •••••••••• 4620:24
Sangamo Transidata T 103F Data Set •• 0 • 0 ••••• 0 •••• 0 ••••••• 0 •••• 0 • 4620:24
Sangamo Transidata T 103FS Data Set ••••• 0 • 0 •• 0 • 0 • 0 •••••••• 0 0 0 0 0 0 • 4620:24
Sangamo Transidata T 103GSA Data Set •• 0 •• 0 ••••• 0 •••••• 0 •• 0 • 0 •••• 0 4624:24
Sangamo Transidata T 201A Data Set ••••••••••••• 0 ••• 0 •••••••••••• 4620:25
Sangamo Transidata T 201A1/2S Data Set •••••••• 0 0 0 0 0 0 • 0 0 • 0 0 ••••• 0 0 4620:25
Sangamo Transidata T 201A1/2SA Data Set '••••••• 0 0 0 •••••••••••••••• 4620:25
Sangamo Transidata T 201B Data Set . 0 •• 0 •••• 0 ••••••••• 0 0 ••• 0 0 • 0 0 • 4620:25
Sangamo Transidata T 202C Data Set • 0 0 • 0 0 0 0 • 0 ••• 0 0 0 ••••••••• 0 •••• 4620:25
Sangamo Transidata T 202CSA Data Set •••• 0 ••••••• 0 0 0 •••• 0 •• 0 0 •••• 4620:26
Sangamo Transidata T 202D Data Set o . 0 . 0 0 • 0 • 0 0 •• 0 0 0 • 0 0 •••• 0 •• 0 • 0 • 4620:26
Sangamo Transidata T 401E Data Set 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 • 0 ••• 0 ••• 0 • 0 •• 0 0 • 0 • 0 •• 4620:26
Sangamo Transidata T 401H Data Set •••• 0 •••• 0 0 • 0 •• 0 ••••••• 0 •• 0 ••• 4620:26
Singer Tele-Signal 888A Data Modem .••••••••••••••••••••••••••••• 4620:26
Singer Tele-Signal 888F Data Modem •• 0 •••• 0 •• 0 •• 0 0 •• 0 •• 0 • 0 0 0 • 0 0 0 • 4620:27
Singer Tele-Signal 888R Data Modem 0 0 0 •••• 0 • 0 •• 0 0 ••• 0 ••••••• 0 0 ••• 4620:27
Singer Tele-Signal 898A Data Modem ••••• 0 ••• 0 •• 0 ••• 0 0 0 0 • 0 0 0 •• 0 ••• 4620:27
Stelma 1B Data Set 0 ••• 0 0 0 0 • 0 0 0 0 0 • 0 • 0 • 0 •• 0 • 0 0 • 0 •••••••••••••• 4720:27
Stelma DM-16C Data Set 0 •• 0 •••• 0 • 0 •••••••• 0 •• 0 •••• 0 • 0 •• 0 • 0 •••• 4620:27
Stelma DS-16C Data Set • 0 ••••••• 0 •• 0 • 0 •• 0 • 0 0 •• 0 •• 0 ••• 0 •• 0 ••••• 4620:28
Stromberg-Carlson SC835 Data Modem • 0 • 0 ••• 0 ••••••••••••••• 0 •••• 4620:34
Technical Communications DM-150 (A) Data Set •• 0 •••••• 0 •••••. 0 • 0 •••• 4620:33
Technical Communications DM-100 (A) Data Set •••••• 0 0 •• 0 0 0 •• ~ • 0 0 •••• 4620:33
Tele-Dynamics 7260 Multi-channel FSK Modem •• 0 0 • 0 • 0 0 0 0 0 • 0 • 0 0 • 0 • 0 • 0 4620:28
Tel-Tech TT-103 Data Set 0" 0 •••.• 0 • 0 ••• 0 • 0 •• 0 •••••••• 0 •• 0 •••• 4620:28
Tel-Tech TT-201 Data Set •• 0 •••• 0 •• 0 0 ••••• 0 0 • 0 •• 0 • 0 •• 0 0 • 0 0 •• 0 0 4620:28
Tel-Tech TT-202 Data Set •••• 0 0 •••• 0 0 0 •• 0 • 0 0 0 0 • 0 0 0 0 •• 0 0 0 0 0 • 0 0 • 4620:29
Tuck Electronics Model 1033 Data Set 0 0 • 0 0 0 0 0 • 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 • 0 •• 4620:29
Tuck Electronics Model 1042F Data Set o. 0 0 0 0 • 0 •• 0 •••• 0 ••••••• 0 •••• 4620:29
Tuck Electronics Model 1048 Data Set 0 0 0 •••• 0 • 0 •• 0 • 0 • 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 • 0 •• 0 • 4620:29
Tuck Electronics Model 1067 Data Set 0 0 0 0 • 0 0 0 • 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 • 0 0 • 0 0 ••• 0 0 • 4620:29
Tuck Electronics Model 107 5 Data Set o. 0 0 ••••• 0 • 0 •••••••• 0 •••• 0 • 0 • 4620:30
Tuck Electronics Model 1098 Data Set 0 ••••• 0 •• 0 0 0 0 • 0 0 • 0 • 0 0 •••••• 0 • 4620:30
Tuck Electronics Model 1145 Frequency Multiplex 0 •••• 0 0 • 0 0 • 0 0 0 • 0 0 • 0 0 0 4620:30
Ultronic Systems Series 300 Data Pump Modem 0 0 0 0 0 • 0 0 0 ••• 0 0 0 • 0 •• 0 • 0 • 4620:30
Ultronics Systems 1200 Data Pump • 0 0 • 0 • 0 0 0 0 •• 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 • 0 0 0 • 0 0 • 0 • 0 4620:30
o.
Refer also to CONTENTS ADDENDUM beginning on page 19
© 1970 AUERBACH Info, Inc.
3001-13
11
0000
OAT A COMMUNICATIONS
Non-Common-Carrier Data Sets (Contd.)
Ultronic Systems 2400 Data Pump.. 0 0 0 •• 0 0 •••• 0 0 • 0 • 0 0 0 0 0 0 • 0 •• 0 •• 00 • 4620:31
Vadic VA 300 Data Set
0 •• 0 0 0 0 • 0 •••. 0 • 0 • 0 0 •••••••.• 0 0 0 0 • 0 0 . 0 0 0 0 4620:31
Vadic VA 300E Data Set 000 0 0 ••• 0 •••• 0 0 ••• o • • 0 0 0 •••• 0 o • • 0 • 0 0 0 .4620:31
Vadic VA 1200 Data Set 0 •••• 0 ••• 0 •• 0 0 •• 0 •• 0 0 • 0 0 ••.• 0 0 • 0 • 0 0 •••• 4620:31
Telephone Coupler Data Sets . • . . • . • . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . • . • . . . . 4640:01
Anderson Jacobson ADAC 240 Acoustic Coupler/Modem . . . . . • . • . . . . . • . . . . 4640:03
Anderson Jacobson ADAC 241 Acoustic Coupler/Modem . . • . . • . • . . . . 0 •..•. 4640:03
Anderson Jacobson ADAC 242 Acoustic Coupler/Modem ..•• 0 . . . . 0 .••.•••. 4640:03
Anderson Jacobson ADC 240 Acoustic Data Coupler .•....•••••• 0 . . • . . . • . 4640:03
Anderson Jacobson ADC 241 Acoustic Data Coupler • . . . . • . . . . . . • . • . . . . . • 4640:03
Anderson Jacobson ADC 242 Acoustic Data Coupler ..•••....•••.•.••..•. 4640:04
Anderson Jacobson ADC 260/262 Acoustic Data Coupler. 0 . • . . • • . • • . • . . . . 04640:04
Anderson Jacobson ADC 300 Acoustic Data Coupler . . • . . • • . . • • • . . • . . . • • . 4640:04
Anderson Jacobson ADC 1200 Acoustic Data Coupler .•.•••••.•••..•....• 4640:04
Anderson Jacobson ADC 1210 Acoustic Data Coupler ••..••. 0 . • . • . . . • . . • .4640:04
Applied Digital Data Systems COM-110 Data Coupler 0 0 •• 0 0 •• 0 0 • 0 ••••••• 0 4640:20
Applied Digital Data Systems COM-120 Data Coupler 0 •• 0 ••••••.• 0 .• 0 ••• 04640:20
Applied Digital Data Systems COM-130 Data Coupler ••• 0 • 0 • 0 0 •••.••••• 0 .4640:20
Carterlone Communications DM-307 Data Coupler .•.. 0 •.•...••. 0 . • . . . . . 4640:05
Carterlone Communications DM-318 Data Coupler. 0 . . • • • • . • • . . . . . • . • . . . 4640:05
Carterlone Communications DM-328 Data Coupler . • . • • . • • • • . . . . . • . . • . . • 4640:05
Carterlone Communications DM-329 Data Coupler .. 0 • . • . • • • . . . . • . • . . . . . 4640:05
ComData 301A2-13 Acoustic Data Set .••.•..•••.•. 0 • . . . • . . . . . . • . 0 ... 4640:05
ComData 301A2-23 Acoustic Data Set • • . . • . . . . • . . • . . . . • • . . . . . . • . • • . . 4640:06
ComData 301A2-33 Acoustic Data Set •.. ' . . . . . . . • . • . • . . . . . . • . • . . • . . . . 4640:06
ComData 301B2-13 Acoustic Data Set . . . 0 • • . . . • . . . . . • . • . • . . . . . . . • . . . 4640:06
ComData 301B2-23 Acoustic'Data Set ..• 0 . . . . • . . . • • . . . . • . . . . . . . . • . . . 4640:06
ComData 301B2-33 Acoustic Data Set . . . . . . • . . • . • . . . • . . • . . • . • . . . . . . . 4640:06
ComData 301P2-13 Acoustic Data Set • • . • . . . . . . . • . . . • . • . • . . . . . • . • . . . 4640:07
ComData 301P2-23 Acoustic Data Set . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . • . • . . . . . . . . • . . . . 4640:07
ComData 301P2-33 Acoustic Data Set . • . . . . • . • . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4640:07
Communications Logic The Coupler II . . . . . . • • . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . 4640:07
Data Access Systems DH100 Data Coupler . . . • . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4640:07
Data Access Systems DH101 Data Coupler . • . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4640:08
Data Access Systems DH110 Data Coupler . . • . . . . . . . • . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . 4640:08
Data Access Systems DH120 Data Coupler . . . . . • • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4640:08
Data Access Systems DH130 Data Coupler . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . 4640:08
Data Communications Systems DAC327 Digital Acoustic Coupler . . • . . . . . • . . . 4640:08
Data Communications Systems DAC337 Digital Acoustic Coupler . . . . . . . . . . . . 4640:09
Data Communications Systems DAC347 Digital Acoustic Coupler . . . . • . . . . . • . 4640:09
Datel Model 90 Telephone Coupler . . . . • . . . . . • • . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4640:09
Design Elements Design 79-0 Acoustic Data Coupler 0 0 0 0 ••••• 0 0 • 0 0 .••• 0 • 4640:20
Design Elements Design 79-A Acoustic Data Coupler 0 0 •••••• 0 0 0 0 0 ••• 0 • 0 0 4640:21
DeSign Elements Design 79-0/A Acoustic Data Coupler • 0 0 0 •••••• 0 ••. 0 0 •• 4640:21
Digital Techniques 2300 Acoustical Data Set . • . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . • . . • • . . . • 4640:09
Digital Techniques 2301 Acoustical Data Set . . • . • . . • . • . • • • . . . . • • . 0 •..• 4640:09
Digital Techniques 2310 Acoustical Data Set . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . • • . . . . 4640:10
Digital Techniques 2311 Acoustical Data Set . • . . . . • . . • • . . • . . . . . . . • . • . . 4640:10
Digital Techniques 2400 Acoustical Data Set . • . • . . • . • . . . • . . • • . 0 ••..••. 4640:10
Digital Techniques 2401 Acoustical Data Set . • . . . . • . . . . . . . . • . . . . . • • . • . 4640:10
Digital Techniques 2410 Acoustical Data Set • . • . • . . . • • • . . . . • . . • . . . . . . . 4640:10
Digital Techniques 2411 Acoustical Data Set . . . . . . • . . . . . . • . • • • • . • . • • . . 4640:11
Digital Techniques 2500 Acoustical Data Set ..•••••.•...••.•.•..•••..• 4640:11
Digital Techniques 2501 Acoustical Data Set • . • . . . . . . • . . . . • • . . • . . . • . . . 4640:11
Digital Techniques 2510 Acoustical Data Set .•..••.••.•••.•..•.•••.•.. 4640:11
Digital Techniques 2511 Acoustical Data Set . • • . • • • • . . • . • • . • • . . • . . . . . . 4640:11
Digital Techniques 3300 Acoustical Data Set • . • • • . • . . . . . • . . 0 ... 0 • 0 •.•• 4640:12
o.
0
. Refer also to CONTENTS ADDENDUM beginning on page 19
12
AUERBACH Computer Technology Reports
3001-14
CONTENTS
0000
Telephone Coupler Data Sets (Contd.)
Digital Techniques 3310 Acoustical Data Set .•..•.•.•••.•...••.•.•...• 4640:12
Direct Access Computing Telemate 300 Acoustical Coupler .••••...••.•.•.. 4640:12
Dura Model 260 Acoustic Coupler ..•••....•.••••••.•........••.•.. 4640:12
Dura Model 300 Acoustic Coupler . • • . . . . • . . . • . . . . • . . . . • . • . • . . • . . • • 4640:12
Electronic Voice lOlA Data Set Acoustic Telephone Coupler •.•••.•..•.••.• 4640:13
Electronic Voice 101B Data Set Acoustic Telephone Coupler •...•.....••.•• 4640:13
Electronic Voice 102A Data Set Acoustic Telephone Coupler . • . • . • . . . • • . . . . 4640:13
Electronic Voice 102B Data Set Acoustic Telephone Coupler . • • . . . . . • . . . • . . 4640:13
Ford Industries ForData 1200 Data Coupler . . . . . . . . . . • . • • . • . . . . • • • . . • 4640:13
Ford Industries ForData 1600 Data Coupler . • . • . . . . • . . . . • . . • . • . . . . . . . 4640:14
General Design Model B Acoustical Coupler .•..•..•..••••••.•••.•.... 4640:14
General Design Model C Acoustical Coupler ..•.•.••.••..• ~ . . . . . . • . . • . 4640:14
General Design Model E Acoustical Coupler Data Set/Terminal Tester . . . . . . • . 4640:14
GE TDM-114B13/114B63 Data Sets . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4640:14
GE TDM-115B13/115B63 Data Sets . . • . . . • . . . . • . . . . . • . • . . • . . . . . . • • . 4640:15
Hybrid Systems DC 820 Acoustic Data Coupler . . . . . . . . . • . . . . • . . • . • • . . . 4640:15
Hybrid Systems DC 821 Acoustic Data Coupler . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . 4640:15
Hybrid Systems DC 825 Acoustic Data Coupler . . . . • . . . . . • • • . . . . . . • . . . . 4640:15
Hybrid Systems DC 826 Acoustic Data Coupler • . . . . . . • • . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4640:15
Irifo-Max Model 311 Acoustic Coupler •••.••••.••••••••••••••••••••• 4640:21
Info-Max Model 315 Acoustic Coupler •••••••.•••••••••••••••••••••• 4640:21
Info-Max Model 316 Acoustic Coupler •••.••.••••••••••••••••••••••• 4640:21
Info-Max Model 317 Acoustic Coupler ••••••••••••••••••••••••••••.• 4640:22
Livermore Model A Acoustically Coupled Data tlet . • . . . . • . . . • . . . . • . . . . . . 4640:16
Livermore Model B/BA Acoustically Coupled Data Set . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4640:16
Livermore Model C Acoustically Coupled Data Set •.•.••.•••.......••.•• 4640:16
Multitech Data Products 440/MP Acoustic Data Coupler . . . . . • . . • . • . . . . • . . 4640:16
Multitech Data Products 440/MQ Acoustic Data Coupler . . • • • • . • . • . . . . . • . . 4640:16
Multitech Data Products 440/MR Acoustic Data Coupler . • . . . . . . . . . . . . • • • • 4640:17
Multitech Data Products 440/MS Acoustic Data Coupler . • . . • . • • . . . . . . . . . . 4640:17
Novation DC/l02 Acoustic Coupler . • • . . . . • . . . • . . . . . . . • . • . . • • . . . . . . 4640:17
Novation TM 102 Acoustic Coupler ..•••..•.•••.•.••••.••.•..•...•. 4640:17
Omnitec 701/701A Telephone Coupler ••..••.•••...•.•....•..••••••. 4640:17
Omnitec 702 Telephone Coupler • • . . . • • • . • • . • . . . . . . • . . . . • . • . • . • • . . 4640:18
Omnitec 703 Telephone Coupler ••.•••••.••.••..•••••••...•...•••. 4640:18
Oneida Electronics Acousticom 260 Data Coupler •..••••••••..••.....•. 4640:18
Oneida Electronics Acousticom 262 Data Coupler .......••••.••..•••.•• 4640:18
Oneida Electronics Acousticom 300 Data Coupler ....•••••••..•...••..• 4640:18
Sonex I/Onex 30 Acoustic Coupler ••.••...•....•.•.•.•••••••...•... 4640:19
Stelma Model 703 Acoustic Coupler Data Set •..•••.•••••••••.••••....• 4640:19
Time-Sharing Terminals TST Acoustic Coupler ••..•.••••.••••••.•...• 4640:19
Tymshare Mark V Data Transceiver .....•.•.•..••..•••.•.••••..••• 4640:19
Vanguard Data Systems VDC 300 Acoustic Coupler ...••..••.••••••.•.•• 4640:19
Vanguard Data Systems VDC 300A Acoustic Coupler ..•••.....••..•••.••. 4640:20
Facsimile Equipment •••.•..•......•••...•....•••...••.•..•.•.•• 4800:01
Alden 11 Docufax Facsimile System . . . • • . . • • . • • . • . • . . • . . • . . . • . . . . . . 4800:03
Alden 18 Alpurfax Facsimile System • . . . • . . . . . • . . . . • . . . . . . . • • . . . . . . 4800:03
Alden 600 Order Dispatch Facsimile System . . . . . . • • • . . . . • . . . . • . . . . . . . 4800:03
Dictaphone Model 3628 Dictafax . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . • . . . . • . . • • . . . • . . . . • 4800:03
Dictaphone Model 3628 Dictafax with Bandwidth Compression . . . . . . . . • . . • . . 4800:03
Dictaphone Model 9095D Dictafax with Dacom Redundancy Reduction . . . . • . . . . . 4800:04
Electronic Transmission Systems T701A/R701A Speed-Q-Fax . . • . . . . . . . • . • • 4800:04
Graphic Sciences dex I Facsimile Transceiver. . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . • . • . . . 4800:04
Graphic Sciences dex II Graphic Transceiver . . . . • . . . . . . • • . • • . . . . . . . . . 4800:04
Graphic Sciences dex ill System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4800:04
Graphic Transmission Systems Bandcom-1000 •••••••••••••••••••.•••• 4800:12
Refer also to CONTENTS ADDENDUM beginning on page 19
© 1970 AUERBACH Info, Inc.
3001-15
13
0000
DATA COMMUNICATIONS
Facsimile Equipment (Contd.)
Page
Litton Litcom Videofax Facsimile Transceiver • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . • . • • 4800:05
Litton Litcom Model 4181 Messagefax . . . . . • • . . . . . . • . . . . • . • . . . . . . . . • 4800:05
Litton Litcom Model 4301 Messagefax . . . • . . . . . . . . . • . • . • • . • . . . . . . . . . 4800:05
Magnavox Magnafax 850 . . . . . • . • . . • . . • • • . . . . • . . . • . . • . . . . • . • • . . . . 4800:05
. Muirhead Instruments Courier 180 Business Facsimile System • • . . . . . . . . . . . 4800:05
Muirhead Instruments Courier 300 Business Facsimile System • • . . . • . . . . . • . 4800:06
Muirhead Instruments Courier 500 Business Facsimile System . • • . . . . . . • . . . 4800:06
Muirhead Instruments K-220-A/D-611 Photographic Facsimile System •.••.... 4800:06
Muirhead Instruments K-220-P/D-700 Photographic Facsimile System .....••• 4800:06
Muirhead Instruments K-221-A/K-300C Photographic Facsimile System •.•.... 4800:06
Muirhead Instruments K-351/K-300-D/F Photographic Facsimile System ..•.... 4800:07
Muirhead Instruments D-900/D-901 AM/B Mufax Business Facsimile
Machines ..•..•.•.•..•.•..•.••...•.•.••••..•.•.•••.•.••.. 4800:07
Muirhead Instruments D-900/D-901 FM/B Mufax Business Facsimile
Machines . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • • • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . • . 4800:07
Muirhead Instruments D-900/D-901 FM/DG Mufax Business Facsimile
Machines . . . . . . . • . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . • . . • . . 4800:07
Muirhead Instruments D-900/l-FM/DG Business Facsimile System . . . . . . • . . . 4800:07
. Muirhead Instruments M-108/M-ll0 Chart Facsimile System . . • . . • . • . . . . . . 4800:08
Muirhead Instruments M-109/M-110 Chart Facsimile System . . • . . . . . . . . • . • 4800:08
Shintron QIX 503 Facsimile Transceiver . . . . • . • . . . • . . . . . . • . . . . . . • . • • . 4800:08
Stewart-Warner Electronic Mailbox Facsimile Transceiver . . . . . . ; . . • . . . . • . 4800:08
Stewart-Warner Dial Datafax Facsimile System . . . . . . . . . • . . : . . . • . . . . . . 4800:08
Stewart-Warner Model 240 Dial Facsimile Transceiver . . . . . . • . . • . . . . . . . . 4800:09
Stewart-Warner Model 1824 Private Line Datafax Facsimile . • . . . . • • . • . . . . • 4800:09
Stewart-Warner Model 2828 Private Line Datafax Facsimile .••.••..•.•..• 4800:09
Stewart-Warner Model 3628 Private Line Datafax Facsimile . • . . . . • • • . . • . . • 4800:09
Stewart-Warner Model 9095 Private Line Datafax Facsimile . . . . . • . • . • . • . • . 4800:09
Stewart-Warner Model FT9000D/FR9000D High-Speed Transmitter/Receiver ...• 4800:10
Telautograph Model 300 Copyphone Facsimile . • • . . . . • . • . . • . . • . . • . • . • • . 4800:10
Telautograph Model 300D Copyphone Facsimile . . . • . • . • . . . . • • . . . • • . . . . . 4800:10
Telautograph Model 900 Copyphone Facsimile ..•.•.••••.•..•.•.•....•• 4800:10
Western Union Stewart-Warner Datafax •.....•.•.•.••••.•.••.•.•.•.. 4800:10
Western Union Letter-Fax . . . . • • • • • . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • • . • . . . . 4800:11
Western Union Info-Fax 100 Facsimile System • . . . . • . • • . . . . • . . . . • • . . . . 4800:11
Xerox LDX Scanner and Printer • • • . . . . • • • • . . . • • . • . . . • . . . . . • • . . . . • 4800:11
Xerox Telecopier II . . . . . . . . . . . . • • . . . . • • . . • • • . . . • • . . . . • • • • • . . . 4800:11
Binder 2
COMMUNICATIONS TERMINAL EQUIPMENT REPORTS
Users' Guide to Communications Terminal Equipment . . • . . . . • . . . . . . . . . • . . . 6000:01
AT&T Touch-Tone Handset . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . .
Anderson Jacobson ADT 233 Acoustic Data Terminal . . . . . . . . . • . • . • . . . . . . . .
Atlantic Technology ATC-2000 Video Display Terminal. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Bunker-Ramo Series 200 Data Display System. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . .
Burroughs 2351 and 3351 Single-Line Controls. . . • . • . • . . . . . . . . • . . . . . • . . . .
Burroughs Input and Display System . . . . . . . . . • . • . . . . • • . . . . . . . . . . . • . . .
Burroughs TC-500 Terminal Computer . . . . . . . • . . . . . • . . . . • . . . . . . . . • . . .
Clary SP20 Strip Printer . . . . • . ~ . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . •
Communitype Data Communication System . . • . • . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . .
Communitype 550/850 Transmission/Conversion Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Computer Communications CC-30 Communications Station . . . . . . • . . . . . . • . . . .
Computer Communicationa CC-33 Display Station . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Computer Communications CC-36 Televideo Station . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . • • . . . . . .
6040:01
6050:01
6170:01
6060:01
6070:01
6071:01
6072:01
6110:01
6120:01
6121:01
6125:01
6126:01
6127:01
Refer also to CONTENTS ADDENDUM beginning on page 19
14
AUERBACH Computer Technology Reports
3001- 16
CONTENTS
0000
COMMUNICATIONS TERMINAL EQUIPMENT REPORTS (Contd.)
Computer Industries Cope .45 Communications Terminal . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . • . . 6145:01
Control Data 200 User Terminal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . 6160:01
Delta Data Systems Delta 1 Video Display Terminal ••.•..•.••.•..••••••••• 6180:01
Digitronics Turn-Around Dial-o-Verter Line . . . • . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . • . . 6220:01
Digitronics Reverse-Channel Dial-o-Verter Line . . . • . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . • . . • 6221:01
Dura Data Terminal . . • . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . • . . • . . . . • . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . 6240:01
Friden Teledata Line . . • . • . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . • . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . • . . • . . 6270:01
Friden 7100 Conversational Terminal . . . . • . . . . . • • • . . . • . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . 6271:01
Friden 7102 Communications Terminal . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . • . . 6272:01
GE Datanet bOO/601 . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6320:01
GE Datanet-760 Keyboard/Display Subsystem . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . • . . 6321:01
GE Datanet 730 . • . • . . . . • . . . • . . . . . • . . . . . . . . • . . . . • . . . • . . . . . . • . . . 6322:01
Honeywell 480 Communications Control Unit . . . . . . • . • • . • . • . . . . . . • . . . . . . . 6380:01
Honeywell 481 Single-Channel Communications Control • . • . . • . . . . • . • . . . . . . . • 6381:01
Honeywell 281 Single-Channel Communications Control. .•.•••.•..•....•.••• 6382:01
Honeywell Data Station . . . • . • . • . . • . . . . . . • • . . • . • . • . . . • . . . . . • . . • • . . 6383:01
Honeywell Series 200 Visual Information Projection System . • . . • • . • . . . • . . . • . . 6384:01
Honeywell Keytape • . • . • . . . . . . • . . • . • • • • . . . . • . • . . . . • . . . . . • . • • • . . . 6385:01
IBM
IBM
IBM
IBM
IBM
IBM
IBM
IBM
IBM
IBM
IBM
IBM
IBM
IBM
65/66 Data Transceivers . . . . . • . . . • . . . • • • . . • . . • • . . . . • . . . . . . • • . •
1013 Card Transmission Terminal . . • . . . • . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . • • .
1978 Print Read Punch Terminal • • . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1050 Data Communication System . • . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . • . . . . . . •
7702 Magnetic Tape Transmission Terminal. . . . . . • . . . . . . • . . . . . . . • . • .
7710 Data Communication Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . • . • . . . . . . • . .
7711 Data Communication Unit . • . . . . . . • . . . . • . . . . • . . . . • . . . . . . • . . .
2712 Remote Multiplexor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . • . • . . . . . . • . .
2740 Communication Terminal. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2741 Communication Terminal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2260 Display Station . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2780 Data Transmission Terminal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . .
Magnetic Tape Selectric Typewriter with Remote Record . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2265 Display Station . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6440:01
6444:01
6445:01
6447:01
6450:01
6451:01
6452:01
6453:01
6454:01
6455:01
6456:01
6457:01
6458:01
6459:01
Kleinschmidt 300 Series Teleprinters . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mohawk 1100 Series Data-Recorders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mohawk 4200 TTT Data Recorder System . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mohawk 6403 Data-Recorder . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . • . . '.' . . • . . . . . .
Motorola TP-4000 Series Teleprinters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . .
6520:01
6540:01
6541:01
6543:01
6550:01
Philco-Ford Alphanumeric Color Display Unit Model D-20 . . . . • • . . . . . . . . . . . .
Philco-Ford Alphanumeric Display Unit Model D-21 . . . • . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . .
RCA 70/653 Communication Control . . . . . . • . . . . . • . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . • .
RCA 6051 Video Data Interrogator . . . . . • . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . • . . ~ . . . . . . . .
RCA 70/752 Video Data Terminal • . • . . • . . . . . • • . • . . . • . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . .
RCA 70/750 Modular Video Data System . . . . • . . . . . • . . . . • . . • . . . . . . • . . . .
RCA 70/740 Data Terminal . . . . . . . . • . • . . . . . • . . • . . . . • • . • . . . . . • • . . . .
6650:01
6651:01
6700:01
6701:01
6702:01
6703:01
6704:01
Raytheon DIDS-400 Display System . . . • • . . . . • . • . • . • . • . . • . . • . . . . . • . • . .
Sanders 620 Stand-Alone Data Display System . . . . . . . • • . . . • • . • • . • . • . • . . • .
Sanders 720 Data Display System . . . . • . • . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . .
Sangamo Data Station . . . . • . • . • . • • . • . • • . . . • . • . . . • . . . • • . . . . . . . . . . .
Tally Parallel Data Communications Equipment • • • • . . . . . . • • • • . . . • . . • . . . . .
Tally Serial Data Communications Equipment . . . • • . . . . . • . . . . . . . . • . • . . . . •
Tally 1021 Data Terminal . • . . . . . . • • . • . . . • . . • . • . . • . . . . . . • . . • " . . . .
6735:01
6744:01
6745:01
6750:01
6760:01
6761:01
6762:01
Teletype Telespeed 1200 EDC Equipment (AT&T Dataspeed Type 4) ..•.••.•..•• 6799:01
Teletype Telespeed 1050 Equipment (AT&T Dataspeed Type 2) . . • . . . • . . . . . . . . . 6800:01
Refer also to CONTENTS ADDENDUM beginning on page 19
© 1970 AUERBACH Info, Inc.
3001-17
15
0000
DATA COMMUNICATIONS
COMMUNICATIONS TERMINAL EQUIPMENT REPORTS (Contd.)
Teletype Telespeed 750 Equipment (AT&T Dataspeed Type 5) •..•..•.•••..•.•.
Teletype Model 28 Line . . . • • . . • . . . . • . • . • • • • . • . • • • • . . • . • . . . • . • . • • •
Teletype Model 32 Line ..•.••.•.•••••.•.•.•••..•••.....•••...••••
Teletype Model 33 Line • . . . • . . • . • . . . • • . . . . • . • • . • • • . • • . • . . • . • . . . • •
Teletype Model 35 Line . . . . • . . ". • . • . • • . . . . . . • . • • . • . • . . • . • • . . . . • . • .
Teletype Model 37 KSR • . . . . . . . • . . • . . • . . • . . . . . • • . • . . . . • . • . • . . • . • •
Teletype Push Button Data Generator . . . . • • • . • . . . . . . . . • . • . . . . . . • . • • • • .
Teletype Inktronic RO Printer . . . . . . . • • • . . • . . . • • . • . . . . . . • . . • . • . • . • .
Ultronic Systems MT 3000 Magnetic Tape Terminal .••.••...•.•••..•.••.•.
Univac 1004 Card Processor . . • . . . • . • . • • . • . . . . . . • . • • • . . • . . . . • . . . . .
Univac Word Terminal Synchronous•.•.•..•.•.•..••••.•.. '. . . • . . . • . . . .
Univac Communications Terminal Synchronous . . . . • . . • . . . . . . . . . • . • . • • . . .
Univac DCT 2000 Data Communications Terminal . . • . • . . • • • . • • . • . • • • . . . . .
Univac Uniscope 300 Visual Communication Terminals .••.•••.•.•...••••.••
Univac DCS-1 Data Communications Subsystem ....•.••..•••••..••.•.•.•.
Univac Uniscope 100 Display Terminal ..••..•.•••.•....••.•.••.•••..•
Vernitron Dataport Portable Terminal . . . • . . . . • • . . . . . . • • • . • . . . . . • . • . • •
Viatron System 21 •....•.•.• .
' .•......•.•.•.•...••••...•.•..•.••
6801:01
6802:01
6803:01
6804:01
6805:01
6806:01
6807:01
6.808:01
6850:lJl
6860:01
6861:01
6862:01
6863:01
6864:01
6865:01
6866:01
6910:01
6920:01
Binder 3
COMMUNICATIONS PROCESSING EQUIPMENT REPORTS
Users' Guide to Communications Processing Equipment •••..••..•.••.•••..• 8000:01
Burroughs B 487 Data Transmission Unit (with B 300 or B 5500 computer) .••••.••
Burroughs Multi-Line and Terminal Unit Controls (with B 2500 and B 3500) ••••••.
Collins Data Central System •••.••.••••.•.•..•.•.••••••••.•••••••.
Control Data 8090/8050 Information Control System •.•..•.•.••.•.•••••••••
GE Datanet-30 •••••.•• "••••.•••••.•••.•.•.••.•.••.•••.••.••••••
8070:01
8071:01
8100:01
8140:01
8320:01
Honeywell 484 Multi-Channel Communications Control (with Honeywell
400/1400) •..•••••••.••.••••.•.•••••.•.•..•••••.•••••••••••. 8380:01
Honeywell 286 Multi-Channel Communications Control (with Series 200) ••••••••• 8381:01
Honeywell Audio Response System (with Series 200) •••.•.•.••••••••.•.•.•. 8382:01
Communication Control System •...•.••.••••.•.••.•.•.•..•••.
Programmed Transmission Control .••.•••.....••..•.••.••••••
Data Adapter Unit (with System/360) .••.••••••••.•...••••...•.
Transmission Control (with System/360) ..••••••.•.••••.•••..•••
Transmission Control (with System/360) •.•..•.•.•.•.•••.•..••••
Audio Response Unit (with IBM computers) . • . . • . . . • • • . • . . • . . . . • •
Audio Response Unit (with System/360) . • • . . • . . . • . • . . . . . . . . • . • .
8440:01
8441:01
8442:01
8443:01
8444:01
8445:01
8446:01
NCR 321 Central Communications Controller (with NCR 315 Line) •••.•..•..•.•
RCA 378 Communications Mode Control (with RCA 301) • • • . . . • • • . . • . • . . . . . •
RCA 3378 Communications Mode Control (with RCA 3301) . • . . . • • . . • • • • • . . . . .
RCA 70/668 Communication Controller - Multichannel (with Spectra 70) •.•.•••••
RCA 70/510 Voice Response Unit (with Spectra 70) .••..••.•.••.••.••..•..
Univac Communications Terminal Module Controller (with Univac Computers) . . . . .
Univac DCS-4 Data Communications Subsystem (with Univac 9000 Series
computers) .••.••.•••••••..•..•.•.••.•••.••••.••••••..••....
8560:01
8700:01
8701:01
8702:01
8703:01
8860:01
IBM
IBM
IBM
IBM
IBM
IBM
IBM
7740
7750
2701
2702
2703
7770
7772
8861:01
FACSIMILE EQUIPMENT REPORTS
Users' Guide to Facsimile Equipment •••.•.•.•.••.••.•.••••.••••••••. 9000:01
Alden
Alden
Alden
Alden
2 Signature Verification Facsimile System •••.•.••.••••••••••••••••
11 Docufax Facsimile System ..••••••••.•••••••..••••••.•••• ' •••
18 Alpurfax Facsimile System •••.••••••••••••••.••••••••...•••
18 Alspeed Alpurfax Facsimile System ••••••••••••••••••••••••.••
Refer also to CONTENTS ADDENDUM beginning on page 19
16
9030:01
9031:01
9032:01
9033:01
I
AUERBACH Computer Technology Reports
300,-18
CONTENTS
0000
FACSIMILE EQUIPMENT REPORTS (Contd.)
Graphic Sciences dex I ••...•••••.•.••••••..•••.••.••.•••.•.••..•
Litton Litcom Messagefax •..•••••.••.•••.•..•...•.••••.••••••••••
Magnavox Magnafax 850 . . . . . . . • . . . • • • • • • . • . • • . . • . . • . • • . • • . • . • . . • •
Shintron QIX 503 Facsimile Transceiver .•.•.•.•••.••••••••.•...••••.•
Stewart-Warner Dial Datafax ••.•..••••..••.•••••.•••.••......•••••
Stewart-Warner Private Line Datafax ..•••••••.••.•.••.•••••.••.•.•••
Stewart-Warner Electronic Mailbox . . • • • . . . • . . . • • • . . • • • . • . . . • • . . . • • •
Telautograph Quikfax Facsimile •.•...•..•.•..•••••.•••.•.••..•.•••.
9078:01
9124:01
9140:01
9210:01
9280:01
9281:01
9282:01
9320:01
Xerox Long Distance Xerography (LDX) System . • . • . . • • • . • • . • . • . . . . . . . • • • 9390:01
Xerox Telecopier IT . . . • • . . . . . . • . . . • • . . . • . • . • • . . • . • . • . . . • • . . . . . • 9391:01
Refer also to CONTENTS ADDENDUM beginning on page 19
© 1970 AUERBACH Info, Inc.
3001-19
17
(
\
A ..
AUERBACH
COMPUTER
TECHNOLOGY
REPORTS
I
AUERBACH
DATA COMMUNICATIONS
CONTENTS ADDENDUM
0000
Binder 1
COMP ARISON CHARTS
Communications Terminal Equipment
Centronics Mach I Impact Printer Model 3000 • • • • • • • • • • • • •• • • • • • • ••• 4200-80
Data Computing Cardliner 10 Terminal-Oriented Card Reader •••••••••••• 4200-80
Data Computing Cardliner 15 Terminal-Oriented Card Reader •••••••••••• 4200-80
Data Computing Cardliner 30 Terminal-Oriented Card Reader •••••••••••• 4200-80
Data Computing Typeliner Remote Communications Printer •••.••••••••• 4200-80
Dataterm Model 135 Send-Only Typewriter ••••••••••••••.•••••••••• 4200-81
Datel Model 31 Cartridge Magnetic Tape Data Terminal •••••••••••••.• 4200-81
Friden 7100 Conversational Terminal •••••••.•••••••••.•••••••••• 4200-81
Litton Systems Datalog MC 1000 Military strip Printer •••••.•••••••••• 4200-81
Litton Systems Datalog MC 3000 Digital Page Teleprinter ••••••••••••••• 4200-82
Litton Systems Datalog MC 3434 High-Speed Military Printer •••••••••••• 4200-82
Litton Systems Datalog MC 4600 High-Speed Printer •••••••••••••••••• 4200-82
Litton Systems Datalog MC 8800 High-Speed Printer • • • • • . • • • . • • . • • • • • 4200-82
Memorex MRX 1240 Communication Terminal •••••••••••••••••••••• 4200-82
Mohawk 7201 Binary Synchronous Communications Adapter •••••••••••••• 4200-83
Potter Instrument KDR 3100 Communications Terminal •••••••••••••••• 4200-83
Potter Instrument KDR 4100 Communications Terminal •• • • • . • • • • • • • • • • 4200-84
TEC Model 520-40 Remote Batch Terminal •••••••••••••••••••••••• 4200-83
Versatec Matrix 100 Plotter •••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••• 4200-84
Versatec Matrix 100A Printer/Plotter •••••••••••••••••••••••••••• 4200-85
Versatec Matrix 200 Plotter •••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••• 4200-85
Versatec Matrix 200A Printer/Plotter •••••••••••••••••••••••••••• 4200-85
Versatec Matrix 300 Printer •••.•••••••••••••••••••••••••••••• 4200-84
Versatec Matrix 600 Printer •••••••••• __ ••••••••••.••••.••••••• 4200-84
Alphanumeric Display Terminals
American Terminal Systems Series 765 Video Communication Terminal ••••• 4220-22
American Terminal Systems Series 766 Video Communication Terminal ••••• 4220-22
American Terminal Systems Series 767 Video Communication Terminal ••••• 4220-22
Applied Digital Data Systems Envoy 600 Portable CRT Terminal •••••••••• 4220-22
Applied Digital Data Systems Envoy 640 Portable CRT Terminal •• • • • • • • • • 4220-22
Applied Digital Data Systems Consul 800 Stand-Alone CRT Terminal •.••••• 4220-23
Applied Digital Data Systems Consul 840 Stand-Alone CRT Terminal ••••••• 4220-23
Applied Digital Data Systems Consul 880 Stand-Alone CRT Terminal ••••••• 4220-23
Hazeline 1760 Desk-Top Video Display Terminal ••••••••••••••••••••• 4220-23
Hazeline 2000 Desk-Top Video Display Terminal ••••••••••••••••••••• 4220-23
Honeywell 316/516-7210 Alphanumeric Display Terminal ••••••••••.•••• 4220-24
Imlac PDS-1 Programmable Display Terminal •••••••••••••••••••••• 4220-24
International Computer Terminals SPD 10/20 Stored Program Display •••••• 4220-24
Mark Computer Systems DD-70 Data Display Terminal •••••••.•••••••• 4220-24
Photophysics Model 45 B CRT Data Terminal ••••.•••••••••••••••••. 4220-25
Spiras Systems DBEC-A/N-UL Irascope •••••••••••••••••••••••••• 4220-25
Spiras Systems DBEC-A/N-UL-360 Irascope ••••••••••••••••••••••• 4220-25
Spiras Systems DBEC-A/N-TY Irascope •••••••••••••••••••••••.•• 4220-25
Spiras Systems DBEC-A/N-TY-360 Irascope ••••••••••••••••••••••• 4220-25
Spiras Systems DBC-A/N-TY Irascope ••••••••••••••••••••••••••• 4220-26
Spiras Systems DBC-.A/N-TY-360 Irascope •••••••••••••••••••••••• 4220-26
TEC Model 430 Data-Screen Terminal ••••••••••••••••••••.•••••••• 4220-26
TEC Model 440 Data-Screen Terminal •••••••••••••••••••••••••••• 4220-26
TEC Model 450 Data-Screen Terminal •••••••••••••••••••••••••••• 4220-26
TEC Model 460 Data-Screen Terminal •••••••••••••••••••••••••••• 4220-27
Video Systems VST 1200 Video Data Terminal •••.••••••••••••••••••• 4220-27
@
1970 AUERBACH Info, Inc.
3001-2.1
19
OAT A COMMUNICATIONS
0000
Alphanumeric Display Terminals (Contd.)
Video Systems VST 2000 Video Data Terminal •••••••••••••••••.•••• 4220-27
Video Systems VST 5000 Video Data Terminal •••••••••••.•••••••••• 4220-27 .
Video Systems VST 7000 Video Data Terminal •••••••••••••••••••••• 4200-27
Communications Processing Equipment
Computer Machinery DataCentral ••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••• 4400-17
EMR Computer 6116 Series Data Communication System ••••••••••• •••• 4400-18
GE Datanet-355 Communications Processor •••••••••••••••••••••••• 4400-18
GE Datanet-500 Communications Processor •••••••••••••••••••••••• 4400-18
Honeywell Series 15 Model 1530 Communications Processor • ~ • • • • • • • •••• 4400-18
Honeywell Series 15 Model 1540 Communications Processor ••••••••.•••• 4400-19
Interactive Data Systems L-64 Communication Controller ••••••••••••••• 4400-19
Interactive Data Systems U-64 Communication Controller •••••••.••.•••• 4400-19
Interactive Data Systems DSLA Dedicated Synchronous Line Adapter •••••••• 4400-19
Interdata 270X Communications Controller ••••••••••••••••••••••••• 4400-20
Varian Data Machines 620/i-60 Communications Controller ••••••••••••• 4400-20
Voice Response Equipment
Periphonics Voice PAC-2000 Voice Response SYl?tems ••••••••••••••••• 4410-7
Common-Carrier Data Sets
Bell System Data Set 113A ••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••.• 4600-8
Western Union 180 Baud Data Model No. H8l.1A ••••••.••••••••••••• 4600-9
Western Union Data Set 1601B ••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••• 4600-9
Western Union Data Set 2121B ••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••• 4600-9
Western Union Data Set 2247B ••••••••••••••••••.•••••••••••••• 4600-9
Western Union Data Set 2481A • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •• 4600-9
Western Union Data Set 2200/24 •••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••• 4600-10
Non-Common-Carrier Data Sets
Astrocom Model 120
Astrocom Model 120
Astrocom Model 120
Astrocom Model 120
Astrocom Model 120
Astrocom Model 120
Astrocom Model 120
Astrocom Model 120
Astrocom Model 120
Astrocom Model 120
Astrocom Model 120
Astrocom Model 120
Astrocom Model 120
Astrocom Model 120
Astrocom Model 120
Astrocom Model 120
Astrocom Model 120
Astrocom Model 120
Astrocom Model 120
Astrocom Model 120
Astrocom Model 120
Astrocom Model 120
Astrocom Model 120
Astrocom Model 120
20
C1
C2
C3
C4
C5
C6
D1
D2
D3
D4
D5
D6
E1
E2
E3
E4
E5
E6
Fl
F2
F3
F4
F5
F6
Astroset
Astroset
Astroset
Astroset
Astroset
Astroset
Astroset
Astroset
Astroset
Astroset
Astroset
Astroset
Astroset
Astroset
Astroset
Astroset
Astroset
Astroset
Astroset
Astroset
Astroset
Astroset
Astroset
Astroset
••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••• 4620-34
••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••• 4620-34
••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••• 4620-34
••••••••••••••••••••••••••.•••• 4620-34
••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••• 4620-35
••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••• 4620-35
••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••• 4620-35
••••••••••••••••••••.•••••••••• 4620-35
••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••• 4620-35
•••••••••••••••••••••••.••••.•• 4620-36
••.•••••••••••••••••••••••••••• 4620-36
••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••• 4620-36
••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••• 4620-36
••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••• 4620-36
••••••••••••••••.•••••••••••••• 4620-37
••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••• 4620-37
••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••• 4620-37
••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••• 4620-37
• ',' •••••••••••••••. ' . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4620-37
••••••••••••••••••••••••• '•••••• 4620-38
• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • . • • ••••• 4620-38
••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••• 4620-38
• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • ••••• 4620-38
• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • .• • • • • • • •• 4620-38
AUERBACH Computer Technology Reports
3001-22
CONTENTS
0000
Non-Common-Carrier Data Sets (Contd.)
Lenkurt Electric 25B/108 Data Line Extender •••..••...•..••.•••••••
Lenkurt Electric 9003A/9005A PCM Wideband Data Terminals ••••••••.••.
Novation DM-102D Data Modem ••.•••••••.•.•.•.•••.•.•••••.•••
Singer Tele-Signal Teletypewriter Subset 606D •••••...••.•••.•••••.•
Singer Tele-Signal 2503 Frequency Division Multiplex •••..••••••..••••
Ultronic Systems Series 4800 Data Pump • • . • . • • • . . • • • . . • . . • . • . . • • .
4620-39
4620-39
4620-39
4620-39
4620-39
4620-40
Telephone Coupler Data Sets
Applied Peripheral Systems DG-103 Telephone Coupler •.••.•.•••••••••
Novation DC-lOlA Data Coupler ••••.•.•.••••••.•.••..••.••.•.••
Novation DC-102AD Data Coupler .•••••••••••••••.•..•••••••••.•
Novation TM-102AD Data Coupler •••••••••••••••••••.•••••••••••
Prentice Electronics DC-22 Universal Data Coupler ••••••••••••••••••
4640-22
4640-22
4640-22
4640-22
4640-23
Facsimile Equipment
Alden 2 Signature Verification Facsimile System •.•.•.•••...••••••.•. 4800-12
Alden 18 Alspeed Alpurfax Facsimile System ••••.•.••••.••••••.•••. 4800-12
Dacom DU1 One Minute Facsimile System •••••.•••••.•.••.•.....•. 4800-12
Graphic Sciences dex V Graphic Transceiver •.••••••••.•••••••••••• 4800-12
International Scanatron 391/392-1D Document Facsimile System ..•••..••• 4800-13
International Scanatron 391/392-2D Document Facsimile System •.••••.••• 4800-13
International Scanatron 391/392-3D Document Facsimile System ..•••••••• 4800-13
International Scanatron 391/392-4D Document Facsimile System ..•.•••.•• 4800-13
International Scanatron 39;L/392-5D Document Facsimile System ••..••..•• 4800-13
COMMUNICATIONS TERMINAL EQUIPMENT REPORTS
Data 100 Model 70 Remote Batch Terminal • • . • • • . . . . • • . . . . . . . . • . . . • • • 6170-1
Binder 3
FACSIMILE EQUIPMENT REPORTS
Alden 600 Order Dispatch System ••••.•..•..•••••.••.•••..••..••.. 9034-1
© 1970 AUERBACH Info, Inc.
3001-23
21
1000:00
REFERENCE
GUIDES
AUERBACH
DATA
COMMUNICATIONS
REPORTS
AUERBACH
®
A
AUERBACH
DATA
~
..
AUERBACH
1200:01
COMMUNICATIONS
REPORTS
WHAT IT ISHOW 10 liSE 11'
WHAT IT IS - HOW TO USE IT
.1
WHAT IT IS
AUERBACH Data Communications Reports is an analytical reference service that provides
the information you need in order to understand and apply the current technology and new
developments in the most rapidly expanding area of the information processing field - data
communications. The facts and objective appraisals in this service will help you to select
and operate the facilities that will most effectively meet your data communications requirements. All of the information is arranged in standardized formats to permit rapid references
and facilitate comparisons. Regular supplements keep you iilformed of significant new developments in the field.
AUERBACH Data Communications Reports is an extremely useful tool for every user and
potential user of data communications systems. Like most tools, it can be used effectively
or ineffectively, depending upon the user's understanding of the techniques involved. To
ensure that all of the information in AUERBACH Data Communications Reports can be effectively employed in solving your data communications problems, we strongly recommend
a thorough reading of the remaining material in this "What It Is - How To Use It" section .
.2
STRUCTURE AND CONTENTS
AUERBACH Data COll1munications Reports is arranged in a looseleaf format with an openended numbering system to facilitate additions and revisions. The service currently consists of six major sections, identified by the divider tabs. Each section is subdivided into a
series of reports on closely-related subjects, and most of the reports are further divided
into numbered paragraphs. Brief explanations of the contents and purpose of each major
section follow .
. 21
Reference Guides
The Reference Guides section includes the report you are now reading and a detailed Index.
This material is designed to help you to utilize, as effectively as pOSSible, all of the valuable
information and advice that AUERBACH Data Communications Reports contains. The Index,
arranged in straightforward alphabetical order, will guide you quickly to all the pertinent information about any specific device or general concept .
. . 22
System Design
The System Design section presents clear-cut explanations of all of the basic concepts and
techniques that must be understood by the designer (or informed user) of a data communications system, plus expert guidance in the procedure for defining system requirements and
selecting communications facilities, terminal equipment, and processing eqUipment. Emphasis is placed upon the numerous possibilities for design "trade-offs, " and upon the many
ways in which the inful'mation in AUERBACH Data Communications Reports can be profitably
applied throughout the system design process .
. 23
Common-Carrier Communications Facilities
This unique section contains detailed, quantitative information about one of the most important
yet least understood aspects of the data communications field: the wide variety of communications facilities and services offered by the common carriers such as the Bell System and
Western Union. Because of the numerous types of available facilities and the complexity of
the applicable tariffs, definitive information about the capabilities and costs of these facilities
is extremely difficult to obtain. The Common-Carrier Facilities section of AUERBACH Data
Communications Reports - the product of an intensive study of the available facilities and the
pertinent tariffs - overcomes this problem by defining the import"..nt characteristics, including illustrative costs, of each type of facility. To systematize and clarify the presentation,
common-carrier facilities are divided into three major classes: narrow-band, voice-band,
and broad-band. Each class is further divided into leased facilities, public switched services,
and "packaged" multi station systems.
© 1965 AUERBACH Corporation and AUERBACH Info. Inc.
t 200:02
WHAT IT ISHOW TO USE IT
· 24
Comparison Charts
These charts summarize, in formats designed to facilitate objective comparisons, the principal characteristics of commercially-available data communications equipment. The Comparison Chart entries describing Communications Terminal Equipment (page 4200:01) and
Communications Processing Equipment (page 4400:01) have been extracted directly from the
detailed Equipment Reports in the last two major sections of AUERBACH Data Communications Reports. The entries in these charts are quite comprehensive and largely self-explanatory, but the serious user is urged to turn to the detailed Equipment Reports to ensure that
no important characteristic which could not be included in the Comparison Charts section is
overlooked. Also included in the Comparison Charts section are summaries of the data sets
available for use with common-carrier facilities (page 4600:01) and of the versatile line of
data communications equipment manufactured by Teletype Corporation (page 4800:01).
· 25
Communications Terminal Equipment
The reports in this section provide detailed information on the characteristics, performance,
features, limitations, and costs of individual commercially-available data communications
terminal devices. This category of equipment includes:
• Input/output devices that can serve as an interface between human operators and a
communications line.
•
Single-line communications terminals for general-purpose computers.
• Small general-purpose computers than can function efficiently as remote terminals
for larger computer systems.
The Communications Terminal Equipment Reports are arranged in alphabetical order by
manufacturer. Each report has the same standardized format to facilitate comparisons and
ensure that no important characteristic will be overlooked. A Users' Guide (Report 6000),
keyed to the Equipment Reports by means of corresponding paragraph numbers, explains the
meaning and Significance of each of the standardized report entries. Regular references to
the appropriate Users' Guide. entries will help you get the most out of the detailed information in the individual EquipIJlent Reports.
· 26
Communications Processing Equipment
This section contains a series of reports that provide detailed information on the characteristics, configurations, performance, limitations, and costs of individual U. S. -manufactured
communications processing devices. This category of equipment includes:
•
Freestanding communications processing systems with self-contained memory,
proceSSing, and 'input/output facilities.
•
Multi-line controllers that enable multiple communications lines to be connected
to a general-purpose computer system"
The Communications Processing Equipment Reports are arranged in alphabetical order by
manufacturer. To facilitate comparisons and ensure that no important factor is overlooked,
each report has the same standardized format. (Note, however, that the format of the Processing Equipment Reports is quite different from that of the Terminal Equipment Reports,
as it must be to reflect the different functions and degrees of complexity of the two categories
of equipment.) A Users' Guide (Report 8000), keyed to the Equipment Reports bv means of
corresponding paragraph numbers, explains the meaning and significance of each of the
standardized report entries.
(Contd. )
AUERBACH Data Communications Reports
A
~
A['ERBACH
AUERBACH
DATA
COMMUNICATIONS
REPORTS
1200:03
WHAT IT ISHOW TO USE IT
"
·3
REGULAR SUPPLEMENTS
Your copy of AUERBACH Data Communications Reports will be kept comprehensive and up to
date by means of quarterly supplements. Each supplement will contain new reports on recently-announced data communications equipment, services, or techniques, and/or revised
versions of previously-published reports to reflect changes in equipment characteristics and
in the state of the art. A summary of the important new information and easy-to-follow
filing instructions a~company each supplement. We recommend that you set up a standard
procedure to ensure that each new supplement will be filed promptly and accurately.
• -l:
TIlE NUMBERING SYSTEM
Throughout AUERBACH Data Communications Reports, each report is identified by a unique
four-digit report number. The report number constitutes the first four digits of the page
number at the top of every page within a given report. For example, the pages of Report
3200, Voice-Band Facilities, are numbered 3200:01, 3200:02, 3200:03, etc.
The basic unit of reference for material in AUERBACH Data Communications Reports, howl'ver, is not the page, but the paragraph. Referencing by paragraph number rather than by
page number permits standardized report structures, ease of cross-referencing, Simplicity
of indexing, and convenient supplementation.
Every paragraph number consists of one, two, or three digits preceded by a decimal point.
For example, Paragraph. 3 of every Communications Terminal Equipment Report is titled
"Input" and contains a description of the equipment's data input facilities; Paragraph. 31
(a subdivision of Paragl.'aph .3) is titled "Prepared Input" and describes the facilities for
accepting input from previously-prepared media such as punched cards or tape. To look up
the IBM 1050 Data Communications System's facilities for Prepared Input, you simply turn
to Paragraph 6447.31; i. e., Paragraph. 31 of Report 6447. (The proper report number for
any specific equipment can be quickly located in either the sequentially-arranged Table of
Contents on page 0100:01 or the alphabetically-arranged Index on page 1400:01.)
All report numbers, paragraph numbers, and page numbers throughout AUERBACH Data
Communications Reports are strictly sequential, although there are many "gaps," or omitted
numbers. These gaps help to keep the service "open-ended" by facilitating the insertion of
new material in the most appropriate places.
·5
DERIVA TION AND RELIABILITY
A UERBACH Data Communications Reports is prepared and edited by experienced technical
personnel, all of whom are members of the Technical Staff of AUERBACH Corporation.
In gathering, analyzing, and evaluating material for these reports, our staff starts with the
specifications and manuals issued by the equipment manufacturers and other reliable sources.
Extensive amplification and clarification of the generally-available specifications are usually
obtained through visits to or correspondence with the manufacturers. The procedures that
are involved in deriving certain standardized report entries from the manufacturers' specifications are clearly explained in the corresponding Users' Guide entries. Every effort is
made to adhere to consistent terminology throughout AUERBACH Data Communications Reports; therefore, some of the terms used in our reports on a given manufacturer's equipment may, of necessity, differ from the terms used in the manufacturer's own literature.
Every report describing a specific manufacturer's equipment or services is sent to the
manufacturer for review prior to publication. We invite the manufacturer's comments regarding the completeness and accuracy of the report. Where differences of opinion exist
between a manufacturer and our staff, however, AUERBACH Data Communications Reports
always reflects the opinion of our staff.
Where insufficient specific data is available, estimates may be used. All estimates or approximations are clearly identified as such. Where specific data is unavailable and an estimate is considered impractical, a question mark (?) is inserted in the published report to
indicate that the manufacturer was unable or unwilling to supply the requested data.
© 1965 AUERBACH
Corporation and AUERBACH Info. Inc.
1200:04
WHAT IT ISHOW TO USE IT
.6
HOW TO USE THIS SERVICE EFFECTIVELY
The information in AUERBACH Data Communications Reports can meet many different needs,
and you are likely to find new applications nearly every time you open it. A thorough reading of the System Design and'Common-Carrier Facilities sections and of the two Users'
Guides amounts to a concentrated course in data communications technology. The possibilities for casual yet rewarding "browsing" are virtually unlimited. Most of your data communications information needs, however, will probably fall within one of three classes:
(1) Information about a specific device or concept is needed. How can it be located
quickly.?
(2) Suitable data communications equipment must be selected for a particular application. How can the relevant equipment characteristics be determined and compared?
(3) A data communications system must be designed or modified. What are the recommended design procedures, and how can the necessary information be obtained?
The recommended procedures for using AUERBACH Data Communications Reports to help
you solve each of these three types of problems are outlined in the following paragraphs .
. 61
Locating Specific Information
To locate the information pertaining to any specific device or concept, the Index (page
1400:01) should always be your starting point. Arranged in straightforward alphabetical
order, the Index will guide you quickly to the exact report and paragraph that contains the
information you need .
. 62
Selecting Data Communications Equipment
The standardized format of AUERBACH Data Communications Reports is particularly valuable
in the selection of equipment. First, turn to the Equipment Selection report (page 2300:01)
for recommended selection procedures that will help you relate the equipment characteristics
reported in AUERBACH Data Communications Reports to your specific requirements. Second,
refer to the Comparison Charts of Communications Terminal Equipment (page 4200:01) or
Communications Processing Equipment (page 4400:01) for summaries of the important characteristics of individual devices. The Comparison Charts will help you to determine quickly
which of the numerous available devices are potentially suitable for your needs.
The devices that survive this "screening" process should now be studied in greater detail by
turning to the appropriate Equipment Reports. The number of the Equipment Report describing any specific terminal or processing device can be quickly located in aiw of three
places: the Comparison Charts, the Table of Contents, or the Index. Whenever you usc the
Equipment Reports, remember that the meaning and significance of every standardized report
entry are explained in the correspondingly-numbered paragraph of the appropriate Users'
Guide (page 6000:01 for Communications Terminal Equipment or page 8000:01 for Communications Processing Equipment) .
. 63
Designing a Data Communications System
When a new system must be designed or an existing system modified, the System Design
section, beginning on page 2000:01, should be your starting point and your constant guide.
The System Design section explains the basic concepts and techniques involved in data communications. It also furnishes clear-cut procedures for defining system requirements,
selecting communications facilities, evaluating error control techniques, and selecting both
terminal and processing equipment. The manner in which other information in AUERBACH
Data Communications Reports can be effectively employed in all phases of the system design
process is clearly explained.
AUERBACH Data Communications Reports
A
AUERBACH
DATA
COMMUNICATIONS
AUERBACH REPORTS
1400:01
.INDEX
•
INDEX
This Index, arranged in straightforward alphabetical order, is designed to guide you quickly to the
information pertaining to any specific device or concept described in AUERBACH Data Communications Reports. Please note that all index entries are expressed in terms of report numbers (the
first four digits) and paragraph numbers (the digits, if any, to the right of the decimal point).
Where no paragraph number is included in an index entry, the entire indicated report is devoted to
the subject device or concept. Although page numbers are not directly shown in the index entries,
you will find it easy to locate specific material because the report number constitutes the first four
digits of every page number.
Index entries that reference Report 6000 (Users' Guide to Communications Terminal Equipment) or
Report 8000 (Users' Guide to Communications Processing Equipment) have a special significance.
Each reference to Report 6000 or Report 8000 indicates that: (1) a general discussion of the concept
will be found in the indicated Users' Guide paragraph, and (2) the manner in which the concept is
implemented in individual data communications devices is discussed in the correspondingly-numbered paragraph of the appropriate Communications Terminal Equipment or Communications Processing Equipment Reports.
access line, WATS •••.•...•.••.•..••••••••.•..••• 3200.32
access time, mass storage ••..•..•.•.•.••••..••••.• 8000.222
acoustical coupler • • • • . . • . . . • • • . • • • . • • • . • • . • • • . • • 3200.31
ACTS, Western Union ••••••....•.••••••••••••.•••• 3100.32
adapter, communications ..••••••.••••••••••••••••• 8000.21
8000.24
8000.7
addreSSing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6000.74
8000.31
Administrative Terminal System/360 Program, IBM 2702 ••.. 8443.41
Alden 18 Alpurfax Facsimile System • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • . • 9032.
Alden 18 Alspeed Alpurfax Facsimile System •••••..•••••• 9033.
Alden 11 Docufax Facsimile System ••••••••••••••••••• 9031.
Alden 2 Signature Verification Facsimile System ••••••••.• 9030.
Alphanumeric Display Terminals .•••••••.••••.•.•••.• 4220.
American Standard Code for Information Interchange . • . . . . . 6804.3
American Telephone and Telegraph Company . • • . • • . . . . . . . 3000.1
2100.1
amplitude .
amplitude distortion . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . • ... 2200.24
2000.35
amplitude modulation . . . . . . . •
Anderson-Jacobson Telephone Coupler Data Sets •••••••••• 4640.
2100.21
answer-back . . . . . . . . . •
2200.46
2000.4
application classes . . . . . . . . . . . .
8000.41
application package ...
2000.4
applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Applications Program System, Collins Data Central •••••••• 8100.41
8000.32
arithmetic . . . . . . . . . • . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . • .
2200.46
ARQ . • • . • . . • • . • • • • • • • • • • • • . • • • • . • . • • • • . •
6804.3
ASen .......................
Ascn Control Unit, UNIVAC DCT 2000 ••••••••••••••••• 6863.15
ASR Set, Teletype Corp ••••••••••••••••••••••••••• 4240.
8000.42
assembler . . . . . . . • • . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . .
associated computer system ••••••••••••••••••••• ••• 8000.23
3000.1
AT&T .••...••••••••••••••
6040.
AT&T Touch-Tone Handset
8445.
audio response ... •••..•••..••••
8446.
8703.
0
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
0
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
fO
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
0
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
0
••••••••••••••••••••••••
•
•
•
•
•
•
0
••••••••••••
0
•
•
•
•
0
0
•
•
•••••
0
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
••••
0
•
0
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
0
•
0
CJ
•••
•
•
0
•
•
•
•
•
0
•
•
•
0
•
•
•
•
•
•
•••
0
••••••
•
•
•••••••••••
0
@
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
0
•
•
••
1968 AUERBACH Corporation and AUERBACH Info, Inc.
8/68
14001:02
INDEX
Audio Response Unit, IBM 7770 • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • ••
Audio Response Unit, IBM 7772 • • • • • • . • • • • • • • • • • • • • ••
AUERBACH Standard EDP Reports. • • • • • • • • • • • . • • • . • ••
Auto-Call, IBM 2702 ••••••••••••.••.•••••••••••••
Auto-Call Adapter, IBM 2703 •••••••••••••••••.•••••
Automatic Call Adapter, IBM 7740 • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • .•
Automatic Computer TELEX Service ••••••••••••••••••
Automatic Dialing Adapter, UNIVAC CTMC • • • • • • • • • • • • ••
Automatic Electric Data Sets . • • • • • • • • • • • . • • • • • . • • • ••
Automatic EOB, IBM 2740. • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • ••
Autowrap, IBM 2702. • • • • • • • . • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • . ••
availabillty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..
average random access time •••••••••••••••••.••••• ,
backup
. . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..
bandwidth. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..
Basic Telecommunications Access Method (BTAM), IBM 2702..
Baudot code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Bell System ••.••.•••••.••••••••••••••••••••••••
Bell System 81D1 •••••••••••.•••••••••••••••••.•
Bell System 82B1 •••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••
Bell System 83B1 •••••••••••••••••.•••••••••••••
Bell System 83B2 •••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••
Bell System 83B3 •••••••••••••••••.•••••••••••••
Bell System 8A 1 •••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••
Bell System 8B1 •••••••••••••••••••.•••••••••••
Bell System Data-Phone Service. • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •.
Bell System Data Sets .•••••••••••••••••••••••••••
Bell System DATASPEED Service. • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • .•
Bell System 'IWX Service • • • • • • . • • • • • • • •
Bell System Telpak Service. • • • • • • • • • • • • •
Bell System Wide Area Telephone Service • • • •
Binary Synchronous Communications Technique
•••••••••
•••••••••
•••••••••
•••••••••
••
••
••
:.
bit stream synchronization •••••••••••••••••••••••••
Bose-Chaudhuri codes ••••••••••••••••••••••••••••
broad-band communications facilities • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • ••
Broadband Exchange Service • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • ••
sse Technique
.......................•••.......
BTAM, IBM 2702 •••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••
Buffer Interface Units, RCA 3301 ••••••••••••••••••••
Buffer option, Honeywell Data Station . • • • • • • • • • • . • • • • ••
buffer segments, Burroughs B 487 • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • ••
buffer size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . .
Bunker-Ramo Series 200 Data Display System .•••••••••••
G
•
0
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
••
Burroughs 900 series Line Adapters ••••••••••••••••••
Burroughs B 249 Data Transmission Control Unit. • • • • • • • ••
Burroughs B 300 EDP System •••••••••••••••••••••••
Burroughs B 420 series Magnetic Tape Units • • • • • • • • • • • ••
Burroughs B 430 Magnetic Drum Memory ••• • • • • • • . • • • ••
Burroughs B 450 Basic Disc File and Data Communications
Cabinet . • . . . . . . • . • • • • . . . . • . • . • • . . • • • • . • . • . . .
Burroughs B 452 Disc File/Data Transmission Terminal
Unit Cabinet and Power Supply •••••••••••••••••••••
8/68
AUERBACH Data Communications Reports
8445~
8446.
8000.23
8443.21
8444.21
8440.21
3100.32
8860.21
4620.
6454. 15
8443.54
6000. 17
8000.17
8000.222
2100.24
2100. 1
8443.42
6802.3
3000. 1
3100.43
3100.43
3100.42
3100.42
3100.42
3100. 42
3100.42
3200.31
4600.
3200.51
6800.
6801.
3100.31
3300.21
3200.32
6457. 15
8444.15
6000.71
8000.7
2200.45
3300.
3200.33
3300.31
6457. 15
8444.15
8443.42
8701.21
6383.15
8070.21
8070.7
4220.
6060.
8070. 7
8070.152
8070.23
8070. 235
8070.234
8070.152
8070.152
A
AUERBACH
DATA
COMMUNICATIONS
1400:03
INDEX
AUERBACH REPORTS
'"
Burroughs B 475 Disc File Storage ••••••••••••••••••••
Burroughs B 487 Data Transmission Terminal Unit (DTTU) ••••
Burroughs B5500 EDP System •••••••••••••••••••••••
Burroughs Common Language code (BCL) •••••••••••••••
Burroughs Data Transmission Subsystem •••••••••••••••
Burroughs Input and Display System .••••••••••••••••••
Burroughs Multi-Line and Terminal Unit Controls ••••••••••
Burroughs Single- Line Control. • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
call initiation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
call reception
Card Random Access Memory, NCR ••••••••••••••••••
carrier transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cathode Ray Tube (CRT) Terminals •••••••••••••••••••
CCI CC-30 Communications station ••••••••••••••••••••
CCM, RCA . . . • . . . . . • • • • • • • . . . • • • • • . • . • . • . • . . • .
CDC 160-A Computer System •••••••••••••••••••••••
CDC 210 Inquiry Retrieval System .•••••••••••••••••••
CDC 211F Entry/Display Station .••••••••••••••••••••
CDC 212 Inquiry/Retrieval System ••••••••••••••••••••
CDC 217 Remote Single Station Display •••••••••••••••••
CDC 3000 Series Computer Systems •••••••••••••.•••••
CDC 6000 Series Computer Systems •••••••••••••••••••
CDC 8050 Information Control System .•••••••••••••••••
CDC 8076 Communications Terminal Controller •.•••••••••
CDC 8090 Computer System ••••••••••••••••••••••••
Central Communications Controller, NCR •••••••••••••••
central control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Channel Interface, Second, IBM 2701 ••••••••••••••••••
character mode, Honeywell 286 ••••••••••••••••••••••
character parity check . . . . . • . • . . . . . • . • . . . . . . . . . . . .
character set . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . " . . . . . . . .
circuit switching . . . . . • . . . • . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
circuit switching systems • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •••
CMC, RCA 301 . . . . • . • • . . . • • . • . • . • . . . • • . . , . . . • . .
CMC, RCA 3301 . . • . • . . . . • . • . • • • • • . • . • • . . . . . . . • .
code, input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
code, output . . . . . . . • . . . . . • . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
code, transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
0
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
••••••
code tran.slation ..................................
COGENT II Assembler, Collins Data Central •••••••••••••
COIL, GE DATANET-30 •••••.•••••••••••••••••••••
Collins C-8401 Communications Processor ••••••••••••••
Collins Data Central System ••••.••••••••••••••••.••
Collins Data Sets • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • . • • • • • ••
COMMA, GE DATANET-30 •••••••.•••••••••••••••••
common carrier . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .....
common-carrier data sets, comparison chart .•••••.•••••
. common-carrier facilities. • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • .'. • • • • • • •
Common Language code (BCL) , Burroughs .•••••••••••••
Communication Control Package, IBM 7740 .•••••••••••••
communications adapter . . . . . . . . .. . . .. .. . . . . . . . . . . . ...
0
© 1968 AUERBACH Corporation and AUERBACH Info, Inc.
•
8070.234
8070.
8070.23
8070.7
8070.15
6071.
8071.
6070.
6000.73
8000.31
6000.73
8000.31
8560.234
2000.35
3100.1
4220.
6125.
8702.
8140.15
4220.
4220.
4220.
4220.
8140.23
8140.23
8140.
8140.
8140.
8560.
8000.3
8442.25
8381.3
2200.43
6000.31
6000.32
6000.4
2400.2
8000.34
3100.44
8700.
8701.
6000.31
6000.4
6000.71
8000.7
8000.32
8100.42
8320.42
8100.
8100.
4620.
8320.42
3000.1
4600.
3000.
8070.7
8440.41
8000.21
8000.24
8000.7
8/68
1400:04
INDEX
Communications Assembler, GE DATANET-30 •••••••••••
CommlDlications Buffers, RCA 3301 •••••••••••••••••••
CommlDlications Control Application Program, IBM 2702 •••••
commlDlications data rate ••••••••••••••••••••••••••
commlDlications facility •• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •••
commlBlications lines . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . • . . . .
0
•••••
commlDlications lines, connection to •••••••••••••••••••
communications processing equipment •••••••••••••••••
communications processing equipment, comparison charts .•••
communications processing equipment, selection procedure •••
communications terminal equipment .••••••••••••••••••
commlDlications terminal equipment, comparison chart ••••••
commlDlications terminal equipment, selection procedure .••••
CommlDlications Terminal Module (CTM) , UNIVAC •••••••••
CommlDlitype 100SR Data CommlDlication System ••••••••••
COMPAK, RCA 3301 . . . . . • . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . • • • •
0
••
comparison charts . . . . . . " . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...
comparison charts, alphanumeric
display terminals. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
comparison charts, common-carrier data sets ••••••••••••
comparison charts, commlDlications processing equipment .•••
comparison charts, communications terminal equipment •••••
comparison charts, facsimile equipment ••••••••••••••••
comparison charts, non-common-carrier data sets •••••••••
comparison charts, telephone coupler data sets •••••••••••
comparison charts, Teletype equipment ••••••••••••••••
comparison charts, voice response equipment ••••••••••••
compatibility, magnetic tape • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •••
compiler ... •..
Computer CommlDlications CC-30 CommlDlications Station ••••
Computer CommlDlications Telephone Coupler Data Set ••••••
computer load-balancing •••••••••••••••••••••••••• '.
computer system, associated .•••••••••••••••••••••••
computer time- sharing . . .
concentrator . . . • . . . •
conditioning . . . . . . . . • . • . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . • • . . .
condition indicators . . . . . . . . . . • . • . . • . . . . . . • . . . . . . .
8320.42
8701.21
8443.41
8000.333
2000.31
2100.
3000.
2100.
8000.21
6000.72
8000.74
8000.
4400.
2300.2
6000.
4200.
2300.1
8860.21
6120.
8701. 41
4000.
4220.
4600.
4400.
4200.
4800.
4620.
4640.
4800.
4410.
8000.223
8000.42
6125.
4640.
2000.44
8000.23
2000.45
2100.23
3200.21
6000.6
8000.62
configuration, equipment •••••••••••••••••••••••••• 6000.2
8000.2
configuration, message . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . • . • . . . • . . . . . 6000.35
console facilities . . . . . . . • . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8000.6
constant- ratio code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2200.42
contract terms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . 6000.9
8000.9
contents . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . 0100.
control, central . . • . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . • . • . . . . • . . . . . . 8000.3
Control Data Corporation •••••• •••••••••••••••••••• see CDC
Control Memory, Honeywell 286 •••••••••••••••••••••• 8381.3
Control Storage, IBM 7750 •••••••••••••••••••••••••• 8441.221
controller, multi-line. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8000.1
controller, single-line . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6000.1
correction procedure . . . . . . . . • . • . • . • . . . • • . . . • • . • . . 6000.5
8000.5
C'RAM, NCR .•.•••••••••.•••••••.•••.••••••••• 8560.234
CTM, UNIVAC . • . . • . . • . . . . . • • • . • • • • • • • • • • • . • • • • 8860.21
CTMC, UNIVAC . • . . • . • • . . . • • . • • • . • • • . • . • • . • . • • • 8860.
0
8/68
•
•
•
•
0
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
.....
•
•
•
•
•
•
0
•
•
•
•
••
•••••
0
•
•
•
CI
•
0
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
••••••••••••••••
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
AUERBACH Data Communications Reports
•
•
•••
A
AUIRiACH
DATA
COMMUNICATIONS
AUERBACH RlPORTS
1400:05
INDEX
•
cycle time, internal storage
cyclic codes •••••••
8000.221
2200.45
Dartex Data Terminal
data channels, narrow-band
data channels, voice-band
data collection. • • • • . • • • • • •
data communications software
data communications system .
Data C.>ntrol Package, IBM 7750
data distribution .•
data entry error. • •
data flow patterns
DATANET-30 .
DAT'\NET-600
DATANET-601
Data- Phone Service
data rate, commlUlications
data recording error
6165.
3100.21
3200.21
2000.41
8000.4
2000.1
8441. 41
2000.42
6000.51
2000.4
8320.
6320.
6320.
3200.31
8000.333
6000.53
2000.35
6000.72
8000.74
8440.71
8140.7
8140.7
4600.
4620.
4640.
3200.51
8000.331
2100. 1
6000.7
8000.7
6000.52
8000.52
6863.
3200. 1
6454. 15
622l.
6220.
622l.
6221.
6221.
6220.
6220.
6221.
6220.
6221.
6220.
6000.8
8000.8
80(J0.222
3200.31
8000.22
8070.
8442.25
2200.45
6270.
6240.
data set .••••.•••••••
Data Set Adapter, IBM 7740
Data Set Adapters, CDC 8050
Data Set Controllers, CDC 8050
data sets, comparison charts ••
DATASPEED Service
data transfer time
data transmission
data transmission error
OCT 2000, UNIVAC
derived channel .••
Dial UP, IBM 2740
Digitronics 0401 Printer Tel"minal
Digitronics 0505 Paper Tape Terminal
Digitronics 0507 Paper Tape Transmitter
Digitronics 0509 Paper Tape Receiver .•
Digitronics 0512 Serial Card Transmitter
Digitronics 0520 Magnetic Tape Terminal
Digitronics 0521 Magnetic Tape Terminal
Digitronics 0522 Magnetic Tape Terminal
Digitronics 0524 l\lab'lletic Tape Terminal
Digitronics Reverse-Channel Dial-o-verter Line.
Digitronics Tum-Around Dial-o-verter Line
dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
direct-access storage
Direct Distance Dialing ••••
directly-accessible facilities
DTTU, Burroughs •••••••
Dual Communications Interface, IBM 2701
dual-pulse codes •••••••••••••••••
Dual Teledata Tape Transmitter-Receiver
Dura Data Terminal • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
© 1968 AUERBACH Corpor.OitIO!1 and AUERBACH Info, Inc.
8/68
1400:06
INDEX
editing •••••••••••
('ffective input speed
effective output speed •
effective transmission speed
electrical requirements
Electronic Switching Service
('quipment selection
error bursts ••
error checking ••••
error control
error control w1lt
error correction •
error correcting codes
error detection •••••
error distribution
error indication.
error rates ••••
errors, causes of
ESS ..•••••••
••
existing facilities, use of •••••••••
:::xtended Operations Option, HoneY'vell Data station.
external exchange registers, Collins C-8401 ••••••
0
••••••••
facsimile equipment ••••••••
facsimile equipment, comparison charts
facsimile history •••••••••••
fa(~simi1e input characteristics ••
facsimile output characteristics
facsimile recording techniques
facsimile scanning techniques
facsimile transmission ••••••
.....................
fading
Federal Communications Commission
first deliyery .••••••••• •••••••
fixed input ••••••
fixed- ratio code. . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . • . .
floating input-output channels, Honeywell Series 200 computers.
Foreign Exchange
format control
format, magnetic tape
free- standing communications processor
frequency •••••••••
frequency modulation •
frequency shift keying
Friden Teledata Line • • • • •
• •••
Friden 7100 Conversational Terminal
Friden 7102 Communications Terminal
b/ b8
AUERBACH Data Communications Reports
8000.32
6000.31
6000.4
2100.21
6000.8
8000.8
3200.31
2300.
2200.33
2200.4
6000.5
8000.5
2200.
2000.33
2200.4
6000.5
8000.5
2200.45
2200.4
6000.5
8000.5
2200.33
6000.5
8000.5
2200.3
2200.2
3200.31
2000.2
6383.15
8100.21
9000.
4800.
4800.
9000.3.
9000.4
9000.1
9000.1
9000. 1
9000.7
3200.21
3300.21
2200.22
3000.1
6000.16
8000.16
6000.33
2200.42
8381. 3
3200.31
6000.4
8000.223
8000. 1
8000.23
2100.1
2000.35
2000.35
6270.
6271.
6272.
A..
AUERBACH
AUERBACH
DATA
COMMUNICATIONS
REPORTS
1400:07
INDEX
full-duplex transmission • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • ••••••••
functional operations . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . • . • . .
2000.31
6000.73
GAP, GE DATANET-30 •••••••••••••••••••••••••••
Gaussian noise . . . • . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . • . • . • . . ..
GE 115 Computer System ••••••••••••••••••••••••••
GE 200 Series Computer Systems •••••••••••••••••••••
GE 400 Series Computer Systems •••••••••••••••••••••
G E 600 Series Computer Systems • • • • • • • • • • • • • ••••••••
GE Telephone Coupler Data Sets ••••••••••••••••••••••
8320.42
2200.21
8320.24
8320.23
8320.23
8320.23
4620.
6320.15
8320.
6320.
6320.
8320.24
4220.
6321.
4640.
General Assembly Program, GE DATANET-30 ••••••••••••
General Electric Company. • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •••••••••••
General Utility Program, Collins Data Central ••••••••••••
graphic images . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . • . • • . . . • . . • • .
8320.42
see GE
8100.41
9000.1
GE Data Sets •••••••••.
GE
GE
GE
GE
GE
GE
0
••••••••••••••••••••••••
DATANET-15 Data Transmission Controller •••••••••••
DATANET-30 Data Commtmications Processor •••••••••
DATANET-600 Ptmched Tape Terminal ••••••••••••••
DATANET-601 Punched Tape Terminal .•••••••••••••
DATANET-760 Display Terminal ••••••••••••••••••
DATANET-760 Keyboard/Display Subsystem •••••••••••
,
half-duplex transmission •••••••••••••••••••••••••••
Hamming codes • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
0
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
header, message . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
heat dissipation .•••..•..... ..
0
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
••••••••••
High-Speed Adapter, IBM 7740
•••••••••••••••••••••
Home Component Recognition feature, IBM 1050 •••••••••••
Home Correction feature, IBM 1050 •••••••••••••••••••
Honeywell 251, 252, and 253 Mass Memory Files ••••••••••
Honeywell 281 Single-Channel Communications Control Unit •••
Honeywell 285 Communication Adapter Units •••••••••••••
Honeywell 286 Multichannel Communication Control ••••••••
Honeywell 288-1 Central Control Unit, HoneyWell Data
Station . •
Honeywell 289-2 and -3 Page Printer and Keyboard, Honeywell
Data Station . . . • . • . . . . . . . . .
Honeywell 289-2A Keyboard, Honeywell Data Station ••••••••
Honeywell 289-4 Paper Tape Reader, Honeywell Data Station ••
Honeywell 289-5 Paper Tape Punch, Honeywell Station •••••••
Honeywell 289-7 Punched Card Reader, Honeywell Data Station •
Honeywell 289-9 Optical Bar Code Reader, Honeywell Data
Station
Honeywell 400 Computer System ••••••••••••••••• ••••
0
Honeywell
Honeywell
Honeywell
Honeywell
•
480
481
484
485
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
0
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
0
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Communications Control Unit •••••••••• •••
Single-Channel Communications Control .•••••
Multi-Channel Communications Control •••••••
Communications Adapter Units •••••••••••••
Honeywell 1400 Computer System •••••••••••••••••••••
Honeywell
Honeywell
Honeywell
Honeywell
Audio Response System .•••••••••••••••••••
Data Station ••••••••••••••••••••••••••••
Keytape ...........
Series 200 Data Processing Systems •••••••••••
0
@
•
•
•
•
•
•
...
0
...
0
•
..
•
•
•
•
••
1968 AUERBACH Corporation and AUERBACH Info, Inc.
2000.31
2200.45
2400.3
6000.8
8000.8
8440.72
6447.15
6447.15
8381. 234
6384.
8381. 21
8381.
6383.7
6383.44
6383.32
6383.31
6383.41
6383.31
6383.31
6380.
6381.
8380.23
6380.
6381.
8380.
6381.2
8380.21
6380.
6381.
8380.23
8382.
6383.
6385.
8381.151
8381. 32
8/68
1400:08
INDEX
Honeywell Series 200 Magnetic Tape Units. • • • • • • • • • • • • ••
Honeywell Series 200 Visual Information Projection (VIP)
System. . . . . . • • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . .
huxnan-voice response
0
••••
0
•
............................
humidity ran.ge .....•.•..•..••...•.••.•••••.•••.
IBM
IBM
IBM
IBM
IBM
IBM
IBM
IBM
IBM
IBM
IBM
IBM
65 Data Transceiver ••••••••••••••••••••••••••
66 Data Transceiver •••••••••••• ••••••••••••••
67 Telegraph Signal Unit •••••••••••••••••••••••
68 Telegraph Signal Unit •••••••••••••••••••••••
729 Magnetic Tape Unit ••••••••••••••••••••••••
1001 Data Transmission Terminal •••••••••••••••••
1009 Data Transmission Unit •••••••••••••••••••••
1013 Card Transmission Terminal •••••••••••••••••
1030 Data Collection System •••••••••••••••••••••
1050 Data Communications System •••••••••••••••••
1051 Control Unit ••••••••••••••••••••••••••••
1052 Printer-Keyboard ••••••••••••••••••••••••
IBM
IBM
IBM
IBM
IBM
IBM
IBM
IBM
IBM
IBM
1053
1054
1055
1056
1057
1058
1060
1070
1070
1092
Printer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . • . • . • . . . • . • . . . .
Paper-Tape Reader •••••••••••••••••••••••
Paper-Tape Punch ••••••••••••••••••••••••
Card Reader ••••••••••••••••••••••••••••
Card P\.U1ch .•.•.•..•.•••••.•••••••.•.•••
Printing Card Punch ••••••••••••••••••••••
Data Communication System ••••••••••••••••••
Process Communication Supervisor, IBM 2702 •••••
Process Communication System •••••••••••••••
Programmed Keyboard •••••••••••••••••••••
IBM 1093 Programmed Keyboard •••••••••••••••••••••
8/68
IBM
IBM
IBM
IBM
IBM
1311
1400
1401
1978
2260
Disk Storage Drive .•••••••••••••••••••••••
Series Data Processing Systems •••••••••••••••
Data Processing System ••••••••••••••••••••
Print Read Punch Terminal ••••••••••••••••••
Display Station .•••••••••••••••••••••••••
IBM
IBM
IBM
IBM
IBM
IBM
IBM
IBM
IBM
IBM
IBM
IBM
IBM
IBM
IBM
IBM
IBM
2265
2301
2302
2311
2314
2321
2361
2400
2701
2702
2703
2712
2740
2741
2780
2841
7000
Display Station ••••••••••••••••••••••••••
Drum Storage Unit ••••••••••••••••••••••••
Disk Storage Unit •••••••••.•••••••••••••••
Disk Storage Drive ••••••••••••••••••••••••
Direct Access Storage Facility .•••••••••••••••
Data Cell Drive .•••••••••••••••••••••••••
Core Storage (LCS) ••••••••••••••••••••••••
Series Magnetic Tape Units .•••••••••••••••••
Data Adapter Unit ••••••••••••••••••••••••
Translnission Control ••••••••••••••••••••••
Transmission Control ••••••••••••••••••••••
Remote Multiplexor .•••••••••••••••••••••••
Communication Terminal •••••••••••••••••••
Communication Terminal •••••••••••••••••••
Data Transmission Terminal •••••••••••••••••
Storage Control Unit •••••••••••••••••••••••
Series Data Processing Systems •••••••••••••••
AUERBACH Data Communications Reports
8381,235
4220.
6384.
8445.
8446.
8703.
6000.8
6000.8
6440.
6440.
6440.2
6440.2
6452.31
8445.24
8440.24
6444.
8442.24
6447.
6447.15
6447.32
6447.44
6447.44
6447.31
6447.41
6447.31
6447.42
6447.42
8440.24
8443.41
8442.24
6447.32
8445.24
6447.32
8445.24
8440.222
8440.23
6451.
6445.
4220.
6456.
8442.24
6459.
8443.234
8443.234
8443.234
8443.234
8443.234
8443.234
8443.235
8442.
8443.
8444.
6453.
6454.
6455.
6457.
8443.234
8440.23
8441.23
A
AUERBACH
AUERBACH
DATA
1400:09
COMMUNICA TlONS
REPORTS
INDEX
co
IBM
IBM
IBM
IBM
IBM
IBM
IBM
IBM
IBM
IBM
IBM
IBM
IBM
IBM
IBM
IBM
IBM
7320 Drum Storage Unit ••••.
7330 Magnetic Tape Unit ••.•.
7340 Hypertape Drive. Model 3
7702 Magnetic Tape Transmission Terminal
7710 Data Communication Unit
7711 Data Communication Unit
••••
7740 Assembly Language
7740 Communications Control System
7441 Processing Unit ••••••••••
7750 Assembly Language •••••••••
7750 Programmed Transmission Control
7750 Simulator • • • • • • • •
• •••
7770 Audio Response Unit ••••••••
7772 Audio Response Unit ••••••••
Magnetic Tape Selectric Typewriter ••
MT/ST
Synchronous Transmit-Receive terminals
input medium •••••••
input/output area ••••••
input/output control unit
input/output error
inquiry processing
intercept store ••
interchangeable-cartridge mass storage
International Business Machines Corp.
internal storage
interrupts
Inward WATS
8443.234
6452.31
8443.235
6450.
6451.
6452.
8440.42
8440.
8440.
8441. 42
8441.
8441. 41
8445.
8446.
6458.
6458.
6444.
6450.
6451.
8443.151
8443.3
8443.32
8443.4
2200.21
6000.6
8000.62
2000.2
2000.2
6808.15
6000.3
6000.31
2000.3
6000.1
8000.224
6000.31
8000.31
2000.32
8000.51
2000.43
2400.6
8000.222
see IBM
8000.221
8000.32
3200.32
journal
2400.6
Kleinschmidt 300 Series Teleprinters ••••••••••••
Kleinschmidt Model 311 Electronic Data Printer • • • •••
Kleinschmidt Model 321 High Speed Automatic Data Set
KSR Set. Teletype Corp •• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •••••
6520.
6520.
6520.
4240.
latency . • . • . . • . . . . . . . .
8000.222
3300.2
3100.2
3200.2
4620.
8443.21
6454.15
8444.21
IBM System/360 Data Processing Systems
IBM System/360 Software
impulse noise • ',' •••
Indicators, condition •
indoctrination program
information flow requirements
ink-jet printing technique ••
input . . . • . • .
input code •••
input device
leased broad-band facilities
leased narrow-band facilities
leased voice-band facilities.
Lenkurt Data Sets
Line Adapters, IBM 2702
Line Adapters, IBM 2740
Line Bases, IBM 2703
@
1968 AUERBACH Corporation and AUERBACH Info, Inc.
8/68
1400:10
INDEX
Line Correction feature, IBM 1050
Line Sets, IBM 2703
line identification
line malfunction. • • • •
load-balancing system
longitudinal parity check
magnetic tape • • • ••
maintenance charge
manuallnput . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . •
Mark-Scan, Honeywell Data Station ••
mass storage . . . . . . . . . . • • . •
Master Station feature, IBM 1050 •
message configuration •• • ••••
message header •••••••••••
message mode, Honeywell 286
message parity check •••
message protection
message queue •••
message switching
message switching systems
Milgo Data Sets ••••••
Model 28 Line, Teletype Corp.
Model 32 Line, Teletype Corp.
Model 33 Line, Teletype Corp.
Model 35 Line, Teletype Corp.
modem
modulation . . . . . . . . . . . ...
.............
modulation-demodulation unit
Mohawk 1100 Series Data-Recorders
Mohawk 1103 LDC Data-Recorder
Mohawk 1109 DPC Data-Recorder
Mohawk 1112 Data-Recorder
Mohawk 1115 Data-Recorder
Mohawk 1183 Data-Recorder
Mohawk 4200 TTT System
Mohawk 6403 Data- Recorder
Motorola TP-4000 Series Teleprinters •••••••
Muirhead D-900/D-901 Mufax Business Machines
multi-address message •••••••••
multi-line communications controller ••••••
multipath distortion •••
multiplexing, IBM 2712 ••••••
multiplexor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Multiplexor Channel, IBM System/360
multi station operation. •
••
multi station systems •••••••••••••
narrow-band communications facilities
NCR 315 EDP Systems ••••••••••••
8/68
AUERBACH Data Communications Reports
6447.15
8444.21
8000.31
6000.55
8000.55
2000.44
2200.44
8000.223
6000.9
8000.9
6000.32
6383.31
8000.222
6447.15
6000.35
2400.3
8381.3
2200.44
2400.5
2400.4
2000.45
2400.
8000.34
3100.43
4620.
6802.
6803.
6804.
6805.
2000.35
2000.35
3100.1
2000.35
6540.
6540.
6540.
6540.
6540.
6540.
6451.
6543.
6550.
4800.
2400.2
8000.1
8000.23
2200.23
6453.
2100.23
8443.3
6000.74
3100.4
3200.4
3100.
8560.151
8560.23
85.60.32
A
AUERBACH
AUERBACH
DATA
COMMUNICATIONS
REPORTS
1400:11
INDEX
•
NCR 321 Central Communications Controller •••
NCR 333 and 334 series Magnetic Tape Handlers ••••••••
noise . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. .....
non-common-carrier data sets, comparison chart
numberin.g system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . ...
8560.
8560.235
2200.21
4620.
1200.4
Omnitec Telephone Coupler Data Sets • • • • • •••
one-dimensional parity check .•••••••••• •••
On-Line Teller, System/360 Program, IBM 2702
on-off keying
open-ended system
operating procedure
Operating Support Programs, Collins Data Central
Optical Bar Code Reader, Honeywell Data Station
OSAS Assembly System, CDC 8090
output
output code . • •
output device
4620.
2200.43
8443.41
2000.35
2000.2
6000.36
8100.41
6383.31
8140.4
6000.4
6000.4
2000.3
6000.1
8000.224
6000.4
3200.32
2400.6
0
•••••••••••
....
output medium
Outward WATS
overflow store
Parallel Data Adapter, IBM 2701
parity check . • • • • • • • • • • • • •
PATS
PBX
performance, communications processor ••
periodic wave-forms •••••••••••••••
Peripheral Input-Output Channel, UNIVAC DCT 2000
phase . • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
phase distortion. . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . • .
phase modulation . . . • . . . . .
Philco-Ford Alphanumeric Color Display Unit Model D-20
Philco-Ford Alphanumeric Display Unit Model D-21
physical specifications • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •••••••
polling ••••••
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
0
••
0
•
0
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
0
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
0
•••••••••
•
•
•
•
•
polling systems
poSitioning • • •
power requirements
precedence • • ••
prepared input
price data
Print Read Punch Terminal, IBM 1978
Private Branch Exchange •••
Private Wire Service TELEX ••
Process Storage, IBM 7750 ••
processing equipment ••••••
processing equipment selection procedure
processing facilities
processing demand ••••••••
program . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
program, message switching
program interrupts •••••••
© 1968 AUERBACH Corporation and AUERBACH Info, Inc.
8442.21
2200.43
6000.5
8000.5
3200.42
3200.31
8000.33
2100.1
6863.15
2100.1
2200.24
2000.35
6650.
6651.
6000.8
8000.8
6000.74
8000.31
3100.42
8000.222
6000.8
8000.8
2400.4
6000.31
6000.9
8000.9
6445.
3200.31
3100.44
8441. 221
8000.
2300.2
8000.32
8000.334
8000.4
2400.6
8000.32
8/68
1400:12
INDEX
Program Logic Unit, Collins C-8401 ••
programmed error checking.
programming language ••
protection, message
public telephone network
public telegraph message network •••
purchase price
• • • • • • • . ••
push-button telephone
PWS TELEX ••••
QTAM, IBM 2702 . • . • . . • . . • • • . • . • . • • • • . • .
Queued Telecommunications Access Method (QTAM),
IBM 2702
quelling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Radio Corporation of America
random-access storage
rated input speed .•••••
rated output speed • • • • • •
rated transmission speed •••
•
8/68
8100.32
2200.47
8000.42
2400.5
3200.31
3100.33
6000.9
8000.9
6040.15
3100.44
8443.42
8443.42
2400.4
see RCA
8000.222
6000.31
6000.4
6000.71
8000.7
Raytheon DIDS-400 System ••••••
6735.
RCA 70/510 Voice Response Unit ••
8703.
6700.
RCA 70/653 Communication Control •• • ••••••••••••
RCA 70/668 Communication Controller-Multichannel (CCM)
8702.
8702.154
RCA 70/700 Series Communications Buffers ••
RCA 70/752 Video Data Terminal .•••••
6702.
RCA 301 EDP System .•••••••••••••
8700.23
RCA 378 Communications Mode Control ••
8700.
RCA 3301 EDP System ••••••••••••
8701.23
RCA 3378 Communications Mode Control
8701.
RCA 6051 Video Data Interrogator
4220.
RCA Spectra 70 EDP Systems
8702.151
RCA Video Data Terminals •
•• 8701. 24
RCA Voice Response System •••
• •• 8703.15
read-after-write check •••••
8000.51
REALCOM Assembly System, RCA 3301
8701. 42
real-time file updating •••••••••••••
2000.43
Receive First Character Control Mode, IBM 1978 •
6445. 15
Receive Print Mode, IBM 1978 •••••••
6445.15
Receive Punch Normal Mode, IBM 1978
6445.15
Record Checking, IBM 2740 ••
6454.15
recording density •••••.•
8000.223
redundancy check
2200.43
6000.5
8000.5
reference store ••••
• • • • •• 2400.6
regulating agencies
3000.1
reliability. • • • • •
2100.24
2200.1
remote terminals
8000.24
rental price
6000.9
8000.9
8000.61
reporting facilities. • • •••••
representative configuration.
8000.25
2200.46
retransmission ••••••••••
6000.5
8000.5
AUERBACH Data Communications Reports
A
AUERBACH
1400: 13
DATA
COMMUNICATIONS
AUERBACH REPORTS
,NDEX
•
reverse channel operation .•.••••••••••••••••••••••
RFL Data Sets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rixon Data Sets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
RO Set, Teletype Corp. . ••••.•••••••••••••••••••.•
rotary-dial telephone . • • • • • • • . • • • • • • • • • • • . • • • • • • ••
6221.15
4620.
4620.
4240.
6040.15
Sanders 620 Stand-Alone Data Display System •••.•••••••••
Sanders 720 Data Display System •••.•••••••.•.•••••••
Scanner/Selector Unit, UNIVAC CTMC .••••••••••••••••
scan time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
scan.ning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . .
selection procedure, commlDlications facilities .••••..•.••
selection procedure, commlDlications processing equipment .•.
selection procedure, communications terminal equipment •••••
selective calling . • • • . • • • • • • • • • • • . • • • • • • • • • • • • •••
\
~
/
\
/
6744.
6745.
8860.15
8000.332
8000.332
2100.2
2300.2
2300.1
6000.74
8000.31
selective calling system . • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • . • • • • . • • • . • 3100.41
Selector Channel, IBM System/360 ••.••••••••..•.••••• 8443.3
Selective Character Set, IBM 1978 .•.•••••.•••••••..•• 6445.15
Selectric Typewriter, IBM 2740 •••...•••.••••..•••.• 6454.15
Selectric Typewriter, IBM 2741 •••••••••••••••••••.• 6455.15
Send First Character Mode, IBM 1978 .•••.•••.•••••••• 6445.15
Send Binary Mode, IBM 1978 .•.••.•.•.••••••••••••• 6445.15
Send Normal Mode, IBM 1978 ••••••.••••.•.••••••••• 6445.15
single-line communications controller .••••••••.••••••• 6000.1
simplex transmission . . . • • • • • • . • . • • • • • • . • • . . • • • • • • 2000.31
simultaneity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8000.225
site requirements •••.••.••.••••••••••••••••••••• 6000.8
8000.8
8560.233
slab, NCR 315 EDP Systems
software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . 8000.4
source coding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8000.42
Sperry Rand Corp. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . see UNIVAC
standard program package ••••.•••••••••.•••••.••••• 8000.41
start/stop synchronization •••••••••••••••.•••••••••• 6000.71
8000.7
steady line noise . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2200.21
storage capacity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8000.221
8000.222
store-and-forward message switching .••••••••••••.•••• 2400.2
3100.43
Station Control, IBM 2740 .••••••••••••••••.•.•••••• 6454.15
Stewart-Warner Dial Datafax •••••••••••••••.••••••• 9280.
Stewart-Warner Private Line Datafax •••••••••••••••••• 9281.
stored logic, Collins C-8401 •••••••••••••••••••••••• 8100.32
STRAM, IBM 2702 •••••••.••.•••.••••.•.••..•.••• 8443.42
Stromberg-Carlson S-C 1100 Inquiry Display System ••.••••. 4220.
subroutine •.•••.....••.••••..•...•.•••••••.••• 8000.43
switched broad-band services ..•..••.•••.•..••••.••• 3300.3
switched narrow-band services ••••••.•..•...•.•••••• 3100.3
switched voice-band services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . • 3200.3
switching . . . . . • • . . . . • . . • . . • . . . . . . . . . . . • • . • . . • . 8000.34
switching center . . • . . . • . . • • • • • • . . • • • . • • • • . • • • • . • 2000.45
2100.23
2400.
synchronization . . • . . . . . . . . . . • . . . • • • . • • • • . . • • . • • • 6000.71
8000.7
synchronization unit • . • . • • • . . . • • . • . • . • • • . . • • • • • • • • 2000.34
Synchronous transmission •..•••••...•.•••••.•••.•.• 6000.71
8000.7
System 100 Parallel Sender, Tally Corp •.•..•••.•••••••• 6760. 15
System 100 Serial Sender, Tally Corp. • .••.••.•..•••.•• 6761. 15
C 1968 AUERBACH Corporation and AUERBACH Info, Inc.
8/68
1400: 14
INDEX
System
System
System
System
System
System
System
System
System
System
System
102
108
111
200
201
211
220
228
300
301
311
Parallel Sender, Tally Corp •••••••••••••••••
Parallel Sender, Tally Corp •••••••••••••••••
Serial Sender, Tally Corp. • •••••••••••••••
Parallel Receiver, Tally Corp. • •••••••••••••
Serial Receiver, Tally Corp •••••••••••.•••••
Serial Receiver, Tally Corp •••••••••••••••••
Parallel Receiver, Tally Corp. . •••••••••••••
Parallel Receiver, Tally Corp •••••••••••.•••
Parallel Sender/Receiver, Tally Corp .•••••••••
Serial Sender/Receiver, Tally Corp. . •••••••••
Serial Sender/Receiver, Tally Corp. • •••••••••
system desigIl . • • . . • • • • • • . • • . • . • . • • . . • • • • • • • • • • •
Tally Mark Series Equipment •••••••.•••••••••••••••
Tally Parallel Data Communications Equipment .•••.••••••
Tally Serial Data Communications Equipment •••••••••••••
'tariff . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Telautograph Quikfax Facsimile •••••••••••••••••••••
Teledata Tape Transmitter-Receiver •••.••••••••••••••
Telegraph Adapter, IBM 7'140 •••••••••••••••••••••••
Telegraph Buffers, RCA 3301 ••••••••••••••••••••••.
telegraph network ••••••••••.•••••••••••••••••••••
telegraph-grade transmission ••••••••••••.••••••••••
telephone coupler data sets, comparison charts .••••••••••
Telespeed 1050 Tape Receiver ...•••••.••••••••••••••
Telespeed 1050 Tape Sender .•••••••••••••••••••••••
Teletype 1A Selective Calling System •••••••.••••••••••
Teletype equipment, comparison charts •••••••••••••.•••
Teletype Inktronic RO Printer ••••.•.•.•..•.••••••.•.
Teletype Model 19 line ••••••••••••••••••••••••••••
Teletype Model 28 Line ••••••••.•••••••••••••••••••
Teletype Model 32 Line . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • • . . .
Teletype Model 33 line . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Teletype Model 35 line ••••••••••••••••••••••••••••
Teletype Model 37 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . , . . . . .
Teletype Push Button Data Generator ••. • • • • • • • • • • • • • • '.
Teletype Telespeed 750 Equipment ••••••••••..••••••••
Teletype Telespeed 1050 Equipment •••••.•••••••••.•••
Teletype Telespeed 1200 EDC Equipment •.••••••••••.•••
Teletype Terminal Units, CDC 8050 ••••.••.•••••••••••
teletypewriter channels ••••••••••••••••.•••••••• '••
Teletypewriter Exchange Service •••••••••••••••••••••
TEI..IEX Service . . . . . . • • . . . . . . . . . • • . . . . . . . • . . .
Telpak Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
temperature range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
0
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
••••
0
••
Terminal Adapters, IBM 2701 •••••••••••••••••••••••
Terminal Controls, IBM 2702 •••••••••••••••••••••••
Terminal Controls, IBM,2703 ••••••••••••••••••.•••.
terminal equipment . . . . • • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
terminal equipment selection procedure ••••••••.••••••••
time- sharing system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
timing error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
torn-tape switching systems ••••••••••••••••••••••••
Touch-Calling ••••••••••.••••.•••••••••••••.••••
Touch-Tone Auxiliary Dialer ••••••••••••••••••.••••.
Touch-Tone Card Dialer •••••••.•••••••••••••••••••
Touch- Tone data transmission •••••••••••••••••••••••
Touch-Tone Telephone . . . . . . . . . . ~ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
training program . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
transaction code . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
transmission, data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . .
0
8/68
••••••••••••••
AUERBACH Data Communications Reports
0
•••
6760.15
6760;15
6761. 15
6760.15
6761. 15
6761. 15
6760.15
6760.15
6760.15
6761. 15
6761. 15
2000.
6760. 15
6760.
6761.
3000.3
9320.
6270.
8440.71
8701. 21
3100.33
3100.1
4640.
6800.
6800.
3200.41
4240.
6808.
8701. 24
6802.
6803.
6804.
6805.
6806.
6807.
6801.
6800.
6799.
81·10.7
3100.21
3100.31
3100.32
3300.21
6000.8
8000.8
8442.21
8443.21
8444.
6000.
2300. 1
2000.45
8000.53
3100.43
6040. 15
6040.15
6040.15
3200.31
6040.
2000.2
6000.34
6000.7
8000.7
A
AUERBACH
DATA
COMMUNICATIONS
WERBACH REPORTS
1400: 15
INDEX
•
translnission code
...............................
transmission control . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . • . . . .
transmission mode. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
translnission procedure .••••••••••••••••••••••• •••
transmission speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . .
Translnit Control, IBM 2740 ••••••••••••••••••••••••
TTY sequence, Collins Data Central •••••••••••••••••••
turnaro\U1d time. . . . . . • • • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . • . . .
two-dilnensional parity check. • • • • • • • • • • • • •••••••••••
Two Processor Switch, IBM 2703 •••••••••••••••••••••
'I'\\TX CPE Service •••.•••.•.•••••••••••••••.••..•
T\\lX Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . • . • • . . . . .
6000.71
8000.7
8000.31
6000.71
8000.7
6000.36
6000.71
8000.7
6454.15
8100.43
2100.21
2200.44
8444.21
3100.31
3100.31
4620.
6850.
4220.
6864.
418 Data Processing Systeln ••.•••••••••••.••• 8860.32
8860.32
490 Series Data Processing Systelns •••.••••
1004 Card Processor •••.••••••••••••••••••• 6860.
1005 Card Processor •••••••••••••••••••••.• 6860.15
1050 Data Processing Systeln •••••••••••••.••• 8860.32
1108 Data Processing Systeln ••••••••••••••••• 8860.32
COlnmunications Subsysteln ••••••••••••••••••• 8860.15
Comlnunications Terlninal Module Controller (CTMC) • 8860.
COlnlnunications Terminal Synchronous •.•••••••.• 6862.
Data COlnlnunications Terlninal (DCT) 2000 •••••••• 6863.
Data Line Terlninals ••.•••••••••.••••••••.• 6860.
DCS-l . . . . . • . . • . . . . . • . . . • . . • . • . . • • . . . • . 6865.
DCS-1 Data COlnlnunications Subsysteln •••••••••• 6865.
8860.24
DCT-2000 . . . . . . . • • . . . • . . . • . • . • • • • • . • • .
Uniscope 300 Visual COlnmunication Terlninals .•••• 6864.
Word Terlninal Synchronous •••••••••••••••••• 6861.
UItronic Data Sets . . . . . . . . . . . . • . • . . . • . . • . • • . . . . . .
Ultronic Systelns MT 3000 Magnetic Tape Terlninal. • • • • ••••
Uniscope 300 Visual COlnlnunication Terlninals .•••••••••••
UNIVAC
UNIVAC
UNIVAC
UNIVAC
UNIVAC
UNIVAC
UNIVAC
UNIVAC
UNIVAC
UNIVAC
UNIVAC
UNIVAC
UNIVAC
UNIVAC
UNIVAC
UNIVAC
0
••••
0
•
validity check . . • . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . • . . • . . . . . . . . . .
Vernitron Dataport Portable Terlninal .•••••••••••••••••
Video Data Terlninals, RCA .•••••••••••••••••••••••
Video Display Terlninals •••••••••••••••••••••••••••
virtual cut-tb.rough . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . • . . .
vocabulary, IBM 7770 •••••••.•••••••••••••••••••••
vocabulary" IBM 7772 . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . .
vocabulary, RCA 70/150 •••••••.•••••••••••••••••••
voice-band cOlnlnunications facilities ••••••••••••••••••
voice response . . . • . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . •.
0
••••
0
••••
0
•
•
•
•
voice response equipment, cOlnparison chart •••••••••••••
Voice Response Unit, RCA 70/150 ••••••.•••••••••••••
~7 A TS
....••••••.•....•.......•••..••.•••••
wave- forms . . . . . . . . ...
Western Union ACTS . . . . . . • . . . . . . • . . . • . • . . • . . . . • .
Western Union Broadband Exchange Service ••••••••••••••
0
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
••••
I)
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Q
•
•
•
C 1968 AUERBACH Corporation and AUERBACH Info, Inc.
2200.41
6000.5
8000.5
6910.
6701.
8701. 24
4220.
2400.6
8445.15
8446.15
8703. 15
3200.
8445.
8446.
8703.
4410.
8703.
3200.32
2100.1
3100.32
3200.33
3300.31
8/68
1400: 16
INDEX
Western Union Data Sets *". • • • • • • • • • • • • • ••••••••••
Western Union Plan 51 • •
• ••••••••••••••••••
\Vestern Union Plan 54 . . . • . • . . .
Western Union Plan 55-A ••••••••••••••••••••••••••
Western Union Plan 56 . . . • . • .
Western Union Plan 57 . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Western Union Plan 111 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . .
Western Union Plans 115A & B ••••••••••••••••••••
Western Union Plans 117 A & B .••..•••••••••••••••••
Western Union Plan 135 . . . . . a • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
V\'estern Union Plan 137 .••••••.•••••••••••••••••••
Western Union Private Automatic Telephone System ••••••••
Western Union PWS TELEX •••••.•••••••••••••••••••
Western Union Telegraph Company .•••••••••••••••••••
, Western Union Telegraph Network ••.•••••••••••••••••
Western Union TELEX Service ••••••••••••••••••••••
Western Union Telpak Service •••••••••••••••••••••••
Wide Area Telephone Service ••••••••••••••••••••••••
0
•
G
•••
0
••••••••••••
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
••
0
•
•
•
•
0
•••••
•
Xerox LDX Scanner and Printer ••• ' •••••••••••••••••••
Xerox Magnafax Telecopier •••••••••••••••••••••••••
8/68
AUERBACH Data Communications Reports
4600.
3100.43
3100.43
3100.43
3100.43
3100.43
3100.43
3100.42
3100.42
3100.42
3100.42
3200.42
3100.44
3000.1
3100.33
3100.32
3300.21
3200.32
4800.
4800.
A
(&
1600:01
AUERBACH
DATA
COMMUNICATIDNS
REPDRTS
AUERBACH
MANUFACTURER
DIRECTORY
CO
MANUFACTURER DIRECTORY
Addressograph Multigraph Corp. Beehive Electrotech, Inc.
1200 Babbitt Rd.
1473 S. Sixth
Cleveland, Ohio 44117
W. Salt Lake City, Ut. 84104
Communitype Corp.
767 Fifth Ave.
New York, N. Y. 10022
Alden Electronic & Impulse
Recording Equipment Co., Inc.
Alden Research Center
1 Washington Ave.
Westboro, Mass. 01581
Berkeley Scientific Laboratories, Compace Communications Corp.
7415 Washington Ave.
Inc.
2229 Fourth St.
Edina, Minn. 55435
Berkeley, Calif. 94710
Compat Corp.
52 Bethpage Rd.
Bonnar-Vawter, Inc.
Alphameric Data Corp.
HickSville, N. Y. 11801
96 Dunbar St.
Princeton- Hightstown Rd.
Keene, N.H. 03431
Cranbury, N.J. 08512
Compucord, Inc.
225 Crescent St.
Bunker-Ramo Corp.
American Data Systems
Waltham, Mass. 02154
Business and Industry Div.
8851 Mason St.
445 Fairfield Ave.
Canoga Park, Calif. 91306
Computek, Inc.
Stamford, Conn. 06904
143 Albany St.
American Regitel Corp.
Cambridge, Mass. 02139
Burroughs Corp.
1011 Commercial St.
6071 Second Ave.
San Carlos, Calif. 94070
Computer Communications,
Detroit, Mich. 48232
Inc.
Applied Digital Data Systems,
701 W. Manchester Blvd.
Carterfone Communications
Inc.
Corp.
Inglewood, Calif. 90301
89 Marcus Blvd.
11710 E. Northwest Hwy.
Hauppauge, N.Y. 11787
Dallas, Tex. 75218
Computer Consoles, Inc.
317 Main St.
Applied Peripheral Systems, Inc. Clary Datacomp Systems, Inc.
East Rochester, N. Y. 14445
7120 Harwin Dr.
404 Junipero Serra Dr.
Houston, Tex. 77036
San Gabriel, Calif. 91776
Computer Control Systems,
Inc.
Applied Systems Corp.
Codex Corp.
6116 N. Central Expwy.
18325 W. McNichols Rd.
150 Coolidge Ave.
Dallas, Tex. 75206
Detroit, Mich. 48219
Watertown, Mass. 02172
Computer Displays, Inc.
Astrocom Corp.
Cognitronics Corp.
223 Crescent St.
293 Commercial St.
333 N. Bedford Rd.
Waltham, Mass. 02154
St. Paul, Minn. 55106
Mount Kisco, N. Y. 10549
Computer-Optics, Inc.
AT & T Co.
Collins Radio Co.
295 Madison Ave.
195 Broadway
19700 Jamboree Rd.
New York, N. Y. 10017
New York, N. Y. 10007
Newport Beach, Calif. 92663
Computer Systems & Software,
Atlantic Technology Corp.
Colorado Instruments, Inc.
Inc.
Somers Point Shpg. Ctr.
1 Park St.
722 Vassar St.
Somers Point, N. J. 08244
Broomfield, Colo. 80020
Orlando, Fla. 32804
Audac Corp.
175 Bedford St.
Burlington, Mass. 01803
Comcet, Inc.
1950 W. County Rd., B-2
St. Paul, Minn. 55113
Computer Terminal Corp.
P.O. Box 6967
San Antonio, Tex. 78209
Automatic Electric Co.
P.O. Box 42
Northlake, Ill. 60164
Com Data Corp.
7544 W. oakton St.
Niles, TIL 60648
Computer Terminals, Inc.
4815 W. 77th St.
MinneapoliS, Minn. 55435
Badger Meter Manufacturing
Co.
Noller Control Systems Div.
4545 West Brown Deer Rd.
Milwaukee, Wis. 53223
Communications Logic, Inc.
6400 Westpark
Houston, Tex. 77027
Computer Transceiver Systems,
Inc.
123 Pleasant Ave.
Upper Saddle River, N. J. 07458
© 1970 AUERBACH Info, Inc.
1600:02
MANUFACTURER
DIRECTORY
Computone Systems, Inc.
Squires-Sanders Div.
Martinsville Rd.
Liberty Corner, N.J. 07938
Connecticut Technical Corp.
3000 Main St.
Ha~ord, Conn. 06120
Conrac Corp.
600 N. Rimsdale Ave.
Covina, Calif. 91722
Control Data Corp.
8100 34th Ave. S.
Minneapolis, Minn. 55440
Courier Terminal Systems, Inc.
2202 E. University Dr.
PhoeniX, Ariz. 85034
Customized Data Systems, Inc.
P.O. Box 3146
Corpus Christi, Tex. 78404
Datamark, Inc.
Cintiaque Rd.
Westbury, L.I., N. Y. 11590
Direct Access Computing Corp.
24175 Northwestern Hwy.
Southfield, Mich. 48075
Datamax Corp.
3941 Research Dr.
Ann Arbor, Mich. 48104
Dura Corp.
2600 EI Camino Real
Palo Alto, Calif. 94306
Datanetics Corp.
2828 Spreckels Lne.
Redondo Beach, Calif. 90278
Dynatronics Corp.
P. O. Box 2566
Orlando, Fla. 32802
Dataterm, Inc.
1611 Manning Blvd.
Levittown, Pa. 19057
Dynelec Systems Corp.
139 Harristown Rd.
Glel:'. Rock, N.J. 07452
Datatrol, Inc.
Kane Industrial Dr.
Hudson, Mass. 01749
Electronic Engineering Co.
of Calif.
1601 E. Chestnut Ave.
Santa Ana, Calif. 92702
Datel Corp.
One Tysons Corner Ctr.
McLean, Va. 22101
Datron Systems, Inc.
Daedalus Computer Products, Inc. Rte. 100
P.O. Box 248
Mountain Lakes, N.J. 07046
N. Syracuse, N. Y. 13212
Delta Data Systems Corp.
Data 100 Corp.
Woodhaven Industrial Pk.
4444 W. 76th St.
Cornwells Heights, Pa. 19020
Minneapolis, Minn. 55435
Design Elements, Inc.
1356 Norton Ave.
Data Access Systems, Inc.
Columbus, Oh. 43212
503 Rte. 10, Mt. 19
Dover, N.J. 07801
A.B. Dick Co.
5700 W. Touhy Ave.
Data Communications Systems,
Chicago, Ill. 60648
Inc.
4230 Central Ave., N.E.
Dictaphone Corp.
Minneapolis, Minn. 55421
219 East 44th St.
New York, N. Y. 10017
Data Computer Systems
1612 S. Lyon St.
Digital Equipment Corp.
Santa Ana, Calif. 92705
146 Main St.
Maynard, Mass. 01754
Data Disc. Inc.
1275 California Ave.
Digital Scientific Corp.
Palo Alto, Calif. 94304
11661 Sorrento Valley Rd.
San Diego, Calif. 92121
Data Products Corp.
6219 Desoto Ave.
Digital Techniques Corp.
Woodland Hills, Calif. 91364
4248 Delemere Ct.
Royal Oak, Mich. 48073
Data Systems DeSign, Inc.
1122 University Ave.
Digitronics Corp.
Berkeley, Calif. 94704
1 Albertson Ave.
Albertson L.I., N. Y. 11507
AUERBACH Data Communications Reports
Electronic Information Systems,
Inc.
2400 Industrial Lne.
Broomfield, Colo. 80020
Electronic Transmission Systems,
Inc.
535 Madison Ave.
New York, N. Y. 10022
Electronic Voice, Inc.
2059 East 223rd St.
Long Beach, Calif. 90810
Ferranti Electric, Inc.
East Bethpage Rd.
Plainview, N. Y. 11803
Ford Industries, Inc.
P. O. Box 06459
5001 S. E. Johnson Creek Blvd.
Portland, Or. 97206
Foto-Mem, Inc.
6 Strathmore Rd.
Natick, Mass. 01760
Friden Division
Singer Company
339 East Ave.
Rochester, N. Y. 14604
GDI, Inc.
P.O. Drawer 70
Melbourne, Fla. 32901
General DeSign, Inc.
9900 Lakewood Blvd.
Downey, Calif. 90240
A
.
AUERBACH
1600:03
AUERBACH
DATA
COMMUNICATIDNS
REPORTS
MANUFACTURER
DIRECTORY
General Electric Co.
Information Systems Div.
P. O. Box 12313
4000 N. W. 39th St.
Oklahoma City, Okla. 73112
Interlace Mechanisms, Inc.
5503 232nd St., S. W.
Mountlake Terrace, Wash.
98043
Graphic Sciences, Inc.
Corporate Dr. - Commerce Pk.
Danbury, Conn. 06810
International Communications
Corp.
7620 N. W. 36th Ave.
Miami, Fla. 33147
Graphic Transmission Systems,
Inc.
9 Great Meadow Lne.
E. Hanover, N.J. 07936
Intranet Computing Corp.
9841 Airport Blvd.
Los Angeles, Calif, 90045
Gulton Industries, Inc.
13041 Cerise Ave.
Hawthorne, Calif. 90250
Hendrix Electronics, Inc.
Grenier Industrial ViI.
Londonderry, N.H. 03053
Hewlett-Packard
1501 Page Mill Rd.
Palo Alto, Calif. 94303
Honeywell
EDP Div.
60 Walnut St.
Wellesley Hills, Mass. 02181
Hybrid Systems, Inc.
4301 Dacoma Rd.
Houston, Tex. 77018
IBM Corp.
Data Processing Div.
112 East Post Rd.
White Plains, N. Y. 10602
ITT Corp.
187 East Union Ave.
E. Rutherford, N.J. 07073
Info-Max
470 San Antonio Rd.
Palo Alto, Calif. 94306
Infotec, Inc.
70 Newtown Rd.
Plainview, N. Y. 11803
Infoton, Inc.
Second Ave.
Burlington, Mass. 01803
Interdata, Inc.
2 Crescent PI.
Oceanport, N.J. 07757
© 1970 AUERBACH Info, Inc.
K.S.W. Controls, Inc.
340 Post Road
Fairlield, Conn. 06430
Kleinschmidt Div.
SCM Corp.
Deerlield, Ill. 60015
Lenkurt Electric Co., Inc.
1105 County Rd.
San Carlos, Calif. 94070
Litton Industries, Inc.
1770 Walt Whitman Rd.
Melville, N. Y. 11746
Livermore Data Systems, Inc.
P.O. Box 945
2050 Research Dr.
Livermore, Calif. 94550
Logicon, Inc.
P.O. Box 471
255 W. Fifth St.
San Pedro, CaiIf. 90733
Logitron, Inc.
197 Albany St.
Cambridge, Mass. 02139
Lynch Communications Systems
695 Bryant St.
San FranciSCO, Calif. 94107
Magnavox Systems, Inc.
270 Park Ave.
New York, N. Y. 10017
Metroprocessing Corp.
64 Prospect St.
White Plains, N. Y. 10606
Micro Systems, Inc.
644 E. Young St.
Santa Ana, Calif. 92705
Miller-Ellis Computer Systems
1070 East Meadow Cir.
Palo Alto, Calif. 94303
Mite Corp.
446 Blake St.
New Haven, Conn. 06515
Mohawk Data Sciences Corp.
P. O. Box 630
Palisades St.
Herkimer, N. Y. 13350
Muirhead Instruments, Inc.
1101 Bristol Rd.
Mountainside, N.J. 07092
Multitech, Inc.
583 Monterey Pass Rd.
Monterey Park, Calif. 91754
NCR Co.
Main and K St.
Dayton, Oh. 45409
Northern Radio Co.
143-149 W. 22nd St.
New York, N. Y. 10011
Novar Corp.
2370 Charleston Rd.
Mountain View, Calif. 94040
Novation, Inc.
18664 Topham St.
Tarzana, Calif. 91356
Olivetti Underwood Corp.
1 Park Ave.
New York, N. Y. 10016
Omnitec Corp.
Maxson Electronics Corp.
903 N. 2nd St.
Sunrise Hwy.
Phoenix, Ariz. 85004
Great River, L.I., N.Y. 11739
Oneida Electronics, Inc.
Metrolab, Inc.
P.O. Box 46
10457 Roselle St.
Yorkville, N. Y. 13495
San Diego; Calif. 92121
1600: 04
MANUFACTURER
DIRECTORY
Penril Data Communications, Inc. Shintron Co., Inc.
960- Thompson Ave.
144 Rogers St.
Rockville, Md. 20.852
Cambridge, Mass. 0.2142
Tel-Tech Corp.
9170. Brookville Rd.
Silver Spring, Md. 20.910.
Peripheral Data Machines, Inc.
1546 E. Chestnut St.
Santa Ana, Calif. 9270.1
Singer Tele-Signal Corp.
250. Crossways Park Dr.
Woodbury, L.L, N.Y. 11797
Telautograph Corp.
870.0. Bellanca Ave.
Los Angeles, Calif. 90.0.45
Philco-Ford Corp.
10.0.2 Gemini Ave.
Houston, Tex. 770.58
Sonex, Inc.
20. E. Herman St.
Philadelphia, Pa. 19144
Tele-Dynamics Corp.
525 Virginia Dr.
Fort Washington Park, Pa. 190.34
Plessey Electronic Corp.
170. Finn Ct.
Farmingdale, L.L, N. Y. 11735
Spiras Systems, Inc.
332 Second Ave.
Waltham, Mass. 0.2154
Telematics, Inc.
1431 Broadway
New York, N. Y. 10.0.18
Qantel Corp.
3474 Investment Blvd.
Hayward, Calif. 94545
Stelma, Inc.
17 Amelia PI.
Stamford, Conn. 0.690.2
Teletype Corp.
555 Touhy Ave.
Skokie, Ill. 60.676
Quindar Electronics, Inc.
60. Fadem Rd.
Springfield, N. J. 0.70.81
Stewart-Warner Corp.
130.0. N. Kostner Ave.
Chicago, lli. 60.651
Tempo Computers, Inc.
1550. S. State College Blvd.
Anaheim, Calif. 9280.6
RCA
Information Systems Div.
Camden, N.J. 0.810.1
Stromberg Carlson Corp.
10.0. Carlson Rd.
Rochester, N. Y. 1460.3
Terminal Communications, Inc.
P. O. Box 9363
Raleigh, N. C. 2760.3
RFL Industries, Inc.
Communications Div.
Boonton, N. J • 670.0. 5
Stromberg DatagraphiX, Inc.
P.O. Box 2449
San Diego, Calif. 92112
TerminaI! Computer Systems,
Inc.
581 West Putnam Ave.
Greenwich, Conn. 0.6830.
Raytheon Co.
1415 Boston-Providence Tpke.
Norwood, Mass. 0.20.62
Sugarman Laboratories
295 Northern Blvd.
Great Neck, N. Y. 110.20.
Redcor Corp.
P.O. Box 10.31
780.0. Deering Ave.
Canoga Park, Calif. 9130.4
Sycor, Inc.
10.0. Phoenix Dr.
Ann Arbor, Mich. 4810.4
Texas Instruments
P.O. Box 660.27
Houston, Tex. 770.0.6
Time-Sharing Terminals, Inc.
2351 Shady Grove Rd.
Rockville, Md. 20.850.
Remcom Systems, Inc.
270.5 National Dr.
Garland, Tex. 750.40.
Syner-Data Inc.
133 Brimbal Ave.
Rte. 128
Beverley, Mass. 0.1915
Tracor Computing Corp.
170.5 Guadalupe St.
Austin, Tex. 7870.1
Rixon-Electronics, Inc.
2120. Industrial Pkwy.
Silver Spring, Md. 20.90.4
TEC, Inc.
670.0. S. Washington Ave.
Eden Prairie, Minn. 55343
Transcom, Inc.
12 Tobey Rd.
Bloomfield, Conn. 0.60.0.2
Sanders Associates, Inc.
Daniel Webster Hwy., S.
Nashua, N.H. 0.30.60.
Tally Corp.
830.1 S. 18Dth St.
Kent, Wash. 980.31
Tuck Electronics
235 Market Ave.
New Cumberland, Pa. 170.70.
Sangamo Electric Co.
P.O. Box 359
Springfield, Ill. 6270.5
Technical Communications Corp. Tymshare, Inc.
464 Hudson Ter.
442 Marrett Rd.
Lexington, Mass. 0.2173
Englewood Cliffs, N.J. 0.7632
Scientific Control Corp.
140.0.8 Distribution Way
Dallas, Tex. 75234
Technitrend, Inc.
730.0. N. Crescent Blvd.
Pennsauken, N.J. 0.8110.
AUERBACH Data Communications Reports
Typagraph Corp.
7525 Convoy Ct.
San Diego, Calif. 92111
A
8
..
AUERBACH
AUERBACH
DATA
CDMMUNICATIONS
REPORTS
1600: 05
MANUFACTURER
DIRECTORY
Ultronic Systems Corp.
Mount Laurel Industrial Pk.
Moorestown, N. J. 08057
Vanguard Data Systems
P.O. Box 1820
1642 Kaiser St.
Irvine, Calif. 92664
Vogue Instrument Corp.
Shepard Div.
480 Morris Ave.
Summit, N.J. 07901
Univac
Data Processing Div.
Sperry Rand Corp.
P.O. Box 8100
Philadelphia, Pa. 19101
Varian Data Machines
2722 Michelson Dr.
Irvine, Calif. 92664
Wescal Industries, Inc.
Division of CCI
2550 E. Imperial Hwy.
EI Segundo, Calif. 90245
Vernitron Corp.
176 Central Ave.
Farmingdale, N. Y. 11735
Western Telematic, Inc.
5507 Peck Rd.
Arcadia, Calif. 91006
Viatron Computer Systems
Corp.
Rte. 62
Bedford, Mass. 01730
Western Union
82 McKee Dr.
Mahwah, N.J. 07430
Universal Data Acquisition Co.,
Inc.
P.O. Box 36166
3928 Hartsdale Dr.
Houston, Tex. 77036
University Computing Co.
Computer Industries, Inc.
2659 Nova Dr.
Dallas, Tex. 75229
Victor Comptometer Corp.
3900 N. Rockwell St.
Chicago, lll. 60618
Vadic Corp.
918 Industrial Ave.
Palo Alto, Calif. 94303
Video Systems Corp.
7300 N. Crescent Blvd.
Pennsauken, N.J. 08110
© 1970 AUERBACH Info, Inc.
Wyle Computer Products
128 Maryland St.
EI Segundo, Calif. 90245
Xerox Corp.
Midtown Tower
Rochester, N. Y. 14604
Xerox Data Systems
701 S. Aviation Blvd.
EI Segundo, Calif. 90245
2000:00
SYSTEM
DESIGN
AUERBACH
DATA
COMMUNICATIONS
REPORTS
AUERBACH
®
fA
8
AUERBACH
AUERBACH
DATA
CDMMUNICATIDNS
REPDRTS
2000:01
BASIC CONCEPTS
'"
SYSTEM DESIGN: BASIC CONCEPTS
.1
INTRODUCTION
Electrical data communications systems have been in existence for more than 120 years,
since Samuel Morse invented the telegraph in 1844. Torn-tape telegraph systems, which
transmit data at the rate of around 10 characters per second, have been used for many years
and are still appropriate for certain applications. This type of data communications system,
however, fails to meet many of the requirements of modern industry. The effectiveness of
data communications systems in meeting industry requirements has been greatly enhanced
during the last few years by the development of reliable medium- and high-speed terminal
equipment and communications processing equipment, in conjunction with the availability of
reasonably priced standard communications facilities and flexible common-carrier services.
A data communications system can be considered to consist of a group of functional units
whose primary purpose is to transfer digital data between two or more terminals in a reliable
manner. Each unit has a specific set of functions to perform; the exact functions and the sequence and manner in which they are enacted are determined by the overall system requirements. Because system requirements vary from business to business and from application
to application, the data communications systems in use today vary widely in their functions,
their structures, and their degree of complexity. Some systems transfer messages between
remote terminals via one or more Switching centers where communications processors are
located; other systems transmit inquiries from numerous remote terminals to a central data
processing facility, which generates responses and routes them back to the inquiring terminals. The design of systems such as these demands a thorough knowledge of both data communications and data processing technology .
.2
FACTORS TO BE EVALUATED
In order to determine the most suitable structure for a specific data communications system,
a number of basic factors must be evaluated. These can generally be described as the information flow requirements, and they inclUde the following:
•
The number of data sources and points of distribution and their locations.
•
The volumes of information (in terms of number of messages and lengths of
messages) that must flow among these locations.
•
The intervals at which messages will be transmitted. Are these intervals fixed or
random? What are the peak rates, and at what times of day will they occur?
•
The form of the data to be transmitted.
•
The form in which the data must be when received.
•
How soon the information must arrive at its destination to be useful. How much
delay is permissible, and what are the penalties for delay?
•
The reliability requirements. What degree of accuracy must be maintained in the
transmitted data? What is the penalty for system failure?
The installation of a data communications system should always be preceded by a thorough
study and reevaluation of the patterns of information flow throughout the organization.
Money spent in Simply mechanizing the existing procedures for collecting, transmitting, and
disseminating information is likely to be largely wasted. The real purpose and need for every
type of information that is currently being transmitted should be questioned. It is likely that
most executives are regularly receiving some information that is of little or no value to
them, while failing to receive other information that could aid significantly in decisionmaking and cost control and that could easily be provided if the need were recognized. In
© 1970 AUERBACH Corporation and AUERBACH Info, Inc.
1/70
2000:02
BASIC CONCEPTS
some cases, the improved flow of information resulting from such a thorough study of information needs will provide far greater benefits than the data communications equipment itself
and may even preclude or postpone the need for mechanization of the information system.
Usually, by the time the need for data communications develops, a company has established
extensive voice communication facilities, in addition to those offered by the public telephone
system. The locations served by these existing facilities frequently include the locations to
be served by the proposed data communications network. A serious study of the implementation of a data communications system must include an analysis of the company's present communications facilities and the ways in which they can be employed. For example, leased lines
may currently carry little or no traffic at night; these lines could be used for the transfer of
data during the slack hours at no increase in the present cost of communications facilities
other than for switching, termination, and terminal devices. Use of present facilities requires close coordination between the company personnel responsible for general communications and the personnel respons'ible for data communications. The local common-carrier communications cbnsultant~ should be contacted for help in determining the ways in which existing
facilities can best be used or modified for data communications.
The design of a data communications system requires a careful analysis of each of the foregoing factors. It also demands satisfactory solutions to a wide variety of potential problems,
many of which are interrelated in complex ways. These problem areas include the following:
• Estimating the volumes of data to be transmitted, now and in the future, and the
associated traffic statistics
• Providing for traffic overloads
• Distributing the storage and computer capabilities to best fulfill the system requirements and balancing these capabilities with the capacities and speeds of the transmission facilities to minimize the overall cost
• Optimizing the system configuration in terms of fulfilling reliability and backup requirements and maintaining continuous, efficient operation
• Selecting adequate yet economical error detection and correction techniques
• Establishing the programming requirements for any communications processors
and specifying the necessary storage and processing capabilities
• Formulating a training program for operating and maintenance personnel and an
indoctrination program to help all employees understand the purpose of the system
and its effects upon their jobs
A design problem of a slightly different character, but one that deserves considerable emphasis, is the development of a system that is open-ended, i.e., one that is capable of expansion to handle new plants or offices, higher volumes of traffic, new applications, and other
difficult-to-foresee developments associated with the growth of the business. The design and
implementation of a data communication system is a major investment; proper planning at design time to provide for future growth will safeguard this investment.
These design problems cannot be treated separately; they are interrelated through the various
system parameters, so that a decision that solves one problem may lead to a variety of others.
Tradeoffs become necessary between equipment, programming systems, communications facilities, and the operating requirements. In the remainder of this system design section,
conSiderable attention is devoted to the nature and implications of these tradeoffs.
1/70
AUERBACH Data Communications Reports
A
8
AUERBACH
AUERBACH
DATA
COMMUNICATIONS
REPORTS
2000:03
BASIC CONCEPTS
'"
.3
SYSTEM COMPONENTS
Figure 1 illustrates the data flow between two terminals in a typical data communications
system. An input device at the transmitting terminal wishes to communicate with an output
device at the receiving terminal. The input device may be a keyboard, paper tape reader,
card reader, magnetic tape unit, or computer. The output device may be a tape punch, card
punch, printer, magnetic tape unit, display device, or computer. other units included in the
typical system shown in Figure 1 are the communications facility, input/output control units,
error control units, synchronization units, and modulator-demodulators. In most cases,
several of these functional units are housed in one cabinet and marketed as a single communications terminal device. Each of these functional units is briefly discussed in the following paragraphs and described in greater detail in subsequent sections of AUERBACH Data
Communications Reports.
Data
From
Input
Device
--
RECEIVING TERMINAL
TRANSMITTING TERMINAL
Error
Input
--t
---I
Control
Control
T
I
I
I
IL __ _
.,.
Demodulator
Modulator
Communications
Facility
f---t
'!'
I
I
Output
Error
Control - - t Control
~
!
I
IL __ _
r-
Data
To
Output
Device
I
I
I
__ .JI
Figure 1. Data Flow in a Typical Data Communications System
.31
Communications Facilities
A communications facility, in the broadest sense, is a means by which data can be transmitted
between two or more points. Some of the common types of communications facilities are
telephone and telegraph cables, high-frequency radio, and line-of-sight microwave. Although
there are many types of communications facilities, the types most commonly used for data
transmission at present, because of their wide availability and economy, are the standard
public telephone and telegraph line facilities. Telephone line facilities, though designed
specifically for voice communications, can be employed for transferring digital data at higher
rates than are possible with telegraph facilities.
Communications facilities, in conjunction with the appropriate terminal and/or processing
equipment, can be employed for operation in one or more of the following basic modes:
• Simplex - communications in one direction only
• Half-duplex - communications in both directions, but in only one direction at a time
• Full-duplex - communications in both directions simultaneously
For more detailed discussions of the available communications facilities, please see Page
2100:01 of this report section and the entire Common-Carrier Communications Facilities
section, beginning on Page 3000:01 .
. 32
Input/Output Control Units
The input control unit at the transmitting terminal, when present, controls and accepts data
from the input device at a rate that is usually dictated by the input device's speed. The control unit stores the data temporarily and transmits it at a rate compatible with that of the
communications facility. At the receiving terminal, the output control unit, when present,
accepts the received data, stores it temporarily, and supplies it to the output devices at the
appropriate rate. In real-time data communications systems, the type and capacity of the
© 1970 AUERBACH Corporation and AUERBACH Info. Inc.
1/70
2000:04
BASIC CONCEPTS
buffer storage within the input and output control units is one of the main concerns because it
determines the frequency at which servicing by the processor will be required. Various
types of buffers are available, such as magnetic core memories, magnetic drums, transistorized shift registers, and delay lines.
It should be noted that not all data communications terminals employ buffered input/output
control units. When no buffers are used, the input, data transmission, and output functions
must proceed simultaneously and at the same speed.
In data communications systems that are more complex than the basic point-to-point hookup
shown in Figure 1, the input/output control units at the processing or switching centers are
likely to be multiline controllers, or even stored-program communications processors,
which are capable of buffering and controlling simultaneous input/output transmissions on
many different lines .
. 33
Error Control Units
In transferring data over a communications link, errors can be expected to occur as a result
of: (1) noise and other disturbances introduced into the link, (2) the inherent characteristics
of the link, and (3) the environmental characteristics of the link. Error control techniques
can be used in data communications systems to detect and/or correct certain types of errors. Techniques that merely detect and indicate errors are generally less complex and
expensive than techniques that detect errors and then correct them. In most error control
schemes, the digital data at the transmitting terminal is encoded to conform to some set
pattern. At the receiver, the data is decoded and checked to see whether the received data
pattern conforms to the prescribed rules. For a detailed discussion of the subject of Error
Control, see Page 2200:01.
.34
Synchronization Units
Because the transmitted data signals are time-dependent (i. e., the bits are transmitted at
precise time intervals), synchronization between the transmitting and receiving stations must
be ensured. Special equipment must be provided to accomplish the synchronization. Its
type and cost depend on the method used to establish synchronization. Two commonly employed techniques are referred to as "start/stop synchronization" and "synchronous transmission. "
In the start/stop technique, additional signals are transmitted with each unit of data (typically,
with each character) to identify the beginning and the end of the group of data bits. The data
bits within each data unit are transmitted in a strict time sequence, but consecutive data bits
are transmitted asynchronously; i. e., there is no definite time relationship between the
transmission of successive characters. Upon recognition of a start signal, internal circuitry
or other means at the receiving station is actuated to time the arrival of the data signals
constituting the transmitted data unit. The advantages of this method are that it allows data
transmission from sources with highly irregular data input rates (such as a manual keyboard)
and that the probability of cumulative errors in synchronization is minimized. However, the
extra start and stop bits that need to be transmitted along with the data bits increase the required line capacity.
In the synchronous transmission technique, which is sometimes referred to as "bit stream
synchronization, " a specific character is transmitted to the receiving terminal. The bit configuration of this character is used to adjust the synchronizing circuitry to conform with the
transmitted bit rate. Usually the synchronizing character must be transmitted several times
to enable the transmitting and receiving stations to establish synchronization. During the
transmission of data signals, the receiving terminal is kept in step with the transmitter by a
high-precision oscillating circuit or other means. Often the synchronizing character is transmitted during idle periods to maintain synchronization and. minimize the delay involved in
1/70
AUERBACH Data Communications Reports
fA
8
..
AUERBACH
AUERBACH
DATA
COMMUNICATIONS
REPORTS
2000:05
BASIC CONCEPTS
initiating a transmission. The advantage of this type of synchronization is that it permits
higher data transmission rates than the start/stop method; the disadvantage is that it requires
highly precise and relatively expensive circuitry to maintain synchronization throughout the
transmission of long messages .
. 35
Modulation-Demodulation Units
In the early days of digital data communications, telegraphy was the sole transmission technique employed. In this technique, voltage levels are used to represent the different data
signals or bits. For example, a positive voltage may represent a "1" bit or "mark" condition and a zero or negative voltage may represent a "0" bit or "space" condition. The communications lines using this type of transmission are referred to as "telegraph-grade" lines.
This type of transmission is still in widespread use for teleprinter communications at speeds
up to 75 bits per second. The disadvantages of the telegraph transmission technique are that
only one conversation or data path is conveniently available and that a large bandwidth is
required relative to the transmission rate.
A newer technique, which is called the "carrier" technique throughout these reports, was developed to take advantage of the communications facilities that were being developed with
larger bandwidths than those of telegraph-grade lines. In the carrier technique, constantlevel (DC) pulses. such as those used with telegraph-grade lines. are not transmitted; instead.
the data Signal varies regularly with time, establishing a transmission frequency. The significance of the carrier technique is: (1) that a higher transmission rate can be more safely
accommodated than with the telegraphy method, and (2) that equipment can be designed to isolate
different frequencies, which allows multiple independent data paths to be in existence on the
same line at the same time. The common carriers are making extensive use of the latter
feature to pack many voice channels jlnd/or data channels into a single broadband communications facility.
Many techniques are used to modify or alter the basic frequency signal to provide the capability for sending digital data. Some of the more common methods include:
•
On/Off: The signal is keyed on and off much in the same manner as in telegraphy.
•
Frequency Shift Keying: Signals of two different frequencies are transmitted to
indicate the "0" and "1" bits.
•
Amplitude Modulation: The amplitude (or strength) of the signal is varied to indicate the different levels.
•
Frequency Modulation: The frequency of the signal is varied to indicate the different levels.
•
Phase Modulation: The phase. or time relationship between the parts of a Signal.
is varied to indicate the various levels.
One characteristic of all the methods mentioned is that to transmit a composite signal with
sufficient accuracy to enable the signal to be correctly interpreted at the receiving terminal,
a bandwidth, rather than a single frequency, is required. When transmitting multiple independent signals over the same line, the assignment of a specific bandwidth for each signal is
required to prevent one signal from interfering with another.
There is a definite relationship between the allocated bandwidth and the maximum data transmission rate that can be reliably handled. Current theory indicates that a transmission rate
in bits per second of twice the bandwidth in cycles per second is possible. Thus. a voiceband
line with a bandwidth of 3000 cycles per second could theoretically accommodate a transmission rate of 6000 bits per second. although the actual rates employed in most current applications of voiceband lines are much lower.
© 1970 AUERBACH Corporation and AUERBACH Info, Inc.
1/70
2000:06
BASIC CONCEPTS
The importance of the foregoing information on the carrier technique to a user of data communications equipment is that:
• All standard communications facilities for transmitting data at rates above 75 bits
per second (as well as certain lower-speed facilities) employ some variation of
the carrier teclmique.
• Additional equipment is required to convert the constant-level (DC) pulses generated by most data communications terminal and processing equipment into signals
suitable for transmission.
The additi.onal equipment mentioned previously is a modulation -demodulation unit. frequently
referred to as a modem or data set. Data sets are available from the common carriers for
use with a wide range of standard communications facilities; see the Common-Carrier Data
Sets Comparison Chart. Page 4600:01. In addition. several companies (such as Collins
Radio Co. and Le~rt Electric Co. ) manufacture data sets for use on private communications
facilities or, in some cases, leased common-carrier facilities. The data sets manufactured
by these companies can provide significantly higher data rates than those furnished by a common carrier for use on the same type of communications line, but they are likely to be more
expensive than the common-carrier data sets and may require special conditioning of the
lines .
.4
APPLICATIONS
The specific applications for which data communications systems are currently being employed are widely variable in their functions, their scope, and their equipment and programming requirements. New applications are being developed every day, and it would clearly be
impossible to describe, or even list, all of the specific applications in which data communications equipment is being used. A more rational approach is to divide the total spectrum of
data communications applications into a few fundamental application classes. each of which
performs a certain general function and involves a certain type of data flow pattern. Most
specific applications will then be found to fall neatly into one application class or to combine
the functions of two or more classes.
Although either coarser or finer breakdowns could be justified, it seems reasonable to consider six fundamental application classes:
• Data collection
• Data distribution
• Inquiry processing
• Computer load balancing
• Computer time sharing
• Message switching
The function and data flow pattern of each of these basic applications of data communications
equipment and teclmiques are described in the paragraphs that follow .
• 41
Data Collection
The function of this class of applications is the collection and transmission to a central proceSSing point of information concerning the operations of geographically separated manufacturing plants, warehouses, branch and regional sales offices, and other outlying facilities.
1/70
AUERBACH Data Communications Reports
A8
AUERBACH
AUERBACH
DATA
COMMUNICATIONS
REPORTS
2000:07
BASIC CONCEPTS
co
The basic data flow pattern is unidirectional, from multiple remote (and/or local) terminals
to the central processing facility. This type of system can: (1) provide the complete, timely
information about a firm's overall operations that is required for accurate cost control and
informed management deciSions, . and (2) reduce the number of times and places at which data
must be manually handled and transcribed, thereby cutting clerical costs and error rates .
. 42
Data Distribution
In this class of applications, the principal function is the distribution of data generated and/or
processed at a central facility to one or more outlying locations. Again the basic data flow
pattern is unidirectional, from the central facility to the remote (and/or local) terminals.
This function, of course, is the complement of the data collection function described in Paragraph.41, and many data communications systems combine the collection and distribution
functions. To appreciate the potential value of a data distribution system, it is necessary to
realize that data has no real value until it has reached the actual point of application in a useful form. Significant financial benefits can frequently be realized through cutting down the
elapsed time and improving the accuracy of the data dissemination process .
. 43
Inquiry Processing
To meet the competitive demands of modern business, many firms are finding it desirable
(and in some cases essential) to "go on-line" by establishing central data files that can be
randomly accessed to provide prompt responses to inquiries from outlying locations. In this
class of applications, the basic data flow pattern is bidirectional; inquiry messages are transmitted from a network of remote terminals to the central processing facility, and appropriate
response messages are generated and transmitted back to the inquiring terminals.
The inquiry processing function is frequently combined with real-time file updating, in which
case the appropriate entries in the central data files are modified each time a transaction
occurs so that the central files always reflect the true current status of the business. Although
inquiry proceSSing and real-time file updating systems promise great potential benefits for
nearly every type of business organization, their advantages in terms of faster response and
centralized control should be carefully weighed against their costs to ensure that the higher
direct cost of a real-time system, as compared with that of a more conventional batch-type
data processing system, is worthwhile. Real-time inquiry systems are especially beneficial
for organizations such as banks, brokerage firms, airlines, and hotels, where prompt servicing of customer inquiries is of critical importance .
. 44
Computer Load Balancing
Organizations that have two or more computers in geographically separated locations may
find it advantageous to connect them by means of communications links. This permits more
effective use of each of the interconnected computers because the slack time in one computer's schedule can be used to help smooth out the peaks in another's. Reliability is
greatly enhanced by the fact that the communications links make it easy for one or more computers to take over another computer's workload when a breakdown occurs. The data flow
pattern in this class of application is bidirectional; input data and results are transmitted between each pair of interconnected computers, and the volume of data flow depends upon their
relative workloads at any given time .
. 45
Computer Time Sharing
Time sharing is the simultaneous operation on a computational facility by more than one person, each situated in a remote location. Two basic types of systems are in use today: conversational time sharing and remote batch processing. Both types have the same fundamental
characteristics: multiple consoles, appropriate input/output facilities, and consoles connected to the central computer facility by communications links. Conversational systems
consist of remote terminal devices, which are usually of the keyboard type, employing voiceband transmission facilities. Short turnaround time is characteristic of these systems and
allows for close man-machine interaction.
© 1970 AUERBACH Corporation and AUERBACH Info. Inc.
1/70
2000:08
BASIC CONCEPTS
Remote batch processing systems find application where a large program or a large number
of programs are required to be run to completion. They are usually used with higher-speed
terminals, sometimes employing a computer as a terminal.
The basic data flow pattern in a time sharing system is bidirectional and similar to the pattern
for the inquiry processing class of applications; input data and operating instructions are
transmitted from the consoles to the central computer facility, and the results of computations
are transmitted back to the appropriate consoles. The widely discussed "public Utility" computer concept, in which multiple subscribers would share the facilities of a giant centralized
computer complex on a toll basis, is a logical extension of the computer time sharing class
of applications .
. 46
Message Switching
Activities of a modern corporation tend to be spread out over a large number of widely sep.arated locations, and an efficient system for handling communications among all these locations is vitally necessary. Where communications traffic is high, a computer-controlled
message-switching system is likely to be the best overall choice. In this type of application,
the data flow pattern involves two-way message traffic between a number of terminals and a
central switching center. The sending terminal transmits each message to the center, which stores
it temporarily, performs any processing or code conversion functions that may be required,
and then retransmits the message to one or more deSignated receiving terminals. Large
networks may use two or more Switching centers that are interconnected by high-speed communications links.
Many of the principles and considerations involved in the design of a message-switching system are equally important in the design of data communications systems for applications in the
previously described classes. A relatively large amount of experience has already been accumulated in the design and operation of message-switching systems; therefore, a detailed
account of. the principles, operations, and inherent advantages of computer -controlled message switching systems is included in AUERBACH Data Communications Reports, beginning
on Page 2400:01.
1/70
AUERBACH Data Communications Reports
A
8
..
AUERBACH
AUERBACH
DATA
COMMUNICATIONS
REPORTS
2100:01
COMMUNICATIONS FACILITIES
SYSTEM DESIGN: COMMUNICATIONS FACILITIES
.1
DATA TRANSMISSION BY ELECTRICAL MEANS
Several basic concepts and definitions should be Wlderstood prior to a discussion of data transmission by electrical or electronic means.
The amplitude of an electrical signal refers to the strength of that signal. An electrical signal
or wave-form can be completely defined by using only two parameters, amplitude and time;
1. e. , given the relationship (which may be quite complex) between the amplitude of a signal
and time, the signal is completely known and can be faithfully reproduced.
If the form of the signal is repeated periodically, the signal is said to possess a frequency;
i.e. , the frequency is the number of times the form is repeated in a specified length of time.
One important fact concerning periodic wave-forms is that if the type, or basic shape, of a
wave-form is known, only a few measurements at specifiC time intervals will suffice to precisely identify the wave-form. This fact simplifies the hardware required to interpret transmitted signals.
An important characteristic of a periodic wave-form is phase, or the time relationship of one
part of the wave-form with another. If the basic form of the signal is not changed but is merely
shifted with regard to the preceding part of the signal, a phase shift has occurred. Thus, the
basic characteristics of a periodic wave-form are its amplitude, frequency, and phase.
To facilitate mathematical analysis, a complex wave-form can be regarded as the sum of
several simpler wave-forms, each having its own characteristic amplitude, frequency, and
phase. In addition, phase or time relationships exist between the various component waveforms. For a given wave-form there is a minimum frequency component and a maximum
frequency component required to define the signal. The range of frequencies between these
two limits defines the bandwidth necessary for transmission of the original signal.
At a given instant in time, it is convenient to think of a transmitted signal as having fixed
characteristics; i. e. , a particular frequency, amplitude, and phase. When these characteristics remain constant for a period of time, they can be called "states." The length of time
that a signal must remain in a particular state before it can be identified is a fWlction of the
technique used to interpret the signal. For example, a high-frequency state must exist for
only a short time before enough information can be determined in order to identify that frequency; the rate and technique of sampling, however, may require a considerably longer time
before the identification can be made.
Digital data commUnications devices generate or receive signals via commWlications lines for
the purpose of transmitting data that has been digitally encoded. The pulses generated are
typically DC pulses with constant voltage levels (amplitude). These discrete signals can be
transmitted over an essentially continuous medium (the transmission line) by transmitting a
signal in which a particular state (amplitude, frequency, or phase) is associated with each
pulse. That is to say, the pulse representing a "1" bit could be represented by a signal having
one frequency, and the "0" bit pulse by a signal having a second frequency. The signal representing the complete transmission will have many changes of state to represent the many
bits that are being transmitted. The signal changes characteristics whenever it changes from
one state to the next, so samples of the signal must be taken within each "bit time." Some
means of synchronization must be established between the transmitting terminal and the receiving terminal to ensure that the sampling process will be performed accurately. A discussion of various synchronization techniques can be found in Paragraph 2000.34.
The transmitted signal can never perfectly represent the desired input pulses because of:
(1) the finite time period required to change states, and (2) various distortions due to inherent
characteristics of the transmission medium or to external causes. A discussion of the causes
of distortion in transmission media is presented in Paragraph 2200.2. The distortions introduce components having characteristics that differ from the basic components representing the
ideal signal. When interpreting the state of a signal, these components alter the value that
will be obtained.
© 1970 AUERBACH Corporation and AUERBACH Info, Inc.
1/70
2100:02
COMMUNICATIONS FACILITIES
Thus, the condition representing a particular data bit actually consists of a range of state·
values. States representing the different bit values must be separated widely enough so that
there is no overlapping of the ranges, which could result in ambiguity and, hence, errors.
The total bandwidth is the sum of the bandwidths corresponding to each state that the signal
must assume and includes the spreading effect due to distortion. It is not feasible, in general,
to provide a bandwidth sufficient for accommodating all of the types of distortion that might
develop, so there is a high probability that errors will occur at some time. A detailed discussion of error control is presented in Report 2300.
The foregoing discussion is equally applicable whether the transmission medium is a pair of
wires or a high-frequency radio signal. When transmitting via radio, the transmission medium itself is a periodiC wave-form; the modulated data signal is not transmitted as such but
is used to modify the basic characteristics of the "carrier wave." The concept of bandwidth
applies here in determining the spacing of the frequencies of the carrier waves required to
eliminate or reduce interference between independent signals. Similar techniques can be used
to miltiplex several independent data signals over the same pair of wires; the receiving equipment separates the signals on the basis of the carrier frequencies and relative bandwidths .
.2
SELECTION OF COMMUNICATIONS FACILITIES
Once the information flow reqUirements for a data communications system (see Paragraph
2000.2) have been determined, the parallel, interrelated problems of line and equipment
selection can be attacked. (Factors to be considered in equipment selection are discussed in
Report 2300. )
The types of communications facilities that are currently available can be logically divided
into three classes:
•
Narrowband Facilities: provide capabilities for data communications at up to 300
bits per second.
•
Voiceband Facilities: make use of communications channels having bandwidths of
about 3000 to 4000 cycles per second. The public telephone network uses channels
with a bandwidth of about 3000 cycles per second. Leased lines usually have bandwidths of about 4000 cycles per second. Equipment is currently available from the
common carriers for data transmission at up to 2400 bits per second over the leased
facilities.
•
Broadband Facilities: provide data communications at rates higher than voiceband
facilities. Current facilities can provide transmission rates up to several million
bits per second.
The facilities offered by the common carriers within these three classes are discussed in
detail in the section on Common-Carrier Communications Facilities; see Reports 3000 through
3300. Throughout the communications industry, all types of communications facilities are
commonly referred to as "lines, " even though they may actually consist of coaxial cables or
microwave or high-frequency radio links.
The primary consideration in selecting the types and numbers of lines to be used in a specific
application is the provision of adequate service at minimum total cost. In determining the
relative costs of various facilities, the analyst should consider all pertinent charges, including
channel terminals, local channels, data sets, conditioning charges, and so forth, in addition
to the basic mileage charges or message rates .
. 21
Effective Transmission Speed
Determination of the most economical communications facilities depends to a large extent on
the system requirements and on the characteristics of the terminal equipment to be used. The
effective rate, or long-term average rate, at which data can be transferred over a communications link will usually be significantly lower than the peak rate of the transmitting and receiving
terminals. The peak rate determines the needed capacity of the transmission line; the effective
rate determines the throughput, or the rate at which information can be accurately delivered
1/70
AUERBACH Data Communications Reports
A8
.
AUERBACH
AUERBACH
DATA
COMMUNICATIONS
REPORTS
2100:03
COMMUNICATIONS FACILITIES
when averaged over a long period of time. The selected terminal equipment and communications facilities, in combination, must be fast enough to ensure that the system throughput
requirements can be met.
Factors involving the communications line that can influence the effective rate include the
occurrence of errors and the turnaround time. The error detection and correction technique
selected may require the transmission of redundant information with each data character or
each message, or it may require the retransmission of parts or the whole of a message when
errors are detected. Both of these techniques essentially require the transmission of the same
information more than once. At a given transmission rate, this redundancy reduces the effective amount of information that can be transferred; its purpose, of course, is to increase the
accuracy of the data transmission process.
To reduce the effect that errors have on the effective rate of transmission, the data can be
transmitted in shorter blocks, which reduces the number of errors likely to occur during the
transmission of a single block; this in turn lowers the requirements for error detection and
correction. But the performance of the terminal equipment is usually affected by the size of
the transmitted data block; in general, the shorter the data block, the slower the effective transmission rate of the terminal, due to turnaround time, equipment start/stop time, etc. These
factors must be balanced to arrive at the most economical solution for a given communications
line.
A second technique for reducing the effects of transmission errors is to use the transmission
line at only partial capacity. This usually serves to reduce the number of errors that occur.
The increase in transmission efficiency due to lessening the requirements for redundant transmission may well be negated by the reduction in peak transmission speed, so a careful analysis must be made to determine the advisability of reducing the data transmission rate on a
given line.
Some terminal equipment requires an answerback transmission from the remote terminal prior
to initiating the next transmission. This return message is usually required as a signal that
the data block just transmitted was in error or was without error; the terminal ean then either
retransmit the current data block or transmit the next one. When transmitting in a half-duplex
mode, the time required to condition the communications link and the terminal for the changes
of direction of transmission (i. e. , the turnaround time) can take as long as one-half a second
per change. At a transmission rate of 300 characters per second, this would have the same
effect as adding 300 characters to each data block transmitted.
Long turnaround times are usually associated with terminal equipment using synchronous
transmission; the extra time is needed to establish synchronization in the reve~se direction.
Frequently, such terminals can transmit data only in a half-duplex mode, but can maintain
synchronization in both directions at once through the use of a full-duplex transmission line.
Such usage can materially increase the throughput for short data blocks, and it can thereby
provide the secondary benefit of reducing the effect of transmission errors by permitting more
efficient transmission of short data blocks. Again, these factors are interrelated, and a
careful study must be made to arrive at the most efficient manner for using a particular
communications facility .
. 22
Leased Versus Switched Facilities
Another type of analysis that must often be made to arrive at the most economical method for
transmitting data involves the cost tradeoffs between the use of switched facilities that are
charged on a per-call basis and leased facilities that are charged at a flat rate regardless of
the volume of usage.
When trying to determine which of the two types to use, keep in mind that different considerations are involved in obtaining the most efficient use of each type. Two objectives to strive
for in designing and regulating the data flow pattern over message-rate (switched) facilities are:
•
To minimize the number of calls;
•
To optimize the length of each call with respect to the rate structure; e. g., oneminute calls over a service with a minimum charge based on three minutes' use
will generally be inefficient.
© 1970 AUERBACH Corporation and AUERBACH Info, Inc.
1/70
2100:04
COMMUNICATIONS FACILITIES
The primary consideration for optimizing the use of a leased facility is to keep the line as busy
as possible, thereby reducing the cost per message. Needless to say, loading up a line with
nonpertinent data does not constitute efficient usage under any conditions.
One type of graphical analysis that can be used to study the tradeoffs between a message-rate
facility and a leased facility is presented in Figure 1. The points where the lines representing
the different communication facilities cross are the break-even points. In some cases, the
cost for the switched network may never be lower than for a leased line (e. g. , for a large number of calls per day, each consisting of a relatively small number of characters).
If a cost analysis of the type shown in Figure 1 does not favor either type of service to a great
extent, other factors can be used to make the decision. For example, leased lines can be
specially conditioned to reduce the probability of transmission errors, while the public telephone network offers greater flexibility and guards against catastrophic line failure because
many alternate data paths are available through the various exchanges.
The foregoing type of analysis can just as easily be applied to narrowband service, e. g. ,
comparing the use of Bell System TWX Service or Western Union TELEX Service with the
use of leased lines.
BASIS: Fixed number of
calls per month.
Two leased lines
Total Cost,
$ per Month
One leased line
(2)
(1)
Number of Characters per Call
Notes:
(1) Cost per call remains constant for short calls up to the 3-minute minimum.
(2) At this point the required capacity exceeds the capacity of one leased line.
(3) At this point the required capacity exceeds the capacity of one line; additional lines
to the exchange and data sets are reqUired.
Figure 1. Cost Relationships between Message-rate and Flat-rate Facilities
1/70
AUERBACH Data Communications Reports
A
8
AUERBACH
AUERBACH
DATA
COMMUNICATIONS
REPORTS
2100:05
COMMUNICATIONS FACILITIES
"
When the application calls for communication between only two points, a straighforward
application of the preceding ideas will usually provide the information necessary to determine
the type of communications facility that will be the most economical. Other considerations
that can affect the decision include the availability of the particular service selected in the
areas where data communications may be needed in the future, and the ease with which the
selected service will fit into future networks that may be included in the organization's longterm plans .
. 23
Planning Complex Networks
Added complexities arise when the application involves interconnection of a number of locations.
Often the information flow requirements vary Widely between the various pairs of locations,
necessitating the use of different types of communications facilities and terminal equipment
for maximum economy. Careful consideration must be given to the compatibility relationships
among the various types of equipment selected, particularly where data must be extracted and
reentered at several different points in the network. Again, future plans should be considered
to ease the problems of expansion at a later date.
When the number of locations to be connected is large, consideration should be given to establishing concentrators, or switching centers. A concentrator is a device that combines or
multiplexes multiple messages from a number of lines for simultaneous transmission over
a single high-capacity line to a remote distribution center where the reverse procedure is
performed. Alternatively, all points in a network can be connected to a single switching center.
A switching center eliminates the necessity for interconnecting each pair of locations by means
of individual communications lines, while maintaining the capability for communication between
any two points in the network. Many combinations of these two basic concepts can be devised,
and one of these may prove to be the most economical solution for a specific application.
The complexities involved in selecting the most economical communications facilities for an
application involving a large number of locations necessitate the expenditure of a considerable
amount of technical effort. The local common-carrier communications consultants should be
consulted early in the planning stage for a data communications system that will use commoncarrier facilities. Other possible sources of help in planning a data communications system are
the equipment manufacturers' representatives and private consultants. For best results when
dealing with any type of consultant or manufacturer's representative, the information flow requirements and all known problem areas should be well defined prior to requesting their assistance .
. 24
Reliability Considerations
Because the day-to-day operations of a business will usually become heavily dependent upon
the proper functioning of a data communications system once it has been installed, adequate
provisions must be made for reliable operation and for backup in the event of failure. Provisions should be made to ensure that vital information, at least, can be transmitted even in
the event of a catastrophiC malfunction, such as complete failure of a major item of equipment or a communications line. If a public switched network is being used, service can
usually be restored simply by redialing the connection; the multipliCity of data paths in the
network provides an abundance of alternate routings. In the case of leased facilities, however, such alternate routings will not normally be available. If multiple lines are being used
to carry the communications load between a particular pair of locations, loss of one line will
naturally impair communications but will not hopelessly cripple the system's operation.
In any communications link that is implemented by only a single leased line, some thought
should be devoted to the provision of backup facilities. If the transmitted information is so
vital that delay of any of the information for any Significant period of time cannot be tolerated,
serious consideration should be given to the provisions of duplicate line facilities. In a less
stringent environment, the public telephone network, TWX, or TELEX service may provide
adequate backup capability by enabling the transmission of urgent information to continue while
the malfunction in the normally used facilities is being located and repaired.
© 1970 AUERBACH Corporation and AUERBACH Info, Inc.
1/70
A
a
..
AUERBACH
AUERBACH
DATA
CDMMUNICATIONS
REPORTS
2200:01
ERROR CONTROL
SYSTEM DESIGN: ERROR CONTROL
.1
BASIC FACTORS
Errors will occur in every data commWlications system. This basic truth must be kept in
mind throughout the design of every system. Important criteria for evaluating the performance of any communications system are its degree of freedom from data errors, its
probability of detecting the errors that do occur, and its efficiency in overcoming the effects
of these errors.
Data errors occur primarily as a result of: (1) data transmission inaccuracies resulting from
the inherent characteristics of the commWlications links, and (2) equipment failures. As a
general rule, any error control technique that increases the reliability of the data transfer
also increases the system's complexity and cost. Thus, it is essential to weigh the type and
amoWlt of error control required.
The degree of error control implemented in the design of a data oommWlications system is
normally dependent upon the following factors:
•
The Nature of the Data. If the type of data to be transferred via the data commWlications system is of a critical nature, then sophisticated techniques must be
employed to overcome data transmission inaccuracies. As an example, if data
relating to invoices or space vehicle check-out is being transferred, then a change
in a single digit can cause an embarrassing or dangerous situation. However, if
administrative-type messages are being transferred, then transmission errors
may not cause enough problems to warrant the cost and complexity of special
error control measures.
Regardless of the general nature of the data, one type of information that must
always be transmitted accurately is the control information that is exchanged
between terminals to control synchronization, retransmission, or other fWlctional
operations. This control information is, of course, subject to the same errors as
the content of the messages. Techniques for ensuring that control information is
transmitted accurately include using rigid formats to facilitate error detection and
requiring that transmission of each control code be repeated a certain number of
times. Since the effectiveness of most error control techniques increases as
message length decreases, the exchange of control information is frequently
restricted to short transmissions which are logically independent of the main data
transmissions.
•
The Type of Transmission Medium. The common types of transmission media
include open wires, cables, coaxial cables, high-frequency radio, and line-ofsight microwave. When using common-carrier facilities, a system designer
usually has little control over the actual medium used; frequently, several types
are used to form a single connection between two locations. In many parts of the
world, a designer has little choice and must make the best of the media that happen
to be available. Different types of transmission media are subject to different types
of distortion and different error rates.
•
The Transmission Medium's Environment. One communications facility may introduce more errors into a data stream than another as a result of its environment. A
telephone cable exposed to continuous icy and stormy weather conditions is likely to
produce more data errors than a telephone cable in a more moderate environment.
Thus, the environment can significantly affect the type of error control required.
• The Data Rate. An error control technique that has been found adequate for data
transferred at a low rate may need to be improved if the same data is transferred
at a higher rate because noise that can cause errors in a link frequently occurs in
bursts. More bits will naturally be obliterated by each burst of noise at high data
rates than at lower data rates, and compensation for this effect may be necessary.
© 1970
AUERBACH Corporation and AUERBACH Info. Inc.
1/70
2200:02
ERROR CONTROL
Errors occurring as a result of equipment failures are not normally compensated for by the
error control techniques employed to guard against transmission inaccuracies. The concept
of equipment reliability is a major item for concern, and is by no means unique to data
communications systems. Unfortunately, meaningful quantitative data regarding the reliability of individual data communications devices is extremely difficult to collect and correlate.
Briefly, the following steps can be taken to enhance the reliability of data communications
equipment:
• Use high-quality components with long mean-time-between-failures (MTBF) ratings.
• Provide equipment redundancy where justifiable; 1. e., provide each critical system
component in duplicate or triplicate. (Where three or more components are used
on-line to perform the same function, automatic "majority voting" logic can be used
to detect and overrule errors in anyone component.)
• Provide appropriate sensors and alarms to ensure prompt detection of equipment
failures.
• Provide for ease of maintenance to minimize downtime due to equipment failures.
Having recognized the factors that determine the degree of sophistication required in the
error control provisions, one should then acquire a knowledge of the common causes of data
transmission errors and the error rates that can be expected .
.2
CAUSES OF ERRORS
Several common causes of data transmission errors are explained in the paragraphs that
follow .
. 21
Noise
Errors can occur in a communications link because of random fluctuations which interfere
with the transmitted signal. These random fluctuations are classified as "noise." The
following two types of noise are generally of interest:
• Steady Line (Gaussian) Noise. This type of steady "background" noise frequently
interferes with speech transmission, but its effect upon digital data transmission
is usually not very significant if the signal-to-noise ratio is maintained at an
adequately high level through the use of repeaters (amplifying devices).
• Impulse Noise. Impulse noise is the type of noise which causes most errors in the
transmission of digital data. It is characterized by relatively high-amplitude peaks
or "bursts" of short-duration pUlses. These disturbances can be caused by
lightning, switching transients, electrical machinery, and other natural and manmade phenomena.
Problems resulting from noise in a specific communications link can, in some cases, be
alleviated by having the common carrier add repeaters to"improve the signal-to-noise power
ratio or bypass the areas where noise is found to be excessive .
. 22
Fading
When using line-of-sight microwave links, fading is a frequent cause of errors. The fading
seems to follow a random distribution in which there are periods of relatively constant signal
level followed by periods of considerable fading. Maximum fading is normally observed at
night during the summer months. During these periods, nonuniform distributions of
temperature and humidity can create steep dielectric-constant gradients in the lower
atmosphere; these gradients cause periods of fading.
1/70
AUERBACH Data Communications Reports
fA
AUERBACH
DATA
COMMUNICATIONS
REPORTS
2200:03
ERROR CONTROL
AUERBACH
'"
. 23
Multipath Distortion
Multipath distortion occurs because of the differences in time of arrival of signals which
travel along different paths from a transmitter to a receiver. This situation is especially
noticeable at the radio frequencies at which long-range propagation is affected by reflections
from the ionosphere. The first and strongest signal to arrive is the one that takes the shortest
path; this signal is followed by signals of progressively lesser amplitude, with the result
that the duration of a transmitted pulse can appear to the receiver to be "stretched." If the
start of a second pulse is received before the first pulse has ended, interference will result.
The multipath distortion effect is especially troublesome on high-frequency (HF) radio
channels. As a result, data rates of approximately 50 to 100 bits per second are about the
highest rates that can be accurately transmitted over a single HF channel. Equipment is
available which overcomes this multipath problem to some extent by taking incoming serial
data, converting it to parallel streams, and transmitting these bit streams simultaneously
over multiple HF channels .
. 24
Amplitude and Phase Distortion
Amplitude distortion occurs when some frequency components of the digital signal are severely
attenuated by the communications medium; such distortion may render the received signal
unusable.
Phase distortion, often called "envelope delay, " is caused by the fact that unequal transmission
times are required for signals at different portions of the frequency spectrum. Signal components near the upper and lower edges of the signal frequency band spend a longer time in
transit than those in the center of the band. This effect can destroy the carefully balanced
phase relationship which must exist between all the frequency components of a digital data
pulse to get a true representation of the pulse.
By providing delay and amplitude compensation at the receiving terminal, a system designer
can often overcome both of these types of signal distortion and thereby increase the usable
bandwidth of a specific communications facility. Both fixed and adjustable means of compensation are available .
.3
ERROR RATES
Having considered the various sources of transmission errors in data communications systems, the system designer's next logical question is: How often will errors occur? The
answer to this question is usually far from straightforward; it necessitates a discussion of
the subject of error rates in communications facilities.
In most of the commonly used types of communications facilities, there are many error-free
periods followed by relatively short periods during which many errors may occur. The mean
error rate is highly sensitive to the averaging period, so it is not uncommon for error rates
averaged over 24-hour periods to differ by many orders of magnitude on successive days.
For some types of communications media, including microwave and high-frequency radio,
very little systematic data on error rates has been compiled and correlated to date. A
designer using one of these media must therefore estimate the frequency of occurrence and
the distribution patterns of transmission errors on the basis of his knowledge of the characteristics of the medium and its performance in previous applications. In many specific
cases, the number and types of errors can be accurately determined only by means of a
well-designed test program and a detailed evaluation of its results .
. 31
The Public Telephone Network
Even for voice-band telephone facilities - despite their already widespread use for data
communications - the available data on error rates is quite limited. The most useful
© 1970 AUERBACH Corporation and AUERBACH Info, Inc.
1/70
2200:04
ERROR CONTROL
data on the subject is contained in three papers published in the Bell System Technical
Journal:
(1) Alexander, A. A., Gryb, R. M., and Nast, D. W., "Compatibilities of the
Telephone Network for Data TranSmission," BSTJ, 39, p. 431 (May 1960).
(2) Morris, R., "Further Analysis of Errors Reported in Capabilities of the
Telephone Network for Data Transmission," BSTJ, 41, p. 1399 (July 1962).
(3) Elliott, E. 0., "Estimates of Error Rates for Codes on Burst-Noise Channels,"
BSTJ, 42, p. 1977 (September 1963).
The public switched telephone network is far from optimum as a means for data communications because it was designed primarily to handle voice communications. According to
reference (1), "the connections that are established in completing telephone calls show a very
large variation in characteristics that are of importance to the transmission of data signals. "
This situation is due to the fact that a variety of different types of transmission facilities are
used within the public telephone network (open wires, cables, coaxial cables, radio links, etc.),
and the number and types of switched links, or trunks, that are used to make up a given
connection are likely to vary widely from one call to the next. These variations in connections, coupled with all of the potential causes of errors discussed in the preceding paragraphs,
mean that it is extremely difficult to predict the frequency of errors that will be encountered
during any given calion the public telephone network. Therefore, it is especially important
to provide adequate means to detect and correct, or compensate for, the errors that do occur.
Reference (1) describes an extensive field testing program that was carried out by the Bell
System to determine:
• The basic data transmission characteristics of the public switched telephone network
• The frequency of error occurrence at different transmission speeds (600 and
1200 bits per second) and different distances (local exchange, "short hauls" of up
to 400 miles, and "long hauls" of 400 to 3000 miles)
• The factors that cause errors to occur
A total of about 1100 test calls were made between a wide variety of locations, using experimental data sets that employed frequency-shift modulation. Statistics on the occurrence of
errors were accumulated, and a detailed analysis of the results was carried out by both the
original investigators (1) and Morris (2). A brief summary of some of the principal results
is presented in Tables I and II. Table I shows the approximate percentage of total calls of
each type and transmission speed in which the error rate was found to be higher than one
bit in error per 100,000 bits transmitted. Table II shows the approximate percentage of calls
in which the error rate was found to exceed one bit per 10,000 bits transmitted. Since a wide
variety of other significant findings regarding error rates, error burst patterns, and circuit
quality were reported, the reader is urged to refer to the original papers .
• 32
Leased Voiceband Lines
Leased voiceband lines generally provide a higher degree of freedom from transmission
errors than the switched telephone network because: (1) leased lines are not subject to the
highly variable connections that can occur from call to call in the switched network, and
(2) leased lines can be specially conditioned to permit higher data rates with lower error
rates. A number of different classes of leased voiceband facilities are available from the
common carriers, as described in Paragraph 3200.2; they differ primarily in the type of
conditioning employed to achieve different envelope delay and frequency response characteristics.
1/70
AUERBACH Data Communications Reports
Aa
AUERBACH
AUERBACH
DATA
COMMUNICATIDNS
REPORTS
2200:05
ERROR CONTROL
'"
TABLE I. FREQUENCY OF CALLS WITH ERROR RATES OF MORE
THAN 1 BIT PER 100,000 BITS TRANSMITTED (1)
Type of Call
Transmission Speed
Percent of Calls
Local exchange
600 bps
1200 bps
15%
30%
Short haul (to 400 miles)
600 bps
1200 bps
18%
35%
Long haul (400-2500 miles)
600 bps
1200 bps
26%
42%
TABLE II. FREQUENCY OF CALLS WITH ERROR RATES OF MORE
THAN 1 BIT PER 10,000 BITS TRANSMITTED (1)
Type of Call
.33
Transmission Speed
Percent of Calls
Local exchange
600 bps
1200 bps
2%
4%
Short haul (to 400 miles)
600 bps
1200 bps
2%
6%
Long haul (400-2500 miles)
600 bps
1200 bps
10%
10%
Error Distribution
In addition to the overall average error rate, another important factor to consider in planning
an error control scheme is the probability that successive errors will occur within various
time intervals after the occurrence of an initial error. The probability of errors occurring
in "bursts" varies with the data rate; a noise pulse of short duration may obliterate only one
bit of data at a low data rate, while the same noise pulse may affect two or more bits of data
transmitted at a higher rate. Information about the error distribution pattern, in terms of the
lengths of error bursts and the number of good bits transmitted between error bursts, is
highly important in planning and implementing techniques for the detection and correction of
data transmission errors. Here again, the available data on the subject is quite limited, so
an experimental test program may be called for in specific cases. With respect to the public
telephone network, all three of the references cited in Paragraph. 31 deal with the subject of
error distribution, although there appear to be some anomalies in the reported findings .
•4
ERROR DETECTION AND CORRECTION TECHNIQUES
Realizing that errors will occur in every data communications system, a system designer
must provide adequate means for detecting and correcting enough of these errors to enable
the system to perform its primary function of transmitting useful information from one
location to another. "Error detection" implies determination of the fact that one or more
errors have occurred. "Error correction" implies taking measures to overcome the effects
of detected errors and ensures that the correct information is ultimately received. Error
detection, therefore, is a prerequisite for error correction, since no error can be
corrected without positive knowledge that it has occurred.
Numerous techniques are available both for detecting and correcting data transmission errors.
The system designer, recognizing that nearly every measure that increases the reliability of
a system will also increase its complexity and cost, must decide upon the type and degree of
error control to be used. Please refer back to Page 2200:01 for a discussion of the factors
that influence this choice. A number of important specific techniques for detecting and/or
© 1970 AUERBACH Corporation and AUERBACH Info, Inc.
1/70
2200:06
ERROR CONTROL
correcting errors in data communications systems are individually discussed in the following
paragraphs. (See also Users' Guide, Paragraphs 6000.5 and 8000.5 for explanations of the
manner in which AUERBACH Data. Communications Reports describes the error detection
and correction techniques used in specific types of communications terminal equipment and
communications processing equipment, respectively.)
.41
Validity Checking
A validity check simply determines whether a received data code is one of a number of
permissible bit configurations. This type of checking is usually performed on each character,
and any bit configuration that does not represent a legitimate member of the character set is
considered an error. Validity checking, in most cases, is of limited value in detecting errors
and of no value in correcting them automatically .
. 42
Constant-Ratio Codes
A constant-ratio (or fixed-ratio) code is one in which every member of the character set is
represented by the same number of 1 bits and the same number of 0 bits as every other member. When this specialized form of validity checking is used, the receiving terminal can
ascertain the validity of each received code pattern by simply counting the number of 1 bits
it contains. A constant-ratio code will detect all single-bit errors and all errors in which the
total number of erroneous bits within a character code is odd. Many 2-bit, 4-bit, and 6-bit
errors will also be detected; in order for a 2-bit error to remain undetected, it would be
necessary fora 0 bit to be changed to a 1 and a 1 bit to a 0, and such double inversions are
uncommon.
Constant-ratio codes are simple to generate and to check, and they provide a fairly high
degree of assurance that errors will be detected. They do not permit automatic error
correction because there is no way to tell which of the individual bits is erroneous in a code
configuration that is found to be invalid. A further disadvantage of constant-ratio codes is
the increased number of bits they require in order to transmit a given amount of data. A
4-of-8 constant-ratio code (in which each 8-bit code contains four 1 bits and four 0 bits), for
example, permits only 70 valid bit configurations and therefore limits the character set to
70 distinct members; using pure binary codes, in which all of the bit configurations are valid
and no error-control information is transmitted, a 6-bit, 7-bit, or 8-bit code will accommodate 64, 128, or 256 distinct character codes, respectively. Thus, the use of a constantratio code necessitates the transmission of more bits per character and/or a reduction in the
size of the character set •
. 43
One-Dimensional Parity Checking
There are numerous types of "redundancy checking/' in which one or more additional bits
are added to each group of data bits in accordance with a specific formulation rule. Among
these, the simplest and most commonly used type is parity checking, in which one additional
bit, a "parity bit, " is added to each group of data bits (usually to each character). The added
bit will be either a 0 bit or 1 bit, whichever value is required to make the total number of
1 bits in each character either even (in even parity checking) or odd (in odd parity checking).
Checking is accomplished by determining whether the received data still conforms to the parity
formulation rule.
One-dimensional parity checking, because of its simpliCity and relatively low cost, is widely
used in data transmission, in data recording on punched tape and magnetic tape, and in internal storage devices. Only one additional checking bit needs to be transmitted with each group
of data bits, and all single-bit errors are detected. On the other hand, simple parity checks
are of no assistance in error correction, and errors involving an even number of bits cannot
be detected (i. e., if two, four, or six 1 bits are "dropped" from the transmitted code for a
single character, the parity rule will still be satisfied).
In addition to the character parity checking scheme described in the preceding paragraphs,
there is another type of one-dimensional parity checking, called longitudinal or message
1/70
AUERBACH Data Communications Reports
fA
8
AUERBACH
AUERBACH
DATA
COMMUNICATIONS
REPORTS
2200:07
ERROR CONTROL
'"
parity checking. This type involves accumulating a separate parity count for each code level,
or bit position, in the transmitted character codes, and appending a single "check character"
at the end of the message or block. Each bit of the check character will be a 0 or a 1, whichever is required to establish the proper message parity for the corresponding code level.
Longitudinal parity checks have the same basic limitations as character parity checks, and
their generation usually requires more complicated circuitry. Therefore, longitudinal
checking is not often used alone; more often it is combined with character parity checking to
form the two-dimensional scheme described in the following paragraphs .
. 44
Two-Dimensional Parity Checking
A two-dimensional parity check combines the character and longitudinal parity checking
techniques described above; a parity bit is added to each character, and a check character is
appended to each message or block. The check character contains a bit corresponding to
each level of the transmitted codes, including the parity-bit level. Figure 1 illustrates
the implementation of a two-dimensional odd parity check for a message conSisting of seven
characters in a code with six data bits per character.
A two-dimensional parity check ensures the detection of all bit errors up to a total of three
in anyone message or data block. When more than three errors occur, it is possible that
they will be arranged in such a way as to be undetectable. For example, if the four 1 bits
within the box in Figure 1 were all erroneously converted to 0 bits during transmission,
both the character and longitudinal parity checks would still be satisfied and the errors would
not be recognized.
Code Level:
Data Characters
1 2 3 4 5 6
P
0 1 0 1 0 1
0
0 0 1 1 0 0
1
1 0 0 1 0 0
1
0 1 0 0 0 0
0
1 1 1 0 0 0
---,
1 1 0 0: 1 1
I
Check Character:
-
I
I
0
1
0 0 0 011 1 : 1
---,
1
0 1 1 0 1 0
Figure 1. Two-Dimensional Odd Parity Checking
Unlike the previously discussed techniques, two-dimensional parity checking also provides a
limited capability for error correction. This capability is limited to the correction of errors
involving an odd number of bits (1, 3, 5, etc.) within a single character. The character parity
check shows which character was erroneously received, and the longitudinal parity check
shows the code level or levels in which an error has occurred. Thus, by cross-checking the
parity indications, the erroneous bit(s) can be located and corrected. Not all equipment that
employs two~dimensional parity checking for error detection includes the additional hardware
that is required to take advantage of its error-correcting capabilities; retransmission of the
data and rechecking of the parities are often performed instead .
. 45
Error-Correcting Codes
Considerable theoretical work has been carried out on the development of high-level codes
designed for efficient detection and correction of data transmission errors. Codes of this
type include the Hamming codes, cyclic codes, Bose-Chaudhuri codes (a specific family of
cyclic codes), and dual-pulse codes. All of these codes tend to require: (1) the transmission
of a relatively large number of checking bits in addition to the data bits that comprise the
message itself, in order to provide the degree of redundancy required for reliable error
detection and correction; and (2) fairly complex and expensive error control equipment,
particularly at the receiving terminal. Both the amount of redundant information required
© 1970 AUERBACH Corporation and AUERBACH Info. Inc.
1/70
2200:08
ERROR CONTROL
and the cost of the associated equipment generally increase with increases in the "burst
length, " or number of consecutive errors, that the error control scheme is designed to be
capable of detecting.
Because of their complexity and cost, these high-level error-correcting codes have not been
widely employed in business data communications to date. For a definitive discussion of
these codes, the recommended reference is Error Correcting Codes, by W. W. Peterson,
MIT Press, 1961.
.46
Automatic Retransmission
As the preceding paragraphs indicate, a number of fairly simple yet effective techniques are
available for detecting data transmission errors. The codes and techniques required to
correct the detected errors tend to be much more complex and expensive. As a result, most
of the data communications equipment in use today relies upon retransmission of all erroneously received messages (or segments thereof) rather than upon equipment that can automatically regenerate the correct data from the erroneously received message and appropriate
redundant information. Frequently the data communication terminals are capable of initiating
and carrying out the retransmission process automatically, with no need for human intervention at either end of the communications link. The retransmission process may be repeated
indefinitely until the message is correctly received or an operator intervenes; or the process
may be halted, with an appropriate indication, after a fixed number of unsuccessful transmissions.
ARQ (Automatic Request for Repeat) is a frequently employed "feedback" technique in which
the receiving terminal, upon reception and checking of data, instructs the sending terminal
whether or not to retransmit the same data. The command to retransmit is called an "RQ";
the alternate command, which results in the continuation of transmission, is an "OK." Checking, and transmission of the appropriate ARQ signal, can be performed on each character or
on each block or message .
. 47
Programmed Detection and Correction
All of the previously discussed error control techniques require special hardware. If the
communications network includes a stored-program computer as a switching or processing
element, additional error control techniques can be utilized. The logical and arithmetic
capabilities of the computer can be used to perform a variety of error detection and correction
functions. Validity and redundancy checks can be performed by programmed routines. The
redundant information can be in the form of additional bits added to the transmitted characters
(e. g., parity checks) or additional characters added to the transmitted messages (e. g., hash
totals). The computer's flexibility also permits checks upon the format of received messages
and the reasonableness of received data values.
When a stored-program computer is used to perform programmed error control functions,
the computer time available for handling communications data and for other processing functions is decreased. A careful analysis should be made to ensure that the additional computer
time required for checking and correction functions does not reduce the computer's processing
capacity to a point where it will be unable to meet the system requirements for other functions.
1/70
AUERBACH Data Communications Reports
fA
8
,.
AUERBACH
DATA
COMMUNICATIONS
REPORTS
2300:01
EQUIPMENT SELECTION
AUERBACH
SYSTEM DESIGN: EQUIPMENT SELECTION
.1
TERMINAL EQUIPMENT
The numerous communications terminals on the market today differ widely with respect to
input/output media, speed, flexibility, operating convenience, error control, compatibility
with other equipment, and cost. The system designer, faced with such a multiplicity of possible equipment choices and of factors influencing the decision, must approach the selection
of terminal equipment in a systematic, objective manner.
A suggested systematic procedure for terminal equipment selection follows; it consists of a
series of questions to be answered for each of the terminal devices whose suitability for a
specific application is being studied. These questions are designed to pinpoint quickly those
devices that are clearly unsuitable because of inadequate speed, incompatibility with other
equipment, excessive cost, etc., and to present a clear-cut comparison of the relative advantages and drawbacks of the remaining candidates. Furthermore, each of the questions can
be answered by simply turning to the indicated paragraph of the appropriate communications
terminal equipment report and relating the information there to one's own specific requirements. The meaning and significance of each specific report entry can be found in the correspondingly numbered paragraph of the Users' Guide, which begins on Page 6000:01.
General Considerations
•
What is the basic function of this terminal device? Are the types of communications facilities and input/output media it can utilize compatible with your needs?
(Paragraph. 13)
•
Will the equipment be available in time to meet your needs?
and .17)
(Paragraphs .16
Configuration
•
Can each terminal configuration include a sufficient complement of equipment to
perform all of the required functions? (Paragraph. 2)
•
Are the facilities for accepting previously prepared input (cards, tape, etc.)
suitable with respect to type and size of medium, code, character set, and
message length?
(Paragraph. 31)
•
Is the input speed sufficiently high to handle peak traffic loads?
•
Are there adequate facilities for inserting manually entered data at transmission
time? (Paragraph. 32)
•
Are there any limitations on message configuration that will affect the equipment's
suitability for the planned application?
(Paragraph. 35)
•
Is the transmission process automatic, or will excessive operator attention be
required?
(Paragraph. 36)
•
Are the output facilities suitable with respect to type and size of medium, code,
character set, and message length? (Paragraph. 4)
•
Is the output speed adequate to handle peak loads?
Input
(Paragraph. 31)
Output
(Paragraph. 4)
© 1970 AUERBACH Corporation and AUERBACH Info, Inc.
1/70
2300:02
EQUIPMENT SELECTION
Error Detection and Correction
•
Are the facilities for detecting errors in data entry, data transmission, and data
recording adequate to meet your reliability requirements without being excessively
sophisticated (and therefore costly)? (Paragraph. 5 - also see the Error Control
section on Page 2200:01)
•
Is the process for correcting errors automatic, or will excessive operator attention
be required? (Paragraph. 5)
Condition Indicators
•
Are adequate indicators provided to keep the operator informed of the device's
status at all times? (Paragraph. 6)
Data Transmission
•
Is the data transmission speed sufficiently high? Does the rated speed differ when
different communications facilities are used? Is the line's transmission capacity
fully utilized?
(Paragraph. 71)
•
Are the transmission code, mode (simplex, half-duplex, or full-duplex), order of
bit transmission, and synchronization technique compatible with the requirements
of other existing and planned equipment? (Paragraph. 71)
•
Can the device be used with your existing or proposed communications facilities?
What are the data set requirements, if any? (Paragraph. 72)
•
Can calls be initiated and/or received automatically?
feasible? (Paragraph. 73)
•
What functional operations (line spacing, feeding blank tape, etc.) can the device
perform in response to remotely issued commands? (paragraph. 73)
•
Are there any provisions for multistation operations on "party line" circuits?
(Paragraph . 74)
Is unattended operation
Physical Specifications
•
Will the device fit into the available space? Can it utilize the available source of
electrical power? Are there any special, hard-to-satisfy environmental requirements? (Paragraph. 8)
Price Data
• What is the rental (or purchase plus maintenance) cost for the basic component(s)
plus any required optional features? (Paragraph. 9)
.2
PROCESSING EQUIPMENT
The currently available communications proceSSing equipment spans a wide range of configuration possibilities, speeds, processing capabilities, storage capaCities, and costs.
Because of the greater complexity and cost of most communications proceSSing equipment,
its selection presents an even greater problem for the system designer than does the selection of terminal equipment.
Our suggested procedure for the selection of processing equipment, like the one for terminal
equipment, consists of a series of questions to be answered for each of the communications
processors whose suitability for a speCific application is being investigated. The questions
1/70
AUERBACH Data Communications Reports
A
lA'
U
.,
AUERBACH
DATA
CDMMUNICATIONS
REPORTS
2300:03
EQUIPMENT SELECTION
AUERBACH
are designed to point out clearly the relative advantages and disadvantages of each candidate
and to indicate the ones that are worthy of more detailed investig~tj,on. This further investigation might take the form of a request for detailed proposals, co~g and timing of a specific
"benchmark" application, visits to existing installations, studies, by a consulting firm, etc.
In conducting or monitoring any of these activities, the information in AUERBACH Data
Communications Reports will continue to be of great val\le.
Each of the following questions can be answered by simply turning to the indicated paragraph
of the appropriate communications processing equipment report and relating the information
there to one's own specifiC requirements. The meaning and Significance of each report entry
are explained in the correspondingly numbered paragraph of the Users' Guide, which begins
on Page 8000:01.
General Considerations
•
What is the basic form and function of this equipment? Can it stand alone, or is it
always used in connection with an associated general-purpose computer system?
(Paragraph. 13)
•
Will the equipment be available in time to meet your needs? (Paragraphs. 16
and .17)
Configuration
•
Can the equipment accommodate an adequately large number of communications
lines of the proper type(s)? Are special adapters required? (Paragraph. 21)
•
Is the directly accessible internal storage (if any) adequate with respect to capacity,
word length, and speed? (Paragraph. 221)
•
Will the directly accessible mass storage facilities (if any) provide the required
storage capacity, speed of access, and data format? (Paragraph. 222)
•
Can the available directly accessible input/output devices perform the required
functions at the required speeds? (Paragraphs. 223 and .224)
•
Is there a sufficient capability for simultaneous operations to permit maximum
utilization of the processor's power? (Paragraph. 225)
•
What are the characteristics of the associated general-purpose computer systems
(if any)? Can the subject communications processor be used in conjunction with
an existing or planned general-purpose computer in your installation?
(Paragraph.23)
•
Which remote terminal devices can communicate with the subject processing
equipment? What are their basic characteristics? What adapters are required?
(Paragraph. 24)
Central Control
•
What provisions are available for automatic initiation and/or reception of calls?
(Paragraph.31)
•
What are the sizes and locations of the message input/output areas?
(Paragraph.31)
•
What facilities are available for performing arithmetic computation, editing, and
code translation? Are these facilities located in the subject equipment or in an
associated general-purpose computer?
(Paragraph. 32)
© 1970 AUERBACH Corporation and AUERBACH Info. Inc.
1/70
2300:04
EQUIPMENT SELECTION
•
Is there a program interrupt system? How many distinct levels of interrupt conditions are recognized? (P aragraph .32)
•
What are the values of the basic processor performance factors: data transfer time,
scan time, communications data rate, and processor demand? (Paragraph. 33)
• . Are there any special provisions for circuit and/or message switching ?
(Paragraph.34)
Software
•
What standard applications packages and subroutines are available to facilitate the
programming task?
(Paragraphs. 41 and .42)
•
What communications-oriented programming languages are offered? What are
their capabilities and the equipment requirements for utilizing them?
(Paragraph.42)
Error Detection and Correction
•
Are the facilities for detecting and correcting errors in input/output, data transmission, and timing adequate to meet your requirements?
Are these facilities
automatic, or must they be programmed?
(Paragraph. 5 - also see the Error
Control section onI>age 2200:01)
Console Facilities
•
Is adequate information provided to keep the operator informed of the equipment's
status and any required operator actions? What is the form of this information?
(Paragraph.6)
Data Transmission
•
Can this equipment be used with your existing or proposed communications
facilities? What are the data set requirements, if any?
(Paragraph. 74)
•
What are the characteristics of the available communications adapters: buffer
size, transmission speed, transmission code, transmission mode (simplex. halfduplex, or full-duplex), order of bit transmission, and synchronization technique?
Are these characteristics compatible with the requirements of other existing and
planned equipment?
(Paragraph. 7)
Physical Specifications
•
Will this equipment fit into the available space? Can it utilize the available
sources of electrical power? Are there any prohibitively severe environmental
requi:rements?
(Paragraph. 8)
Price Data
•
1/70
What is the rental (or purchase plus maintenance) cost for the basic components
plus any required adapters and optional features? (Paragraph. 9)
AUERBACH Data Communications Reports
A8
AUERBACH
AUERBACH
DATA
COMMUNICATIONS
REPORTS
2400:01
MESSAGE SWITCHING
II
SYSTEM DESIGN: MESSAGE-SWITCHING SYSTEMS
.1
*
SUMMARY
This paper presents a tutorial discussion of message-switching systems. The emphasis is
on utility and operational aspects, although design considerations for an individual messageswitching center are also covered. A message-switching network is described, and the
differences between its operation and that of a circuit-switching network are pointed out. A
message is traced through the system, from a sender to a receiver. Multiaddress messages,
exchanges between different types of terminal equipment, and the use of high-speed trunks
are discussed.
The interrelationships among messages being processed are discussed, with special attention
being given to the queuing of messages, including the complexities of message priorities and
message preemption. Message protection measures are briefly discussed, along with the
necessity for virtually continuous operation. The paper concludes with a presentation of a
typical configuration of a message-switching center, with a discussion of both hardware and
software implications.
2
MESSAGE SWITCHING AND CIRCUIT SWITCHING
The two principal types of communications networks, circuit switching and message
switching, have the same general function. In a system of either type (Figure 1), one or
more switching centers communicate with a number of terminals and transmit messages
among them. When terminals connected with different centers communicate, they do so by
means of a routing through two or more centers.
Figure 1. Communications Network Including
Three Interconnected Switching Centers
*
This portion of the system design section is an adaptation of a tutorial paper, "The Use of
Computers in Message Switching Networks," presented at the 19th National Conference of
the Association for Computing Machinery, August 1964, by Arnold B. Shafritz, Vice
President and Technic8.I Director of AUERBACH Corporation.
@
1970 AUERBACH Corporation and AUERBACH Info, Inc.
1/70
2400:02
MESSAGE SWITCHING
In a circuit-switching network, the role of the switching centers is to establish a direct
connection from one terminal to another. After the connection is set up, the terminals carry
on their communication, one-way or two-way. When the terminals are finished communicating, the switching centers disconnect the circuit, restoring the system to readiness for
other connections.
The distinguishing characteristic of a message-switching network is that messages are
stored and forwarded. The originator transmits a message into the SWitching center at his
own speed, without waiting for a direct connection. As soon as this input transmission has
been completed, the sender is free to send other messages, thus realizing maximum utIlization of his input channel. Meanwhile, the network takes on the responsibility of relaying
the message to its destination when channels become available.
Such a system utilizes electronic data processing equipment in an entirely different way than
does a circuit-switching system. While the communication is necessarily one-way, there
are opportunities for processing the contents of the messages as well as for establishing
connections. In many ways, message switching achieves greater versatility than does circuit switching.
A message with a multiple address can be handled very efficiently. The transmissions to
the various addressees are independent of each other and can take place Simultaneously or
successively, with no delay in anyone transmission affecting any of the others. Also, the
terminal equipment of the sender and the receiver need not match. The equipment can operate at different speeds, or can even use entirely different formats, with the required translations being made by the central processor .
.3
TRACING A MESSAGE THROUGH THE SYSTEM
Some of the details of the complex operation of a message-switching network can best be
illustrated by traCing the history of a message as it passes through the system. The steps
in the process can vary a great deal, according to the length of the message, the kind of
equipment used by the sender and the receiver, and many other factors. Some of these variations will be mentioned along the way, but a complete treatment of all possibilities would
amount to a description of the whole message-processing program.
The process beginS with the transmission of a message from the sender into the messageswitching center. He uses a format that is acceptable to the system, beginning with a
header including a list of addressees and other pertinent information such as security
classification and priority. The header is followed by the text and an ending, and all are
transmitted into the system just as they would be transmitted to an individual receiver,
using whatever channel-coordination procedures are appropriate to the system.
At the message-switching center, the incoming message is accepted into buffer storage,
where it is collected into blocks of some standard length. The center serves many input
lines and processes incoming message blocks cyclically. Upon receipt of the header, the
data processor begins input-processing the message. This may involve a conversion to a
universal code designed to accommodate the various kinds of equipment in the system. Some
interpretation of the message header may also be necessary. The addresses used by senders
may include group indicators for distribution to lists of s'everal receiving terminals, and
these must be broken down into individual addresses. Distinctions are made between
addresses served by the center that initially received the message and those that call for
routing through other centers.
Transmissions do not begin immediately upon receipt of the header. For reasons that will
become clearer in the ensuing discussion, the entire message is first stored in the SWitching
center's message store. In the case of multiple addresses, the message may be stored in
1/70
AUERBACH Data Communications Reports
A
AUERBACH
AUERBACH
DATA
COMMUNICATIONS
REPORTS
2400:03
MESSAGE SWITCHING
e
duplicate for each of its transmissions; or else it is stored once, and a system of message
bookkeeping is maintained to keep track of all its transmissions. The tables used for such
bookkeeping include information on priority and time of arrival, to be used in determining
when each message should be sent out.
Input processing entails many other details of bookkeeping, even for single-address messages. The center makes a permanent copy of each message it transmits, and it maintains
records of its throughput for protection from error and to permit statistical analysis of
the system's operation.
Once the message has been completely stored in the message-switching center, the input line
and buffer are released for subsequent use. The system continues to operate with the
message, carrying out further processing and making all necessary transmissions, after the
input transmission is finished.
If the output line to one of the addressees is available, the output phase can begin as soon
as input processing and message storage have been completed. The actual transmission of
the message is preceded by output processing. This may involve changes of code and format according to the type of receiver, along with updating of bookkeeping tables. The
transmission itself is carried out by an inversion of the input procedure. The data processor retrieves the beginning of the message text from its message store, loads it into
the buffer, and begins output transmission. Subsequent message blocks are transferred to
the buffer at a rate sufficient to keep it full, so that the output transmission can proceed at
the rate adapted to the receiving equipment. Transmission between the major switching
centers is over high-speed trunks, often with several independent channels, to minimize
delays in message delivery.
In a busy system, output lines will often be found occupied.
The presence of multiaddress
messages, in fact, keeps outgoing lines even busier than incoming lines. A measure of the
effectiveness of a system is the degree of utilization of its lines, and when this is high, the
output lines may operate continuously over long periods.
Accordingly, outgoing messages will generally be placed in queues for transmission, and
will wait there for some time. Thus the output program will usually be deciding which
message is next for an output channel after it finishes a transmission rather than deciding
whether output channels are available for a newly-arrived message. It is quite possible
for extensive backlogs to build up for individual output lines, and this calls for a program of
queuing and selection .
.4
A CLOSER LOOK AT QUEUING
The storage, queuing, and retrieval of messages constitute a large part of the operation of a
message-switching center. It is quite unlike the operation of a circuit-switching center,
and a closer look at this phase of the problem can show the nature of this application of computers to data communications.
The queue generally consists not of the message texts themselves, but of a substantial
amount of information about the messages. This includes the information from the message
headers, and also a number of auxiliary tables. These may be kept in a different storage
medium, which calls for additional coordination of hardware and software.
The function of the queue is to select the next message for any output line that completes a
transmission. One way to accomplish this is to maintain separate lists for all the channels,
or possibly even to store separate copies of the message. Either technique gives the output
channel material to transmit continuously, as if it were all one message. But if the system
makes extensive use of multiaddresses, such duplication results in inefficient use of storage space. It is then more practical to maintain one message store, governed by one master queue.
The arrangement of messages is no small problem in itself. Incoming messages are
usually handled in increments, as the input program serves all input lines cyclically. To
© 1970 AUERBACH CorporatIOn and AUERBACH Info, Inc.
1/70
2400:04
MESSAGE SWITCHING
assemble the increments contiguously calls for a lot of manipulation and may waste storage
space by reserving room for the parts not yet arrived. The alternative is to scatter the
message increments as convenience dictates, with the parts linked together by means of
information stored with them or in auxiliary tables.
The arrangement of the message queue in memory also presents a problem. Messages may
be listed in the order of their arrival, but they are generally not removed in the same order.
The first message to arrive may need to wait for an output channel to be freed; and even
after a message has been transmitted, it may need to be retained for other transmissions if
it is multiaddressed.
An added complication may be introduced in the form of a hierarchy of precedence (priority)
classifications. This can be a very useful feature of the communications system, allowing
important messages to avoid delay by bypassing a string of messages of relatively low
urgency. But it adds an extra dimension to the message queue, requiring separate listings
for each precedence. This system can go beyond governing of the order of transmission,
and can allow high-priority messages to interrupt others during their transmission. In such
a system, message SWitching has an advantage over circuit switching in that an interrupted
message can be automatically retransmitted as soon as possible, with no further action by
the sender. But the possibility of interruption necessitates that the entire contents of a
message be retained in storage until its last transmission has been completed.
So it can be seen that an output transmission must be preceded by a considerable routine
of decisions and updating of information. The end of a transmission triggers the process.
The queue entry for the message just completed includes information of all transmissions
that are in progress, and the completion calls for revision of this information. If there are
no more destinations for the message, the queue entry is removed, and linking information
in the queue table is adjusted accordingly.
The next message for the output channel may be selected from the queue in advance of the
time when it is actually needed to minimize the elapsed time between messages. It is
important to keep output lines busy whenever pOSSible, particularly when a backlog of messages is occupying the message store. Every output transmission relieves the computer's
store, not only of the storage of the text, but also of the attendant bookkeeping data. Therefore, as little time as possible should be spent between transmissions. Message selection
should not, however, be done too far in advance, because later messages of higher precedence may be better choices.
The selection is made by examination of queue entries, beginning with the highest precedence and proceeding in order of the arrival of the messages in the system. When a suitable
entry is found, queue entries are revised appropriately, and the message is made ready for
sending out.
The mathematical theory of queuing shows that, under the circumstances encountered in
message switching, a memory of any finite capacity has some probability of being filled.
The system must provide some way to cope with overflow, either through the use of additional
storage or the control of inputs. This should be done in such a way as to minimize interference with the utilization of output lines. Messages nearly ready for output transmission
should be available in moderately fast-access memory (core, high-speed drums); but overflow storage can utilize a less accessible store (discs, tapes). Similarly, messages destined for inoperable output lines can be removed to a slow-access intercept .storage, or even
off-line (tapes) .
.5
MESSAGE PROTECTION
Even more important than overflow storage is the system's safeguards against internal malfunctions. In a message-switching system, "down times" of the data processor cannot be
tolerated as they might be in other applications. In store-and-forward service, the switching
1/70
AUERBACH Data Communications Reports
A
a
..
AUERBACH
AUERBACH
DATA
COMMUNICATIONS
REPORTS
2400:05
MESSAGE SWITCHING
center takes on the responsibility for every message from the end of its input transmission
to the completion of its last delivery. The center must guard against distortion or loss,
and in cases where correct transmission becomes impossible, there should be feedback to the
sender to request retransmission.
Elaborate measures are called for to guarantee message protection. At any given moment, a
switching center may be in the middle of processing many different messages in both directions. If a malfunction occurs in any storage or processing device, there must be enough
information stored elsewhere in the center to enable it to analyze the situation and to repeat
whatever steps are necessary. This means that any item of information must be stored in
at least two independent places, and that the updating of queue tables and other auxiliary
data must be carefully synchronized so that operation can continue smoothly after correction
of a malfunction. If it is impossible to determine exactly where a transmission was interrupted, procedures should lean toward pessimism. Repetition of part of a message is far
less grievous than a loss of part of it.
In the case of catastrophic errors, the rollback procedure need not be fully automatic.
Manua-l reinsertion of messages or other off-line procedures may be called for. The most
important thing to be avoided is the loss of a message, or part of one,. without any indication
that the loss has occurred.
To accomplish such message protection, the system uses additional equipment beside its
output, input, and storage. Some of these features will be described in the following description of a typical configuration, including the equipment for duplicate storage .
•6
A TYPICAL CONFIGURATION
Figure 2 pictures a single message-switching center, with input/output lines to a number of
terminals and to the other centers in the network. The figure shows the communications
processor (CP) together with the major items of equipment it uses to store and forward
messages. The I/o processor may be a special-purpose computer itself, with proviSions for
code conversion as well as for the arrangement of messages in buffer storage. The CP's in
I/O
Processor
Main
Message
store
Console
Figure 2. A Typical Message-Switching Center
@
1970 AUERBACH Corporation and AUERBACH Info, Inc.
1/70
2400:06
MESSAGE SWITCHING
the system use one universal code during the handling of messages, and this code can be
converted for compatibility with any of several output media, regardless of whether they
match the input device.
Beside the main message store, the CP uses four memories of slower access and greater
capacity: a reference store to preserve a copy of each message segment as it comes into
the system; a journal that maintains current information on messages being processed; and
an intercept and overflow storage to relieve the main store of messages that cannot be transmitted promptly. The reference and journal stores can be used in connection with manual
Or automatic procedures to resume message handling, with no loss and a minimum of duplication, after a malfunction in the system.
Figure 3 is a very general diagram of the procedures in the CP program, to convey some
idea of the software requirements of a message-switching center. The data processor
cycles among the indicated functions, performing some regularly, others intermittently.
One message may require a number of cycles to go through the steps described earlier.
Input and output buffers are separate, but they are utilized similarly. The input/output equipment includes indicators that can be sampled by the CP to determine the status of messages
in transit. The effects of circuit switching can be achieved in a message-switching center by
means of a "virtual cut-through, " in which the input buffer for one channel is connected with
the output buffer for another.
.
-
Code
Conversion
r--
Input
Buffer
Storage
~
Input
Processing
Control
H
Bookkeeping
r--
Header
Interpretation
I
Virtual
CutThrough
Queue
Entry
storage
I
\
Overflow
storage
Queue
Search
-
I --1
Code
Conversion
~
Output
Buffer
Storage
-
Output
Processing
Control
-
Bookkeeping
Recovery
After
Malfunction
~
Priority
Interrupt
Figure 3. Procedures in the Communications Processor's Program
1/70
AUERBACH Data Communications Reports
statistics
I
A
8
..
AUERBACH
AUERBACH
OATA
COMMUNICATIONS
REPORTS
2400:07
MESSAGE SWITCHING
The execution of this program calls for a fast processor with a large random access memory.
It needs a strong complement of instructions for character handling and logical decisions,
but comparatively little in the way of mathematical computation. Comprehensive input/output
facilities are required to adapt the processor to a variety of communications and storage
equipment, and a flexible system of program control is called for to handle a variable operating
cycle. These features make the communications processor the heart of an efficient and useful
communications network that can serve a variety of terminals with message transmissions
as rapid and reliable as the terminal equipment can handle .
•7
CONCLUSION
This brief survey has touched upon a number of advantages realized by the store-andforward technique. It provides very high line utilization because inputs proceed at the
sender's pace, and outputs are expedited by advance queue searches. At the same time, it
allows the versatility afforded by the multiprecedence queue.
The ability to handle several kinds of terminal equipment makes message switching particularly valuable in the integration of existing systems into major networks. Individual
terminals are not limited in their choice of communications equipment, nor is a high-speed
device ever forced to slow down to keep in step with a slower one. Finally, the techniques
of store-and-forward service ensure against interruption of service or loss of messages, and
facilitate mOnitoring of the switching service and evaluation of its operation.
© 1970 AUERBACH Corporation and AUERBACH Info, Inc.
1/70
3000:00
COMMON-CARRIER
COMMUNICATIONS
FACILITIES
AUERBACH
DATA
COMMUNICATIONS
REPORTS
AUERBACH
®
AUERBACH
COMPUTER
TECHNOLOGY
REPORTS
A
AUERBACH
(!!)
1.
I
COMMON-CARRIER
COMMUNICATIONS FACILITIES
3000
COMMON CARRlERS
A communications common carrier is a company whose services are offered for public hire for
handling interstate or foreign communications by electrical means. All interstate (across state
lines) traffice is regulated by the Federal Communications Commission. Intrastate (within a
state) traffic is regulated by a state utility board. In some large cities, intracity traffic is regulated by a city agency.
The major common carriers providing interstate communications services are the Bell System
and the Western Union Telegraph Company. The American Telephone and Telegraph Company
(AT&T) heads the Bell System and coordinates the operations of its wholly or partly owned operating companies. In addition, there are a number of independent telephone companies, the
largest of which is the General Telephone and Electronics Company. In general, the independent
telephone companies offer the same types of services as the Bell System, although rates and
exact services vary to some extent. Some of the smaller companies have limited capabilities,
and care must be taken when planning data communications facilities within their areas. It is
important to check with the local telephone company representative to determine the exact services available.
For these reasons, rates and sometimes services vary from location to location depending on the
common-carrier companies and the regulating agencies. In general, the material presented in this
report section refers to interstate data communications facilities and rates; exceptions are noted:
2.
CLASSES AND TYPES OF FACILITIES
The facilities offered by the common carriers can logically be divided into three classes: narrowband, voiceband, and broadband. AUERBACH Data Communications Reports contains ,a separate
report on each of these three classes of facilities. A brief definition of each class follows:
•
Narrowband Facilities (Report 3100): These facilities provide data communications
capabilities at up to 300 bits per second.
•
Voiceband Facilities (Report 3200): These facilities make use of communications
channels having effective bandwidths of about 3,000 Hz. Equipment is currently
available from the common carriers for data transmission at up to 7,200 bits per
second over leased voiceband facilities, and from independent manufacturers for
transmission at up to 9,600 bits per second. Equipment is available from the
Bell System for transmission at up to 3,600 bits per second over the public telephone network.
•
Broadband Facilities (Report 3300): These facilities provide data communication
at rates higher than voiceband facilities. Current facilities can provide transmission rates up to several million bits pe:c second.
Within a particular class of common-carrier communications facilities, a number of different
types of service can be obtained. The three general types of service include:
•
Leased Service: provides the user with exclusive use of a communications line. In
general, service is provided on a 24-hour-a-day, 7-day-a-week basis and billed at a
flat monthly rate.
•
Public Switched Service: provides the user with access to a communications network. Access to this network is available to the general pUblic. In general,
charges are based on usage.
•
Multistation Leased Systems: provide the user with a private communications network
accessible only by stations installed by that user. The majority of the multi station
leased systems offered are for narrowband communications networks. In general, such
© 1970 AUERBACH Info, Inc.
3000
DATA COMMUNICATIONS
a system is a packaged plan designed to provide a specific type of service, but the
package is variable within certain limits to meet the needs of individual applications.
The types of data communications service offered by the major common carriers are described
within the reports on each class of service, under the headings listed above. Services that do not
logically fall within any of these type classifications are described in a separate paragraph under
the heading "Other Facilities. "
A list of the common-carrier data communications facilities described in these reports, and the
paragraphs where their descriptions can be found, is as follows:
2
Report
Paragraph
NARROWBAND FACILITIES •••••••••••••••••••
3100
1
Leased Narrowband Facilities •• • • • • • • • • • • • ••••
3100
2
Public Switched Narrowband Services ••••••••••••
Bell System TWX • . . . . . • • . . . . . . . • . • • . . . • .
Western Union TELEX •••••••••••••••••••••
Western Union TCCS ••••••••••••••••••••••
Public Telegraph Message Network •••••••••• ••
3100
3100
3100
3100
3100
3
3.1
3.2
3.2
3.3
Multistation Leased Narrowband Systems •••••• ••• 3100
Selective Calling Systems •• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • 3100
Western Union Way Operated Circuit System
Poling Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3100
Bell System 83A1
Bell System 83B2
Bell System 8300
Bell System 8A1
Bell System 8B1
Bell System 85A1
Bell System 85A2
Bell System 86B1
Bell System 86B2
Western Union Plan 115A and 115B
Western Union Plan 116
Western Union Plan 117 A and 117B
Western Union Plan 135
Western Union Plan 137
Western Union Plan 1215A
Store-and-Forward Message Switching Systems ••• 3100
Western Union Plan 111
Western Union Plan 55A
Western Union Plan 56
Bell System 81D1
Bell System 82 Bl
Circuit Switching Systems • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • .• 3100
Western Union PWS Telex
4
4.1
4.2
4.3
4.4
VOICEBAND FACILITIES • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • ••
3200
1
Leased Voiceband Facilities ••••••••••••••••••
3200
2
Public Switched Voiceband Services •••••••••••••
Public Switched Telephone Network
(Data-Phone Service) • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • ••
3200
3
3200
3.1
AUERBACH Computer Technology Reports
3001-Z6
COMMON-CARRIER COMMUNICATIONS FACILITIES
Report
Bell System Wide Area Telecommuilications
Service (WATS) •••••••••••••••••••••••••
Western Union Broadband Exchange Service •••••••
Multistation Leased Voiceband Systems •••••••••••
Bell System 1A Selective Calling System •••••••••
Western Union Private Automatic Telephone System
(PATS) •••••.••••••.••••••••••••••••••
3000
Paragraph
3200
3200
3200
3200
3.2
3.3
4
4.1
3200
4.2
Other Voiceband Services ••••••.•••••••.••••• 3200
Bell System DA T ASPEED Service • • • • • • . • • • • • .• 3200
BROADBAND FACILITIES ••••••••••••••••••••• 3300
1
3300
3300
3300
3300
3300
2
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4
Public Switched Broadband Services ••••••••••..• 3300
Western Union Broadband Exchange Service •.••.•• 3300
Bell System Data-Phone 50 Service ••••••••.•••• 3300
3
3.1
3.2
Leased Broadband Facilities ••••• •••••••••••••
Telpak Service ••••••••••••••••••••••••••
Wide band Data Channels ••••.••••.••.•.••.••
Bell System Series 11, 000 Channels ••••..•••• ••
Other Leased Broadband Facilities •••.•.••.•.••
3.
5
5.1
ILLUSTRATIVE COSTS
ALL COSTS SHOWN FOR COMMON-CARRIER FACILITIES ARE ILLUSTRATIVE ONLY. THEY
HAVE BEEN TAKEN FROM TARIFFS AVAILABLE TO THE PUBLIC, BUT ARE SUBJECT 10
CHANGE AND OFTEN VARY FOR SPECIAL SITUATIONS. THE ACTUAL TARIFF SHOULD
ALWAYS BE EXAMINED. FOR INTERPRETATION OF THE LEGAL EFFECTS, MEANING, OR
APPLICATION OF A TARIFF, COUNSEL SHOULD BE CONSULTED.
All costs shown in this service are exclusive of any local, state, or federal taxes.
In analyzing a particular Situation, estimates of the cost of communications facilities should be
obtained from the common carriers. The major common carriers are the Bell System, the
Western Union Telegraph Company, and the independent telephone companies. Communications
consultants from these companies can recommend the lowest-cost system that will satisfy the
overall system requirements. Investigation should include the subjects of lease, purchase,
and maintenance.
© 1970 AUERBACH Info, Inc.
3001-27
3
A
AUERBACH
•
AUERBACH
COMPUTER
TECHNOLOGY
REPORTS
II!>
1.
I
COMMON-CARRIER
NARROWBAND FACILITIES
3100
NARROWBAND
Throughout AUERBACH Data Communications Reports, all communications facilities capable of
transmitting data at speeds no higher than 300 bits per second are classed as narrowband
facilities. This distinct class of facilities should not be confused with wider-band facilities used
for data transmission at considerably lower speeds than their bandwidths would permit (e. g. ,
the use of a voiceband line for transmission at only 150 bits per second).
Available narrowband facilities fall into two major types, which differ in the method of transmission. These two types are:
•
Telegraph-Grade - With this type of facility, the pulses from business machines are
transmitted directly over the transmission lines in direct current (dc) form.
•
Carrier - With this type of facility, the pulses or voltage levels from business machines
!ire converted (modulated) into signals which vary regularly with time. The rate with which
the signal varies with time determines the frequency of the signal. When data is being
received, the signals must be converted (demodulated) into pulses acceptable to another
business machine. The unit of equipment that accomplishes this conversion is called a
modulator-demodulator, or "modem" for short. Commercial units are frequently referred
to as "data sets." Two methods are commonly used for transmitting the frequency signals:
keying the signal on and off, or transmitting signals of two different frequencies for the on
and off conditions. The latter method is known as "frequency shift keying." More complex modulation methods are used to achieve higher transmission rates.
2.
LEASED NARROWBAND FACILITIES
2.1
Leased Private-Line Teletypewriter and Data Channels
The leased narrowband facilities offered by the major common carriers are summarized in
Table I. The cost data is for illustrative purposes only and is subject to change. The rates
shown are exclusive of any terminal equipment.
In general, the basic charges for a leased line include the following items:
•
Service Terminal - A recurring charge applied for each city in which one or more
terminal stations are located. This change includes the local channel from the local
common-carrier exchange office to each customer main station.
•
Inter-Exchange Mileage Charge - A recurring charge for the communications line itself,
based on the distance between exchanges.
•
Installation - A one-time charge usually applied to the termination. A rule of thumb is
that the installation charge is roughly equivalent to one month's termination charge.
3.
PUBLIC SWITCHED NARROWBAND SERVICES
3.1
Bell System Teletypewriter Exchange Service (TWX)
Description
AT&T has agreed to the sale of TWX service to Western Union for the sum of $85 million
ending on and off negotiations that date back to 1943~ The sale, when finalized, will include
approximately 40,000 teletypewriters in the United states and Canada. TWX will eventually
be integrated within Western Union's Telex service. The agreement between Western Union
and AT&T stipulates that for a five-year period after completion of sale AT&T will not market
Dataphone terminals (see Paragraph 3.1 of Report 3200) for use under 300 bits per second;
© 1970 AUERBACH Info, Inc.
3001-29
DATA COMMUNICATIONS
3100
TABLE I. LEASED PRIVATE-LINE TELETYPEWRITER AND DATA CHANNELS
mustrative Rates. (3)
APprox. Max.
Data Rate,
bits/sec
Service
Private-Line
TeletypeWriter
Services and
Channels
DC
55
75
180
Carrier (6)
55
75
150
Carrier
Carrier
Carrier
Mileage Charge, $/mne/month (4)
Available
From (2)
Type (1)
WU
WU
WU
DC
Service Terminal (5)
Half-Duplex'
Full-Duplex
Half-Duplex.
$/month
Full-Duplex.
$/month
Base Rate
Base Rate + 10%
Base Rate + 25%
Base Rate + 10%
Base Rate + 21%
Base Rate + 37.5%
25.00
27.50
31.25
21.50
30.25
34.38
Base Rate
Base Rate + 10%
Base Rate + 25%
Base Rate + 10%
Base Rate + 21%
Base Rate + 37.5%
25.00
27.50
31.25
27.50
30.25
34.38
Channels for Data
Transmission Type 1002
Type 1005
Type 1006
Base R.ue
AT&T &WU
AT&T &WU
AT&T &WU
First 100 Miles,
$/mile/month
Next 150 Miles,
$/mile/month
Next 250 Miles,
$/mUe/month
Next 500 Miles,
$/mile/month
Additional Mileage,
$/mile/month
1.40
0.98
0.56·
0.42
0.28
Notes:
(1) DC refers to a telegraph-grade line as defined in the text. A carrier line requires data sets; see the Common-Carrier
Data Set Comparison Charts, Report 4600, for the data sets offered by the common carriers.
(2) WU refers to Western Union Telegraph Company. AT&T refers to the American Telephone and Telegraph Company and includes
the various operating companies within the Bell System. Many of the independent telephone companies offer services similar
to those offered by the Bell System. Western Union has redesigned its channels for data transmission to conform with those
offered by AT&T effective April 1, 1969.
(3) These rates were in effect April 1,1970, and are subject to change. The rates are based on a usage of 24 hours per day,
7 days per week. Partial usage Is not available. All costs shown are illustrative only. Western Union charges are for
channels other than Washington, D.C. metropolitan area channels.
(4) See supplementary table for Base Rate charge.
(5) A service terminal charge is applied for each city in which one or more terminal stations are located. Additional terminals
connected to the same line at the same point are charged for at a considerably lower rate than the initial terminal.
(6) Western Union states that in some applications a data set is not required; transmiSSion between the customer's station
and the exchange office is in de pulse form.
i.e., no terminals such as Teletype models 28 to 37 will be marketed for use at speeds below
300 bits per second on the switched network. At present. Western Union has not yet defined the
TWX service in its tariffs. The service, as described here. reflects operation under the
Bell System.
The Bell System TWX network provides subscribers with facilities for two-way manually keyed
or paper tape communication. There are two basic classes of TWX service.
•
TWX 60-Speed - provides 60-words-per-minute (45-bit-per-second) service via 5-level
teleprinter equipment prOVided by the Bell System.
•
TWX 100-Speed - provides IOO-word-per-minute (llO-bit-per-second) service via 8-level
(USASCI!) teleprinter equipment provided by the Bell System.
If deSired, a TWX station can be arranged to interface a customer-supplied business machine.
typically a computer, via the Bell System Data Set 811B. This arrangement is called a
TWX CPE (Customer Provided Equipment) station and is functionally identical to a baSic
2
AUERBACH Computer Technology Reports
3001-30
NARROWBAND FACILITIES
3100
TWX 60-Speed or TWX lOO-Speed station, with the computer replacing the teleprinter normally
supplied by the Bell System. The computer can communicate with any other station in the TWX
network.
TWX 60-Speed and TWX 100-Speed stations can freely intercommunicate via speed conversion
and code conversion equipment located at telephone company switching offices. Such intercommunication, however, is limited to 60 words per minute.
In. addition, a subscriber can utilize the TWX network circuits for two-way communication between customer-supplied business machines via a Bell System Data Set 103Al. This arrangement is called TWX CE. Two TWX CE services are available:
•
TWX CE (60-Speed) - provides service at up to 45 bits per second, with no code restrictions;
can alternate with TWX 60-Speed service.
•
TWX CE (IOO-Speed) - provides service at up to 150 bits per second, with no code restrictions; can alternate with TWX 100-Speed service.
A TWX CE station can be used for alternate types of service through a manual switching
arrangement. Alternate service possibilities include TWX 60-Speed/TWX CE (60-Speed) and
TWx 100-Speed/TWX CE (IOO-Speed). TWX CE stations are restricted to communication with
other TWX CE stations of like speed rating; e. g., a TWX CE (IOO-Speed) station cannot communicate with a TWX CE (60-Speed) station or any regular TWX station. Stations equipped for
alternate modes operate in one mode at a time and are subject to the same restrictions
mentioned above for each mode.
The equipment most commonly used with TWX 60-Speed service is the Teletype Model 28 KSR
(Keyboard Send-Receive) or ASR (Automatic Send-Receive) set. An RO (Receive-Only) set can
be supplied in addition to the other eqUipment, but not by itself. The characteristics of the
Teletype Model 28 line are described in the Communications Terminal Equipment reports; see
Report 6802.
The equipment furnished with TWX 100-Speed service is the Teletype Model 33 or Model 35 line
(see Reports 6804 and 6805). ASR and KSR sets are available in both lines. When supplied for
TWX operation, the Model 33 or 35 units include touch-tone dialing and built-in loudspeakers for
dial and call progress indication. The "HERE IS" and the "WRU" keys are part of an automatic
station identification feature, which is a relatively new concept for faster and more accurate
message handling and control. Both keys are standard features of TWX 100-Speed service.
Card Dialers, which use prepunched cards to dial station numbers automatically, are available
for both TWX 60-Speed and TWX 100-Speed service. Unattended service is optional on 60-Speed
service and standard on 100-Speed service. Unattended station equipment is arranged to
receive incoming communications automatically. Stations with capabilities for unattended operation are so designated in the TWX Directory •
Applications
TWX service finds its major market in companies that have relatively low-volume communications requirements with many separate locations. Examples are found in business firms that
are decentralized, having branch offices, suppliers, and distributors scattered over a wide area;
or chain organizations such as hotels and motels, department stores, and brokerage houses.
TWX also has great appeal to single-unit business organizations that have common interests with
other companies.
TWX service provides two-way communications connections, via telephone company switching
offices, to approximately 50, 000 other TWX stations listed in the US/Canada TWX Directory.
Conference and collect calls can also be initiated. Business forms can be used in the machines
in place of standard roll paper; this can expedite internal clerical operations and speed order
© 1970 AUERBACH Info, Inc.
3
3100
DATA COMMUNICATIONS
processing and delivery. Multiple-copy paper with interleaved carbon paper is available for
page-copy messages. The most basic choice in TWX service selection is between a manual
(KSR) machine for page copy only and an automatic (ASR) machine that provides both page copy
and paper tape operation.
A Bell System Communications Consultant can present information on all TWX features and
should be consulted early in any proposed TWX application.
How TWX Operates
When idle, the teleprinter motor is turned off and the dial on the control unit is inoperative.
A call is initiated by depressing the oruG key, which corresponds to picking up a telephone
handset. This signals the TWX exchange, which automatically recognizes the calling line and
transmits a proceed-to-dial signal corresponding to the dial tone.
The subscriber now dials a distant subscriber listed in the TWX directory, usually by dialing a
IO-digit number.
Within a second or so after the last digit has been dialed, the direct connection is established;
completion of the connection is indicated by a short tone and a typed answer-back code or firm
name. Stations equipped with automatic answering respond to a call by transmitting an answerback code (single letter V) or an answer-back identification (firm name or code). These stations
can be called on an unattended basis and are identified in the TWX listings by a special symbol.
If a station is not equipped for automatic answering, the operator must press the ANSWER
button and type the firm name in response to a call, or press the "here is" key.
Transmitting and Disconnecting
The message is terminated by the calling station operator by typing END and depressing the
CLR (clear) key. When the called station receives an END from the calling station, the called
station can respond by typing END or by sending a message and then typing END. If data is
transmitted from paper tape, an EOT code perforated in the tape is used to terminate the call.
If the called subscriber is busy, or if the call cannot be completed because the trunk circuits in
a particular section of the TWX network are busy, or if the called station is low on paper, or
faulty, an audible indication will be returned. In such cases, the subscriber depresses the CLR
key, which cancels the call.
When transmitting from a IOO-Speed station to a 60-Speed station, special consideration is required to avoid exceeding the transmission speed limit of the 60-Speed station. Transmission
from both the keyboard and paper tape reader is regulated by the TWX exchange. An indicator
lamp is provided on the IOO-Speed equipment to indicate excessive transmission speed. If transmission continues at an excessive speed, the keyboard is locked and transmission may be
terminated.
Certain characters cannot be sent between 60-Speed and IOO-Speed stations. When one of these
characters is transmitted, the receiving terminal wiU receive a reverse slant (\).
TWX service is provided on a 24-hour-per-day, 7-day-per-week baSiS, with message charges
on a per-minute basis. Calls are charged on the basis of a minimum of one minute, with each
additional minute charged at the same rate as the initial period; see Table IT.
4
AUERBACH Computer Technology Reports
3001-32
3100
NARROWBAND FACILITIES
TABLE II. BELL SYSTEM TWX AND TWX CPE MESSAGE CHARGES - TWO-POINT
CONNECTION*
Distance in Airline Miles
Over
Up to and
Including
0
50
110
185
280
400
550
750
1,030
1,430
2,000
50
110
185
280
400
550
750
1,030
1.430
2,000
-
Each Minute or
Fraction Thereof, **
$
0.20
0.25
0.30
0.35
0.40
0.45
0.50
0.55
0.60
0.65
0.70
*These rates were in effect April 1, 1970, and are subject to change.
**On collect calls, add $0.25 per call to the total charge.
In addition to the message charges, there is a monthly charge based on the terminal equipment
supplied; see Table ill. The equipment charge for a TWX CPE station is $30 per month, which
includes subscriber access to the appropriate exchange and connecting equipment, but no input!
output equipment. Teleprinters can be leased from the Bell System and used at the TWX CPE
station, in which case the total monthly equipment charge will be the same as the charge for the
equivalent TWX station.
3.2
Western union Telex Service
Description
Western Union offers a subscriber-dialing service, called Telex, that permits intercity written
or punched paper tape communication between subscribers in major cities throughout the United
States, CaniWa, and Mexico. Messages can be transmitted at a maximum speed of 66 words per
minute (50 bits per second). Provisions are available to connect a subscriber's business
machines into the Telex network with no restrictions on intercommunication.
Telex service operates in a manner similar to TWX, except that the transmission speed is 50
bits per second. Charges are based only on time used; there is no minimum. Unattended operation of the station equipment and self-identification of all units on the network are provided.
How Telex Operates
When idle, the printer of the subscriber set is turned off and the dial on the control unit is
inactive. A call is initiated by depressing the START key, which corresponds to picking up a
telephone handset. This signals the Telex exchange, which automatically recognizes the calling
line and transmits a proceed-to-dial signal corresponding to the dial tone, thereby lighting, the
dial lamp at the subscriber station.
The subscriber now dials a distant subscriber listed in the Telex directory, usually by dialing a
6- or 7-digit number.
© 1970 AUERBACH Info, Inc.
3001-33
5
DATA COMMUNICATIONS
3100
TABLE
m.
TWX APPROXIMATE SERVICE AND EQUIPMENT CHARGES (1)
Terminal
Equipment (2)
Monthly Service and Equipment Charge, $/month (3)
Basic Equipment
60-Speed service with:
15 KSR
19 ASR
28 KSR
28 ASR (4)
28 ASR (5)
28 RO
100-Speed service with:
33KSR
33 ASR
33 RO
35 KSR
35 ASR
35 RO
45
65
60
95
105
-
50
65
-
85
120
-
Additional Equipment
-
65
55
90
-
50
45
55
30
80
115
55
Notes:
(1) There is an installation charge of $50, which applies to the basic service
and to additional teleprinters.
(2) Many special features and arrangements are available in addition to the
basic equipment listed here.
(3) These rates were in effect April 1, 1970 and are subject to change.
(4) Single contact distributor.
(5) Multiple contact distributor.
Within a few seconds after the last digit has been dialed, the direct connection is established;
completion of the connection is indicated when the teleprinter motors and Operate lamps of both
the calling and called subscribers are turned on.
The operating procedure now requires the calling subscriber to initiate an exchange of answerback to identify the two subscriber stations to each other. These two functions occur in turn, as
the calling subscriber first transmits the ''who-are-you'' (uppercase D) signal, which triggers
the answer-back of the called subscriber. After receiving the identification on the page copy,
the calling subscriber depresses an auxiliary "here is" key, which triggers his own answer-back
device and thereby identifies him to the called subscriber. A typical exchange of answer-backs,
as it would appear on the page copy of both subscribers, is:
CONTLCOFFE NYK (called subscriber)
CONTLCOFFE CGO (calling subscriber)
Transmitting and DisconnActing
Just prior to terminating the connection, or at any time during transmission, either subscriber
can trigger the answer-back on the distant printer. This will verify circuit continuity and
reception of the transmitted signals. Either the calling or called subscriber can terminate the
connection by depressing the STOP key on the control unit. When this occurs, the connection is
released sequentially through one or more Telex exchanges, beginning at the calling-subscriber
end.
. 6
AUERBACH Computer Technology Reports
3001-34
NARROWBAND FACILITIES
3100
If the called subscriber's line is in use, or if the call cannot be completed because there is a
shortage of trunk circuits in a particular section of the Telex network, a busy signal will be
returned; this will momentarily turn on the teleprinter motor and Operate lamp of the calling
subscriber. If a call is made to a subscriber whose line or equipment is faulty, or if the paper
supply is too low and needs replacing, the calling subscriber receives a busy signal. In such
cases, the subscriber depresses the STOP key, which cancels the call and enables him to redial
and report the condition to a local supervisory position.
Western Union Local Positions
Subscribers may communicate directly with the Telegraph Company's local pOSitions in their
own city for the purpose of sending and receiving public message traffic or for obtaining
supervisory assistance in using the Telex service. By dialing 111, the subscriber is connected
to one of a group of page receiving-only positions in the tie-line message section. Dialing 119
connects the subscriber to an information center which is equipped to furnish current changes in
the Telex directory or to handle any subscriber's operating difficulties.
Telex message charges are based on 12 rate areas bounded by state lines. Table IV is a
schedule of the usage charges for Telex calls. The rates are shown in terms of cost per
minute, but fractions of minutes are charged to the nearest 2.5 cents; there is no minimum.
In addition to the Telex message charges, the following equipment charges apply:
•
Teleprinter sending and receiving station (Teletype Model 32 KSR) - $40.00 per month.
•
Automatic punched paper tape sending and receiving equipment - $15.00 per month
additional •
•
Adapter for interfacing with customer's business machine - $5.75 to $40.50 per month
plus installation charges.
Teletype Model 28 KSR and ASR sets are available at higher rates for heavy-duty service.
Telex Computer Communications Service (TCCS)
Western Union Telex Computer Communications Service (TCCS) is a computer service linked
with the Telex system which permits the transmission of messages from a Telex station to
another Telex station or to a Bell System TWX 60-Speed or 100-Speed station on a torn-tape
basis.
Connection to the TCCS system is established by the standard Telex operating procedures, including automatically exchanged answer-backs between the computer and the Telex subscriber
station. The transmission consists of the appropriate address, routing, and control function
information, in a prescribed format, followed by the message and sending-terminal identification. An acknowledgment is automatically transmitted by the computer following an end-ofmessage transmission from the subscriber. The acknowledgment indicates that the message
. was received and accepted for processing and forwarding. The text and sending-terminal
identification of multiple-address messages are transmitted only one time by the subscriber.
Certain characters cannot be transmitted from a Telex station to a TWX station.
TCCS messages are normally handled in the order of their receipt. In the case of nondelivery,
the Telex subscriber is notified and an explanation is provided. No charge is made for a nondelivered message.
© 1970 AUERBACH Info, Inc.
7
DATA COMMUNICATIONS
3100
TABLE IV. TELEX USAGE CHARGES*
BETWEEN
AREAS
1
2
1
17-1/2
2
30
17-1/2
3
30
30
17-1/2
4
45
30
30
17-1/2
5
45
45
30
45
17-1/2
6
45
45
30
30
30
17-1/2
7
45
45
45
30
45
30
17-1/2
8
60
60
45
45
30
30
45
17-1/2
17-1/2
3
4
5
6
7
.8
9
9
60
60
45
45
30
30
30
30
10
10
60
60
45
45
45
45
30
45
30
17-1/2
11
60
60
60
60
45
45
45
30
30
45
17-1/2
12
60
60
60
60
45
45
45
30
30
30
30
11
12
17-1/21
*Rates are expressed in cents per minute between rate areas. No minimum applies. Fractions of minutes are
proportionately charged for. A 28% discount applies for usage in excess of $137.50 recorded during any monthly
billing period. These rates were in effect July 1, 1970, and are subject to change.
RATE
AREA
STATE
Alabama..... .••• •. •••• •••••••••• •••••
Arizona ••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••
4
10
Arkansas ••• " ••••• , •••••• ,. •. •••• •••••
4
California. • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • ••
Colorado ••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••
Connecticut ••••••••••••••••••••••••••••
Delaware •••••••.•••••••••••••••••••••
District of Columbia •••..•••••••••••••••••
Florida •••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••
Georgia. • . • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • ••
Idaho ••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••
illinois •••••••••••.••••••••••••.••••••
12
Indiana ••.•..•••.•••••••••••••.•••••••
Iowa •••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••
Kansas
•••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••
Ken~~ •••••.•••••••••••••.••••••••••
LoUISIana • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
Maine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Maryland •••••••••••••••••••••••••••••
Massachusetts ••••••••••••••••••••••••••
Michigan ••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••
Minnesota •••••••••••••••••••••••••.•••
Mississippi ••••••••••••••••••••••••••••
Missouri •••.••.•••••••••••••••••••••••
Montana . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9
1
1
1
2
2
11
3
3
6
6
3
4
1
1
1
3
5
4
6
8
STATE
RATE
AREA
Nebraska •••••••••••••••••••••••••••• ,
6
Nevada ••••• , . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
New Hampshire • • • • • • • • •.• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
1
New Jersey. • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
1
New Mexico •••.••••••••••.•••••••••••• 10
New y o r k . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ••••••••• •••••
1
North Carolina •••••••••••••••••••••••••
2
Nor'".h Dakota ••••••••••••••••••••••••••
5
Ohio. ••••••••••• •• •• •• •• ••••• • • • • ••• 3
Oklahoma. • • • • • • • • • • •• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
7
Oregon ••••.••••••••••••••••••••.•••• 11
Pennsylvania . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1
Rhode Island • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • ••
1
South Carolina . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2
South Dakota ••••••••••••••••••••••••••
5
Tennessee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4
Texas....... • ••• . . . . . . . . •• ••••••••••
7
utah . . . . . . '" ••••••• •••••• ••• •••••••
9
Vermont •••••••••••••••••••••••••••••
1
Virginia. • • • • • • • • • • •• • • • • • • • •• • • • • • • • •
1
Washington. • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •• 11
West Virginia • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
1
Wisconsin •••••••••.•••••••••.•••.••••
5
Wyoming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8
TCCS message charges for transmission between two Telex subscribers are the same as regular
Telex subscriber charges (see Table IV) and are applied against each message forwarded to a
subscriber station. A nominal service charge is added to the message charge for each forwarded
message.
TCCSsingle-message charges for message forwarding between Telex and TWX stations are
based on the distance between the communicating terminals and the length of the call. A nominal
service charge.is also applied against each forwarded message. Table V is a schedule of the
usage charges for single-message Telex-to-TWX calls. The rates are shown in terms of cost
per minute; there is no minimum charge.
•
8
AUERBACH Computer Technology Reports
3001-36
3100
NARROWBAND FACILITIES
TABLE V. TCCS USAGE CHARGES* FOR TELEX-TO-TWX CALLS
BETWEEN
AREAS
1
1
35
2
2
65
35
3
3
65
65
35
4
4
85
65
65
35
5
5
85
85
65
85
35
6
6
85
85
65
65
65
35
7
7
85
85
85
65
85
65
35
8
8
115
115
85
85
65
65
85
35
9
9
115
115
85
85
65
65
65
65
35
10
10
115
115
85
85
85
85
65
85
65
35
11
11
115
115
115
115
85
85
85
65
65
85
35
12
12
115
115
115
115
85
85
85
65
65
65
65
35
I
*Rates are expressed in cents for each minute or fraction thereof between rate areas.
The rate area for the TWX station is the Telex rate area within which the TWX station
is located. These rates were in effect July 1. 1970. for TCCS usage within the
continental United states (except Alaska), and are subject to change.
Western Union offers TCCS service between the hours of 8:00 a.m. and 11:00 p.m.
Eastern Time, except on Saturdays, Sundays, and certain holidays. Consult the local
Western Union office for further details.
Charges for each delivery of a multiple-address message transmitted from one Telex station to
several other Telex or TWX stations are as described previously, depending on whether TWX or
Telex is used for delivery. The amount of time used to calculate usage charges for each
individual message is made up of two segments: (a) a pro rata share of the elapsed time from
beginning of connection to beginning of text, and (b) the time elapsed in transmitting the text,
signature, and end-of-message sequence.
3.3
Public Telegraph Message Network
The public telegraph network is a store-and-forward message switching service operated by
Western Union. There are no connections between the Western Union Telex network and the
public network. Western Union states that there are no present plans to provide private subscriber facilities to permit private data communications via the public network.
© 1970 AUERBACH Info, Inc.
3001-37
9
DATA COMMUNICATIONS
3100
4.
MULTISTATION LEASED NARROWBAND SYSTEMS
A number of "packaged" multistation systems are available for lease from the common carriers.
The available systems vary in the degree of control and type of intercommunication provided
among the stations in the network. Generally, these systems are oriented toward providing
written message communications via teleprinters. A few of these packaged systems are briefly
described in the following paragraphs to illustrate the range of facilities available in systems of
this type. No price information is presented because each installation is tailored for a particular
application; details can be obtained from the common-carrier communications consultants.
4.1
Selective Calling Systems
This type of system permits anyone point in the network to call any other point; other stations in
the network do not receive the message. Usually this. type of system uses a single line with
multiple stations, sometimes called ''Way stations," connected to it. In addition to the teleprinters at each station, a special device is required that can recognize and respond to a specific
address code for that station. This device is frequently referred to as a "stunt box." Some stunt
boxes can control tabulation or other functions as well as performing address recognition.
The usual method of controlling the transmissions of multiple stations over one line involves
equipping each station with a timer. When a station is ready to transmit, the operator presses
the start button; as soon as the line becomes free, the timer starts and the station begins to
"time out." When the speCified time period has elapsed, transmission beings, provided that no
other station has started transmission. In that case, the timer is reset and the station waits for
the line to become free again. Setting the timer at each station for a different time interval
eliminates the possibility of two stations attempting to transmit simultaneously.
The Western Union Way Operated Circuit System is an example of a selective calling system.
It utilizes Teletype Model 28 equipment and is designed for use with one half-duplex circuit.
4.2
Polling Systems
A further degree of sophistication in the control of multiple stations on a single circuit is provided by polling systems. In this type of system, one station is designated as the control station
and is equipped with additional hardware. The control station periodically addresses (polls) each
station, inviting the remote station to transmit message traffic. If the remote station has a message to transmit, it does so; usually any remote station is permitted to address any other station
on the circuit. If the polled remote station does not have a message to transmit, it transmits a
specific code to the control station, usually the letter "V." The control station then polls the
next station on the circuit.
Special features usually incorporated in polling systems include facilities for handling priority
messages, conference calls, and messages to be sent to multiple points (multiple-address
messages).
Some of the packaged plans offered by the Bell System and Western Union, and their distinguishing characteristics, are as follows:
It
Bell System 83Al - uses Teletype Model 28 equipment and stunt box selection; operates
over a manual half-duplex multipoint line.
•
Bell System 83B2 - uses Teletype Model 28 equipment and operates over an automatic halfduplex multipoint line; up to 400 stations can be accommodated.
•
Bell System 83B3 - similar to 83B2, but features abigher polling rate.
10
AUERBACH Computer Technology Reports
3001-38
NARROWBAND FACILITIES
3100
•
Bell System 8Al * - similar to 83B2, but uses Teletype Model 35 equipment; allows for
automatic and/or keyboard transmission. This offering is being replaced by 85A1.
•
Bell System 8Bl* - similar to 8Al, but operates over a full-duplex line. This offering is
being replaced by 86B1.
•
85Al - 100 speed, half-duplex tape system using Teletype Model 33 and 35 equipment;
replaces System 8A1.
•
85A2 - 150 speed, half-duplex tape system using Teletype Model 37 equipment.
•
86B1 - 100 speed, full-duplex tape system using Teletype Model 33 and 35 equipment;
replaces System 8 Bl.
•
86B2 - 150 speed, full-duplex tape system using Teletype Model 37 equipment.
•
Western Union Plans 115A and 115B** - utilize Teletype Model 28 equipment and operate
over a half-duplex line. The 115A system uses electromechanical control equipment, and
the 115B uses solid-state control equipment. Either system can accommodate up to 20
transmitting stations.
•
Western Union Plan 116 - utilizes Teletype Model 28 ASR equipment and operates over a
full-dupLex line. This system has been replaced by Plan 117.
•
Western Union Plans 117A and 117B** - similar to Plans 115A and 115B, but operate over
a full-duplex line. The A and B versions differ as described under Plan 115.
•
Western Union Plan 135** - similar to Plan 115B except that it utilizes Teletype Model 35
equipment.
•
Western Union Plan 137** - similar to Plan 117B except that it utilizes Teletype Model 35
equipment.
•
Western Union Plan 1215A - utilizes Teletype Telespeed 1050 equipment or Mohawk Model
1103 Data Recorders for tape-to-tape data transmission at 1,050 or 1, 200 bits per second,
respectively. Plan 1215A can accommodate up to eight stations on a half-duplex line.
4.3
store-and-Forward Message-Switching Systems
When the traffic Load becomes too Large to handle by means of a single-line way-station arrangement, multiple circuits must be employed. One important technique for controUing the communications between two points in a network is called "store-and-forward message switching. "
The basic idea in a store-and-forward message-switching system is that all circuits shall
terminate in a single central control center. (Large, complex networks may include two or
more control centers, which are usually linked together by high-speed communications lines.)
All messages are transmitted to a control center, where they are temporarily stored (usually
on punched tape) and then retransmitted to the addressed station or stations (or to another control center) when the appropriate outgoing line becomes free. The common carriers offer a
number of store-and-forward systems for punched tape operation, with varying degrees of
automated handling of traffic. ***
*Bell Systems 8Al and 8B1 employ 8-level USASCn transmission code. System 8A1 can be
controlled by a computer; Systems 8 B1, 85 and 86 must be computer controlled.
**Plan 115B, 117B, 135, or 137 systems can be controlled by a computer.
***Refer to Report 2400 for a detailed discussion of computer-controlled message-switching
systems.
© 1970 AUERBACH Info, Inc.
3001-39
11
DATA COMMUNICATIONS
3100
There are three basic types:
•
Manual Torn-Tape Switching Systems - Incoming messages are reperforated at the control
center, where an operator tears the tape from the receiver, reads the address header, and
physically carries it across the office to the appropriate sending station. If traffic on a
particular outgoing line is heavy, a message queue will need to be maintained, or alternate
sending units can be used. Once the tape has been inserted in a sending unit, the message
will be transmitted automatically when the line becomes free. Complex message wmbering
plans are usually needed in busy control centers to ensure that no message will be discarded
before it has been transmitted.
•
Semiautomatic Switching Systems - Incoming messages are reperforated at the control
center, but mayor may not be torn off. The sending station is located near the receiving
station. The operator reads the address and inserts the message tape into the sending unit.
The message's destination is selected by pushbuttons on the sending unit, or "transmitterdistributor. "
•
Automatic Switching Systems - Incoming messages are reperforated at the control center,
where control equipment interprets the address header and retransmits the message to the
proper destination(s). In some systems, the message is transmitted across the office to the
sending station, where it is reperforated again and then transmitted; these are called
"double-storage" systems.
The primary advantage of a store-and-forward message-switching system is that it promotes
efficient utilization of the communications lines. This is done at the expense of delays in the
delivery of messages. Various priority plans are used to ensure rapid delivery of important
messages.
The packaged store-and-forward message-switching systems currently offered by the common
carriers all utilize 5-1evel transmission codes, and include:
•
Western Union Plan 111 - a manual torn-tape system for up to three receive and six send
circuits; up to 8 or 16 stations can share each cirCUit on a party-line basis. This system
uses Teletype Model 19 or Model 28 ASR eqUipment and full-duplex communications lines.
Operation can be at 60 or 75 words per minute.
•
Western Union Plan 55A - a double-storage automatic switching system, originally built by
Western Union for the U. S. Air Force, that operates at 100 words per minute over fullduplex lines. Plan 55A is being replaced by AUTODIN, a Department of Defense communications network.
•
Western Union Plan 56 - an automatic switching system for up to 20 (56A) or 40 (56B)
half-duplex or full-duplex circuits operating at 75 words per minute (56A) or at 60, 75, or
100 words per miwte (56B).
•
Bell System 81D1 - a double-storage automatic switching system for operation at 60, 75,
or 100 words per minUte over full-duplex communications lines. Remote stations utilize
Teletype Model 28 ASR and RO sets.
•
Bell System 82B1 - an automatic switching system similar to Western Union Plan 55A,
originally built by the Bell System for the U. S. Navy.
4.4
Circuit-Switching Systems
Another approach to controlling multiple communications lines is the use of a Circuit-switching
system. In this type of system, a direct electrical connection is established between two points
wishing to communicate. The chief advantage of cirCuit-switching systems is the speed at which
- messages can be delivered as compared with the store-and-forward systems" However, to
12
AUERBACH Computer Technology Reports
3001-40
NARROWBAND FACILITIES
3100
prevent an excessive number of "busy line" conditions, which defeats the idea of quick, direct
connections, more lines will he needed in a circuit-switching system than in an equivalent storeand-forward system.
One such circuit-switching system offered by Western Union is Private Wire Service (PWS)
Telex. This service operates in a manner similar to the general switched Telex service offered
by Western Union (see Paragraph 3.2), and actually uses some of the same circuitry. PWS
Telex provides intercommunication at 50 hits per second on a switched-circuit basis among a
number of stations; in general, no intercommunication is permitted between a PWS Telex system
and the general switched Telex network.
© 1970 AUERBACH Info, Inc.
13
A•
AUERBACH
COMPUTER
TECHNOLOGY
REPORTS
AUERBACH
1.
I
COMMON-CARRIER
VOICEBAND FACILITIES
3200
VOICE BAND
The channel bandwidth traditionally used to transmit human-voice communications is approximately 3,000 Hz; this bandwidth represents a reasonable balance between transmission quality
and cost.
As the need for communications facilities has increased, it has become practical - and in many
cases an economic necessity - to use communications channels of very large bandwidths and to
divide these channels into a number of independent voiceband paths. The channel separation of
these "derived channels" is about 4, 000 Hz, and the effective bandwidth of each voiceband path
corresponds to the traditional 3,000 Hz. In general, the common carriers make no distinction
between the phYSical facilities used for voice transmission and those for data transmiSSion; the
same facility can be used in a voice, data, or alternate VOice/data arrangement. Specially conditioned leased lines are available to enhance data transmission.
The method of transmission used for nearly all voiceband data communications is the carrier
method, as described in Paragraph 1 of Report 3100. Data sets are required at each end of the
line to modulate and demodulate the data signals.
Data sets currently available with COmmon-carrier facilities permit data transmission at up to
3,600 bits per second over the public switched telephone network and up to 7,200 bits per second
over leased lines. A comprehensive list of the common-carrier data sets is presented in the
Data Set Comparison Charts, Report 4600.
Telephone coupler data sets can be used in conjunction with a conventional office telephone (Bell
System Series 500) when portable operation of a data communications terminal over the public
telephone network is desired. Telephone coupler data sets are presented in the Telephone
Coupler Data Set Comparison Charts, Report 4640.
Data sets directly available from manufacturers, referred to as noncommon-carrier data sets
provide the user with a broad spectrum of operating characteristics to meet a variety of applications. These data sets or modems (modulator-demodulator) permit data transmission rates
of up to 9,600 bits per second over leased voiceband facilities. A comprehensive list of the
noncommon-carrier sets is presented in the Noncommon-Carrier Data Set Comparison Charts,
Report 4620. Most independent telephone companies supply these same data sets for use on
their own facilities. Regulations governing the use of these data sets vary among the various
Bell System operating companies and independent telephone companies; it is advisable to check
with the local telephone company communications consultant.
Previously, the use of noncommon-carrier data sets was restricted to leased or privately owned
voiceband lines; i. e., telephone companies did not authorize their use on the public telephone
network prior to January 1, 1969. This restriction was altered in the recent A T& T tariff concerning foreign attachments. The new tariff permits noncommon-carrier data sets to be connected to the. public telephone network via a protective connecting device, referred to by A T& T
as a Data Access Arrangement. This device, furnished by the telephone company at a nominal
charge, ensures that the electrical signals from the noncommon-carrier data set do not exceed
the power level restrictions of the public telephone network to prevent interference with other
telephone services.
The Data Access Arrangement is furnished with a conventional Bell System Series 500 Telephone
Set, which provides the ncessary network control signaling functions, i. e., the hook SWitch,
data key, and dialing mechanism (Touch-Tone or rotary dialing). With this arrangement, a
call is placed in the conventional manner using the telephone set. Following operator coordination, the transmitting operator switches to the data mode by depressing the data key on the telephone set, and data transmission begins. The call is completed by returning the data key to the
normal poSition and hanging up. Received calls are also handled in the conventional ma.nner
with the additional operation of the data key to switch to the data mode.
© 1970 AUERBACH Info, Inc.
3200
DATACC~MMUNICATJONS
Telephone companies maintain the exclusive right to provide all network control signaling functions required for the public telephone network. A T& T presently offers three versions of the
Data Access Arrangement: manual, automatic (unattended answering and calling), and automatic
with customer-provided dial pulsing equipment. The latter version can be supplied with or without integral power supply. This protective connecting device is not required for the telephone
coupler data sets described under Paragraph 1.
2.
LEASED VOICEBAND SERVICES
2.1 Dati Channels
The leased voiceb~ facilities offered by the major common carriers are summarized in Table L
All of the data chamiels listed have a nominal bandwidth of 4, 000 Hz. The primary differences
between the various channels are in the conditioning to meet different requirements for envelope
delay and frequency response characteristics.
The Type 4001 data channel offered by AT& T was developed for the SAGE system; the tariff
specifies that this channel shall be capable of transmitting data at I, 300 or I, 600 bits per second
at an error rate of no higher than 1 bit in 100,000. A T& T states that Type 4001 channels have
not found many commercial applications, due prima,rily to their high cost.
The Type 4002 telephoto channel offered by A T& T and Western Union provides for facsimile
transmission between the frequencies of 1,200 Hz and 2,600 Hz. The Type 4002 channel effective bandwidth can be increased to provide facsimile transmission between frequencies of 800
Hz and 2,800 Hz by applying special conditioning to the channel at extra cost.
Check with your local common-carrier communications consultant for recommendations as to the
most suitable type of data channel for specific application.
In general the basic charges for
a. leased line include the following items:
•
Service Terminal - recurring and installation charges applied for
terminating and connecting an interstate interchange channel to stations.
•
Inter-Exchange Mileage Charge - a recurring charge for the communications line itself, based on the distance between exchanges.
•
Conditioning Arrangement - a recurring charge for special conditioning
of the line characteristics to meet specific envelope delay and frequency
response requirements.
•
Installation - a one-time charge usually applied for each terminal;
a rule of thumb is that the installation charge is roughly equivalent
to one month's recurring terminal charge.
The service terminal charge is applied only to interstate services and replaces the combined
channel terminal and local channel charges in effect prior to August I, 1967. The old rate
structure is maintained for Bell's intrastate services.
In addition, the common carriers offer a wide range of Switching configurations to permit flexible arrangements; check with your local common-carrier communications consultant.
2
AUERBACH Computer Technology Reports
3001-44
COMMON-CARRIER VOICEBAND FACILITIES
3.
3200
PUBLIC SWITCHED VOICEBAND SERVICES
3. 1 Public Switched Telephone Network
Description
The public switched telephone network, which is operated by the operating companies of the
Bell System and by independent telephone companies, is available for the transmission of digital
data, currently at practical rates of up to 3, 600 bits per second. In the Bell System this type of
service is called Data-Phone Service. Many of the independent telephone companies provide
similar services and often use Bell System components. Included among the many facilities
available through use of the public telephone network are:
•
Direct Distance Dialing (DDD) - allows direct dialing of most points in the
public system; additional exchanges are continually being added to the list of
dialable points.
•
Foreign Exchange - provides a permanent leased connection between a subscriber and
an exchange other than his local exchange. This facility allows calls to or from the
point serviced by the "foreign" exchange to be made at the ~ocal message rate for that
exchange, and becomes economical if such traffic is heavy.
•
Private Branch Exchange (PBX) - provides a local private exchange for a subscriber, typically a company with many extension phones. This permits intercommunication among extension phones and outside calling facilities. PBX
facilities can range from operator-connected lines to completely automtic exchanges.
Business machines can be connected to any of the public telephone network facilities via common-carrier-supplied data sets (modems) or by a noncommon-carrier data set via the Data
Access Arrangement described under Paragraph 1 of this section. The line of Data-Phone Data
Sets offered by the Bell System is summarized in the Data Set Comparison Charts, Report 4600.
Most of the independent telephone companies offer equivalent facilities.
Several new facilities are being developed by the Bell System for the public switched telephone
network. Included among these is Electronic Switching Service (ESS), which will reduce the time
needed to make connections and offer a variety of new services to telephone subscribers. TouchTone data transmission, which permits a subscriber to use the ordinary Touch-Tone telephone
handset for digital data input, is now widely available.
Other interesting developments for use with the public telephone network include acoustical
coupling devices which are being produced by several manufacturers; see Report 4640.
These devices provide a nonphysical coupling between a business machine and the public telephone network via an ordinary telephone set, which opens the way for truly portable data communications terminals. The use of these devices is subject to restrictions imposed by the
various regulatory agencies.
Applications
The primary advantage offered by the public telephone network for data communications is the
ease with which a widespread data communications network can be implemented. Virtually
every area of the United States is served by the Bell System or an independent telephone company with connections to the Bell System, and hence is a potential location for a data communications terminal. Another advantage of the public telephone system is the multiple paths which
are usually available between any two points; a line malfunction usually results in the loss of
only the time required to reinitiate the call.
(continued on page 5)
© 1970 AUERBACH Info, Inc.
3
(.d
TABLE I. LEASED VOICEBAND DATA CHANNEIB
N
o
o
illustrative Rates (1)
Data ChaIlllel (2)
Approx. Max.
Data Rate
bits/sec (3)
Available
From
Mileage Charge,
$/mile/month
Half-Duplex
Type 3002 Unconditioned
Conditioned:
Type C1
Type C2
Type C3
Type C4
Type 4001
Type 4002
Unconditioned
Conditioned
»
c
m
::0
OJ
»
(')
J:
(')
o
Base
Rate
Base Rate A
Base Rate B
Base Rate C
Service Terminal
Charge, $/month
Full-Duplex
Half-Duplex
Full-Duplex
2,400
AT&T & WU
Base Rate A
Base Rate A + 10%
12.50
13.75
2,400
2,400
2,400
2,400
1,600
AT&T
AT&T
AT&T
AT&T
AT&T
Base
Base
Base
Base
Base
Base
Base
Base
Ba:se
Base
A+10%
A+10%
A+10%
A + 10%
B + 25%
12.50
12.50
(4)
12.50
25.00
13.75
13.75
13.75
30.00
Base Rate C +10%
Base Rate C +10%
60.00
60.00
60.00
60.00
& WU
& WU
& WU
& WU
1,200 to 2,600 Hz(5) AT&T & WU
800 to 2,800 Hz(5)
AT&T & WU
First 25
Miles,
$/mile/month
3.00
4.00
4.00
Next 75
Miles,
$/mile/month
2.10
4.00
2.80
A
A
A
A
B
Base Rate C
Base Rate C
Next 150
Miles,
$/mile/month
1.50
4.00
2.00
Rate
Rate
Rate
Rate
Rate
Next 250
Miles,
$/mile/month
1.05
3.00
1.40
Rate
Rate
Rate
Rate
Rate
Next 500
Miles,
$/mile/month
0.75
2.35
1.00
0.75
1.65
1.00
5.00
19.00
(4)
30.00
-
Next 500
Miles,
$/mile/month
ChaIlllel
Conditioning
Charge,
$/month
-
-
(5)
Additional
Mileage,
$/mile/month
0.75
1.40
1. 00
3
"'0
r::
....
Notes:
-l
co
(1) These rates are for interstate service. The rates for AT&T were in effect April 1, 1970; those for Western Union were
in effect July 5, 1970. All rates are subject to change and are illustrative only. The rates presented are for two-point
service not arranged for switching and include only the initial terminal connection to a sElrvice point. Additional terminals
connected to the same line at the same point, including additional chaitnel conditioning, are charged for at a considerably
lower rate than the initial terminal connection. Western Union rates are for chaIlllels other than Washington Metropolitan
Area chaIlllels.
o
(Notes continued on page 5)
..,
C1)
C1)
(")
::::;
~
o
0 ~
B.!:i 2 -g
1
.r::· o '"
'"
4 kHz
$.20
.25
.30
.35
.45
.45
.55
1 () .S ~
7
.55
.65
5 1 () Q) ~
{l
.75
8
.65
4 3 1 U (ij Q;
'0.
o i::
co
4 4 2 1
Q)'o
Indicated charge applies for first minute or
5 5 5 6 1 0 ~ -g 'E
fraction thereof. Fractional minutes beyond
o (5co t0 c '0
.~
the first minute on each call are charged
6 5 6 6 5 1
for in tenths of minutes.
r--.:ol-"4~':;4-"4:-';3-"4;-';3--;3;-:;'1----;6:-6ic- 1
'" ~ g.
Grand Rapids, Mich. 1--,:3--,5=---=4--,5=---=4 5 2 3 3 5 6 2 1 J: 5 ~ c
4 5 3 1 3 5 5 5 4 6 7 4 5 1 J: u lil
.i!'
Hartford, Conn.
Houston, Texas
6 5 6 7 6 5 5 5 6 3 5 6 6 6 1 E ~ :[ ~ ~
Indianapolis, Ind.
3 4 4 5 4 4 2 1 3 5 6 3 3 5 54 41 1 ~
«g' ~
Jackson, Miss.
5 4 5 6 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 5 5 6
'"
Joplin, Mo.
5 5 6 6 5 5 4 4 5 4 5 5 5 6 4 4 4 1 :>:: ...J~ .~
~a. ~Q) ."'_
.~
Kansas City, Mo.
5 5 6 6 5 5 4 4 5 4 4 5 4 6 5 4 4 2 1
.3 E ~
Los Angeles, Calif.
7 7 8 8 7 7 7 7 7 6 5 7 7 8 6 7 7 6 6 1
~ ~ '" ~ c
4 4 4 5 4 4 3 2 4 5 6 4 4 5 54 41 42 43 44 77 31 1 ~.~ .~ ~ ~ ():e:
Louisville, Ky.
Memphis, Tenn.
5 4 5 6 5 4 4 4 5 4 5 5 4 6
~ _
Milwaukee, Wis.
4 5 5 5 4 5 1 4 4 5 5 3 1 5 6 3 5 4 4 7 4 4 1 ::;;: ~
Minneapolis, Minn.
5 5 5 6 5 5 4 5 5 5 5 4 4 6 6 4 5 4 4 6 5 5 4 1 z ~ >Nashville, Tenn.
4 3 5 5 5 4 4 3 4 5 6 4 4 5 5 3 4 4 4 7 2 2 4 5 1 z ~ ~ '"
New Orleans, La.
5 4 6 6 6 5 5 5 5 4 6 5 5 6 3 5 2 4 5 7 5 4 5 6 4 1 z :;;; ~ a; .r::
New York, N. Y.
4 5 2 2 3 4 5 4 4 6 7 4 5 2 6 5 6 6 6 8 5 5 5 6 5 6 1
E 1il 2'
Oklahoma City, Okla.
l .E -g
Omaha, Nebr.
1_-,,5,---,5~~6~6~~5---,5~.:;4---,5~~5~5~4~-,5~.:;4-:6~:;.5....::4~5:;--;4:--2~-;;6:--.:4;---;;:4--,4;--;3:--.:5~-;;5~6~~4-;~;-,,:-Q.
.!!! ~ ~
Philadelphia, Pa.
4 5 1 4 3 4 5 4 4 6 7 4 4 3 6 4 5 6 6 8 4 5 5 6 5 6 2 6 6 ~o.. '§ :2
Pittsburgh, Pa.
1 4 3 4 3 4 4 3 1 6 6 2 4 4 6 4 5 5 5 7 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 6 5 3
~ 'E ~
Portland, Ore.
1---,;7,........:7~~8~8~~7~8~~7--;7;-~7--;7;-~5~7;-~7~8~~7-.:;7;-~7--;7;-6;;--i:5,.....,7;--;7,..-:;.7......:.:6:---7;--;7-;8;;--;;6~6;-.:.;8--:7;- 1 Q. g ~ ~
4
4
4
2
6
6
a:
5
8.
'"
° (; g'"
):>
C
m
:r:J
OJ
):>
(")
::r:
(")
o
3
"0
C
....
"'"
-I
Cl)
Cl)
(")
::r
::I
Q.
o
'"
%
°
:===~5~=5~=~6=~6~=~6=~5~=~5=~5~=~5=~3~=~4:::~5~:::~5=~6~:::~4=~5~=~4=~3t=4~=~6=j5~=~4==~5=~5t=5~=~5=~6~=~~_")0
~
E
NN
Providence, R. I.
Rochester, N. Y.
Rockford, III.
Sacramento, Calif.
SI. Louis, Mo.
SI. Paul, Minn.
San Francisco, Calif.
Seattle, Wash.
Syracuse, N. Y.
Tulsa, Okla.
Washington, D. C.
Wichita Kans.
4
3
4
7
4
5
7
7
3
5
3
5
5
5
5
7
4
5
7
7
5
5
4
5
4
3
5
8
5
5
8
B
3
6
1
6
1
4
5
8
6
6
8
8
3
6
4
6
4
1
4
7
5
5
8
7
1
6
3
6
5
4
5
7
4
5
8
8
4
5
4
5
5
4
1
7
3
4
7
7
4
4
5
4
5
4
4
7
4
4
7
7
4
5
4
5
4
3
4
7
4
5
7
7
3
5
3
5
6
6
5
6
4
5
6
7
6
3
6
4
7
6
5
5
5
5
5
6
6
4
6
4
5
3
4
7
4
4
7
7
4
5
4
5
5
4
2
7
4
4
7
7
4
5
4
5
1
3
5
8
5
6
8
8
2
6
4
6
7
6
5
7
5
6
7
7
6
4
6
4
5
4
3
7
3
4
7
7
4
4
4
5
6
5
5
7
4
5
7
7
6
4
5
4
6
5
4
6
3
4
6
7
6
1
5
2
6
5
4
6
3
4
6
6
5
3
5
2
8
7
7
4
6
6
4
5
8
6
8
6
5
4
4
7
3
4
7
7
5
4
4
5
6
5
4
7
3
5
7
7
5
4
5
4
5
4
2
7
4
3
7
7
4
5
5
5
6
5
4
6
4
1
6
6
5
5
5
4
5
5
4
7
3
5
7
7
5
4
4
5
6
6
5
7
5
6
7
7
6
4
6
5
2
3
5
8
5
5
8
8
2
6
2
6
6
6
5
6
4
5
6
6
6
2
6
2
6
5
4
6
4
4
6
6
6
4
6
3
3
3
5
8
5
5
8
8
3
6
1
6
4
3
4
7
4
5
7
7
3
5
2
5
8
7
7
4
7
6
4
2
8
6
8
6
'*
e
o ogw
~ .!!?a :8
4 1 a: al .3 :; .~
5
8
6
6
8
8
3
6
4
6
4
8
5
5
8
7
1
6
3
6
1
7
3
3
7
7
5
4
5
4
C/)
1
7
6
1
5
8
6
8
6
..:
c::
C/)
..:
1
4
7
7
5
4
5
4
C/)
~
u:.
ai
B
~
1 C/) ~ al
g
7 lOO
'" k
g> > '
6 5 1 C/) -¥l :c '"
5 8 7 1 to- ~ E
5 6 6 6 1
~
5 8 8 3 6 1
4 6 6 6 2 6 1
c.c
-<
:r:J
Cl)
"0
o
;4til
*If during any monthly billing period, the usage charges exceed $300 for a Schedule 1 (2 kHz) subscriber station or $50 for a
Schedule 2 (4 kHz) subscriber station, then the amount by which such usage charges exceed $300 or $500 respectively, will
be reduced by 40%. These rates were in effect July 1, 1970, and are subject to change; they are shown for illustrative purpose
only.
~
»
o
o
3::
3::
c
z
~
-I
(5
Z
(I)
3200
COMMON-CARRIER VOICEBAND FACILITIES
The charges to a subscriber consist of a nonrecurring installation charge, a usage charge for
each call, a monthly service charge, and a monthly equipment charge for a data set. The equipment and message charges for 2 kHz and 4 kHz service are summarized in Tables IV and V.
TABLE V. SERVICE AND EQUIPMENT CHARGES FOR BROADBAND EXCHANGE SERVICE (1)
Fixed Charge,
$/month
Installation,
$
15.00
30.00
25
25
27.00
27.00
88.00
88.00
72.00
25
25
50
50
100
Automatic Calling Unit
Automatic Answering Unit
Audible and/or Visual Signal
Device (for incoming calls)
32.00
3.75
1. 75
50
10
10
International Data Set (DATEL) o to 1,200 bits/sec, asynchronous
68.00
50
33.00
44.00
31.00
70.00
110.00
50
50
50
50
50
100.00
190.00
260.00
115.00
100
100
100
100
Service or Equipment
Broadband Exchange Service Schedule 1 (2 kHz) (2)
Schedule 2 (4 kHz) (2)
Data Sets -
o to 600 bits/sec, asynchronous
o to 1,200 bits/sec, asynchronous
600 bits/sec, synchronous
1,200 bits/sec, synchronous
2, 400 bits/sec, synchronous
Teleprinter (3) Type 33 KSR
Type 33 ASR
Type 33 RO
Type 35 KSR
Type 35 ASR
Info-Terminal 311 (4) 5- through 8-level code:
Transmitter
Receiver
Combined Transmitter-Receiver
Info- Fax 100 Facsimile
Transceiver
Notes:
(1) These changes were in effect July I, 1970, and are subject to change.
(2) Includes local loop and telephone instrument.
(3) Used with a 0 to 600 bit-per-second asynchronous data set.
(4) Used with a 0 to I, 200 bit-per-second synchr~nous data set.
© 1970 AUERBACH Info, Inc.
9
3200
4.
DATA COMMUNICATIONS
MULTISTATION VOICEBAND LEASED SYSTEMS
4. 1 Bell System 1A System
The Bell System 1A Selective Calling System provides for the operation of multipie 5-level punched
paper tape terminals over a single leased, half-duplex, voiceband line. Control circuitry located
at the master station permits automatic polling or selective calling of remote way stations. Teletype Telespeed 1050 equipment (see Report 6800), which operates at a transmission speed of
105 characters per seqond, is used. Optional speed conversion equipment permits a remote way
station to be connected to 8-level teleprinter circuits on a store-and-forward basis.
4.2 Western Union Private Automatic Telephone System (PATS)
PATS is a private telephone system available with up to 450 stations. This system features
pushbutton-dialing telephones for faster operation, and can include such optional features as the
ability to signal an employee anywhere on the premises, to signal a busy line that another station
is trying to call, and to arrange conference calls. Western Union states that no provisions for
data transmission are currently being planned for PATS.
5.
OTHER VOICEBAND SERVICE
5.1 Bell System DATASPEED Service
DATASPEED Service provides transmission and/or reception of punched paper tape data and
reception by page equipment over leased voiceband lines or over the public switched telephone
network.
DATASPEED Service (Type 1) utilizes 5-level tape equipment .operating at a transmission speed
of 1, 050 words per minute.
DATASPEED Service (Type 2) utilizes the Teletype Telespeed 1050 equipment, which can handle
5-, 6-, 7 -, or 8-level fully punched paper tape and operates at a transmission speed of 1,050
words per minute (105 characters per second). This equipment is described in detail in Report
6800.
DATASPEED Service (Type 4) utilizes equipment which can handle 5-, 6-, 7-, or 8-level paper
tape and operates at a transmission speed of up to 2,400 words per minute. This equipment includes error detection and correction capabilities.
DATASPEED Service (Type 5) utilizes Teletype Telespeed 750 equipment. This equipment can
also handle 5- through 8-level paper tape, but it operates at a lower transmiSSion speed of 750
words per minute (75 characters per second). Telespeed 750 equipment transmits data bits in
parallel by character and utilizes the Bell System 402-C and 402-D Data Sets. Telespeed 750
equipment is described in detail in Report 6801.
DATASPEED read-only page equipment is available for use with each service mentioned. Also,
a new 8-level magnetic tape terminal is available for send and receive operation presently at
transmission speeds up to 1,200 words per minute.
The line usage charges for DATASPEED Service depend upon the particular type of line used.
Rate information on the various types of voiceband lines is summarized in Tables I and Ill.
The terminal equipment iR leased from the Bell System at the approximate rates shown in Table
VI.
10
AUERBACH Computer Technology Reports
3001-52
COMMON-CARRIER VOICEBAND FACILITIES
TABLE VI.
3200
DATASPEED TERMINAL EQUIPMENT COSTS
DATASPEED Equipment
Approximate Rental,
$/month*
Installation,
$
Paper Tape Equipment
Type 1 (1, 050 wpm)
Transmitter
Receiver
100
125
50
50
Type 2 (I, 050 wpm)
Transmitter
Receiver
105
135
50
50
Type 4 (2, 400 wpm)
Transmitter
Receiver
175
225
150
150
40
60
94
75
75
75
240
245
245
100
100
100
100
50
Type 5 (750 wpm)
Transmitter Table-mounted
Console
Receiver
RO Page Equipment
750-wpm Printer (5-8 level)
l,050-wpm Printer (5- level)
1, 200-wpm Printer
Magnetic Tape Equipment
(1,200 wpm)
* These prices were in effect April 1, 1970 and are subject to change.
a data set or any optional features.
© 1970 AUERBACH Info, Inc.
Prices do not include
11
AUERBACH
COMPUTER
TECHNOLOGY
REPORTS
A
AUERBACH
I
3300
COMMON-CARRIER
BROADBAND FACILITIES
GIl
1.
BROADBAND
Communications facilities having higher bandwidth capabilities than voiceband facilities are
termed ''broadband'' or "wideband" services. Wherever data must be transmitted at speeds
substantially higher than 2,400 bits per second, broadband facilities will generally need to be
used.
A broadband communications facility can usually be divided, by the common-carrier, into a
number of independent channels of lower bandwidth ("derived" channels). A voiceband channel,
derived from the basic broadband channel, is frequently used to coordinate data communications.
2.
LEASED BROADBAND FACIIlTIES
2.1
Telpak Service
Telpak Is a general name for a service which provides the capacity and felxibility required to
meet bulk communication needs and is offered by both the Bell System and Western Union.
Telpak Service is deSignated as Series 5000 channels. The information presented in this section
is illustrative only, and is based upon information in the current tariff. At the present time
there are some restrictions on the facilities that can be offered; the local common-carrier
communications consultant should be contacted for exact information as to the status of the
various offerings.
Two classifications of interstate Tekpak Service are currently offered, and these are summarized in Table I.
TABLE I. CLASSES OF INTERSTATE TEKPAK SERVICE
Type
Class
Maximum Equivalent
Carrier Spectrum
Assignment, kHz
Base Capacity,
Number of
Equivalent
Voice Channels
Inter-Exchange
Line Charge,
$/mile/month *
5700
C
240
60
30
5800
D
1000
240
85
Table II summarizes the currently available Telpak terminals. Unless otherwise specified,
these terminals are available from both the Bell System (AT&T) and Western Union.
In general, the full base capacity of a Telpak channel must be leased, with the common carrier
furnishing the derived channels in accordance with the customer's specifications. The full
capacity need not be terminated, but the full Telpak line charge applies in any case. In a
manner consistent with the arrangements approved by the FCC for private microwave systems,
a Telpak channel may be shared among several users. Such users must be in the same business,
and this business must be regulated by a federal, state, or local agency; examples of such
businesses include companies and railroads. Sharing of Telpak facilities is limited to division
of the base capacity among the sharing users; the same derived channel may not be used by two
different users.
* These
rates were in effect April 1, 1970, and are subject to change. The full bandwidth of
Telpak C can be utilized as a single channel for high-speed data transmission. The base
capacity of all classifications can be divided into a number of independent channels for
simultaneous data transfers at various rates. The full bandwidth of Telpak D cannot be
utilized as a single channel.
© 1970 AUERBACH Info, Inc.
DATA COMMUNICATIONS
3300
The major charges for Telpak Service consist of two components:
•
Line charges, which are proportional to the distance spanned; see Table 1.
•
Service terminal charges, which apply at each end of the channels for each derived facility;
see Table IT.
All costs shown are illustrative only and are subject to change.
2.2
Wideband Data Chaimels
Both AT&T and Western Union now provide a wideband data channel service that effectively replaces the discontinued Telpak A Service. This service is designated as Series 8000 wideband
data channels.
Wideband Service is essentially a 48-kHz facility embracing 12 voiceband channels. The service
offers various arrangements that include one of the following:
•
A single 48-kHz data channel
•
Two 24-kHz data channels
•
Twelve voiceband channels
•
Combinations of the above not exceeding the 48-kHz channel bandwidth.
The service can be used for data, facsimile, or voice transmission. Alternate use of a wideband channel as individual voiceband channels is allowed when the wideband channel is not being
used for data or facsimile transmission.
Wideband channels can be connected to equivalent Telpak terminals provided that all channels so
connected terminate at the same locations. Within limits, the user can subdivide each voiceband
channel to provide narrowband facilities.
The major charges for Wideband Service include:
•
Line charges, which are proportional to the distance spanned; see Table ill.
•
Service terminal charges, which apply at each end of the channels for each derived facility;
see Table IV.
•
Installation charges, a one-time charge applied for each terminal; this is treated as part
of the service terminal charge; see Table IV.
All costs shown are illustrative only and are subject to change.
2.3
Bell System Series 11000 Channels
AT&T now offers, on an experimental basis, high-capacity broadband channels classified as
Series 11000 channels. The service is for a three-yaar period expiring November 1, 1972 unless
cancelled, changed, or extended. Usage is confined to points in the states of nlinois, Indiana,
Michigan, New Jersey, New York, Ohio, and Pennsylvania.
AT&T states that the selected seven-state trial territory was chosen in order to obtain a representative market study over a range of densities and lengths of haul.
2
AUERBACH Computer Technology Reports
3001-56
COMMON-CARRIER BROADBAND FACILITIES
TABLE II.
Service
Terminal
Type (2)
5701
Bandwidth in kHz or
Data Rate in bits/sec
10 Hz to 20 kHz
or
40,800 bits/sec
or
50,000 bits/sec
TELPAK TERMINALS
Equivalent
Voice Channels
Charge per Service
Terminal (1)
Remarks
Installation, $
29 to 44 kHz
or
Monthly, $
-
200
425
12
200
425
12
200
425
100(3)
5703
3300
-
65(3)
200
425
Does not include a voice
coordination channel
Includes 1 voice channel
for coordination
Asynchronous or synchronous operation; includes 1 voice channel for
coordination
Optional supplementary
control arrangement
Designed for 2-level
facsimile transmission;
includes 1 voice channel
for coordination
Synchronous operation;
includes 1 voice channel
for coordination
19,200 bits/sec
6
200
425
5706(4)
50,000 bits/sec
12
200
425
Designed for the transmission of secure communications and furnished
to a department or agency
of the U. S. Government;
a supervisory signal
arrangement is included
5707(4)
18,750 bits/sec
6
400
560
Designed for the transmission of secure communications and furnished
to a department or agency
of the U. S. Government;
includes 1 channel for
alternate voice transmission
5708(4)
50,000 bits/sec
12
100
150
Asynchronous or synchronous operation; designed for use with 50
Kilobit switched foreign
exchange service; includes
one voice channel for coordination
5751
200 Hz to 100 kHz
or
230,400 bits/sec
-
200
650
60
200
650
Does not include a voice
coordination channel
Asynchronous or synchronous operation; includes 1
voice channel for coordination
Optional supplementary
control arrangement
100(3)
Narrowband or
voiceband terminals equivalent to those
specified in
Paragraph 2. 1
of Reports 3100
and 3200
Up to 180 bits/sec for
narrowband and up to
2,400 bits/sec for
voiceband terminals,
depending on the specific service
Each narrowband
channel requires
the equivalent of
1/12 voice ~hannel
20
Each voiceband
channel requires 1
equivalent voice
channel
20
65(3)
35
35-255
Normal voice channel data
sets are required and are
not included in the terminal
charge
Normal voice channel used
for facsimile operation
Notes:
(1)
These charges were in effect April 1, 1970 and are subject to change.
(2)
The charges for these terminals include a data set or suitable terminating facility; the data
channels can be derived from a Telpak C or D Service. Western Union has redesignated its
Telpak Service terminals to conform with the AT&T 5000 Series designation. Previous designations, enclosed by parentheses, were: 5701 (AI), 5703 (A3), 5703 (A3), 5751 (Cl).
(3)
Supplementary control arrangement allows voice channel to be used solely or alternately for
transmission of restricted 3-of-14 code at up to 20 code combinations per second.
(4)
These service terminals are supplied by AT&T only.
© 1970 AUERBACH Info, Inc.
3
DATA COMMUNICATIONS
3300
TABLE
m.
WIDEBAND SERVICE INTER-EXCHANGE MILEAGE CHARGES
Type
Maximum Equivalent
Carrier Spectrum
Assignment, kHz
8800
48
Channel Charge,
Base Capacity,
$/mile/month
Number of EquivFirst 250
Next 250
Additional
alent Voice Channels
Miles
Miles
Miles
12
15.00
10.50
7.50
Two types of Series 11000 channels are available: Type 11240 and Type 11048. Both are furnished on a point-to-point basis only. The service offerings of these two channel types are
outlined in Table V.
2.4
~her
leased Broadband Facilities
Several high.,.speed facilities are available from both the Bell System and Western Union for
special applications. A summary of these facilities is presented in Table VI. Only illustrative
line charges are shown, because the terminals are usually custom-engineered for specific
applications. These facilities can usually be subdivided to provide multiple voiceband channels.
3.
3.1
PUBliC SWITCHED BROADBAND SERVICES
Western Union Broadband Exchange Service
The Broadband Exchange Service is a general switched service that provides subscribers with
alternate voice/data communications over full-duplex facilities of selectable bandwidth. The
bandwidths in current use are 2 and 4 kHz. A 48-kHz extension of this service is planned for the
near futrue. A more complete description of the existing service is presented in Paragraph 3.3
of Report 3200.
3.2
Bell System Data-Phone 50 Service
AT&T introduced Data-Phone 50 Service on April 1, 1968 on a trial basis. It provides high
speed (50 kilobit-per-second) switched, message rate service for data and facsimile. The trial
period for this service is three years (to March 31, 1971).
Data-Phone 50 became fully automatic, allowing customer dialing on all calls, on November 15,
1969. Prior to that date only calls within an exchange could be dialed by subscribers, with
intercity calls requiring operator intervention.
The service is offered within and between switching centers in four cities: New York, Chicago,
Los Angeles, and Washington, D. C. Subscribers located in the same exchange as a switching
center are connected to that center by a local access line. ~her areas desiring service can
request interconnecting interstate private lines thus establishing Foreign Exchange Service.
Charges for such a Foreign Exchange Service would consist of:
4
m,
(1)
Series 5000 or 8000 inter-exchange charges as shown in Tables I and
respectively
(2)
Service terminal charges at each end of the Foreign Exchange Channel of Type 5708 or
Type 8802 as shown in Tables IT and IV, respectively
(3)
Data-Phone 50 charges between switching centers as shown in Tables
vn and vm.
AUERBACH Computer Technology Reports
3001-58
3300
COMMON--cARRIER BROADBAND FACILITIES
TABLE IV. WIDEBAND SERVICE TERMINALS
Type
8801
Bandwidth in kHz or
Data Rate in bits/sec
Charge per Service
Terminal (1)
Equivalent
Voice Channels
Installation, $
Monthly, $
10 to 20 kHz
12
200
425
Does not include a voice
coordination channel
40,800 bits/sec
12
200
425
Includes 1 voice channel
for coordination
50,000 bits/sec
12
200
425
Asynchronous or synchronous operation; includes
1 voice channel for coordination; supplementary
control arrangement allows
voice channel to be used
solely or alternately for
transmission of restricted
3-of-14 code at up to 20
code combinations per
second
100
65
12
100
150
Asynchronous or synchronous operation; includes
1 channel for coordination;
furnished in connection with
50 kilobit switched foreign
exchange service
Remarks
Optional supplementary
control arrangement
8802(2)
50,000 bits/sec
8803
29 to 44 kHz
6
200
425
Designed for 2-level facsimile transmission; includes 1 voice channel for
coordination
19,200 bits/sec
6
200
425
Synchronous transmission;
includes 1 voice channel for
coordination
up to 2,4QO bits/sec
up to 12
10
250
plus
12.50(3)
Normal voice channel for
data transmission; data
sets, if required, are not
included in the service
terminal charge
3,000 Hz
up to 12
10
250
plus
60(3)
Normal voice channel for
facsimile transmission; data
sets, if required, are not
included in the service
terminal charge
3,000 Hz
up to 12
10
250
plus
12.50(3)
Normal voice channel for
voice transmission
Voiceband
terminals
equivalent to
those specified
in Paragraph
2. 1 of Report
3200
Notes:
(1)
These charges were in effect April 1, 1970 and are subject to change.
(2)
This channel is not available from Western Union.
(3)
The additional charge is for the first service terminal; each additional service terminal is charged at
$7.50 per month (voice or data use) and $20 per month (facsimile use).
© 1970 AUERBACH Info, Inc.
5
3300
DATA COMMUNICATIONS
TABLE V. TYPES OF SERIES 11000 CHANNEl.S
Channel Charge, $/mile/month (1)
Type
Maximum Equivalent
Carrier Spectrum
Assignment, kHz
Base Capacity,
Number of Equivalent
Voice Channels
First 250
Miles
Next 250
Miles
Additional
Miles
18.00 (2)
11240
240
60
(2)
(2)
11048
48
12
15.00
10.50
7.50
Notes:
(1) These rates were in effect April 1, 1970, and are subject to change.
(2) Type 11240 channels will be furnished only between selected points in the seven-state trial
territory. contact the local Bell communications consultant for exact listings in a particular
area of interest.
TABLE VI. BROADBAND FACIIlTIES FOR SPECIAL APPLICATION::;
Type
Channel Bandwidth,
kHz
Approximate Maximum
Data Rate,
bits/sec
Line Charge,
$/mile/month
Single Channel
8
16
5,000
10,000
6.00
11.70
Video Channel
2,800
4,000
6,000
1,500,000
1,900,000
2,900,000
67.00
67.00
67.00
TABLE VII. DATAPHONE 50 INTER-EXCHANGE CHARGE::;
(Dollars Per Minute or Fraction Thereof)
From/To
Chicago
New York
Washington, D. C.
Los Angeles
-
2.25
1.75
2.75
New York
2.25
-
1.25
3.25
Washington, D. C.
1. 75
1.25
-
3.25
Los Angeles
2.75
3.25
3.25
-
Chicago
6
AUERBACH Computer Technology Reports
300t-60
COMMON-CARRIER BROADBAND FACILITIES
3300
TABLE VITI. DATAPHONE 50 STATION TERMINAL CHARGES*
Terminal Type
Installation, $
Service and Equipment,
$/Month
50 kilobit, nonsynchronous
or
50 kilobit, synchronous
125
275
Alternate, 50 kilobit nonsynchronous
and
50 kilobit, synchronous
125
300
* Includes a local voice coordinated 50 kilobit-per-second access line, termination in a switching center, and appropriate data sets at subscriber's premise.
Certain switching centers provide "extended area" coverage so that subscribers located in
surrounding areas can have Data-Phone 50 service, at an additional charge. Consult the local
Bell communications consultant for exact offerings in a particular area of interest.
All wideband circuits are four-wire, full duplex. An end-to-end, two-wire, half-duplex voice
coordination channel is also provided.
Data-Phone 50 calls can be initiated manually with a Touch-Tone telephone (see Report 6040)
or with an optional Automatic calling Unit used in conjunction with the appropriate customerprovided terminal equipment. Transmission can be for 50 kilobit-per-second synchronous data,
for facsimile at a nonsynchronous rate of approximately 50 kilobit per second, or for alternate
synchronous/nonsynchronoustransmission.
© 1970 AUERBACH Info, Inc.
7
4000:00
COMPARISON
CHARTS
AUERBACH
DATA
COMMUNICATIONS
REPORTS
AUERBACH
®
4200:00
COMMUNICATIONS
TERMINAL
EQUIPMENT
AUERBACH
DATA
COMMUNICATIONS
REPORTS
AUERBACH
P,int.d in U.S.A.
®
A
a
AUERBACH
DATA
CDMMUNICATIONS
REPORTS
Route to ...
AUERBACH
~
MARCH
1970
AUERBACH DATA COMMUNICATION REPORTS
The following pages complete the two-part March supplement of AUERBACH Data Communications Reports. The information contained herein outlines, in comparison chart form, the
salient characteristics of well over 200 communications terminal equipment systems and
devices.
A Users' Guide for Communications Terminal Equipment is included.
defines each comparison chart entry.
The Users' Guide
Please file these pages promptly in your binders according to the following filing instructions.
We then suggest routing this cover sheet to those who should be informed of the significant
new information now available in AUERBACH Data Communications Reports. This cover
sheet may then be discarded.
FILING INSTRUCTIONS
Filing Instructions For New Pages in This Issue
Binder
1
Behind Tab
Remove Old
Pages
Section
Name
First
Page
Last
Page
Follows
Page
4200:014200:40
Terminal
Equipment
4200:01
4200:77
Tab
COMPARISON
CHARTS
TERMINAL
EQUIPMENT
© 1970 AUERBACH Info, Inc.
3/70
A
8
.
AUERBACH
AUERBACH
DATA
CDMMUNICATIONS
REPORTS
4200:01
TERMINAL EQUIPMENT
USERS' GUIDE TO COMPARISON CHARTS: COMMUNICATIONS TERMINAL EQUIPMENT
This section briefly explains the meaning of the entries found in the comparison charts for communications terminal equipment
IDENTITY
Both the formal name and model number of the subject equipment are stated, as well as any acronym
by which the unit is commonly known.
REPORT NUMBER
The four-digit number that uniquely identifies the detailed equipment report in AUERBACH Data
Communications Reports, which covers the subject device. Information in the comparison chart
has been extracted from this report.
FUNCTION
A brief statement of the general purpose and characteristics of the subject equipment, usually including the types of transmission facilities to which the equipment can be connected and the types of
input and output it can employ.
PREPARED INPUT
Medium
Types of previously prepared input data (e. g., punched paper tape, punched cards) accepted
by the subject equipment.
Code
The set of symbols and rules by which characters are represented (e. g., USASCII and Baudot
codes) at the input to the subject equipment.
Peak speed of the input unit, without regard to any restrictions imposed by the communications
facilities or the receiving terminal. Units of characters/second or cards/minute are noted as
appropriate.
MANUAL INPUT
Method of Entry
Provision(s) for entering variable data at transmission time; usually by either a keyboard or a
set of dials, switches, slides, or levers.
Number of Characters
Refers to the characters the subject equipment can transmit for each message. Indicates the
character capacity of the buffer for those devices which store all or part of a message for bulktype transmission.
OUTPUT
Medium
The means by which the data can appear at the output (e. g. , punched paper tape, punched cards,
or printed copy).
© 1970 AUERBACH Info, Inc.
3/70
4200:02
TERMINAL EQUIPMENT
Code
A set of characters or symbols and rules by which characters are represented at the output of
the subject equipment. For page printers and display devices the number of printable/displayable characters is indicated.
Speed
The peak speed of the output unit, without regard to any restrictions imposed by the communications facilities.
DATA TRANSMISSION
Line Type
Capabilities of the communication line facilities. The type(s) will be one (or more) of three
classes: narrowband, voiceband, or broadband.
Speed, bps
Output data rate(s) of the subject equipment, measured in bits per second.
Mode
The subject equipment's method of communication between two points. Operation will be in
one or more of the following basic modes: simplex, communications in one direction only;
half-duplex, communications in both directions but in only one direction at a time; or fullduplex, communications in both directions simultaneously.
Code
A specific set of symbols and rules by which characters to be transmitted are represented.
Timing
The method used to establish synchronization. Two commonly employed techniques are start/
stop or asynchronous synchronization and synchronous transmission.
ERROR CONTROL
The method provided for detecting errors and the procedures used for correcting. or overcoming
them are indicated.
3/70
AUERBACH Data Communications Reports
A
81
AUERBACH
DATA
COMMUNICATIONS
REPORTS
..
AUERBACH
4200:03
TERMINAL EQUIPMENT
COMMUNICATIONS TERMINAL EQUIPMENT
IDENTITY
American Data Systems
ADS-716
Data Communications
Terminal
American Regitel
Model 701
Data Communications
Terminal Controller
American Regitel
Model 4440C
Console Printer
American Regitel
Model 12212
Boarding Pass Printer
AT&T
Touch-Tone
Handset
REPORT NUMBER
-
-
-
-
6040
FUNCTION
Transmission/reception of alphanumeric
data over voiceband
line; keyboard input;
printed copy output
TransmiBsion/reception of data over public
telephone network;
numeric keyboard data
entry; alphanumeric
printed copy output
Printed copy output of
alphanumeric data received over voiceband
line
High-speed std format
printout of alphanumerie data on Bingle
line
Remote keyboard entry
of digital data over
public telephone network
Credit cards, merchandise tickets
...
CI
I-
'":::.C ...~
:::I
'"
0..
C
:::I
I-
c
~
Z
...
Medium
No proviSion
Na provision
No provision
Dial card
Code
-
-
-
-
2-oi-B
Speed:
Char/sec
Cards/min
--
--
-
--
10
Method of Entry
50-key keyhoard
23-key keyboard
No proviSion
No provision
10/12-key keyboard
No. of Char
Variable
Variable
-
-
1-14
Medium
Printer
Printer
Printer
Code
B8 char
44 char
44 char
Printer (dual print
heads)
44 char
Speed:
Char/sec
Cards/min
10/15
-
40
-
40
-
30 (each print head)
Line Type
Voiceband
Voicehand
Voiceband
Voiceband
Voiceband
Up to 300
Approx BO
2-of-8
:::I
~
I-
:::I
IL
I-
:::I
0
Z
c
CI
Voice response output
-
--
Speed, bps
100-134.5
Up to 300
Up to 300
Mode
Half -duplex
Half -duplex
'"Z
Code
USASCII
Half -duplex
(receive only)
USASCII
Half-duplex
(receive only)
USASCII
'"
Timing
8-level USASCII; 6level CDR/EBCD
Asynchronous
Asynchronous
Asynchronous
Asynchronous
Receiver activated by
eacb dsta group
0
iii
C
l-
-
-
i'"
C
I-
Half-duplex
ERROR CONTROL
Char parity checking
Char parity/longitudinal No proviSion
redundancy checking
No provision
No prOvision
MONTHLY RENTAL, $
2800 (purchase price)
85-100 (terminal);
450 (controller)
75
included in telephone
bill
COMMENTS
Remote I/O terminal
consisting of std IBM
Selectric typewriter;
control equipment permits operation as replacement for IBM 2741
Correspondence/EBCn
code or TTY 33 KSR
(switch-controlled) ;
acoustic coupler line
interface; parity error
light
Controller capable of
Printer uses any
multiplexing up to 120
single/multiple ply
paper; available in 30-,
terminal communications channels; limited 40-, or 80-001 units
processing capability;
with full electronics or
4000- to 8000-l>it stor- basic mechanism only;
age capacity
Impact printing up to 5
copies; 10 char/in., 6
lines/in. spacing;
friction-feed platen;
data rate up to 8KHz
optionalj versions available for ticket-printing,
validstion, mobile applications
Printer prints two
formatted messages
simultaneously each
with 30 char max on 1
line; document is hand
inserted for printing;
data rate up to 8KHz
optional
Auxiliary Touch -Tone
pushbutton dialers/
card dialers available
for use with rotary-dlal
handsets
© 1970 AUERBACH Info, Inc.
35
3/70
4200:04
TERMINAL EQUIPMENT
COMMUNICATIONS TERMINAL EQUIPMENT
IDENTITY
Anderson Jacobson
AnT 233 Acoustic
Data Terminal
REPORT NUMBER
6050
fUNCTION
Applied Peripheral
Systeme
Model DG-4
Data Entry Terminal
Applied System
ASC 1170
Communications Terminal
-
-
Transmission/reception of data over public
telepbon<;> network via aooustic coupler;
keyboard/paper tape Input; paper tape/printed
copy output
Transmission of numerio/mag tape cassette data over voiceband line to computer/
off-line mag tape
recorder
Remote transmission of puncbsd card/paper
tape data over voiceband line to central computer
system; reception of data to puncbed carda/
printed copy output
Medium
Puncbed tape (ASR)
Magnetic tape
Puncbsd carda
Punched tape
Code
8-level USASCII
11-level USASCII
Hollerith
8-level
II<
A-
Spe.d:
Char/sec
Cards/min
10
--
-
400
225-500
e
Method of Entry
45-key keyboard (ASR/KSR)
No provision
Keyboard
ND. of Char
Variable
-
Variable
Medium
Punched tape (ASR)
Printer (ASR/KSR)
No provision
Puncbed carda
Printer
Code
8-level USASCII
64 cbar
-
Hollerith
64 char
Speed:
Char/sec
Cards/min
10
10
-
100
-
300-6001pm
Line Type
Voiceband
Voiceband
Voiceband
0
Speed. bps
Up to 300
110. 300. 1200
2000-4800
Mode
Half-/full-duplex
Half-/full-duplex
Half-/full-duplex
.....
Code
8-level USASCII
7 -level USASCII
USASCII/EBCDIC
Timing
Asynchronous
Asyncbronous
Syncbronous
ERROR CONTROL
Even parity generation
Char parity cbecking;
automatic retransm.ission
Char parity cbecking; communications support
software (optional)
MONTHLY RENTAL. S
88 (mobile KSR);
99 (mobile ASR);
107 (portable KSR);
128 (portable ASR)
50;
500-1600
... ...
e
... !:
Q
II<
:::)
A-
A-
.. ...
:::)
-
:::)
Z
A-
e !:
:e
...
...
:::)
A-
:::)
0
Z
in
...ee ."i
."
Q
Z
e
COMMENTS
3/70
-
-
-
-
2200 (purchase)
Modified TTY 33; ASR/KSR units available as
ADT 233/integral acoustic coupler or as TTY
33/separate coupler; couplers provide originate.
originate/dnal Input Interiace. or originate/
answer modes; portable or mobile facilities availsble; KSR Includes keyboard/printer; ASR adda
paper tape I/o
Used as on-line system/optionally as stand-alone.
DG-4 transmits to
DG-5 (off-line. 9-track. off-line computer; programmable processor In800-bpi. mag tape re- cludes 4096-char core memory; compatibility.
ormattmg, data compression under program
corder) or directly to
computer communica- control; expandable to Include 500-cpm card
reader, 1000-lpm printer. 400-cpm card punch;
tion device; can be
optional software compatibility with IBM 360/20,
jpolled or operate In
1050. 2270. 2780. Burroughs TC-500/remote
Ioriginate mode; pro!vIsions for other input operation with IBM 360. Univac 1108, CDC 6600;
syncbronous/asyncbronous modem controllers
(hadges, carde) availcompatible with Bell System Data Sets 201/202
~le; compatible with
(up to 1800 bps) or 103 (110, 150. 300 bps); 80-/
~ l)ystem 10SA Data
132-cbar print line; remote TTY 33/35 ASR, IBM
via acoustic
!coupling/DAA; keyboard 2741. GE 300 keyboard/printers. 8-level. 50-cps
jpaper tape puncb available
~nerateB digits 0-9
Ius special function
"har; 132,OOO-cbar
torage/mag tape casette; IS-key adding
lmacbine keyboard enters
~ta onto mag tape
AUERBACH Data Communications Reports
fA
AUERBACH
DATA
COMMUNICATIONS
REPORTS
AUERBACH
4200:05
TERMINAL EQUIPMENT
'"
COMMUNICATIONS TERMINM EQUIPMENT
IDENTITY
Badger Meter
Noller Control System
DTS-1l2 Remote Batch Terminal
I:)
""~
A-
!
GO
A-
;t
I-
:)
Berkeley Scientific
Laboratories
GP-30
Data Terminal
-
-
-
Remote. programmable, communications
terminal for tranamission/reception of hatched
data over voiceband line; keyboard data entry;
punched card I/o; printed copy output
Remote. programmable. communications
terminal for transmission! reception of hatched
data over voiceband line; keyboard data entry;
punched card I/O; printed copy output
Remote keyhoard entry/
visual displ8J' via nixie
tubes of numeric data
transmitted to/received
from remote computer
over voiceband line
Medium
Punched cards
Punched cards
No provision
Code
Hollerith/binary
Hollerlth/binary
-
Speed:
Char/sec
Cards/min
400
600
-
-
REPORT NUMBER
FUNCTION
S
GO
Badger Meter
Noller Control SyBtem
DTS-114 Remote Batch Terminal
-
Method of Entry
TTY 33 ASR
TTY 33ASR
19-key keyhoard
Na. of Char
Variable
Variable
Up to 11
:)
Z
A-
!
""
:E
I:)
AI:)
0
Z
0
Medium
Printer
Punched cards
Printer
Punched cards
Nixie tuhes
Code
64 char
Hollerith/binary
64 char
Hollerith/binary
Speed:
Char/sec
Cards/min
10 digits; 1 special
char (decimal)
3001pm
-
120
-
-
50.000
120
Line Type
Voiceband
-
10001pm
-
Voiceband
Voicehand
110. 2000. 2400
Speed, bps
2000. 2400. 4800. 9600
2000. 2400. 4800. 9600
Mode
Half-/full-duplex
Half-/full-duplex
Half-duplex
Code
Any 6- to 9-level code
Any 6- to 9-level code
7 -level USASCn
Timing
Synchronous
Synchronous
Synchronous
ERROR CONTROL
As programmed
As programmed
No provision
MONTHLY RENTAL. $
1 095 (hasic system includes line printer. card
reader. TTY 33 ASR. 4K-memory
5l
'""-'..."
'""-
"-
!:
...
'z" ...
:> :>
"-
'"
!:
~
Q
Method 01 Entry
No. 01 Char
Up te 600/line
-
Up te 600
-
74-key keyboard
No provision
No provision
Variable
-
-
Up
Medium
Punched tape
Printer
Punched cards
Computer
Computer
Code
5-level TTY/any 6or 7-level
64 char
Same as card input
8bltUSASCII. EBCDIC.
6 BCL. bit 5 bit Baudot
8bltUSASCn. EBCDIC.
6 bit BCL. 5 bit Baudot
0
Speed:
Char/sec
Cards/min
40
20
Up te 25
-
Up te 300
Up to 600/line
Line Type
Voiceband
Narrow/voiceband
Narrow/voiceband
0
iii
Speed, bps
1200
Up te 4800
Up te 4800
i
Mode
Half-duplex
Half-/full-duplex
Half-/full-duplex
Z
Code
8-level USAscn
Ally. up te 8 levels
Timing
Asynchronous
Any cods up te 8levels
Synchronous/asynchronouB
Z
'"
-
-
...:>
...:>"-
...'"
Speed:
Char/sec
Cards/min
Burroughs 3353
Multi-Line Control
."
."
...'"'"
-
-
-
-
Synchronous/asynchronous
ERROR CONTROL
Char/longitudinal parity checking; autematic retransmission
Char/message parity
checking (depending on
code)
Char/message parity
checking (depending on
code)
MONTHLY RENTAL, $
295-645
155-238 (depending on
line adapter used)
400
COMMENTS
Features integrated circuit logic. flexible internally-stered firmware,
up te 1280 64-bit words of disc sterage; programs loaded via line from
computer or integral paper tape loader; all I/O functions controlled by
stered program
Various adapters
avallable for connection te wide range
of 8td communications
facUities/remote terminals
Various adapters
available for connection te wide range
of std commuuication
facilities/remote terminals
3/70
AUERBACH Data Communications Reports
A
AUERBACH
AUERBACH
co
4200:07
DATA
COMMUNICATIONS
REPORTS
TERMINAL EQUIPMENT
COMMUNICATIONS
IDENTITY
REPORT NUMBER
FUNCTION
... ...:>
...'"C ...~
...'"
;( ...
:>
...
:I
Z
C
~
~
...
:>
...:>...
Burroughs TC-700
Teller Terminal
Burroughs B9351
Input and Display System
-
6071
Storsd-program teller terminal with arithmetic computation cspability;
can transmit/receive data over voicehand line to most Burroughs/nonBurroughs computer systems
Video display of alphanumeric data transmitted
to/received from remote computer; printed copy
output
Puncbed tspe
Punched cards
Code
5-level TTY/6- or 7 -level
code
Any code with internal translation
for 64 chsr
Up to 40
-
Speed:
Char/sec
Cards/min
Up to 100
-
No provision
--
Method 01 Entry
74-key keyboard
67 -Key Keyboard
No. 01 Char
Variable
Up to 250, 506, or 1018
Medium
Puncbed tape
Printer
Punchsd cards
Cathode ray tube
Printer
Code
5-level TTY/6- or
7 -level code
64 char
Barne as card input
67 chsr
64 cbar
Up to 40
Up to 20
-
2400
10
Speed:
Char/sec
Cards/min
0
EQUIPMENT
Medium
Q
III
TERMINA~
-
-
Up to 25
-
-
Line Type
Voicehand
Narrow/voicehand
0
iii
Speed, bps
1200
150, 1200, 1800, 2000, 2400
ion
Mode
Half-duplex
Half-duplex
Code
8-level USAScn
8-level USAscn
Timing
Asyncbronous
Syncbronous/asyncbronous
ERROR CONTROL
Char/longitudinal parity checking; automatic retransmission
Char/longitudinal parity cbecking; manual/
automatic retransmission
MONTHLY RENTAL, $
260 to 431
100-325 (control); 60 (display); 20 (keyboard);
75 (printer/adapter)
COMMENTS
Features integrated circuit logic, flexible internally-stored firmware,
up to 1280 64-bit words of disc storage; programs loaded via line from
central computer/through integral paper tape loader; all I/o functions
controlled by stored program
Multiple display stations- can be connected to
central controller; multiple controllers can
sbsre 1 data set; printed copy· output via TTY 33
RO (l/controller); includes 1024-cbar core memory; screen format is 25 SO-char lines; 250, 506,
1018 total displayable chsr
Z
...c
C
Q
on
Z
C
...'"
© 1970 AUERBACH Info, Inc.
3/70
4200:08
TERMINAL EQUIPMENT
COMMUNICATIONS
-
-
6060
Video display of alpbanumeric data
transmitted to/received from remote
computer
Transmission/receptlon of paper taPe data
over voiceband line
Video display of alpbanumeric data transmitted tOTreceived from remote
computer; keyboard/punched tape input; display/punched tape/printed
copy output
Input and Display
Terminal
REPORT NUMBER
FUNCTION
Medium
S
...
'" ...
'"
;;)
~
...'"
;(
;;)
No provision
--
~
8-level USASCn
60
10
...
...
Method of Entry
68-key keyboard
No provision
15-/42-key keyboard
No. of Char
Up to 960
-
Up to 384/768 char/unit (depending on model/arrangement)
...
.......
;;)
;;)
0
Z
0
on
'"... '"i
'"
Punched taPe
Speed:
Char/sec
Cards/min
!!':
'"
Punched tape
Any 5- to 8-level code
!!':
-
;;)
Z
Q
Code
EQUIPMENT
Bunker-Ramo
Series 200
Data Display System
Burroughs B9352
IDENTITY
TERMINA~
Bonnar-VaWter
Expedata 600
Tape Reader /
TrOJ>.smitter Unit
'"Z
...'"'"
-
Medium
Cathode ray tube
Punched tape
Cathode ray tube
Punched tape
Printer
Code
69 char
Any 5- to 8-level code
14-64 char
Any 5 - to 8-level
code
64 char
Speed:
Char /see
Cards/min
2400 bps
-
60
41,600
10
10
Line Type
Narrow/voiceband
Voiceband
Voiceband
Speed, bps
Mod.
150, 1200, 1800, 2000, 600
2400
Simplex
Half-duplex
Cod.
8-level USAscn
Any 5- to 8-level code
8-level USASCn
Timing
Asynchronous/syu-
Syucbronous
Syuchronous/asyuchronous
ERROR CONTROL
-
-
-
-
600-2400; typically 1200, 1800, 2000, 2400
Half-duplex
chronous
No proviSion
Char/longitudinal
parity checking; automatie/manual retrans-
Char/longitudinal parity checking; manual retransmission from display
units; automatic retransmission from auxiliary units
mission
56-SS/display unit; 331 to over 900/central controller; approx 53/nondisplay deVice control; nondisplay devices extra
Mc»ITHLY RENTAL, $
195
38; 900 (purchase)
COMMENTS
Multiple displays can
be connected: 9 per
direct cable connection/16 per modem
per multi -drop
Multiple display/punched tape/printer units connected to central conBasic oonfiguration
includes paper tape
troller; 14 or 15 additional keys generate special function codes
reader/punch, integral
data set; compatible
with Bell System Data
Set 402C; automatic
answer optional
3/70
AUERBACH Data Communications Reports
A
.
AUERBACH
AUERBACH
DATA
COMMUNICATIONS
REPORTS
4200:09
TERMINAL EQUIPMENT
COMMUNICATIONS TERMINAL EQUIPMENT
IDENTITY
ComData
Series 33
Portable Terminal
Bunker-Ramo
Series 2200
Data Display System
REPORT NUMBER
Video display of alphanumeric data transmitted to/received from remote
computer; keyboard/punched tape input; display/punched tape/printed
copyolrtput
Portable transmission of manually-keyed/punched
tape data over voiceband/telegr'hh-grade lines
via acoustic coupler; paper tape printed copy
output
Medium
Punched tape
Punched tape
Code
8-level USAscn
8-level USASCU
Speed:
Char/sec
Cards/min
110
-
10
:c ...
Method of Entry
58-/7l-key keyboard
53-key keyboard
Z
No. of Char
Up to 960 cbar/unit (depending on model/arrangement)
Variable
FUNCTION
.... ...
..:.
Q
:::I
0(
"-
~
"-
:::I
:::I
"-
0(
"
~
...
:::I
..."-
Punched tape
Printer
Punched tape
Printer
62/92 char
Any 5- to 8-level
64 char
8-level USASCU
80 char
10
10
10
55,000
-
100
-
-
-
Line Type
Voiceband
0
Speed, bps
600-2400; typically 1200, 1800, 2000, 2400
Up to 110
'"i
Mode
Half-duplex
Half-/full-duplex
Z
0(
Q
Cathode ray tube
Code
code
0
0(
Medium
Speed:
Char/sec
Cards/min
:::I
...
-
iii
-
Narrow/voiceband
'"
Z
Code
8-level USASCU
8-level, 11-unit USASCII
...
Timing
Synchronous/asynchronous
Asynchronous
ERROR CONTROL
Char/longitudiual parity checking; manual retransmission from display
units; automatic retransmission from auxiliary units
Char parity generation
MONTHLY RENTAL, $
60-83 (display unit); 250 to over 800 (central controller); approx 50 (nondisplay device control); nondisplay devices extra
23 (KSR);
37 (ASR)
COMMENTS
Multiple display/punched tape/printer units connected to a central controller; approx rental for single-station configuration Is $216 (display
station/control unit); 12 or 16 additioual keys generate special function
TTY 33 KSR/ASR modified for time sharing applications; interfaces ComData 301A Acoustic
Coupler/301F Data Set; 74-char print line; KSR
includes keyboard/printer; ASR adds paper tape
I/O; fixed 21-char WRU answerback message;
acoustic coupler operates in originate/answer
0(
III
codes
modes
© 1970 AUERBACH Info, Inc.
3/70
4200:10
TERMINAL EQUIPMENT
COMMUNICATIONS TERMINAL EQUIPMENT
IDENTITY
Clary Datacomp System
4000 series
Intelligent Terminals
REPORT NUMBER
-
FUNCTION
Remote programmed processing. pre-processlng. report generation of data transmitted/received over voice/broadband
facilities; can be used as stand-alone computer system
...... ...::>
a.
...a....""a. ~
... ...
::>
"" ::>a.
:IE
"" ~
...::>
...::>a.
0
Z
Punched tape
Magnetic card
Magnetic tape
Code
AxJy 5 - to 8-level
AxJy 5- to 9-level
AJJy 8-level code
Speed:
Char/sec
Cards/min
60-300
-
Up to 1000
Up to 60
-
Method of Entry
IBM Selectric
TTY 33/35 ASR
49-key CRT keybcard
No. of Char
Variable
Variable
Variable
Up
to 1000
Medium
Punched tape
Magnetic card
Magnetic tape
Printer
Cathode ray tube
Code
Any 5- to 9-level
AJJy 5- to 9-level
AJJy 8-level code
64 cbar
64 char
Speed:
Char/sec
Cards/min
60-300
Up to 1000
Up to 60
-
-
TTY -compatible
Line Type
Voiceband/broadband
0
Speed, bps
Up to 3.800.000
Mode
Hall -/full-dnplex
Z
Code
Same as input
Timing
Asyncbronous
0
Z
..."" i...
"" ...
......""
iii
0
Medium
-
Up to 1000
100-6001pm
-
ERROR CONTROL
Program-controlled character/longitudinal/cyclical parity checking. automatic retransmission
MONTHLY RENTAL, $
300-1000 (depending on peripberal equipment/memory options)
COMMENTS
4000 Series is an extension of Datacomp 404 general-purpose digital computer produci line; available In wide variety of
system configurations incorporating extensive seleciion of peripheral equipment; up to 16 multiple I/o stations may be
time-shared by Datscomp 404; max data rate restricted only by data set used; 2..,.sec memory speed per 16-bit word; 4
program-selected word length modes of 16, 32. 48. 64 bits; memory capacity of 1024/4096 16-bit worda. expandable to
65.536 in 4096-word incremente; 120 (SelectriC). 72 (TTY). or 64 (CRT) keybcard-generated char; up to 132-cbar print
line; decimal arithmetic unit using 16-bit worda; 16 addressing modes; 2 hardware index registers; 4 addressable registers
(1 is 64-bit) can be subdivided and individually addressabie; 64-bit addressable accumulator; complete editlng/formatiing
via single I/O instruciion
3/70
AUERBACH Data Communications Reports
Aa
..
AUERBACH
AUERBACH
DATA
COMMUNICATIONS
REPORTS
4200:11
TERMINAL EQUIPMENT
COMMUNICATIONS TERMINAL EQUIPMENT
IDENTITY
Clary Datacomp
Systems SP20 Digital
Strip Printer
Communitype
Data Communication System
Communitype 550 and
850 Magnetic Tape
Transmission/Con version Systems
REPORT NUMBER
6110
6120
6121
FUNCTION
Priate binary coded
input data received
from computer keyboard/TTY source
onto single-copy strip
paper
Mag tape cartridge records data from keyboard! Transmission/reception of mag tape data
communications line, output from mag tape to
over voiceband line;
printer/communications line
off-line transcription!
code translation
Medium
No provision
Mag tape
.... ......
aIII
::::I
oC
Code
-
150
7-levellBM
Selectric
Punched cards
(optional)
Hollerith
Magnetic tape
Any 7 -level (550)/
9-level (850) code
......
!
Speed:
Char/sec
Cards/min
....
...
...
Method of Entry
No provision
55-key keyboard
No provision
No. of Char
-
Variable up to 200.000
-
III
oC
::::I
::::I
Z
oC
!
::IE
-
-75
100
-
Compat 88-03
Conversational
Terminal
Tr'lnsmission/ reception of inquiry data over
voiceband line to remote computer
No provision
-
-44-key IBM Selectric
keyboard
Variable
Printar
Magnetic tape
Printer
7-levellBM
Selectric
88 char
IBM BCD (550),
EBCDIC (850)
88
-
20
150
14.8
100
15
Line Type
Voiceband
Voiceband
Voiceband
Voiceband
Speed, bps
20 cps
1200
Up to 134.5
Mode
Half-duplex
Half -duplex
Up to 1200 (switched)/
1800 (leased)
Half -duplex
Code
8-level USASCII/
5-level Baudot
Synchronous/
asynchronous
6 -level IBM Selectric
IBM 7 -level BCD
Synchronous
Asynchronous
ERROR CONTROL
No proviSions
Char/longitudinal parity checklog; automatic
retransmission
Char/longitudinal
parity checklog, retransmission initiated
via reverse channel
Char parity checking
MONTHLY RENTAL, $
Purchase price:
690 (rack mount);
700 (desk mount)
295-460
395 (550),
535 (850)
105
COMMENTS
Parallel data entry
std; serial entry
optional; printe 64symbol USASCU char
set; min paper supply
is 160 ft with 19.000char cspaoity; print
speed increases with
smaller char set
Optional program and data memory (PAD) provides storage for up to 80. 000 char (1000 lines
at 80 char/line); card reader optional
Transmit/receive operation switchselectable at sending!
receiving station;
record density of 556
bPi (550)/800 bPi (850);
includes 160-char
MOS/FET buffer
Standard features include Selectric keyboard. simultaneous
printed copy I/O. bIdirectional inquiry
mode; oversize print
carriage optional
Medium
...
......
::::I
Code
::::I
Speed:
Char/sec
Cards/min
0
Z
0
... i...
a ...
Z
oC
oC
iii
.....
oC
Timing
strip printer (single
line)
64 char
© 1970 AUERBACH Info, Inc.
Magtape
-
-
-
-
Half-duplex
7-levellBM correspondence
Asynchronous
3/70
4200:12
TERMINAL EQUIPMENT
COMMUNICATIONS TERMINMEQUIPMENT
IDENTITY
REPORT NUMBER
FUNCTION
...........'" .....
a
~
!
GO
....
..
...
'"
':IE"
~
~
....
!
Z
....
Medium
Code
Speed:
Char/sec
Cards/min
Compat
CDT-200
Printer Terminal
Computer Terminals
UT-I00
Utility Terminal
-
-
-
-
-
Remote. programmed
transmission/reception. batch processing
of alphanumeric dsta
over voiceband line
Transmission/reception. batch processing
of dsta over voiceband
line
High-speed code translation.· transmission/
reception of mag tape
dsta over voiceband
High-speed. on-line!
off -line printed copy
output of dsta received
over voiceband line
No provision
No provision
--
--
No. of Char
44-!
COMMUNICATIONS
IDENTITY
TERMINA~
EQUIPMENT
Compucord
Data Sense 5000
Video Display/Mag Tape Terminal
Compace
Versicom 300 System
REPORT NUMBER
FUNCTION
-
-
Transmission of keyboard/punched card/paper tape data; reception of
data from remote computer to punched card/paper tape/printed copy
output over voiceband liue
Video display and mag tape read/record of data
transmitted to/received from remote computer
over voiceband line
Medium
Punched carda
Punched tape
Maguetic tape (cassette)
Code
Hollerith
Any 6- to 8-1evel code
8-1evel USASCll
Speed:
Char/sec
Cards/min
-20
10. 15. 30
6000
Method of Entry
65-key keyboard
56-key keyboard
No. of Char
Variable
Up to 400
Medium
Printer
Punched cards
Punched tape
Cathode ray tobe
Maguetic tape (cassette)
...:::>
Code
64 char
Hollerith
Any 6- to 8-level code
64 cbar
8-1evel USASCII
:::>
Speed:
Char/sec
Cards/min
10. 15. 30
10. 15. 30
10. 15. 30
Up to 180.000
500
Line Type
Voiceband
c
...... ...:::>
...'"......... ~
~
~
...:::>
Z
~
:e'"
~
~
0
Z
0
on
'" i'"
~
'"c
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
Voiceband
Speed, bps
Up to 300
2400
Mode
Half-/full-duplex
Half -duplex
'"
Z
Code
8-1evel USASCII
8-level USASCU
~
Timing
Asynchronous
Synchronous/asynchronous
ERROR CONTROL
Parity checldng/generation (optional)
Char parity checkiug
MONTHL Y RENTAL. S
113: (ROprinter); 1211 (ROpriuter. dataset); 158 (keyhoard/priuter.
data set); 55 (paper tape reader/punch); 100 (card reader); 66 (card
punch); 55 (mag tape read/write unit)
98.50
COMMENTS
Central controller provides interface/control facilities for 1/0 devices;
USASCII/TTY-compatible; EBCDIC/IBM -compatibility. parallel iuterface. incremental mag tape cassette transport optional; can execute onliue I/O operations while creating iuput/readiug out locally; adjustable
priut spaciug at 26-132 char/line (10 cbar/iu.); built-iu modem is compatible with Bell System Data Set 103A; external acoustic coupler
(origiuate-only or originate/answer) optional; 2- to 12-cbannel multiplexer
optional; high-speed multiplexer interface operates with Bell System Data
Set 201; switch-selectahle operating speeds/modes; full USASCU keyboard;
TTY/USASCII printer std; IBM/EBCDIC printer. optional; impact printing
up to 6 copies; piu-'Ceed std; basic unit consists of keyboard!priuter. controller; iucremental punched card. punched tape I/o optional; mag tape
unit reads/records at 10. 15. 30 cps (capacities of 17.000. 25.000.
50.000 char. respectively); card punch processes 1 card at a time
2 iutegrated Compudette 11 00 recorders enable
off-line key-to-tape/tape-to-screen operations;
display format is 16 25-char linea; variable record lengths up to 400 char; 500-/1000-bpi mag
tape recordiug density; read/write tape speed is
5 iu./sec; optional100-lpm page printer
...'"
© 1970 AUERBACH Info, Inc.
3/70
4200:14
TERMINAL EQUIPMENT
COMMUNICATIONS TERMINAL EQUIPMENT
IDENTITY
Computer Communications
Wesual Industries
CAL 30/30
Remote Date Termlnal
REPORT NUMBER
FUNCTION
...... ...
.........ct !
Q
;:)
It.
...
C
;:)
Z
ct
...
;:)
It.
!
~
Computer Communications
CC-30 Communications station
-
6125
Transmission oi mag tape data to remote computer over voiceband line; typewriter/sddIng
machine data entry; printed copy output
Portable. video displ8¥ oi alphanumeric/graphic data transmitted to/
received from remote computer; keyboard data entry; optioual punohed
card I/O. printed copy output
Medium
Magnatictape
Punched cards
Code
8-levellBM Correspondence
Hollerith
Speed:
Char/sec
Cards/min
10
Method of Entry
-
-
100
No. of Char
IBM 731 Selectric Keyboard;
auxiliary numeric keyboard
Variable
61-key keyboard
800; 960 optional
Medium
Printer
Printed paper tape
Cathode r8¥ tube
Punched cards
Printer
Code
88 cbar
18 char
69 cbar; 96 optional
Hollerith
64 char
Speed:
Char/sec
Cards/min
10
10
500.000
Line Type
Voiceband
Voiceband
Broadband
Speed, bps
75 cps (parallel)
110-9600
50.000
Mode
Half-duplex
Half-duplex
Full-duplex
Code
8-levellBM Correspondence
8-level UBAScn
8-level UBAScn
Timing
Asyncbronoue
AB¥nobronoue
Modified syncbronoue
ERROR CONTROL
Manual retransmission stc!; char/longltudinal
parity checking. automBtic retransmission
optional
Char parity checking; manual retransmission
MONTHLY RENTAL, $
5900-8500 (purchase price)
Purchase price,
195-490 (display); 6300 (controller); 500 (serial interface);
550 (keyboard); 7500 (printer); 4700 (card reader)
COMMENTS
Optional system interiie unit allows remote
computer to receive data from several CAL
30/30 termioals. record it on standard IBMcompatible mag tape fo:.; off -line applications;
CAL 30/30 termlnals can be used with CCI
CC-70 programmed buffered multiplexor;
optional Hermes Adder/PrInter provides auxilIary numeric keyboard entry/printed paper
tape output; switch-selectable modes include
record. print. transmit. receive; bit parallel.
75-ops data rate compatible with Bell System
Data Seta 402C/402D; rates up to 200 cps
optional; 100. OOO-cbar mag tape cassette recording capacity
Up to 7 I/o devices. inoluding TTY 33 RO/ASR. can be connected to
Control Unit; 300 bps acoustic coupler. IBM Selectric Typewriter. mag
tape I/O. paper tape I/O. light pen optional; channel adapters available to
interface IBM 360/1130. CDC 3000 Series. SDS Sigma Series. DEC
PDP-8/PDP-12; controller contains 1024-word (9-hit) buffer. char gen_.
erator. I/o control. communications interface; 8-, 12-. 14-. 17-in.
monitors available; up to 32 terminals can be connected to computer I/O
channel via optional multiplexer; 800 diapl8¥able char positions; includes
graphics mode; 960-char display format optional; switch-selectable
cbar/block transmission modes.
...
...
;:)
It.
;:)
0
Z
0
;;;
... i...
...Z
...ct...
ct
ct
Q
3/70
-
-
-
AUERBACH Data Communications Reports
-
300lpm
-
100
A
AUERBACH
DATA
COMMUNICATIONS
REPORTS
Ill.'
~
AUERBACH
4200:15
TERMINAL EQUIPMENT
'"
COMMUNICATIONS TERMINAL EQUIPMENT
IDENTITY
Computer CommWlications
CC-36 Televideo Conversational/Batch Station
REPORT NUMBER
6127
-
-
FUNCTION
Remote conversational/batch processing terminal; displays/prints data
received over voice-/broadband line; data to be transmitted entered via
keyboard/pWlched cards
Portable transmission!
reception of alphanumeric data over
voiceband line to remote computer via integral acoustic coupler
Transmission of manually prepared data over
public telephone network to remote computer via acoustic
coupler
Medium
PWlched cards
No provision
No provision
Code
Hollerith/binary
300
--
-
Speed,
Char/sec
Cards/min
Method of Entry
65-key keyboard
81-key keyboard
No. of Char
800; 960 optiooal
Variable
10"1K'sltion thumbwheel
switches
14 (up to 18 optional)
... ...
...C ...~
0
III
::)
......
III
... ...
C
...
::)
~
::e
Computone Systems
CT-14M
Computer Terminal
--
Medium
Cathode rllJT tube
Printer (impact)
Printer (nonimpact)
Printer
Voice response
Code
64 char; 96 (optional)
64 char
63 char
96 char
-
Speed,
Char/sec
Cards/min
500.000
-
300
225lpm
10. 15. 30
-
1.7-2 worda/sec
Line Type
Voiceband
Broadband
Voiceband
Voiceband
0
Speed, bps
110-9600
50.00
Up to 110. 165. 300
40 (hased on 10 cps)
Mode
Half-duplex
Full-duplex
Half-/full-duplex
Half-duplex
'"Z
C
Code
8-level USAScn
8-level USAScn
Timing
Asynchronous
Modified synchronous
8-level. 10-/11-uult
USASCn
Asynchronous
2-of-8 (equivalent to 4
parallel bits)
Receiver activated by
each data group
...
......
::)
~
0
Z
...c ...i
0
-
::)
Z
C
C
Computer Transceiver
Systems
Execuport 300
Printer Terminal
;;;
......
ERROR CONTROL
-
300lpm
Char parity checking; manual retransmission
Even!odd parity generation
-
Tons COWlt within each
char; char cOWlt per
message
MONTHLY RENTAL, $
875-1175 (hasIc unit includes dispiOJT. controller. keyboard. card reader. 150;
impact/nonimpact printer); 23.900-39.900 (purchase)
3800 (purchase)
300 (purchase);
350 (with electrouic
scan)
COMMENTS
Off-line. key-to-print. and card-to-prlnt operations possible; can execute
up to 8 consecntive stored control sequences; direct connection data rate
50.000 bps; 2 basic onfiguratlons are Model I (nonimpact printer). Model
n (impact printer); configuration is consolidation of modular components
available with CCI CC-30 Station; serial Interface compatible with Bell
System Data Set Series 100. 200. 300 optional; channel adapters available
to Interface IBM 1130/360. CDC 3000 Series. SDS Sigma Series. DEC
PDP-8/PDP-12; swltch:selectable char/block transmission modes; controller buffer memory has CaPacity of 1024 9-bit words; 800 display position format std (20 40-char lines); 80-char std print line; impact printer
Includes 132-char buffer
Portable. 8-lb. battery/
ac -powered Wlit; front
panels custom -labeled
for each application;
provision for wired-in
security/progrsm entry
digite; contains Integral
acoustic coupler; 14
mannally generated char
std
© 1970 AUERBACH Info, Inc.
Portable unit with
acoustic ooupler;
switch-selectable
transmission mode,
print speed, even!odd
parity generation; nonimpact printing; keyboard Interlock; selectable upper-/
lowercase modes t offline operation; 80-char
priot line; compatible
with Bell System Data
Set 103 Series; optional
answerback; keyboard
generates full USASCn
set; integral Interface
for Execuport 200 CRT.
415 mag tape memory
Wlit
3/70
4200:16
TERMINAL EQUIPMENT
COMMUNICATIONS
IDENTITY
Computone Systems
CT-16 Series
Computer Terminal
TERMINA~
Computone Systems
CT-23
Computer Terminal
EQUIPMENT
Computone Systems
CT-60
Computer Termiual
Connecticut Technical
Data Terminal
REPORT NUMBER
-
-
-
-
FUNCTION
Transmission of manually prepared data
over public telephone
network to remote
computer via acoustic
coupler
Transmission of manually prepared data over
public telephone network to remote computer via acoustic
coupler
Transmission of manually prepared data
over publ1c telephone
network to remote
computer via acoustic
coupler
Transmission/reception of alphanumeric data
over narrow/voiceband line; keyboard/puncbed
tape data entry; puncbed tape/printed copy output
Medium
No provision
No prOvision
No provision
Puncbed tape
Code
-
-
-
Any 5 - to 8-level code
Speed:
Char/ •• c
Cards/min
-
--
-
50
10-/12-pos levers;
42-key keyboard
16 (lever switches);
variable (keyboard)
10-posthumbwbeeIl15- 10 -pos thumbwheel/
lever switches
pos slide switcbes
60 (up to 80 optional)
23 (up to 27 optional)
Voice response/tone
datector
Voice response
Voice response
Puncbed tape
Printer
-
-
-
88 char
Speed:
Char/sec
Cards/min
Any 5- to 8-level
code
1.7-2 worda/sec
-
1.7-2 words/sec
-
1. 7 -2 worda/sec
-
50
14.5
Line Type
Voiceband
Voiceband
Voiceband
Narrow/voiceband
Speed, bps
40 (based on 10 cps);
60 (alphanumeric set)
HaIf-duplex
40 (based on 10 cps)
40 (based on 10 cps)
Up to 400
Half-duplex
Half-duplex
Full-duplex
2-of-8; extended 2of-8
Receiver activated by
each data group
2-of-8 (equivalent to
4 parallel bits)
Receiver activated by
each data group
2-of-8 (equivalent to 4
parallel bits)
Receiver activated by
each data group
Any 5- to 8-level code
ERROR CONTROL
Tone count within each
char; char couui for
scanned data
Tone count within each
char; char count per
message
Tone count within each
char; char count per
block/message
Parity checking optional
MONTHLY RENTAL, S
250-500 (purchase,
depending on options)
500 (purchase)
850 (purchase)
150
COMMENTS
Low-cost, desk"top
version intended for
credit cbecklng!otber
large volume appl1cations; provision for
wired-In security/
program entry digits;
contains integral
acoustic coupler;
voice/tones activate
speaker; status lights
activated for confidential rspl1es; 2-of-8
equivalent to 4 parallel
bits; extended 2-of-8
equivalent to 6 parallel
bits
Portable, 8.5-lb, battery/ ac-powered unit;
front panels customlabeled for each appl1cation; multipurpose
program card overlays,
lever-operated switcbes
available; provision for
wired-in security/program entry digits;
contains integral
acoustic coupler; 23
manually generated
char std
Portsble, batterypowered unit In attache
case; contains integral
acoustic coupler; modular.integrated-circuit
scanner; provision for
wired-!n security or
program entry digits/
plng-in card for source
identity digits; 60
manuslly generattid~
char std
Electronic keyboard operates Independent of
typewriter printing action; parallel bit 1/0
ava!lsble; additional speCial function keys,
Interlock/2-i
......c ...~
C
:::>
Z
C
...
...
:::>
~
~
Modelm
-
REPORT NUMBER
a
DstagrapblX
B-D 1100
Inquiry-Display System
Medium
Printer (80-eol;
Cathode ray tube
Printer
61 cbar
61 cbar
25,000
10
...
:::>
Code
64 char
Printer (80-001:
nonimpact)
64 cbar
64 cbar
0
Speed:
Char/sec
Cards/min
300lpm
-
120
90lpm
-300lpm
Line Type
Voiceband
0
Vi
Speed, bps
2000/2400/4800 bps
800-1300; 2000/2400
i
Mode
F~ -duplex
Half -/full-duplex
Z
Code
8-level EBCDIC (7-/8-level USASCII
8-level USABCII
Timing
Synchronous
Synchronous/asynchronous
ERROR CONTROL
Cyclic redundancy checking: vertical/!ongitudinal parity checking
(optional): automatic retransmission
Char parity checking: automatic retransmission
MONTHLY RENTAL, $
1100 (basic unit):
42,500 (purchase)
COMft\ENTS
Compatible with IBM 2780: basic unit includes card reade~/llne printer,
communication processor, 400-ohar MOB memory, operator control
console: options Include peper tape/mag tape 1/0, CRT, keyboard, disc
file, TTY 33 ASR, additional memory modules up to 800 8-bit worda,
auto answer, horiz tab: nonimpact printer is TTY Inktronic: compatible
with Bell System Data Bet 201 Series; processor memory expandable up
to 3200 char; can interface up to 15 simultaneous 1/0 devices
......:::>
Z
...c
C
a
printer (132-001:
impact)
VI
.....
VI
impact)
-
-
Voiceband
(half -duplex optional)
C
© 1970 AUERBACH Info, Inc.
852 (basic unit):
29,000 (purchase)
975 (basic unit);
34,100 (purchase)
98 (display unit): 320-555 (controller): 92-101
(printer)
Multiple: display/printer unite connected to
central controller: up to 24 displays/4 printers
per controller: 61-ebar user selected cbar set
from possible 78: 50-ebar line/l0 lines sid
display format: 500 total displayable cbar/huffer·
capacity: delay line buffer storage
3/70
4200:20
TERMINAL EQUIPMENT
COMMUNICATIONS TERMINAL EQUIPMENT
IDENTITY
Data Access sYstems
DF33ASR-O
Data Terminal
-
Transmission of manu- Transmission of manually-keyed/punched tape
ally-keyed ilata over
data over voiceband line; punched tape/printed
voiceband line; printed oopyoutput
copy output
Medium
Punched tape
No provision
Punched tape
Code
S-level USAScn
-
S-level USASCn
Speed:
Char/sec
Cards/min
10
-
--
10
Method of Entry
45-key keyboard
45-key keyboard
45 -key keyboard
No. of Char
Variable
Variable
Varilible
Q
..
cC
...~
=> =>
z
C
~
........
Medium
Punched tape
Printer
Printer
Punched tape
Printer
=>
8-level USASCn
80 char
62 char
8-level USASCn
80 char
=>
Speed:
Char/sec
Cards/min
10
10
10
-
10
10
Line Type
Narrow/voiceband
Narrow/voiceband
Narrow/voiceband
Z
0
;;;
...c i'"
Q
-
Code
0
C
-
-
FUNCTION
...'"
Data Access Systems
DF35ASR-O
Data Terminal
Transmission of manually-keyed/punched tape
data over voiceband line; punched tape/printed
copy output
REPORT NUMBER
... ...=>
......'"c ...~
Data Access Systems
DF33KSR-o
Data Terminal
'"ZC
-
-
-
Speed, bps
Up to 110
Up to 110
Up to 110
Mode
Half -/full-duplex
Half-/full-duplex
Half-/full-duplex
-
Code
8-level USASCn
8 -level USASCII
8 -level USASCII
Timing
Asyncbronous
Asyncbronous
Asyncbronous
ERROR CONTROL
No provision
No provision
No prOvision
MONTHLY RENTAL, $
80; 1650 (purcbase)
70; 1460 (purcbase)
179; 4495 (purcbase)
COMMENTS
Modified TT1:" 33 ASH; includes dlrectconnected (DAA)/acoustic-coupled data set
line interface; available in mobile. portable.
auto-answer coaflgurations; rations include
originate. answer. originate answer modes
Modified TTY 33 KSR;
includes direct connected (DAA)/acoustlccoupled data set line
interface; avsillible in
mobile. portable,
auto-answer configurations; options include
originate. answer.
originate/answer modes
Modified TTY 35 ASR; includes directconnected (DAA)/acoustlc-coupled data set
line interface; avallable in mobile. portable.
auto-answer coaflguratlons; ;:ons include
iorlglnate. answer. originate answer modes;
designed for heavy-duty usage
...'"
3/70
AUERBACH Data Communications Reports
A
8
..
AUERBACH
AUERBACH
DATA
COMMUNICATIONS
REPORTS
4200:21
TERMINAL EQUIPMENT
COMMUNICATIONS TERMINAL EQUIPMENT
IDENTITY
REPORT NUMBER
FUNCTION
.
... :>...
.....c... ~...
Q
...
...C ...
:> :>
Z ...
C
~
:IE
...:>
......
:>
0
Z
...Cc
0
iii
III
DataNetics
Model 33
Secretarial Terminal
Data Systems Design
DBD-8
Batching Processing Terminal
-
-
Processes data from multiple peripberal data handling devices/concentrates data for high -speed
Remote keyboard
entry of parallel alpha- transmission to/frem large-scale computers over volce-/broadband lines
numeric data over
voiceband line to remote computer
Medium
No proviSion
Punched carda
Punched tape
Magnetic tape
Cod.
-
Hollerith
USASCn
IBM BCD. binary. USASCn
Spe.d:
Char/ •• c
Cards/min
-
-
Up to 200
Up to 10.000
Up to 300
Method of Entry
61-key keyboard
Keyboard (i.e •• Teletype)
No. of Char
Variable
Full USASCn set
-
-
M.dium
No prevision
Printer
Teletypewriter
Cathode ray tube
Magnetic tape
Cod.
-
64 char
64 char
64 char
IBM BCD. binary.
USASCn
Spe.d:
Char/ •• c
Cards/min
--
-
10
Variable
Up to 10.000
300lpm
Line Type
Voiceband
VOlce/broadband
Spe.d, bps
Up to 75 cps
2400/4800
-
-
-
i
Mod.
Simplex; send ouly
Half-/full-duplex
Z
Cod.
Any 8-level code
8-level USASCn (standard)
Timing
Asyocbronous
Syocbronous
ERROR CONTROL
Via reverse channel
Validity checking; automatic retransmission
MONTHLY RENTAL. $
750 (purchase)
1500 (depending on data bandling devices selected)
COMMENTS
Designed for transmission of fixed
record-length data (by
line/block) to be restructured in formatted
tsn under program
control; Bell Syatem
Data Set 402C transmits 8 data channels In
parallel. serial by
char. plus timing
channel; answerback
mode allows receiving
2 data channels at 20
cps for data entry
errer Indication
Modular. batcb-processing terminal designed to select among various peripheral modules for
data I/O. storage. editing; minimum system can be expanded; up to 128 low-speed data inputs
can be concentrated Into 1 high-apeed syocbronous line at 2400/4800 bps; front-end interfaces to
any major computer system available; internally programmed for fundamental instruction formats;
memory protection syetem. off -line data conversion std.
Q
III
.....
C
© 1970 AUERBACH Info, Inc.
3/70
4200:22
TERMINAL EQUIPMENT
COMMUNICATIONS TERMtNAL EQUIPMENT
IDENTITY
Data Producta
PC-8UO
Portable Communications Terminal
'
=>
0
Z
0
...c
C
Q
ii;
II>
i
II>
Z
......
18
-
-
C
3/70
AUERBACH Data Communications Reports
-
Narrow/voicehaDd
A
a
AUERBACH
AUERBACH
DATA
COMMUNICATIONS
REPORTS
4200:27
TERMINAL EQUIPMENT
co
COMMUNICATIONS TERMINAL EQUIPMENT
IDENTITY
-
-
6270
Transmission/reception· of alphanumeric data
over voice/narrowband lines; keyboard entry/
printed copy output std; paper tape I/O optional
Transmission/reception of alphanumeric data
over voiceband line; punched tape/keyboard
input; output to punched tape/nonimpact printer
Transmission/reception
of puncbed paper tape
data over narrow/voiceband line
Medium
Punched tape
Punched tape
Punched tape
Cod •
Any 8-level code
8-level USASCII
Any 5-. 6-. or 8-level
Speed:
Char/sec
Cards/min
15.3
10. 15. 30
Up to 7.9;
(14.2 Dnal Teledata)
Method of Entry
44-key keyboard
53-1rint/tepe-to-print
applications; bit-parallelinterface available;
nonimpact printing std; up to 70-key keyboard
optional
© 1970 AUERBACH Info, Inc.
(14. 2. Dnal Teledata)
Voice/narrowband
Any 5-. 6-. or 8-level
code
Asynchronous
1 or 2 parity bita/char.
depending on model;
when receiving, parity
is accumulated mechanically by activation
of punches
165-179; 500 (Dual
Teledata)
Dual Teledata requires
2 communications
channels; can be cannected to single voiceband line via suitable
channel-deriving equipment
3/70
4.200:28
TERMINAL EQUIPMENT
COMMUNICATIONS TERMINAL EQUIPMENT
Friden
Model 7102
Communications Terminal
IDENTITY
Friden
j
Model 7311/7331
GE Terminet 300
Data Communication Terminal
Communications
Terminal
-
-
REPORT NUMBER
6272
FUNCTION
Transmission/reception of data over narrow/
voiceband line; keyboar4/punched tape data
entry; punched tape/printed copy output
Transmission!reception Transmission of keyboard/paper tape input data;
reception of data to paper tape/printed copy outof data over voiceband
line; keyboard/punched put over voiceband line
card entry; printed
copy output
Medium
Punched tape
Punched cards (7331)
Punched tape (ASR)
Hollerith
7 -level USASCII
...
...'"... ...!:
...'"
... ...
Code
8-level USASCII
Speed:
Char/sec
Cards/min
10
-
10
10. 15. 30
Method of Entry
53-key keyboard
56-key keyboard (7311)
61-key keyboard
Z
No. of Char
Variable
Variable
Variable
S
;:)
c(
c(
...
;:)
;:)
!:
c(
~
...
......
;:)
;:)
0
Z
c(
0-
c(
Q
0
Vi
...
il...
Z
-
-
Medium
Punched tape
Printer
Printer (7311)
Printer
Punched tape \...."")
Code
Any 8-level code
89 char
91 char
94 char
7 -level USASCn
Speed:
Char/sec
Cards/min
10
10
12
10. 15. 30
10. 15. 30
Line Type
Narrow/voiceband
Voiceband (leased)
Voiceband
Speed. bps
Up to 110
Up to 150
110. 150. 300
Mode
Half-duplex
Half -duplex
Half-/full-duplex
-
-
-
-
Code
8-level USASCII
8-level USASCII
7 -level USASCn
Timing
Asynchronous
Asynchronous
Asynchronous
Char parity checking; manual retransmission
Char parity checking;
automatic block retransmission up to 3
mission
-
c(
'"...
ERROR CONTROL
Char parity checking optional; manual retrans-
times
240 (7311 Keyboard/
Printer);
90 (7331 Card Reader)
MONTHL Y RENTAL. $
148
COMMENTS
Optional edge-punched/paper tape reader. punch Model 7331 Card Reader
can be substituted for paper tape reader/punch; normally incorporated
can transmit/receive entire 128-char USASCII
in basic 7311 configuraset; 16-/20-in. printer carriage avstlable
ion; includes full
USASCn char set; 16-/
20-inch printer carrlage available; 135char print line (10
char/in.) std; options
include 175 -char print
line. pin feed platen.
eriical tab
150 (KSR); 225 (ASR);
Purchase price:
3080 (RO);
:~~~=l;
3/70
AUERBACH Data Communications Reports
75-char print line std; options include pin feed
platen. paper tape I/O. 118-char print line. code
transparency. 120-cps (1200-bps) operating
speed. horiz/vert tab. 20-char programmable
answerback, parallel interface; available as RO
unit; switch-selectable operating speeds std
fA
8
AUERBACH
DATA
CDMMUNICATlDNS
REPORTS
AUERBACH
4200:29
TERMINAL EQUIPMENT
"
COMMUNICATIONS
TERMINA~
EQUIPMENT
IDENTITY
GE Datanet 600/601
GE Datanet 730
Acoustically Coupled Terminal
GE Datanet 760
KeyboardiDieplay Subsystem
REPORT NUMBER
6320
6322
6321
FUNCTION
Transmissiou!reception of punched tape
dats over voiceband
line
TranSmission/reception of data over voiceband
line via acoustic coupler; paper tape/keyboard
entry; paper tepe/printed copy output
Video display /pr!uted copy of alphanumeric dats
transmitted to/received from remote computer
over voiceband line
..
.....
... ...
...... ...~
M.dium
Punched tape
Punohed tape (ASR)
No provision
Code
Any 5- to 8-level code
7-level USAScn
-
Sp.ed:
Char/s.c
Cards/min
50
-
10
-
--
Method of Entry
No proviSion
45-by keyboard
53-by keyboard
No. of Char
-
Variable
Up to 184. 368. 736, 1196
Q
~
00(
...
...
C
~
~
Z
~
00(
~
...
......
~
~
0
Z
0
Vi
... ...i
00(
00(
CI
.....
'"
Z
M.dium
Punched tape
Printer
Punched tspe (ASR)
Cathode ray tube
Printer
Code
Any 5- to 8-level code
64 characters
7 -level USASCn
63 char
63 char
Speed:
Char/s.c
Cards/min
50
-
10
10
150-300
-
10
Line Type
Voiceband
Voiceband
Voiceband
Voiceband
Speed. bps
850
Up to 110
Up to 1200
2000/2400
Mode
Half-duplex
Half-/full-duplex
Half-duplex
HaIf-duplex
Code
Same as input plus
inverse
Asynchronous
7-level USASCn
8-level USASCn
8-level USASCn
Asynchronous
Asynchronous
Synchronous
00(
Timing
-
-
-
ERROR CONTROL
Complete redundancy;
inverse of each char
transmitted; automatic
retransmission
Even parity generation
Char/lOngitudinal (optional) parity checking;
automatic retransmission
MONTHLY RENTAL. $
275 (600);
300 (601)
110 (ASR);
Purohase price:
2100 (portable KSR/mobile ASR);
2200 (portable ASR)
83/terminal (32-terminal coofiguration)
COMMENTS
8-level data transmitted at 25 cps; 601
can operate on-line to
a GE 200 Series computer vis Datanet-15
Basic unit consiste of a TTY ASR 35 connected
to a GE Model TDM -114 acouatic coupler;
modified TTY 33 units connected to GE TDM114 acoustic coupler; ACT 731 includes portable
KSR/coupler; ACT 733. portable ASR/coupler;
ACT 735. mobile ASR/coupler; originate-only
mode; compatible with Bell System Data Set
103A2
Max of 82 display/printer units connected to
central controller; multiple keyboard coofigurations available
© 1970 AUERBACH Info, Inc.
3/70
4200:30
TERMINAL EQUIPMENT
COMMUNICATIONS TERMINAL EQUIPMENT
IDENTITY
GE Datanet 765
CRT Communication Terminal
.
..
::;)
C
::;)
...
... ...
C ....
....... ~
....
Z
....::;)
~
C
:IE
Gulton Industries
LG 10/30
Remote Computer Terminal
-
-
-
Provides communication between 1 or 2 keyboard/video display terminals and data processor over voiceband line
Transmission of
punched card data over
voiceband line via Rell
System Data-Phone
Data Set
Remote conversational terminal for transmlsslon/
reception of alphanumeric data over voiceband
line; mag tape I/o; keyboard entry; printed copy
output
Medium
No provision
Punched cards
Magnetic tape
Code
-
Hollerith
8-level USASCn
Speed:
Char/sec
Cards/min
--
-
10. 15. 30
300
-
Method of Entry
Various keyboards
No provision
63-key keyboard
No. of Char
Variable
-
Variable
REPORT NUMBER
fUNCTION
CI
GDI
CT-300
Card Transmitter
Medium
...::>
Cathode ray tube
Printer
No provision
Magnetic tape
Printer
Code
64 char
64 char
-
8-level USAScn
64 char
0
Speed:
Char/sec
Cards/min
12-60
10. 15. 30
-
10. 15. SO
10. 15. SO
Line Type
Voiceband
Voiceband
Voiceband
Speed. bps
1200. 2000. 2400. 4800
1200/2400
Up to 300
Mode
Half-duplex
Simplex
Half -/full-duplex
...::>....
Z
0
in
...c il...
...Z
C
CI
.....
-
-
-
-
Code
8-level. ll-unit. USAscn
6-level. 8-unit BCD
8-level USASCll
Timing
Synchronous/asynchronous
Asynchronous
Asynchronous
ERROR CONTROL
Char/longitudinal parity checking; automatic
retransmission
Char parity checking;
automatic retransmission by block
Char perity checking
MONTHLY RENTAL. $
170 (2-terminal configuration)
175;
5200-6400 (purchase)
150 (includes acoustic coupler)
COMMENTS
Available in S basic conflgnrations; can be 10cated up to 5000 ft from terminal controller via
coaxial cable; up to 64 terminals can be accommodated on slngie polled communication
network; multiple keyboard configurations available; displayable characters range from 22
lines/46 char to 22 lines/92 char; optional
Terminet 300 or TTY S3 KSR
Compatible with Mohawk
Data Sciences 110S/640S
Data Recorders; error
indication via reverse
channel; interfaces directly Bell System Data
Sets 202C/202E2; auto-
C
3/70
TTY 3S-compatible; rated for continuous operation; options include mag tape cassette. 16-key
numeric entry keyboard. line buffer. acoustic
coupler; tape cassette stores 100.000 char;
switch-selectable operating speeds; up to 1S2char adjustable print line std; printa 5 coptes;
basic unit is KSR; ASR adds mag tape I/O; 26
matie retransmission
keyboard control char; compatible with Bell Sysvia core memory buffer; tem Data Set 10SA
400-card I/o hopper
capacities; available
with 32-. 64-. 96-.
128-char USASCn interface
AUERBACH Data Communications Reports
A
AUERBACH
DATA
COMMUNICATIONS
REPORTS
.
AUERBACH
4200:31
TERMINAL EQUIPMENT
COMMUNICATIONS TERMINM EQUIPMENT
IDENTITY
Honeywell
Data Station
Honeywell Series 200
Visual Information Projection System
Honeywell 2B1
Single Channel
Communications
Control
REPORT NUMBER
6383
63B4
63B2
FUNCTION
TranSmiSSion/reception of data over voiceband
line witb Honeywell Series 200 computer;
punched tape 110; keyboard entry; printed copy
output
Video display/printed copy of alphanumeric
data transmitted to/received from remote computer; keyboard entry
Connects Honeywell
Series 200 computer to
single narrow/voice/
broadband line
.
.....
...
......'"
Medium
Puncbed tape
Bar-coded carde
No provision
0-
Code
B-level USASCII
4-bit bar/2-bit mark-
-
~
Speed:
Char/sec
Cards/min
120
50/25
Method 01 Entry
Q
=>
....
;(
0-
...
=> =>
Z
~
'"
~
-
1-6250
4B-key keyboard
15-/42-key keyboard
No prOvision
No. 01 Char
Variable/up to 132
Up to 384/76B char/unit
-
-
-
-
Medium
Puncbed tape
Printer
Cathode ray tube
Printer
Computer
0-
Cod.
B-level USASCII
59 char
14 to 84 char
64 cbar
5- to B-Ievel (depending
on model)
=>
Speed:
Char/sec
Cards/min
120
10
41,600
10
10-6250
Line Type
Voiceband
=>
....
00
Z
0
''""
sense
Computer
5- to B-Ievel, depending
on model
iii
II>
-
-
-
-
Voiceband
Speed, bps
Up to 1200
1200, 2000, 2400
Half-duplex
Half -duplex
-
Narrow/voice/broadband
Up to 134.5, 2400,
50,000
Half -duplex
i
Mode
Z
Code
B-Ievel USASCII
B-Ievel USASCII
0-
Timing
Asyncbronous
Syncbronous/asyncbronous
ERROR CONTROL
Char/message parity cbecking; automatic retransmission with buffer option
Char/longitudiual parity checking; manual retransmission from display units; automatic
retransmission from auxiliary units
Char/message parity
checking on some
models; error sets
testable Indicator
MONTHLY RENTAL, $
217-730 (depending on selection of 110 components); 42-2BB (per component)
50-92 (display unit); 293 to over 1000 (central
controller); 23-60 (nondisplay unit control);
2B-B1 (nondisplay unit)
122-263 (depending on
model!special features)
COMMENTS
Transmission can be initiated only by remote
Series 200 computer; option permita selective
addressing/polling operations (controlled by
remote computer); each data station consista of
control unit!1-4 I/O components; 12B-char keyboard; bar-coded card reader optioual
Multiple display/printer units connected to
central controller; equipment manufactured!
marketed by Bunker-Ramo; keyboard entry via
auxiliary TTY 33/35 KSR available; max
keyboard-generated message length depends on
model/configuration
Various models ava!lable for connection to
wide range of std communications facilities/
remote terminals
0-
Q
..'"
II>
5- to B-Ievel (depending
on model)
Syncbronous/asyncbronOUB
© 1970 AUERBACH Info, Inc.
3/70
4200:32
TERMINAL EQUIPMENT
COMMUNICATIONS lER,MINAL EQUIPMENT
IDENTITY
Honeywell 481
SIngle Channel Communlcatlons Control
Honeywell
K-700 Series
Keytape Communicators
'.l
Honeywell
K-900 Series
Keytape Communicator.
REPORT NUMBER
6381
6385
6385
FUNCTION
Connects Honeywell
400/1400 computer
to single narrow/
voiceband line
Transmission/reception of mag tape dats over
voioeband line; many I/O options available;
preparation of tape for direct entry to computer
Transmission! reception of mag tape data over
voiceband line; many I/o options available;
preparation of tape for direct entry to computer
M.dium
Computer
Magnetic tape
Punched carda (K-731)
Magnetic tape
Punched carda (K-931)
Code
6-bit BCD
6-level BCD
Hollerith
8-level EBCmC
Hollerith
Spe.d:
Char/s.c
Cards/min
6-105
-
13.344 (556 bpi);
19.200 (800 bpi)
-
19.200
100
Method of Entry
No provision
49-key keyboard
49-key keyboard
No. of Char
-
Up to 80/120
Up to 80. 90. 100. 110. 120
..
...'" ...
...
Q
:;)
oC
...
...'"
...oC
:;)
!
.....
:;)
Z
oC
!
:IE
.......
-
-
100
Medium
Computer
Magnetic tape
Printer (K -735)
Magnetic tape
Printer (K-935)
Code
6-blt BCD
6-level BCD
64 char
8-level EBCmC
64 char
Spe.d:
Char/s.c
Cards/min
6-10~
-
13.344 (556 bpi);
19.200 (800 bpi)
-
19.200
3001pm
Line Type
Narrow/voloeband
Voiceband
Voiceband
S'peed. bps
Up to 75 (narrow)/
1050 (voice)
Simplex/baif -duplex
1200/1800
1200/1800
Mode
Half-duplex
Half-duplex
Code
Any code up to 8-levels 6-level BCD
8-level EBCmC
Timing
Asynchronous
Asynchronous
Asynchronous
ERROR CONTROL
As programmed; no
automatic checking
Char/lOngitudinal parity checking duriag transmission; complete bit-for-bit checks of all tape
recording; automatic retransmission
Char/longitudinal parity checking during transmlaslon; complete blt..for-bit checks of all tspe
recording
MONTHLY RENTAL, $
300
245-750
270-775
COMMENTS
Two alternating 2-char Various models provide different auxiliary I/o
buffers when receiving; devices
one 4-char buffer when
transmitting; available
to present use:'s on
as-returned basis only
:;)
:;)
0
Z
.. i......
..'"
oC
oC
Q
3/70
0
in
Z
oC
AUERBACH Data Communications Reports
-
-
300lpm
Various models provide different auxiliary I/o
devices
A
8
..
AUERBACH
AUERBACH
DATA
CDMMUNICATIONS
REPDRTS
4200:33
TERMINAL EQUIPMENT
COMMUNICATIONS TERMINAL EQUIPMENT
IDENTITY
REPORT NUMBER
FUNCTION
.
.....
... ...
...
e:.
~
~
•...
::> ~
Z "~
~
......
::>
-
-
IBM Magnetic Tape Selectric Typewriter
6458
Transmission/reception of daIa over puhllc teleRemote punched card
Remote transmission/reception of dats with
phone network; Input keyboard/mag tepe carHoneywell Series 200 Computers over voiceband reader terminal; accepts input from 40-/
trldge; output printer/magnetic tape cartridge
line; punched card I/O; printed copy output
80-001 punched/barcoded cards; transmits
data over voiceband line
Punched cards
Punched cards; barcoded cards (optional)
Hollerith; dial marksense (bar-ooded)
Magnetic tspe
Code
Hollerith
Speed:
Char/sec
Cards/min
-
10/105
-
14.8
400
Method of Entry
No provision
No provision
44-Key keyboard
No. of Char
-
-
Up to 23. 240/tape cartridge
Medium
Punched cards
Printer
No provision
Printer
Magnetic tape
63 cbar
-
88 char
IBMMT/ST
-
-270lpm
--
14.8
14.8
:e
...
Hewlett-Packard
Model 2761A
Opt1oal Mark Reader
Medium
Q
~
Honeywell
Series 2440/RTT
Remote Transmission Terminal
IBM MT/ST
-
Code
Hollerith
Speed:
Char/sec
Cords/min
100-400
Line Type
Voiceband
Voiceband
Public telephone network
Speed, bps
Up to 11011050
Up to 134.5
Mode
2000 (switched);
2400 (leased)
Half -duplex
Half -/full-duplex
Half-duplex
Code
8-level USASCII
USASCII
IBM MT/ST
Timing
Synchronous
Asynchronous
Asynchronous
ERROR CONTROL
Message parity checking; automatic retransmission
Parity generation
Char parity checking; manoal retransmission
MONTHLY RENTAL, $
675-1055 (depending on selection of I/O components)
2950-3150 (purchase
price)
265 (1 tepe);
323 (2 tepes)
COMMENTS
Transmission can be initiated by Series 200
computer or another 2440 terminal; automatic
blocking feature provides for transmission of
full buffers. does not limit transmission to size
of I/o media; double buffer provides transmission of data while reading. punching. printing;
132-ohar print line std
Adds card entry capa- With optiooal second tepe unit, MT/ST can be
billtles to TTY 33 on
used for producing edited copy of previous tspe;
time sharing networks; Modelll is single-tape station; Model IV. douhlecard feeding controlled tepe ststion
by supervisory return
line/X--7Il>-cOIlteyooarn
No. of Char
-
-
Variable
15. 16. 26 digita
::)
Z
-
Medium
Punched cards
Punched cards
Punched tape
Punched cards
Printer
Code
Hollerith
Hollerith
8-level IBM PPT
Hollerith
88 char
Speed:
Char/sec
Cards/min
140 (65); 160 (66)
3-11
160 col/sec
40-400
14.8/8.33
14.8/8.33
10
14.8/8.33
VOiceband/telegraph grade
1400/1600 (VOice);
75 (telegraph)
Half -duplex
Voiceband
Voiceband/telegraph-grade
1200. 2000. 2400
Up to 133.2 (voice);
75 (telegraph)
Half -duplex
IBM Transceiver 4of-8
Asynchronous
IBM High-Speed 4of-8
Synchronous
ERROR CONTROL
Char validity; manual
retransmission
Char validity/message
parity checking; automatic retransmission
Char/message parity; automatic retransmission optional
MONTHLY RENTAL, $
170-220
775
110-500;
30-100 (per component used)
COMMENTS
65 and 66 are based
on IBM 024 and 026
Key Punches. respectivelYi 66 can print
data on card as it is
punched
Extensive format control; compatible with
other IBM STR terminals
Master Station feature permits multistation polling/addressing; each
1050 terminal consists of control unit/l-7 I/o lDlits
...
......
::)
::)
0
line Type
Z
...'"
'"
Q
g
Speed. bps
'"
Mode
'"Z
Code
iE
...'"'"
3/70
Timing
Half -duplex
-
-
9-bit IBM PTT
Asynchronous
AUERBACH Data Communications Reports
A
a
..
AUERBACH
AUERBACH
DATA
COMMUNICATIONS
REPORTS
4200:35
TERMINAL EQUIPMENT
COMMUNICATIONS TERMINAL EQUIPMENT
IDENTITY
IBM 1978
Print Read Punch Terminal
IBM 2721
Portable Audio
IBM 2260
Displll3' Station
Terminal
-
REPORT NUMBER
6445
6456
FUNCTION
Transmits data from punched carda; prints/
punches into cards data received over voiceband
line
Video display/printed copy of alphanumeric
data transmitted to/received from remote
computer over voiceband line
Remote keyboard entry
of alphanumeric inquiry
data to central computer
over voiceband line via
integral acoustic
coupler
Medium
Punched cards
No provision
No provision
Code
Hollerith
-
-
Speed:
Char/sec
Cards/min
190
-
--
-
.....
..
S
...
:;;)
c(
A-
A-
~
A-
-
...
Method 01 Entry
No provision
26-/50-key keyboard
60-key keyboard
:;;)
Z
A-
Na. 01 Char
-
Up to 240. 480. 960
Variable
Medium
Punched cards
Printer
Cathode ray tube
Printer
Voice response
Code
Hollerith
13.39. 52. 63 char
64 char
64 char
-
Speed:
Char/sec
Cards/min
-
2560
14.8
91-190
-
;(
:;;)
~
c(
=e
...
...
:;;)
A-
:;;)
0
-
475-1601pm
-
-
Line Type
Voiceband
Voiceband
Voicehand
Speed. bps
600. 1200. 2000. 2400
Up to 1200/240e
Mode
Half-duplex
Half -duplex
12cps (two 0.5-sec
words)
Half-duplex
Code
IBM Hlgh-Bpeed 4-of-8
8-level USASCII
3-of -14 inquiry code
Timing
Synchronous
Asynchronous
Receiver activated by
each data group
Char validity/block parity checking; automatic
retransmission by block
Char/longitudinal parity checking; automatic
No provision except
retransmission
tone response to message entry error
MONTHLY RENTAL, $
850 (RQ) to 1350
30-50 (display); 390-1050 (central control); 49
(printer)
20;
600 (purchase)
COMMENTS
Modell provides punched card input/printed
output; Model 2 adds punched card output;
Modsl 3 provides printed output only; compatible with otber IBM STR terminals
Multiple display/printer units connected to
central controller (2648); up to 24 displays/l
IBM 1053 Printer per controller; buffer capacity
up to 7680 char
Connects remotely to
IBM 7770/Model 3
Audio Response Uuit;
keyboard generates 26
alpha. 10 numeric. 14
special, 5 function,
and 5 control char;
overlays aVailable;
audio reception via
speaker or ear plug; 3char. hard-wired. terminal ID code is userspecified; 30-sec
timeout will disconnect/
request more terminal
data
Z
0
in
... i'"
c(
c(
Q
....'"
Z
c(
ERROR CONTROL
-
© 1970 AUERBACH Info, Inc.
3/70
4200:36
TERMINAL EQUIPMENT
COMMUNICATIONS TERMINAL EQUIPMENT
IDENTITY
IBM 2265
Display Station
Terminal
IBM 2741
Communication
Terminal
IBM 7702
Magnetic Tape
Transmission Terminal
6454
6455
6450
Transmission of mag
tape data over voioeband line
IBM 2740
Communication
REPORT NUMBER
6459
FUNCTION
Video display /prlnied cOpy of dais transmltied
Typed-message data
between 2265 and remoie IBM System/360 com- communication over
pUler over voiceband line
narrow/voiceband line
TYPed-message dais
communication over
narrow/voiceband line
with IBM System/360
computer
Medium
No provision
No provision
No prOvision
Magnetic tape
Code
-
-
-
IBM BCD/blnary
Speed:
Char/.e.
Cards/min
-
-
-
150. 250. 300
... ...
Q
'"C
;:)
:.
'""-
"-
C
...
Method of Entry
50-key keyboard
44-key keyboard
44-key keyboard
No provision
Z
C
"~
No. of Char
Up to 960
Variable
Variable
-
~
;:)
:IE
;:)
...
;:)
..."-
;:)
0
Z
cQ
Medium
Cathode ray tube
Prinier
Prinier
Printer
Magnetic tape
Code
64 char
64 char
1 of 3 IBM 6-level
IBM BCD/binary
codes
Spe.d:
Char/ •••
Cards/min
1 of SIBM 6-level
codes
2560
14. B
14.B
14.B
-
150. 250. 300
Line Type
Voiceband
Narrowband
Narrowband
Voiceband
1200. 2000. 2400
-
-
-
-
0
Speed, bps
Up to 1200/2400
184.5
184.5
&II
Mod.
Half -duplex
Half-duplex
Half-duplex
Half-duplex
Cod.
B-Ievel USASCll
Timing
Asynchronous
1 of 3 IBM 6-level. 9unit, codes
Asynchronous
1 of 3 IBM 6-level, 9unit, codes
Asynchrooous
IBM High..,speed 4of-B
Synchronous
Char/message parity
checking optional
No provision
Char validity/message
parity checking; automatic retransmission
.. i
C
-
u;
&II
Z
C
...
II<
ERROR CONTROL
Char/longitudinal parity checking; automatic
retransmission
MONTHLY RENTAL, $
360-445 (display/control);
49 (prlnier)
95-145
95 to 105
1260
COMMENTS
IBM 2845 controller Inierfaces 1 display /1 IBM
1053 Prlnier; 960-char buffer capacity; displ8¥
formats are 15 64-cbar/12 80-cbar lines
Can be used as remole Input for IBM
System/360 computer;
can be polled/addressed bY computer
Iniended as remote
Inquiry iermlnal for
IBM System/360 computer; can Interrupt
computer (optional)
Tape format compatible
with IBM 729 Series
Magnetic Tape Units;
compatible with other
IBM STR terminals
3/70
AUERBACH Data
Communications~eports
A
a
AUERBACH
4200:37
DATA
COMMUNICATIONS
TERMINAL EQUIPMENT
.
AUERBACH REPORTS
COMMUNICATIONS TERMINAL EQUIPMENT
IDENTITY
IBM 2770
Data Communications System
IBM 7710
Data Communication
Unit
REPORT NUMBER
-
6451
FUNCTION
Remotti. programmed batch processing of alphanumeric data transmitted/received over voiceband
line to another 2770 or System/3GO computer
M.dium
Punched cards
Magnetic tape
PWlched tape
Magnetic char reader
Computer
Cod.
Hollerith
EBCDIC
5- to 8-level EBCDIC/
USASCn
EBCDIC/USASCn
6-blt BCD
Sp •• d:
Char/sec
Cards/min
-
117
120
-
250 or 300
150(Al); 300 (A2)
Method of Entry
Keyboard (IBM 2772 Control Unit)
No provision
No. of Char
Variable
-
Medium
Punched cards
Printer
Punched tape
Cathode ray tuhe
Computer
::t
Code
Hollerith
5- to a-level EBCDIC/
USAscn
63 (EBCDIC);
64 (USASCll)
6-bit BCD
0
Speed:
Char/s.c
Cards/min
63 (EBCDIC);
64 (USASCll)
Up to 20
Up to 66
120
Up to 300
Line Typ.
Voiceband
Voice/broadband
SAeed. bps
1200. 2000. 2400
Mod.
Half-duplex
2000/2400 (voice);
40. aoo (broad)
Half -duplex
.
.
...a ...::t
......C !
...
...C ...
::t ::t
A-
Z
A-
C
!
:Ii
...
......
::t
Z
0
v;
... i'"
C
C
a
Connects IBM 1401
computer to single
VOice/broadband line
....'"
Z
-
-
-
-
-
Up to 500 6-in. doc/min.
-
-
250/300
-
Code
EBCDIC/USAscn
IBM High-Bpeed 4-O{-8
Timing
Synchronous
Synchronous
Parity/ oyclic redundaney checking; automatic retransmission by block
Char validity/message
parity checking; programmed retransmis-
C
ERROR CONTROL
son
MONTHLY RENTAL. $
265 (control unit); 130-170 (printer); 170 (2265 display); 112-145 (card reader); 112-131 (card
punch); 49 (paper tape reader); 121 (psper tape punch); 175 (mag tape inscriber)
1575
COMMENTS
Can communicate with another 2770 or IBM System/360 (Models 25-85) via binary synchronous
COmmunicatiODS; functions as hatch/conversation8.J. terminal; all configurations employ keyboard;
printer/any 2 of 5 I/o devices can be attached; optional features available on 2772 multipurpose
control unit include automatic answering. hnffer eJq>ansion. conversational mode. EBCDIC transpareney. identification. keyboard correctien. multipcint data link centrol. synchronous clock.
display format control; interlocked keyboard generates EBCDIC/USASCn char; friction/pin feed
printer platen; 132-char print line (10 char/In.); 6-part forms; 2265 displays 960 char max via 12
80-char/15 64-char line format; card punch can print punched data; mag char reader reads MICR
encoded data in 4. 6. 8. 10. 12 records per hnffer block
Compatible with other
IBM 8TR terminals;
can be connected to
other IBM computers
RPQ
© 1970 AUERBACH Info, Inc.
3/70
4200:38
TERMINAL EQUIPMENT
COMMUNICATIONS TERMINAL EQUIPMENT
IDENTITY
IBM 7711
Data Communication
Unit
IBM 2780
Data Transmission Terminal
Infotec
DS-20
Data Station
REPORT NUMBER
6452
6457
-
-
FUNCTION
Transmission of mag
tape data over voice/
broadband line
TransmiSSion/reception of alphanumeric data
over voiceband line; punched card I/o; printed
copy output
Programmed. highspeed transmission!
reception of
tape
data over voice road.band line
Keyboard to printed
tape data conversion!
transmission to remote
computer; reception of
data from remote computer to printed tape
Interface Mechanisms
Series 3 Dual Image
Remote Data Entry
Terminal
:7b
Medium
Magnetic tape
Punched carda
Magnetic tape
Printed paper tape
... ...
Code
IBM 6-hit BCD/binary
Hollerith .
8-level BCD/EBCDIC
MY 5- to 8-level code
:.
...'"
Speed:
Char/sec
Cards/min
Up to 90.000
-
-
400(1'30.000 (7 -/9 -track) Up to 150
400
-
-
:c ...
Method 01 Entry
No proviSion
No proviSion
TTY 33 ASR keyboard
Keyboard
Z
rlnts on 8. 5-in. forms
165;
5950 (purchase)
3800 (purchase price)
99
Nonimpact printingj
optional keyboard
facility for local data
entry; contains programmable 4K-memory
controller; options tnclude parallel input,
BCD/EBCDIC codes,
100-char print line,
240-cps (2400-bp6)
operating speed; 80char print line std; 6
lines/in. spacing; compatible with Bell System
Data-Phone Data Sets
202C2/202D2
Incorporates 2-char line Options include operating speed above 15 cps
buffer for intermediate (135 bps), BCD/EBCDIC/USASCII operating
storage; options include codes, LRCC/CRCC, automatic retransmission,
built-in data set for
built-in data set for DAA, pclling/addresslng,
DAA, carrying case,
unattended/automatic answer, numeric Input
BCD/EBCDIC operating attachment; IBM Correspondence code std;
codes; Correspondence asynchronous operation std; binary sync optional;
code std; keyboard
keyboard editing includes delete char, word, line
generates 88 char set; via 350-char buffer; keyboard generates 88-char
compatible with IBM
set; compatible with IBM 2740/2741 (BTAM/
2741; 130-char print
QTAM); operates in conversation/hatch modes;
pin feed platen; 24,000-/48, OOO-char mag tape
line max; 9.5-, 9.9-,
10.4-, 10,7-, 11,8-,
cartridge capacity; Bell System Data Sets 103/
202 available; 130-char print line, 4-record
13.7 -in. pin feed
buffer,
dial-up/interrupt capability std; vertical
platens available; horlz/
vert tab optional; untab optional; horizontal tab std
attended, automatic
answering optional
AUERBACH Data Communications Reports
fA
8
..
AUERBACH
AUERBACH
DATA
COMMUNICATIONS
REPORTS
4200:45
TERMINAL EQUIPMENT
COMMUNICATIONS TERMINAL EQUIPMENT
IDENTITY
Novar
Model 5-51
Data Communications Terminal
REPORT NUMBER
FUNCTION
Olivetti
TC 380
Cotnp'!ter Terminal
-
-
High-speed data transmission/reception of mag
tape data to/from remote computer; dual tape
units for letter composition/editing; keyboard
entry; prints multip1e-psrt business forms
on/off -line from tape csrtridge
Btored program buffered terminal with 256-character message buffer;
transmits/receives mag tape/paper tape data in multidrop connection
over voiceband Unei keyboard data entry; printed copy output
Medium
Magnetic tape (dual)
Punched tape
Magnetic tape
Code
IBM Selectric; BCD, EBCDIC, USASCII
(optional)
8-1evel USASCII
8-1eve1 USASCII
Speed:
Char/sec
Cards/min
15, 30, 60, 90, 120 cps (asynchronous);
120, 140, 180, 200, 240 cps (synchronous)
15
120
Method 01 Entry
54 -key Selectric keyboard
48-key alphanumeric keyboard; 10-key numeric keyboard
No. 01 Char
Variable up to 350
Variable
Medium
Printer
MagnetiC tape (dual)
Printer
Punched tape
MagnetiC tape
Code
88 char
IBM Selectric; BCD
EBCDIC, USASCII
84 char
8 -level USASCII
8-leve1 USASCII
Speed:
Char/sec
Cards/min
15-240
15-240
15
15
Line Type
Voiceband
Voice
0
in
Speed, bps
135 to 2400
1200/2400
ien
Mode
Half -duplex
Half-dup1ex
Code
IBM Selectric; BCD, EBCDIC, USASCII
(optional)
8-level USASCII
Synchronous/asynchronous
Synchronous/asynchronous
ERROR CONTROL
Vertical parity checking; longitudinal/char redundancy check characters; automatic retransmission
Char/longitudinal parity checking; automatic retransmission
MONTHLY RENTAL, $
205
206-292
COMMENTS
Options include operating speed above 15 cps
(135 bps), BCD/EBCDIC/USASCII operating
codes. LRCC/CRCC, automatic retransmission,
built-in data set for DAA, polling/addressing,
unattended/automatic answer, numeric inp'Jt
attachment/ vertical tab, binary sync operation;
same as Model 5-50 with dual cartridge mag
tape system for editing, formatting; IDM
correspondence code, asynchronous operatio~
pin feed platen, 130-char print line, 4-record
buffer, horizontal tab, dial-up/interrupt capability std; compatible with IBM 2740/2741
(BTAM/QTAM); operates in conversatlon/batch
modes; S8-char keyboard can delete cbar, word,
line via 350-char buffer; Bell System Data Sets
103/202 available; 24,000-48,000 -char mag
tape cartridge capacity
Stand-alone terminal not requtrlng controller; can operate with local
scanner to control 16 terminals on 1 drop; stored program controls
I/O operations, arithmetic calculation, check digit verification, logical
tests; mag tape cartridge provides 39, OOO-char storage; prints 120
char/line
.....'" ...:>
..... ~
0
A-
A-
A-
...:>
...
;;(
:>
Z
~
'"
::Ii
...
:>
...:>
A-
0
Z
...'"
'"
0
en
....'"
Z
Timing
-
© 1970 AUERBACH Info, Inc.
-
-
-
-
-
120
-
3/70
4200:46
TERMINAL EQUIPMENT
COMMUNICATIONS TERMINM EQUIPMENT
Olivetti
TC 308SH
Time Sharing Terminal.
IDENTITY
REPORT NUMBER
FUNCTION
... ...:::>
...C !
Q
II<
Do
Do
II<
Do
;(
z
-
Buffered terminal with '500~char m""""8"
storage transmite/receives paper tape data
in multidrop connection over voiceband line;
keyboard data entry; printed copy output
Transmission/reception
of alphanumeric data
over voiceband line via
acoustic coupler; keyboard entry; strip
printer output
Punched tape
Punched tape
Code
8-level USASCII
8-level USASCII
Speed:
Char/sec
Cards/min
10
15
48-key alphanumeric keyboard; 10-key numeric 51-key keyboard
keyboard
Variable
Variable
Method of Entry
67-key keyboard
Variable
> No provision
-
-
-
No. of Char
...
...:::>
Omnitec
Model 800
Portable Data >Terminal
Medium
Do
!
C
~
Transmission/reception of alphanumeric data
over public telephone network; keyboard/paper
tape input; printer/punched tape output
...
:::> :::>
Olivetti
TC 349B!
BulWred General Purpose Terminal
-
Medium
Printer
Punched tape
Printer
Punched tape
Strip printer
Code
64 char
8-level USASCII
96 cbar
a-level USASCII
63 "bar
Speed:
Char/sec
Cards/min
10
1>0
15
15
10
>-
Do
:lI
0
-
-
-
-
Line Type
Public telephone network
Voiceband
Voiceband
Speed, bps
Up to 110
1200/2400
Up to 110
i
Mode
Half-/full-duplex
Half-cluplex
Half-/full-duplex
Z
C
Code
8-level USASCII
8-level USASCII
USASCII
Timing
Asynchronous
Synchronous/asynchronous
Asynchronous
ERROR CONTROL
No provision
Cbar/longitudinal parity checking; automatic
retransmission
Odd parity generation
MONTHLY RENTAL, $
75
188
49
COtANlENTS
Standard features include off-line operation,
'keyboard intel'loek, alito_tlc start/stop,
3/4/6 ltnes/m.>, 10 char/In. lijlaCing, IrictlcRI
pin feed; options include uppercase only,
answer back, 80-char print line, numeric
keyboard
Stand-alone terminal not 1'eqUiP111g controll$r;
llallOperliunvi.ildoo81 """"""" to control 16
terminals on 1 drop; prints 120 char /line
Z
0
...c
;;;
C
."
Q
."
...
II<
,
r
3/70
AUERBACH Data Communications Reports
I
B.nI.t.l'nocoupler com'patible with Ben, System >
Data-Phone Data Set
l03A2, Omnitec 703
Acoustic Coupler; originate only mode; printa on
O. 5-in. paper strip; TTY
33/3S-compatible;
weighs 25 lb. ; switchselectable transmlsslan
nmdee
Aa
AUERBACH
DATA
CDMMUNICATIONS
REPORTS
AUERBACH
4200:47
TERMINAL EQUIPMENT
II
COMMUNICATIONS TERMINAL EQUIPMENT
IDENTITY
REPORT NUMBER
FUNCTION
..
.....
a
III
~
::I
C
Do
Do
!
III
C
::I
Z
C
~
::I
Do
!
:IE
ModeI800A
Portable Data Terminal
Omnitec Model 805
Omnitec Model 807
Tape-to-Coupler
COIlpler-to-Tape
Communications Sub- Communications Subsystem
system
Omnitec Model 812
Key-to-Tape/Coupler-to-Tape/Tape-to-Coupler
-
-
Transmission of mag
tape data over voiceband line vla acoustic
coupler
Transmission/reception of keyboard/mag tape
data over voiceband line via acoustic coupler;
keyboard/mag tape entry; strip printer/mag tape
output
Omnitec
-
-
Transmlssion/recep- .
tion of alphanumeric
data over voiceband
line via acoustic
coupler; keyboard
entry; strip printer
Reception of alphanumeric data to mag
tape output over voice
band line vi'a acoustic
coupler
Communications Subsystem
Medium
No provision
No provision
Magnetic Tape
Magnetic tape
Code
-
-
ll-bit USASCII
ll-bit USASCII
Speed:
Char/sec
Cards/min
-
--
10
-
10
Method of Entry
51-key keyboard
No provision
No provision
52-key keyboard
No. of Char
Variable
-
-
Variable
Medium
Strip printer
Magnetic tape
No provision
Magnetic tape
Strip printer
Code
88 char
ll-bit USASCII
-
ll-bit USASCU
63 char
Speed:
Char/sec
Cards/min
15
-
10
-
-
-
10
10
Line Type
Voiceband
Voiceband
Voiceband
Voiceband
Speed, bps
134.5
Up to 300
Up to 300
Up to 300
Mode
Half-/full-dup1ex
Half-dup1ex
Half-dup1ex
Half-/full-duplex
Code
mM Correspondence
Timing
7 -level, ll-unit
USASCU
Asynchronous
Asynchronous
7 -level, ll-unit
USASCU
Asynchronous
Asynchronous
ERROR CONTROL
Odd parity generation
-
-
-
MONTHLY RENTAL, $
58
69 (2-yr lease);
1490 (purchase)
69 (2-yr lease);
1490 (purchase)
163 (2 -yr lease);
3500 (purchase)
COMMENTS
Built-in coupler compatible with Bell System Data-Phone Data
Set 103A2, Omnitec
703 Acoustic Coupler;
originate/answer
modes; prints on 0.5in. strip paper; compatible with mM 2741;
switch-selectable
transmission modes
Storage capacity of
36, 000 char; originate
only mode; compatible
with Bell System Data
Set 103A2; accepts
data transmitted from
Omnitec 807
Accepts mag tape cartrldges prepared on
Omnitec 805; orlginateonly mode; compatible
with Bell System Data
Set 103A2
Storage capacity of 36, 000 char; on-/off-line mag
tape recording capability; TTY 33/35-compatible;
originate/answer modes; compatible with Bell
System Data Set 103A; simultaneous prluter/tape
recording
~
...
::I
~
::I
0
Z
C
0
iii
c i'"
~
a
.'"
Z
C
~
© 1970 AUERBACH Info, Inc.
-
-
7-level, ll-unit USASCU
3/70
4200:48
TERMINAL EQUIPMENT
COMMUNICATIONS TERMINAL EQUIPMENT
IDENTITY
Omnttec
Model 900
Conversational Data
Terminal
Oneida Electronics
Aqousticom Series 33
Data Terminal
REPORT· NUMBER
-
-
-
FUNCTION
Transmisslon/receptior
of alphanumeric data
over voiceband line;
keyboard entry; printed
copy output
Transmission/reception of alphanumeric data
over public telephone network via acoustic coupIer; keyboard/paper tape input; paper tape/
printed copy output
Transmission/reception of alphanumeric data
over narrow-/voiceband line; keyboard/paper tap
entry; printer/paper tape output
. ...
.....
~
0::;)
e
:l; ~
~
0::;)
...
::;)
Z
e
~
:IE
Peripheral Data
Machines
Magnyx 6600
Data Terminal
Medium
No provision
Punched tape (ASR)
Punched tape
8-level USASCn
Code
-
8-level USASCn
Speed:
Char/sec
Cards/min
--
10
10, IS, 30
Method of Entry
58-key keyboard
45-key keyboard
63-key keyboard
No. of Char
Variable
Variable
Variable
-
-
Medium
Printer
Punched tape (ASR)
Printer
Punched tape
Printer
Code
88 char
8 -level USAscn
64 char
8-level USAscn
94 char
Speed:
Char/sec
Cards/min
15
10
10
10, IS, 30
10, IS, 30
Line Type
Voiceband
Voiceband
Narrow-/voiceband
0
Speed, bps
134.5
Up to 300
Up to 110, ISO, 300
'"i
Mode
Half-duplex
7-level mM Selectric
Half-/full-duplex
Half-/full-duplex
8-level USAscn
8-level USAScn
Asynchronous
Asynchronous
Asynchronous
ERROR CONTROL
Parity checking
Even parity generation
Even char parity generation
MONTHl Y RENTAL, $
-
Purchase price;
1726-1919 (KSR)
1985-2655 (ASR)
Purchase price:
1020 (KSR)
1415 (ASR)
COMMENTS
Modified TTY 33 KSR/ASR units with integral
Compatible with mM
KSR includes keyboard/printer; ASR adds paper
735 Selectric Typeacoustic coupler; KSR Includes keyboard/print- tape I/O wide carriage, 132 -char print line,
writer; programmed
er; ASR adds paper tape I/O; mobile/portable
fixed 20-char WRU answerback message std;
automatic terminal
facilities available; operating modes are origioptions include IO-key numeric cluster, pin feed,
checking; interrupt ca- nate (260), originate/alternate transmission via integral hard-wire data set, parallel interface;
pability; no longer in
dual input interface (262), originate/answer (300) . switch-selectable operating speeds, transmission
production
pin feed, X-on/X-off optional; one 20-char
modes
answerback drum std
0::;)
...
0::;)
0
Z
e0e
Q
;;;
'"
Z
Code
0-
Timing
.
e
3/70
-
-
-
AUERBACH Data Communications Reports
-
-
fA
(&
AUERBACH
AUERBACH
DATA
COMMUNICATIONS
REPORTS
4200:49
TERMINAL EQUIPMENT
co
COMMUNICATIONS TERMINAL EQUIPMENT
Plessey
PT600/1200PT
Mark m Data Transmission Terminal
IDENTITY
Plessey
PT200PT
Data Transmission
System
REPORT NUMBER
-
-
-
6650
FUNCTION
Low-speed transmission/reception of paper
tape data over voiceband line
Medium-speed transmission/reception of
paper tape data over
voiceband line
Functions as stand-alone, small computer/remote data terminal; keyboard entry; paper tape
I/O; printed copy output
4-color video display
of data transmitted between D-20 and remote
computer over voiceband line
..
...
«
.......
::)
....
.....
:!:
:c
~
::)
Medium
Punched tape
Punched tape
Punched tape
No provislnn
Any 5- to 8-level code
Any 5- to 8-level code
Any 5-, 7-, 8-level code
-
Speed:
Char/sec
Cards/min
18.2
50/100
50
--
Method of Entry
No provision
No provision
IBM Selectric keyboard
53-key keyboard
No. of Char
-
-
Variable up to 128
Up to 768
::)
....
Z
« :!:
::IE
~
....
::)
~
::)
0
Z
0
Vi
«
i'"
«
Q
'"Z
«
~
.
~
Philco-Ford Model D-20
Alphanumeric Color
Displll¥ Unit
Code
Q
~
Qantel V
Terminal Proceesor
-
-
Medium
Punched tape
Punched tape
Punched tape
Printer
Cathode rll¥ tube
Code
Any 5- to 8-level code
Any 5- to 8-level
Any 5-, 7-, 8-level
code
88 char
60 char
Speed:
Char/sec
Cards/min
18.2
50/100
-
50
15
10
Line Tvpe
Voiceband
Voiceband
Voiceband
Speed, bps
Up to 200
Up to 110
Simplex/full-duplex
600 (50 cps); 1200 (100
cpe)
Simplex/full-duplex
75 to 4800
Mode
Half-duplex
Half-duplex
Code
Any 5- to 8-level code
Any 5- to 8-level code
Depends on adapter in central computer
8-level USASCII
Timing
Asynchronous
Asynchronous
Synchronous/asynchronous
Asynchronous
Vertical/longitudinal redundancy checking
Char/longitudinal parity
checking manual
correction
ERROR CONTROL
-
-
-
-
Voiceband
Char parity checking;
Char parity checking;
automatic retransmission
automatic transmission
MONTHLY RENTAL, $
Purchases price:
2400 (transmitter); 3480
(receiver); 4925 (transmUter/ receiver)
Purchase PrIce:
275 (per system); 85 (per additional work station) 7200 (purchase price)
3600 (transmitter);4450
(receiver); 8050 (transmitter/receiver)
COMMENTS
Automatic backspacing;
tape copying in fullduplex mode; optional
unattended operation
with additional controller feature; can
interface any processor via special
adapter
Automatic answering
unattended operation
optional; Tally-compatible paper tape reader; TTY -compatible
paper tape punch;
switch-selectable
odd/even parity
checking
© 1970 AUERBACH Info, Inc.
Transmission codes handled by microprograms
supplied for most communications adapters; any
modem up to 4800 bps can be used; can operate
using most transmission codes available; switchselectable timing; employs buffered, heavy dnty
IB M Selectric keyboard/printer; Includes 128char buffer; control via l'i'sec, MOS, lO24-word,
read-only memory; additional 1024 char optional;
128-char print line; main magnetic core memory
(3,.sec cycle) contains 4096 8-bit words, expandable to 8192 words
Single-station or rackmounted unit; capable of
Intermixed display of
data In red, green, blue,
or whlte; optional 8-bit
parallel I/o; compatible
with Bell System DataPhone Data Set 103A
3/70
4200:50
TERMINAL EQUIPMENT
COMMUNICATIONS TERMINAL EQUIPMENT
Phllco-Ford
Model D-21
Alphanumeric
Display Unit
IDENTITY
Remcom Systems'
ModeI278(}
Remote Batch Terminal
Raytheon DIDS-400
Digital Information
Display System
REPORT NUMBER
6651
6735
-
FUNCTION
Video display of data
transmitted between
D-21 and remote
computer over voiceband line
Video display/printed copy of alphanumeric data
transmitted to/received from remote computer
over voiceband line
Transmit. data read from punched cards/prints
data received from another terminal or remote
computer over voiceband line
Medium
No provision
No provision
Punched cards
'":::. ...;!!:
'"...
Code
-
-
Hollerith
Speed:
Char/sec
Cards/min
-
-
-
300 (2780-01)
;(
Method of Entry
65-key keyboard
60-key keyboard
No proviSion
No. of Char
Up to 1536
Up to 520, 1040, 1472
-
Medium
Cathode ray tube
Cathode ray tube
Printer
Printer
...
Code
62 char
64 char
64 char
63 char
::l
Speed:
Char/sec
Cards/min
120
100,000
10
Line Type
~
I-
::l
4(
I-
...;!!:
::l
'"
:IE
I-
::l
I-
0
l-
4(
-
-
400 lpm (2780-01)
-
600 !pm (2780-02)
Voiceband
Voiceband (402)
Voiceband (401)
Voiceband
Up to 1200
Up to 1200
2000/2400
2000-9600
i
Mode
Half -duplex
Half-duplex
Half-duplex
Half-/full-duplex
z
Code
8-level USASCII
8-level USASCII
8-level USASCII
8-level EBCDIC/USAscn
I-
Timing
Asynchronous
Asynchronous
Synchronous/asynchro- Synchronous
noos
0
iii
&II
&II
'"'"
ERROR CONTROL
Char/longitudinal parity Optional char/longitndinal parity checking, auchecking; automatic re- tomatic retransmission
transmission
MONTHLY RENTAL, $
9200 (purchase price)
COMMENTS
Single-station or rack- Multiple display/printer units are connected
mounted unit developed to central controller; independent display units
with internal controller also available
fronVcompatible with
IBM 2260; optional
S-bit parallel I/O; compatible with Bell System
Data-Phone Data Set
103A
3/70
-
-
Speed, bps
Z
C
-SOO (2780-02)
::l
Z
'"
-
120-200 (display); 285-500 (controller); 100
(printer control); 30 or 52 (printer)
AUERBACH Data Communications Reports
Cyclic redundancy checking (EBCDIC) vertical/
longitudinal redundancy checking (USASCIl); auomatic retransmission
675 (2780-01)
1M5 (2780-02)
Compatible with IBM 2780; basic system inclndes
~oo-char boffer, multiple record transmiSSion,
EBCDIC transparency, 132-position print line,
12-channel of vertical forms control; options inelude 1200-char boffer, horizontal tab, auto
answer# multipoint line control
fA
a
AUERBACH
DATA
COMMUNICATIONS
REPORTS
..
AUERBACH
4200: 51
TERMINAL EQUIPMENT
COMMUNICATIONS TERMINAL EQUIPMENT
IDENTITY
RCA 70/740 Data
Terminal
RCA 70/750
Modular Video Data System
RCA 70/752
Video Data Terminal
6702
REPORT NUMBER
6704
6703
FUNCTION
Transmits data read
from punched cards,
prints data received
over voiceband line
Video display/printed copy of alphanumeric data Video display/printed copy of alphanumeric data
transmitted to/received from remote computer
transmitted to/received from remote computer
over voiceband Une
over voiceband line
Medium
Punched cards
No provision
No provision
Code
Hollerith
-
-
Speed:
Char/sec
Cards/min
300
-
-
-
Method of Entry
No provision
66-key keyboard
48-key keyboard
No. of Char
-
Up to 1080
Up to 1134
...
...«
Q
~
a<
:;)
Ito.
Ito.
!
a<
Ito.
:;(
~
:;)
:;)
Z
Ito.
'"
!
:I:
Medium
Printer
Cathode ray tube
Printer
Printer
Cathode ray tube
...
Code
64 char
96 char
96 char
64 char
64 char
:;)
Speed:
Char/sec
Cards/min
3001pm
4800
108
10
120
Line Type
Voiceband
Voiceband
Speed, bps
Up te 9600
2400
1200
Mode
Half-duplex
Full-duplex
Half-duplex
~
:;)
~
0
Z
0
«
~
'"
Q
;;;
i'"
-
-
-
-
Voiceband
'"Z
Code
8-level USASCII
8-level USASCII
8-level USASCII
~
Timina
Synchronous
Synchronous
Asynchronous
'a<"
ERROR CONTROL
Char parity checking; manual retransmission
Char/longitudinal
parity checking; special
block-count checking;
Validity checking; automatic retransmission
MONTHLY RENTAL, $
695-760 (basic unit);
190 (card reader plus
adapter)
COMMENTS
2 models provide 80-/ Up to 8 display units connected to central con132-char print line;
troller
can operate In card-teprint, off-line mode;
designed for operation
with RCA Spectra 70
Series computers
© 1970 AUERBACH Info, Inc.
97-179
-
Char parity checking; mannal retransmission
110-170
Each display unit independent, contains own
control logic; up te 8 displays can be multiplexed
on 1 line; 1 printer per display; replaces RCA
6051 Video Data Interrogator
3/70
4200:52
TERMINAL EQUIPMENT
COMMUNICATIONS
EQUIPMENT
RCA 70/653 Communication CCIltrol
Sangamo
DS-7000 Series
Data Station
Sangamo
DS-9000 Series
Data Station
REPORT NUMBER
6700
6750
6750
FUNCTION
..
...
...C ...~
Q
III
.....
::I
C
::I
...
...
III
Z
~
C
Connects RCA Spectra
70/15, 25, 35, 45, 55
computer to single
voice/broadband line
Transmlssion/receptlon of mag tape data
over voiceband line;
keyboard entry
Transmission/reception of mag tape data
OV(!1r voiceband linej
keyboard entry
Sycor 301/302
Key-Cassette Terminal
Visual display, transmissioD/rec~pt1on. ox
mag tape cassette data over voiceband Une; offline key-to-tape data preparation
Medium
Computer
Magnetic tape
Magnetic tape
Magnetic tape
Code
6-blt/ 8-b1t
6-level BCD
8-level EBCDIC
8-level USASCII
Speed:
Char/sec
Cards/min
222-5100
6000-24, 000
24,000
120 (asynchronous); 120/150 (synchronous)
Method of Entry
No provision
49-key keyboard
49-key keyboard
85-key keyboard
No. of Char
-
Up to 80, 100, 240
Up to 80, 100, 120,
240
Variable up to 216 (read/write memory)
::I
::IE
-
-
-
-
Medium
Computer
Magnetic tape
Magnetic tape
Magnetic tape
Cathode ray tube
::I
Code
6-blt/8-blt
6-level BCD
8-level EBCDIC
8-level USASCII
62 char
::I
Speed:
Char/sec
Cards/min
222-5100
6000-24, 000
24,000
-
120/150
120/150
Line Type
Volce/broadband
Voiceband
Voiceband
Voiceband
Z
0
Speed, bps
2000, 2400, 40, 800
1200/1600
1200/1600
1200
'"i
Mode
Half-duplex
Half-duplex
Half-duplex
Half-duplex
Z
Code
8-level/9-level
Modified BCD
Modified BCD
8-level USASCII
Timing
Synchronous
Synchronous
Synchronous
Asynchronous/synchronous
ERROR CONTROL
Char/message parity
checking; programmed
retransmission
Char parity checking
(validity/longitudinal) ;
automatic retransmission
Char parity checking
(validity/longitudtual);
automatic retransmissian
Char/message parity checking; automatic retransmission
MONTHLY RENTAL, $
285
232-302
255-315
175-195
COMMENTS
8-level transmission
permits communication with RCA 301/330
co_tars
100-char basic core
storage; 7-channel mag
tape I/O Is mM 729compatlble; off-Une
modes include data
entry/verify, search,
and program entry/
verify; code employs
4 bits/numeric, 8 bits/
nonnumeric; bit-by bit
mag tape recording
check
120-char basic core
storage; 9-channel
mag tape I/O Is IBM
2400-compatible; offUne modes include
data entry/verify,
search, and program
entry/verify; code
employs 4 bits/numeriC,
8 bits/nonnumeric; bltby-bit mag tape record
ingcheck
Communications procedure uses mM synchronous transmisSion procedure; unattended operatlon optional; master communications station
Interfaces remote terminals via manual dialing/
recording or reading from 9- or 7 -track tape;
Model 302 includes second tape recorder
(copying/pooling); cassette stores up to 180, 000
char (800 bpi); 350-ohar display capacity
...
......
0
...c
C
Q
;;;
.....'"
C
3/70
TERMINA~
IDENTITY
-
-
AUERBACH Data Communications Reports
-
-
A
8
AUERBACH
AUERBACH
DATA
COMMUNICATIONS
REPORTS
4200.53
TERMINAL EQUIPMENT
~
COMMUNICATIONS TERMINAL EQUIPMENT
IDENTITY
Sanders 620 Stand-Alone
Data Display System
Sanders 720
Data Display System
REPORT NUMBER
6744
6745
FUNCTION
Video display/printed copy of alphanumeric data Video display/printed copy of alphanumeric data transmitted to/received
transmitted to/received from remote computer from remote computer ever voiceband line; auxiliary paper tape I/O
over voiceband line
... ...
...'"...'" ...~
C
:;)
...'"
...
...
;(
:;)
~
'"
~
...
......
:;)
:;)
0
Z
C
No proviSion
Punched tape
Cod •
-
8-level USAscn
-
-
10
Method of Entry
51-key keyboard
42 -key keyboard
No. of Char
Up to 768
Up to 256, 512, 1024
Speed:
Char/sec
Cards/min
-
:;)
Z
...'"
'"
Medium
0
Vi
i'"
'"
Z
...'"'"
Medium
Cathode ray tube
Printer
Cathode ray tube
Punched tape
Printer
Code
64 char
64 char
64 char
Any 5- to 8-level code
64 char
Speed:
Char/sec
Cards/min
300
-
10
47,500
10
10
line Type
Voiceband
Voiceband
Voiceband
Voiceband
Speed, bps
Up to 100-1800
Up to 200/2400
2000/2400
Mode
Half-duplex
Half-duplex
Up to 110, 1000,
1200, 1800
Half-/full-duplex
Code
8-level USAScn
8-level USASCII
8-level USASCn
8 -level USASCn
Timing
Asynchronous
Synchronous
Asynchronous
Synchronous
-
Half-/full-duplex
ERROR CONTROL
Chax /longitudinal parity checking automatic
retransmission
Chax/longitudinal paxity checking; automatic retransmission
MONTHLY RENTAL, $
180-301
100 (display); 20 (keyboard); 238-339 (control)
COMMENTS
Printed copy via TTY 33/35 RO; controller
interfaces max 1 display and 1 printer; up to 20
terminals can he multidropped on 1 line
Multiple display/auxiliaxy units connected to central controller; printed
copy via TTY 33/35 00; auxiliary units include TTY paper tape CX
Reader /DRPE Punch; max 12 displays per controller; vaxiou. multipurpose keyboard configurations available; buffer capacity up to 1024,
2048, 3072 char
© 1970 AUERBACH Info, Inc.
3/70
4200: 54
TERMINAL EQUIPMENT
COMMUNICATIONS TERMINAL EQUIPMENT
Scientific Control
DCT-132 Programmable
Remote Batch Terminal
IDENTITY
REPORT NUMBER
FUNCTION
Punched tape
Punched tape
Punched tape
Code
Any 5- to S-level code
Any 5- to 8-level code
~
Speed:
Char/sec
Cards/min
-
10
60
120
200
Method of Entry
53-key keyboard (TTY 33 ASR)
No provision
No provision
No. of Char
Variable
-
-
0-
~
:IE
Transmission of
punched tape data over
voiceband line
VOiceband line
S-level USAScn
~
....
Z
C
6761
Punched cards
....
cC
~
6760
TransmiSSion of
punched tape data over
Hollerith
~
c
High -speed transmission/reception, batch processing of data over voiceband line UDder control of stored program; punched card input/printed
copy output std
Medium
C
:.
Tally Serial System
111 Sender
0-
. ....
.
...
Tally Parallel System
100, 102, lOS Senders
0~
....
0~
0
-
-
-
Medium
Priuter
Punched
Punched tape
No provision
No provision
Code
64 char
Hollerith
8-level USASCn
-
-
Speed:
Char/sec
Cards/min
-
-
10
300lpm
100
-
Voiceband
-
Line Type
Voiceband
Voiceband
0
in
Speed, bps
2000/2400/4800/9600 bps
480 (60 cps)
Up to 1200
i
Mode
Half-/full-duplex
Simplex
Half-duplex
Z
Code
Any 8-level code
Any 5- to 8-level code
Any 5- to 8-level code
0-
Timing
Synchronous
Receiver activated by
each data group
Asynchronous
ERROR CONTROL
Longitudinal Parity/cyclic redundancy checking
Error signaling via re- Automatic retransmisverse channel 108; au- sion
tomatic retransmission
(108)
MONTHLY RENTAL, $
Purchase price: 21, 000 (basic unit); 1900 (TTY33 ASR); 6200 (paper tape 27-S0Jdepending on
reader/punch); 10,000 (card punch)
mode options)
160-260 (depending on
special features)
COMMENTS
Basic unit includes line printer, card reader, 2000/2400/4S00-bps data
set Interface; off-line capability includes data conversion between any
combination of I/O media; stored program can emulate CDC 200, Univac
DCT 2000/1004/9200, ffiM 27S0 (USASCn/EBCDIC); terminal cootroller
includes 21-inatruction set, 2K/4K-byte core storage, 32-byie read-only
memory; basic memory of 2048 8-bit core locations expandable to 4096;
can be configured as data concentrator/data set to terminate up to 32 lowspeed (110-bpe) lines; prints 132 char/line; operates in edit/list modes
Capable of unatteuded
operationi compatible
with Tally 211, 311,
1021, 4031 terminals
Z
C
0-
c
C
II>
II>
.
C
3/70
AUERBACH Data Communications Reports
Systems 102 and lOS
capable of unattended
operatioo.; transmission
is S-bit parallel
A
8
AUERBACH
DATA
COMMUNICATIONS
REPORTS
AUERBACH
4200.55
TERMINAL EQUIPMENT
'"
COMMUNICATIONS TERMINAL EQUIPMENT
IDENTITY
Tally Parallel System
120, 122, 128 Senders
Tally Parallel System
200 and 228 Receivers
REPORT NUMBER
6760
FUNCTION
... ...
'"C... ~
0
;:)
Do
Do
'"
Do
...
:;(
;:)
;:)
Do
Z
C
~
:IE
...
...
;:)
II.
Tally Serial System
211 Receiver
Tally 1021
Data Terminal
6760
6761
6762
Transmission of
punched tape data over
voiceband line
Reception of punched
tape data over voiceband
Reception of punched
tape data over voiceband line
Transmission/reception of alphanumeric data
over voiceband line; mag tape/paper tape input;
mag tape/printer output; keyboard data entry
Medium
Punched tape
No proviSion
No provision
Magnetic tape
Punched tape
Code
Any 5- to 8-level code
-
-
Any 5- to 8-level code
Any 5- to 8-level code
Speed:
Char/sec
Cards/min
72
-
--
120/1600
120
Method 01 Entry
No provision
No provision
No provision
53-key keyboard
No. 01 Char
-
-
-
Variable
Medium
No provision
Punched tape
Punched tape
Magnetic tape
Printer
Code
-
Any 5- to 8-level code
Any 5- to 8-level code
Any 5- to 8-level code
64 or 88 char
-
60 (200)/72 (228)
120
120/1600
15.5
Voiceband
Voiceband
Voiceband
Voiceband
1200
Up to 1200
Half-duplex
Half-dupl""
Speed:
Char/sec
Cards/min
;:)
0
Line Type
Z
-
-
-
-
-
0
iii
Speed, bps
576 (72 cps)
i
Mode
Simplex
Up to 480 (200) /576
(228)
Simplex
Z
C
Code
Any 5- to 8-level code
Any 5- to 8-level code
Any 5- to 8-level code
Any 5- to 8-level, 10-unit code
Timing
Receiver is activated
by eacb data group
Receiver activated by
each data group
Asynchronous
Asynchronous
ERROR CONTROL
Error Signaling via
reverse channel (128);
automatic retransmission (128)
Char parity checking;
Char parity checking;
Char parity checking; automatic retransmission
request retransmission request retransmission
via reverse channel
(228)
MONTHL Y RENTAL, $
27-80 (depending on
model/options)
105-240 (depending on
model/options)
280-370 (depending on
special features)
COMMENTS
Systems 122 and 128
capable of unattended
operation; transmission is 8-bit parallel
System 228 can receive
unattended/start remote unattended senderreception is 8-bit
parallel
Can receive unattended/ Input, transmission, output operations performed separately via a removable internal mag
start a remote untape buffer; optional 360 communications buffer
attended sender; opprovides direct computer Interface for Model
tion permits data re1021 Terminal, all options
ception from Tally
parallel sender
...
C
C
0
II>
Medium
Punched tape
Punched tape
Punched tape
Punched tape
Code
Any 5- to 8-level code
!my 5- to 8 -level code
!my 5- to 8-level code
5-level Baudot
Speed:
Char/sec
Cards/min
-
75
105
-
120
-
10
Method of Entry
No prOvision
No provision
No provision
32-key keyboard
No. of Char
-
-
-
Variable
-
Medium
Punched tape
Punched tape
Punched tape
Punched tape
Printer
Code
Any 5- to 8-level code
Any 5-to8-level code
!my 5- to 8-level code
5-level Bandot
62 char
Speed:
Char/sec
Cards/min
75
-
105
-
120
-
10
10
Line Type
Voiceband
Voiceband
Voiceband
Telegraph-grade
-
Spe.ed, bps
600
Up to 1050
Up to 1200
Up to 45, 56, 75
Mode
Half-duplex
Half-/full-duplex
Half-duplex
Half-/full-duplex
Z
Code
Any 5- to 8-level code
Any 5- to 8-level code
Any 5- to 8-level code
5-level Baudot
I-
Timing
Receiver activated by
each data group
Asynchronous
Asynchronous
Asynchronous
ERROR CONTROL
No provision except
detection of line break
No provision except
detection of line break
2 check char per block; No provision
read-after-punch check;
automatic retransmission
MONTHLY RENTAL, $
See Commeots/TTY
Comparison Chart,
Page 4210:02
See Comments/TTY
Comparison Chart,
Page 4210:02
See Comments/TTY
Comparison Chart
Page 4210:02
COMMENTS
Available for lease fron
the Bell System as DataSpeed Type 5 Service;
available from Teletype
on purchase basra only
Available for lease
from Bell System as
Data-8peed Type 2 Service; available from
Teletype on purchase
basis only
IAvailable for lease
© 1970 AUERBACH Info, Inc.
-
See Comments/TTY Comparison Chart, Page
4210:01
RO set has printer; KSR set adds keyboard; ASR
from the Bell System as set adds punched tape I/O; leased from common
Data-Speed Type 4
carrier; purchased from Teletype; designed for
Service; available from heavy-duty use
Teletype on purchase
basis only
3/70
4200: 58
TERMINAL EQUIPMENT
COMMUNICATIONS TERMINAL EQUIPMENT
IDENTITY
Teletype
Model 32
REPORT NUMBER
6803
6804
6806
FUNCTION
Transmission of manually-keyed/punched tape
data over telegraph-grade line; paper tape/
printed copy output
Transmission of manually-keyed/punched tape
data over telegraph-grade line; paper tape/
printed copy output
Transmission of manually-keyed data over
narrowband line
...
:.'"
C
at
>-
:::>
"~
at
"-
c
'":IE ~
>:::> :::>
Z "-
Teletype
Model 37
'Medium
Punched tape
Punched tape
No provision
Code
5-level Baudot
8-level USABcn
-
Speed:
Char/sec
Cards/min
10
-
10
-
-
Method 0/ Entry
32 -key keyboard
45-key keyboard
Keyboard
No. 01 Char
Variable
Variable
Variable
Medium
Punched tape
Printer
Punched tape
Printer
Printer
>-
Code
5-level Baudot
62 char
8-level USASCn
80 char
128 char
0
Speed:
Char/sec
Cards/min
10
10
10
10
15
Line Type
Telegraph-grade
0
in
Speed, b .....
Up to 45, 56, 75
Up to 110
Up to 15 cps
Ha:Jf-!,full-dupleK
Half-/full-duplex
Half-duplex
:::>
">:::>
Z
'"
fu~~~
III
-
-
-
-
Narrowband
-
Narrowband
i
Mode
Z
Code
'"
5-level Baudot
8 -level USASCn
8-level USASCn
Timing
Asynchronous
Asynchronous
Asynchronous
ERROR CONTROL
No provision
No provision
Char parity checking
optional
MONTHLY RENTAL, $
See Comments/TTY Comparison Chart, Page
4210:01
See Comments/TTY Comparison Chart, Page
4210:01
1646-2057 (RO);
1900-2268 (KSR);
3300-3818 (ASR)
COMMENTS
RO set has printer; KSR set adds keyboard; ASR
set adds punched tape I/O; leased from common
carrier; purchased from Teletype; designed for
light-duty use
RO set has printer; KSR set adds keyboard; ASR Purchase-only from
set adds punched tape I/O; leased from common Teletype; leased from
carrier; purchased from Teletype; designed for common carrier; RO set
ligbt-duty use
has printed; KSR set
adds keyboard; ASR set
adds punched tape I/O;
designed for heavY-duty
use
>-
'"
C
III
at
>-
3/70
AUERBACH Data Communications Reports
fA
8
AUERBACH
DATA
COMMUNICATIONS
REPORTS
AUERBACH
4200: 59
TERMINAL EQUIPMENT
'"
COMMUNICATIONS TERMINAL EQUIPMENT
IDENTITY
Teletype
Model 35
REPORT NUMBER
6B05
6808
-
-
FUNCTION
Transmission of manually-keyed/punched tape
data over telegraph-grade line; paper tape/
printed copy output
Nonimpact printing of
data received from
computer/entered at
keyboard while transmitting (KSR)
Transmission of keyed
numeric data from
Touch-Tone-type keyboard over voiceband
line via acoustic
coupler
Transmission of
punched/mark-sense
card data over voiceband line to any BCDcompatible receiver
Medium
Punched tape
No provision
No prOvision
B-Ievel USAscn
-
-
Puncheci/bar-coded
cards
Code
Speed:
Char/sec
Cards/min
10
-
-
-
Method of Entry
45-key keyboard
54-key keyboard
No. 01 Char
Variable
Variable
12-key Touch-Tone key No proviSion
board
Variable
...
...'"C !!:...
CI
OIl
:)
...'"
OIl
"'c !!:......
:)
:)
Z
==
Medium
Puoched tape
Printer
Printer
Code
8-level USAScn
BO char
Speed:
Char/sec
Cards/min
10-unit Baudot (RO);
10-unit USASCn (RO/
KSR)
10
10
Line Type
Speed, bps
i
Mode
Half-/full-duplex
Z
Code
B-Ievel USASCn
...
Timing
Asynchronous
...
......
:)
:)
0
Z
0
...
C
C
CI
Teletype
Inktronic RO/KSR Set
iii
II>
II>
c
lit
Terminal Communications
TC Madel 10
Data Terminal
Terminal Communicationa
TC Model 22
Mark Read Card Terminal
Hollerith (numeric/
special char)
15 or 30
-
-
Audio response via
telephone handset
No provision
-
-
-
-
-
-
Narrowband
Voiceband
Up to 1200 (depends on
data set)
Simplex (RO); half-dupI"" (KSR)
10-unit Baudot (RO);
10-unit USASCn (RO /
KSR)
Asvnchronous
Public telephone network
12-20 cps (depends on
receiving modem)
Voiceband
Up to 110
-
-
Up to 120
Half-duplex
2-of-8
mMBCD
Receiver activated by
each data group
Asynchronous
No provision
Parity generation
ERROR CONTROL
No provision
Even char parity
generation (KSR)
MONTHLY RENTAL, $
See Comments/TTY Comparison Chari, Page
4210:02
165 (purchase)
Purchase price: 5450
(RO. serial); 5300 (RO,
parallel); 5BOO (KSR)
COMMENTS
RO set has printer; KSR set adds keyboard; ASR
set adda punched tape I/O; leased from common
carrier; purchased from Teletype; designed for
heavy-duty use
80 char/line std; 70
char/line optional; char
repertoire stored in
memory~ can be replaced in fieldj unreetricted message format; each char printed
as received
© 1970 AUERBACH Info, Inc.
Up to 300
Half-duplex
Portable, batterypowered unit; designed
or numeric order
entry/status, inquirY
applications; data entry
via acoustic coupling;
handset audio response
output
Purchase price:
1275 (external modem);
1525 (internal modem)
Can be used in conJunction with mM 2740/41
Systems; 40-char per
card max; interfaces
Bell System Data Set
103
3/70
4200:60
TERMINAL EQUIPMENT
COMMUNICATIONS TERMINAL EQUIPMENT
IDENTITY
Texas Instruments
Series 720 Electronic
Data Terminal
Model 10
Texas Instruments
Series 720 Electronic
Data Terminal
Model 15
Texas Instruments
Series 720 Electronic
Data Terminal
Model 20
REPORT NUMBER
-
-
-
FUNCTION
IDM-compatlble, inquiry/response, nonimpact,
mM-compatlble, I/O
Keyboard, send/receive, nonimpact USASCII
PTT /BCD printer with buffer memory and serial nonimpact PTT /BCD
printer with serial data set Interface; optional
data set Interface; optional paper tape I/O
printer with serial data paper tape I/O
set interface
..
... ....
......'" ~...
tl
~
....
...
....
'" ...
~
Medium
Punched tape
No provision
Punched tape
Code
6-level PTT /BCD
-
7 -level USASCII
Speed:
Char/sec
Cards/min
10, 15, 30
-
--
10, 15, 30
Method of Entry
54-key keyhoard
53-key keyboard
60-key keyhoard
No. of Char
25, 32, 100
Variable
Variable/up to 21
-
~
Z
~
'"
~
...
.......
~
~
0
Z
0
Medium
Printer
Punched
Printer
Printer
Punched tape
Code
86 char
6-level PTT/BCD
86 char
95 char
7-level USASCII
Speed:
Char/sec
Cards/min
14.8
10, 15, 30
14.8
10, 15, 30
10, 15, 30
Line Type
Voiceband
Voiceband
Voiceband
Speed, bps
Up to 300
Up to 300
110, 150, 300
Mode
Half-duplex
Half-duplex
Simplex
Ii;
'....tl" ionon
'"
.....'"
-
-
-
-
-
Code
6-level PTT/BCD
6-level PTT/BCD
7 -level, 10-/11-unit USASCII
Timing
Asynchronous
Asynchronous
Asynchronous
ERROR CONTROL
Char/message parity checking
Odd char parity genera- No provision
tlon
MONTHLY RENTAL, $
141 (KSR);
62 (paper tape)
Purchase:
2020 (purchase);
107 (lease)
(109 KSR);
62 (paper tape)
Purcbase:
2275 (KSR) )
1175 inaner taoel
COMMENTS
AUXiliary parallel Input printing at 30/40' cps;
80-char print line; modular paper tape I/O uoit;
compatible with IDM 1050; poll/address environment; plug-In data set carda
Line Interrupt capability; plug-In data set
carda; optional 30-/
40-cps transmission/
printing; comparable to
mM 2741; Initiates
transmission only; time
sharing applications
Switch-selectable operating speeda; optional 40cps transmiSSion/printing; plug-in data set
cards; 80-char print line; ElA std interface;
uses 10-unit char code above 10 cps
Z
~~~ !~~; +O~\
3/70
AUERBACH Data Communications Reports
Aa
AUERBACH
AUERBACH
DATA
CDMMUNICATIONS
REPORTS
4200.61
TERMINAL EQUIPMENT
ll; ~
;(
......
=> =>
Z
..: ~
-
-
~
16-key numeric keyboard
Variable
Medium
Printer
Punched cards
Punched tape
No provision
Strip printer
=>
Code
64 char
Hollerith
8-level USASCn
-
16 char
0
Speed:
Char /sec
Cards/min
15
20
-
-
10
Narrowband/voiceband
Voiceband
Voiceband
Voiceband
Voiceband
Speed, bps
Up to 110 or 150
15 cps
20 cps
80 or 160
10 cps
Mode
Half-/full-duplex
Half-duplex
Simplex; receive only
Simplex; send only
Half-duplex
'"Z
Code
2-of-8
2-of-8
2-of-8
Timing
S-level, II-unit
USASCn
Asynchr.onous
2-of-8
'"....
-
-
-
-
ERROR CONTROL
Parity generation/
checking
Undetected signal
character; audible
answerback
No provision
No provision
Undetectable signal
char; manual retransmission
MONTHLY RENTAL, $
2000 (purchase price)
30
30
33
30
COMMENTS
Parallel 1/0 interface
std; serial interface op
tional; SO-char print
line; TTY 33/35 KSRcompatible; typewriter
keyboard; 12 char/in.
6 lineS/in. spacing;
options include horiz/
vert tab, fixed 21-char
WRU answerback
message
Can be driven by Touch Can be driven by TouchTone phone/RCT-203
Tone phone/HCT-203
Strip Printer; uses mM Strip Printer
029 Card Punch
Can drive paper tape
punch/RCT-203 strip
Printer; uses GE photo
electric tape reader
Can drive/receive from
other Touch-Tone-compatible equipment
....
e:=>
Line Type
Z
0
in
..:
.... '"
..: :iE
0
..:
10 or 15
-
-
-
J
© 1970 AUERBACH Info, Inc.
3/70
4200,64
TERMINAL EQUIPMENT
COMMUNICATIONS TERMINAL EQUIPMENT
IDENTITY
Univac DCS-l
Data Communications
Subsystem
Univac DCS-IC
Binary Synchronous
Data Communicaiion
Subsystem
REPORT NUMBER
6865
-
-
FUNCTION
Connects a Univac 9200
9300 computer system
to single volce/broadband line
Permits UNIVAC 9000
Serles processors to
communicaie with mM
Binary Synchronous
Communication equip-
Connects Univac 9000 Series processors to multiple narrow/voice/broadband Ilnes
Univac DCS-4/DCS-16
Data Communication Subsystem
ment
.... ...
....
Q
IU
I-
Cod.
~
Speed:
Char/sec
Cards/min
~
C
IU
Medium
...
No provision
9000 Serles processors No provision
--
-
-
-
-
Method 01 Entry
No provision
9000 Series processors No proviSion
No. 01 Char
-
-
Medium
No provision
9000 Series processors No provision
...
Code
-
-
~
Speed:
Char/sec
Cards/min
-
-
Line Type
-
Volce/broadband
Voice/broadband
Narrowband
[vOiceband
Broadband
Speed, bps
1200-230,400
i
50; 45-300; 110/150
Full-duplex
300-1800; 1200-4800
Full-duplex
18, 750-250, 000
Mode
2000/2400 (voiceband)
50, 000 (broadband)
Half-duplex
Z
C
Code
Any 5- to 8-level code
EBCDIC/USASCn
5- to 8-level
5- to 8-level
I-
Timing
Synchronous
Synchronous
5- to 8-level; Baudot;
USASCn
Asynchronous
Char parity checking;
sion
Operator/message
parity; character recogni tioD; programmed
message coding/retransmission
MONTHLY RENTAL, $
212 (l-yr lease);
184 (5-yr lease)
300 (does not include
9000 Processor)
COMMENTS
Up to 2 DCS-l's can be
incorporated in Univac
9200/9300 computer
system; internally
connected to optional
multiplexor channel
C
I-
...
~
~
Z
C
~
~
I~
I-
0
Z
0
C
C
l-
Q
;;;
VI
VI
..
ERROR CONTROL
automatic retransmis-
3/70
-
-
Full-cluplex
Synchronoua/asynchron Syncbronous
oua
Char/message parity checking; programmed retrWlSmisslon
370-660 (DCS-4);
1115-1990 (DCS-l6)
lnclndes programmable DCS-4 connects up to 4 lines; DCS-16 connects up to 16 lines; any comblnation of speede/codes can be used; DCS-4 provides Interface for up to
lectian automatic dialing; 8 full-duplex lines to Univac 9200/9300 Systems; Univac 9400 system can
station selection/pclllng accommodate up to 84 full-duplex lines via multiple DCS-4/DCS-16 subcapability; automatic
systemsj DeS contains lineterminalcontroller~ line terminal for each line,
answering
communications interface; 008 connects to central processor via multiplexor channel
transmission code se-
AUERBACH Data Communications Reports
fA..
8
..
AUERBACH
AUERBACH
DATA
CDMMUNICATlDNS
REPORTS
4200:65
TERMINAL EQUIPMENT
COMMUNICATIONS TERMINAL EQUIPMENT
IDENTITY
Univac
Univac
nCT-500
nCT-1000
REPORT NUMBER
-
-
FUNCTION
Remote I/O Terminal receives/datafrom/transmits data to computer/another I/o terminal;
multipoint terminal-to-computer/terminal-toterminal operation; keyboard/punched tape input; punched tape/printed copy output
Remote, buffered I/O terminal receives data from/transmits data to
remote/locii[-computer in batch/conversation3! mode keybOard/punched
card/punched tape input; punched card/punched tape/printed copy output
S ....
:::I
...'"... !...
..:
....'"
;;(
....
...
:::I
Medium
Punched tape
Punched cards
Punched tape
Code
5-, 6-, or 8-level USASCII
Hol!erith/hlnary
5-, 6-, or 8-level USASCII
Speed:
Char/sec
Cords/min
30
-
-
50
35
Method of Entry
Keyboard
Keyboard
No. of Char
On demand
On demand
Medium
Punched tape
Printer
Punched cards
Punched tape
Printer
Code
5-, 6-, or 8-level
USASCII
63 char
Hol!erith/hlnary
5-, 6-, or 8-level
USASCII
63 char
-
50
30
:::I
Z
« !
~
....
:::I
....
....
:::I
-
Speed:
Char/sec
Cards/min
30
line Type
Voiceband
Voiceband
Speed, bps
100, 150, or 300
300, 1200, 1800 (async); 2000, 2400, 4800 (sync)
Mode
Half-/full-duplex
Half-/full-duplex
Code
8 -level USASCII
8-level USASCII
Timing
Asynchronous
Asynchronous/synchronous
ERROR CONTROL
Even char parity checking
char/message parity checking; automatic retransmission; even char
parity (asynchronous)/odd char parity (synchronous)
MONTHLY RENTAL, $
80-90 (RD);
90-100 (KSR);
174-180 (ASR)
140 (KSR);
35 (multiplexor)
COMMENTS
No charge for selection of print wheels; internal
300 bps modem optional; keyboard control keys
proVided; keyboard generates full 128-char
USASCn set; prints 132 char pOSitions; switch-
Multiplexor accommodates up to 31 terminals with I/O devices; interfaces
for data sets, direct connection, or computer via I/O or multiplex
channel; operates in point-to-point/multipoint configurations; prints 132
char positions; keyboard generates full 128-char USASCII set
0
Z
0
iii
« VI
i
«
0 VI
Z
«
'"....
...
-
30
-
40
-
-
selectable data rates
© 1970 AUERBACH Info, Inc.
3/70
4200; 66
TERMINAL EQUIPMENT
COMMUNICATIONS TERMINAL EQ,UIPMENT
IDENTITY
Univac
Univac 1004
Uniscope 300
Card Processor
Visual Communication
Terminal
REPORT NUMBER
6864
6860
FUNCTION
Video di"play of alphanumeric data trans
mitted to/received
from computer
Compact, plugboard-programmed -computer; transmits/receives data over single voiceband line;
can be used as remote terminal with most Univac computer system5; punched card/punched tape/
mag tape I/O; printed copy output
Medium
No provision
Punched tape
Punched cards
Magnetic tape
Code
-
Any 5- to 8-level code
Hollerith/90-col code
Any 6-bit code
Speed:
Char/sec
Cards/min
-
400
-
Up to 33,664
Method 01 Entry
No. 01 Char
51-key keyboard;
5/40 optional keys
Up to 512/1024
Medium
Cathode ray tube
Punched tape
Punched cards
Magnetic tape
Printer
::I
Code
Any 5- to 8-level code
Hollerith/90-col code
Any 6-bit code
63 char
::I
Speed:
Char/sec
Cards/min
56 char; 61/96 optional
250 or 300
-
110
-
Up to 33, 664
line Type
Voiceband
Voiceband (switched/leased)
Speed, bps
2000; other rates on
request
Half-/full -duplex
Modified 8-level
USASCII
2000 (switched); 2400 (leased)
6-bit image of memory plus 1 or 2 bits (depending on model)
Synchronous
Synchronous
Char/longitudinal
parity checking~ auto-
Char validity on card input; hole-count check on card output; char/longitudinal parity checking
on ~ tape I/o; char/message parity on transmissions; programmed retransmission
...... ...
...... ..~
0
....
::I
c(
....
c(
.....
::I
::I
Z
~
c(
:IE
...
...
..
0
Z
.. i'"
c(
0
Vi
c(
0
'"Z
......
Mode
Code
c(
Timing
ERROR CONTROL
-
-
Console switches
Limited
-
matte retransmission
400 or 615
200
-
600lpm
-
Half-duplex
MONTHLY RENTAL, $
410-490 (single station); 135-215 (dis
play); 850-1155 (controller)
1350 -1475 (including card reader, priuter, communications adapter); additll>nal peripheral devices
rent for 150 to 500 each
COMMENTS
Up to 4 multiple display stations can be
connected to central
controller; polled
environment; 4 control expansion units
accommodate 20
additional1li.splaY"
Different models have varying numbers of program steps, plugboard facilities, I/O capabilities;
adapters for connection to broadband line available on special request; limited production equipment subject to availability; supplied on purchase or long-term lease agreement ouly
3/70
AUERBACH Data Communications Reports
A
8
AUERBACH
DATA
.
AUERBACH
4200.67
COMMUNICATIONS
REPORTS
TERMINAL EQUIPMENT
COMMUNICATIONS TERMINAL EQUIPMENT
IDENTITY
Univac
DCT-2000
Univac Communication
Terminal Synchronous
Univac Word
Terminal Synchronous
REPORT NUMBER
6863
6862
6861
FUNCTION
Remote terminal for many Univac computers; transmission of data over
voiceband line; punched card/punched tape Input; punched card/ punched
tape/printer output
Connects wide range
of Univac computers
to single voice/broadband line
Connects wide range
of Univac computers to
single voice/broadband
line
•Punched tape
Medium
Punched cards
Computer
Computer
5l ....
IX
Code
Hollerith
Any 5- to 8-level code
Any 5- to 8-level code
plus parity
Any 6-level code
plus parity
IX
Speed:
Char/sec
Cards/min
-
300
222-6800
-
285-5800
200
Method 01 Entry
No provision
No provision
No provision
No. 01 Char
-
-
-
...... ...~
...
:;)
00;
....
cC
:;)
...
:;)
Z
~
00;
~
Medium
-
-
Punched cards
Punched tape
Printer
Computer
Computer
Code
Hollerith
Any 5- to 8-level code
63 char
Speed:
Char/sec
Cards/min
Any 5- to 8-level code
plus parity
Any 6 -level code
plus parity
-
110
250lpm
75 to 200
222-6800
-
285-5800
Line Type
Voiceband
Voice/broadband
Voice/broadband
Speed, bps
2000/2400
2000/2400 (voice);
40, 800 (broad)
2000/2400 (voice);
40, 800 (broad)
Mode
Half-duplex
Half-duplex
Z
Code
8-level USASCn/7 -level XS-3
Any 5- to 8-level code
IX
plus parity
Half -duplex
Any 6-level code plus
parity
Timing
Synchronous
Synchronous
Synchronous
....
.......
:;)
:;)
0
Z
0
on
....00; i
00;
'" ...
"~
~
Q
I-
" ...
"
I-
::> ::>
Z
~
-
-
-
-
~
Medium
No provision
No provis ion
Magnetic tape
Punched tape
...
Code
-
-
USASCII
8-level USASCII
64 char
::>
Speed:
Char/sec
Cards/min
-
-
-
110
10
10
Line Type
Voiceband
Voiceband
Voiceband
Voiceband
I-
::>
I-
0
Z
-
..
-
0
Vi
Speed, bps
65 cps
65 cps
1200
Up to 110
i
'"Z
Mode
Half-duplex
Hall-duplex
Half -duplex
Half-/full -duplex
Code
-
3-0/-14
a-level, 11 unit code
8 -level, ll-unit USASCII
I-
Timing
Synchronous
Asynchronous
Asynchronous
Asynchronous
ERROR CONTROL
Char parity checking
Char parity checking
Char parity checking;
automatic error code
printout
No provision
MONTHLY RENTAL, $
1200 (purchase price)
1100 (purchase price)
Purchase price:
2450 (Twindex only) ;
3230 (Twindek/TTY 33
KSR)
130; 105 (3-yr lease);
2350 (purchase)
COMMENTS
Accepts O. 25-inch mag
tape cartridges generated on UDAC 5200,
5300, 5120 Recorders;
data rates determined
by data set interface;
compatible with Bell
System 202C, 40lH,
402C Data Sets; unattended polling; automatic rewind/repoll
Accepts 0.25-inch mag Batch I/O is automatic,
tape cassettes generunattended at terminal;
ated on UDAC 5021 Al- total repoll capability;
phanumeric Portable
llO-cps output via Bell
System 202C Data Set
Recorder; data rates
determined by data set in batch mode; IO-cps
interface; compatible
keyboard data entry
with Bell System 202,
401, 402 Data Sets;
unattended poning;
acoustic coupler
optional
"
"
l-
Q
'"
"'"
3/70
AUERBACH Data Communications Reports
Printer
-
ASR capabilities std; TTY 33/35 ASR-compatiblej 72-char print line; includes fixed. 21-000
WRU answerback message; full TTY format
functions under program control; prints on 8.5in .• friction-fed paper; interfaces Bell System
Data Set 103 Series; capable of unattended opera
tion; 26 control codes
A
a
..
AUERBACH
AUERBACH
DATA
COMMUNICATIONS
REPORTS
4200:69
TERMINAL EQUIPMENT
COMMUNICATIONS TERMINAL EQUIPMENT
IDENTITY
REPORT NUMBER
FUNCTION
... ...
Typagraph
Model 2
Prinler Terminal
Typagraph
Model 3
Plotter/Printer Terminal
mtronlc Systems
MT 3000-7 Magnetic
Tape Terminal
-
-
6850
Transmission/reception of alphanumeric data
over voiceband Une; keyboard/paper tape entry; printer/paper tape output
Transmission/reception of graphic/alphanumeric data over voiceband line; full X,
Y incremental plotter with text printing capabUity
Transmission/recepUon of mag tape data
over voice/hroadband
Une
Medium
Punched tape
Ponched tape
Magnetic tape
Code
8-level USASCII
8-level USASCII
Speed:
Char/sec
Cards/min
Any 6-level code plus
parity
10
10
7200-36, 000
52-key alphanumeric/18-key auxlllary numeric
keyboard
Variable
52 -key alphanumerlc/18-key auxiliary
numeric keyboard
No provision
Medium
Ponched tape
Printer
Punched tape
Printer
Magnetic tape
Code
8 -level USABCII
64 char
8-level USABCII
64 char
Speed:
Char/sec
Cards/min
Any 6-level code plus
parity
10
10
10
10
7200-36,000
Line Type
Voiceband
Q
'"C
:.
'"....
::;)
....
:!:
:c ...
Method of Entry
Z
No. of Char
::;)
....
::;)
C
:!:
~
...
.......
::;)
::;)
0
Z
-
-
-
-
-
Variable
-
-
-
-
Volcehand
VOice/broadhand
1200, 2000, 2400, or
up to 40, 800
Half-duplex
0
Speed, bps
Up to 110
Up to 110
i'"
Mode
Half - /full-duplex
Half -/full-duplex
Code
8-level, 11-unit USASCII
8-level, 11-un1t USASCII
Timing
Asynchronous
Asynchronous
ERROR CONTROL
No provision
No provision
Char /longitudinal
parity checking; automatic retransmission
MONTHLY RENTAL, $
150; 120 (3-yr lease);
2700 (purchase)
240; 195 (3-yr lease);
6000 (purchase)
1400
ASR capabilities std; TTY 33/35 ASR-compatible; 86-char print line; includes fixed 21-char
WRU answerback message; full TTY format
functions under program control; prints on
8. 5-io., friction-fed paper; interfaces Bell
System Data Set 103 Series; capable of unattended operation; 26 control codes
Plots on pin-fed paper with 0.02 resoluUon/
0.01 accuracy; 10-pt/sec plotting speed; 4-in-/
sec plotting slew rate; 90 char/line std, variable
20-120 char/line via software; full TTY format
functions; capable of unattended operation; interface Bell System Data Set 103 Series; TTY
33/35 ASR-compatible; includes fixed 2l-char
WRU answerback message; 26 control codes
Tape format compatible with IDM 729 tape
units; 200-, 556-, or
800-bpi recording denslty; 36- or 45-ips
tape drive avallable
...
C
C
Q
;;;
'"CZ
...'"
COMMENTS
© 1970 AUERBACH Info, Inc.
Bame as input plus
parity bit
Syncln-onous
3/70
4200:70
TERMINAL EQUIPMENT
COMMUNICATIONS TERMINAL EQUIPMENT
!
IDENTITY
Ultronic Systems
MT 3000-9 Magnetic
Tape Terminal
University Computing
Cope .30
Remote Terminal
University Computing
Cope.32
Remote Terminal
REPORT NUMBER
6850
-
-
FUNCTION
TransmisBion/reception of mag tape data
over voice/broadband line
High-speed transmission of punched card/ key- High-speed transmission of punched card/keyboard input, reception of data to punched card/ board input, reception of data to punched card/
printed copy output in half-duplex mode
printed copy output in full-duplex mode
.'..." ...
..
S
I-
::::0
a..
!
a..
;(
I-
::::0
Medium
Magnetic tape
Punched cards
Punched cards
Code
Any 8-level code
plus parity
Hollerith
Hollerith
Speed:
Char/sec
Cards/min
-
M"thod 01 Entry
No provision
53-key keyboard
53-key keyboard
No. 01 Char
-
Variable
Variable
::::0
Z
A-
'"
!
~
I-
::::0
...
0
Z
'"
0
;;;
on
200
Medium
Magnetic tape
Printer
Punched cards
Printer
Punched cards
Any 8-level code
plus parity
63 char
Hollerith
63 char
Hollerith
Speed:
Char/sec
Cards/min
7200-36,000
Line Type
Voice/broadband
Voiceband!coaxial cable
Speed, bps
1200, 2000, 2400, or
up to 40, 800
2000/2400/4800/9600 (voice);
10,000/14,000/20,000 (cable)
-
-
240 lpm
-
75-200
360lpm
-
75-200
Voiceband/coaxial cable
2000/2400/4800/9600 (voice);
10,000/14,000/20,000 (cable)
Mode
Half-duplex
Half-duplex
Full-duplex
Z
Code
Any 6-level code
Any 6-level code
I-
Timing
Same as input plus
parity bit
Synchronous
Synchronous/asynchronous
Synchronous/asynchron';us
Char/longitudinal
parity checking; automatie retransmission
Cyclic redundancy checking; automatic retransmission
Cyclic redundancy checking; automatic retransmission
MONTHLY RENTAL, $
1700
1070 (basic configuration);
41,060 (purchase)
1180 (basic configuration);
44,475 (purchase)
COMMENTS
Tape format compatible with mM 2400
Series tape units; 200556-, or 800-bpi recording density; 36or 45-ips tape drive
available
Designed for remote inquiry /batch processing;
controller contains 4K (12 -bit) core memory;
options include paper tape reader (450 cps),
mylar tape punch (150 cps), and mag tape (IBMcompatible); requires Bell System Data Set 201A/
20lB for dial-up mode to various CPU systems;
compatible with IBM 360, Univac 490/1100
Series, CDC 6000; optional memory expansion
set
Designed for remote batch proceSSing; controller
contains 4K (12-bit) core memory; operates over
leased lines to central computer; optional memory ""pansion set; compatible with IBM 360,
Univac 490/1100 series, CDC 6000; optional I/o
devices include paper tape reader (450 cps),
mylar tape punch (150 cps), and mag tape (mMcompatible)
l-
'"
Q
ion
'.."
ERROR CONTROL
3/70
-
200
Code
A-
::::0
-
7200-36,000
AUERBACH Data Communications Reports
A8
..
AUERBACH
AUERBACH
OATA
COMMUNICATIONS
REPORTS
4200.71
TERMINAL EQUIPMENT
COMMUNICATIONS
TERMINA~
EQUIPMENT
IDENTITY
University Computing
Cope .34
Remote Terminal
University Computing
Cope .36
Remote Terminal
REPORT NUMBER
-
-
-
High -speed transmission of punched card/keyboard input, reception of data to punched card/
printed copy output in half - /fuil- duplex mode
Transmission/reception
of mag tape data to Data
SCribe/Communicator /
computer over voicebanc
line
FUNCTION
High-speed transmission of punched card/keyboard input. reception of data to punched card.
printed copy output in half-/full-duplex mode
Vanguard Data Systems
KC 620!KC 820 Datascribe/Communicators
Medium
Punched cards
Punched cards
7 -track mag tape (620);
9-track mag tape (820)
Code
Hollerith
Hollerith
Speed: _
Char/sec
Cards/min
7 -level BCD (KC 620);
9-leve1 EBCDIC (Ke 820
300
300
-
10-240 (95 to 122
80-char records/min.)
Method of Entry
53-key keyboard
53-key keyboard
50-key keyboard
No. of Char
Variable
Variable
Variable
Medium
Printer
Punched cards
Printer
Punched cards
7 -track mag tape (620);
9-track mag tape (820)
Code
63 char
Hollerith
63 char
Hollerith
Speed:
Char/sec
Cards/min
7 -level BCD (KC 620);
9-level EBCDIC (KC 820)
-
360
10-240 (95 to 122
80-char records/min)
Line Type
Voiceband/coaxial cable
VOiceband/coaxial cable
Voice-band
0
iii
Speed, bps
i...
Mode
200/2400/4800/9600 (voice);
10,000/14,000/20,000 (cable)
Full -duplex (half -duplex optional)
2000/2400/4800/9600 (voice);
10,000/14,000/20,000 (cable)
Full-duplex (half -duplex optional)
Half -duplex
Code
Any 6 -level code
Any 6-level code
Timing
5-level BCD (numeric);
7-level BCD (alpha)
Synchronous/asynchronous
Synchronous/asynchronous
Asynchronous
ERROR CONTROL
Cyclic redundancy checking; automatic retransmission
Cyclic redundancy checking; automatic retransmission
2 check char/record;
parity check; automatic
retransmissionj readafter-write check with
bit-for-bit comparison
MONTHLY RENTAL, $
1235 (basic configuration);
46, 750 (purchase)
1385 (basic configuration);
52, 125 (purchase)
240 (KC 620);
265 (KC 820)
COMMENTS
Controller contalns 8K (12 -bit) core memory;
optional memory expansion set; operates in
dial-up mode/over leased lines to central processor; compatible with mM 360, Univac 490/
1100 Series, CDC 6000; optional I/O devices
include paper tape reader (450 cps), mylar tape
punch (150 cps), and mag tape (mM-compatlble);
designed for remote batch processing
Controller contains 8K (12-bit) core memory;
optional memory expansion set; operates in dialup mode/over leased lineB to central processorj
compatible with mM 360, Univac 490/1100 Series
CDC 6000; optional I/O devices include paper
tape reader (450 cps), mylar tape punch (150
cps); and mag tape (mM -compatible); designed
for remote batch processing
Processes data at 12%
80-char mnneric/95 80char aipila records per
min; operates with Bell
System 202C Data Set
over public switched net
work; communicates
with another KC 820/KC
620, or operates as remote terminal to timesh...ed computer
...
0
I-
'"...
II<
c(
l:; ~
...
II<
C
I-
'" ...'"~
Z
c(
-
~
I-
...'"
I-
'"
0
Z
c(
l-
c(
0
...
Z
c(
'"
I-
-
© 1970 AUERBACH Info, Inc,
-
75-200
-
480lpm
75-200
Up to 1200
3/70
4200:72
TERMINAL EQUIPMENT
COMMUNICATIONS TERMINAL EQUIPMENT
IDENTITY
(vernitron
I'!ype VDT-2 Dataport
Portable Terminal
REPORT NUMBER
6910
FUNCTION
...... ...
.........-c ...~
Q
:::)
...
.. ...
-c
...~
:::)
University Computing
Cope .38
Remote Terminal
University Computing
Cope .41
Remote Terminal
Portable transmission!
reception of data over
puhl1c telephone network;
keyboard Input; printer
output
High-speed transmission of punched card/
keyboard input, reception of data to punched
card/printed copy output In half-/full-duplex
mode
High-speed transmission of punched card/keyboard input, reception of data to punched card/
printed copy output In half-/full-duplex mode
Medium
No provision
Punched cards
Punched cards
Code
-
Hollerith
Hollerith
Spe.d:
Char/sec
Cards/min
-
600
-
600
-
Method of Entry
53-key keyboard
53-key keyboard
53-key keyboard
No. of Char
Variable
Variable
Variable
:::)
Z
-c
=e
...
......
:::)
:::)
0
Medium
Printer
Printer
Punched cards
Printer
Punched cards
Code
64 char
630har
Hollerith
63 char
Hollerith
Spe.d:
Char/sec
Cards/min
10
Line Type
Z
0
Speed, bps
-
-
480lpm
Puhl1c telephone network
Up to llO
-
75-200
-
1250lpm
-
75-200
Voiceband/coaxial cable
Voiceband/coaxial cable
2000/2400/4800/9600 (voice);
10,000/14,000/20,000 (cable)
Full-duplex (ha.lf-duplex optiona.!)
Mode
Ha.lf-/full-duplex
2000/2400/4800/9600 (voice);
10,000/14, 000/20, 000 (cable)
Full-duplex (ha.lf-duplex optiona.l)
Code
8-level USASCn
Any 6-level code
Any 6-level code
Timing
Asynchronous
Synchronous/asynchronous
Synchronous/asynchronous
ERROR CONTROL
Char parity generation!
transmission optional;
no checking
Cycl1c redundancy checking; automatic retransmission
Cycle redundancy checking; automatic retransmission
MONTHLY RENTAL, S
100
1520 (basic configuration);
56, 850 (purchase)
2150 (basic configuration);
80, 050 (purchase)
COMMENTS
Modified TTY Model 33
KSR control circuitry/
modular acoustic COllpier; portable carrying
cases; up to 74-t>har
print I1ne; compatible
with Bell System DataPhone Data Set 103A
Designed for remote batch processing; controller contains 8K (12-blt) core memory; optiona.! memory expansion set; operates In dialup mode/over leased I1nea to centra.! processor;
compatible wlthmM 360, Univac490/UOOSeries
CDC 6000; optlona.l I/O devices Include paper
tape reader (4iiO cps), mylar tape punch (150
cps), mag tape (IBM -compatible)
Controller contains 12K memory; batch proceases data in dial-up (ha.lf -duplex) mode/over
leased lines (full-duplex); compatible with mM
360; Univac 490/1100 Series, CDC 6000; optional
I/O devices Include paper tape reader (450 cps),
mylar tape punch (150 cps), mag tape (mM-com
patible)
... ...
...
...'"
u;
-c
i
-c
Q
Z
-c
3/70
AUERBACH Data Communications Reports
A
a
.
AUERBACH
AUERBACH
DATA
COMMUNICATIONS
REPORTS
4200: 73
TERMINAL EQUIPMENT
COMMUNICATIONS TERMINAL EQUIPMENT
IDENTITY
University Computing
Cope .45
Remote Terminal
Vogue Instrument
Shepard 500A
Communication TerMinai
Page Printer
REPORT NUMBER
6145
-
-
-
FUNCTION
High-speed transmission of punched card/keyboard input, reception of data to punched card/
printecr copy output in half-/full-duplex mode
Remote, high-speed
printed copy output
of alphanumeric data
received over voiceband line
Remote, rack-mounted printed copy output
of alphanumeric data
received over voiceband line
Remote, high -speed
printed copy outpnt
of alphanumeric data
band line
Punched cards
No provision
No provision
No provision
Hollerith
-
-
-
1500
-
-
-
53-key keyboard
No provision
No provision
No provision
Variable
-
-
-
Medium
... :>
...'"cC ...i!:
C
~
Code
'"
Speed:
Char/sec
Cards/min
;;(
Method of Entry
A-
A-
~
...
:> :>
Z
cC
~
i!:
No. of Char
Vogue Instrument
Shepard 880
Digital Printer
Vogue Instrument
Shepard BBOC
Telecommunications
Printer
received over voice-
-
Medium
Punched cards
Printer
Printer
Printer
Printer
...
Code
Hollerith
64 char
64 or 128 char
64 char
64 char
:>
Speed:
Char/sec
Cards/min
200
~
:>
~
0
-
-
1250lpm
-
-
-
Up to 1200 lpm
600lpm
600lpm
Voiceband
Line Type
Voice/broadband/coaxial cable
Voiceband
Voiceband
0
iii
Speed, bps
Up to 4800 bps
1200/2400 bps
1200/2400 bpe
'"
i
Mode
2000/2400/4800/9600 (voice);
10,000/14,000/20,000 (cable)
Full-duplex (half-duplex optional)
Half - /full-duplex
half -/full-duplex
Half-/full-duplex
'"cCZ
Code
Any 6-level code
7 -level USASCII
7 -level USASCII
8-level USASCII
Timing
Synchronous/asynchronous
Synchronous/asynchronous
Synchronous
Synchronous
ERROR CONTROL
Cyclic redundancy checking; automatic retransmission
Even/odd parity
checking
No provision
No provision
MONTHLY RENTAL, $
3380 (basic configuration);
128,250 (purchase)
17,100 (purchase
price)
10,550-10,950
(purchase price)
11,200-11,600
(purchase price)
COMMENTS
Designed for remote batch proceSSing; controller contains 12K (12 -bit) core memory;
optio!1s include paper tape reader (450 cps),
mylar tape punch (150 cps), 2 mM-ccmpatible
mag tape I/O units j core memory is expandable
to 65K; compatible with mM 360, Univac 490/
1100 Series, CDC 6000
Impect printing up to
6 copies; includes 500
char buffer memory;
72 or 80 char/line;
10 char/in. and 3 or
6 line/in. spacing; pro
grammed or message
forms control; transmission units/char
selectable up to 16
Separate printer
mechanism /electronics modules; 40char overflow buffer
accommodates up to
1200 bps; 500-char
buffer, up to 2400 bps;
impact or ink roller
printing technique
(1/2 -part forms); 80
char/line; adjustable
line spacing; pin feed,
optional
Incorporates rotating
drum/line printing
technique; 40-char
overflow buffer accommodates up to 1200 bps;
500 -char buffer, up to
2400 bps; 80 char/line
includes control panel;
10 char/in. and 6 line/
in. spacing; pin feed,
optional
Z
cC
~
cC
c
...'"
© 1970 AUERBACH Info, Inc.
3/70
4200:74
TERMINAL EQUIPMENT
COMMUNICATIONS TERMINAL EQUIPMENT
IDENTITY
Viatron
System 21
REPORT NUMBER
6920
FUNCTION
Transmission of data entered from keyboard/punched cards/mag tape (computer-compatlble reels/in compatible cartridges)
over voiceband line; reception of data from voiceband line to printer/videO display/mag tape/punched cards
.
..
:3
:3
:3
... ...
......« ...:!':
...
....
« ...
Medium
Magnetic tape (cartridge)
Magnetic tape (7-/9-trackj
Punched cards
Code
USASCII
USASCII
Hollerith
Speed:
Char/sec
Cards/min
109
2200
Q
...
Z
« :!':
~
...
......
::;)
0
Z
...««
Q
Method of Entry
73-key keyboard
No. of Char
80
Medium
Magnetic tape
(cartridge)
USASCII
Magnetic tape
(7-/9-track)
USASCII
Speed:
Char/sec
Cards/min
109
2200
Line Type
Narrow/voiceband
Code
::;)
-
-
-
-
-
Function of keypunch
Punched card
Printer
Cathode ray tube
Hollerith
88 char
64 char
-
12
--
20 (nonprint); 18 (print)
-
0
Speed, bps
110/247.5 (with Model 6003 Adapter); 600/1200 (Model 6004); up to 1200 (Model 6005)
il
'" :::>
z
:::>
Speed:
Char/sec
Cards/min
0
Z
0
iii
-
-
-
Up to 150
line Type
Voiceband
Voice/narrowband
Speed, bps
25
-
-
Up to 110/1200
50-2400
Mode
Half-duplex
Half-duplex
Code
7-levelIBM
Correspondence/BCD
Asynchrencus
Any 5- to 9-level code
ERROR CONTROL
No provision
Horizontal/vertical parity checking; automatic retransmission up to 14 times
MONTHLY RENTAL, $
125-165
200-650
COMMENTS
Intended for interactive program/data
input from punched
...
Medium
Bank passbook
Punched tape
Printer
Punched cards
Printer
Code
-
Any 5- to 8-level code
64 char
Hollerith
64/96 (USASCII)
Speed:
Char/sec
Cards/min
16
25
15.5
-
Up to 600
Line Type
Voice-/narrowband
Voiceband
Speed, bps
50-2400
Up to 4800
-
-
-
Up to 150
-
Mode
Half-duplex
Half-/fu1l-duplex
Z
Code
Any 5- to 9-level code
8-level
0-
Timing
Synchronous/asynchronous
Synchronous/asynchronous
ERROR CONTROL
Horizontal/vertical parity checking; automatic retransmission up to 14 times; provisions for
detecting line breaks
Parity checking
MONTHLY RENTAL, $
300
15,000 (purchase price)
COMMENTS
Small-scale computer usable as on-/off-line passbook processor; can he used with any pr
.
C
3/70
AUERBACH Data Communications Reports
A
lA'
~
..
AUERBACH
DATA
COMMUNICATIONS
REPORTS
4200: 77
TERMINAL EQUIPMENT
AUERBACH
COMMUNICATIONS TERMINAL EQUIPMENT
IDENTITY
Model 7670
Remote Batch Terminal
Addressograph Multlgraph
AM 9650 Series CODE Scanner
(Computer Oriented Data Entry)
Models 9652/9654
Audac
Data Terminal
REPORT NUMBER
-
-
-
FUNCTION
Remote batch job entry/transmission of punched
card data; punched card/printed copy output of
data received from another 7670 Terminal computer over voiceband line
Transmission/reception of mag tape data
over voiceband line; records data read from
punched/bar coded cards, entered from keyboard, received from line; printed copy record
of data read from memory
Low speed transmission/reception of fixed
and variable numeric
data over public tele-
Xerox Data Systems
phone network to remote
computer
.. ......
..::....'"
~
::>
!!:
...
...
~
Medium
Punched cards
Code
Hollerith
Speed:
Char/sec
Cards/min
Punched/mark
sensed cards
Hollerith/2-of-5
level AM. bar code
7-trk mag tape (9652);
9-trk mag tape (9654)
6-level BCD (9652);
S-level EBCDIC (9653)
200
-
-300
-
Method 01 Entry
No provision
64-char keyboard
No. 01 Char
-
SO std/140 optional (9652);
100 std/selectable 10-lS0 optional (9654)
::> ::>
Z
!!:
':IE"
...::>
......
::>
0
Z
0
:c'c"
;;;
Up to 730
Credit card
4-level binary
10
-
12-key keyboard;
4 leverwheel switches
Variable (keyboard);
4 (switches)
Medium
Punched cards
Printer
Code
Hollerith
63 char
Speed:
Char/sec
Cards/min
75
Line Type
Voiceband
Voiceband
Speed, bps
2000/2400
1,200, 2,000 bps (public); 1,200-4, SOO bps (leased) Approx SO
-
-
250lpm
Page printer;
line printer
7-trk mag tape (9652);
9-trk mag tape (9654)
6-level BCD (9652);
S-level EBCDIC (9654)
Up to 730
-
44 char (page);
64 char (lIne)
15 cps (page);
300lpm (line)
Voice reply only
Voiceband
'"i
Mode
Half - /full-duplex
Half-/full-duplex
Half-duplex
'...."
Code
USASCn
Modified BCD plus parity
2-of-8
Timing
Synchronous
Asynchronous
Receiver activated by
each data group
'"
Z
ERROR CONTROL
'Block parity checking; automatic retransmission Vertical/longitudinal parity checking; bit count
Partial char checking
check on transmitted data; read-after-write
check on received data; eRe checking on 9channel units; odd/even message ID checking;
automatic retransmission
MONTHLY RENTAL, S
S10
COMMENTS
Basic unit is modified Univac DCT 2000; printer Communicating mag tape units alon~ available
can monitor card input/output; BO-/128-char
for purchase at $12,S25 (7-track), $13,S05
print lines available
(9-track); basic configuration contains scanner,
buffered mag tape unit, off-line typewriter
printer, Data-Phone interface; line printer optiona1; scanner unit includes optical code reader,
code converter, printer, controls for field defimUon/parity checking; printer records data from
memory in same seqllence with auto CR/LF, formatting via edit codes; buffered mag tape unit
includes core memory (programs/data), keyboard, mag tape deck, line interface; records
on tape/stores in memory data read from cards,
entered from keyboard, received from line; avg
alpha transmission rate 70 SO-char messages/
min, numeric at lOO/min; card reader accepts
tpunched/bar coded data on same SO-col card;
mag tape unit operates in read, write, search
modes; line printer operates on-/off-line with
132 char/line; switched operation via Bell
System Data Sets 202C (1,200 bps)/201A (2,000
bps); private line, 4-wire operation at 1200,
2400, 3600, 4S00 bps; IDM-compatible mag tape
record formats: 6-hlt + parity, 200 bpi (9652)/
S-bit + parity, SOO b"i (9654)
© 1970 AUERBACH Info, Inc.
1,005 (9652/page printer); 1,040 (9654/page
printer); 1,620 (9652/line printer); 1,660
(9654/line printer)
Approx 10
Automatically sends sequence of data upon depreSSion of activating
button; can send data
from card only; automatlcally dials prestored telephone numbers; II-digit automatic
dialing via I-pulse dial
button std; additional
buttons up to 4 optional;
stored numbers, station
ID (10 digits max) are
hard-wired, field
changeable; includes std
Touch-Tone pad, 4
rotary switches for sale
data entry (6 digits opttonal), 20-dlgit credit
card reader (60 digite
optional), band-set for
bidirectional voice communication; SEND button
transmits station ID,
card data, sale data;
optional 20-diglt card
dialing limits max pulse
dial buttons to 3; automatic EOT signal follows sale data
5/70
4200:78
TERMINAL EQUIPMENT
COMMUNICATIONS TERMINAL EQUIPMENT
IDENTITY
REPORT NUMBER
FUNCTION
1:1
c(
Dataterm
Model 44
Teletypewriter
RCA
Model 6741-11/-21
Teletypewriter
-
-
-
-
-
Remote, polled transmission of flxed/variable input data to centra! data collection
system over voiceband
line
Transmission of manually prepared/card
data over public telepbone network to re-
Transmission of manually keyed, numeric
data to remote keypunch receiver over
voiceband line
Low-speed transmission
of manually keyed dats!
reception of data to
printed copy output over
narrow-/volceband line
Punched carde
(credit card size)
Hollerith
No provision
Transmisslon!receptlon of alphanumeric
data over public telepbone network via
aCoustic coupler; keyboard Input; printer
outrot
No provision
-
-
-
-
-
mote computer via
acoustic coupler
~
Speed:
Char/sec
120
-
-
-
No. of Char
13-col numeric keyboard
13
10-/12-poS levers; 4
special switches
32 (16-48 optioDBl)
10-key adder keyboard; Typewriter
keyboard
up to 6 function keys
Variable
80 (incremente of 10col data fields)
Medium
No provision
Voice response
Punched cards
Printer
Printer
Code
-
-
Hollerith
128 char
63 char
-
1.7-2 words/sec
14 max (rated)
10-15
10
Line Type
Voiceband
Voiceband
Voiceband
Narrow-/voiceband
Speed, bps
Up to 1,200
40 (based on 10 cps)
Voiceband (switched!
leased)
20 cps max (rated)
110
110
Mode
Half-duplex
Half-duplex
Half-duplex
Half-/full-duplex
Half-duplex
Code
6-level, 9 ....nit BCD
Timing
Asynchronous
2-of-8 (equivalent to
4 parallel bite)
Receiver activated by
each data group
2-of-8 (using 3-of-14
cbaonel)
Receiver activated by
each data group
8-level USASCD!
EBCDIC
Asynchronous
8-level, ll-unlt
USASCn
Asynchronous
Char parity checking;
mamJal retransmission
by 80-char block
Char parity checking
optional
Even parity generation
30 (transmitter);
87 (receiver)
Purchase:
750 (transmitter);
3700' /recelvel'l
FollOWing transmission
of data block, interrupted validity tone via
reverse channel signals
request for retransmission; adding mschine tape provides
local bard copy verlflcation of data transmitted to remote card
receiver; reception of
valid card data returns
special char to transmitter, printed on tape;
transmitter Interfaces
Bell System 401E
Series Data Set/recaiver. 401J Series;
keypunch receiver
compatible with IBM
024 Model 5; unite accommodate local backto-back operation for
discrete wiring; keypuncb options include
card printing, manusl/
automatic skipping,
duplicating, spacing
90-100
72-76, plus maIntenance
charges: 23 (local),
36 (remote)
...
~
a:
....
...:::>
....
:::>
Medium
Cards/min
Method of Entry
Speed:
Char/sec
0
Cards/min
Z
0
in
....c(c( i
1:1
OIl
OIl
.
Z
-
c(
....
ERROR CONTROL
card/badge cbar
validity; parity
checking
Tone count within
each char; char count
per message
MONTHLY RENTAL, $
79-102
-
COMMENTS
Facilities for 10 differem transactions,
corresponding eatry
formats available; preprogrammed logic
cards llluminate console lamps IadIcating
proper data fields for
mamal entry; erroneously entered data
also IadIcated via console lamps; 16 Input
stations max/1 buffer
uniti 8 hlffer units
max/ceatral line controller; buffer unit
provides polling, message storage, error
checking, central controller polls buffer
units, provides interface to output media
(mag tape/paper tape);
keyboard over 124 char
designed according to
application; std preset
54-char message
length expandable to
Desktop unit accommodates acoustic coupling
or direct-wired line Interfacej includes automatlc dialing (contingem on tariff); modular
integrated-circuit
scanner; I5-posltion
slide switches avallable; plug-in card
provides program
security, source identificatlon digits; senses
removable edge-coded
programs card overlays to provide camputer with appropriate
query data (includes
tabs for custom switch
label!Dg); wired-in
security/program
entry diglte reeder accepte IBM-type, credit
card-size Input card
-
96 (optional); bitparallel transmission
over 10,OOO-it truDk
cable at 1,000 cps
5/70
No provision
Code
C
....
:::> :::>
c(
Customized Data
Systems
Adapta-Data N3 Series
TermiDBl System
....
:::>
:.
Z
Computone Systems
CT-32LR
Computer TermiDBl
Puncbed cards;
22-col ID badges
Hollerith
. ....
.....
...
Colorado Instruments
C-Dek 213
Data Input Station
AUERBACH Data Communications Reports
-
53-key keyboard
Variable
-
Friction-feed (-ll)/ploIncludes built-in
feed (-21) platens availacoustic coupler; full
upper-lowercase capa- able; optioDBl features
available for Spectra 70
bility; electric typesystems only include:
writer has switch
data set coupler, 9.5encoding; keyboard
in. (84-char) wide carincludes 2-key rollriage (-21), forms supover, generates 128
ply box (-21); requires
symbol char set
connection to RCA 70/
710 Telegraph Boifer/
6020-11 Communlcatio",
Buffer when used with
local 2-wire usersupplied line circuit;
other type facilities con
Bect to RCA 70/720-22,
70/720-23 Telegraph
Buffer/602O-11,602O-12
Communications Buffer;
includes answerback,
CR/LF, horiz/vert tab
(-21), form feed (-21);
8td 72-char print line.
7 copies
COMMUNICATIONS TERMINAL EQUIPMENT
4200
IDENTITY
RCA
Model 6740-11/-21
Teletypewriter
RCA
Model 6742-11/-21
Teletypewriter
Syner-Data
Beta Serial
Printer System
REPORT NUMBER
-
-
-
FUNCTION
Low-speed transmission/reception of data over
narrow-/voiceband line; keyboard/paper tape
input; paper tape/printed copy output
Low-speed reception
of data to printed copy
output over narrow-/
voiceband line
Low-speed transmission/reception of alphanumerie data over voiceband line to remote computer; manual keyboard entry; paper tape I/o;
printed copy
Punched tape
No provision
Punched tape
Medium
...
......cta..
Q
I-
DC
:;)
a..
~
a..
;(
I-
:;)
Code
8-level USASCII
-
8-level USASCII
Speed:
Char/sec
Cards/min
10
-
-
10, IS, 30 (serial);
300 (parallel)
Method of Entry
53-key keyboard
No provision
53-key keyboard
No. of Char
Variable
-
Variable
Medium
Printer
Punched tape
Printer
Printer
Punched tape
a-level USASCII
63 char
64 char
a-level USASCII
10
10
10, 15, 30
10, 15, 30
:;)
a..
Z
ct ~
~
I-
Code
63 char
Speed:
Char/sec
Cards/min
10
Line Type
Narrow-/voiceband
Narrow-/voiceband
Voiceband
0
iii
Speed, bps
110
110
110, ISO, 300
i
Made
Half-duplex
Simplex
Half-/full-duplex
z
Code
a-level, ll-unit USAScn
Timing
Asynchronous
a-level, 11-unit
USASCII
Asyncbronous
Asynchronous
ERROR CONTROL
Even parity generation
No provision
Odd/even parity generation
MONTHLY RENTAL, S
112-117, plus maintenance cbarges:
35 (local), 48 (remote)
63-67, plus maintenance charges: 21
(local), 34 (remote)
Purchase price:
2,800 (RO); 3,195 (KSR); 4,500 (ASR 30); 4,985
(ASR 300)
COMMENTS
Friction-feed (-I1)/pin-feed (-21) platens
available; optional features available for
Spectra 70 systems only include: data set
coupler, 9.5-in (84-char) wide carriage (-21),
forms supply box (-21), X-On/X-Off operation;
requires connection to RCA 70/710 Telegraph
Buffer/6020-11 Communications Buffer wben
used with local 2-wire, user-supplied line
circuit; other type facillties connect to RCA
70/720-22, 70/720-23 Telegrapb Buffer/602011, 6020-12 Commuuications Buffer; includes
answerback, CR/LF, hOriz/vert tab (-21),
form feed (-21); std 72-char print line, 7 copies
Friction-feed (-11)/
pin-feed (-21) platens
available; optional
features available for
Spectra 70 systems
only include: data set
coupler, 9.5-in. (84char) wide carriage
(-21), forms supply box
(-21); requires connection to RCA 70/710
.Telegraph Buffer/S02011 Communications'
Buffer when used with
local 2-wire usersupplied line circuit;
other type facilities
connect to RCA 70/
720-22, 70/720-23
Telegraph Buffer/602011, 6020-12 Communications Buffer includes
CR/LF, boriz/vert
tab (-21), form feed
(-21); std 72-char print
TTY 33-compatible; RO includes line printer
only; KSR includes keyboard/printer; ASR adds
paper tape I/o to KSR; switch-selectable features include: printer/paper tape operating
speeds, transmission rate, odd/even parity
generation, bits per char frame; impact printing
at 26-132 cbar/line (adjustable); spacing at 10
cbar/in., 6 lines/in.; pin-feed platen handles
1-6-part forms; 96-char USASCn paper tape
coding (64 data, 32 control); Model 30 paper tape
reader operates to 30 cps; Model 300 to 300 cps
(parallel, stop-on-char); photoelectric tape
sensing; available with parallel I/o or ElA
RS232B, std TTY interfaces; compatible with
acoustic couplers, Bell System Data Set 103A;
additional I/o media (punched card, mag tape
reel/cassette) accommodated on RPQ basis
:;)
a..
I:;)
0
Z
ct
lct
Q
III
III
ct
DC
I-
-
-
-
-
-
7-level, 10-/11-unit USAScn
line, 7 copies
© 1970 AUERBACH Info, Inc.
79
4200
DATA COMMUNICATIONS
IDENTITY
Centronics Data
Computer
Mach I Impact Printer
Model 3000
Data Computing
Cardliner 10
Terminal-Oriented
Card Reader
Data Computing
Cardliner 15
Terminal-Oriented
Card Reader
Data Computing
Cardliner 30
Terminsl-Oriented
Card Reader
Data Computing
'IYPeliner
Remote CommunicatioDl
Printer
REPORT NUMBER
-
-
-
-
-
FUNCTION
Receive-only, printed.
copy output of alpbanumeric data transmitted over voiceband
line
Remote batch entry of
punched card alphanumeric data over
voiceband line via
stand-alone/peripheral
configuration
Remote batch entry of
punched card alpbanumeric data over
voiceband line via
stand-alone/peripheral configuration
Remote batch entry of
punched card alphanumeric data. .over
voiceband line via
stand-alone/peripheral
cOnfiguration
Remote receive-only
printed output of alphanumeric data transmltted over voiceband
line
Medium
No provision
Punched cards
Punched cards
Punched cards
No provision
..
...
Q
...... ...
...
II<
::;)
C
~
II<
.....
~
::;)
~
:$£
.......
::;)
::;)
0
Hollerith
Hollerith
Hollerith
-
-
10
7.5
15
11.25
30
22.5
-
Method of Entry
No provision
No provision
No proviSion
No provision
No provision
No. of Char
-
-
-
-
-
Medium
Printer
No provision
No provision
No provision
Printer
Code
63 cbar
-
-
-
64 cbar; 90 opt
Speed:
Char/sec
Cards/min
-
165
-
-
-
1001pm
-
Line Type
Voiceband
VOiceband
Voiceband
Voiceband
Voiceband
0
iii
Speed, bps
Up to 3,000
Up to 300
Up to 300
Up to 300
300; 600; 1,200; 2,400
Mode
Simplex
Half-/full-duplex
Half-duplex
Half-/full-duplex
Half-duplex
Z
C
Code
7 -level USASCII
Timing
Asynchronous
8-level, ll-unit
USASCII
Asynchronous
IBM Correspondence!
BCD
Asynchronous
8-1evel, 11-unit
USASCII
Asynchronous
8-1evel, ll-unit
USASCII
Asynchronous
Nd provision
No prOvision
No provision
No provision
Z
.. il'"
'"
...
c
Q
-
::;)
Z
C
C
Code
Speed:
Char/sec
Cards/min
ERROR CONTROL
Cbar parity checking;
automatic retransmission
MONTHLY RENTAL, $
COMMENTS
80
2,400 (purcbase)
Rated printer output
speed at 60 (132-cbar
print line) to 150
(short print line) lpm;
132-char line buffer;
5 x 7 dot matrix cbar
structure; impact
printing up to 4 copies
on std paper; accommodates form widths
of 6-14.875 in. (adjust
able); 132-cbar max
print line; pin-feed
platen; 6 lines/in.
vertical spacing;
accepts parallel transmission up to 25,000
cps
90 (1 yr, min. usage);
3, SOO (purchase)
Transmits data via
data set/terminsl line
interface; TTY 33/35compatible; Hollerithto- USASCII code conversion; serial photo
optic read mechanism;
500-card input hopper/
600-card output stacker
capacity; attended/
unattended operation
90 (1 yr, min. usage);
3,600 (purcbase)
Transmits data via
data set/terminal line
interface; compatible
with IBM 2741, Datel,
Dura terminals; Hollerith-to-IBM Correspondence/BCD code
conversion; serial
photo optic read mechanism; 500-card input·
hopper/SOO-card output
stacker capacity;
attended/unattended
operation
100 (1 yr, min. usage); 245 (Model
3,990 (purcbase)
285 (Model
270 (Model
315 (Model
Transmits data via
data set/terminal line
interface; compatible
with GE Terminet 300,
Beta, Gulton, CRT
terminals; Hollerithto- USASCII code conversion; serial
photo optic read
mechanism; 500-card
input hopper/SOOcard output stacker
capacity; attended!
unattended operation
I);
11);
ill);
IV)
Model I: 80-col, uppercase only; Model
II: 132-col, uppercase only; Model ill;
80-col, upper-/lowercase; Model IV: 132col, upper-/lowercase;
impact printing up to
S copies; includes CRT/
modem interface;
100-lpm speed rated for
72-col printing; 10
char/in. horizontal
spacing; 6 lineS/in.
vertical spacing;
pin-feed platen std;
24 lines/sec skip;
In parity check mode
80-/132-char buffer
retains error data
block, generates error
signsl for· retransmission via 5-bps
reverse channel;
compatible with Bell
System Data Sets 103,
201, 202C
AUERBACH Computer Technqlogy Reports
3001-64
4200
COMMUNICATIONS TERMINAL EQUIPMENT
IDENTITY
Dataterm
Model 135
Send Ooly
'!ypewrlter
Datel
Model 31
Cartridge Magnetic Tape
Data Terminal
Friden 7100
Conversational
Terminal
REPORT NUMBER
-
-
6271
-
FUNCTION
Low-speed keyboard
entry/transmission of
alphanumeric data to
remote computer over
narrow-/voiceband
line; input printed copy
Conversational/remote batch transmission!
reception of mag tape data over voiceband
line; keyboard entry; printed copy output
Transmission! reception of data point to
point over narrow-/
voiceband line; keyboard input; printed
copy output
Receive-only highspeed printed copy of
alphanumeric data over
voice-/broadband
facility
Medium
No provision
Magnetic Tape
No provision
No provision
Code
-
IBM Correspondence, BCD, EBCD
-
-
Speed:
Char/sec
Cards/min
-
-
14.8-120
--
-
Method 01 Entry
49-key keyboard
54-key Selectric keyboard (plus control keys)
52-key keyboard
No provision
No. 01 Char
Variable
Variable
Variable
-
Sl ....
::I
"" ...
'."
~ ~
...
:c
....
...
::I
::I
Z
~
':I:"
Litton Systems
Datalog MC 1000
Military Strip
Printer
Medium
Printer
Printer
Magnetic tape
Printer
Printer
::I
Code
84 char
88 cbar
IBM Correspondence,
BCD, EBCD
91 char
64 cbar
0
Speed:
Char /see
Cards/min
-
Up to 30
14.8
14.8-120
10/12.2
-
-
Line Type
Narrow-/voiceband
Voiceband
Narrow-/voiceband
VOice-/broadband
Speed, bps
Up to 110 (10 cps)
134-1,200
100-134.2
Up to 1,320
Mode
Half-duplex
Half-duplex
Half-duplex
Code
8-bit parallel std
IBM Correspondence, BCD, EBCD
Simplex/balf-/fullduplex
8-level USASCII std
Timing
Asynchronous
Asynchronous
8-level, 10-/n-unit
USASCII
Asynchronous
ERROR CONTROL
Cbar parity generation
Vertical parity checking; read-after-write
check; remote status check
Cbar parity cbecking
opt; manual retransmission
MONTHLY RENTAL, $
Purcbase: 450 (basic);
100 (parallel-ro-serial
converter); 400
(acoustic coupler)
175;
7,490 (purcbase)
90-100
2,250 (purcbase)
3,200-3,475 (purcbase)
COMMENTS
Basic configuration
provides direct parallel input to computer
II0 cbannel; serial
(8-level, 11-unit
USASCII) communications opt; TTY speedcompatible; Bell Systern 401H equivalent
data set interface;
connects to mag tape/
paper tape recorders
for temporary media
storage; facilitates
voice answerback applicatioDS; manual
keyboard generates
117 USASCn code com
binations including
control char; acoustic
coupler opt; 82-cbar
print line
Dialup, full-duplex interrupt, reverse break,
full keyboard repeat. forward/reverse search.
off-line editing, remote statos checking,
Correspondence/BCn/EBCD code-controlled
tape functions std; IBM 2741 software compatible; built-in modem, terminal-to-terminal
operation, carrying cases, Basic/APL typespberes/keyboards, 90, OOO-cbar mag tape
cartridge, high-speed operation opt; 130-/156cbar print line; compatible with Bell System
Data Set 103A; Datel 90 Acoustic Coupler incorporated; operating modes; tape-ro-print/-Ilne,
line-to-tape/-print, key-to-tape/-print
Can transmit/receive
128-cbar USASCII;
multistation operation
opt; compatible with
Bell System Data Set
103F (leased llne)/
Data-Phone Data Set
103A2 (Switched); auto
answer capahility;
13S-char print line
std (14-In. forms);
case shift, Clt/LF con
trois; 10 cbar/in.
horizontal spacing;
6 lineS/in. vertical;
fnll-duplex required
for Break: feature;
switch-selectable
Mecbanical Nonprint
option disables
printing transmitted!
received data
....
Do.
....
::I
Z
0
''""
....
Q
iii
i'"
.'...."
'"
Z
© 1970 AUERBACH Info, Inc.
-
65 std
Asynchronous/synchronous
Parity checking opt
NOnimpact printing;
full military/commercia! models;
12,000-hr MTBF;
weighs 4 Ib; options
include up to 120-cps
rated print speed,
any 8-level transmission code
81
DATA COMMUNICATIONS
4200
Litton Systems
Datalog MC 3434
High-Speed Military
Printer
Litton Systems
Datalog MC 4600
High-Speed Printer
Litton Systems
Datalog MC 8800
High-Speed Printer
Memorex
MRX1240
CommUDI.cation
Terminal
-
-
-
-
-
Receive-only highspeed printed cepy
of alphauumeric data
over voice-/broadband
facility
Receive-only highspeed pr:i,nted cepy of
numeric/alphanumeric
data over voice-/
broadband facility
Receive-only highspeed printed cepy of
numeric/alphanumeric
data over voice-/
broadband facility
Receive-only highspeed printed copy of
numeric/alphanumeric
data over volce-/
broadband facility
Transmission/reception of alphanumeric
data over public network/leased voiceband
line; keyboard entry;
printed output
Medium
No provision
No provision
No provision
No provision
No provision
Code
-
-
-
-
-
--
--
-
-
--
Litton Systems
Datalog MC 3000
Digital Page
Teleprinter
IDENTITY
REPORT NUMBER
FUNCTION
.
.
...
Q
III
~
C ....
....
!
....
III
...
~
Speed:
Char/sec
Cards/min
Method of Entry
No provision
No provision
No provision
No provision
60-key keyboard
No. of Char
-
-
-
-
Variable
Medium
Printer
Printer
Printer
Printer
Printer
Code
64 char
64 char
64 char
64 char
94 char
Speed:
Char/sec
Cards/min
-800 Ipm stel
-
-
-
-
line Type
VOice-/broadhand
VOice-/broadhand
VOice-/broadhand
Voice- /broadhand
Voiceband
Speed, bps
Up to 44,000
Up to 35,200
Up to 35,200
Up to 96,800
110, 150, 300, 600
Mode
Simplex/balf-/fullduplex
8-level USAscn stel
Simplex/half-/fullduplex
8-level USAScn stel
Simplex/half-/fullduplex
8-level USASCII stel
Simplex!half-/fullduplex
8-level USASCII stel
Full-/balf-duplex
Aeynchronous/synchro
nous
7-1evel, 10-/ll-unit
USASCII
Asyncbronous/synchro- Asynchronous/synchro- Asyncbronous/synchro- Asynchronous
nous
nous
nons
ERROR CONTROL
Parity checking opt
Parity checking opt
Parity checking opt
Parity checking opt
Char parity (opt);
manual retransmission
MONTHLY RENTAL, $
12,650 (purchase)
12,900 (purchase)
Purchase price:
6,575 (numeric);
6,950 (alphanumeric)
12,900 (purchase)
115;
4,200 (purchase)
COMMENTS
Nonimpact printing;
full military/ commercial models; 8, OOO-hr
MTBF; weighs 40 Ib;
80-char print line;
options Include up to
3000-lpm rated print
speed, any 8-level
transmission code
Nonimpact printing;
4,OOO-hr MTBF;
32-char print line;
numeric oniy/alphanumeric char sets
available; weighs 42 Ib;
options include any 88-level transmission
cede
Nonimpact printing;
4,OOO-hr MTBF; 88char print line; numeri
only/alphanumeric
char sets available;
weighs 85 lb; options
Include any 8-level
transmission code
Std configuration in-
~
~
....
Z
C
~
!
...
...
~
Goo
~
0
Z
0
... i...on
...
C
C
Q
82
....
Z
C
Code
Timing
Up to 3,200
Up to 3,200
ronimpact printing;
4, OOO-hr MTBF;
32-char print line;
weighe 58 Ib;
I numeric only/alphanumeric char sets
i available; options
include any 8-level
transmission code
Up to 8,800
10, 15, 30, 60
cludes 30-cps rated
print speed, 128-char
keyboard generation
(USASCII), 120-char
print line, forms
tractcr-/friction-feed
platen, interchangeable
print cartridge (94
graphics), positional
electronic cursor,
switch-selectable
transmission modes;
options include 60-cps
print speed, output
rate selection (10, 15,
30, 60 cps), horizontal
tab (electronic), char
parity checking, integral
·modems Model 1220
(Bell System 103A) ,
Model 1224 (Bell System
202C)
AUERBACH Computer Technology Reports
3001-66
4200
COMMUNICATIONS TERMINAL EQUIPMENT
IDENTITY
REPORT NUMBER
FUNCTION
Medium
S
at
...
C
"-
0.
::::I
...
!:
at
"-
..
:c
::::I
Code
0.
!:
:IE
..
..
TEC
Model 520-40
Remote Batch Terminal
-
-
-
Transmission/reception of alphanumeric data
over switched network/leased line; enables
Mohawk Data-Recorder compatibility with IBM
System/360 via 2701/2703 Transmission
Adapters in IBM 2780 EBCDIC mode
Transmission/reception of mag tape data
over voicehand line; keyboard entry; line
printer output
Programmed, highspeed batch processing
of data transmitted
over voiceband line;
punched card input;
printed output
Magnetic tape
(6401/1101)
8-level EBCDIC;
IBM/NCR BCD
-
6,250
Punched carda (1116/
6406)
Hollerith
-220
Magnetic tape
Punched cards
6-level BCD
Hollerith
10,000
-400
-
Method 01 Entry
64-char keyboard
51-key keyboard
TTY (opt)
No. 01 Char
10-190 (selectable record length in increments
of 10)
Up to 160 (variable block length)
Variable
Medium
Magnetic tape
(6401/1101)
8-level EBCDIC;
IBM/NCR BCD
Printer (7520)
Magnetic tape
Printer
Printer
64 char
6-level BCD
64 char
64 char std
6,260
-300
10,000
-
-300lpm
Code
::::I
Potter Instrument
KDR 3100
Communications Terminal
Speed:
Char/sec
Cards/min
::::I
Z
C
Mohawk Data Sciences
Model 7201
Binary Synchronous Communication Adapter
"-
Speed:
Char/sec
Cards/min
-
line Type
Voiceband
Voiceband
Voiceband
Speed, bps
2,000 bps (switched); 2,400 bps (leased)
1,200/1,600
Up to 4, 800 std
Mode
Half-/full-duplex
Half-duplex
Full-duplex
Code
8-level EBCDIC; transparency
6-level BCD
7 -level USASClI std
Timing
Synchronous
Synchronous
Synchronous 8td
ERROR CONTROL
Cyclic redundancy checking (CRC)
Cyclic redundancy checking via BCC; automatic
retransmission
As programmed
MONTHLY RENTAL, $
350-960 (depending on equipment/options)
472;
15,280 (purchase)
29,400 (purchase)
COMMENTS
Accommodates 2 Mohawk Data-Recorders,
each with 300-lpm printer; reverse interrupti
escape option allows 1/0 device selection;
9,600-bps transmission rate potential; 132char/line buffered line printer (7520)
Incorporates programmable data compression
techniques; price data includes printer,
communications interface; 132-char print
line atd; enables transmission/printed copy
of on-line computer-compatible tape data
without edi ting/ reformatting
Basic configuration
includes card reader,
line printer; peripheral
options include 35-cpm
card punch, CRT displays, keyboards,
TTY, paper tape
reader/punch; 132char print line std.;
functional/format controls included; serial rates of 110-9, 600
bps, sync/async timing
available; Autodial
(auto answer) feature
opt; EBCDIC/Transcode (SBT) available;
500-card reader
hopper capacity; basic
system includes IBM
2780 simulator
software; interfaces
TEC 520 Programmable Communications Processor
::::I
0
Z
0
.. i......
..
C
iii
c
c
Z
C
at
© 1970 AUERBACH Info, Inc.
-
135lpm
83
DATA COMMUNICATIONS
4200
IDENTITY
REPORT NUMBER
FUNCTION
Versatec
Matrix 100
Plotter
-
-
-
-
Transmission/reception of mag tape data
over voicehand line; keyboard entry; line
printer output
IDgh-speed, receiveonly printed output
of alphanumeric data
transmitted over
voicehand line
High-speed, receiveonly printed output
of alphanumeric data
transmi tted over
voicehand line
IDgh-speed, ,receiveonly plotted output
of graphic data transmitted over voiceband
line
Medium
Magnetic tape
No provision
No provision
No provision
8-level USASCIJ/EBCDIC
-
-
-
Speed:
Char/sec
Cards/min
10,000
-
-
--
...
Method of Entry
51-key keyboard
No provision
No provision
No prOvision
A-
No. of Char
Up to 160 (vari!\ble block length)
-
-
-
'"It-
C
....
A-
m
Char/Line
32
86
Lines/Display
8
32
27
27
27
Char Set
64
96
64; 96 optional
64; 96 optional
64; 96 optional
Total Char/Display
1024
2160
2160
Stroke
2048; 2752 char
positions
Monoscope
2160
Char Generation
Technique
7 X 9 dot matrix
7 X 9 dot matrix
7 X 9 dot matrix
U>
Q
Horizontal Tab
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Line Era ••
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Line Insert
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Partial Display
Transmit
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Split Screen
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Other
Char insert/delete;
erase display
Char insert/delete;
erase display;
scrolling
Blink; format;
paging
Edit; format;
blink; margin set;
paging
Edit; format;
blink; margin set;
paging
Identity
Self-contained
Self-contained
Self-contained
Self-contained
Self-contained
...
Type of Buffer
Storage
Magnetic core
Magnetostrictive delay
line
MOB
MOB
MOS
....
Buffer Capacity
Char
1024
2285
2500
2500
2500
0
Max Devices/
Controller
1 display; 1 printer
1
Unlimited slaves
Unlimited slaves
Unlimited slaves
0
Multi-Drop
Yes
No
Optional
Optional
Optional
Print.r
TTY 33/35
TTY 35/37 RO
10 cps, 30 cps,
400 cps
10 cps, 30 cps,
400 cps
10 cps, 30 cps,
400 cps
Other
Mag tape cassette
recorder
7553 Hard Copy Output
(optional)
cassette tape;
punch/mark sense
card; psper tape
Cassette tape;
punch/mark sense
card; paper tape
cassette tape;
punch/mark sense
card; paper tape
PURCHASE PRICE, $
4700
MONTHLY RENTAL, $
-
10,000 (7550);
12,500 (7555)
265 (7550);
330 (7555)
...'"
5U
...C
";::
Z
Q
...
Z
;:)
......Z
V
...>-...
:z:
...iii
A-
A-
COMMENTS
Operates in fullCompatible with TTY
duplex; asynchronous
37; operates in fullup to 1200 bps; 8-level duplex mode at 150 bps
USASCIT; up to 23 units (Model 7750)/optionally
can be multidropped on at 1800 bps (Model
1 line; vertical/longi7555); operates in char/
tudinal parity checkecho or message mode
ing; compatible with
modes; half-duplex
Bell System Data Set
optional; compatible
202D; addressable
with Bell System Data
memory; polled trans- Set 202
mission; parallel inter
face optional; serial
3000
3500
4500
90
100
120
Plng-to-plug TTY replacement; separate
numeric pad; 4,000,000
-bps parallel data rate;
paging enables storage
capacity in excess of
selected display data
Block mode transmission; plng-to-plng
TTY replacement;
separate numeric pad;
4, 000, OOO-bps parallel
data rate; paging enabIes storage capscity
in excess of selected
dis play data
IBM 2260/2265 replacement; block mode
transmission; separate
numeric pad; 4,000,000
bps parallel data rate;
paging enables storage
capacity in excess of
selected display data
g~e:v':8i}.%1!400/4800
© 1970 AUERBACH Info, Inc.
21
4220
DATA COMMUNICATIONS
IDENTITY
American Terminal
Systems
Series 765 Video
Communication
Terminal
Americ311 Terminal
Systems
Series 766 Video
Communication
Terminal
Americ311 Terminal
Systems
Series 767 Video
Communication
Terminal
Applied Digital Data
Systems
Envoy 600 Portable
CRT Terminal
Applied Digital Data
Systems
Envoy 640 Portable
CRT Terminal
REPORT NUMBER
-
-
-
-
-
...Z
:;)
.....
>-
C
Identity
765-10/-20/-30/-40
766-10/-20/-30/-40
767-10/-20/-30/-40
Envoy 600
Envoy
Viewing Area, in.
9 (tube diagonal)
9 (tube diagonal)
12 (tube diagonal)
3.5 wide; 2.25 bigh
3.5 wide; 2.25 bigh
Char/Line
32
64
80
32
64
B4U '
Lines/Display
4; 8; 15; 16; 30
4; 8; 16; 30
4; 8; 16; 30
16
16
Char Set
64; 96 opt
64; 96 opt
64; 96 opt
64
64
Total Char/Display
128; 256; 480; 512;
960
9 x 14 filled stroke
matrix
256; 512; 1024; 1920
320; 640; 1280; 2400
256
512
9 x 14 filled stroke
matrix
5 x 7 dot matrix
5 x 7 dot matrix
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes (fixed stop at
each 8th position)
No
Yes (fixed stop at
each 8th position)
No
IA
Q
Char Generation
Technique
Horizontal Tab
9 x 14 filled stroke
matrix
Line Erase
Optional
Optional
Optional
IA
Line Insert
Optional
Optional
Optional
No
No
:;
U
Partial Display
Transmit
Optional
Optional
Optional
No
Yes
Split Screen
Optional
Optional
Optional
No
Yes
Other
Char/page erase;
CR/LF; scroll; full
cursor controls
Char/page erase;
CR/LF; scroll; full
cursor controls
Char/page erase;
CR/LF; scroll; full
cursor controls
Full cursor controls;
eR; home; screen
erase
Full cursor controls;
CRt home; screen
erase; char
insert/delete;
fixed format;
blink
Identity
Self-contained
Self-contatued
Self-contained
Self-contained
Self-contained
Type of Buffer
Storage
MOB
MOB
MOB
MOS semiconductor
MOB semiconductor
Buffer Capacity
Char
128; 256; 480; 512;
960
256; 512; 1024; 1920
320; 640; 1280; 2400
256
512
0
Max Devices/
Controller
4, 8, '12, or 16 (15 if
printer interface required) displays per
Polling Adapter
4, 8, 12, or 16 (15 if
printer interface required) displays per
Polling Adapter
4, 8, 12, or 16 (15 if
printer interface required) displays per
Polling Adapter
1 display
1 display
0
Multi.Drap
Optional
Optional
Optional
No
No
Printer
ADS Series 715
Printer
ADS Series 715
Printer
ADS Series 715
Printer
No
No
Other
ADS MagTape
Cassette
ADS Mag Tape
Cassette
ADS MagTape
Cassette
-
-
...;::;
...C
0
Z
;::;
Q
...
...Z
..
:;)
...'"Z
V
...'">...iii
:I:
......
PURCHASE PRICE, $
1,900-2,400
2,500-3,500
2,700-3,900
3,195
3,695
MONTHLY RENTAL, $
125 max
175 max
200 max
-
-
COMMENTS
IBM 2845/2266 replacement via 360/
2701; helf-/fullduplex; sync/async;
serial up to 75, 110,
150. 300, 600, 1200,
2400, 4800, 9600 bps;
15,000 cps paraIlel;
char-/line-blink,
char-/line-lDeert,
char-,tline-delete,
polling, lower case
IBM 2845/2265 replacement via 360/
2701; hslf-/fullduplex; sync/async;
serial up to 75, 110,
150, 300, 600, 1,200,
2,400,4,800,,9,600
bps; 15,000 cps paraIlel; char-/lineblink, char-/lineinsert, char-/linedelete, polling, lower
case opt
IBM 2845/2265 replacement via 360/
2701; half-/fullduplex; sync/async;
serial up to 75, '110,
150, 300, 600, 1,200,
2,400, 4,800, 9,600
bps; 15,00 cps paraIlel; char-/lIDeblink, char-/lineineert, char-/linedelete, polling, lower
case opt
Portable; built-in
acoustic coupler; TTY
compatible; data compreSSion; local edit
in conversation mode;
async; USASCn; halfduplex; 110/300 bps
(selectable)
Portable; built-in
acoustic coupler; TTY
compatible; data compression; local edi,t
in conversation mode;
async; USASCll; halfduplex; 110/300 bps
(selectable)
opt
22
AUERBACH Computer Technology Reports
3001-7Z
4220
ALPHANUMERIC DISPLAY TERMINALS
IDENTITY
Applied Digital Data
Systems
Consul 800
Stand-Alone CRT
Terminal
Applied Digital Data
Systems
Consul 840
Stand-Alone CRT
Terminal
Applied Digital Data
Systems
Consul 880
Stand-Alone CRT
Terminal
Hazeltine 1760
Desk-Top Video
Display Terminal
Hazeltine 2000
Desk-Top Video
Display Terminal
REPORT NUMBER
-
-
-
-
-
1760
2000
Identity
Consul 800
Consul 840
Consul 880
Viewing Area, in.
6 wide; 4 high
6 wide; 4 high
-
6.48 wide; 6.48 high
10 wide; 5.5 high
Char/Line
32
64
80
55
74
Lines/Display
16
16
20-24
3~
27
...
Char Set
64
64
64
64
64
Q
Total Char/Display
256
512
1,600-1,920
1,760
1,998
Char Generation
5 x 7 dot matris
5 x 7 dot matris
5 x 7 dot matris
5 x 7 dot matrix
5 x 7 dot matrix
Yes (fixed stop at
each 8th position)
No
Yes (fixed stop at
each 8th position)
No
Yes (fixed stop at
each 8th position)
No
IYes (also
ivertical/diagonal)
Yes
Yes
Line Erase
Line Insert
No
No
No
Yes
Yes
Partial Display
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
AB programmed
AB programmed
Full cursor controls;
char insert/delete;
fixed format; variable
roll-up
Full cursor contro1s;
char insert/delete;
fixed format; variable
roll-up
...Z
;)
>~
on
Technique
Horizontal Tab
..
on
5U
...C
Transmit
0
Split Screen
..
Other
Z
;:
Full cursor controls;
CR; home; screen
Full cursor controls;
Full cursor controls;
CR; home; screen
erase
CIt; home; screen
erase; char
insert/delete;
fixed format;
blink
erase; char
I insert! delete;
'fixed format;
blink
Identity
Self-contained
Self-contained
Self-contained
Self-contained
Self-contained
Type of Buff.r
Storage
MOB semiconductor
MOS semiconductor
MOS semiconductor
Magnetic core
Magnetic core
Buffer Capacity
Char
256
512
1,600-1,920
2,048
2,048
Max Devices/
Controller
1 display/printer/
cassette unit
1 display/printer/
cassette unit
1 displaY/printer/
cassette unit
1 display, printer/
1 display, printer/
cassette; slave
monitors
cassette; slave
monitors
Multi.Drop
No
No
No
Yes
Yes
Printer
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Other
Mag tape cassettes
Mag tape cassettes
Mag tape cassettes
Mag tape cassette;
remote monitors
Mag tape cassette;
remote monitors
2,995
3,495
3,995
2,995 (1-24 units)
2, 995 (1-24 units)
-
-
-
108
108
ABynchronous; serial
rates to 110, 160, 300,
600, 1, 200 bps (switchable); adjustable to
9,600 bps plus; halfduplex; solid state
removable keyboard;
8-level USASCII; 32
control codes; modular
CRT can he remoted;
computer addressable
TTY compatible; asynchronous; serial rates
to 110, 150, 300, 600,
1,200 bps (switchable);
adjustable to 9,600 bps
plus; halt-/full-duplex;
solid state TTY removable keyboard; 8level USASCII; 32
control codes; computer
addressable cursor; all
keyboard functions fully
program controllable
Q
...Z
;)
......0
Z
0
u
........
.....
>-
Yes
%
iii
PURCHASE PRICE,
S
MONTHLY RENTAL,
COMMENTS
S
Desk-top verion of
Desk-top verion of
ADDS Envoy 600; hard ADDS Envoy 640; hard
copy interface; built-in copy interface; built-in
acoustic/hardwired
acoustic/hardwired
modem (Bell System
modem (Bell System
103 equivalent); TTY
103 equivalent); TTY
compatible; data com- compatible; data compression; iocal edit in preSSion; iocal edit in
conversation mode;
conversation mode;
async; USASCII; halfduplex; 110/300 bps
(selectable)
async; USASCII; halfduplex; 110/300 bps
(selectable)
© 1970 AUERBACH Info, Inc.
3001-73
Desk-top version of
ADDS Envoy 640 with
increased char capacity;
hard copy interface;
built-in acoustic/hardwired modem (Bell
System 103 equivalent)
TTY compatible; data
compression; local edit
in conversation mode;
async; USASCII; half-
duplex; 110/300 bps
(selectable)
cursor
23
4220
DA TA COMMUNICATIONS
IDENTITY
REPORT NUMBER
!:
Z
:;)
~
...C
...Q
Do
Honeywell CCD
Series 16
Alphanumeric Display
Terminal
Model 316/516-7210
Imlac
PDS-l
Programmable
Display System
International Computer Mark Computer Systems
Terminale
DD-70
Data Display Terminal
SPD 10/20
stored Program Display
-
-
-
-
Identity
7215; 7216
PDS-l
SPD 10/20
DD-70M
DD-70L
Viewing Area, in.
10.0 wide; 5.0 high
8.5 wide; 7.5 high
9.5 wide; 7.0 high
7.0 wide; 4.5 high
8.3 wide; 6.0 high
Char/Line
64
Up to 128
64
32
32/64
16/32
Lines/Display
16
Up to 64
1-30 (programmable)
8
Char S.t
64
64
64
64
Total Char/Display
1,024
As programmed; see
Comments
I, 200 (40 frames/sec)
1,920
256
1,024
Char Generation
Closed stroke
Vector stroke
7 x 10 dot matrix
5 x 7 dot matrix
5 x 7 dot matrix
Yes
Technique
...
1M
;::
~
U
C
Yo
0
Z
;::
Q
1M
..
......
Z
:;)
0
Z
0
u
..
~
Horizontal Tab
Yes
Yes
Yes (any combination)
Yes
Line Erase
Yes
Yes
Yes
Repeat char erase
Repeat char erase
Line Ins.rt
Yes
Yes
Yes
Repeat char insert
Repeat char insert
Partial Display
Transmit
Yes
Yes
Yes (Including fields)
Yes
Yes
Split Scr.en
No
Yes
Data protect/tab; full
Yes (horizontally/
No
vertiCally)
Pregrammed for appll- Full cursor controls;
cation oriented funcchar insert/delete
tiODS; full cursor controls
Full cursor controls;
char insert/delete
insert/delete
Full cursor controls;
keyboard graphics
editing
Id.ntity
Self-containsd
PDS-l
Self-contained
Self-contained
Self-containsd
Type af Buff.r
Magnetic core
Magnetic core
Magnetic core
MSI
MSI
Buff.r Capacity
Char
1,048
1,440
1,920
256
1,024
Max Device./
Controller
1
No hardware limit;
software-limited by
function of application
1 display, printer
1 display/printer
1 display/printer
Other
cursor controls; ohar
Storage
Multi-Drop
-
Optional
Yes
-
-
Print.r
Optional (via 7217 interface)
OptIonal
Yes (30 cps, 132-char
line)
TTY ASR 33; Inktronic
2101
TTY ASR 33; Inktronic
2101
Other
7217 interface accommodates badge
reader/ other devices
Paper/mag tape; discs
(opt)
Tape cassette; TTY;
microfilm viewer
-
-
1M
:z:
Do
iii
1M
Do
PURCHASE PRICE, $
MONTHLY RENTAL, $
COMMENTS
24
No
4,950 (display/control); 8,645 (basic)
500 (serial interface);
300 (keyboard)
134 (display/control);
300
14 (serial Interface);
8 -
...
a..
Char Set
96
64
64
D
Total Char/Display
1,000
1,028 (less 6 char/line
1,028 (less 6 char/line) 1,028 (less 5 char/line
1,028 (less 5 char/line)
Char Generation
5 x 7 dot matrix
Monoscope
Monoscope
Monoscope
Horizontal Tab
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Line Erase
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
-
'"
III
:I:
"-
iii
III
a..
COMMENTS
Char/line field adIBM 360-compatible;
justable from 40 to 80;
sync/async; polled/
,half-duplex; optional
nonpolled; 8-level
parallel interface;
USASCII; limited
,serial data rate up to
graphics; 110, 150,
300, 600, 1,200 bps
1,200 bps; modified
serial; 2,400 bps opt;
7-level USASCII
60,000 cps parallel;
integral electrophotcgraphic printer for
5x5-in. hard copy of
displayed data in 5 sec
(add. Copies at 2-sec
intervals); echoplex/
half-/full-duplex
© 1970 AUERBACH Info, Inc.
3001-75
25
4220
DATA COMMUNICATIONS
IDENTITY
REPORT NUMBER
Splras Systems
Jrascope
Series TY
Splras Systems
lrasccpe
Series TY
.TEC
Series 400
Model 430
Data-Screen TerminsI
TEC
Series 400
Model 440
Data-Screen Terminal
TEe
Series 400
Model 450
Data-Screen Terminal
-
-
-
-
450
Identity
DBC-A/N-TY
DBC-A/N-TY-360
430
440
Viewing Area, in.
9.5 wide; 7 high
9. 5 wide; 7 high
9 wide; 6.5 high
9 wide; 6.5 high
9 wide; 6. 5 high
...Z
Char/Line
64
64
32
40
50
>.........
Q
Lines/Display
32
32
Up to 24
Up to 24
Up to 24
Char Set
64
64
64
64
64
Total Char/Display
1,028 (less 5 char/lIne)1
1, 028 (less 5 char/line)
768
900
1,200
Char Generation
Technique
MoDOSCope
Monoscope
5 x 7 dot matrix
Horizontal Tab
No
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Line Eras.
No
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Line In •• rt
No
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Partial Display
Transmit
No
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Split Scr •• n
No
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Without Message/Edit
logic assembly
Without Message/Edit
logic assembly
Full cursor controls; .
char insert!delete;
blink; protected format; roll up/down
Full cursor controls;
char Insert!delete;
blink; protected format; roU· up/down
Full cursor controls;
char Insert!delete;
blink; protected format; roll up/down
Identity
Self-contained
Self-contained
410 Controller
410 Controller
410 Controller
Type of Buff.r
Stora".
Msgnetostrictlve
delay line
Msgnetostrictlve
delay line
MOS
MOS
MOS
Buff.r Capacity
Char
1,028
1,028
As required
As required
As required
Max Devices/
Controller
1 displsy (Plus
peripherals)
1 d1splsy (plus
peripherals)
31
31
31
Multi-Drop
Yes
Yes
-
-
-
Print.r
Yes
Yes
TTY
TTY
TTY
Mag tape, psper tape,
cassette
Mag tape, psper tape,
cassette
-
-
-
PURCHASE PRICE, S
4,495
5,995
1,486 (basic)
I, 486 (basic)
1,769 (basic)
MONTHLY RENTAL, S
-
-
-
-
-
Max 80 char/line;
double-key rollover/
lock-out; char-key
transfer only; TTYcompatible; USASCII;
half-duplex; opt Model
E-l Message/Edit
logic assembly costs
$650, converts uuit
to Model DBEC-A/NTY
Max 80 char/line;
double-key rollover/
lock-out; char-key
transfer ouly; TTYcompatible; USASCII;
half-duplex; IBM 360
remote. capsbillty via
2701; CC-l Cluster
Controller polls/
multiplexes up to 31
displays (groups of 8),
1 printer;
Options include II0
adapters (sync/async/
psrallel/TTY), edltlng, printer adapter,
96-char set, edit!
non-edit keyboarde;
staud-alone/multlstatlon models avallsble;
char/line addressing;
modified USASCII;
75-9,600 bps serial;
half-/full-duplex
Options include II0
adapters (sync/ async/
parallel/TTY), editlng, printer adapter,
96-char set, edit!
DOn-edit keyboards;
staud-alone/multistation models available;
char/line addressing;
modified USASCII;
75-9,600 bps serial;
half-/full-duplex
Options include II0
adapters (sync/async/
psrallel/TTY), edltlng, printer adapter,
96-char set, edit!
DOn-edit keyboards;
staud-alone/multistation models available;
char/line addressing;
modified USASCII;
75-9,600 bps serial;
half-/full-duplex
:::I
0(
......
;:
:::;
V
...
0(
C)
Z
;:
Q
...
...Z
...
......
Z
:::I
0
0
u
......>...:z:iii
......
·Other
Oth.r
COMMENTS
26
·~5
x 7 dot matrix
5 x 7 dot matrix
AUERBACH Computer Technology Reports
3001-76
4220
ALPHANUMERIC DISPLAY TERMINALS
IDENTITY
REPORT NUMBER
..
.....
Z
:::I
>~
TEC
Series 400
Model 460
Data-Screen Terminal
Video Systems
VST 1200
Video Dats Terminal
Video Systems
VST 2000
Video Dats Terminal
Video Systems
VST 5000
Video Dats Terminal
Video Systems
VST 7000
Video Dats Terminal
-
-
-
-
VST 7000
Identity
460
VST 1200
VST 2000
VST 5000
Viewing Area, in.
9 wide; 6.5 high
10.5 wide; 8.0 high
10.5 wide; 8.0 high
10.5 wide; 8.0 high
10.5 wide; 8.0 high
Char/Line
64
72
72
72
72
Lines/Display
Up to 24
18 (1 page)
18 (2 pages)
18 (4 pages)
18 (6 pages)
Char Set
64
64
64
64
64
Total Char/Display
1,536
1,296
2,592
5,164
7,776
Char Generation
Technique
7 x 7 dot matrix
5 x 7 dot matrix
5 x 7 dot matrix
5 x 7 dot matrix
5 x 7 dot matrix
Horizontal Tab
Yes
No
No
No
No
Line Era.e
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
."
a
Line Insert
Yes
No
No
No
No
Partial Display
Transmit
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
CI
Split Scr.en
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
;::
Other
Full cursor controls;
char Insert! delete;
blink; protected
format; roll up/down
Full cursor controls;
selective transmit;
page erase; page flip;
home
Full cursor controls;
selective transmit;
page erase; page flip;
home
Full cursor controls;
selective transmit;
page erase; page flip;
home
Full cursor controls;
selective transmit;
page erase; page flip;
home
Identity
410 Controller
Self-contained
Self-contained
Self-contained
Self-contained
Type of Buffer
Storage
MOB
Delay line
Delay line
Delay line
Delay line
Buffer Capacity
Char
As required
1,296
2,592
5,184
7,776
Max Devices/
Controller
31
4 printers; multiple
monitors
4 printers; multiple
monitors
4 printers; multiple
monitors
4 printers; multiple
monitors
Multi-Drop
-
No
No
No
No
>-
Printer
TTY
..
Any USASCII serial
input printer
Any USASCII serial
Input printer
Any USASCII serial
Input printer
Any USASCII serial
input printer
Other
-
An:Y serial incremental
mag tspe unit
Any serial incrementsl
mag tspe unit
Any serial incremental
mag tspe unit
Any serial incrementsl
mag tspe unit
PURCHASE PRICE, $
2,051 (basic)
3,990
4,590
4,990
5,790
MONTHLY RENTAL, $
-
77-145
79-155
119-185
149-215
TTY-compatible (opt);
built-In coupler (hardwired); any USASCII
coding of function
switches for remote
positioning of cursor;
parity checking; full-/
half-duplex; up to
1,200 bps (2,400 opt);
TV-compatible
TTY-compatible (opt);
built-in coupler (hardwired); any USASCII
coding of function
switches for remote
TTY-compatible (opt);
built-In coupler (hardwired); any USASCII
coding of function
switches for remote
positioning of cursor;
parity checking; full-/
half-duplex; up to
1,200 bps (2,400 opt);
TV-compatible
."
III
;::
:::;
U
...
~
Z
a
III
..
..0
Z
:::I
GO
Z
0
u
GO
III
...
...
:z:
III
COMMENTS
Options include I/O
TTY-compatible (opt);
adapters' (sync/async/ built-in coupler (hardparallel/TTY), editing wired); any USASCII
printer adapter, 96coding of function
char set, edit/non-edit awi tches for remote
keyboards; standpositioning of cursor;
alone/multlststion
parity checking; full-/
models available;
half-duplex; up to
char/line addressing;
1,200 bps (2,400 opt;
modified USASCII;
TV-compatible
75-9,600 bps serial;
half-/full-duplex
© 1970 AUERBACH Info, Inc.
3001-77
positioning of cursor;
parity checking; full-/
half-duplex; up to
1,200 bps (2,400 opt);
TV-compatible
27
A
~
AUERBACH
DATA
COMMUNICATIONS
4240:01
TELETYPE EQUIPMENT
JERBACH IIEJIORTS
•
COMPARISON CHARTS: TELETYPE EQUIPMENT
TRADE NAME OR MODEl
FUNCTION
INPUT
(1)
OUTPUT
(1)
CODE
LEVELS
SPEED,
char/aec (2)
APPROX.
PURCHASE
PRICE (U.S.),
$
MQlUiL 2/1
1!n!IEDHI
KlIR··
llead/recelve
Keyboard,
algnal Une
Printed page,
signal Une
t;
6, 6.6, 7.6, or 10
1,300
ASK··
Send/receive with tape
perfor.tor and reader
Keyboard,
punched tape
slpal Une
Printed pap,
5
6,6.6,7.5, or 10
pnnched tape,
2,200
signal Une
R/O··
Receive only
SlgnalUne
Printed page
5
6,6.6,7.5, or 10
1,100
Compact Page Printer
Deek-top send/receive
Keyboard,
elpalUne
Printed page,
aignalilna
5
6, 7.5, or 10
1,11>0
Wall Mounted Pale
Printer
Bend/receive
Keyboard,
eignaliine
Printed page,
alpal Une
5
6, 7.6, or 10
1,250
ROTR
(Reperforator)
Tape output, punched
and printed
Slpal Une
Punched tape
I>
6, 7.5, or 10
900
RT
(Reperforator/
Tr ....mltter)
Receiver, tape
perforator, and tra...mltter; tape can be
printed
Slpal line
(parallel or
serial)
Signal line
(parallel or
aerial)
5
6, 7.5, 10, or 20
(Distributor)
Converla paraUel tra... mla.lon to aerial atop/
start tr.... ml••lon
8IpaIline
8IpaIUII8
5
6, 7.5, or 10
Model 28 LXD
Tape reader
Puached tape
SIgnal line
5to8
Mndel28 LXD
Multiple Tape Reader
Can read three tapee
PWlChed tape
.Imultaneouely and
tranamlt to three atatlona
or can read three tapee
alternately and tranamlt
to 0118 atatlon
Sipailine
5
Mndel 28 LBXD
Tape reader
Punched tape
Electrical
Impulae
Model 28 LX
Tape reader
Punch~
tape
Electrical
Impu1ae
Mndel 28 LEXD EdgePuached Card Reader
Reada edge-punched
carda
Punched carda Electrical
Impulee
Mndel 28 LAltP Multl-
Tape punch
Electrical
Impulae
PWlChed tape
5to8
KlIR·
Send/receive
Keyboard,
aipaillne
Printed page,
aignalUne
ASK·
Send/receive with tape
perforator and reader
Keyboard,
punched tape,
alpaillne
R/O·
Receive only
KlIR·
ASK·
-
LD
3,400
250
10
300
6,7.6, or 10
800
6to8
10
600
6to8
6 to 20
350
6, 7.5, or 10
400
20
500
5
8, 6.8, or 10
425
Printed page,
punched tape,
atpaillne
5
6, 6.6, or 10
580
Sipailine
Printed pap
6
8, 6.6, or 10
385
Send/receive
Keyboard,
elpalUne
Printed pap,
aignalilna
8
10
500
8end!recelve with tape
perforator and reader
Keyboard,
punched tape,
alpal line
Printed page,
punched tape,
aignalllDe
8
10
650
R/O·
Receive only
8IpaI11ne
Printed pap
8
10
425
ASK·
Send/recelve with tape
perforator and reader;
equipped with numeric
keyboard
Keyboard
Printed pap,
(numeric only) , punched tape,
punched tape, atpalllll8
.ignal Une
8
10
850
Masnet Tape Punch
6
MODEL 32 E!lUlPMENT
MODEL 33 EQUIPMENT
(1) Can be used directly on communications line. (alpalllne), or aa a peripheral device for data procesainl equipment (electrical
lmpulae).
(2) To obtain WPM (worda/mlD). multiply char/aec by 10.
NA Information not available from Teletype Corp.
•
••
Deslpad for atandard-duty uaage.
Dealped for beavy-duty uaap.
01967 AUERBACH Corporation and AUERBACH Info, Inc.
2/67
4240:02
TELETYPE EQUIPMENT
COMPARISON CHARTS: TELETYPE EQUIPMENT (CoNTD.)
TRADE NAME OR MODEL
FUNCTION
INPUT
(1)
OUTPUT
(1)
CODE
LEVELS
SPEED,
obal'/eeo (2)
APPROX.
PURCHASE
PRICE (U.S.),
,
8er1d OIIly
Kllyboud
StpalllDe
8
10
126
xsa··
8ead/reoelve
Keyboard,
alpallllle
PrlDtedpace,
alpalllDe
8
10
1,fOO
AIR··
BeDel/receive with tape
perforator aod reader
Keyboard,
JlllllChed tape,
alpallille
Prillted pace,
p!IIIobed tape.
alpalllDe
8
10
2,600
R/O··
ReceIve onlY
Stpallille
Prillted pep
8
10
1,800
ACS""
Send/receive with tape
perforator aod two
readers; exteD8lve
format CODtrol
Kllyboard,
JlllllCbed tape,
slpalllDe
Prillted page,
punched tape,
alpallille
8
10
3,550
ROTa
(ll8perforator)
Tape output, punched
aod printed; bacJcapace
option for error
correction
Stpalline
Punched tape
a
8, 7.6, or 10
Keyboard,
aipalline
Prillted pep,
elpalllDe
5ta8
16
NA
SIpalIine
8
10
NA
Punched tape
8
10
NA
. .mote Kllyboud
MODEL 311 EgUlPMENT
MODEL 37 EQUIPMENT
xsa
900
Send/receive; 8th bit
parity check
II.Lm'U12
EQUIPMENT
100 EDC -
Send Set
Send only; generate. one Puncbed tape
check character per
711-cber block; cberacter
parity opUonal
100 EDC - "oelve Bel Receive only; aecond
puncb deletes error
blocJca
Signal line
1200 BOO -
Send Set
Bend only; generates two Punched tape
cbeck cberecter. per
80-obar block; unattended
operation optional
s1palllDe
lito 8
105 or 120
4,150
1200 EDC Set
Receive
Receive only; performs Stgnallllle
read-atter-wrlte cbeck;
errors ars over-punched;
unattended operaUon
optional
Punched tape
5ta8
lOll or 120
5,350
10110 - Send Bet
Send only; unattended
operaUon optional
Stgnailine
lito 8
105
1,800
1050 - Receive Set
"celve only; unattended Stlllal line
operation opUonal
Punobed tape
Sta8
105
2,420
750 - Send Set
Bend only; unattended
operaUon opUonal
Stpalline
Sto8
711
7110 - ll8oe1ve Set
Receive only; unattended StpalllDe
operaUon optional
Punched tape
6to8
76
2,300
CARData Keyboard
Punob
Edge-punched card output Keyboard
punched and printed
Punched oard
8
10
1,200
CARData lhader
Send only
Edge-punched
carde
Electrlcal
Impul.e
a
10
800
Tape ll8ader
('l)pe ex)
Bend only
Punched tape
StpalllDe
6ta8
lOS
fOO
BRPB Puncb
. .celve only
Stpallille
Puncbecl tape
Sto8
80, 76, or 1011
750
Punched tape
Punched tape
800 (table-top);
1,250 (cablllet)
OTHER !9U1PMENT
(1) Cao be \l8ed directly on communications line (alpalllDe), or aa a perlpberal device for deta pr_aalDg equipment (electrlcal
Impulae).
(2) To obtalD WPM (worde/mlll), mlllUpIy char/aec by 10.
NA 1Df0rmatiClll DOt ava1lable from Teletype Corp.
\18""
Deallllled for atandard-cluty
"" Deatpec! for beavy-duty usage.
2/67
AUERBACH Date Communications Reports
4400:00
COMMUNICATIONS
PROCESSING
EQUIPMENT
AUERBACH
DATA
COMMUNICATIONS
REPORTS
PrintM in U.S.A.
A
~
~UERBACH
AUERBACH
DATA
COMMUNICATIONS
REPORTS
4400:01
PROCESSING EQUIPMENT
'"
COMPARISON CHARTS: COMMUNICA TIONS PROCESSING EQUIPMENT
1I1EXTITY
REPORT NUlIlDER
Frxc'nON
ASSOCIA TE 0 COMPUTER SYSTEM
(ACS)
Narrow- Band
lIL-I.XIlIllilll
Nl"lIIBER
OF LINES
INTERNAL
STORAGE
ON-LINE
PERIPHERAL
EQmPMENT
Voice-Band
Burroughs 3353
Multi-Line Control
Burroughs 2350-1 and
3350-1 Terminal Unit
Control
8070
8071
8071
Multi line controller for
connecting multiple narrowand/or voice-band lines to
a B 300 or B 5500 computer
Multi-line controller for
connecting Burroughs B 3500
computer to multiple narrowor voice-band lines
Multi-line controller for
connecting Burroughs B 2500
or B 3500 computer to multiple voice-band lines for
on-line banking applications
Burroughs B 300. B 5500.
or B 6500
Burroughs B 3500
Burroughs B 2500 or
B 3500
16
36
None
16
36
6
None
Broad-Band
None
None
Type of Storage
Magnetic core
MagnetiC core (in ACS)
Magnetic core (in ACS)
Word Size in Bits
6 (B 300) ; 48 (B 5500)
8
8
Capacity In Words
4800 to 19.200 (B 300);
4096 to 32.768 (B 5500)
6 (B 300); 4 (B 5500)
500.000
Cycle Time in I'sec
1.0
60.000 (B 2500); 500.000
(B 3500)
2.0 (B 2500); 1.0 (B 3500)
Mass Storage
VlaACS
Via ACS
Via ACS
Magnetic Tape
Via ACS
ViaACS
ViaACS
Punched Card I/O
ViaACS
Via ACS
ViaACS
Punched Tape I/O
ViaACS
Via ACS
VlaACS
Line Printer
Via ACS
ViaACS
Via ACS
Typewriter
ViaACS
ViaACS
ViaACS
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No (operates on dedicated
line)
No (operates on dedicated
line)
Yes
Can Initiation
(on switched lines)
AUTOMATIC
Can Reception
TRANSMISSION
CONTROL
Line Identification
FACILITIES
Polling of Remotes
AUTOMATIC
PROCESSING
FACILITIES
Burroughs B 487
Data Transmission
Terminal Unit
No
No
Yes
Add/Subtract
Via ACS
ViaACS
Via ACS
Multiply/Divide
ViaACS
ViaACS
Via ACS
Editing
Via ACS
ViaACS
ViaACS
Code Translation
Via ACS
ViaACS
ViaACS
Yes
Yes
Yes
30.000 char/sec
?
?
Program Interrupts
Maximum Total
Communications
PERFORMANCE Data Rate
Processor Demand at
Max. Data Rate
ERROR CONTROL
COMMENTS
100% (B 300); 1.5%
IB 5500 core memory)
AutomallC cnarac er ana
longitudinal parity checking. depending on remote
terminal; otherwise as
programmed
B 487 provides 16 buffer
segments; different remote
terminals use from 1 to 7
segments. thus limiting
the number of lines that
can be connected
?
?
Automatic cnaracter
and message parity
checking. depending on
code
Automatic message partty
checking
Maximum of one 3353
Multi -Line Control per
B 3500 system
The 2350-1 Control is used
with a B 2500 system; the
3350-1. with a B 3500
system; up to 16 remote
teller consoles can be accommodated per line; a maximum
of 10 Controls can be accommodated per computer system
- No automatic facility. but can be programmed.
ACS - Associated Computer System.
\
© 1967 AUERBACH Corporation and AUERBACH Info. Inc,
5/67
4400:02
PROCESSING EQUIPMENT
COMPARISON CHARTS: COMMUNICATIONS PROCESSING EQUIPMENT (Contd.)
Collins Data Central System
CDC 8090/8050 Information
Control System
REPORT NUMBER
8100
8140
8320
F.UNCTION
Communications processing
system; terminates multiple
telegraph -grade and/or
voice-band lines; oriented
toward message switching.
Communications processing
system; terminates multiple
narrow-band and/or voiceband lines.
Stored program processor;
terminates multiple telegraph-grade, voice-hand,
and/or broad-band lines;
connects directly to many
GE comnuters
None
None
GE 200, 400, 600
Series (optional)
256 half- or full-duplex
16 half- or full-duplex
128 simplex (half each way)
or 64 half- or full-duplex
32 half- or full duplex
240 simplex (half each way)
or 120 half- or full-duplex
24 half -duplex
Broad-Band
RPQ
10
7 half-duplex
Type of storage
Magnetic core
Magnetic core
Magnetic core
Word Size in Bits
16
12
18
Capacity in Words
4,096 to 65,536
8,192 to 32,768
2,096 to 16,384
Cycle Time in ILsec
5
6.4
6.94
Mass Storage
Yes
Yes
Yes; also via ACS
Magnetic Tape
Yes
Yes
Yes; also via ACS
Punched Card I/O
Yes
Yes
Yes; also via ACS
IDENTITY
ASSOCIATED COMPUTER SYSTEM
(ACS)
Narrow-Band
MAXIMUM
NUMBER
OF LINES
INTERNAL
STORAGE
ON-LINE
PERIPHERAL
EQUIPMENT
Voice-Band
Punched Tape I/O
Yes
Yes
Yes; also via ACS
Line Printer
Yes
Yes
Yes; also viaACS
Typewriter
Yes
Yes
ViaACS
*
*
*
*
Yes
Yes
*
*
Yes
Yes
*
*
Add/Subtract
Yes
Yes
Yes
Multiple/Divide
*
*
Yes
*; also via ACS
*
*; also via ACS
*
•
*; also via ACS
Call Initiation
(on switched lines)
Call Reception
AUTOMATIC
TRA NSMISSION
CONTROL
Line Identification
FACILITIES
Polling of Remotes
AUTOMATIC
PROCESSING
FACILITIES
Editing
Code Translation
Program Interrupts
Maximum Total
Communications
PERFORMANCE Data Rate
Processor Demand at
Max. Data Rate
ERROR CONTROL
COMMENTS
*-
GE DATANET-30
No
Yes
No
26,700 char/sec for telegraph-grade lines
50,000 char/sec
appx 6,000 char/sec for
telegraph-grade lines
100%
100%
100%
As programmed; no automatic checking except on
direct I/O
As programmed; no automatic checking except on
direct I/O
As programmed; no automatic checking except on
direct I/O
stored-logic memory permits processor's command
structure and I/O control
to be tailored for specific
applications
Other CDC computers can
be used in different 8050
systems; most installations
use dual processors
Frequently used as switching
facility for G E computers
No automatic facility, but can be programmed.
ACS - Associated Computer System.
RPQ - "Request Price Quotation"; indicates that tbe facility is ,available on special request.
(Contd. )
3/69
AUERBACH Data Communications Reports
A8
..
AUERBACH
AUfR8ACH
DATA
COMMUNICATIONS
REPORTS
4400:03
PROCESSING EQUIPMENT
COMPARISON CHARTS: COMMUNICATIONS PROCESSING EQUIPMENT (CoNTO,)
InE:-ITITY
Honeywell 484 Multi-Channel
Communications Control
Honeywell Type 286 MultiChannel Communications
Control
IBM 7740 Communication
Control System
REPORT NUMBER
8380
8381
8440
Fl':-ICTION
Multi-line controller for conneetlng Honeywell 400 or
1400 computer to multiple
telegraph-grade or voiceband lines
Multi-line controller for
connecting Honeywell Series
200 computer to multiple
narrow- or voice-band
lines
stored-program processor;
terminates multiple narrowband and voice-band lines;
connects directly to many
IBM computers
ASSOCL-\TEIJ COMPlITER SYSTEM
(ACS)
Honeywell 400 or 1400
Honeywell Series 200 (sl1
models except Model 110)
IBM 1400 or 700 Series
(optional)
lllAXIJlll'lIl
:-;l'IIIBER
OF LI:-IES
I;I;TER!l:AL
STORAGE
Narrow-Banel
28 simplex or half-duplex
63 half-duplex
Voict.. - Band
28 simplex or half-duplex
63 half-duplex
84 half-duplex or 42 fullduplex
4 half-duplex or 2 full-duplex
Broad-Band
None
None
None
Magnetic core
Type of Storag('
Magnetic core (in ACS)
Magnetic core (in ACS)
Word Size in Bits
48
6
32
Capacity in Words
2,048 to 1,048,576
4,096 to 16,384
4,0 to 0.188
10
Mass Storage
1,024 to 4,096 (H-400);
4,096 to 32,768 (H-1400)
9,25 (H-400, half word);
6,5 iH, 1400 half wordl
VlaACIS
VIa ACIS
Yes (also via ACS)
Magnetic Tape
Cycle Time in ,.,sec
ON-LINE
PERIPHERAL
EQl1PlIlENT
AUTOMATIC
TRANSMISSION
CONTROL
FACILITIES
Via ACS
Via ACS
Via ACS
Punched Card I. ()
Via ACS
Via ACS
Via ACS or IBM 1050
Punched Tape I/O
Via ACS
Via ACS
Via ACS
Une Printer
Via ACS
Via ACS
Via ACS
Type\\Titer
Via ACS
Via ACS
Yes (IBM 1050)
Call Initiation
(on switched lines)
Call Reception
No
Yes
Narrow-band lines only
Yes
Yes
Yes
.
Yes
Yes
•
•
Line Identification
Polling of Remotes
AUTOMATIC
PROCESSING
FACILITIES
Yes
)
Add/Subtract
Via ACS
Via ACS
Yes
!\fultipll'/ Divide
Via ACS
Via ACS
• (also via ACS)
Editing
Via ACS
Via ACS
• (also via ACS)
Code Translation
Via ACS
Via ACS
• (also via ACS)
Program Interrupts
Yes
Yes
Yes
100,000 char/sec (11-400);
154,000 char/sec (H-14001
7,000 char/sec (message
model; approx, 700 chari
Sec (character mode)
24,200 char/sec
Up to 4,2'1- (message mode);
100% (character mode)
100'IC
Maximum Total
Communications
PER FOHMANCE Uata Rate
Processor Demand at 100%
Max. flata Rate
Automatic character parity
checking, depending on
code; otherwise, as programmed
ERROR CONTROL
Two 484's can be connected
to an H-400; four to an
.. 11-1400; the maximum number of lines that can be connected to the 484 is 28, in
any combination
COMMENTS
Automatic reception and gen- As programmed; no automatic
eration of character and
checking, except on direct I/C
block parity; actual error detection must be programmed
Various models permit connection ()f different numbers
of lines; character mode
models process one message
character at a time; message
mode models generate interrupt only at end of message
Can stand alone, but is
usually used as switching
facility for IBM computer;
Peak data transfer rate
between 7740 and ACS is
50, 000 char/sec
• - No automatic facility, but can be programmed.
ACS - Associated Computer System,
C 1968 AUERBACH Corporation and AUERBACH Info, Inc.
8/68
4400:04
PROCESSING EQUIPMENT
COMPARISON CHARTS: COMMUNICATIONS PROCESSING EQUIPMENT (CoNTD,)
_..
-_.- _ ... -
~~-
IBM 7750 Programmed
Transmission Control
IBM 2701 Data Adapter Unit
IBM 2702 Transml88lon
Control
REPORT NUMBER
8441
8442
8443
~'l'NCTION
Stored-program proce88or;
switching facility for IBM
computer; connects to
multiple narrow- or volceband lines
Multi-line controller for
COlUlecting IBM System/360
computer to multiple narrow-.
volce-. or broad-band lines
Multi-line controller for
connecting IBM System/360
computer to multiple narrowor voice-band lines
- ---
IIlESTlTY
.-\SSOClA TEl> COIllPUTER SYSTEIII
(ACS)
Narrow- Band
AlAXIAll'M
Voice-Band
:-;l"AIBER
OF LINES
Broad-Band
INTERNAL
STORAGE
IBM 1410 or 7000 Series
112 nan -auplex or 5ti lUIIduplex
16 half-duplex or 8 fullduplex
None
4 balf-duplex
15 balf-duplex
2 balf -duplex
None
Magnetic core (In ACli)
8
Magnetic core
Magnetic core (in ACS)
WOl'd Size In Bits
48
8
Capacity In Words
4.096 to 16.384
8,192 to 1.048.576
8.192 10 1,048.576
Cycle Time in lisec
28
0.094 to 1.5
0.09410 1.5
VlaAl:li
Vla Al:!I
Punched Card I/O
Via ACS
Via ACS
VlaACS
Via ACS
ViaACS
ViaACS
Punched Tape I/O
VlaACS
Via ACS
ViaACS
Line Printer
VlaACS
ViaACS
Via ACS
Typewriter
Via ACS
VlaACS
VlaACS
No
Volce- or narrow-band
lines only
Yes
IYes
Magnetic Tape
Call Initiation
(on .wltched lines)
AUTOMATIC
Call Reception
TRANSMISSION
CONTROL
Une Identification
FACILITIES
Pulling of Remotes
AUTOMATIC
PROCESSING
FACILITIES
IBM System/360 (Model 30.
40, 44, 50. 65. 67, or 75)
31 nan-auplex
Type o( storage
I Mas. storage
ON-UNE
PERIPHERAL
EQUIPMENT
IBM System/360 (Model 30 •
40. 50. 65 or 75)
I 4 nan -duplex
Yes
Yes
Yes
•
Semi-automatic
Add/Subtract
Yes
Via ACS
IVlaAl:!I
\
Yes
Yes
Yes (optional)
!
via Al:li
Multiply/Divide
• (a1ao via ACS)
VlaACS
VlaACS
Editing
• (alao via ACS)
ViaACS
_ Via ACS
Code Translation
• (alao via ACS)
Via ACS
Via ACS
Program Interrupts
Yes
Yes
Yes
35,700 bits/sec
31.000 to 1,300,000
chsr/sec. depending on
computer model
31.000 to 110,000
char/sec. depending on
computer model
100%
Varies widely
Varies widely
As programmed; no automattc checking
Automatic cbaracter and
message parity checking;
cyclic redundancy checking;
bardware diagnostic checking
Aulomatic chsracter and
message parity checking;
bardware diagnostic
checking
Hai no capability for dI-
COlUlected to a System/S60
COlUlected to a System/S60
computer via one control
computer via one control
unit position of a MultiplelllOr unit posltton of a Multiplexor
Chsnnel; communicates with
or Selector Chsnnel; can
remote terminals at up to
cODllllunicate with virtually
600 bits/sec
the entire line of IBM data
cODllllunicatlons terminals,
Including BSC terminal.
Maximum Total
Communications
PERFORMANCE DBta Rate
Processor Demand at
Max. DBta Rate
ERROR CONTROL
rectly cOlUlectlng mas.
storage or I/o devic ..
COMMENTS
- No automatlc.facility. but OlIn be pJ'ltP'ammed.
ACS - AalQCllated Computer IIyllttm.
(Contd.)
5/67
AUERBACH Data Communications Reports
la
A..
AUERBACH
DATA
COMMUNICATIONS
AUERBACH REPORTS
4400:05
~
PROCESSIJ:oIG EQUIPMENT
COMPARISON CHARTS: COMMUNICATIONS PROCESSING EQUIPMENT (CoNTD.)
IBM 7770
Audio Response Unit
IBM 7772
Audio Response Unit
1IIl-::-lTITY
IBM 2703 Transmission
Control
REPORT NUMBER
8444
8445
8446
Multi-Une controller for
connecting IBM System/360
computer to multiple narrowor voice-band lines
Receives digital Inputs from
telephones or certain IBM
terminals and transmits
machine-generated human
voice responses
Rccelves digital Inputs from
telephones or certain IBM
terminals and transmits
machine-generated human
~T:-lCTION
ASSOCL-\ TE D COMPUTER SYSTEM
(ACS)
Narrow- Band
MAXIM I'M
~nIBER
OF LINES
VOice-Band
IBM System/360 (Model 30.
40. 50. 65. or 75)
176 half-duplex
IBM 1400 Series. 7010. or
I ~~st:::,/~~o.~odel 30. 40.
voic'1 responses
IBM System/360 Model
30. 40. 50. 65. or 75
None
None
48
Broad-Band
72 (600 bps) or 48 (2400 bps)
half-duplex
None
8
None
None
Type 01 Storage
Magnetic core (In ACS),
Magnetic core (In ACS)
Magnetic core (In ACS)
Word Si ... In Bits
8
6 or 8
&
Capacity in Words
8.192 to 1.048.576
1;400 to 1.048.576
8.192 to 1.048.576
0.094 to 1.5
0.094 to 1.5 per 8-blt byte
Via ACS
INTER~AL
STORAGE
~sec
Cycle Time in
Mass Storage
Via ACS
0.094 to 11. 5 per byte
or character
Via ACS
Magnetic Tape
VlaACS
VlaACS
Via ACS
Punched Card I/O
VlaACS
Via ACS
Via ACS
Punched Tape I/O
Via ACS
Via ACS
Via ACS
-
ON-LINE
PERIPHERAL
EQUIPMENT
Une Printer
VlaACS
VlaACS
Via ACS
Typewriter
ViaACS
VlaACS
Via ACS
Can Initiation
(on switched lines)
Call Reception
Yell
No
No
Yes
Depends on Model
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
No
Add/Subtract
VlaACS
VtaACS
ViaACS
Multiply/Divide
Via ACS
Via ACS
VlaACS
Editing
VlaACS
VlaACS
ViaACS
Code Translation
VlaACS
Via ACE
Via ACS
Program Interrupts
Yes
Y;:"~~~~3:00~~iY)
Yes
Significantly higher than
2702 Control
Variable. depending on
number of lines. lenglh
of calls. etc.
Variable. depending on
number of lines. length
of calls. etc.
AUTOMATIC
TRANSMISSION
CONTROL
Une Identification
FACIUTIES
Polling of Remotes
AUTOMATIC
PROCESSING
FACIUlIES
Maximum Total
Communications
PERFORMANCE Data Rat..
Processor Demand at Varies widely
Max. Data Rate
Automatic character and
message parity checking;
ERROR CONTROL
cyclic redundancy checking;
hardware diagnostic
checking
Connected to a System/360
computer via one control
unit position of a MultiplelllOr Channel; communicates with remote terminals
COMMENTS
at up to 2400 bits/sec; can
communicate with IBM BSC
terminals
Varies widely
Varies widely
As programmed;
no automatic
checking.
As programmed;
no automatic
checking
See Comparison Chari
on page 4410: 01 for
additional characteristics
See Comparison Chart
on page 4410:01 for
additional characteristics
• - No automatic facility. but can be programmed.
ACS - AssOciated computer aystem.
13
@
1967 AUERBACH Corporation and AUERBACH Info. Inc.
5/67
4400:06
PROCESSING EQUIPMENT
COMPARISON CHARTS: COMMUNICATIONS PROCESSING EQUIPMENT (CoNTD.)
IIlE~T1TY
HEI'OHT NUIIIBER
.\SSOCL\ TE D COMPUTER SYSTEM
(ACS)
Narrow-Band
XOlBER
Ot" LINES
RCA 3378 Communications
Mode Control
8560
8700
Multi-line communications
controller for connecting
RCA 301 computer to l;IIultiple narroW-band and/or
voice-band lines
Multi-line communications
controller for connecting
RCA 3301 computer to mulliple narrow-band and!or
voice-band lines
RCA 301
RCA 3301
160 half-duplex or 80 fullduplex
160 half-duplex or 80 fullduplex
None
NCR 315. 315-100. or
315 RMC
99 half-duplex
8701
Voice-Band
99 half-duplex
Broad-Band
99 half -duplex
80 half-duplex or 40 fullduplex
80 half-duplex or 40 fullduplex
None
Type of Storage
Magnetic core or thin film
(in ACS)
12
Magnetic core (in ACS)
Magnetic core (in ACS)
6
6
Word Size in Bits
IXTERNAL
STOHAGE
RCA 378 CommunlcaUons
Mode Control
Multl-Une controller for
connecting NCR 315 Line
computer to multiple narrow-.
voice-. or broad-band lines
l'T~C"nO~
lII'-\Xl~II'M
NCR 321 Central Communlcations Controller
Capacity in Words
Cycle Time in flsec
Mass Storage
.
40.000 to 160.000
up to 4U.OOO (315 or 315-100) 10.000 to 40.000
or 80. 000 ~315 RMC)
7.0 (4.8 optional)
6. 0 (31(~ or 15;:00) or
0.80 315 RMC
VlaACS
Via ACS
1.9
ViaACS
(
ON-LINE
PERIPHERAL
EQl1IPlI!ENT
Magnetic Tape
VlaACS
VlaACS
Via ACS
Punched Card I/O
VlaACS
ViaACS
VlaACS
Punched Tape 1/0
VlaACS
Via ACS
VlaACS
Line Printer
Via ACS
Via ACS
Via ACS
Typewriter
Via ACS
Via ACS
ViaACS
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
•
•
Add/Subtract
* (automatic with
certain remote terminals)
ViaACS
Via ACS
ViaACS
Multiply/Divide
ViaACS
Via ACS
Via ACS
Editing
Via ACS
VlaACS
Via ACS
Code Translation
VlaACS
Via ACS
ViaACS
Program Interrupts
Yes
None
Yes (in ACS)
7.130 chari sec
21.900 char/sec
25%
16%
Character and message parity
cbecking on data received
over a voice-band line;
otherwlae as programmed
Character and message panty
checking on data received
over a voice-band line;
otherwise as programmed
Scan rate is variable; some
models permit servicing
a selected group of lines
more frequently than the
reat
Scan rate is variable; some
models permit serviCing a
selected group of lines more
frequently then the rest
Call Initiation
(on switched lines)
Call Reception
AUTOIlIATIC
TRANSMlSSION
CONTROL
Line Identification
FACIIJTlES
Polling of Remotes
AUTOMATIC
PROCESSING
FACILITIES
Maximwn Total
Communications
PERFORMANCE Osta Rate
12.000 bitS/Sec or chari
sec (315 or 315-100);
24.000 bits/sec or chari
sec (315 RMCJ.
Processor Demand at 36% (315 or 31 -100);
Max. Osta Rate
9.6% (315 RMC)
Automatic character and
message parity checking.
ERROR CONTROL'
depending on transmission
code
Only one 321 can he connected to an NCR 315
Une computer
COMMENTS
- No autclnatic facUlty. blit can he programmed.
ACS - Associated Computer Sylitem.
(Contd.)
5/67
AUERBACH Data Communications Reports
tot
4 ~~~=8ACH
,At..
4400:07
COMMUNICATIONS
AUERBACH REPORTS
PROCESSING EQUIPMENT
•
COMPARISON CHARTS: COMMUNICATIONS PROCESSING EQUIPMENT (CoNTD.)
11lt-::-lTiTY
REI'OU-r NUMBER
I:-':TER:-lAL
STORAGE
ON-LINE
PERIPHERAL
EQllPJIlENT
8703
8702
~860
Multi-line controller for
connecting RCA Spectra 70
computer to multiple
narrow- or voice-band
lines
Multi-line controller for
connecting various UNIVAC
computers to multiple
narrow- or voice-band lines
UNIVAC 418. 1050. 490
Series. or 1108
164 simplex or 32 ballor fuU-duplex
64 simplex or 32 halfor fuU-duplex
None
None
Voice-Band
50
48 half-duplex
Broad-Band
None
None
Type
Magnetic core (In ACS)
Magnetic core (In ACS)
Magnetic core (In ACS)
01
Storage
RCA Spectra 70/35. 70/45.
or 70/55
Word Size In Bits
8
8
6 to 36
Capacity In Words
16.384 to 524.288
16.384 to 524.288
4.096 to 262.144
Cycle Time In I'sec
0.72 to O. ~1 !ler 8-bit byte
0.72 to 0.21 per 8-bit byte
4.5toO.75
lIlass :storage
via Al'ri
Via Al':S
v.a Al'ri
Magnetic Tape
-
Via ACS
Via ACS
Via ACS
Punched Card 1/0
Via ACS
Via ACS
Via ACS
Punched Tape 1/0
Via ACS
Via ACS
Via ACS
Line Printer
Via ACS
Via ACS
Via ACS
Typewriter
VlaACS
VlaACS
Via ACS
CaU Initiation
(on switched lines)
CaU Reception
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
.
.
Add/Subtract
Via ACS
Via ACS
Via ACS
Multiply/Divide
Via ACS
VlaACS
VlaACS
Editing
Via ACS
Via ACS
Via ACS
Code Translation
Via ACS
VlaACS
VlaACS
Program Interrupts
Yes
Yes
Yes
6.000 char/sec
Up to 51.000 char/sec.
depending on computer
model
Varies widely. depending
on computer model
Variable. depending on computer model
Automatic character and
menage parity checking
depending on transmission
code
Connected to a Spectra 70
computer via one trunk of
a Multiplexor Channel
As programmed; no automatic
checking
AUTOMATIC
TRANSMISSION
CONTROL
Line Identification
FACiLiTIES
Polling of Remotes
A L'TOlllA TIC
PROCESSING
FACILiTIES
UNIVAC Communications
Terminal Module Controller
RCA ~ectra 70/35. 70/45.
or 70 55
48 baU-duplex
ASSOCL-I.l'F.1l COMPUTER SYSTEM
(ACS)
Narrow- Band
:-.:nlBF.R
OF LINES
RCA 70/688 Communication
Controller - Multichannel
Receives digital Inputs
. from telephcnes and
transmits machlnegenerated human voice
responses
I·T:-':CT\o:-l
~L-I.XIMl'1Il
RCA 70/510
Voice Response Unit
Maximum Total
Variable. depending on
Communications
number of lines. length
oats
Rate
of caUs. etc.
PERFORMANCE
Processor Demand at Varies widely
Max. Data Rate
ERROR CONTROL
As programmed; no
automatic checking
See Comparison Chari
on page 4410:02 for
additional characteristics
Yes
Central processor Is interrupted only at end of message
COMMENTS
- No autom"attc facUity. but can be programmed.
ACS - Associated Computer System
C 1967 AUERBACH Corporation and AUERBACH Info. Inc.
5/67
4400:08
PROCESSING EQUIPMENT
COMPARISON CHARTS: COMMUNICATIONS PROCESSING EQUIPMENT (CoNTO.)
SUPPL.EMENT 1
II>ENTITY
Honeywell 285-.8 Audio
Reapolllle Syatem
REPORT NUMBER
8382
Ft:NCTION
Receives digital inputa
from telephones and
transmits machtne~
generated human voice
reepolllles and tones
ASSOClA TE [) COMPUTER SYSTEM
(ACS)
Narrow- Band
Honeywell Series 200
(all models except 110)
None
I\lAXIl\leM
lS'l'l\IBER
OF LINES
50
INTERNAL
STORAGE
ON-LINE
PERIPHERAL
EQUIPMENT
Voice-Band
Broad-Band
None
T)".. of Storage
Magnetic core (In ACS)
Word Size In Bits
6
Capacity in Words
2.048 to 1.048.576
Cycle Time In "sec
4.0 to 0.188
Mass I:Itorage
Via ACS
Magnetic Tape
VlaACS
Punched Card I/O
VlaACS
Punched Tape I/O
VlaACS
Line Printer
Via ACS
Typewriter
Via ACS
C all Initiation
(on SWitched lines)
Call Reception
Yes
AUTOMATIC
TRANSMISSION
CONTROL
Une Identification
FACILITIES
Polling of Remotes
AUTOMATIC
PROCESSING
FACILITIES
Yes
Yes
No
Add/Subtract
Via ACS
Multiple/Divide
Via ACS
Editing
Via ACS
Code Translation
VlaACS
Program lnterrupts
Yes
Maximum Total
Varl.able. dependlnJ on
Communications
number of lines. length
Data
Rate
of calla. etc.
PERFORMANCE
Processor Demand at Varfes widely
Max. Data Rate
ERROR CONTROL
As programmed; no
automatic checking
See Comparison Chart
em page 4410:03 for
additional characterlstlCI
COMMENTS
* - No automate facillty. but can be prorrammed
ACS - Alloclated Computer Syatem
8/68
AUERBACH Data Communications Reports
A
a
.
AUERBACH
AUERBACH
DATA
COMMUNICATIONS
REPORTS
4400:15
PROCESS INGEQUIPMENT
COMMUNICATIONS PROCESSING EQUIPMENT
IDENTITY
Texas Instruments
980/EMS
Electronic Message
Ultrontc Systems
Communications Interface
Processor
Univac Communications
Terminal Module
Controller
Varian 520/DC
Data Communication
System
5witching System
REPORT NUMBER
-
-
8860
-
FUNCTION
Stored-program, store-andforward, message switching
system for mixed narrow-/
voice-/broadband lines
Multiline controller for
connecting IBM System/360
to multiple narrow-/voioehand lines
Multiline controller for
computers to multiple
narrow-/voiceband lines
Stored-program processor for
connecting multiple narrow-/
voiceband lines to computer
(preprocessor)/hlgh-speed
line (concentrator)
TI 980 CPU
IBM System/360, Model
30, 40, 50, 65, 75
UNIVAC 418, 1050, 490
Series or 1108
ASSOCIATED COMPUTER
SYSTEM lACS)
...Z'"
0
Z
:::.
)(
C
Narrow band
Voice band
127 balf-duplex; 63 fullduplex
127 hall-duplex; 63 fullduplex
127 half-duplex; 63 fullduplex
176 half-duplex
connecting various Univac
64 simplex; 32 half-/full-
IBM System/360; NCR 200
64 half-/full-duplex
duplex
12
64 simplex; 32 balf-/fullduplex
No
64 balf-/full-duplex
~
0
Broad band
:cC
...0
Word Size, bits
16
at
at
Capacity, words
8192-65,536
'"
Cycle Time,,us.c
1.0
Mass Storage
Yes (disc)
Via ACS
Via ACS
Yes
Magnetic Tape
Optional
VlaACS
Via ACS
Yes
Punched Card I/O
Optional
Via ACS
Via ACS
Yes
Storage Type
......Z ...0C
!
>-
:I
...iii
......
~
%
Punched Tape I/O
Magnetic core
No
Special interface
Magnetic core
Magnetic core (In ACS)
Magnetic core
8
6-36
8
64,000
4096-262,144
4096-32,768
1,0
4,5-0,75
1.5
Optional
Via ACS
Via ACS
Yes
Line P,int.r
Optional
Via ACS
Via ACS
Yes
0
Typewrite,
Yes
Via ACS
Via ACS
Yes (TTY ASR 33/35)
Z
Call Initiation
(switched line.)
Call Reception
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
As programmed
As programmed
Z
~Q~
C:O
~-at
O~ ...
... "'Z
::>ZO
cCv
...
at
Line Identification
Polling of Remotes
-
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Via ACS
Yes
Multiply /Divide
Yes
Yes (not normally used)
Via ACS
As programmed
:EIA!::
Editing
Yes
Yes
Via ACS
As programmed
;2~
C ...
Code Translation
Yes
Yes (up to 3 code sets)
Via ACS
As programmed
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
105,600 bps
Up to 51,000 cps (depending
on computer model)
4000 cps
1007
Varies widely
Variable (depending on
computer model)
60%
As programmed
Char parity/longitudinal
redundancy checking; block
parity checking
Automatic char/block
parity checking optional;
otherwise as programmed
Automatic char parity
checking; otherwise as
programmed
115,000
59,800; 3000 (high-speed Une
controller)
24,700
32, 000 (82 full -duplex lines)
2500
-
570
1056 (32 full-duplex lines)
Transmits/receives data on
any combination of speeds
at 60, 75, 100, 150 wpm;
adjustable frequency of palliD!
sequence; processes 5-/8level USASCII; messages can
be routed on priority basis
Connects to multiplexor
channel of any IBM System/
360 computer; designed to
interface Dltronic multiplexing equipment for up to
176 remote/local terminals;
CIPls subset of IBM 2702/03;
up to 600 bps/terminal
Central processor
interrupted only at end of
message
I/O lines can be half-/fullduplex, synchronous/
asynchronous; 5-,6-,7-. or
8-bit char with odd/ even
parity; 4 asynchronous line
speeds; all options can be
selected by software
Add/Subtract
vO
-Z'"
:Cin!!!
Ou~
...
V
Z
C
IE
Program Interrupts
Maximum Total
Transmission Data 1600-1,000,000 cps
Rate
at
~
......
at
Processor Demand at
Max Data Rat.
ERROR CONTROL
PURCHASE PRICE, $
MONTHLY RENTAL, $
COMMENTS
© 1970 AUERBACH Info, Inc.
3/70
4400:16
PROCESSING EQUIPMENT
COMMUNICATIONS PROCESSING EQUIPMENT
Western Tclcmatic
Model TM150
Tramsmission Controller
IDENTITY
American Data Systems
Colorado Instruments
ADS-945
Communication Control
System
CLC816
Central Line
Controller
Micro Systems
Micro 812
Data Communications
Processor
-
-
Data. communications controller provides full computer port contention,
baud rate discrimination
on multiple low-speed lincs
Data collection system
control unit interfaces
Microprogrammed, generalpurpose, digital minicomputer; operates as data
IBM 1130 Models 2 or 3
(8000 to 32,000)
IBM 360 Serics via 2702/3;
GE via Datanet-30
Burroughs 2500-5500; GE
635; Honeywell 200/4200;
IBM 360; Univac lI08
Micro 800 Mini Computer
200
-
REPORT NUMBER
-
FUNCTION
Multiline controller for
IBM 1130 computing
system
mUltiple remote input
terminals to output medial
central processor
concentrator, preprocessor,
stand-alone interactive
terminal
ASSOCIATED COMPUTER
SYSTEM (ACs)
...'"
0
Narrow band
15 (300 bps)
15 (1200 bPs)
No
128 half-duplex
32 (50-300 bps; async; processed in groups of 8)
8
-
Magnetic
core
8
e
:IE
~
0
Broad band
storag8 Type
Magnetic core (in ACS)
Magnetic core
MOS/FET
:cZ
i)
Word Size, bits
8
8
7
e
0
Copacity, words
8000-512,000 (I6-bit)
4096 (expandable to 16K)
1024
'"
Cycle Time, ~n.c
2.2-3.6
-
-
409632,768
1.1
)(
III
...
!
...'"
>-
III
...
:...
...
%
Read-only
memory
16
1024 (256word modules)
220 #lsce
Mass Storage
Via ACS
Via ACS
Via ACS
Yes (disc; 256K bytes)
Magnetic Tape
Via ACS
Ycs
Optional (7-/9-track)
Punched Card I/O
Via ACS
Yes
Via ACS
Yes (9-track, IBM-compatible)
Yes (300 cpm)
Yes (75 cps)
Punched Tope I/O
Via ACS
Yes
Optional
line Printer
Via ACS
Yes
Via ACS
No
0
Typewriter
Yes (IBM 2741; TTY 33)
Yes
Via ACS
Yes (TTY 33/35 ASR)
Z
No
Yes
No
Yes
~Q~
Call Initiation
(switched line,)
Call Reception
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
:IE-"
O:IE ...
... "'Z
:;)ZO
eeu
line Identification
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Polling of Remote.
Yes
Ycs
Yes
Yes (aayne lines)
Add/Subtract
Via ACS
Yes
Via ACS
Yes
Multiply /Divide
Via ACS
Yes
Via ACS
No
!IE"'!:;
Editing
Via ACS
Yes
Via ACS
Yes
"'Ou
;:,.~
e ...
Code Translation
Via ACS
Via ACS
Yes
Yes
Program Interrupts
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Maximum Total
Depends on application
1800 bytes/sec
1000 cps
4000 bytes/sec (909,000
bytes/sec vi a optional
Depends on application
100%
-
-
Vcrtic~l/longj tudinal
redundancy checking via
ACS optional
Pari ty checking
Message parity/record
length checking
Char parlty/ cyclic
redundancy checking
10,000 (includes 4K core,
console, power supply)
Z
:::;
Z
c:O
....
ul!)
-Z'"
:c;:;;~
Ou~
...
~
....
e
:IE
0
...
III
Transmission Data
Rat.
ProcelSor Demand at
Direct Memory Access
Max Data Rat.
ERROR CONTROL
5/70
-
Voice band
Z
Channel)
PURCHASE PRICE, $
-
13,500
7000
MONTHLY RENTAL, $
400-800
-
121-157
-
COMMENTS
Multiplexes up to 15
simultaneous lines through
storage access channeli
includes control software
compatible with disc
monitor 2
Provides large inward watts
dial group; transmits/receives 1800 bytes/sec simul
taneously; options to 2, 400
available; operates with all
low-speed ElA interfaces
comparable to stated ACS
Polls, checks messages in
bit parallel from 8 buffer
units; each buffer polls,
stores data from up to 16
remote input stationsi reformats data, adapts speed to
output devi ces
Different code/hit rate
accommodated per 8-line
group; 7.5-11-unit codes;
byte-addressable memory;
6 l6-blt operational reglsters; 105 instructions; 8
addressing modes
AUERBACH Data Communications Reports
4400
COMMUNICATIONS PROCESSING EQUIPMENT
Miller-Ellis Computer Systems
Series 2000 Computer System
IDENTITY
Basic Configuration
Standard Configuration
RCA 70/656
Communication ControllerSingle Channel
Computer Machinery
DataCentral
-
REPORT NUMBER
-
-
FUNCTION
Internally stored program processor/terminal system
for remote data processing, communications, real-time
applications; selectable transmission methods
Single-line controller for
connecting RCA Spectra 70
computer to voiceband!
broadband facility
ASSOCIATED COMPUTER
SYSTEM (ACS)
'"Z
ci
II'
)(
:;
Z
...0
C
~
C
Z
II'
0
C
0
..'" ..'"
'"
II'
~
>:z:
A.
;;
'"
II'
Hardware adaptable to any larger standard computer
system
RCA Spectra 70/35,
70/45, 70/46, 70/55,
70/60, 70/61
Receives, validates. stores
data records for processor;
transmits records, computer
output; terminal message
Switching
Stand-alone
Narrow band
20 full-duplex
20 full-duplex
-
Voice band
20 full-duplex
20 full-duplex
1 simplex/balf-duplex
64 bslf-/fuil-duplex
Broad band
Up to 2 (40.8 kb)
Up to 2 (40.8 kb)
1 simplex/balf-duplex
None
Storage Type
Magnetic core
Maguetic core
ViaACS
Magnetic core
Word Size, bits
16
16
ViaACS
16
Capacity, words
8,192 - 32,768
(4K increments)
2.6; 0.8 optionsl
ViaACS
8,192-32,768 (4K increments
Cycle Time,!"ec
4,096 - 32,768
(4K incremimtB)
2.6; 0.8 optionsl
ViaACS
1.2 per word
Mass Storage
Optional (disc, drum)
Optional (disc, drum)
ViaACS
Yes (disc)
Magnetic Tape
Yes (3 cassettes; 500 cps)
ViaACS
Yes
64 bslf-/fllll-<1up1ex
Punched Card I/O
Optional
Yes (6 cassettes; 500 cps
on eacb of 2 channels)
Optional
ViaACS
No
II'
Punched Tape I/O
Optional
ViaACS
Yes
~
Yes (7-level USASCII)
Line Printer
Yes (TTY 33 ASR)
Yes (356 80-col Ipm)
ViaACS
No
0
Typewriter
Yes (IBM Selectric)
Yes
Via ACS
Yes
Z
Call Initiation
(switched lin •• )
Call Reception
As programmed
As programmed
Yes
Yes
Yes (autointerrupt)
Yes (autointerrupt)
Yes
Yes
Line Identification
Yes (device code)
Yes (device code)
Yes
Yes
Polling of Remotes
Yes (device code)
Yes (device code)
Yes
Yes
Add/Subtract
Yes
Yes
ViaACS
Yes
Multiply /Divide
As programmed
As programmed
ViaACS
As programmed
II'
A.
Z
~S!~
C::;O
~-'"
O~
..
.. "'Z
;:)ZO
CCu
..'"
uO
-Z'"
~;;;~
Editing
As programmed
As programmed
ViaACS
Yes
Code Translation
As programmed
As programmed
ViaACS
Yes
Program Interrupts
Yes (including power
failure, restart)
Yes (including power
failure, restart)
Yes
Yes
Maximum Total
400,000 cps
400,000 cps
230,400 bps (28,800 cps)
31,000 cps
40%
40%
Varies widely
13.8-29% (depends on commun!cations/editing criteria)
As programmed
As programmed
Cbar/block parity
checking (depends on
mode of operation)
Automatic char/block parity
checking; programmed text/
record validation
PURCHASE PRICE, S
34,950
46,950
20,700
-
MONTHLY RENTAL, $
1,000
1,300
394
-
COMMENTS
Includes: general-purpose
computer, basic console/
control panel, CRT display,
data set (110, 150, 300 bps),
program-controlled 10-/11unit codes, auto dialing,
internal real-time clock
Includes: general-purpose
computer, std console/
control panel, CRT display,
light pen, data set (110, 150,
300, 1,200, 2,000, 2,400
bps), 9-, 10-, ll-unit codes,
async/bisync, auto dialing,
internal real-time clock
Establishes, maintains sync;
operates point-to-point/muitipoint; rates also at 2, 000
(201A3), 2,400 (201Bl),
19,200 (303B5), 40,800
(301B), 5Q, 000 (3~3C5) !'fs;
selectable: auto manna
dial/answer
~"'!::
O~::!
"Ou
:::).~
CA.
II'
u
Z
C
~
...'"0
Transmission Data
Rate
Processor Demand at
Max Data Rate
II'
A.
ERROR CONTROL
'"
© 1970 AUERBACH Info, Inc.
3001-79
can be interfaced to otber
processors as stand-alone
system; available in single/
redundant configurations; 4K
storage bank reserved in
configurations over 16K
17
44QO
; ,DATA COMMUNICATIONS
IDENTITY
EMR Computer
6116 Series
Data Communication
System
General Electric
Datanet-355
General Electric
Datanet-500
Communications Processor
Communications Processor
Honeywell
Series 15
Model 1530
Communications Processor
REPORT NUMBER
-
-
-
-
FUNCTION
Btand-alone/front-end
multiline controller/storedprogram processor for
narrow-/voice-/broadband
lines
Stored-program computer
provides front-end communication functions for GE-600
line computers
Stored-program processor
terminates multiple narrow- /
voice-/broadband lines for
Stored-program processor
for peripheral control,
synchronous single-channel
network processing, remote
concentration
communications
EMR 6130, 6135, 6154, or
6155
GE 600 line
None
Honeywell Series 15
ASSOCIATED COMPUTER
SYSTEM (ACS)
...'"
Narrow band
63 half-duplex
200 half-/full-duplex
250 full-duplex
None
~
Voice band
63 half-duplex
32 half-/full-duplex
125 full-duplex
4 sync
"-
0
Broad band
8 per controller
16 half-/full-duplex
24 half-duplex
2,000-40,800 bps
Storage Type
...0
Magnetic core
Magnetic core
Magnetic core
Magnetic core
Word Size, bits
16 (Plus parity, protect)
18
18
16
a<
Capacity, words
32K per processor (multi-
16,834-32,768
8, 192-65,536
8,192-16,384
'"
Cycle Time,llsec
0.775; 0.500
1.0
1.0
1.6
Mass Storage
Yes (fixed-head disc)
Optional
Yes
Yes
Magnetic Tape
Yes
Optional
Yes
No
Punched Card I/O
Yes
Optional
Yes
Yes
Punched Tape I/O
~
Yes
Optional
Yes
No
Line Printer
Yes
Optional
Yes
Yes
0
Typewriter
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Z
Yes
Optional
Yes
Optional
....C",O
"' ....
Call Initiation'
(switched lines)
Call Reception
Yes
O:e
..
.... "'Z
Yes
Yes
As programmed
Line Identification
Yes
Yes
Yes
As programmed
Polling of Remotes
Yes
As programmed
As programmed
No
Add/Subtract
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes (3.2 !,sec)
Multiply /Divide
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes (8.8/17.6 !,sec)
Editing
Yes
As programmed
As programmed
As programmed
Code Translation
Yes
As programmed
As programmed
As programmed
Program Interrupts
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
100,000 cps (Telpak speed);
3,000 cps (TTY speed)
15,000 cps (telegraph-grade
lines); 2.9 M ope
(Telpak-grade lines)
40,800 bps (4 lines)
Varies per application
Varies widely (Telpak);
<10% (TTY)
Varies widely
13%
Char parity checking; LRC;
CRC
Char parity checking; automatic transfer timing error
detection
Unique error storage
unit; dual arithmetic
Processor parity; char
parity checking
0
Z
)(
C
:e
C
Z
C
...
a<
0
....
I-
!:
...>a;
...
a<
::J:
processor configurations)
0.
...
0.
Z
!:!Q",
:e-a<
;:)ZO
cCv
a<
....
vO
-Z'"
c;;;~
:e",t:;
O~::!!
""0 v
:::;)DII!~
Co.
...v
Z
C
:e
a<
0
...
"-
a<
Maximum Tolal
Over 450,000 bps (per conTransmission Data troller)
Rate
Processor Demand at
Max Data Rate
0.
ERROR CONTROL
units; full memory
parity
PURCHASE PRICE,
S
MONTHLY RENTAL,
COMMENTS
18
S
63,000 (basic; includes prccessor/controller)
1,720 (basic; includes
processor/controller)
-
Accommodates mixed line
Completely programme~ to
speede/ codes; operational
perform std front-end
reliability via redundant
remote batch, remote
connectiQns/Fail-Soft softaccess, time sharing funcware; EMR provides full
tions for GE-600 line
system software; max line
computers
capacities shewn apply to
multicontroller' coniuiuration
-
50,450 (basic)
-
1,120 (basic)
Specifically designed for
communications applications:
time share/batch remote
concentration. network processing
72-inetruction set; includes
• 72M -word disc drive, 8K
core, parity, multiplexor
channel, printer/card reader/
punch/disc pack drive controls,
desk-type cabinet, control
panel
AUERBACH Computer Technology Reports
3001-80
4400
COMMUNICA TIONS PROCESSING EQUIPMENT
IDENTITY
Honeywell
Series 15
Model 1540
Communications Processors
Interactive Data Systems
L-64 Communication
Controller
-
-
Interactive Data Systems
U-64 Communication
Controller
Interactive Data Systems
DSLA Dedicated Synchronous
Line Adapter
-
-
FUNCTION
Stored-program processor
Multiline controller for
for peripheral control,
connecting multiple narFow-/
multichannel communications voiceband lines to larger
computer system; for remote
data concentration
Multiline controller for
connecting multiple narrow-/
voiceband lines to larger
computer system; for remote
data concentration
Single-line controller unit
for connecting voice-/broadband line to larger computer
system; for remote data concentration
ASSOCIATED COMPUTER
SYSTEM (ACS)
Honeywell Series 15
IBM System/360; Univac
1108; Burroughs B 5500;
CDC 6600
64 half-/full-duplex
IBM System/360; Univac
gg~; 6WoroughS B 5500;
REPORT NUMBER
'"Z
ci
iii
Z
...:::;0
><
-
..
iii
:z:
o..
iii
o..
iii
~
Z
~Q~
-
...iii:z:
.........
Punched Card I/O
ViaACS
Via ACS
Punched Tape I/O
VlaACS
Via ACS
Line Printer
Z
::::;
ViaACS
Via ACS
0
Typewriter
Console TTY
Via ACS
Z
Call Initiation
(switched lines)
Call Reception
No
No
Yes
Yes
Line Identification
Yes
Yes
Polling of Remote.
Yes
As programmed
Add/Subtract
Yes
Multiply /Divide
ViaACS
:IE"'!:;
Editing
Yes
Via ACS
"'Ou
Code Translation
Yes (4 tables)
ViaACS
Z
~2~
"':::0
:IE-"
OlE ...
... "'Z
;:)ZO
","'u
.....
uC!l
-Z'"
:CU;!!!
O~=
::»~~
"' ...
...u
Z
'"
lE
0...
......
Via ACS
_Via ACS
Program Interrupts Yes
For clocking samples
Maximum Total
14,400 cps
500 cps
100%
40% (620/i ACS);
16% (620/f ACS)
ERROR CONTROL
Automatic char/message
clearing; hardware diagnostic clearing
As programmed (no automatic checking)
PURCHASE PRICE, $
40,000-120,000
4,200-6,000
MONTHLY RENTAL, $
-
.
..
Transmission Data
Rate
Processor Demand at
Max Data Rate
COMMENTS
20
Incorporates specially microcoded Interdata Model 3 computer witb mtronics Corp
char interlaced TDM; console program allows code
conversion/monitoring of
any line; IBM 2702-compatible
Char sYnc/assembly, message assembly, error control, control char recognltlon, message delimiting,
message buffering performed
by ACS software
AUERBACH Computer Technology Reports
4410:00
VOICE RESPONSE
EQUIPMENT
AUERBACH
DATA
COMMUNICATIONS
REPORTS
AUERBACH
Printed in U.S.A.
®
DATA
~
~ COMMUNICATIONS
AUERBACH
'ERBACH
4410:01
VOICE RESPONSE EQUIPMENT
REPORTS
'"
COMPARISON CHARTS: VOICE RESPONSE EQUIPMENT
IBM 7770 Audio Response Unit
IDENTITY
Modell
Model 2
REPORT NUMBER
8445
ASSOCIA TED COMPUTER
SYSTEM (ACS)
IBM 1401,
IBM 1410
1440, or 1460 or 7010
8446
IBM System/360 IBM System/360
Model 30, 40, 50,
Model 30, 40,
65, or 75
50, 65, or 75
Replaces one
1311 Disk
File Unit;
maximum of
one 7770
Connects to
Channell
or 2; maximum of
one 7770
Connects via one
control unit position on Multiplexor Channel '
Connects via one
control unit position
on Multiplexor
Channel
Minimum words
32
32
32
No minimum
Maximum words
126
127
128
Length of word
0.5 second
0.5 second
0.5 second
No maximum; see
Comments below
0.5 second
CONNECTION TO ACS
VOCABULARY
SIZE
Model 3
VOCABULARY SELECTION
Words can be chosen from an ordinary
English language dictionary, and can include numbers and letters of the alphabet
On drum in 7770
VOCABULARY STORAGE
VOICE GENERATION
TECHNIQUE
Nm.IBER OF LINES
REl\IOTE TERMINALS
THROUGHPUT, maximum
number of 3O-second
calls per hour
COl\Il\IENTS
IBM 7772
Audio Response
Unit
Basic library contains
1,000 common words;
other words available
optionally
On random access
device with ACS
Words are recorded in
analog form on removable
magnetic sleeve which fits
over drum
Words are stored
in digitally coded
form which governs
the output of a
series of band
filters
4 to 48 in groups of 4
2 to 8 in
groups of 2
IBM 1001 Data Transmission Terminal,
1092/1093 or 1093 Programmed
Keyboard, 1094 Line Entry Keyboard,
or Touch-Tone telephone
Same as IBM
7770 (left)
Approximately 240 (4 lines) to
3,600 (48 lines)
Approximately 180
(2 lines) to 430
(8 lines)
A 0. 5-second word corresponds
approximately to the pronunciation
of the name of a letter, numeral,
or to a short word; polysyllabic
words can be recorded as two or
more 7770 words
Storage of one
second of verbal
information requires
about 300 bytes
of disc storage; see
also 7770 Comments
© 1966 AUERBACH Corporation and AUERBACH Info, Inc.
8/66
4410:02
VOICE RESPONSE EQUIPMENT
COMPARISON CHARTS: VOICE RESPONSE EQUIPMENT (CoNTD.)
RCA 70/510 Voice Response Unit
IDENTITY
70/510-11
70/510-26
REPORT NUMBER
8703
ASSOCIATED COMPUTER
SYSTEM (ACS)
RCA Spectra 70/35, 70/45,
or 70/55
CONNECTION TO ACS
Connects via 70/668 Communications
Control-Multichannel
Minimum words
VOCABULARY
SIZE
8/69
70/510-21
Maximum words
31 words and
phrases
31 words and
phrases
63 words and
phrases
63 words and
phrases
189 words
Length of words
0.5 second (word); 1. 55 seconds (phrase)
189 words
VOCABULARY SELECTION
Vocabulary master is individually prepared
for each unit; not limitation other than length
of word or phrase
VOCABULARY STORAGE
On drum in 70/510
VOICE GENERATION
TECHNIQUE
Words and phrases are recorded in analog
form on film strips from which a master film
is produced; technique is similar to that used
to produce a sound track for a motion picture
NUMBER OF LINES
10 to 50 in groups of 10
REMOTE TERMINALS
Touch-Tone telephone
THROUGHPUT, maximwm
number of 30-second
calls per hour
ApprOximately 1150 (10 lines)
See Comments
COMMENTS
A O. 5-second word corresponds approximately
to the pronunciation of the name of a letter or
numeral, or to a short word; throughput is
contingent on system configuration, file
arrangement, and format routine.
AUERBACH Data Communications Reports
A
..
AuERBACH
AUERBACH
DATA
COMMUNICATIONS
REPORTS
4410:03
VOICE RESPONSE EQUI PMENT
COMPARISON CHARTS: VOICE RESPONSE EQUIPMENT
Honeywell Audio Response System
IDENTITY
31 elements
8382
ASSOCIATED COMPUTER
SYSTEM (ACS)
Honeywell Series 200; Model 120, 125,200,
1200, 1250, 2200, 4200 or 8200
CONNECTION TO ACS
Connects via a Model 286-2, -3, -4, or
-5 Multichannel Communication Control
Minimum words
Maximum words
_ Length of word
\
\
189 elements
REPORT NUMBER
VOCABULARY
SIZE
'\
63 elements
31 words and 63 words and
phrases
phrases
31 words and 63 words and
phrases
phrases
189 words
189 words
0.53 second (word); 1.6 second (phrase)
VOCABULARY SELECTION
Vocabulary master is individually prepared for each unit; no limitation other
than length of word or phrase
VOCABULARY STORAGE
On individual voice cylinders 083-1, -2,
-3, -4, or -5
VOICE GENERATION
TECHNIQUE
Words and phrases are recorded in
analog form on film strips from which a
master film is produced; technique is
similar to that used to produce a sound
track for a motion picture
NUMBER OF LINES
2 to 60 in groups of 2
REMOTE TERMINALS
Touch-Tone telephone
THROUGHPUT, maximum
number of 30-second
calls per hour
Approximately 2500 (24 lines)
COMMENTS
A 0.5-second word corresponds approximately to the pronunciation of the name
of a letter or numeral, or to a short
word; a tone-only response unit is available that can issue three different tone
responses
/
/
C 1968 AUERBACH Corporation and AUERBACH Info. Inc.
8/68
VOICE RESPONSE EQUIPMENT
IDENTITY
RCA 70/510-26 Voice
Response Unit
Technitrend VM -1400
Voice Response System
Periphonlcs
Voice PAC-2000
Voice Response Systems
RCA Spectra 70/35,
70/45, 70/55, or
70/60
Connects via 70/668
Communications
Control-Multichannel
IBM System~360 Models 30, 40, 50, 65, 70
mM System/360;
minicomputers
(PDP Series)
Via minicomputer interface; other interface arraugements
available at user's
option
4410
REPORT NUMBER
ASSOCIATED COMPUTER
SYSTEM (ACS)
CONNECTION TO ASSOCIATED
COMPUTER SYSTEM
.
..
Connects vi. 1 control
unit position on multiplexor channel
>-
Minimum Words
-
32
No min
:::)
Maximum Words
Up to 189 words
700
Word Length
0.5 sec
0.5-0.6 sec; 1. 8 sec
(phrase)
No max (std system up
to 2,000 words)
Unrestricted
Vocabulary master individually prepared for
each applicationj no
limit other than length
of word/phrase
Words can be chosen
from any dictionary;
can include numbers/
letiers of alphabet with
no limit other than
length of word/phrase
VOCABULARY STORAGE
Drum in 70/510
Drum in VM-1400
Unique encoding technique vis high-speed
disc
VOICE GENERATION
TECHNIOUE
Words recorded in
analog form from
which memory drum
is produced
Words recorded in
analog form on magnetic drum
Unique encoding technlque vis high-speed
disc
NUMBER OF LINES
10-50 in groups of 10
2-256 in groups of 2
:s ...
'~" u;
N
>
VOCABULARY SELECTION
CUstomer selection to
meet user require'"
ments; male/female
voice available; no
limitation on length of
word
-
Unrestricted (depengr/ltv~pon CPU capa-
REMOTE TERMINALS
Touch-Tone telephone
Technitrend RP-2800
Voice/Print Terminal;
Technitrend TT-3100
Portable Data Term!nal; Touch-Tone telephone
Pushbutton telephones,
card dialers, auxlllary units, specialpurpose terminals as
required by user applications
THROUGHPUT, maximum
number of 30-.econd
calls/hour
1150 (10 lines)
84 (2 lines) to 49,000
(256 lines)
Dependeni upon assoelated computer system
PURCHASE PRICE, $
38,800
MONTHLY RENTAL, $
36,000 (basic configuration)
743
COMMENTS
o. 5-sec word corresponds approx to pronunclation of name of
letier/numeral or to
short word; throughput
contingent on system
configuration, file arrangement , format
routine; internal storage capacity of 16,384524,288 8-bit words;
special feature 5518 is
custom vocabulary
38,000 (40 words);
54, 000 ~40 words);
6& 500 ~O word,:',ll
6
(cost additio
line)
Unique recording/ stor
age technique aUows
max flexibility/system
utilization; vocabulary
can be revised at
user computer site;
stored vocabulary can
be fractionated to produce additional byproduct words (information can provide in!
inform!form/formation); program-controlled interval between words; desired
word infiection designed into system
© 1910 AUERBACH tnto, fne.
-
Can be remotely 10cated from CPU; many
lines can be muitiplexed
over a single, voiceband, leased line;
system can provide
print answerback in
addition to voice
7
4600:00
DATA SETS
(MODEMS)
AUERBACH
DATA
COMMUNICATIONS
REPORTS
AUERBACH
Printed in U.S.A.
®
A
a
AUERBACH
AUERBACH
DATA
COMMUNICATIONS
REPORTS
4600:01
COMMON-CARRIER
DATA SETS
01
COMPARISON CHARTS: COMMON-CARRIER DATA SETS
IDENTITY
Bell System
Data Set 103A
Bell System
Data Set 103F
Bell System
Auxiliary
Data Set 8UB
APPLICATION
Low-speed operation over
the public telephone network
(Data- Phone Service) or
TWX CE Service
Low-speed operation over
a leased narrow-band or
voice-band line
Permits connection of
customer-provided terminal,
to regular TWX network
Mode
Half-duplex or full-duplex
Half-duplex or full-duplex
Half-duplex
Method
Serial by bit
Serial by bit
Serial by bit
Modulation
Frequency shift
Frequency shift
None; see Comments
Timing
Asynchronous
Asynchronous
Asynchronous
Code
Any code; unrestricted
code length
See Comments
Any code; unrestricted
code length
265
See Comments
-
Public Switched
Network
Up to 300 bps or
150 bps (TWX CE)
-
45.5 or 110 bps
(TWX network)
Leased Line
-
Up to 300 bps
-
ELECTRICAL INTERFACE
EIA Standard
RS232A or B
EIA Standard
RS232A or B
EIA Standard
RS232B
FEATURES
Separate (804B)
Yes
None
Yes
None
Yes
-
-
-
10
10
10.5
THANSMISSION
CIIAHACTERISTICS
Turn-Around
Time, ms~c
TRANSMISSION
SPEED
PHYSICAL
SP ECIFICATIONS
COST
Telephone Set
Unattended
Operation
Other
Depth, inches
Width, inches
Height, inches
Weight, pounds
11
11
11
5.5
18
5.5
15
5.5
?
Rental, $/month
Installation, $
25*
25*
25*
25*
22*; see Comments
15*; see Comments
Capable of automatic answer- Can operate alternately In
Ing;, compatible with automatic originate or answer mode,
calling units; transmitter and or permanently in either
receiver operate simultamode
neously
COMMENTS
8UB Is connected to regular
TWX 60- or 100-speed
station; TWX station data set
provides frequency shift modulation; TWX stations use 5level Baudot or S-level
USASCn codes; above costs
are based on a single-station
arrangement
* This data is approximate; prices vary with the various Bell System operating companies. Check with your local Bell System
Communications Consultant.
«)
1968 AUERBACH Corporation and AUERBACH Info, Inc.
2/68
4600:02
COMMON-CARRIER
DATA SETS
COMPARISON CHARTS: COMMON-CARRIER DATA SETS (CoNTD.)
IDENTITY
Bell System
Data Set 20lA
APPLICATION
Operation over the
Operation over a
public telephone netleased voice-band
work (Data- Phone
line
Service) or over a
leased voice-band line
TRANSMISSION
CHARACTERISTICS
Mode
Bell System
Data Set 20lB
Bell System
Data Set 202C
Bell System
Data Set 2020
Operation over the
public telephone network (Data- Phone
Service) or over a
leased voice-band
Une
Half-duplex or fullduplex
Serial by bit
Operation over a
leased voice-band
line
Half-duplex or fullduplex
Serial by bit
Half-duplex or fullduplex (leased only)
Serial by bit
Half-duplex or fullduplex
Serial by bit
Modulation
Phase shift; see
Comments
Phase shift; see
Comments
Frequency shift
Frequency shift
Timing
Synchronous
Synchronous
Asynchronous
Asynchronous
Code
Any code; unrestricted Any code; unrestricted Any code; unrestrict- Any code; unrestrictcode length
ed code length
ed code length
code length
150
200;;: 25
200 ;!; 25
9
Method
Turn-Around
Time, msec
Public Switched
Network
2. 000 bps (fixed)
-
Up to 1,200 bps
Up to 1,200 bps
Leased Line
Type 3002-C2 2,000 bps (fixed)
Type 3002-C2 2,400 bps (fixed)
Type 3002 Up to 1,000 bps
(Unconditioned) ;
Up to 1,400 bps
(Type CI);
Up to 1,800 bps
(Type C2)
Type 3002 Up to 1. 000 bps
(Unconditioned) ;
Up to I, 400 bps
(Type C1);
Up to 1. 800 bps
(Type C2)
EIA Standard
RS232A or B
See Comments
EIA Standard
RS232A or B
EIA Standard
RS232A or B
Telephone Set
Unattended
Operation
Other
~eparate; see Comments
Yes
Separate;see Comments Integral
Yes
Yes
Separate (804A or M)
Yes, with 804A
-
-
See Comments
See Comments
PHYSICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
Depth, inches
Width, inches
Height, inches
Weight, pounds
11.6
17.5
7.75
35
11.6
17.5
7.75
35
14
10.5
5.5
15
8.75
10.5
5.5
14
COST
Rental, $/month
Installation. $
70·
100·
70*
100*
40*
50*
40*
50*
Capable of reversechannel operation on
two-wire half-duplex
service only; supersedes 202A; compatlble with automatlc calling units
Capable of reverse
channel operation
on two-wire halfduplex service only;
compatible with automatic calling units
TRANSMISSION
SPEED
ELECTRICAL INTERFACE
FEATURES
COMMENTS
Bit pairs are encoded Bit pairs are encoded
as a phase shift which as a phase shift which
is an odd multiple of
is an odd multiple of
45°; 20lBI has In45°; 20lAI and A3
ternal clock; 201B2
have Internal clock;
has external clock;
201A2 and A4 use
uses
telephone sets
external clock;
569NB or 568HT deseparate telephone
pending on options;
sets such as 804A,
569NB. or 568HT can EIA Standard RS232A
be used depending upon or D or contact
closure electrical
options
interface
* This data Is approximate; prices vary with the various Bell System operating companies. Check with your local Bell System
Communications Consultant.
(Contd. )
2/68
AUERBACH Data Communications Reports
A
a
AUERBACH
AU£RBACli
DATA
COMMUNICATIONS
REPORTS
4600:03
COMMON-CARRIER
DATA SETS
"
COMPARISON CHARTS: COMMON-CARRIER DATA SETS (CONTO.)
IDENTITY
Bell System
Data Set 301B
Bell System
Data Set 303B
Bell System
Data Set 303C
Bell System
Data Set 3030
API'UCATION
High-speed operation
over a leased broadband facUlty
High-speed operation
over a leased broadband facilIty
High -speed operation High-spt'cd operation
over a leased broad- over :I ",,.sed hroadhand fa<'ility
band facility
i
TRANSMISSION
CHARACTERISTICS
Full-duplex
Full-duplex
Full-duplex
Full-duplex
Method
Serial by bit
Serial by bit
Serial by bit
Sl'rial by bit
Modulation
Phase modulation
AM vestigial
sideband
Restored polar
Restored polar
Timing
Synchronous
Synchronous
Asynchronous
Code
Any code; see
Comments
Turn-Around
Time, msec
-
Any code; see
Comments
Synchronous or
Asynchronous
Any code; see
Comments
Public Switched
-
-
-
-
Group (12 volceband Unes) 40,800 bps
Half-group (6 volceband Unes) 19,200 bps
Group (12 voiceband lines) 50.000 bps
Sup.. r-group (60
voic('-band lines) 2.HI. 400 bps
ELECTRICAL INTERFACE
Low Impedance,
current switching
Low impedance.
current switching
Low impedance,
current switching
Low impedance.
current switching
FEATURES
Separate (803A)
Separate (8098)
Separate (806B)
Separate (8068)
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
TRANSMISSION
SPEED
Mode
Networ~
Leased Une
Telephone Set
Unattended
Operation
Other
-
-
-
-
-
Any code; see
Comments
-
-
PHYSICAL
SP ECIFICATIONS
Depth, inches
Width, Inches
Height. inches
Weight. pounds
11.6
17.5
7.75
35.5
12
24
24
105
12
24
24
105
12
24
24
105
COST
Rental. $/month
Installation, $
See Comments
See Comments
See Comments
See Comments
COMMENTS
There are some restrictions on the code structure that can be used with these data sets
(check with your local telephone company communications consultant). The cost of these
data sets Is normally Included In the termlnsl charges for the broad-band facillty. Reverse
channel capability can be Implemented.
© 1968 AUERBACH Corporation and AUERBACH Info, Inc.
2 68
4600:04
COMMON-CARRIER
DATA SETS
COMPARISON CHARTS: COMMON-CARRIER DATA SETS (CoNTO.)
IDENTITY
Bell System
Data Set 401A
Bell System
Data Set 401E
Bell System
Data Set 401H
APPLICATION
Parallel transmission
of data over the publie telephone network
(Data-Phone Service)
Parallel transmission
of data over the publie telephone network
(Data-Phone Service)
Parallel or serisl
transmission of data
over the public
telephone network
Mode
Simplex; send onIy
Simplex; send only
Simplex; send only
Method
Parallel by bit; serial
by character
Parallel by bit; serial
by character
Parallel by bit or
serial by bit
Modulation
Frequency shift
Frequency sbift
Frequency shift
Timing
Asynchronous
Asynchronous
Asynchronous
Code
Restricted 2-of-8
code
Restricted 3-of-14
code
See Comments
-
-
Up to 20 char/sec
Up to 20 char/sec
-
-
Up to 20 char/sec,
parallel, or up to
150 bits/sec, serial
-
TRANSMISSION
CHAHACTERISTICS
-
Turn-Around
Time, msec
TRANSMISSION
SPEED
Public SWitched
Network
.
Leased Line
"
ELECTRICAL INTERFACE
Contact closure
Contact closure
Contact closure
FEATURES
Telephone Set
Unattended
Operation
Other
Integral
No
Integral
No
Separate
Yes
-
Voice answer-back
channel \\ith 401E3
-
Depth, Inches
Width, inches
Height, inches
Weight, pounds
9
9
9
3.25
4.5
6
6
8
3
Rental, $/month
Installation, $
5*
15*
7.50*
20*
10*
20*
Transmits 12 discrete
code combinations
Transmits 99 discrete
code combinatioM
Parallel operation
provides transmission of 99 discrete code combinations using the restricted 3-of-14 code;
compatible with 401J
PHYSICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
COST
COMMENTS
9
3.75
6
Serisl operation permits use of any code,
with no restrictions
on code length; compatible with 103A
* This data is approximate; prices vary with the various Bell System operating companies. Check With your local Bell System
Communications Consultant.
(Contd. )
2/68
AUERBACH Data Communications Reports
A
a
AUUIIACtf
4600:05
DATA
COMMUNICATIONS
AUERBACH REPORTS
COMMON-CARRIER
DATA SETS
•
COMPARISON CHARTS: COMMON-CARRIER DATA SETS (CoNTD,)
IDENTITY
Bell System
Data Set 401J
Bell System
Data Set 402C
Bell System
Data Set 4020
APPLICATION
Parallel reception of
data transmitted over
the public telephone
network
Parallel transmission of
data over a voice-band
line
Parallel reception of
data transmitted over
a voice-band line
Mode
Simplex; receive only
Simplex; send only
Simplex; receive only
Method
Parallel by bit; serial
by character
Parallel by bit; serial
by character
Parallel by bit; serial
by character
Modulation
Frequency shift
Frequency shift
Frequency shift
Timing
Asynchronous
Asynchronous
Asynchronous
Code
Restricted 3-of-14
code
Any 8-level code
Any 8-level code
THANSl\lISSION
CIIAHACTEltISTICS
Turn-Around
Time, msec
-
-
-
Public Switched
Network
Up to 20 char/sec
Up to 75 char/sec
Up to 75 char/sec
Leased Line
-
Up to 75 char/sec
Up to 75 char/sec
ELECTRICAL INTERFACE
Contact closure
Contact closure
Contact closure
FEATURES
Integral
Yes
lntegral
Yes
Separate (R04A)
Yes
See Comments
Reverse channel
with 402C2
Reverse channcl
with 40202
14.5
10.75
5.5
22
:\::;-
14,15
5.5
25
11.6
17.5
7.75
45
25*
40*
75*
100*
TRANSMISSION
SPEED
-
Telephone Set
Unattended
Operation
Other
PHYSICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
Depth, inches
Width, inches
Height, inches
W('ight, pounds
!
COST
COMMENTS
------_... - .....
IRIns tallation, $
'--'-,
en I
;1,.
'
'.' ynUOt.'/ l
~.
50'"
11
_._ _-----
..
...
Receives 99 discl'cte
code combinations;
401J3 and J5 provide
voice answer-hack
channel; 401J2 and
J4 provide tone
answer-back;
compatible with
401H
"-r
I
o '
",
T,·:.~". i ~~ fl data
L:h~·n.fl: . ..'l!' ;,.;. parf.n~l
plus it i.~:iltUl:; (_'ha!ll'{~l;
answer-back mode
allows receiving two
data channels at 20
char/sec. compatible
with automatic calling
units
!
Receives 8 data channels in parallel plus a
timing channel; ans"''''r-back mode allows
tL'a",';"l",~hn of three
control code", ,::q1nhle
of automatic answerIng; compatible with
automatic calling
units when using 804A
* This data is approximate; prices vary with the various Bell System operating companies. Check with your local Bell System
Communications Consultant.
C 1968 AUERBACH Corporation and AUERBACH Info, Inc.
2/68
4600:06
COMMON-CARRIER
DATA SETS
COMPARISON CHARTS: COMMON-CARRIER DATA SETS (CoNTD.)
JDJ::NTITY
Bell System
Data Set 602C
Bell System
Data Set 603A
Bell System
Data Set 603B
APPLICATION
Transmission of facsimile
data over the public telephone network (DataPhone Service);
see Comments
Transmission of medical
data over the public telephone network (DataPhone Service);
see Comments
Reception of medical
data over the publlctelephone network (DataPhone Service);
see Comments
Mode
Half-duplex
Simplex; send only
Simplex; receive only
Method
Analog
Analog
Analog
Modulation
FM
FM
FM
Timing
-
-
-
-
o to 100 Hz baseband
o to
-
-
-
ELECTRICAL INTERFACE
ElA
};lA
ElA
FEATURES
Integral
Yes
Integral
No
Integral
Yes
Reverse-Channel
(optional)
Reverse-Channel
Reverse-Channel
THANSMISSION
CHARACTERISTICS
Code
Turn-Around
Time, msec
TRANSMISSION
SPEED
Public Switched
Network
Leased Line
PHYSICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
COST
COMMENTS
Telephone Set
Unattended
Operation
Other
200 + 25
- 0 to 900 Hz baseband
100 Hz baseband
Depth, inches
Width. inches
Height, Inches
Weight, pounds
14.7
11.5
14.75
11
9
11
5.6
15
4
10
Rental, $/month
Installation, $
Check with local
Bell System Co.
12*
25*
5.5
18
25*
50*
The 602C is primarily
designed to interface
with facsimile equipment
operating at speeds of 100
to 180 lines per minute;
can also be used on a
leased voice-band line
The 603A and 603B are designed to meet the data
communications requirements of the medical profession
for connection of customer owned medical electronic
equipment such as electrocardiogram (ECG) devices
to a voice-band line. The 603B is compatible with the
603A or 6030 and includes automatic answering.
• This data is approximate; prices vary with the various Bell System operating companies. Check \\4 th your local Bell System
Communications Consultant.
(Contd. )
2/68
AUERBACH Data Communications Reports
COMMON-CARRIER DATA SETS
4600
IDENTITY
Bell System
Data Set 403E
Bell System
Data Set 602C
Bell System
Data Set 602D
Bell System
Data Set 603A
Bell System
Data Set 603B
APPLICATION
Parallel reception of
data over public telephone network or
leased voiceband line
Transmission of
facsimile data over
public telephone network (Data-phone
Service)
Transmission of facsimile data over public
telephone network
(Data-Phone service)
or leased voiceband
line
Transmission of
medical data over
public telephone network (Data-Phone
service)
Reception of medical
data over public
telephone network
(Data-Phone service)
Mode
Half-duplex
Half-duplex
Half-duplex
Simplex; send only
Simplex; receive only
Method
Serial by char
Analog
Analog
Analog
Analog
Frequency modulation
Frequency modulation
Frequency modulatio
Frequency modulation
-
-
-
-
200 to 225
200 to 225
-
-
Public Switched
Network
Up to 10 cps
0-900 Hz baseband
0-900 Hz baseband
0-100 Hz baseband
0-100 Hz baseband
Leased Line
Type 2001:
alternate voice/data
Type 3001:
data only
-
-
II>
u
z ;::
0 II>
iii
....
II>
Modulation
Frequency shift
U
Timing
Asynchronous
'"C
:z:
Code
Restricted 2-of-8;
restricted 2-of-7
III
i
II>
C
Z
..
C
'"
u
Turnaround Time,
msee
..
..'"
Z
0 III
iii C
II>
i c
II>
..'"
Z
Type 2001:
alternate voice/data
Type 3001:
data only
C
C
Q
-
-
-
-
EIA
EIA
EIA
EIA
Integral
Integral
Integral
Integral
Integral
Yes
Yes
No
No
Yes
-
-
-
-
-
-
line Equalization
Depth,in.
12
14.7
11.5
11.5
14.75
Width, in.
12.25
11
9
9
11
Height, in.
11.75
5.6
4.5
4
5.5
Weight,lb
-
15
-
10
18
16
12
25
30
25
50
DeSigned primarily to
interface facsimile
equipment
Designed to meet
data communications
requirements of
medical profession
for connection of
customer-owned
medical electronic
equipment, such as
electrocardiogram
(ECG) devices, to
voiceband line; compatible with 603B or
603D
Designed to meet
data communications
requiremente of
medical profession
for connection of
customer-owned
medical electronic
equipment, such as
electrocardiogram
(ECG) devices, to
voiceband line; compatible with 603A or
603D; includes automatic answering
Coaxial Cable or
Twisted Pair Line
ELECTRICAL INTERFACE
Telephone Set
II>
Unattended
.....'"
III
Operation
;:)
Reverse Channel
C
III
...
C
II>
>:z:
II>
u u
iii III
"-
-
-
"-
EIA RS232A or B;
contact closure
MONTHL Y RENTAL, $
53 or 64 (USASCIl)
INSTALLATION, $
-
COMMENTS
© 1970 AUERBACH Info. Inc.
Designed primarily to
interface facsimile
equipment operating
at 100 - 180 lines/min;
can also be used on
leased voiceband line
-
-
7
DATA COMMUNICATIONS
4600
IDENTITY
Bell System
Data Set 603D
Bell System
Data Set 604A
Bell System
Data Set 604B
Bell System
Auxiliary
Data Set 8UB
Bell System
Data Set 113A
APPLICA TlON
Portable transmission
of medical !lata over
public telephone
network via acoustic
coupling
\Multichannel transmission of medical
~ta over public
telephone network
(Data- Phone service)
Multichannel reception
of medical ~ta over
public telephone network (Data-Phone
service)
Permits connection of
customer-provided
terminal to regular
1WXnetwork
Low-speed operations
over public telepbone network (DataPhone Service)
'"v
;::
Z
0
;;; '"
iii
'" V......
iii
.... ..
en C
Z
C C
:z;
v
Mode
Simplex; send only
Simplex; send only
Simplex; receive only
Half-duplex
Half-/fu1I-duplex
Method
Analog
Analog
Analog
Serial by bit
Serial by bit
Modulation
Frequency modulation
Frequency modulation
Frequency modulation
None; see Comments
Frequency shift
-
-
-
Asynchronous
Asynchronous
-
See Comments
Any code; any
-
se~ Comments
Public Switched
Network
0-100 Hz baseband
0-105 Hz baseband
per channel
0-105 Hz baseband
per cbannel
45.5 or 110 bps
(1WX network)
Up to 300 bps
Leased Line
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
EIA
EIA
EIA
EIA RS2'32B
EIA RS232C
Telephone Set
No
Integral
Integral
No
Yes
Unattended
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
-
-
-
-
No
-
-
None
Depth,in.
4.4
14.75
14.75
10.5
11.5'
Width, in.
9.4
11
11
U
8.75
Height, in.
12.9
5.5
5.5
5.5
3.75
Weight,lb
6
16.5
18
-
8
-
-
22
10
-
15
25
Contains 3 data channels; designed for
electrocardiogram
(ECG) equipment; compatible with 604B
Contains 3 data channels; designed for
electrocardiogram
(ECG) equipment; compatible with 604A
Connected to regular
TWX 60- or 100speed satation; 1WX
station data set provides frequency sblft
modulation; 1WX
stations use 5-level
Baudot/8-level
USASCn codes; above
costs based on slnglestation arrangement
Designed for OriginateOnly service; transmitter/receiver operate Simultaneously,
compatible wi tb/
replacement for Bell
System Data Set
103A with Dats-Phone
Service; intended
for time sbaring
applications
Timing
Code
Turnaround Time,
msec
......c
...cC
Z
.
0
;;;
iiien'"
....
Z
C
Q
Coaxial Cable or
Twisted Pair Line
ELECTRICAL INTERFACE
.....
en
Operation
...C
......
:::I
Reverse Channel
Line Equalization
ev v
;;; ...
...
:c
...>- '"
en
MONTHLY RENTAL, $
12
INSTALLATION, $
10
COMMENTS
Battery-powered,
acoustic telephone
coupler; compatible
with 603 B; designed
for electrocardiogram
(ECG) equipment;
connects to 8td telephone handset
8
le~
AUERBACH Computer Technology Reports
3001-86
4600
COMMON - CARRIER DATA SETS
IDENTITY
Western Union
Western Union
Western Union
Western Union
180 Baud Data
Modem No. 118l.1A
Data Set 160lB
Data Set 2121B
Data Set 2247B
APPLICATION
Low-speed operation
over leased narrow
band line
Operation over leased
voiceband line
Operation over leased
voiceband line
Operation over leased
voiceband line
High-speed operation
over leased voiceband
line
Mode
Full-duplex
Method
Serial by bit
Simplex/balf-/full duplex
Serial by hit
Simplex/balf-/fullduplex
Serial by bit
Simplex/half-/fullduplex
Serial by bit
Simplex/balf-/fullduplex
Serial by bit
Modulation
Frequency shift
Frequency shift
Frequency shift
Pbase shift (8-phase)
Synchronous
......
- ""-
....
e(
iii
...'"
Height, in.
3.5
:I:
'"
Weight,lb
25
V
V
MONTHLY RENTAL, $
72
INSTALLATION, $
100
COMMENTS
Telepbone set provided
separately; compatible
with Bell System 201B
Data Set; unit manufactured by ICC; alternate voice/data
over leased line via
ICC Model 12 Voice
Adapter; alternate
vOice/data over
switcbed network via
manual coupler/automatic answer DAA;
groups of 2 bi ts encoded as 2 of 4 phase
shifts (multiple of
90°); field-switchable
to 2-phase (1,200 bps);
operates within 800-Hz
bandwidth
10
AUERBACH Computer Technology Reports
3oot-88
~
II!
ERBACH
AUERBACH
DATA
CDMMUNICATIONS
REPORTS
4620:01
NON-COMMON-CARRIER
DATA SETS
e
COMPARISON CHARTS: NON-COMMON-CARRIER DATA SETS
The characteristics of data sets produced for independent sale are presented in this set of charts
beginning on page 4620:02. These data sets are typically used on private or leased facilities, but
can also be connected to the public telephone network via a Bell System Data Access Arrangement
(see Report 3200, Paragraph. 1) when line conditioning is not required. The addresses of the
manufacturers represented in the charts are listed below.
American Data Systems
20747 Dearborn Street
Chatsworth, California 91311
Astrocom Corporation
293 Commercial Street
St. Paul, Minnesota 55106
Automatic Electric Company
Subsidiary of
General Telephone and Electronics (GT &E)
400 N. Wolf Road
North Lake, illinois 60164
Lenkurt Electric
Subsidiary of
General Telephone and Electronics (GT&E)
1105 County Road
San Carlos, California 94070
Lynch Communications Systems
695 Bryant Street
San Francisco, California 94107
RFL industries, Inc.
Communications Division
Boonton, New Jersey 67005
Codex Corporation
222 Arsenal Street
Watertown, Massachusetts 02172
Rixon Electronics, Inc.
2120 Industrial Parkway
Silver Spring, Maryland 20904
Collins Radio Company
19700 Jamboree Road
Newport Beach, California 92663
Sangamo Electric Company
P. O. Box 359
Springfield, Illinois 62705
Datamax Corporation
3941 Research Park Drive
Ann Arbor, Michigan 48104
Singer Tele-Signal Corporation
250 Crossways Park Drive
Woodbury, Long Island, New York 11797
General Dynamics
P. O. Box 2566
Orlando, Florida 32802
Tele-Dynamics
Division of
American Bosch Arma Corporation
5000 Parkside Avenue
Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 19131
General Electric Company
Mountain View Road
Lynchburg, Virginia 24505
International Communications Corporation
7620 N. W. 36th Avenue
Miami, Florida 33147
Tel-Tech Corporation
9170 Brookville Road
Silver Spring, Maryland 20910
illtronic Systems Corporation
Subsidiary of
Sylvania Electric Products
Mount Laurel Industrial Park
Moorestown, New Jersey 08057
4620:02
NON-COMMON-CARRIER
DATA SETS
COMPARISON CHARTS: NON-COMMON-CARRIER DATA SETS (Cantd.l
IDENTITY
Automatic Electric Company Automatic Electric Company
AE2025 Data Set
AE2024 Data Set'
APPLICATION
Operation over a
voice-band line
Operation over a
voice-band line
Operation over a
voice-band line
Mode
Half-duplex or full-duplex
Half-duplex or full-duplex
Half-duplex or full-duplex
Method
Serial by bit
Serial by bit
Serial by bit
Modulation
Frequency shift
Frequency shift
Frequency shift; see
Comments
Timing
Asynchronous
Synchronous
Synchronous
Code
Any code; unrestricted
code length
15 (receive to transmit) ;
2 (transmit to receive)
Any code; unrestricted
code length
15 (receive to transmit) ;
2 (transmit to receive)
Any code; unrestricted
code length
15 (receive to transmit);
2 (transmit to receive)
Public Switched
Network
Up to 1600 bps
Up to 1200 bps
-
Leased Line
Type 3002
Up to 1600 bps
Type 3002
600 bps or
1200 bps
Type 3002
2400 bps
EIA Standard RS232B
EIA Standard RS2 32 B
EIA Standard RS232B
-
-
None
None
TRANSMISSION
CHARACTERISTICS
Turn-Around
Time, msec
TRANSMISSION
SPEED
ELECTRICAL INTERFACE
Automatic Electric Company
AE2026 Duobinary
Data Set
Telephone Set
Unattended
Operation
Other
None
See Comments
See Comments
See ·Comments
PHYSICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
Depth, inches
Width, inches
Height, inches
Weight, pounds
6
18.4
9.5
20
6
18.4
9.5
20
6
18.4
9.5
20
COST
Purchase Price,
$
865 to 904
1015 to 1174
1015 to 1270
Optional Delay Equalizer
permits turn-around delay
time to be set to customer
requirements
Optional Delay Equalizer
permits turn-around delay
time to be set to customer
requirements
Duobinary modulation;
center frequency represents
a space; a mark is transmitted as the upper or lower
frequency, depending upon
whether an even or odd number of spaces occur betw~en
marks and on the previous
mark frequency; optional Duobinary Error, Detector, Receive Clock, and Delay
Equalizer for customerspecified turn-around delay
FEATURES
COMMENTS
..
-
(Cantd. )
5/69
AUERBACH Data Communications Reports
A
lA'
r&al
AUERBACH
AUERBACH
DATA
CDMMUNICATIONS
REPORTS
4620:03
NON-CaMMON-CARRIER
DATA SETS
to
COMPARISON CHARTS: NON-CaMMON-CARRIER DATA SETS (Contd.)
IDENTITY
Codex AE-96
High Speed Data
Modem
Coll1ns
TMX-201
Data Modem
Collins
TMX-202
Data Modem
APPLICATION
High speed operation over
a voice-band line
Multiple channel operation
over a voice-band line
Multiple channel operation
over a voice-band line
Mode
Full-duplex
Half-duplex or full-duplex
Half-duplex or full-duplex
Method
See comments
Serial by bit
Serial by bit
Modulation
Multi-level single-sideband
AM; see Comments
Frequency shift
Frequency shift
Timing
Synchronous
Asynchronous
Asynchronous
Code
Any code; unrestricted code
length
Any code; unrestricted code
length
?
TRANSMISSION
CHARACTERISTICS
Turn-Around
Time, msec
-
Any code; unrestricted code
length
?
Public Switched
Network
-
75 bps, 110 bps, or 150 bps
Up to 1800 bps
Leased Line
Type 3002
9600 bps or 4800 bps
(l'ype C2)
7200 bps or 3600 bps
(l'ype Cl)
4800 bps or 2400 bps
(Unconditioned)
Type 3002
75 bps, 110 bps, or
150 bps
Type 3002
Up to 1800 bps
ELECTRICAL INTERFACE
EIA Standard RS232B
EIA Standard RS232B;
standard Teletype interface
EIA Standard RS232B;
standard Teletype interface
FEATURES
TRANSMISSION
SPEED
Telephone Set
Unattended
Operation
Other
Optional
No
None
Yes
None
Yes
-
-
-
PHYSICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
Depth, inches
Width, inches
Height, inches
Weight, pounds
24
19
8.75
75
10.375
19
5.25
17
21
19
8.75
7.5
COST
Purchase Price,
$
13,975
575 to 650
575 to 650
The Codex modulation technique encodes a two-bit group
as one of four amplitude
levels; various transmission
speed pairs can be implemented as shown by changing
circuit boards; speed selection between the two rates is
ihy manual switch and transmission and receiving rates
can be different
Several different transmitting and receiving units can
be incorporated to provide
25 channels (75 bps), 18
channels (110 bps), or 8
channels (150 bps)
Several different transmitting
and receiving Wlits can be
incorporated to provide 24
channels (50 to 75 bps), 18
channels (75 to 110 bps), 8 or
9 channels (150 bps), 4 channels (300 bps), 2 channels
(600 bps), or 1 channel (1200
bps)
CO:.nIENTS
=-
1_'-""
AI I r n n " ' ' - ' ' I I
r"'o _ _ _ _ . __ ..L. _ _ _ _ .J
AI I r n n A " " " 1 I
I_~_
4620:04
NON-COMMON-CARRIER
DATA SETS
COMPARISON CHARTS:
NON-COMMON-CARRIER DATA SETS (Contd.)
IDENTITY
Collins
TE-216A-2D-2400
Data Modem
ColUlI8
TE-216A-3D-3600
Data Modem
Colllni
TE-216A-4D-4800
Data Modem
APPUCATION
Operation over a
vOice-band line
Operation over a
voice-band Une
Operation over a
voloe-band Une
Half-duplex or full-duplex
Half-duplex or full-duplex
Half-duplex or full-duplex
Method
See Comments
See Comments
See Comments
Modulation
Phaee shift!AM;
see Comments
Phaee shift/AM;
see Comments
Phaee shift/AM;
see Comments
Timing
Synchronous
Synchronous
Synchronous
Code
Any code; unrestricted
code length
50 with options
Any code; unrest ricted
code length
50 with options
Any oode; unrest rioted
code length
50 with options
-
-
-
Type 3002 (C1)
Type 3002 (C2)
2400 bps (optional) or
3600 bps
Type 3002 (C3)
2400 bps (optional) or
4800 bps
TRANSMISSION
CHARACTERISTICS
Mode
Turn-Around
Time, msec
TRANSMISSION
SPEED
Public Switched
Network
Leased Line
1200 bps (optional) or
2400 bps
ELECTRICAL INTERFACE
EIA standard RS232B
EtA standard RS232B
EIA Standard RS232B
FEATURES
Telephone Set
Unattended
Operation
Other
TE-814
Yes
None
Yes
None
Yes
See Comments
See Comments
See Comments
PHYSICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
Depth, inches
Width, inches
Height, Inches
Weight, pounds
22.5
17.5
8.75
72
22.5
17.5
8.75
72
22.5
17.5
8.75
72
COST
Purchase Price,
S
5170
5920
6390
COMMENTS
8/69
These data sets use the Collins Kineplex modulation technique; for each tone transmitted,
a group of three bits is encoded ae a phaee shift which is an odd multiple of 45° and one
of two amplitude levels; these data sets transmit four discrete frequencies (tones) for
4800 bps, three tones for 3600 bps, two tones for 2400 bps, and one tone for 1200 bps;
data rate selection by remote station is optional; other options include various electrical
interfaces and plug-in test unit. The TE-814 includes alternate data voice selection and
is capable of transmission rates at up to 4800 bps
AUERBACH Data Communications Reports
A
~
AUERBACH
AUERBACH
DATA
COMMUNICATIONS
REPORTS
4620:05
NON-COMMON-CARRIER
DATA SETS
'"
COMPARISON CHARTS: NON-CaMMON-CARRIER DATA SETS (Contd.)
IDENTITY
General Electric
TDM-111 Data Set
General Electric
TDM-211 Data Set
General Electric
TDM-110 Data Set
General Electric
TDM-210 Data Set
APPLICATION
Low-speed operation
over the public telephone network
High-speed operation
over the public telephone network
Operation over a
voice-band line
Operation over a
voice-band line
Mode
Full-duplex
Half-duplex
Full-duplex
Method
Serial by bit
Serial by bit
Serial by bit
Half-duplex or fuUduplex
Serial by bit
Modulation
Frequency shift
Frequency shift
Frequency shift
Frequency shift
Timing
Asynchronous
Asynchronous
Asynchronous
Asynchronous
Code
Any code; unrestricted code length
Turn-Around
Time, msec
-
Any code; unrestricted code length
200
Any code; unreAny code; unrestricted code length stricted code length
See Comments
-
Public Switched
Network
Up to 300 bps
Up to 1200 bps
Up to 300 bps
Up to 1000 bps
Leased Line
-
-
Type 3002
Up to 300 bps
Type 3002
Up to 1000 bps
Type 3002(C1)
Up to 1400 bps
Type 3002(C2)
Up to 1800 bps
EIA Standard RS232B
EIA Standard RS232B
EIA Standard RS232B EIA Standard RS232B
Telephone Set
Unattended
Operation
Other
Optional
Yes
Optional
Yes
None
No
None
No
-
Optional reverse
channel
-
See Comments
PHYSICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
Depth, inches
Width, inches
Height, inches
Weight, pounds
9
19
6.5
15
9
19
6.5
15
9
13.75
6
14.5
9
13.75
6
14.5
COST
Purchase Price,
875 to 970
850 to 1145
625
815 to 1015
TRANSMISSION
CHARACTERISTICS
TRANSMISSION
SPEED
ELECTRICAL INTERFACE
FEATURES
$
COMMENTS
These data sets are marketed to telephone
(common-carrier) companies only. TDM-ll1
is compatible with Bell System Data Phone
Data Set 103A2; TDM-211 is compatible with
202C. Six-button telephone set (optional)
provides voice, data, and answer modes.
Both data sets provide automatic disconnect
Compatible with Bell Compatible with Bell
System Data Set
System Data Set
202D; has optional
103F
reverse channel
capability; a turnaround time of 10,
60, 120, or 200
milliseconds can be
specified
© 1969 AUERBACH Corporation and AUERBACH Info. Inc.
5/69
4620:06
NON-COMMON-CARRIER
DATA SETS
COMPARISON CHARTS: NON-COMMON-CARRIER DATA SETS (Contd.)
IDENTITY
General Electric
TDM-220 Data Set
ICC
Modem 4400/20H
and 4400/20L
ICC
Modem 4400/20 PB
ICC
Modem 4400/24PB
APPLICATION
Operation over a
leased voice-band
line
Double high-speed
channel and multiple
low-speed channels
over a leased voiceband line
Single high-speed
channel and multiple
low-speed channels/
voice over a leased
voice-band line
Single high-speed
channel and multiple
low-speed channels/
voice over a leased
voice-band line
Half-duplex or fullduplex
Serial by bit
Simplex, half-duplex,
or full-duplex
Serial by bit
Simplex, half-duplex,
or full-duplex
Serial by bit
Simplex, halfduplex, or fullduplex
Serial by bit
Modulation
AM vestigial sideband
Phase shift (8 phase);
see Comments
Phase shift (8 phase);
see Comments
Phase shift (fl
phase); see
Comments
Timing
Asynchronous; see
Synchronous
Synchronous
Synchronous
Comments
Any code; unreAny code; unreAny code; unre,Any code; unrestricted code length
stricted code length
stricted code length
stricted code length
500
,150
' 50 or 12 (optional)
150
TRANSMISSION
CHARACTERISTICS
Mode
Method
Code
Turn-Around
Time, msec
TRANSMISSION
SPEED
Public Switched
Network
-
-
-
-
Leased Line
Type 3002
Asynchronous
operation at
speeds up to 2400
bps; synchronous
operation at 2400
bps
Type 3002 (C2)
2000 bps per highspeed channel; 75
bps per low-speed
channel
Type 3002 (C2)
2000 bps plus 75
bps per low-speed
channel
Type 3002 (C2)
2400 bps plus 75
bps per low-speed
channel
EIA Standard RS232B EIA standard RS2:32B
EIA Standard RS232B
EIA standard RS232B
None
No
None
No
Model 10
No
Model 10
No
-
-
-
-
ELECTRICAL INTERFACE
FEATURES
Telephone Set
Unattended
Operation
Other
PHYSICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
Depth, inches
Width, inches
Height, inches
Weight, pounds
9
13.75
6
14.5
18.6
18
6.5
47
18.6
18
6.5
47
18.6
18
6.5
47
COST
Purchase Price,
990 (asynchronous)
1360 (synchronous)
5050 each unit
5050
5050
Groups of three bits
are encoded as one:' of'
eight phase shifts
which is a multiPle of
45° ; alternate operation of voice (with optional Model 10 Voice
Adapter) or up to
twelve 75 bps channels
is provided in addition
to the 2000 bps channel
Groups of three bits
are encoded as one
of eight phase shifts
which is a multiple
of 45° ; alternate operation of voice (with
optional Model 10
Voice Adapter) or up
to eight 75 bps channels is provided in
addition to the 2000
bps channel
$
COMMENTS
Internal clocking at ' GrOlilps of three bits
a 2400 bps rate is
, lIlre' eIWoded! as one of
included in syn.: eigl!rt phase shifts
chronous model
which is a multiple
of 45°; two independent data sets (20L
and 20H) each provide
a separate 2000 bps
channel on, lL single
voice line; up to
twelve 75 bps channels
can be substituted for
one 20(,)0 bps channel
(Contd. )
5/69
AUERBACH Data Communications Reports
A
~
.,
4620:07
AUERBACH
DATA
COMMUNICATIONS
REPORTS
NON-CaMMON-CARRIER
DATA SETS
AUERBACH
COMPARISON CHARTS: NON-COMMON-CARRIER DATA SETS (Contd.)
IDENTITY
ICC
Modem 4400/48
ICC
Modem 2200/24
ICC
Modem 1100 Series
ICC
Modem 5500
APPLICATION
Single high-speed
channel and two lowspeed channels over
a leased voice-band
line
High-speed operation over a voiceband line
tntra-high-speed
operation over a
coaxial cable or
twisted pair line
High-speed operation
over a leased voiceband line
Simplex, half-duplex,
or full-duplex
Serial by bit
Simplex, half-duplex,
or full-duplex
Serial by bit
Simplex, half-duplex, Simplex, half-duplex,
or full duplex
or full-duplex
Serial by bit
Serial by bit
TRANSMISSION
CHARACTERISTICS
Mode
Method
, Modulation
Phase shift (2 phase);· Not specified
see Comments
Synchronous
Timing
Synchronous
Synchronous
Synchronous
Code
Any code; unrestricted code length
50 or 12 (optional)
Any code; unrestricted code length
150
Any code; unreAny code; unrestricted code length
stricted code length
150
12
Public Switched
Network
-
-
-
-
Leased Line
Type 3002
4800 bps
Type 3002
2400 bps
-
Type 3002 (C2)
9600 bps
Turn-Around
Time, msec
TRANSMISSION
SPEED
Phase shift (8 phase);. Phase shift (4 phase);
see Comments
see Comments
Up to 1,000,000 bps;
See Comments
EIA Standard RS232B EIA Standard RS232B
ELECTRICAL INTERFACE
EIA Standard RS232B
EIA StandardRS232B
FEATURES
Telephone Set
Unattended
Operation
Other
Model 11
Yes
Model 12
Yes
None
No
None
No
-
-
-
-
PHYSICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
Depth" inches
Width, inches
Height, inches
Weight, .pounds
18.6
18
5.7
45
16.25
15.625
3.5
20
8
8
3.25
7.5
18.63
18
6.5
50
COST
Purchase Price,
5,885
2350
2725 to 3925
11,500
Groups of three bits
are encoded as one of
eight phase shifts
which is a multiple
of 45°; bandwidth
used is 1600 (Hz);
optional alternate
VOice/data operation is provided by
Model 11 Voice
Adapter
Groups of two bits
are encoded as one
of four phase shifts
which is a multiple
of 90° ; bandwidth
used is 800 Hz;
optional alternate
VOice/data operation is provided by
Model 12 Voice
Adapter
$
COMMENTS
Designed for limiteddistance operation
over a twisted-pair
line or coaxial cable.
ICC states range at
1M bps is O. 6 miles
(twisted pair) and 2.4,
miles (coaxial
cables); range is
greatly extended at
lower speeds
:I
~
len
4620:08
NOflr-COMMOflr-CARRIER
DATA SETS
COMPARISON CHARTS: NON-CaMMON-CARRIER DATA SETS (Contd.)
IDENTITY
Lenkurt
,25B Data Transmission
System
Lenkurt
26C Duobinary Datatel
Data Set
Lenkurt
26C-40.8 Duobinary Datatel
Data Set
APPLICATION
Multiple low-speed channel
operation over a voice-band
line
Operation over a voiceband line
High-speed operation over
a broad-band line
Mode
Half-duplex or full-duplex
Simplex or full-duplex
Full-duplex
Method
Serial by bit
Serial by bit
Serial by bit
Modulation
Frequency shift
Frequency shift;
see Comments
Frequency shift
Timing
Asynchronous
See Comments
Synchronous
Code
Any code; unrestricted
code length
100
Any code; unrestricted
code length
-
Any code; unrestricted
code length
-
Public Switched
Network
75 bps, 110 bps, 150 bps,
200 bps, or 600 bps
Up to 1800 bps
-
Leased Line
Type 300275 bps, 110 bps, 150 bps,
200 bps, or 600 bps (each
channel); see Comments
Type 3002
asynchronous operation
at speeds up to 1800 bps;
synchronous operation at
150 bps, 300 bps, 600 bps,
1200 bps, or 2400 bps
Broad-band (group)
20,400 bps or 40,800 bps
ELECTRICAL INTERFACE
EIA standard RS232B
EIA standard RS232B
EIA standard RS232B
FEATURES
Telephone Set
Unattended
Operation
Other
None
Yes
None
No
None
No
-
-
-
PHYSICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
Depth, inches
Width, inches
Height, inches
Weight, pounds
12(1)
19
5.25
varies with size
10
19
3.5
20
10
17
3.5
16
COST
Purchase Price,
600 per channel
1600 to 2400
2000
Desk-top modems are restricted to single-channel
operation at one of the
designated speeds; rackmounted modems incorporate several transmit and
receive units to provide 25
channels (75 bps), 18 channels (110 bps) 12 channels
(150 bps) 7 channels (200
bps), I-channel (600 bps) or
combinations of the above.
Multi-channel operation
requires Type C4 conditioning
Duobinary modulation;
center frequency represents
a space; a mark is transmitted as the upper or lower
frequency depending upon
whether an even or odd number of spaces occur between
marks and on the previous
mark frequency
Transmission speeds are
switch selected; Duobinary
modulation; comp.atible with
Bell System Data Set 301B
TRANSMISSION
CHARACTERISTICS
Turn-Around
Time, msec
TRANSMISSION
SPEED
10.75(2)
14
3
9
$
COMMENTS
(Contd. )
(1) Rack-mounted multi-channel modem.
(2) Desk-top single-channel modem.
5/69
AUERBACH Data Communications Reports
A
~
AUERBACH
DATA
COMMUNICATIONS
REPORTS
4620:09
NON-COMMON-CARRIER
AUERBACH
'"
DATA SETS
COMPARISON CHARTS: NON-CaMMON-CARRIER DATA SETS (Contd.)
IDENTITY
Lynch CommunicaLynch CommunicaRFL Industries
tions Systems L2103A tions Systems L2103F Series 2056
Data Set
Data Set
Model 13AO/TTY
Data Set
RFL Industries
Series 2056
Model 13AO/EIA
Data Set
APPLICATION
Low-speed operation
over the public telephone network
Low-speed operation
over a voice-band
line
Operation over a
voice-band line
Operation over a
voice-band line
Half-duplex or fullduplex
Serial by bit
Half-duplex or fullduplex
Serial by bit
Full-duplex
Method
Half-duplex or fullduplex
Serial by bit
Serial by bit
Modulation
Frequency shift
Frequency shift
Frequency shift
Frequency shift
Timing
Asynchronous
Asynchronous
Asynchronous
Asynchronous
Code
Any code; unrestricted Any code; unrestricted Any code; unrestriccode length
code length
ted code length
See Comments
265
10
TRANSMISSION
CHARACTERISTICS
Mode
Turn-Around
Time, msec
Any code; unrestricted
code length
-
Public Switched
Network
Up to 300 bps
-
Up to 300 bps
Up to 300 bps
Leased Line
-
Type 3002
Up to 300 bps or
150 bps (TWX-CE)
Type 3002
Up to 300 bps
Type 3002
Up to 300 bps
EIA Standard RS232B
EIA Standard RS232B
Teletype or contact
closure (optional)
(EIA Standard RS232B
Telephone Set
Unattended
Operation
other
See Comments
Optional
Optional
None
Yes
None
Yes
-
-
-
-
PHYSICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
Depth, inches
Width, inches
Height, inches
Weight, pounds
9.25
9.75
5.63
8
9.25
9.75
5.63
8
3.95
12
5.12
10
9.875
18
4.75
30
COST
Purchase Price,
570
520
384
670
TRANSMISSION
SPEED
ELECTRICAL INTERFACE
FEATURES
$
The L2103A and L2103F are compatible with
the Bell System 100 Series Data Sets; a Bell
System 804BWI Auxiliary Set is required for
alternate voice operation and dialing over
the public telephone network. The L2103A
transmitter and receiver operate simultaneously
COMMENTS
!C)
Models 13AO/TTY and 13AO/EIA are compatible with the Bell System 100 Series Data
Sets; both operate in originate mode only;
answer mode is optional
lqf)q AIlFRRAC-H C-ornorrttion rtnd AIJFRRAC-H Info. loc.
5/69
4620: 10
NON-COMMON-CARRIER
DATA SETS
COMPARISON CHARTS: NON-COMMON-CARRIER DATA SETS (Contd.)
IDENTITY
RFL Industries
Series 2056
Model 13AF/EIA
Data Set
RFL Industries
Series 2056
Model 22DB/EIA
Data Set
RFL Industries
Series 2056
Model 32DT/EIA and
32DR/EIA Data Set
RFL Industries
Model 3227
High Speed Data Set
APPLICATION
Operation over a
voice-band line
Operation over a
voice-band line
Operation over a
voice-band line
Operation over a
voice-band line
Mode
Full-duplex
Full-duplex
Method
Serial by bit
Half-duplex or fullduplex
Serial by bit
Serial by bit
Half-duplex or fullduplex
Serial by bit
Modulation
Frequency shift
Frequency shift
Frequency shift
Frequency shift
Timing
Asynchronous
Asynchronous
Asynchronous
Synchronous
Code
Any code; unrestricted code length
Turn-Around
Time, msec
-
Any code; unrestrict- Any code; unrestricted code length
ed code length
-
-
Any code; unrestricted code length
15, minimum
Public Switched
Network
Up to 300 bps
Up to 1200 bps
Up to 1200 bps
1000 bps
Leased Line
Type 3002
Up to 300 bps
Type 3002
Up to 1200 bps
Type 3002
Up to 120 bps and
Up to 1200 bps
Type 3002
1200 bps
ELECTRICAL INTERFACE
EIA standard RS232B
FEATURES
Telephone Set
Unattended
Operation
other
None
Yes
EIA standard RS232B! EIA standard RS232B; EIA Standard RS232B
i Teletype interface
optional
None
None
None
Yes
Yes
Yes
-
-
-
-
PHYSICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
Depth, inches
Width, inches
Height, inches
Weight, pounds
9.875
18
4.75
30
9.875
18
4.75
30
9.875
18
4.75
30
8.5
19
3.5
20
COST
Purchase Price,
849*
868*
32DT/EIA: 814*
32DR/EIA: 956*
850
TRANSMISSION
CHARACTERISTICS
TRANSMISSION
SPEED
$
COMMENTS
Operates in both
originate and answer modes; compatible with Bell
System 100 Series
Data Sets; provides
data set checking
features
Compatible with
Bell System 202C
and 202D Data
Sets; provides
optional reversechannel capability; includes data
set checking
features
Complimentary
data sets having
one 1200 bps channel and one 120
bps channel for
use at opposite
ends of the line;
both channels can
be operated simultaneously; optional
Teletype interface
on 120 bps channel
* This data is approximate; prices vary with configuration and options.
5/69
AUERBACH Data Communications Reports
Physical dimensions
are for rack mounting; desk set and
other mountings are
available
A
(&
..
AUERBACH
AUERBACH
DATA
COMMUNICATIONS
REPORTS
4620: 11
NON-COMMON-CARRIER
DATA SETS
COMPARISON CHARTS: NON-CaMMON-CARRIER DATA SETS (Contd.)
IDENTITY
Rixon Electronics
Sebit-12M
Data Set
Rixon Electronics
Sebit-24M
Data Set
Rixon Electronics
Sebit-36M
Data Set
Rixon Electronics
Sebit-48M
Data Set
APPLICATION
Operation over a
voice-band line
Operation over a
voice-band line
Operation over a
voice-band line
Operation over a
voice-band line
Mode
Full-duplex
Full-duplex
Full-duplex
Full-duplex
Method
Serial by bit
Serial by bit
Serial by bit
Serial by bit
Modulation
AM vestigial
sideband
AM vestigial
sideband
AM vestigial
sideband
AM vestigial
sideband
Timing
Synchronous
Synchronous
Synchronous
Synchronous
Code
Any code; unrestricted code length
See Comments
Any code; unrestrict- Any code; unrestrict- Any code; unrestricted code length
ed code length
ed code length
See Comments
See Comments
See Comments
Public Switched
Network
Up to 1200 bps
Up to 1200 bps
-
-
Leased Line
Type 3002
150 bps,
300 bps,
600 bps, or
1200 bps
Type 3002
150 bps,
300 bps,
600 bps,
1200 bps, or
2400 bps
Type 3002
fixed data
rates at up to
3600 bps; see
Comments
Type 3002
fixed data
rates at up to
4800 bps; see
Comments
ELECTRICAL INTERFACE
EIA Standard
RS232A or B
EIA Standard
RS232A or B
EIA Standard
RS232A or B
EIA Standard
RS232A or B
FEATURES
Telephone Set
Unattended
Operation
Other
Optional
Optional
Optional
Optional
Optional
Optional
Optional
Optional
-
-
-
-
PHYSICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
Depth, inches
Width, inches
Height, inches
Weight, pounds
16
19
5.25
25
16
19
5.25
25
16
19
15.75
100
16
19
21
125
COST
Purchase Price,
$
2,000*
2,500*
5,800*
6,000*
TRANSMISSION
CHARACTERISTICS
Turn-Around
Time, msec
TRANSMISSION
SPEED
COMMENTS
*
Transmission speeds can be switch-selected;
will operate in half-duplex mode but requires
10-second turn-around time; Rixon does not
recommend half-duplex operation; AM vestigial sideband transmission favorably concentrates the transmission power into a
restricted frequency spectrum
A wide range of transmission speeds can be
obtained via two front-panel selector
switches; will operate in half-duplex mode
but requires 10-second turn-around time;
Rixon does not recommend half-duplex
operation; AM vestigial sideband transmission favorably concentrates the transmission power into a restricted frequency
spectrum
This data is approximate; prices vary with configuration and options.
~
1r.rr.
AIIr-nnAAII
,... _ _ _ _ _ _
.a.: __
__ ...l
AIICDOAf'U
1 .... 1,...
In,..
4620: 12
NON-COMMON-CARRIER
DATA SETS
COMPARISON CHARTS: NON-CaMMON-CARRIER DATA SETS (Contd.)
IDENTITY
Rixon Electronics
Sebit-24B Data Set
Rixon Electronics
Sebit-48C Data Set
Rixon Electronics
Sebit-72 Data Set
Rixon Electronics
Sebit-96 Data Set
APPLICATION
Operation over a
voice-band line
Operation over a
voice-band line
Operation over a
voice-band line
Operation over a
voice-band line
Mode
Full-duplex
Method
Serial by bit
Half-duplex, fullSimplex, Half-duplex, Simplex, half-duplex,
duplex, or simplex
or full-duplex
or full-duplex
Serial by bit
Serial by bit
Serial by bit
Modulation
AM vestigial sideband
AM vestigial sideband
4-level AM vestigial
sideband
4-level AM vestigial
sideband
Timing
Synchronous
Synchronous
Synchronous
Synchronous
Code
Any code; unrestricted code length
See Comments
Any code; unrestrict- Any code; unrestricted code length
ed code length
See Comments
Public Switched
Network
Up to 1200 bps
-
-
Leased Line
Type 3002
600 bps,
1200 bps, or
2400 bps
Type 3002 (C4)
4800 bps
Type 3002 (C2)
Type 3002 (C4)
3600 bps, 4800 bps, - 4800 bps, 6400 bps,
or 7200 bps
or 9600 bps
ELECTRICAL INTERFACE
EIA standard RS232B
EIA standard RS232B EIA Standard RS232B
EIA Standard RS232B
FEATURES
Telephone Set
Unattended
Operation
Other
Optional
Optional
None
None
None
Yes
None
Yes
-
-
-
-
PHYSICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
Depth, inches
Width, inches
Height, inches
Weight, pounds
16
19
10.5
117
16
19
10.5
50
12
23
17
60
12
23
17
60
COST
Purchase Price,
6,000*
2900
9950
9950
Transmission speeds
can be selected by
interchanging circuit
boards; will operate
in half-duplex mode
but requires 10-second turn-around time;
Rixon does not recommend half-duplex
operation
Lower speeds of
4400 bps or 4000
bps can be manually
selected
Transmission speeds
are switch selected;
1800 Hz bandwidth;
requires 15-second
turn-around time in
half-duplex mode
Transmission speeds
are switch selected;
2400 Hz bandwidth;
requires 15-second
turn-around time in
half-duplex mode
TRANSMISSION
CHARACTERISTICS
Turn-Around
Time, msec
TRANSMISSION
SPEED
Any code; unrestricted code length
See Comments
-
$
COMMENTS
*
This data is approximate; prices vary with configuration and options.
5/69
AUERBACH Data Communications Reports
(Contd.)
fA
~
AUERBACH
4620: 13
NON-COMMON-CARRIER
DATA SETS
AUERBACH
DATA
COMMUNICATIONS
REPORTS
~
COMPARISON CHARTS: NON-CaMMON-CARRIER DATA SETS (Contd.)
/
\,
IDENTITY
Rixon Electronics
Sebit Dual-12M Data
Set
Rixon Electronics
FM -300 Data Set
Rixon Electronics
FM-12 Data Set
Rixon Electronics
FM-18 Data Set
APPLICATION
Dual channel
operation over a
voice-band line
Operation over a
voice-band line
Operation over a
voice-band line
Operation over a
voice-band line
Mode
Full-duplex
Method
Serial by bit
Half-duplex or fullduplex
Serial by bit
Half-duplex or fullduplex
Serial by bit
Half-duplex, fullduplex, or simplex
Serial by bit
Modulation
AM vestigial sideband
Frequency shift
Frequency shift
Frequency shift
Timing
Synchronous
Asynchronous
Asynchronous
Code
Any code; unrestricted code length
See Comments
Any code; unrestrict Any code; unrestricted code length
code length
265 :!:. 65
2002: 20
Synchronous or
asynchronous
Any code; unrestricted code length
8.5 or 70; 8.5 or 200
Public Switchlild
Network
Up to 1200 bps
Up to 300 bps
-
Leased Line
Type 3002
150 bps,
300 bps,
600 bps, or
1200 bps
Type 3002
Up to 300 bps
Type 2002 (C1)
Up to 1200 bps
Type 3002 (C2)
Up to 1800 bps
TRANSMISSION
CHARACTERISTICS
/
Turn-Around
Time, msec
TRANSMISSION
SPEED
1200 or 1800 bps
(synch) or up to 1800
bps (asynch)
Type 3002 (C1)
Up to 1200 bps
Type 3002 (C2)
Up to 1800 bps
Data rates are for
each channel
EIA Standard RS232B
EIA Standard RS232B EIA Standard RS232B
Telephone Set
Unattended
Operation
Other
Optional
Optional
None
None
Optional
Optional
None
None
-
-
-
Reverse channel
capability
PHYSICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
Depth, inches
Width, inches
Height, inches
Weight, pounds
16
19
10.5
50
9.5
6.5
6.5
8
Physical dimensions
depend on configuration; see Comments
9.5
6.5
6.5
8
COST
Purchase Price,
$
5,000*
435
450*
445
Transmission speeds
can be switch-selected
(channels operate independently and can
operate concurrently
at different speeds);
will operate in halfduplex mode but requires 10-second
turn-around time;
Rixon does not recommend half-duplex operation
Compatible with the
Bell System Series
100 Data Set; available as a rackmounted modem:
four modems to a
single rack-mounted
enclosure
Clock option is available; desk, shelf, or
rack mounting is
available
Compatible with the
Bell System Series
202 Data Set; available as a rackmounted modem:
four modems to' a
single rack-mounted
enclosure; operates
synchronously with
optional clock
ELECTRl'CAL INTERFACE
FEATURES
COMMENTS
*
This data is approximate; prices vary with configuration and options.
© 1969 AUERBACH Corporation and AUERBACH Info, Inc.
EIA Standard RS232B
5/69
4620:14
NON-COMMON-CARRIER
DATA SETS
COMPARISON CHARTS: NON-CaMMON-CARRIER DATA SETS (Contd.)
IDENTITY
Rixon Electronics
PM-24A and PM-24B
Data Sets
Sangamo
Transidata TI03A
Data Set
Sangamo
Transidata TI03F
Data Set
Sangamo
Transidata
T201A Data Set
APPLICATION
Operation over a
voice-band line
Operation over a
voice-band line
Operation over a
voice-band line
Operation over a
voice-band line
Method
Half-duplex or fullduplex
Serial by bit
Half-duplex or fullduplex
Serial by bit
Half-duplex or fullduplex
Serial by bit
Half-duplex or fullduplex
Serial by bit
Modulation
Phase shift
Frequency shift
Frequency shift
Phase shift; see
Comments
Timing
Synchronous
Asynchronous
Asynchronous
Synchronous
Code
Any code; unrestricted code length
7.5
Any code; unrestrict- Any code; unrestricted code length
ed code length
-
-
Any code; unrestricted code length
150
Public Switched
Network
-
Up to 300 bps
Up to 300 bps
2000 bps
Leased Line
Type 3002
1200 bps
(PM-24A)
Type 3002 (C2) 2400 bps
(PM-24B);
see Comments
Type 3002
Up to 300 bps
Type 3002
Up to 300 bps
Type 3002 (C2)
2000 bps
ELECTRICAL INTERFACE
EIA Standard RS232B
EIA Standard RS232B EIA Standard RS232B
FEATURES
Telephone Set
Optional
Separate
Separate
Unattended
Operation
Other
Optional
Separate (804B;
567PB)
Yes
Optional
Optional
-
-
-
-
PHYSICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
Depth, inches
Width, inches.
Height, inches
Weight, pounds
10.5
19
14
40
11
11.5
4.8
33
11
11. 5
4.8
33
10
17.75
11
33
COST
Purchase Price,
2400
580
535
2110 (AI)
2075 (A2)
TRANSMISSION
CHARACTERISTICS
Mode
Turn-Around
Time, msec
TRANSMISSION
SPEED
$
COMMENTS
Transmission speeds TI03Al and TI03A2 Compatible with Bell
can be switchprovide compatibility System Data Set
selected; PM -243 has with Bell System
103F
,Models 103Al and
higher carrier frequency and requires
103A2; provides data
line conditioning·
set checking features
EIA Standard RS232B
Bit pairs are encoded
as a phase shift which
is an odd multiple of
45°; T20lA1 has internal clock; T201A2
uses external clock;
separate telephone
sets such as Bell System 804A, 569NB, or
568HT can be used
depending upon options
(Contd. )
5/69
AUERBACH Data Communications Reports
fA.
8
AUERBACH
4620: 15
AUERBACH
DATA
COMMUNICATIONS
REPORTS
NON-COMMON-CARRIER
DATA SETS
18
/
\
\
COMPARISON CHARTS: NON-COMMON-CARRIER DATA SETS (Contd.)
IDENTITY
Sangamo
Transidata
T201B Data Set
Sangamo
Transidata T202C
Data Set
Sangamo
Transidata
T202D Data Set
Sangamo
Transidata T401E
Data Set
APPLICATION
Operation over a
voice-band line
Operation over a
voice-band line
Operation over a
voice-band line
Parallel transmission
of data over the public
telephone network
Half-duplex or fullduplex
Serial by bit
Half-duplex or fullduplex
Serial by bit
Half-duplex or fullduplex
Serial by bit
Simplex; send only
Modulation
Phase shift; see
Comments
Frequency shift
Frequency shift
Frequency shift
Timing
Synchronous
Asynchronous
Asynchronous
Asynchronous
Code
Any code; unrestricted code length
S
Any code; unrestrict- Any code; unrestricted code length
ed code length
S.5 to 200
200 .i: 25
Restricted 3-of-14
code
Public Switched
Network
-
Up to 1200 bps
Up to 1200 bps
Up to 20 char/sec
Leased Line
Type 3002 (C2)
2400 bps
Type 3002 (C1)
Up to 1400 bps
Type 3002 (C2)
Up to lS00 bps
Type 3002
Up to 1000 bps
Type 3002 (C1)
Up to 1400 bps
Type 3002 (C2)
Up to lS00 bps
-
ELECTRICAL lNTERF ACE
EIA Standard RS232B
or contact closure
EIA Standard RS232B EIA Standard RS232B
or contact closure
FEATURES
Telephone Set
Unattended
Operation
other
Separate
Optional
Separate (569)
Optional
Separate (S04A)
Yes, with S04A
Integral
No
-
Reverse channel
-
See Comments
Depth, inches
Width, inches
Height, inches
Weight, pounds
10
17.75
33
10.5
19
5.25
22
10.5
17.5
5.25
22
12
S.5
4.25
6.S
Purchase Price,
2200 to 215S
1035 to 1320
790 to 1015
234 to 254
Bit pairs are encoded
as a phase shift which
is an odd multiple of
45°; T201B1 has internal clock; T201B2 has
external clock; uses
Bell System telephone
sets 569NB or 56SHT
depending on options
Options include reT202D2 is capable of
verse channel capa- reverse channel operbility, automatic
ation on two-wire
answer, and auxiliary half-duplex service
telephone set; comonly; compatible with
patible with Bell
Bell System Data AuxSystem 202 Series
iliary Set 804A and
Data Sets and Bell
Automatic Calling Unit
System 80lA and
SOlA and 801C
SOIC Auto Call Units I
TRANSMISSION
CHARACTERISTICS
Mode
Method
Turn-Around
Time, msec
TRANSMISSION
SPEED
PHYSICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
COST
11
Parallel by bit;
serial by character
-
Contact closure
$
COMMENTS
®
1QfiQ AIIFRRACH Cnrnor"tion "nrl AI JFRRACH Info. Inr..
Transmits 99 discrete
code combinations;
audible answer-back
monitor via handset
and business machine
speaker; converts to
T401A (Bell System
compatible); provides
a wide variety of
transmission frequencies
~/69
4620:16
NON-COMMON-CARRIER
DATA SETS
COMPARISON CHARTS: NON-COMMON-CARRIER DATA SETS (Contd.)
IDENTITY
Sangamo
Transidata T401H
Data Set
Singer
Tele-Signal 888A
Data Modem
Singer
Tele-Signal 888F
Data Modem
APPLICATION
Parallel or serial transmission of data over the public
telephone network
Operation over a voice-band
line
Operation over a voice-band
line
Mode
Simplex; send only
Half-duplex or full-duplex
Half-duplex or full-duplex
Method
Parallel by bit or serial by
bit
Serial by bit
Serial by bit
Modulation
Frequency shift
Frequency shift
Frequency shift
Timing
Asynchronous
Asynchronous
Asynchronous
Code
See Comments
Any code; unrestricted
code length
Turn-Around
Time, msec
-
any code; unrestricted
code length
Public Switched
Network
Up to 20 char/sec, parallel, Up to 200 bps
or up to 150 bits/sec, serial
Up to 200 bps
Leased Line
-
Type 3002
Up to 200 bps
Type 3002
Up to 200 bps
Contact closure
EIA Standard RS232B
EIA Standard RS232B
TRANSMISSION
CHARACTERISTICS
TRANSMISSION
SPEED
ELECTRICAL INTERFACE
-
-
Telephone Set
Unattended
Operation
other
Yes
-
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
-
-
-
PHYSICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
Depth, inches
Width, inches
Height, inches
Weight, pounds
4
6
9
8
12.25
13
6
50
12.25
13
6
50
COST
Purchase Price,
230
Not specified
Not specified
FEATURES
$
COMMENTS
Parallel operation provides
transmission of 99 discrete
code combinations using the
restricted 3-of-14 code; compatible with Bell System Data
Set 401J.
Serial operation permits use
of any code, with no restrictions on code length; compatible with Bell System Data Set
103A
(Contd. )
5/69
AUERBACH Data Communications Reports
A
8
AUERBACH
AUERBACH
DATA
COMMUNICATIONS
REPORTS
4620:17
NON-COMMON-CARRIER
DATA SETS
'"
COMPARISON CHARTS: NON-COMMON-CARRIER DATA SETS (Contd.)
IllENTITY
Singer
Tele-Slgnal SSBR
Data Modem
Singer
Tele-Slgnal S98A
Data Modem
Ultronlc Systems
Series 1200
Data Set
Ultronlc Systems
Series 2400 Data
Set
.-\PPLICATION
Operation over a
voice-band line
Operation over a
voice-band line
Operation over a
voice-band line
Operation over a
voice-band line
Method
Simplex. half-duplex.
or full-duplex
Serial by bit
Half-duplex or fullduplex
Se rial by bit
HaU-duplex or fullduplex
Serial by bit
HaU-duplex. fullduplex. or simplex
Serial by bit
Modulation
Frequency shift
Frequency shift
Frequency shift
Frequency shift
Timing
Synchronous
Code
THANSMlSSION
CIIAHACTEHISTICS
Any code: unrestricted code length
Turn-Around
Time, msec
-
Synchronous or
Asynchronous
Synch ronous
asynchronous
Any code: unrestrict- Any code: unrestrict- Any code; unrestricted code length
ed code length
ed code length
200 ± 25
8.5 or 150
-
Public Switched
Network
-
Up to 1200 bps
Leased Line
Type 3002
2400 bps
Type 3002
Type 3002
600 bps or 1200 bps Up to 1200 bps
Type 3002
2400 bps
ELECTRICAL INTERFACE
EIA Standard RS232B
EIA Standard RS232B EIA Standard RS232B
EIA Standard RS232B
FEATURES
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
None
Yes
--
-
-
-
Reverse channel
capability
13
19
12.25
13
10.75
7
6
7
5.5
30
25
11. 75
12
15
5.25
30
Not specified
Not specified
460: see Comments
1495
This data set can
also be leased for
$35 to $65 per month
depending on quantity
and negotiations:
purchase price is
also negotiable
Functionally compatible with the Bell
System 201B Data
Set: can be clocked
by external timing;
can be rack-mounted·
TRANS:\lISSION
SPEED
i
Mode
i
PHYSIC ,\L
SPECIFICATlO:-;S
COST
CO:\DlE~TS
Telephone Set
Unattended
Operation
Other
Depth, inches
Width, inches
Height, inches
Weight. pounds
Purchase Price,
S
Up to 1200 bps
© 1969 AUERBACH Corporation and AUERBACH Info. Inc.
2400 bps
8/69
4620: 18
NON-CaMMON-CARRIER
DATA SETS
COMPARISON CHARTS: NON-COMMON-CARRIER DATA SETS
SUPPLEMENT 1
IDEN'rITY
American Data Systemll
ADS-448
Data Modem
Astrocom
Astrollet 220
Data Set
Aatrocom
Aatroset 224
Data Set
.-\PPLICATION
Single and multiple
channel operation over
a voice-band Une
Medium-speed operation
over a coaxial cable or
twisted patr line
Medium-apeed operation
over a coaxial cable or
twisted pair Une
Mode
Half-duplex or full-duplex
Method
Serial by bit
Simplex, half-duplex, or
full-duplex
Serial by bit
Simplex, half-duplex, or
full-duplex
Sertal by bit
Modulation
Phase shift (4 phase);
see Comments
Phase shift (2 phase)
Phase shift (2 phase)
Timing
Synchronous;
see Comments
Any code; unrestricted
code length
Synchronous
Synchronous
Any code; unrestricted
code length
Any code; unrestricted
code length
Public Switched
Network
-
-
-
Leased Line
Type 3002
1200 bps
Type 3002 (Cl)
2400 bps
Type 3002 (C2)
3600 bps
Type 3002 (C4)
4800 bps
-
-
2000 bps;
see Comments
2400 bps;
see Comments
ElA Standard RS232B
ElA Standard RS232B
ElA Standard RS232B
THANSl\USSION
CIIAHACTEHISTICS
Code
Turn-Around
Time. ,msec
THANS~IISSION
SPEED
ELECTRICAL INTERFACE
-
-
Telephone Set
Unattended
Operation
Other
None
Yes
None
Yes
None
Yes
Automatic equalization
-
-
PHYSIC AL
Depth, inches
Width, inches
Height, inches
Weight, pounds
18
20
7
50
10
11,63
7.06
25
e(lST
Purchase Price,
6000 (single-channel)
6400 (multi-channel)
1730
1825
Groups of two bits are encoded as one of four phase
shifts which is a multiple
of 90·; bandwidth used is
1800 Hz; optional multiple
channel operation provides
1 channel (4800 bps), 1
channel (3600 bps), 2 channels (2400 bps), 4 channels
(1200 bps), or any combination of the above; multichannel timing is asynchronous
Designed for limited-distance
operation over a twisted pair
line or coaxial cable; Astrocom states range at 2000 bps
Is 9 to 13 miles (twisted
pair) and 16 miles (coaxial
cable)
Designed for limited distance
operation over a twisted palr
line or coaxial cable; Astrocom states range at 2400 bps
is 7. 5 to 11. 5 miles (twisted
pair) and 14 miles (coaxial
cable)
FEATURES
I SPECIFICATIONS
S
CO~DIENTS
III
10
17
7
25
(1) Cabinet-mounted single data set unit.
(2) Rack-mounted dual data sets unit.
R/FiQ
-
AUERBACH Data Communications Reports
1"1
10
11.63
7.06
25
III
10
17
7
25
("I
A
a
..
AUERBACH
AUERBACH
DATA
COMMUNICATIONS
REPORTS
4620:19
NON-COMMON-CARRIER
DATA SETS
COMPARISON CHARTS: NON-COMMON-CARRIER DATA SETS
SUPPLEMENT 1 (Contd.)
IDENTITY
Astrocom
Astroset 236
Data Set
Astrocom
Astroset 248
Data Set
Astrocom
Astroset 272
Data Set
APPLICATION
Medium-speed operation
over a coaxial cable or
twisted pair line
High-speed operation over
a coaxial cable or twisted
pair line
High-speed operation
over a coaxial cable or
twisted pair line
Method
Simplex, half-duplex, or
full-duplex
Serial by bit
Simplex, half-duplex, or
full-duplex
Serial by bit
Simplex, half-duplex, or
full-duplex
Se rial by bit
Modulation
Phase shift (2 phase)
Phase shift (2 phase)
Phase shift (2 phase)
Timing
Synchronous
Synchronous
Synchronous
Code
Any code; unrestricted
code length
Any code; unrestricted
code length
Any code; unrestricted
code length
Public Switched
Network
-
-
-
Leased Line
-
-
-
3600 bps
see Comments
4800 bps
see Comments
7200 bps
see Comments
EIA Standard RS232B
EIA Standard RS232B
EIA Standard RS232B
Telephone Set
Unattended
Operation
Other
None
Yes
None
Yes
None
Yes
-
-
-
PHYSICAL
SP ECIFIC ATIONS
Depth, inches
Width. inches
Height. inches
Weight. pounds
10
(1)
11. 63
7.06
25
COST
Purchase Price.
$
2460
2910
4800
Designed for limited distance operation over a
twisted pair line or coaxial
cable; Astrocom states
range at 3600 bps is 6 to
9.5 miles (twisted pair)
and 11.5 miles (coaxial
cable)
Designed for limited distance operation over a
twisted pair line or coaxial
cable; Astrocom states
range at 4800 bps is 4. 5
to 7. 5 miles (twisted pair)
and 10 miles (coaxial
cable)
Designed for limited distance operation over a
twisted pair line or coaxial
cable; Astrocom states
range at 7200 bps is 4 to 6
miles (twisted pair) and 8
miles (coaxial cable)
TRANSMISSION
CHARACTERISTICS
Mode
-
Turn-Around
Time, msec
TRANSMISSION
SPEED
ELECTRICAL INTERFACE
FEATURES
COMMENTS
10
17
7
25
(2)
-
10
(1)
11.63
7.06
25
10
17
7
25
(2)
-
10
(1)
11. 63
7.06
25
10
17
7
25
(2)
(1) Cabinet-mounted singIe data set unit.
(2) Rack-mounted dual data sets unit.
© 1969 AUERBACH Corporation and AUERBACH Info, Inc.
R/69
4620:20
NOtf-COM MOtf-CARR IER
DATA SETS
COMPARISON CHARTS: NON-COMMON-CARRIER DATA SETS
SUPPLEMENT 1 (Contd.)
IDENTITY
Astrocom
Astroset 296
Data Set
Datamax
QB34 Modem
Datamax
QB48 Modem
APPUCATION
High-speed operation
over a coaxial cable or
twisted pair line
High-speed operation
over a voice-band line
High-speed operation
over a voice-band line
Half-duplex or full-duplex
Half-duplex or full-duplt'x
Method
Simplex, half-duplex, or
full-duplex
Serial by bit
Serial by bit
Serial by bit
Modulation
Phase shift (2 phase)
AM vestigial sideband
AM vestigial sideband
Timing
Synchronous
Synchronous
Synchronous
Code
Any code; unrestricted
code length
Any code; unrestricted
code length
Any code; unrestricted
code length
THANSMISSION
CHARACTERISTICS
TRANSMISSION
SPEED
Mode
Turn-Around
Time, maec
-
Public Switched
Network
-
2400 bps
4800 bps
Leased Line
-
Type 3002
2400 bps
Type 3002
4800 bps
-
ELECTRICAL INTERFACE
EIA Standard RS232B
EIA Standard RS232B
EIA Standard RS232R
(options available)
FEATURES
None
Yes
None
Yes
None
Yes
Automatic equalization;
reverse channel capability
Automatic equalization
14
4.5
35
14
14
4.5
37.5
See Comments
COST
COMMENTS
I
-
9600 bps
see Comments
PHYSICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
l
-j
Telephone Set
Unattended
Operation
Othel'
-
Depth, inches
Width, inches
Height, inches
Weight, pounds
(1)
10
11.63
7.06
25
PUl'chase Pl'ice,
$
4920
See Comments
Designed for limited distance operation over a
twisted pair line or coaxial
cable; Astrocom states
range at 9600 bps is 3 to 5
miles (twisted pair) and 7
miles (coaxial cable)
Incorporates error control system to eliminate most retransmissions: tl'ansmission rates are actually 3600 bps and 7200
bps Including 1/3 redundancy data; designed for high-speed
transmission over the public telephone network; reverse channel operates asynchronously at 150 bps; QB24 Modem can be
acoustically coupled; multichannel operation in multiples of
600 bps is optional; includes 8-bit parallel interface; cxternal
synchronization capability is optional; price range information
is available from Datamax upon quotation.
10
17
7
25
(2)
14
(1) Cabinet-mounted single data set unit.
(2) Rack-mounted dual data sets unit.
AUERBACH Data Communications Reports
A
..
AUERBACH
AUERBACH
DATA
COMMUNICATIONS
REPORTS
4620:21
NON-COMMON-CARRIER
DATA SETS
COMPARISON CHARTS: NON-CaMMON-CARRIER DATA SETS
SUPPLEMENT 1 (Contd.)
IDENTITY
General Dynamios
Dynatronios Model
EDX-1403 Data Modem
FUxon Eleotronios
PM -48 Data Set
Rixon Eleotronios
FDM -8 Frequency
Dlvision Multiplex
Modem
APPUCATION
High-speed operation
over a voice-band line
High-speed operation
over a voice-band line
Multiple low-speed
channel operation over
a voioe-band line
Mode
Half-duplex or full-duplex
Half-duplex or full-duplex
Method
Serial by bit
Serial by bit
Simplex. half-duplex. or
full-duplex
Serial by bit
Modulation
AM vestigial sideband
Phase shift (8 phase);
see Comments
TRANSMISSION
CHARACTERISTICS
TRANSMISSION
SPEED
Frequency shift
Timing
Synohronous
Synchronous
Asynchronous
Code
Any code: unrestricted
code length
Turn-Around
Time, msec
-
Any code; unrestricted
code length
12
Any code: unrestricted
code length
265 +65
Public Switched
Network
-
-
-
Leased Line
Type 3002 (C2)
4800 bps
Type 3002 (C2)
4800 bps
Type 3002 (C2)
up to 150 bps (each
channel): see Comments
EIA Standard RS232B
EIA Standard RS232C
EIA Standard RS232B
ELECTRICAL INTERFACE
Telephone Set
Unattended
Operation
Other
Yes
Yes
None
Yes
None
Automatic equalization
Automatic equalization
-
PHYSICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
Depth, inches
Width. inches
Height. inches
Weight. pounds
18
19
7
20
12
23
10
35
COST
Purchase Price.
$
6150
FEATURES
COMMENTS
(1) Free-standing cabinet unit.
(2) Rack-mounted unit.
Bandwidth used is 2400
Hz: accepts external synchronization: selectable
alternate voice and data
transmission
(1)
12
19
7
20
(2)
5650
Groups of three bits are
encoded as one of eight
phase shifts which is a
multiple of 45°; bandwidth used is 1700 Hz
11. 9
17.4
14.4
36
5300
3100
820
(3) 11.9 (4) 9.5
19
6.5
14.4
6.5
34
3
(8-c annel)
(4-channel)
(single-channel)
(5)
Modular transmit and
receive card units can provide
up to eight channels within
one rack-mounted or desk-top
cabinet: each channel operates
at up to 150 bps: compatible
with Bell System 100 Series
Data Sets
(3) Free-standing cabinet unit (up to eight channels).
(4) Rack-mounted cabinet unit (up to eight channels).
(5) Extended housing unit (one channel).
© 1969 AUERBACH Corporation and AUERBACH Info, Inc.
8/69
4620:22
NON-CaMMON-CARRIER
DATA SETS
COMPARISON CHARTS: NON-COMMON-CARRIER DATA SETS
SUPPLEMENT 1 (Contd.)
IDENTITY
Tele-Dynamics
Type 7260 Multichannel FSK Modem
Tel-Tech
TT-103 Data Set
Tel-Tech
TT-202 Data Set
APPLICATION
Multiple low-speed
channel operation over
a voice-band line
Low-speed operation
over a voice-band line
Low-speed operation
over a voice-band line
Mode
Full-duplex
Full-duplex
Full-duplex
Method
Serial by bit
Serial by bit
Serial by bit
Modulation
Frequency shift
Frequency shift
Frequency shift
Timing
Synchronous or
asynchronous
Any code; unrestricted
code length
.- _..
TRANSMISSION
l'IIAHACTERISTICS
Code
Any code; unrestricted
code length
Synchronous or
asynchronous
Any code; unrestricted
code length
-
-
-
Public Switched
Network
Up to 1200 bps
300 bps
1200 bps (synch) or
up to 1200 bps (asynch)
Leased Line
Type 3002
75 bps,
150 bps,
300 bps,
600 bps, or
1200 bps
Type 3002
300 bps
Type 3002 (C1)
up to 1200 bps
Turn-Around
Time, msec
TRANSMISSION
SPEED
. Synchronous
Type 3002 (C2)
up to 1800 bps
Data rates are for
esch channel
ELECTRICAL INTERFACE
MIL-STD-188B
(options available)
EIA Standard RS232B
EIA Standard RS232B
FEATURES
Telephone Set
Unattended
Operation
Other
None
Yes
None
None
None
None
Optional acoustic
coupler
Reverse channel
capability
Depth, inches
Width, inches
Height, inches
Weight, pounds
17.5
19
10
4.5
1. 12
0.5
12.5
6.25
1. 12
1
200
300
Physical specifications
refer to modular card
components excluding
power supplies; rackmounted or free-standing cabinet units are
available
Physical specifications
refer to modular card
components excluding
power supplies; rackmounted or free-standing cabinet units are
aVailable; optional synchronous or asynchronous
operation
....
PHYSICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
COST
Purchase Price,
S
CO~I:\IENTS
7
50
2800 (8-channel)
400 (per channel)
Single channel or up to
eight channels can
operate in any combination of listed speeds
totaling up to 1200 bps
per modem; synchronous
or asynchronous timing
is optionally available
for single- or multichannel operation
AIIIORRA(,1-I n"t" ('nmmllni,.."tinnc:: R .. nnrtc::
A
a
AUERBACH
..
AUERBACIt
4620: 31
DATA
COMMUNICATIONS
REPORTS
NON-COMMON-CARRIER DATA SETS
NON-COMMON-CARRIER DATA SETS
IDENTITY
Ultronic Systems
Series 2400
Data Pump
Vadic VA300
Data Set
Vadic VA300E
DataSet
Vadic VA1200
Data Set
American Data Systems
ADS-448
Data Modem
APPLICATION
Operation over a
voiceband line
Low-speed operation
over voiceband line
Low-speed operation
over voiceband line
Low-speed operation
over voiceband line
Single-/multiplechannel operation over
voiceband line
Half-/full-duplex/
simplex
Serial by bit
Full-duplex
Full-duplex
Half-/full-duplex
Half-/full-duplex
Serial by bit
Serial by bit
Serial by bit
Serial by bit
Mode
Z
v'"
0 ~
on
'"
i §
v
'"
Z «
« «
'"
~ %
V
Melhod
Modulation
Frequency shift
Frequency modulation
Frequency modulation
Frequency modulation
Phase shift (4-phase)
Timing
Synchronous
Asynchronous
Asynchronous
Asynchronous
Code
Any code; any length
Any code; any length
Any code; any length
Any code; any length
Synchronous (singlechannel)
Any code; any length
Turnaround Time,
8.5 or 150
-
-
-
-
2400 bps
Up to 300 bps
Up to 300 bps
Up to 1200 bps
-
Type 3002:
up to 300 bps
Type 3002 (C2):
up to 1800 bps
Type 3002:
1200 bps;
2400 bps (C1);
3600 bps (C2);
4800 bps (C4)
msec
Public Switched
Network
Z
0 ...
::: ...«
i «'"
'"
z
« :c
...'"
Leased Line
Q
Coaxial Cable or
Twisted Pajr Line
ELECTRICAL INTERFACE
::l
...'":::>
~
~
Type 3002:
2400 bps
T~e
3002:
up to 300 bps
-
-
-
-
-
ElA RS232B
ElA RS232B; std TTY
ElA RS232B
ElA RS232B
ElA RS232B
No
No
No
No
Telephone Set
No
Unattended
Operation
Revarse Challnel
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
-
-
5/150 bps (optional)
-
line Equatizetion
Manual
-
-
-
Automatic
Depth, in.
12
6
6
6
18
6
7
6
20
Width, in.
15
Height, in.
5.25
0.5
0.5
0.5
7
Weight. Ib
30
-
-
-
50
PURCHASE PRICE. $
1695
175
185
250
6000 (single-channel);
6400 (multichannel)
COMMENTS
FUnctionally compatible with the Bell
Syslem 201B Dats
Set; can be clocked
by external timing
(switch-selectable);
optional manual
equalization allows
up to 1200/2400 bps
operation on unconditioned line
Designed for installation within tenninal;
rack-mounted version
available with 16 data
sets in 19-in. chassis
with common poWer
supply/multiline
dialer; compatible
with Bell System Data
Sets 103A/103F
Rack-mounted version
contains 16 data sets
in IS-in. chassiS with
common power supplY/
multiline dialer; compatible with/includes
all options of Bell
System Dats Set 103E
Designed for installation within terminal;
compatible with Bell
System Data Set 202C6
Groups of 2 bIts are
encoded as 1 of 4 phase
shifts, wbicb Is multlpie of 90"; bandwidth
used Is 1800 Hz; optional multiple-channel
operation provides 1
channel at 4800 Ups, 1
channel at 3600 bps, 2
channels at 2400 bps, 4
channels at 1200 bps,
or any combination of
these; multichannel
timing asynchronous
v
on '"
...~
>-
...
%
'"
© 1970 AUERBACH Info, Inc.
5/70
4620: 32
NON-COMMON-CARRIER DATA SETS
NON-COMMON-CARRIER DATA SETS
IDENTITY
APPLICATION
Design Elements
J:!esign 80
Hardwire Coupler
Dynatronlcs
EDX-1402
International
Modem
General Electric
Diginet 400 Series
TDM-401/402
Wideband Data Sets
Gene ral Electric
Diginet 400 Series
TDM-422/423
Wldeband Data Sets
General Electric
Diginet 500 Series
TDM-501
Wideband Data Set
Low-speed operation
Low-speed operation
over voiceband line
High-speed operation
over leased broadband
facility
High-speed operation
over leased b .~oadband
facility
High-speed operation
over leased broadband
facility
over public telephone
network
Z
'"v
0 ;::
Wi '"
'"i
'"Z
§
.....'" ."''""
v
v
Mode
Half-/full-duplex
Method
Serial by bit
Simplex/balf-/fullduplex
Serial by bit
Modulation
Frequency shift
Frequency shift
Restored polar
AM vestigial sideband
Restored polar
Timing
Asynchronous
Asynchronous
Syncbronous/asynch-
Synchronous/asynch-
ronous
ronous
Synchronous/asynchronous
Code
Any code; any lengih
Any code; any lengih
'Turnaround Time,
-
-
Up to 300 bps
Up to 600/1,200 bps
-
-
-
Type 3002:
up to 600/1,200 bps
Group (12 voiceband
lines):
50,000 bps (401);
40,800 bps (402)
Group (12 voiceband
lines):
50,000 bps (422);
40,800 bps (423)
Supergroup (60
voiceband lines):
230,400 bps
msec
Pu blic Switched
Network
Z
0
Wi
'"
i
'"Z
...
..:c...
.....'" ''""
.
::>
Coaxial Cable or
Twisted Pair Line
-
-
-
-
-
EIA HS232B; std TTY
ElA HS232B
Low impedance,
current switching
Low impedance,
current switching
Low impedancc,
current switching
Telephone Set
Separate
Optional
Separate (4004)
No
Separate (4004)
Unattended
Operation
Reverse Channel
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
-
75 bps, async
-
-
-
-
Adjustable, 6-stsge
Adjustable, 6-stage
Adjustable, 6-stsge
Depth, in.
11
14.25
10.5
10.5
10.5
Width, in.
8
19
20.5
20.5
20.5
Height, in.
2
5.25
11
11
11
Weight,lb
7
25
34
38
34
PURCHASE PRICE, $
495
-
3,100
4,850
3,100
COMMENTS
Capable of automatic
answer; compatible
with Bell System Data
Set 103A
Compatible with international and domestic
data transmission
systems in accordance
with CCITT V. 23;
provisiOns for telephone control unit via
optional printed circuit
cards; operates over
2-wlre (simplex/balfduplex) or 4-wirc
(simplex/balf-/fullduplex) lines; forward
operating frequencies I
of 1300 Hz (mark)/
2100 Hz (space) at
1,200 bps, or 1300 Hz
(mark)/1700 Hz (space)
al 600 bps; switchselectable transmiSSion
speeds
Baseband data sets
designed to interface
data tenninal with
unloaded exchangegrade cables; intended
for point-to-point,
multipoint, 2-level
faCSimile, secure voice
transmission systems;
4-12 mile range depending on wire
gauge (extended via
repeaters); digital
interface compatible
with Bell System
Series 303 Data Sets;
capable of automatic
operation in switched
broadband systems
VSB data sets designed
as interface between
data terminal and multiplex system over 60lOB kHz std CCITT
primary group channel; intended for
point-to-point, multipoint, 2-level faCSimile ,
secure voice transmission systems; auxiliary
voice channel can be
multiplexed into frequency baod; digital
interface compatible
with Bell System
Series 303 Data Sets;
capable of automatic
operation in switched
broadband systems
Baseband data set designed to Interface
data terminal with
unloaded exchangcgrade cables; intended
for point-to-point,
multipoint, 2-level
faCSimile, secure
voice transmission
systems; 2-6 mile
range depending on
wire gauge (extended
via repeaters); digital
interface compatible
with Bell System
Series 303 Data Sets;
capable of automatic
operation in switched
broadband systems
~
:cv
Wi
>-
:.!
...'"
"... '"
5/70
Full-duplex (4-wirc)
Serial by bit
-
ELECTRICAL INTERFACE
...
Full-duplex (4-wire)
Serial by bit
Leased Line
Q
::l
Full-duplex (4-wirc)
Serial by bit
Line Equalization
AUERBACH Data Communications Reports
NON-COMMON-CARRIER DATA SETS
4620
IDENTITY
General _Electric
Diginet 500 Series
TDM-522
Wideband Data Set
Northern Radio
Type 500 Model 1
Data Sub-Set
RCA
Technical
Computer Systems Dlv. Communications
Model 6711
DM-150 (A) Data Set
Data Set
Technical
Communications
DM-I00 (A) Data Set
APPLICATION
High-speed operation
over leased broadband
facility
Multiple low-speed
channel operation over
voiceband line
Operation over voiceband line
Low-speed operation
over voiceband line
Mode
Full-duplex (4-wire)
Half-/full-duplex
Half-/full-duplex
Half-/full-duplex
Half-/full-duplex
Method
Serial by bit
Serial by bit
Serial by bit
Serial by bit
Serial by bit
Modulation
AM vestigial sideband
Frequency shift
Frequency sbift
Frequency shift
Frequency shift
Timing
Synchronous/asynch-
Asynchronous
Asynchronous
Asynchronous
Asynchronous
Any code; any length
Any code; any length
Any code; any length
Any code; any length
II>
Z
v
.
i ...
..
...'"
0
;::
Ii; ~
II>
w
II>
Z
c(
V
ronous
c(
c(
Code
:c
Turnaround Time,
msee
-
-
10, 60, 200
-
-
Pu blic Switched
Network
-
Up to 1,200 bps
Up to 150 bps
Up to 100 wpm
Leased Line
Supergroup (60
voiceband lines):
230,400 bps
75 bps, 110 bps,
150 bps, 200 bps, or
600 bps
Type 3002:
75 bps, 110 bps,
150 bps, 200 bps,
600 bps (each channell
Type 3002:
up to 1,800 bps
Type 3002:
up to 150 bps
Type 3002:
up to 100 wpm
-
-
-
Up to 150 bps
Up to 100 wpm
Low impedance,
current switching
EIA RS232C; highlevel telegraph
EIA RS232B
EIA RS232B;
std TTY
EIA RS232B;
sW TTY
Telephone Set
No
-
-
No
No
...'"
Unattended
Operation
Reverse Channel
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
-
-
~
Line Equalization
Adjustable, 6-stage
-
Yes
-
Not required
Not required
Depth, in.
10.5
13
10.25
10
10
II>
Width, in.
20.5
15.75
9.75
8
8
...
Height, in.
11
6
3.5
6
6
Weight,lb
38
Varies with no. of
channels
700/channel
8.5
8
8
800;
22/mo (rental)
450
450
Desk-top modems
accommodate 1-4
multiplexed channels
for total speeds not
exceeding I, 200 bps
Monthly malntenance
$4.75 (local), $9.50
(remote); compatible
with Bell System
202 Series Data Set;
line conditioning
advisable as planning
consideration for
leased line ratss
over 1,000 bps
Acoustic coupler
available for interface
with Type 500 telephones; can be used
as its own multiplexor;
not compatible with
Bell System data sets
Acoustic coupler
available for interface
with Type 500 telephones; can be used as
its own multiplexor;
not compatible with
Bell System data sets
V
Z
0
Ii;
II>
iII>
Z
c(
'"...
...
...'"
w
c(
c(
c(
Q
Coaxial Cable or
Twisted Pair Line
ELECTRICAL INTERFACE
:::
:;)
c(
;(
V
V
Ii; w
)0-
...
:c
Low-speed operation
over voiceband line
II>
-
PURCHASE PRICE, $
4,850
COMMENTS
VSB data set designed
as interface between
data terminal and
multiplex system
over 312-552 kHz
std CCITT secondary
group channel; Intended for point-topoint, multipoint, 2level facSimile, secure
voice transmission
systems; auxiliary
voice channel can be
multiplexed into frequency band; digital
intsrface compatible
with Bell System
Series 303 Data Sets;
capable of automatic
operation in switched
broadband systems
© 1970 AUERBACH Info, Inc.
33
4620
DATA COMMUNICATIONS
IDENTITY
Stromberg-Carlson
SC835 Data Modem
Astrocom
Model 120 C1
Astroset
Astrocom
Model 120 C2
Astroset
Astrocom
Model 120 C3
Astroset
Astrocom
Model 120 C4
Astroset
APPLICATION
Low-speed, multichannel operation over
voiceband line
Medium-speed operation over public telephone network
Medium-speed operation over public telephone network
Medium-speed operation over private line
Medium-speed operation over public telephone network
Bimplex/half-/fullduplex
Serial by bit
Half-duplex
Half-duplex
Half-duplex
Serial by bit
Serial by bit
Serial by bit
Sertal by bit
Frequency sbift
Frequency shift
Frequency shift
Frequency shift
Frequency shift
Mode
II>
Z u
0 ;::
iii II>
....
i ...
..... .
II>
II>
U
Z «
« «
:J:
U
Method
Modulation
. Full-duplex (4-wire)
Timing
Asyuchronous
Asynchronous
Asyuchronous
Asyuchronous
Asyuchronous
Code
Any code; any length
Any code; any length
Any code; any length
Any code; any length
Any code; any length
Turnaround Time,
60 minimum.
200
200
200
-
Public Switched
Network
75 bps, 110 bps, 150
bps (each channel)
Up
Up to 1,200 bps
-
Up to 1,200 bps
Leased Line
Type 3002,
75 bps, 110 bps,
150 bps (each channell
-
-
Type 3002,
up to 1,400 bps (C1);
up to I, 800 bps (C2)
-
Coaxial Cable or
Twisted Pair Line
75 bps, 110 bps, 150
bps (each channel)
-
-
-
-
EIA RS232C; std TTY
EIA RS232C
EIA RS232C
EIA RS232C
EIA RS232C
No
No
No
No
No
-
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
msee
Z
0
iii
......
.
«
i
II> «
...
Z
« «
c
II>
....
ELECTRICAL INTERFACE
.
...
::>
...
«
II>
~
;(
Telephone Set
Unattended
Operation
Reverse Channel
to 1,200 bps
-
No
No
No
No
Line Equalization
None
None
Fixed
None
Depth, in.
15.875
10.5
(1) 12
(2)
(1) 12
(2)
17
10.5
12
(1) 12
(2)
17
5.25
5.75
5.25
5.75
5.25
5.75
5.25
5.75
5.25
34
12
-
12
-
13
-
12
-
PURCHASE PRICE, $
400-650/channel
450
450
450
450
COMMENTS
Various combinations
of transmitters/receivers can be configured with the following multicbannel
capacities per line:
18 75-bps channels,
9 150-bps channels;
operates within 3003400 Hz frequency
band; channel spsclng
Is 170 Hz (75/110 bps),
340 Hz (150 bps); selfcontained subsete each
accommodate 4
simplex or 2 complete
channels; opt speechplus-data assembly
provides simultaneous
voice/data transmission
(1) cabinet mounting
(2) Rack mounting;
Bell System 202 Data
Set equivalent
(1) Cabinet mounting
(2) Rack mounting;
Bell System 202 Data
Set equivalent
(1) Cabinet mounting
(2) Rack mounting;
Bell System 202 Data
Set equivalent
(1) Cabinet mounting
(2) Rack mounting;
Bell System 202 Data
Set equivaleui
34
Width, in.
12
(1) 12
Weight,lb
:J:
IL
IL
II>
17
10.5
19
)0-
12
(2)
Height, in.
u II>
iii ~
17
10.5
12
AUERBACH Computer Technology Reports
300(-90
NON-COMMON-CARRIER DATA SETS
Astrocom
Model 120 C5
Astroset
IDENTITY
APPLICATION
v
Z '"
0 ;:::
iii '"
'"i ....ii- ":r
'"
"-
-
Height, in.
5.75
5.25
5.75
5.25
5.75
5.25
5.75
5.25
5.75
5.25
Weight,lb
12
-
13
-
13
-
13
-
14
-
PURCHASE PRICE, $
450
450
600
600
600
COMMENTS
(1) Cabinet mounting
(2) Rack mounting;
Bell System 202 Data
Set equivalent
(1) Cabinet mounting
(2) Rack mounting;
Bell System 202 Data
Set equivalent
(1) Cabinet mounting
(2) Rack mounting;
Bell System 202 Data
Set equivalent
(1) Cabinet mounting
(2) Rack mounting;
Bell System 202 Data
Set equivalent
(1) Cabinet mounting
(2) Rack mounting;
Bell System 202 Data
Set equivalent
© 1970 AUERBACH Info. Inc.
DATA COMMUNICATIONS
4620
IDENTITY
Astrocom
Model 120 D4
Astroset
Astrocom
Model 120 D5
Astroset
Astrocom
Model 120 D6
Astroset
Astrocom
Model 120 E1
Astroset
Astrocom
Model 120 E2
Astroset
APPLICATION
Medium-speed operation over public telephone network
Medium-speed operation over public telephone network
Medium-speed operation over private line
Medium-speed operation over public telephone network
Medium-speed operation over public telephone network
Z
...u
0 ;:
...in ......iii
i... u
Z e
I-
e '"
e
I-
'"
::z:
u
...
... e
i... '"
e
z
Z
0
in
Mode
Full-duplex (4-wire)
Full-duplex (4-wire)
Full-duplex (4-wire)
Method
Serial by bit
Serial by bit
Serial by bit
Simplex (transmitonly)
Serial by bit
Simplex (transmitonly)
Serial by bit
Modulation
Frequency sbift
Frequency shift
Frequency shift
Frequency sbift
Frequency shift
Timing
Asynchronous
AsYnchronous
Asynchronous
Asynchronous
Asynchronous
Code
Any code; any length
Alrj code; any length
Any code; any length
Any code; any length
Any code; any length
-
-
-
-
-
Public Switched
Network
Up to 1,200 bps
Up
-
Up to 1,200 bps
Up to 1,200 bps
Leased Line
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
ElA RS232C
ElA RS232C
ElA RS232C
ElA RS232C
ElA RS232C
Telephone ~et
No
No
No
No
No
Unattended
Yes
No
Yes
No
Reverse Channel
Up to 5 bps
Up
Line Equalization
None
None
Depth, in.
10.5
Width, in.
12
Turnaround Time,
msec
I-
to 1,200 bps
Type 3002:
up to 1,400 bps (Cl);
up to 1,800 bps (C2)
l-
e eQ
'"
Coaxial Cable or
Twisted Pair Line
I-
ELECTRICAL INTERFACE
......
'"
~
:::I
I-
;(
...
......
u
in u
... ...
>::z:
Yes
Operation
(1) 12
(2)
to 5 bps
10.5
17
12
Up
to 5 bps
Fixed
(1) 12
(2)
17
10.5
12
(1) 12
(2)
17
No
No
-
-
10.5
12
(1) 12
(2)
17
10.5
12
(1) 12
(2)
17
Height, in.
5.75
5.25
5.75
5.25
5.75
5.25
5.75
5.25
5.75
5.25
Weight,lb
13
-
13
-
14
-
11
-
11
-
PURCHASE PRICE, $
600
600
600
405
405
COMMENTS
(1) Cabinet mounting
(2) Rack mounting;
Bell System 202 Data
Set equivalent
(1) cabinet mounting
(2) Rack mountiDg;
Bell System 202 Data
Set equivalent
(1) Cabinet mounting
(2) Rack mounting
Bell System 202 Data
Set equivalent
(1) Cabinet mounting
(2) Rack mounting;
Bell System 202 Data
Set equivalent
(1) Cabinet mounting
(2) Rack mounting;
Bell System 202 Data
Set equivalent
36
AUERBACH Computer Technology Reports
3001-92
NON-COMMON-cARRIER DATA SETS
4620
IDENTITY
Astrocom
Model 120 E3
Astroset
Astrocom
Model 120 E4
Astroset
Astrocom
Model 120 E5
Astroset
Astrocom
Model 120 E6
Astroset
Astrocom
Model 120 F1
Astroset
APPLICATION
Medium-speed operation over private
line
Medium-speed operation over public
telephone network
Medium-speed operation over public
telephone network
Medium-speed operation over private
line
tiOD
Mode
Simplex (transmit-
'"u
;::
Method
~l~ by bit
Simplex (transmitonly)
Serial by bit
Simplex (transmitonly)
Serial by bit
Simplex (transmitonly)
Serial by bit
Simplex (receiveonly)
Serial by bit
'"
Operation
Reverse Channel
No
Up to 5 bps (receive-
Line Equalization
-
-
Depth, in.
10.5
Width, in.
12
17
Height, in.
5.75
5.25
5.75
Weight,lb
11
-
12
~
C
u
V
on '"
....
.... '"
%
Type 3002:
up to 1,400 bps (C1);
up to 1,800 bps (C2)
Unattended
II<
>-
Type 3002:
up to 1,400 bps (C1);
up to 1,800 bps (C2)
Medium-speed operaover public
telepbone network
...
only)
(1) 12
(2)
10.5
12
Up to 5 bps (receiveonly)
(1) 12
(2)
17
10.5
(1) 12
12
17
5.25
5.75
-
12
(2)
Up to 5 bps (receiveonly)
-
10.5
No
None
(1) 12
12
17
5.25
5.75
-
12
(2)
10.5
(1) 12
12
17
5.25
5.75
5.25
-
12
-
(2)
PURCHASE PRICE, $
405
405
405
405
405
COMMENTS
(1) Cabinet mounting
(2) Rack mounting;
Bell System 202 Data
Set equivalent
(1) cabinet mounting
(2) Rack mounting;
Bell System 202 Data
Set equivalent
(1) Cabinet mounting
(2) Rack mounting;
Bell System 202 Data
Set equivalent
(1) Cabinet mounting
(2) Rack mounting;
Bell System 202 Data
Set equivalent
(1) Cabinet mounting
(2) Rack mounting;
Bell System 202 Data
Set equivalent
© 1970 AUERBACH Info, Inc.
37
4620
DATA COMMUNICATIONS
Astrocom
Model 120 F3
Astroset
Astrocom
Astrocam
Model 120 F2
Astroset
Model 120 F4
Astroset
Model 120 F5
Astroset
Astrocam
Model 120 F6
Astroset
Medium-speed operation over public
telephone network
Medium-speed operation over private
line
Medium-speed operation over public
telephone network
Medium-speed operation over public
telephone network
Medium-speed operation over private
line
Method
Simplex (receiveonly)
Serial by bit
Simplex (receiveonly)
Serial by bit
Simplex (receiveonly)
Serial by bit
Simplex (receiveonly)
Serial by bit
Simplex (receiveonly)
Serial by bit
Modulation
Frequency shift
Frequency shift
Frequency shift
·Frequency shift
Frequency shift
V
Timing
Asynchronous
Asynchronous
Asynchronous
Asynchronous
Asynchronous
-C
Code
Any code; any length
Any code; any length
Any code; any length
Any code; any length
Any code; any length
v
Turnaround Time,
msec
-
-
-
-
-
Up to 1,200 bps
Up to 1,200 bps
-
-
-
IDENTITY
Astrocom
APPLICA nON
Mode
'"
Z v
0 ;::
iii
.'"
i'" ...
..'" .
~
Z
-C
~
-C
:c
Public Switched
Network
Z
...
..
0
~
iii -C
i'"
'"-CZ
.....
Leased Line
-C
~
-C
0
~
-C
~
:;(
v '"
iii v
)0-
...
IL
'"
:c
IL
Type 3002:
up to 1,400 bps (C1);
up to 1,800 bps (C2)
Type 3002:
up to 1,400 bps (C1);
up to 1,800 bps (C2)
-
-
-
-
ElA RS232C
ElA RS232C
ElA RS232C
ElA RS232C
ElA RS232C
Telephone Set
No
No
No
No
No
Unattended
ELECTRICAL INTERFACE
:)
-
-
Coaxial Cable or
Twisted Pair Line
....'"
Up to 1,200 bps
No
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Reverse Channel
No
No
Line Equalization
None
Fixed
Up to 5 bps (transmit-only)
None
Up to 5 bps (transmit-only)
None
Up to 5 bps (transmit-only)
Fixed
Depth, in.
10.5
Width, in.
12
17
12
17
12
17
12
17
12
17
Height, in.
5.75
5.25
5.75
5.25
5.75
5.25
5.75
5.25
5.75
5.25
Weight,lb
12
-
13
-
13
-
13
-
14
-
Operation
(1) 12
(2)
10.5
(1) 12
(2)
10.5
(1) 12
(2)
10.5
(1) 12
(2)
10.5
(1) 12
(2)
PURCHASE PRICE, $
405
405
405
405
405
COMMENTS
(1) Cabinet mounting
(2) Rack mounting;
Bell System 202 Data
Set equivalent
(1) Cabinet mounting
(2) Rack mounting;
Bell System 202 Data
Set equivalent
(1) Cabinet mounting
(2) Rack mounting;
Bell System 202 Data
Set equivalent
(1) Cabinet mounting
(2) Rack mounting;
Bell System 202 Data
Set equivalent
(1) Cabinet mounting
(2) Rack mounting;
Bell System 202 Data
Set equivalent
38
AUERBACH Computer ~~echnolo9Y ~eports
3001-94
NON-COMMON-cARRIER DATA SETS
4620
IDENTITY
Lenkurt Electric
Model 25B/I08
Data Line Extender
Lenkurt Electric
Model 9003A/9005A
PCM Wideband Data
Terminals
Novation
DM-I 020
Data Modem
Singer
Tele-Signal
Teletypewriter
SUbset 6060
Singer
Tele-Slgnal
2503 Frequency
Division Multiplex
APPLICATION
Single-channel, lowspeed operation over
public switched network/leased voiceband
line
High-speed operation
over broadband PC M
repestered line
Low-speed operation
over voiceband line
Low-speed operation
over leased voiceband
line
Multiple, low-speed
channel operation
over leased voiceband
line
Simplex/half-/fullduplex
Serial by bit
Simplex/half-/fullduplex
Serial by hit
Half-/full-duplex
Full-/half-duplex
Full-/half-duplex
Serial by bit
Serial by bit
Serial by bit
Frequency shift
Frequency shift
Frequency shift
Asynchronous
Asynchronous
Asynchronous
Mode
'"
...iii'"
Z u
0 ;:
in
Method
Modulation
Frequency shift
u
Z oct
oct
oct
:z:
u
Timing
Asynchronous
Code
Any code; any length
Pulse code modulation
(PCM)
Syncbronous/asynchronous
Any code; any length
Any code; any length
Any code; any length
Any code; any length
Turnaround Time,
85
-
-
-
-
Public Switched
Network
Up to 300 bps
-
Up to 400 bps
-
-
Leased Line
Type 3002:
up to 300 bps
Model 9003A:
8/4 50-kbps channels;
2/1 250-kbps channel
Model 9005A:
I 50-kbps channel;
I 250-kbps channel
Type 3002:
up to 400 bps
Type 3002:
all sid TTY speeds
Type 3002:
24 75-bps channels;
18 no-bps channels;
12 150-tps channels
-
-
-
-
EIA RS232C
Shielded twisted-pair
line
EIA RS232B/sld TTY
High-level:
60 rna neutral
20 rna neutral/polar
EIA RS232B
Telephone Set
Optional
-
No
-
-
Unattended
Operation
Reverse Channel
Yes
Yes
No
-
-
Line Equalization
-
-
-
-
Depth, in.
10.5
12
n
14
Dependent on numher
of channels included
Width, in.
9
19
19
8
5.75
Height, in.
3
5.25
7
3
6.25
Weight,lb
7
-
..
'" .
...
i'"
msee
.......
'"
i
'" ..
...
Z
0
in oct
oct
Z
oct oct
Q
Coaxial Cable or
Twisted Pair Line
ELECTRICAL INTERFACE
...
~
:::)
oct
~
~
...'"
u
in u
>- ""-
:z:
'"
-
(I) 10
(2)
No
Adjustable
-
5
9
PURCHASE 'PRICE, $
300
-
335
750
Dependent on numher
of channels Included
COMMENTS
(I) Desk-top, desigued
for single channel
operations
(2) Rack-mounted, incorporates up to 3
duplex channels
9003A end-to-end compatible with Bell Systern TI-WBI/Tl-WB2;
9005A end-to-end compatible with Bell Bystem Tl-WMl
Operates In Origlnateonly mode; includes
carrier detection; dual
interface allows EIA,
TTY equipment to
operate simultaneously
Operating frequencies
can be speCified for
compatibility with
Tele-Slgnal sid multichannel VFTG
equipment
Can be used in multipoint network configura
tion with Tele-Signal
833-type modems;
available with hlghlevel electrical
interface
© 1970 AUERBACH Info, Inc.
39
4620
DATA COMMUNICATIONS
IDENTITY
Ultronic Systems
Series 4800
Data Pump
APPLICATION
Operation over
voiceband line
Z
Mode
Half-/full-duplex
'"
v
Method
Serial by bit
'"~
Modulation
0 ;::
in
i'"
v
Timing
Modified duobinary
single sidebaud AM
Synchronous
e(
Code
Any code; any length
Turnaround Time,
msee
20
I-
'"Z
'" '":z:v
e(
e(
I-
Pu blic Switched
Network
...
Z
0
in
I-
'"Z
l-
Leased Line
e(
i'" e('"
e(
'"
Coaxial Cable or
Twisted Pair Line
ELECTRICAL INTERFACE
...'"
::>
'"
...
I-
e(
"-
v
in
>-
...:z:
Type 3002 (C2):
4,800 bps
e(
Q
I-
;(
-
:.:'"...
'"
EJA RS232B
Telephone Set
No
Unattended
Yes
Operation
Reverse Channel
150 bps (opt)
Line Equalization
Manual
Depth, in.
12
Width, in.
18
Height, in.
7
Weight,lb
35
PURCHASE PRICE, $
COMMENTS
3,175
Automatic error detection; built-in test
facilities
40
AUERBACH Computer Technology Reports
3001-96
A
8
..
AUERBACH
AUERBACH
DATA
COMMUNICATIONS
REPORTS
4640:01
TELEPHONE COUPLER
DATA SETS
COMPARISON CHARTS: TELEPHONE COUPLER DATA SETS
The characteristics of data sets designed for portable operation over the public telephone network are presented in this set of charts, beginning on page 4640: 02. These data sets inductively
and! or acoustically couple the data terminal to the public telephone network via a conventional
telephone set such as the Bell System Series 500 Telephone Set or equivalent.
Data to be transmitted is converted by the coupler from a serial stream of binary digits to a
sequence of tones (mark and space frequencies) similar to the familiar Touch-Tone sounds. At
the receive end, the tones are converted to a stream of binary digits, corresponding to the
original input data.
Data is transmitted after the operator places the call in the conventional manner, places the
telephone handset in the telephone-coupler cradle and activates the data terminal. The call is
terminated by simply removing the handset from the cradle and "hanging-up" in the conventional
manner.
There are two modes in which a data set can operate: originate and answer. The originate mode
is the operating state of the calling station; the answer mode is the operating state of the called
station. A data set operating in the answer mode receives the transmission from the originating
data set.
Most telephone coupler data sets at present operate in the originate mode only and claim compatibility with a Bell System Data-Phone Data Set 103A2 operating in the answer mode. Some
telephone coupler data sets provide manual selection of "upright" or "inverted" transmission
frequencies. (Transmission frequencies of the Bell System Data-Phone Data Set 103A2 are
commonly referred to as upright. The mark and space frequencies of the 103A1 are the inverse
of those of the 103A2 and are thus called inverted.)
Many of the telephone couplers presently on·the market operate only in the full-duplex mode;
however, some manufacturers incorporate a full-duplex!half-duplex mode switch. Essentially,
this switch connects the data-terminal outpu~ to the data-terminal input when the switch is set to
half-duplex. In this position, any data present on the telephone-coupler receive input would be
mixed with the data-terminal output. Because the switch is intended mainly for teleprinter
usage, "local-copy-mode switch" would be a more appropriate name.
The addresses of the manufacturers represented in the charts are listed below:
Anderson-Jacobson, Inc.
2235 Mora Drive
Mountain View, California 94040
Ford Industries, Inc.
5001 S. E Johnson Creek Blvd.
Portland, Oregon 97206
ComData Corporation
7544 W. Oakton Street
Niles, Illinois 60648
General Electric Company
Mountain View Road
Lynchburg, Virginia 24502
Communications Logic, Inc.
6400 Westpark
Houston, Texas 77027
Novation, Inc.
18664 Topham Street
Tarzana, California 91356
Data Communications Systems, Inc.
4230 Central Avenue, N. E.
Minneapolis, Minnesota 55421
Omnitec
Electronic Products Division
Subsidiary of
Nytronics, Inc.
903 North Second Street
Phoenix, Arizona 85004
Direct Access Computing Corporation
24175 Northwestern Highway
Southfield, Michigan 48075
Electronic Voice, Inc.
2059 East 223rd Street
Long Beach, California 90810
~
1ncn
AllrnnA."11
Tymshare
464 Hudson Terrace
Englewood Cliffs, New Jersey 07632
,... ______ •. _ _ _ _ -'
AllrnnAr-11
I_~_
1 __
o
It::.Q
4640:02
TELEPHONE COUPLER
DATA SETS
COMPARISON CHARTS: TELEPHONE COUPLER DATA SETS
I
.~derson-Jacobson
IllEN rITY
.-\PPLICAT!t):>!
Acoustic Data
Coupler Model ADC
260 and ADC 262
Anderson-Jacobson
Acoustic Data
Coupler Model
ADC 300
Bell System
Data Set 603D
Com Data
Model301A
Acoustic Data Set
Portable, low-speed
operation over the
public telephone
network
Portable, low-speed
operation over the
public telephone
network
Portable transmission of medical
data over the public
telephone network
Portable, low-speed
operation over the
public telephone
network
Half-duplex or fullduplex
Serial by bit
Simplex; send only
Analog
Half-duplex or fullduplex
Serial by bit
THANS~IISSION
~10l1l'
CHARACTEHISTICS
l\Iethod
Half-duplex or fullduplex
Serial by bit
Modulation
Frequency shift
Frequency shift
FM
Frequency shift
Timing
Asynchronous
Asynchronous
-
Asynchronous
Code
Operating mode
Any code; unrestrictec Any code; unrestriccode length
ted code length
Originate only
Originate or
answer
Speed
Up to 300 bps
Up to 300 bps
o to
Transmit. Hz
1270 (mark);
1070 (space)
o to 100
Receive. Hz
2225 (mark);
2025 (space)
2225 (mark); 2025
(space) see
Comments
1270 (mark); 1070
(space) see
Comments
-
2225 (mark); 2025
(space) see
Comments
1270 (mark); 1070
(space) see
Comments
Transmit
Acoustic
Acoustic
Acoustic
Acoustic
Receive
Acoustic
Acoustic
Acoustic
Acoustic
ELECTRICAL INTERFACE
EIA Standard RS232B
and Standard Teletype Interface
EIA Standard RS232B
EIA Standard RS232B EIA Standard RS232B;
Standard Teletype
Interface
PHYSICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
Depth. inches
Width, inches
Height, inches
Weight, pounds
12
12
5.75
9
12
12
5.75
9
4.4
9.4
12.9
6
6
12
4
5
COST
Purchase Price,
$
570 (ADC 260)
595 (ADC 262)
695
12/month (rental)
10 (installation)
395 to 545
Offers manual selection of upright or
inverted transmission
frequencies, compatible with AndersonJacobson ADC 300
Acoustic Data Coupler
or Bell System DataPhone Data Set 103A1
or 103A2; Model 262
provides a second interface for both onand off-line operation
Operating frequencies
are shown for answer
mode; frequencies for
originate mode are
the inverse of those
shown
Battery powered
telephone coupler
compatible with the
Bell System Data
Set 603B; designed
for electrocardiogram (ECG) equipment
Operating frequencies are shown for
answer mode; frequencies for originate mode are the
inverse of those
shown
OPERATING
FREQUENCIES
COt.:PLING
CO~ll\IENTS
Originate only
100 Hz baseband
Any code; unrestricted code length
Originate or
answer
Up to 300 bps
(Contd. )
A
a
.,
AUERBACH
AUERBACH
DATA
COMMUNICATIONS
REPORTS
4640:03
TELEPHONE COUPLER
DATA SETS
COMPARISON CHARTS: TELEPHONE COUPLER DATA SETS (CoNTO.)
IDENTITY
Communications Logic
The Coupler
Data Communications Systems. Inc. Digital
Acoustic Coupler DAC 337
and DAC 347
Direct Access Computing
Telemate 300 Acoustical
Coupler
APPUCATION
Portable, low-speed operation over the public telephone network
Portable low-speed operation over the public telephone network
Portable, low-speed operation over the public telephone network
Mode
Half-duplex or full-duplex
Half-duplex or full-duplex
Half-duplex or full-duplex
Method
Serial by bit
Serial by bit
Serial by bit
Modulation
Frequency shift
Frequency shift
Frequency shift
Timing
Asynchronous
Asynchronous
Asynchronous
Code
Operating mode
Any code; unrestricted code
length
Originate only
Any code; unrestricted code
length
Originate only (337); originate or answer (347)
Any code; unrestricted code
length
Originate only;
see Comments
Speed
Up to 300 bps
Up to 300 bps
Transmit, Hz
Receive, Hz
1270 (mark);
1070 (space)
2225 (mark);
2025 (space)
Up to 165 bps; see
Comments
1270 (mark); 1070 (space);
see Comments
2225 (mark); 2025 (space);
see Comments
1270 (mark);
1070 (space)
2225 (mark);
2025 (space)
Transmit
Acoustic or inductive
Acoustic
Acoustic
Receive
Acoustic or inductive
Acoustic
Acoustic or inductive
ELECTRICAL INTERFACE
EIA Standard RS232B
EIA Standard RS232B and
standard Teletype interface
Model 33 Teletype standard;
EIA Standard RS232B optional
PHYSICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
Depth, inches
Width, inches
Height, inches
Weight, pounds
12.375
12.375
4.5
9
6.37
11. 75
6.63
6.25
10.5
9.5
3.5
5.5
COST
Purchase Price,
495
495 (DAC 337)
560 (DAC 347)
395
TRANSMISSION
CHARACTERISTICS
OPERATING
FREQUENCIES
COUPLING
$
COMMENTS
The Coupler provides
acoustic shielding for the
telephone handset and is
compatible with th~ Bell
System Data-Phone Data
Set 103A2
DAC 347 is compatible with
Originate mode is standard;
DAC 337 or DAC 347 or Bell answer only and answer/
System Data-Phone Data Set originate modes are optional
103A2. Operating frequencies are shown for answer
mode; frequencies for originate mode are the inverse of
those shown; DAC states that
higher transmission speeds
up to 300 bps can be provided
on special order; both models
include sound-proof case with
cover and speaker for audible
circuit-assurance
© 1969 AUERBACH Corooration and AUERBACH Info. Inc.
4640:04
TELEPHONE COUPLER
DATA SETS
COMPARISON CHARTS: TELEPHONE COUPLER DATA SETS (CONTO.)
IDENTITY
Ford Industries
ForData 1200
Data Coupler
APPLICATION
Portable, low-speed operaPortable, low-speed operaPortable, low-speed operation over the public telephone tion over the public telephone tion over the public telephone
network
network
network
TRANSMISSION
CHARACTERISTICS
OPERATING
FREQUENCIES
Half-duplex or full-duplex
Half-duplex or full-duplex
Half-duplex or full-duplex
Method
Serial by bit
Serial by bit
Serial by bit
Modulation
Frequency shift
Frequency shift
Frequency shift
Timing
Asynchronous
Asynchronous
Asynchronous
Code
Operating mode
Any code; unrestricted code
length
Originate only
Any code; unrestricted code
length
Originate only
Any code; unrestricted code
length
Originate or answer
Speed
Up to 150 bps
Up to 300 bps
Up to 300 bps
Transmit. Hz
1270 (mark); .
1070 (space)
2225 (mark);
2025 (space)
1270 (mark);
10'10 (space)
2225 (mark);
2025 (space)
2225 (mark);
(space) see
1270 (mark);
(space) see
Transmit
Acoustic
Acoustic
Acoustic
Receive
Inductive
Acoustic
Acoustic
Teletype 33, 35 or 37 standard; ErA RS232B optional
ErA Standard RS232B; option-· EIA Standard RS232B; optional Teletype interface
al Teletype interface
Depth. inches
Width. inches
Height, inches
Weight, pounds
:.37'1
9.5
7.5
4
6
9.5
7.5
4
6
Purchase Price,
245
495
595
Composed of two units:
Modem Unit (see Phys.
Specs.) and Telephone
Coupler. which is cradled
by desk telephone. Telephone
handset lays in Coupler
Compatible with General
Electric TDM-U5 Data Set
or Bell System Data-Phone
Data Set 103A2
Compatible with General
Electric TDM-U4 Data Set
or Bell System Data-Phone
Data Set 103A2. Operating
frequencies are shown. for
answer mode; frequencies
for originate mode are the
inverse of those shown
ELECTRICAL INTERFACE
PHYSICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
COST
6.5
3
see
Comments
$
COMMENTS
General Electric
TDM-U5 Data Set
Mode
Receive. Hz
COUPLING
General Electric
TDM-U4 Data Set
2025
Comments
1070
Comments
,;
(Contd. )
I::
laa
AUERBACH Data Communications Reports
A
lA'
~
AUERBACH
4640;05
AUERBACH
DATA
COMMUNICATIONS
REPORTS
TELEPHONE COUPLER
DATA SETS
'"
COMPARISON CHARTS: TELEPHONE COUPLER DATA SETS
SUPPLEMENT 1
IDENTITY
Omnitec
Models 701 and 701A
Telephone Coupler
Omnitec
Model 702
Telephone Coupler
Omnitec
Model 703
Telephone Coupler
Tymshare Data
Transceiver Mark V
APPLIC ATION
Portable. low-speed
operation over the
public telephone network
Portable. low-speed
operation over the
public telephone network
Portable. low-speed
operation over the
public telephone network
Portable low-speed
!operation over the
public telephone network
Method
Half-duplex or fullduplex
Serial by bit
Half-duplex or fullduplex
Serial by bit
Half-duplex or fullduplex
Serial by bit
Half-dllplex 01' 11111
duplex
Serial by bit
Modulation
Frequency shift
Frequency shift
Frequency shift
Frequency shift
Timing
Asynchronous
Asynchronous
Asynchronous
Asynchronous
Code
Operating mode
Any code; unrestricted code length
Originate only
Any code; unrestricted code length
Originate or answer
Any code; unrestrict- Any code; unrestricted code length
ed code length
Originate or answer Originate only
Speed
Up to 300 bps
Up to 300 bps
Up to 300 bps
Up to 300 bps
Transmit. Hz
1270 (mark);
1070 (space)
2225 (mark);
2025 (space)
1270 (mark);
1070 (space)
2225 (mark);
2025 (space)
1270 (mark);
1070 (space)
2225 (mark);
2025 (space)
1270 (mark);
1070 (space)
2225 (mark);
2025 (space)
Acoustic or
inductive
Acoustic or
inductive
Acoustic
Acoustic;
see Comments
Acoustic;
see Comments
Inductive
TltANSl\IISSION
CIL\HACTERISTICS
OPERATING
FREQUENCIES
Mode
Receive. Hz
COUPLING
Transmit
Receive
Acoustic
Acoustic
ELECTRICAL INTERFACE
EIA Standard RS232B; EIA Standard RS232B; EIA Standard RS232B; EIA Standard
standard Teletype
standard Teletype
standard Teletype
optional
interface
interface
interface
PHYSICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
Depth. inches
Width, inches
Height. inches
Weight. pounds
11
6
4
7
Purchase Price.
$
COST
CO:\Il\IENTS
11
8
Hf;~32n
-
4
8
12
14
7
12
8
11
3.7
5
425
550
900
475; 95 (HS232B
interface)
Compatible with
Omnitec Model 703
or Bell System DataPhone Data Set 103A2;
Model 701A is capable
of inverted frequency
operation and provides
compatibility with the
Bell System DataPhone Data Set 103A1
or Data Set 103A2
Operating modes are
manually selected;
compatible with
Omnitec Models 701.
701A or 703 or the
Bell System DataPhone Data Set 103A2.
Operating frequencies
are shown for originate mode; frequencies
for answer mode are
inverse of those
shown
Operating modes are Compatible with
automatically or
Bell System Datamanually selected;
Phone Data Set 103A2
incorporates automatic answer capability; compatible
with Omnitec
Models 701. 701A or
702 or the Bell Systern Data-Phone
Data Set 103A1 or
103A2
© 1 ~FlQ AUERBACH COrDoration and AUERBACH Info. Inc.
5/69
4640:06
TELEPHONE COUPLER
DATA SETS
COMPARISON CHARTS:
TELEPHONE COUPLER DATA SETS
SUPPLEMENT
IDEN1'1'l'Y
Electronic Voice
Model lOlA Data Set
Acoustic Telephone
Coupler
Electronic Voice
Model 102A Data Set
Acoustic Telephone
Coupler
Novation
Model DC/IOO
Acoustic Coupler
Novation
Modei DC/IOI
Acoustic Coupler
APPLICATION
Portable low-speed
operation over the
public telephone
network
Portable low-speed
operation over the
public telephone
network
Portable low-speed
operation over the
public telephone
network
Portable low-speed
operation over the
public telephone
network
Method
Half -duplex or fullduplex
Serial by bit
Half-duplex or fullduplex
Serial by bit
Half-duplex or fullduplex
Serial by bit
Half-duplex or fullduplex
Serial by hi t
Modulation
Frequency shift
Frequency shift
Frequency shift
Frequency shift
Timing
Asynchronous
Asynchronous
Asynchronous
Asynchronous
Code
Operating mode
Any code; unrestricted code
length
Originate only
Any code; unrestricted code
length
Originate or
answer
Any code; unrestricted code
length
Originate or
answer
Any code; unrestricted code
length
Originate only
Speed
Up to 300 bps
Up to 300 bps
Up to 300 bps
Up to 300 bps
Transmit. Hz
1270 (mark);
1070 (space)
2225 (mark);
2025 (Space)
2225 (mark); 2025
(space) see
Comments
1270 (mark); 1070
(space) see
Comments
1270 (mark);
1070 (space)
Receive. Hz
2225 (mark); 2025
(space) see
Comments
1270 (mark); 1070
(space) see
Comments
Transmit
Acoustic
Acoustic
Acoustic
Acoustic
Receive
Inductive
Inductive
Inductive
Inductive
ELECTRICAL INTERFACE
EIA Standard
RS232B; Standard
Teletype Interface
EIA Standard
RS232B; Standard
Teletype Interface
EIA Standard
RS232B; standard
Teletype Interface
EIA Standard
RS232B; Standard
Teletype Interface
PHYSICAL
SPECIFICATlOXS
Depth. inches
Width. inches
Height. inches
Weight. pounds
10
7.75
3.75
6.5
10
7.75
3.75
6.5
11
11
11
11
3
6
3
6
COST
Purchase Price.
520
585
650
550
Compatible with
Bell System DataPhone Data Set
103A2 and 804B1 •
and Electronic Voice
Model102A
Operating frequencies are shown
for answer mode;
frequencies for
originate mode are
the inverse of those
shown; compatible
with Bell System
Data -Phone Data Set
103A1. 103A2. and
804B1. and Electronic
Voice Model lOlA
Operating frequencies are sho\\n
for answer mode;
frequencies for
originate mode are
the inverse of those
shown; compatible
with Bell System
Data-Phone Data Set
103A2 and Novation
Model DC/IOl
Compatible with
Bell System DataPhone Data Set
103A2 and Novation
Model DC/lOO
THANSMISSION
C'HAHACTERISTICS
OPERATlXG
FHEQl'ENCIES
COl'PLIXG
Mode
2225 (mark);
2025 (space)
S
CO;\t:\IEXTS
I
8/69
AUERBACH Data Communications Reports
A
AUERBACH
DATA
COMMUNICATIONS
REPORTS
lit.'
~
AUERBACH
4640: 19
TELEPHONE COUPLER
DATA SETS
'"
TELEPHONE COUPLER DATA SETS
IDENTITY
Sonex
I/Onex 30
Acoustic Coupler
stelma
Model 703
Acoustic Coupler
Data Set
APPLICATION
Portable, low-speed
operation over public
telephone network
Portable/fixed
low-speed operation
over public telephone
network
Mode
Half-/full-duplex
Half-/full-duplex
Half-/full-doplex
Half-/full-duplex
Half-/full-duplex
Method
Serial by bit
Serial by bit
Serial by bit
Serial by bit
Serial by bit
on
Z u
0 ;::
in on
on iii
.......
ion
..... .
u
Portable I low-speed
operation over public
telephone network
Modulation
Frequency shift
Frequency shift
Frequency shift
Frequency shift
Frequency shift
Asynchronous
Asyncbronous
Asynchronous
Asynchronous
Asynchronous
Any code; any length
Any code; any length
Any code; any length
Any code; any length
Any code; any length
Originate/answer
Answer only
Originate only
Originate only
Data Rat.
Up to 300 bps
Up to 300 bps
Up to 500 bps
Up to 300 bps
Up to 300 bps
...u
Transmit, Hz
1270 (mark);
1070 (space)
1270 (mark);
1070 (space)
2225 (mark);
2025 (space)
1270 (mark);
1070 (space)
1270 (mark);
1070 (space)
=>
Receive, Hz
2225 (mark);
2025 (space)
2225 (mark);
2025 (space)
1270 (mark);
1070 (space)
2225 (mark);
2025 (space)
2225 (mark);
2025 (space)
....... ....
0
...
0
Portable, low-speed
operation over public
telephone network
Timing
::;
oC
Portable, low-speed
operation over public
telephone network
Originate only
u
Z
Vanguard Data Systems
VDC 300
Acoustic Coupler
Operating Mode
:z:
0
Tymshare Mark V
Data Transceiver
Code
Z oC
oC
oC
;::
Time-Sharing Terminals TST 701A
Acoustical Coupler
0
Transmit
Acoustic
Acoustic/DAA
Acoustlc/DAA
Indoctive
Acoustic
=>
Receive
IruhJ.ctive
Inductlve/DAA
Acoustic/DAA
Acoustic
Acoustic
EIA RS232B; std TTY
EIA RS232B
EIA RS232B; std TTY
EIA RS232B optional
EIA RS232B; std TTY
Depth, in.
11
11
11
8
5.5
Width, in.
5
11
6
11
11
Height, in.
4.25
2.75
4
3.7
5.5
W.ight,lb
3.25
-
7
5
5
PURCHASE PRICE, $
295
385
375
475; 95 (RS232B interface)
500
COMMENTS
Compatible with Bell
System Data Set 103A;
balf-/fnll-duplex mode
switch-selectable; operates at lO-watt power
oonsumption; inhibits
transmission until
carrier detected; ineludes carrier detection Indicator and pbaae
lock loop feature
Operating frequencies
shown for originate
mode; frequencies for
answer mode are inv eree; alternate direct
connection to public
telephone network via
Bell System DAA; Ineludes automatic answer. long-space disconnect, test mode;
compatible with Bell
System Data Set 103
Series
Alternate direct hard- Compatible with Bell
wire Interface to Bell
System Data-Phone
System DAA; swltchData Set 103A2
selectable tranamlsslon
modes
!"0
u
ELECTRICAL INTERFACE
~ on
u
u
...:z:in on......
"-
© 1970 AUERBACH Info, Inc.
Provides manual selection of upright/Inverted
transmission frequencies; loopback test
feature available as
option; accommodates
cabinet or TTY mounting
3/70
4640:20
TELEPHONE COUPLER
DATA SETS
TELEPHONE COUPLER DATA SETS
IDENTITY
APPLICATION
Z '"
u
0 ;::
in
'"
i'" Uei
'"CZ C
..
C
%
u
Applied Digital Data
Systems COM-110
Data Coupler
Applied Digital Data
Systems COM-120
Data C oopler
Applied Digital Data
Systems COM-130
Data Coupler
Design 79-0
Acoustic Data Coupler
Portable, low-speed
operation over public
telephone network
Portable, low-speed
operation over public
telephone network
Portable, low-speed
operation over public
telephone network
Portable, low-speed
operation over public
telephone network
Portable, low-speed
operation over public
telephone network
Mode
Half-/full-duplex
Half-/fuII-duplex
Half-/fuII-duplex
HaIf-/full-duplex
Half-/full-duplex
Serial by bit
Serial by bit
Serial by bit
Serial by bit
Serial by bit
Modulation
Frequency shift
Frequency shift
Frequency shift
Frequency shift
Frequency shift
Timing
Asynchronous
Asynchronous
Asynchronous
Asynchronous
Asynchronous
Code
Any code; any length
Any code; any length
Any code; any length
Any code; any length
Any code; any length
Operating Mode
Originate/ answer
Originate only
Originate only
Originate only
Originate only
Data Rat.
Up to 300 bps
Up to 300 bps
Up to 300 bps
Up to 300 bps
Up to 300 bps
>-
Transmit, Hz
Z
U
1270 (mark);
1070 (space)
1270 (mark);
1070 (space)
1270 (mark);
1070 (space)
1270 (mark);
1070 (space)
1270 (mark);
1070 (space)
C
:::>
Receive, Hz
2225 (mark);
2025 (space)
2225 (mark);
2025 (space)
2225 (mark);
2025 (space)
2225 (mark);
2025 (space)
2225 (mark);
2025 (space)
"~
;::
:l
A- S
0 ~
"
Z
::::;
A:::>
Transmit
Acoustic
Acoustic
DAA
Acoustlc/DAA
Acoustic
Receive
Acoustic
Acoustic
DAA
Acoustlc/DAA
Acoustic/inductive
EIA RS232B; std TTY
EIA RS232B; std TTY
EIA RS232B; std TTY
EIA RS232B; sts TTY
EIA RS232B; std TTY
0
u
ELECTRICAL INTERFACE
...C
U
in
>%
A-
u
'"
...
A-
'"
Depth, in.
5.5
13.5
13.5
13.5
10
Width, in.
11
10
10
10
5.625
Height, in.
5.5
5
5
5
3.75
Weight, Ib
5
8
8
8
3.5
600
480
410
495
345
Provides manual se-
Special feature eliminates second harmonic,
accepts lO-d B-weaker
signals; optional
Special feature elim-
Compatible with Bell
PURCHACE PRICE, S
COMMENTS
lection of upright/invcrted transmission
frequencies; loopback
test feature available
as option; operating
frequencies shown for
originate mode; frequencies for answer
made are inversej
accommodates cabinet
or TTY mouting
5/70
Design Elements
Method
0-
0-
Vanguard Data Systerns VDC 300A
Acoustic Coupler
Remote echo option
permits retransmission
of received char (can be
switched on/off via
parallel I/o; enclosed user-specified control
acoustic chamber mini- char) i optional parallel
mizes ambient noise;
I/o; user specifies
remote echo option
speed, format for parpermits automatic
allel interface/remote
transmission (can be
echo options; filter can
switched on/off via
be optimized for 0-150
user-specified control bps operation; compatchar); use r specifies
iblc with Bell System
speed, format for
103 Data Set
parallel interface/remote echo options;
filter can be optimized
for 0-150 bps operationi
compatible with Bell
System 103 Data Set
AUERBACH Data Communications Reports
tnates second harmonic , System Data-Phone
accepts 10-dB-weaker
signals; optional
parallel I/O; enclosed
acoustic chamber
minimizes ambient
noise; remote echo
option permits automatic retransmission 0
received char (can be
switched on!off via
user-specified control
char); user specifles
speed, format for
parallel Interface/remote echo options; filter
can be optimized for
0-150 bps operation;
compatible with Bell
System 103 Data Set
Data Set 103A1, Data
Set 103A2, Design
Elements Design 80
Data Set; upright/
inverted code polarity
selection atd
4640
TELEPHONE COUPLER DATA SETS
IDENTITY
Design Elements
Design 79-A Acoustic
Data Coupler
Design Elements
Design 70-o/A
Acoustic Data Coupler
Info-Max Model 311
Acoustic Coupler
Info-Max Model 315
Acoustic Coupler
Info-Max Model 316
Acoustic Coupler
APPLICATION
Portable, low-speed
operation over public
telephone network
Portable, low-speed
operation over public
telephone network
Portable, low-speed
operation over public
telephone network
Portable, low-speed
operation over public
telephone network
Portable, low-speed
operation over public
telephone network
'"
.,. iii'"
i.,. ...u
Z u
0 ;::
Vi
Mode
Half-/full-duplex
Half-/fuU-duplex
Half-/full-duplex
Half-/Ml-duplex
Half-/full-duplex
Method
Serial by hit
Serial by bit
Serial by hit
Serial by hit
Serial hy bit
Modulation
Frequency shift
Frequency shift
Frequency shift
Frequency shift
Frequency shift
Timing
Asynchronous
Asynchronous
Asynchronous
Asynchronous
Asynchronous
0-
Z C
Code
Any code; any length
Any code; any length
Any code; any length
Any code; any length
Any code; any length
0-
Operating Mode
Answer only
Originate/answer
Originate only
Originate only
Answer only
Data Rate
Up to 300 bps
Up to 300 bps
Up to 300 bps
Up to 300 bps
Up to 300 bps
Transmit, Hz
2,225 (mark);
2,025 (space)
1, 270 (mark);
1,070 (space)
1, 270 (mark);
1,070 (space)
1,270 (mark);
1, 070 (space)
2,225 (mark);
2,025 (space)
Receive, Hz
1, 270 (mark);
1,070 (space)
2,225 (mark);
2,025 (space)
2,225 (mark);
2,025 (space)
2, 225 (mark)
2,025 (space)
1,270 (mark)
1,070 (space)
Transmit
Acoustic
Acoustic
Acoustic
Acoustic
Acoustic
Receive
Acoustic/inductive
Acoustic/inductive
Inductive
Acoustic
Inductive
ElA RS232B; std TTY
ElA RS232B; std TTY
EIA RS232B; std TTY
EIA RS232B; std TTY
EIA RS232B; std TTY
Depth, in.
10
10
7
7
7
Width, in.
5.625
5.625
12.875
12.875
12.875
Height, in.
3.75
3.75
4.5
4.5
4.5
Weight,lb
3.5
3.5
4
4
4
PURCHACE PRICE, $
345
435
395
395
395
COMMENTS
Compatible Witb Bell
System Data-Phone
Data Set 103A1, Data
Set 103A2, Design
Elements Design 80
Data Set; upright/inverted code polarity
selection std
Compatible Witb Bell
System Data-Phone
Data Set 103A1, Data
Set 103A2, Design
Elements Design 80
Data Set; upright/inverted code polarity
selection std; operating
frequencies shown for
originate mode;
:frequencies for answer
Compatible Witb Bell
System Data-Phone
Data Set 103A2, InfoMax 316, 317; sWitchselectable transmission
modes
Compatible Witb Bell
System Data-Phone
Data Set 103A2, InfoMax 316, 317; switchselectable transmission
modes
Compatible Witb Bell
System Data-Phone
Data Set 103A2, InfoMax 311,315; sWitchselectable transmission
modes
C
C
'" '"u::z:
>-
";:: ...
Z u
Z
C :;)
0
......'" ...
0 ...
'"
"...~
:;)
0
u
ELECTRICAL INTERFACE
ct .,.
u u
Vi ...
.,.
>- ...
::z:
....
mode are inverse
© 1970 AUERBACH Info, Inc,
21
DATA COMMUNICATIONS
4640
TELEPHONE COUPLER DATA SETS
IDENTITY
Info-Max Model 317
Acoustic Coupler
Applied Peripheral
Systems
00-103 Telephone
Coupler
APPLICATION
...
...Vi ...iiO
i... ...
Z C
C ...
C
Z u
0 ;:::
..'"
..
U
:I:
u
>0 u
Z
;::: Z
...
......C ...0
0 ...
;;)
"~
It.
;;)
Portable, low-speed
operation over public
telephone network
Novation
DC-102AD
Data Coupler
Novation
TM-102AD
Data Coupler
Portable low-speed
operation over public
telepbone network
Portable/fixed lowspeed operation over
public telepbone network
TTY-mounted, lowspeed operation over
public telepbone net-
work
Mode
Half-/full-duplex
Half-/full-duplex
Half-/Ml-duplex
Half-/full-duplex
Half-/full-duplex
Method
Serial by bit
Serial by bit
Serial by bit
Serial by bit
Serial by bit
Modulation
Frequency sbift
Frequency shift
Frequency shift
Frequency sbift
Frequency sbift
Timing
Asynchrooous
Asynchronous
Asynchronous
Asynchronous
Asynchronous
Code
Any code; any length
Any code; any length
Any code; any length
Any code; any length
Any code; any length
Operating Mod.
Answer only
Originate only
Originate only
Originate only
Originate only
Data Rate
Up to 300 bps
Up to 300 bps
Up to 440 bps
Up to 400 bps
Up to 400 bps
Transmit, Hz
2,225 (mark);
2,025 (space)
1270 (mark);
1070 (space)
1270 (mark);
lO70 (spsce)
1270 (mark);
1070 (space)
1270 (mark);
1070 (space)
Receive, Hz
1,270 (mark);
1,070 (space)
2225 (mark);
2025 (space)
2225 (mark);
2025 (space)
2225 (mark);
2025 (space)
2225 (mark);
2025 (space)
Transmit
Acoustic
Acoustic
Acoustic
Acoustic/DAA
Acoustic/DAA
Receive
Acoustic
Acoustic
Acoustic
Acoustic/DAA
Acoustic/DAA
EIA RS232B; std TTY
ElA RS232B;
std TTY
EIA RS232B
ElA RS232B/std TTY
Std TTY
Depth, in.
7
10
11
11
Width, in.
Integral TTY rack
mounting
12.875
7
11
11
Height, in.
4.5
5
3
3
Weight,lb
4
9
6
6
III
It.
Portable, low-speed
operation over public
telepbone network
Novation
DC-lOlA
Data Coupler
0
u
ELECTRICAL INTERFACE
:c ...
u u
Vi ...
>-
...
It.
:I:
It.
PURCHASE PRICE, $
395
395
315
350
350
COMMENTS
Compatible with Bell
System Data-Phone
Data Set 103A2, InfoMax 311,315; switchselectable transmission modes
Comp"atible with Bell
System Data-Phone
Data Set 103A2
Compstible with Bell
System Data Set
103A2; -40 dbm receiver sensitivity via
selective amplification/multisampllng
techniques
Compatible with Bell
System Data Set 103A2;
dual interface allows
ElA. TTY equipment to
operate simultaneously;
alternate direct connection to public telephone network via
Bell System DAA
(switch-selectable) ;
-50 dbm (acoustiC),
-57 dbm (direct) receiver sensitivity
via selective amplification/multisampling
techniques
Compatible with Bell
System Data Set
103A2; designed for
integral mounting
within std TTY unit
enclosure; alternate
direct connection to
public telepbone
network via Bell
System DAA (switchselectable); -50
dbm (acoustic), -57
dbm (direct) receiver
sensitivity via selective amplification
multi sampling techniques
\
22
AUERBACH Computer Technology Reports
3001-98
TELEPHONE COUPLER DATA SETS
4640
TELEPHONE COUPLER DATA SETS
IDENTITY
Prentice Electronics
DC-22 Universal
Data Coupler
APPLICATION
Portable/fixed, lowspeed operation over
public telephone network
en
Z
Mode
Half-/full-duplex
Method
Serial by bit
U
~
0
in en
Modulation
Frequency sbift
i
.......iii!
Timing
Asynchronous
Code
Any code; any length
Operating Mode
Originate/answer
Dato Rate
Up to 300 bps
Transmit, Hz
2225 (mark);
2025 (space)
Receive, Hz
1270 (mark);
1070 (space)
Transmit
Acoustic/DAA
Receive
Accoustic/DAA/
inductive
II>
II>
U
Z C!I u
Z Z
~
>-
II>
u u
in IoU
A-
:J:
A-
EIA RS232C/inverted;
std TTY
Depth, in.
10.6
Width, in.
4.1
Height, in.
4.9
Weight,lb
4.25
PURCHASE PRICE, $
298
COMMENTS
Switch-selectable
Originate/Answer
modes; TTY, EIA/
EIA-inverted interconnection selectable
by straps In base of
unit; carrier detection,
power Indicator lights;
compatible with Bell
System 103 Series
Data Sets/other
couplers operating up
to 300 bPs; operating
frequencies shown for
Answer mode; frequencies for Originate
mode are inverse
© 1970 AUERBACH Info, Inc.
3001-99
23
4800:00
FACSIMILE
EQUIPMENT
AUERBACH
DATA
COMMUNICATIONS
REPORTS
AUERBACH
Printed in U.S.A.
®
8A
IERBACH
AUERBACH
DATA
COMMUNICATIONS
REPORTS
4800:01
FACSIMILE EQUIPMENT
<1\
COMPARISON CHARTS: FACSIMILE EQUIPMENT
The following is a thumb-nail sketch to acquaint the reader with the historical background of
facsimile. Since its birth. facsimlle communication has not been exploited to any great degree.
Early development of facsimile was hindered by more successful means for communication and
by the lack of techniques that were not to be made avallable until after World War II. Facsimile
communications today are still secondary to digital communications - a spinoff from the computer revolution. Knowledgeable people in the communications field have referred to facsimile
as a sleeping giant.
Facsimile was originated in 1842 when Alexander Bain. a Scottish physicist. developed an electrochemical recording telegraph. This rudimentary facsimile system functioned by swinging a
pendulum across metallic type; contact with the type caused an electric current to flow over
wires to a remotely swinging pendulum that was synchronized with the first. Chemically treated
paper. positioned beneath the pendulum. produced a brown stain when an electric current passed
from the pendulum to the paper. Bain's facsimile was widely used in the United States. but was
abandoned because of the rising demand for electro-mechanical printers. which were operated
faster and were simpler to operate. Telegraph eqUipment also decreased the popularity of
facsimile.
Facsimile became active again in the 1920's with experimental AM radio facsimile broadcasts.
In 1924 AT&T established the first commercial facsimile system when it inaugurated facsimile
communication by cable between New York and lDndon. Western Union. in the same year.
established a wirephoto service (Telepix) for newspapers over its domestic telegraph system.
This service lacked support and was shortly discontinued. AT&T inaugurated a domestic
wirephoto service in 1925 and later sold it to the Associated Press. AT&T has since developed
facsimile equipment for picture transmission over its own intrastate and interstate facsimile
channels. Western Union has also developed its own facsimile equipment employing a special
dry recording paper called Teledeltos. Teledeltos paper resulted from Western Union investigations to produce a recording paper that did not require processing after recording. In
addition to AT&T's facsimile channels. Western Union inaugurated facsimile service for photographs and telegrams over its own circuits. Both common carriers. at present. offer wirephoto service for the press in addition to voice-band and broad-band facsimile channels.
RCA had been investigating commercial short-wave facsimile and in 1926 inaugurated such a
service between New York and lDndon. Based on its success. RCA expanded its radiophoto
service to world-wide dimensions.
Many endeavors to promote commercial facsimile were pursued in the ensuing years until the
beginning of World War U. These endeavors included broadcasting news media to home facsimile receivers produced by several manufacturers.
With the onslaught of World War II. commercial facsimile activity dwindled. Facsimile was
directed toward the military who used facsimile extenSively for transmission of maps. orders.
photographs. weather charts. etc.
Several improvements in facsimile equipment resulted from technical gains made during the
war-time period. The electrolytic recording technique proved to be highly successful in producing well-defined photographic images containing fine tonal gradations of black and white.
Other improvements included increased page size. high-speed operation. automatic synchronization. and established standards.
Toward the end of the war. several newspapers and radio broadcasters formed an organization
to promote facsimile broadcast service to the public over FM channels that would provide staticfree reception. The organization established eqUipment and broadcasting standards. and in 1947
facsimile was introduced to the public through a Miami. Florida commercial FM radio station.
The impact of commercial television. which began at about the same time. undoubtedly killed
growth in this area.
'In recent years. facsimile has been directed toward business applications as an important alternative to data communications. A key to the success of facsimile in the business world was
AT&T's introduction of the 602 Series Data-Phone Data Set in late 1962. enabling the public
telephone network to be used for low-speed facsimile communication.
The characteristics of facsimile equipment designed for operation over a common-carrier communications facility are presented in this set of charts. beginning on page 4800: 03. A facsimile
system includes a facsimile transmitter (scanner) and a facsimile receiver (recorder). The
facsimile transmitter and receiver are sometimes combined to perform as a transceiver providing two-way communication. Unless otherwise stated. each facsimile system presented in
these charts includes separate transmitter and receiver units. The transmitter characteristics
are presented in the Input portion of the chart; the receiver characteristics are presented in the
Output portion of the chart. Both transmitter and receiver characteristics are combined in the
Data Transmission and Error Control portions of the chart.
The facsimile equipment is identified by the manufacturer's name. the formal name of the equipment and its model number (if a model number is specified by the manufacturer). The Report
Number provides a rapid index to the detailed report covering the equipment.
.
I'A\
lnc.Q AIICODI\("'U t'1"Io ..... "" .. ~ •• ,..'"' ........ ,4
AIICDDI\("'U
1 .... 1,..,
I .... '"
8/69
4800:02
FACSIMILE EQUIPMENT
A brief statement of the general purpose of the subject equipment is presented under the heading
Function. The types of transmission facilities to which the equipment can be connected are
usually stated.
The important characteristics of the facsimile transmitter are described under Input. These
characteristics include:
•
Document size - states the maximum acceptable size of a document to be scanned;
the minimum size is also stated where applicable.
•
Scanner type - classifies the scanner as either a drum or flat-bed scanner.
•
Scanning technique - a succinct description of the scanning technique employed by
the transmitter.
•
Vertical resolution - states the scanning density along the axis of scanning. stated
in lines per inch.
•
Scanning rate - states the scanning speed in lines per minute.
•
Line length - states the scanning line length in inches.
The important characteristics of the facsimile receiver are described under Output. These
characteristics include:
•
Copy size - states the maximum size of the recorded copy.
•
Recorder type - classifies the recorder as electrolytic. impression. electrothermal. xerographic. etc.
•
Recording technique - a succinct description of the recording technique employed
by the receiver.
•
Vertical resolution - states the recording density along the axis of recording.
stated in lines per inch.
•
Line length - states the recording line length in inches.
Data transmission characteristics. common to both facsimile transmitter and receiver. are
stated under Data Transmission. These characteristics include:
•
Transmission speed - states the rated transmission speed of the facsimile equipment in lines per inch.
•
Modulation technique - states the method employed to control the carrier signal.
(See Users' Guide to Facsimile Reports. Paragraph .1.)
•
Modulation frequencies - states the upper and lower modulating frequencies. that
define the modulation bandwidth.
•
Transmission facilities - states the common-carrier communications facility that
is compatible with the transmission characteristics.
Techniques for controlling errors in the received image that forms the output from a facsimile
system are listed under Error Control. In some cases. an answer-back circuit is used to
alert the operator at the facsimile transmitter that the transmission was improperly received.
In general, conventional facsimile equipment does not include error detection and correction
capabilities. When error control is not incorporated in the equipment. the entry is marked
"no provision. "
The purchase price and monthly rental are listed for both transmitter and receiver units.
The addresses of the manufacturers represented in the charts are listed below.
8/69
Alden Electronic and Impulse Recording
Equipment Co., Inc.
Alden Research Center
1 Washington Avenue
Wl'stboro, :\lassachusetts 01581
Stewart-Warner Electronics
Division of StewartWarner Corp.
1300 N. Kastner Avenue
Chicago. Illinois 60651
Graphic Sciences, Inc.
Corporate Drive - Commerce Park
Danbun', Connecticut 06810
Telautograph Corporation
8700 Bellanca Avenue
Los Angeles. California 90045
Muirhead Instruments, Inc.
1101 Bristol Road
:\Iountainside, New Jersey
Xerox Corporation
Midtown Tower
Rochester. New York 14604
AUERBACH Data Communications Reports
A
MlERBACH
AUIIIIIACII
DATA
COMMUNICATIONS
REPORTS
4800:03
FACSIMILE EQUIPMENT
•
COMPARISON CHARTS: FACSIMILE EQUIPMENT
IDENTITY
Alden 2 Sipature
Verlfleatlon
Facl1mlle SYltem
AldeD 11 Docufu
Facllm1le Byltem
REPORT NUMBER
9030
9031
Transmission and
reception of graphle
data over a broadbaDd faclllty restrleted to bandUng
narrow copy
TransmllllOn alld
reception of graphic
data over a volceband line
Up to 7 wide; see
Commenls
Flat bed
Up to 28 wide; see
Up to 80 wide; see
Comments
Flat bed
Rotating slngle-turn RotaUng slngle-turn
heUcal aperture In
helical aperture In
respect to a fixed
respect to a fixed
aperture
aperture
100
96 or 166
Rotating single-turn
helical aperture in
respect to a fixed
aperture
48 or 96
Rotating single-turn
helleal aperture In
reapect to a fixed
aperture
48 or 96
Scanning rate.
Unes/min
Ltne length. inches
3600
120 or 240
60 or 120
2.250
10.2
18.125
120. 240. 480. or
960
18.125
Copy size. incbes
Recorder type
2.687 by up to 150 It 11 by up to 120 It
Electrolytic
Electrolytic
19 by up to 120 ft
Electrolytic
19 by up to 170 It
Recording technique
Rotating raisedwire belix ln respect to a fixed
printing blade
100
Rotating raisedwire helix in respect to a fixed
prlnting blade
96 or 166
Rotating raisedwire belix In respect to a fixed
printing blade
48 or 96
Rotating ralsedwire belix In respect to a fixed
printing blade
48 or 96
Recording rate.
I1nes/min
3600
120 or 240
60 or 120
120. 240. 460. or
960
Ltne length. incbel
2.250
10.2
18.125
18.125
Transmission apeed.
, I1nes/min
Modulation technique
3600
120 or 240
60 or 120
120. 240. 480. or
960
Double sideband ampl1tude modulation
Ranges up to
o to 14.0
Telpak 5702 (A2) or
5703 (A3) servlee
Vertlcal resolution.
lines/inch
Vertical resolution.
Unes/incb
Modulation frequencies.
KHz
Transmilsion laclllties
ERROR CONTROL
PRICE
DATA
9033
Up to 60 wide; see
Comments
FIst bed
Document size. Inches
Scanning technique
DATA
TRANSMISSION
9032
TransmlsllOn and
reception of graphic
data over a broadband faclllty
Scanner type
OUTPUT
Alden 18 Allpeed
.A1purfu Facllmlle
.Byatem
alld
reception of graphic
data over a volcebaDd Une
FUNCTION
INPUT
AideD 18 Alpurla.
FacllmUe Byltem
PlJrcbas. prlee ••
COMMENTS
ElectrolytiC
Double sideband am- Double stdeband amplitude modulation
pUtude modulation
Oto7.5
o to 1. 0 to 1.6.
or 0 to 2.0
15.5 KHz broadBell System Type
4002 Data cbannel
band facility
or equivalent
Double sldebaDd ampl1tude modulation
o to 0.9 or 9 to
1.8
Bell System Type
4002 Data cballllel
or equivalent
No provision
No provlslon
,No provision
No provision
6000 (transmitter) ;
3000 (receiver)
6600 (transmitter);
3440 (receiver)
150 (transmltter);
120 (receiver)
6500 (transmitter);
3450 (receiver)
220 (transmitter);
140 (receiver)
8000 (transmitter);
9500 (receiver)
390 (transmitter);
464 (receiver)
-
Monthly rental ••
Coromenta
Flatbed
I TranlmlsllOn
Alden transmitters are capable of selectively scanning any portion of the Input document
up to the tlCaJllling line length. Alden also produces 16 mID and 36 mID microfilm facsimile
equipment; document lengtb is restrlcted only by paper supply at receiver.
/
o
1968 AUERBACH Corporation and AUERBACH Info. Inc.
2/68
4800:04
FACSIMILE EQUIPMENT
COMPARISON CHARTS: FACSIMILE EQUIPMENT
Muirhead D-900/D-901 Mufax Businesp Machines
IDENTITY
FM/B
FM/DG
AM/B
-
-
-
Transmission and reception
of graphic data over a voiceband line
Transmission and reception
of graphic data over a voiceband line
Transmission and reception
of graphic data over a voiceband line
Document size, inches
14 by 8.625
14 by 8.625
19 by 8.625
Scanner type
Drum
Drum
Drum
Scanning technique
Copy attached to rotating
cylinder; light source,
aperture, and photocell
scan across copy
90
Copy attached to rotating
cylinder; light source,
aperture, and photocell
scan across copy
90
Copy attached to rotating
cylinder; light source,
aperture, and photocell
scan across copy
90
Scanning rate,
lines/min
Line length, Inches
444
360
444
8.625
8.525
8.625
Copy size, inches
14 by 8.625
Electrolytic
14 by 8.625
14 by 8.625
Electrolytic
Electrolytic
Recording technique
Rotating raised-wire helix
in respect to a fixed
printing blade
Rotating raised-wire helix
in respect to a fixed
printing blade
Rotating raised-wire helix
in respect to a fixed
printing blade
Vertical resolution,
lines/inch
90
90
90
Recording rate,
inches/min
444
360
444
Line length, Inches
8.625
8.625
8.625
Transmission speed,
lines/min
Modulation technique
444
360
444
Frequency modulation
Frequency modulation
Amplitude modulation
Modulation frequencies,
KHz
Transmission fac ilities
o to 0.6
o to 0.6
o to
?
?
?
No provision
No provision
No provision
Purchase price, $
?
?
?
Monthly rental, $
?
?
?
REPORT NUMBER
FUNCTION
INPUT
Vertical resolution,
lines/inch
OUTPUT
Recorder type
DATA
TRANSMISSION
ERflOR CONTROL
PRICE
DATA
COMMENTS
0.6
These units can be used over a radio link; Muirhead also produces specialized facsimile
devices for transmission of photographs (high resolution), newspapers, and weather charts
(Contd. )
2/68
AUERBACH Data Communications Reports
A
AUERBACH
DATA
COMMUNICATIONS
4800:05
FACSIMILE EQUIPMENT
AU£RBACH REPORTS
•
COMPARISON CHARTS: FACSIMILE EQUIPMENT
mENTITY
REPORT NUMBER
FUNCTION
INPUT
Document size. inches
Scanner type
Scanning technique
Vertical resolution.
lineS/inch
Stewart-Warner
Private Line Datafu
Facsimile Model
2828
9281
stewart-Warner
Private Line Datafax
Facsimile Model
3628
9281
Stewart-Warner
Private Line Datafax
Facsimile Model
9095
9281
Tran,mlsslon and
reception of graphic
data over a voicebind line
Transmls,ion and
reception of graphic
data over a volceband line
Tran,misslon and
reception of graphic
data over a voicebind line
Trsnsmiulon and
reception of graphic
data over a broadbind faclllty
Up to 9 wide; see
Comments
Flatbed
Up to 9 wide; see
Comments
Flat bed
Up to 9 wide; see
Comments
Flat bed
Up to 9 wide; see
comments
Flat bed
Individually rotating
multi -turn and
single-turn helical
apertures
100
Individually rotating
multi-turn and
single-turn helical
apertures
100
Indi vldually rotating Individually rotating
multi-tum and
multi -turn and
single-turn helical
single-turn helical
apertures
apertures
100
133
360
900
8.3
8.3
9.375 by up to 400 ft 9.375 by up to 400 ft
Electrolytic
ElectrolytiC
Rotating raisedRotating raisedwire helix and
wire helix and
printing blade
printing blade
9.375 by up to 400 ft
Electrolytic
Rotating raisedwire helix and
printing blade
9.375 by up to 400 ft
Electrolytic
Rotating raisedwire helix and
printing blade
Vertical resolution,
lineS/inch
100
133
100
100
Recording rate.
lines/min
180
280
360
900
Line length. inches
8.3
8.3
8.3
8.3
TranSmission speed,
lines/min
Modulation techntque
180
280
360
900
Vestigial sideband
amp. modulation
0.8to2.4
Vestigial sideblnd
amp. modulation
0.5 to 2.8
Vestigial sideband
amp. modulation
0.5 to 2.8
Vestigial sideblnd
amp. modulation
1.2to9.5
Bell System
Type 4002
Data channel or
equivalent
Bell System
Type 4002
Data channel or
equivalent
Bell System
Type 4002
Data channel or
equivalent
10 KHz broad-bind
facility
No provisions
No provisions
No provisions
No provisions
2850 (transmitter) ;
2450 (receiver)
109 (transmitter);
48 (receiver)
2950 (transmitter) ;
2950 (receiver)
109 (transmitter);
98 (receiver)
2850 (transmitter) ;
2450 (receiver)
109 (transmitter);
98 (receiver)
3100 (trllDsmitter);
2650 (receiver)
120 (transmitter);
118 (receiver)
180
Scanning rate.
lines/min
Line length, inches
OUTPUT
Stewart-Warner
Private LIne Datafax
Facsimile Model
1824
9281
8.3
Copy size. inches
Recorder type
Recording technique
280
8.3
/
DATA
TRANSMISSION
Modulation frequencies,
KHz
Transmission facilities
ERROR CONTROL
PRICE
DATA
Purchase price. $
Monthly rental. $
",
)
COMMENTS
stewart-Warner facsimile equipment is distributed and serviced by Datafax Corporation.
a leasing subsidiary of Stewart-Warner Electronics; Dictaphone Corporstion and Western
Union Telegraph Company also market the Datafax product line; document length is restricted only by paper supply at receiver.
'\,
/
C 1968 AUERBACH Corporation and AUERBACH Info. Inc.
2/68
4800:06
FACSIMILE EQUIPMENT
COMPARISON CHARTS: FACSIMILE EQUIPMENT
IDENTITY
Stewart-Warner
Dial Datafax
Facsimile System
Telautograph Qutkfax
Facsimile Model 180
Telautograph Qutkfax
Facsimile Model 300
Telautograph QuJkfax
FacsimUe Model 900
REPORT NUMBER
9280
9320
9320
9320
FUNCTION
Transmission and
reception of graphic
data over the public
telephone network
TJ'lUUlmlssion and
reception of graphic
data over a vo1ce- '
hand line
Transmission and
reception of graphic
data over a voicehand or broad-band
factltty
Transmission and
reception of graphic
data over a broadband factltty
Up to 9 wide; see
Comments
Flat bed
Up to 8.5 wide; see
Comments
Flat bed
Up to 8.5 wide; see
Comments
Flat bed
Up to 8,5 wide; see
Comments
Flat bed
Individually rotating
multt-turn and
single-turn belical
apertures
100
BUtted. rotating
acannlng disk and
photomultiplier
arranpment
100
Blltted. rotating
scanning disk and
photomultiplier
arranpment
85 or 100
BUtted. rotating
scanning disk and
photomultipUer
arrangement
100
180
180
300 or 360
900
8.3
8.3
8.3
8.3
9.375 by up to 400 ft 8.5 by up to 400 ft
Electrolytic
Electrolytic
8.5 by up to 400 ft
8.5 by up to 400 ft
Electrolytic
Electrolytic
Recordlngtechnique
Rotating raisedwire helix and
printing blade
Rotating raisedwire helix and
printing blade
Rotating raisedwire helix and
printing blade
Rotating raisedwire helix and
printing blade
Recording rate.
lines/min
180
180
300 or 360
900
,Line length. inches
8.3
8.3
8.3
8.3
Transmission speed.
lines/min
Modulation technique
180
180
300 or 360
900
Frequency modulation
1.5 to 2.8
Vestigial sideband
amp. modulation
o to 1.3
Vestigial sideband
amp. modulation
Otol.80rOto2.6
Vestigial sideband
amp. modulation
o to 6.6
Public telephone
network
Bell Bystem Type
4002 Data channel
or equivalent
Bell System Type 4002 48 KHz wideband
Data channel (lower
channel
scan rate) or 5 KHz
broad band facility
(higher scan rate)
No provision
Optional answerback circuit
Optional answerback circuit
Optional answerback circuit
3160 (tranamitter);
3860 (receiver)
112 (transmitter);
124 (receiver)
2700 (transmitter
or receiver)
105 (transmitter
or receiver)
2700 (transmitter
or receiver)
105 (transmitter
or receiver)
3008 (transmitter
or receiver)
115 (transmitter
or receiver)
INPUT
Document size. incbes
Scanner type
Scanning technique
Vertical resolution.
lines/inch
Scanning rate.
Unes/min
Line length. inches
OUTPUT
Copy size. inches
Recorder type
DATA
TRANBMISSION
Modulation frequencies,
KHz
Transmission faciUttes
ERROR CONTROL
PRICE
DATA
Purchase price. $
Monthly rental. $
COMMENTS
Data-Phone Data
A Motor Drive Amplifier is required at both transmitter and reBet 602C; see Com- ceiver wben the units are not operating from a common power netments under Stewart- work; document length is restricted only by paper supply at receiver.
Warner Private Line
Datafn: Facsimile;
document length is
restricted only by
paper supply at
receiver.
(Contd. )
2/68
AUERBACH Data Communications Reports
A
AUERBACH
DATA
~
4800:07
COMMUNICA liONS
..
WERBACH
FACSIMILE EQUIPMENT
REPORTS
COMPARISON CHARTS: FACSIMILE EQUIPMENT
IDENTITY
Xerox LOX Scanner and Printer
Xerox Telecopier II
REPORT NUMBER
9390
9391
FUNCTION
High speed transmission and reception of
graphic data over a broad-band facility
Transmission and reception of graphic
data over the public telephone network;
scanner and recorder are integrated into
a single transceiver
INPUT
OUTPUT
DATA
TRANSMISSION
Copy size. inches
Up to 9.5 Wide; see Comments
Up to 8.5 wide; see Comments
Scanner type
Flat bed
Flat bed
Scanning technique
Cathode ray tube (CRT), lens and photomultiplier arrangement
Revolving parabolic mirror and fixed
aperature arrangement
Vertical resolution,
lines/inch
135
96
190
Scanning rate,
lines/min
Line length, inches
2520 or 12,600
1800 or 9000
180
8.25
8.25
8.3
Copy size, inches
8.5 by up to 2000 ft
Up to 8.5 by up to 14 or up to 200 ft
with Roll Feed option
Recorder type
Xerographic
impression
Recording technique
Xerographic using cathode ray tube to
form latent image
Carbon paper impressed against paper
Vertical resolution,
lines/inch
135
190
96
Recording rate,
lines/min
2520 or 12,600
1800 or 9000
180
Line length, inches
8.25
8.25
8.3
Transmission speed,
lines/min
Modulation technique
1800, 2520, 9000, or 12,600
180
See Comments
Frequency modulation
Modulation frequencies,
See Comments
1.5 to 2.4
48 KHz wideband channel (lower scan
rate) or Telpak C facUity (higher scan
rate)
Public telephone network via Xerox
TelecOllpler II telephone coupler data
set
No provision
No provision
Purchase price, $
-
2500 to 3000
Monthly rental, $
550 (scanner); 650 (Printer)
65 to 80
Picture signal is digitized for transmission at 50,000 bits/sec (lower scan rate)
or 250,000 bits/sec (higher scan rate).
The LOX Scanner and Printer can be
used over a 48 KHz Wideband Channel
via a Bell System Data Set 303C or
over a Telpak C Facility via a Bell
System Data Set 303D; document length
is restricted only by paper supply at
receiver
Xerox Telecoupler II telephone coupler
data set is compatible with thl! Bell
System Data-Phone Data Set 602C;
document length is restricted only by
paper supply at receiving Telecopier;
capable of unattended operation
KHz
Transmission facilities
ERROR CONTROL
PRICE
DATA
COMMENTS
o
1968 AUERBACH Corporation and AUERBACH Info, Inc.
11/68
4800:08
FACSIMILE EQUIPMENT
COMPARISON CHARTS: FACSIMILE EQUIPMENT
SUPPLEMENT 1
IDENTITY
Stewart-Warner
Electronic Mailbox
Facsimile Transceiver
REPORT NUMBER
9282
FUNCTION
Transmission and reception of graphic
data over the public telephone network
INPUT
Copy size. inches
up to 9 wide; see Comments
Scanner type
Flat bed
Scanning technique
Three equally spaced scanning heads
attached to a continuous belt scan
across moving document
Vertical resolution.
lines/inch
96
Scanning rate.
lines/min
Line length. inches
OUTPUT
DATA
TRANSMISSION
Copy size. inches
9.5 by up to 200 feet
Recorder type
Recording technique
Electrolytic
Three equally spaced recording styli
attached to a continuous belt scan
across moving paper
Vertical resolution.
lines/inch
96
Recording rate.
lines/min
240.
Line length. inches
8.5
Transmission speed.
lines/min
Modulation technique
240
Modulation frequencies.
KHz
Transmission facilities
0.5 to 2.4
COMMENTS
11/68
Frequency modulation
Public telephone network .
No provision
ERROR CONTROL
PRICE
DATA
240
8.5
Purchase price. $
-
Monthly rental. $
$125 to $147
Employs Bell System Data-Phone Data
Set 602C; document length is restricted
only by paper supply at receiving transceiver; optional automatic Document
Loader accommodates up to 50 documents;
capable of nnattended operation
AUERBACH Data Communications Reports
A
AUERBACH
4800:09
DATA
COMMUNICATIONS
REPORTS
III..'
~
FACSIMILE EQUIPMENT
AUERBACH
®
COMPARISON CHARTS: FACSIMILE EQUIPMENT
SUPPLEMENT 2
IDENTITY
Graphic Sciences
dex I
Facsimile Transceiver
REPORT NUMBER
9078
FUNCTION
Transmission and reception of graphic data over the
public telephone network via an acoustic telephone
coupler
INPUT
OUTPUT
DATA
TRANSMISSION
Document size, inches
Up to 9 wide by 14 long
Scanner type
Drum
Scanning technique
Photocell and light source!lens arrangement scan the
length of the document fixed to the rotating drum
Vertical resolution,
lines/inch
88
Scanning rate,
lines/min
Line length, inches
150
Copy size, inches
8.5 by 11 or 9 by 14
Recorder type
Electrothermal
Recording technique
Recording stylUS moves laterally across recording
paper attached to the rotating drum
Vertical resolution,
lines/inch
88
Recording rate,
lines/min
150
Line length, inches
9
Transmission speed,
lines/min
Modulation technique
150
Modulation frequencies,
KHz
Transmission facilities
ERROR CONTROL
PRICE
DATA
COMMENTS
9
Vestigial sideband amplitude modulation
o to
2.0
Public telephone network via an integral acoustic
telephone coupler
No provision
Purchase price, $
-
Monthly rental, $
75
The Transceiver does not include a data set interface;
operation must be attended; integral telephone coupler
is acoustically shielded.
~
len
FACSIMILE EQUIPMENT
IDENTITY
Western Union
Letter-Fax
REPORT NUMBER
FUNCTION
9390
9391
Transmission/reception of graphic data
over voiceband line
Transmission/reception of graphic data
over a voiceband!
broadband line
High-speed transmission/reception of graphic
data over broadband facility
Transmission/reception of graphic data
over public telephone
network
Up to 9.5 wide; see Comments
Up to 8.5 wide; see
Comments
Flatbed
-
Drum
8.5 Wide; see
Comments
Flatbed
Scanning Technique
Photocell and light
source/lens arrangement s can length of
document fixed to
rotating drum
100
3 equally speced
scanning heads attached to continuous
belt scan across
mOving document
96
135
190
96
180 or 360
300
2520 or 12,600
1800 or 9000
180
8.25
8.3
Vertical Resolution,
lines/in.
Scanning Rate,
lines/min
Flatbed
Catbode ray tube, lens/photomultiplier
arrangement
Line Length, in.
10
9
8.25
7.87 x 10
8.5 by up to 200 ft
8.5 by up to 2000 ft
Type af Recorder
Electrolytic
Electrolytic
Xerographic
Recording Technique
3 equally spaced recording styli attached
to continuous belt scan
across moving document
100
Rotating raised-wire
helix In respect to a
fixed printing blade
Xerographic using cathode ray tube to form
latent image
96
135
190
96
180 or 360
300
2520 or 12,600
1800 or 9000
180
8.25
;;;)
Vertical Resolution,
lines/in.
Recording Rate,
lines/min
Z
... iii......
Ii;
-C
-C
Q
....
Z
-C
Revolving parabolic
mirror/fixed aperture arrangement
Copy Size, in.
;;;)
0
Xerox
Telecopier II
0.5 x 11
;;;)
0
Xerox LDX
Scanner/Printer
Docu ment Size, in.
...
...
.......
Western Union
Info-Fax 100
Facsimile System
Type of Scanner
...
!:
4800
Up to 8.5 by up to 14
pp to 200 ft with Roll
Feed option)
ImpreSSion
Carbon paper
impressed against
copy
Line Length, in.
10
9
8.25
Data Rate, lines/min
180 or 360
300
1800, 2520, 9000, or 12,600
Vestigial sideband
amplitude modulation
0.3-3.3
See Comments
Frequency modulation
See Comments
1.5-2.4
Western Union Type
4002 Data Channel or
Broadband Exchange
Service
48 KHz wldeband channel (low s can rate) or
Telpack C facility (high scan rate)
Public telephone network via Xerox Telecoupler n telephone
dataset
No provision
Modulation
Double sideband
Technique
amplitude modulation
Modulation
0.3-3.3
Frequencies, kHz
Line Facility
Western Union Type
4002 Data Channel or
equivalent
8.3
180
ERROR CONTROL
No provision
No provision
No provision
PURCHASE PRICE, S
-
-
-
2500-3000
MONTHLY RENTAL, S
60 (transmitter)
80 (recorder)
125
550 (scanner);
650 (printer)
65-80
COMMENTS
Document length restricted only by receiver paper supply;
available for lease
only
Document length restricted only by receiver paper supply;
available for lease
only
Picture signal digitized-for transmission at
50,000 bps (lower scan rate) or 250,000 bps
(higher scan rate); LDX Scanner/Printer can
be used over 48-KHz wideband channel via Bell
System Data Set 303C or over Telpak C
Facility via Bell System Data Set 303D;
document length restricted only by paper supply
at receiver
Xerox Telecoupler II
telephone coupler data
set compatible with
Bell System Dats-Phone
Data Set 602C; document length restricted
only by paper supply at
receiver; capable of
attended operation;
scanner/recorder integrated into single
transceiver
© 1970 AUERBACH Info, Inc.
11
4800
DATA COMMUNICATIONS
iDENTITY
Graphic Transmission
Systems Bandcom-100~
Business Facsimile
System
Document Size, in.
Type of Scanner
Scanning Technique
I-
::I
a.
!:
Vertical Resolution,
lines/in.
Scanning Rate,
lines/min
9030
9033
Transmission/reception of graphic data
over broadband facility; restricted to
handling narrow copy
Transmission/receptian of graphic data
over vOice-/hroadband facility
Up to 8.5 wide; see
Comments
Fla:thed
Up to 7 wide; see
Comments
Flatbed
Up to 60 wide; see
Comments
Flatbed
Rotating single-turn
helical aperture in
respect to fixed
aperture
Rotating Single-turn
helical aperture in
respect to fixed
aperture
96
450
Graphic Scien!)es
dexV
Graphic Transceiver
-
-
Transmission/reception of graphic data
over public telephone network/private
voiceband line
Transmission/receptian of graphic data
over public telephone
network via Data
Access Arrangement
(DAA)
Up to 8.5 Wide; see
Up to 9 x 14
comments
Flatbed
Drum
Rotating single-turn
helical aperture in
respect to fixed
aperture
Individually rotating
ml!lti-turn/single-turn
helical apertures
100
48/96
80 (DlllA); 96 (DlllB)
Photocell, light
source/lens arrangement laterally scan
document fixed to rotating drum
176
3,600
120, 240, 480, 960
900 max; 700 nominal
112.5
Line Length, in.
8.5
2.250
18.125
8.3
9
8.5 wide by up to 360
ft long
Electrostatic
(xerographic)
3 recording styli on
continuous belt scan
electrostatic paper
to produce image
fused by heat
96
2.687 by up to 150 ft
19 by up to 170 ft
8.5 by up to 400 ft
8.5 x 11/9 x 14
Electrolytic
Electrolytic
Electrolytic
Electrothermal
Rotating raised-wire
helix in respect to
fixed printing blade
Rotating raised-wire
helix in respect to
fixed printing blade
Rotating raised-wire
helix in respect to
fixed printing blade
Recording stylus moves
laterally across recording paper fixed to
rotating drum
100
48/96
80 (D111A); 96 (Dll1B)
176
450
3,600
120, 240, 480, 960
900 max; 550 nominal
112.5
Recording Technique
I-
::I
a.
I-
Vertical Resolution,
lines/in.
Recording Rate,
lines/min
0
Dacom
Dlll
One Minute Facsimile
System
Copy Size, in.
Type of Recorder
::I
Alden 18 Alspeed
Alpurfax Facsimile
System
High-speed transmission/reception of
graphic data over
voiceband line
REPORT NUMBER
FUNCTION
Alden 2 Signature'
Verification
Facsimile System
Line Length, in.
8.5
2.250
18.125
8.3
9
Data Rate, linesl min
450
3,600
120, 240, 480, 960
900 max; 700 nominal
112.5
Modulation
Technique
Modulation
Frequencies, kHz
Line Facility
Frequency modulation
Double sideband amplitude modulation
0-7.5
Double sideband amplitude modulation
0-14.0
Frequency shift keying
1. 7-2.1
Vestigial sideband
amplitude modulation
0-2.0
Public switched network, Bell System
Type 3002 or 4002
Data Channel
15. 5 kHz broadband
facility
Telpak 5702 (A2)/5703
(A3) service; 3kHz
voiceband unconditloned line
ERROR CONTROL
No provision
No provision
PURCHASE PRICE, $
2,550 (transmitter
or receiver)
90 (transmitter or
receiver)
Z
0
;;;
i
..
II>
Z
TABLE I.
USASCII (UNITED STATES OF AMERICA STANDARD CODE
FOR INFORMATION INTERCHANGE)
Bits 7, 6, 5
Bits
4, 3, 2, 1
000
001
010
011
100
101
0000
NUL
DLE
SP
0
@
P
0001
SOH
DC 1
!
1
A
Q
0010
STX
DC2
"
2
B
R
0011
ETX
DC 3
#
3
C
S
0100
EOT
DC 4
$
4
D
T
0101
ENQ
NAK
%
5
E
U
0110
ACK
SYN
&
6
F
V
0111
BEL
ETB
,
7
G
W
1000
BS
CAN
(
8
H
X
1001
HT
EM
)
9
I
Y
1010
LF
SUB
*
:
J
Z
1011
VT
ESC
+
;
K
[
1100
FF
FS
,
<
L
"-
I
I
1101
CR
GS
-
=
M
]
1110
SO
RS
.
\
>
N
A
'\.
1111
SI
US
/
?
0
-
Note:
110
111
UNUSED
DEL
The eighth bit (not shown) is transmitted as even parity.
Model 33 Teletype units with external Anderson Jacobson telephone couplers can be configured
via cable connection according to one of the following combinations:
•
A Model 33 KSR and a Model ADC 260, 262, or 300 Acoustic Data Coupler
•
A Model 33 ASR and a Model ADC 260, 262, or 300 Acoustic Data Coupler
All KSR and ASR ADT 233 models and Teletype 33 models with external telephone couplers
are available as mobile or portable units with accompanying cart attachments or carrying
cases; see Paragraph. 9 •
.3
.31
INPUT
Prepared Input
ADT 233 Paper Tape Reader (ASR) Input medium: • . • • . . • • • • . . . • . . . I-inch, fully-punched, 8-level paper tape
Input code: • . . • • . • • . • . . . . . . . . . • USASCII; see Table I.
Quantity of data: • . • . . . • . . . . . • . • • variable
Character set: •..•.•••••.....•• 63 characters, including upper-case alphabetics,
digits 0-9, punctuation, and special symbols;
see Table 1.
© 1969 AUERBACH Corporation and AUERBACH Info. Inc.
11/69
6050:04
ANDERSON JACOBSON
ADT 233
TABLE II. USASCII CONTROL CODE IDENTIFICATION AND GENERATION (1)
Generation (2)
Identity
Code
S
ACK
BEL
BS
CAN
CR
DC1
DC2
DC3
DC4
DEL
DLE
EM
ENQ
EOT
ESC
ETB
ETX
FF
FS
GS
HT
LF
NAK
NUL
RS
SI
SO
SOH
STX
SUB
SYN
US
VT
Acknowledge
Bell
Backspace
Cancel
Carriage Return
Device Control
Device Control
Device Control
Device Control (stop)
Delete
Data Link Escape
End of Medium
Enquiry
End of Transmission
Escape
End of Transmission Block
End of Text
Form Feed
File Separator
Group Separator
Horizontal Tab
Line Feed
Negative Acknowledge
Null
Record Separator
Shift In
Shift out
Start of Heading
Start of Text
Substitute
Synchronous Idle
Unit Separator
Vertical Tab
*
*
*
*
*
*
C
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
Rub-Out
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
L
F
G
H
X
M
Q
R
S
T
P
Y
E
D
K
W
C
L
L
M
I
J
U
P
N
0
N
A
B
Z
V
0
K
(1) These control codes are presently generated and interpreted by Model 33 and 35 Teletype equipment.
(2) Control character generation, in most cases, is performed by simultaneously depressing the Control (C) key and the appropriate letter (L) key; the Shift (S) key must be
depressed in addition to the control and letter keys where specified. Separate keys
are also provided for Carriage Return, Escape, and Line Feed codes •
• 31
Prepared Input (Contd.)
Rated input speed: •.••••...••••••
Effective speed: •••• '. . '.• '••••.••.
.32
Manual Input
ADT 233 Keyboard (ASR and KSR) Method of entry: • . • . . • . . . . . . • . . .
Quantity of data: •.•••.•...•••...
11/69
10 char/sec (110 bits/sec), max
less than rated speed, depending on block length
via standard typewriter-styled, 45-key keyboard
variable
AUERBACH Data Communications Reports
A
~
AUERBACH
AUERBACH
DATA
COMMUNICATIONS
REPORTS
6050:05
ANDERSON JACOBSON
ADT 233
'"
TABLE III. ACOUSTIC DATA COUPLER TRANSMISSION CHARACTERISTICS
~
Model
ADC 260
Model
ADC 262
Model
ADC 300
Mode
Half-duplex;
full-duplex
Half-duplex;
full-duplex
Half-duplex;
full-duplex
Method
Serial by bit
Serial by bit
Serial by bit
Modulation
Frequency shift
Frequency shift
Frequency shift
Timing
Asynchronous
Asynchronous
Asynchronous
Code
Any code;
any length
Any code;
any length
Any code;
any length
Operating Mode
Originate only
Originate only
Originate or
answer
Speed
Up to 300 bps
Up to 300 bps
Up to 300 bps
1270 (mark);
1070 (space)
2225 (mark);
2025 (space)
1270 (mark);
1070 (space)
2225 (mark);
2025 (space)
2225 (mark);
2025 (space)
1270 (mark);
1070 (space)
Acoustic
Acoustic
Acoustic
Acoustic
Acoustic
Acoustic
Interface
EIA RS232B;
std. Teletype
EIA RS232B;
Std. Teletype
EIA RS232B
Comments
Offers manual selection of upright or inverted transmission frequencies; compatible with ADC 300 or Bell System
Data-Phone Data Sets 103A1, 103A2, or
101C; Model 262 provides a second interface for both on- and off-line operation.
Feature
Operating
Frequency:
Transmit (Hz)
Receive (Hz)
Coupling:
Transmit
Receive
Note:
Operating frequencies are
shown for answer
mode; frequencies for originate mode are
the inverse.
Bell System Data Sets are described in the Comparison Chart Section 4600: CommonCarrier Data Sets.
Character set: . . . . . . •
Comments: . . • • • . . • . . . . • . . . • • • . .
96 characters: upper-case alphabetics, digits
0-9, punctuation, special characters, and
control codes; see Tables I and II.
additional keys provide special functions.
.33
Fixed Input: •...•.•.•...•.•.•••.
no provision, except for a 20-<;:haracter reply to
an ENQ (WRU) inquiry; th~ge characters are
set up in the answerback mechanism and are
usually used to identify the station.
. 35
Message Configuration: ..•...•.•.••
1 to N characters with control characters interspersed; control characters are keyed in or
contained in the paper tape input.
© 1969 AUERBACH Corporation and AUERBACH Info, Inc.
11/69
6050:06
ANDERSON JACOBSON
ADT 233
. 36
Operating Procedure
The operating procedure can vary greatly depending on the optional control f~atures installed
and the application. See Paragraphs 3100.31, 3100.32, 3100.41, 3100.42, and 3100.43 for
the manner in which Teletype units are being used in services offered by the common
carriers •
.4
OUTPUT
.41
Output to Punched Tape
ADT 233 Paper Tape Punch (ASR) Tape size: . . . • . • . . . . . . . . . . . • . .
Tape code: . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . • . . . •
Rated punching speed: . . . . . . . . • . . •
Effective speed: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Format control: . . . . . . . . . • . . • . • .
. 44
Output to Printer
ADT 233 Page Printer (ASR and KSR) Output medium: . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . •
Character set: . . • . . . • . . . . . . • • • •
Rated printing speed: .. . . . • . . • . . • •
Effective speed: . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . •
Format control: . . . • . . . • . • . . . • . •
.5
1-inch, fully-punched, 8-level paper tape
8-level USASCII; see Table I.
10 char/sec, max
less than rated speed, depending on block length
none
friction-fed forms, 72 char/line, max;
pin-fed forms, 72 char/line, max
64 printable characters; upper-case alphabetics
digits 0-9, punctuation, special symbols, and
control codes
10 char/sec (110 bits/sec), max
less than rated speed due to operations such as
carriage return/line feed
via special control codes contained in the received data
ERROR DETECTION AND CORRECTION
Even parity is generated and transmitted; no detection facilities exist except for visual verification of manual input .
.6
CONDITION INDICATORS: . . . . • . . . .
.7
DATA TRANSMISSION
.71
Basic Characteristics
up to 300 bits/sec
Rated transmission speed:
. 72
• 73
11/69
various facilities, such as the Received Carrier
lamp indicator, can be supplied, depending
upon the application •
Transmission method: . . . . . • . . . . • •
serial by bit
Transmission code: . . . . . • . . . . . • •.
8-level, ll-unit USASCII including start and stop
bits for each character
Transmission mode:
half-duplex or full-duplex
.......••••.•
Order of bit transmission:
start bit followed by data bits, low-order bit first,
and stop bits
Synchronization: . . . . • . . . . . . . . . • .
asynchronous; start pulse is one bit-time in
length and stop pulse is two bit-times in length•
Connection to Communications
Lines: . . . . • • . . . • . • . • . . . • . • •.
see Table III.
Transmission Control
Call initiation:
manual dialing
Call reception:
operator intervention
Functional operations: •..••....•••
carriage return, line feed, bell, horizontal tab,
vertical tab, etc. , are initiated by special control codes.
AUERBACH Data Communications Reports
A
~
AUERBACH
AUERBACH
DATA
COMMUNICATIONS
REPORTS
6050:07
ANDERSON JACO.BSON
ADT 233
t!i
.74
Multistation Operation: • , . . • . . . • . . .•
.8
PHYSICAL SPECIFICATIONS
~
Characteristic
.9
Model
ADT 233
KSR
no provision
Model
ADT 233
ASR
Teletype
Model 33
KSR
Teletype
Model 33
ASR
ADC 260,
262, 300
Couplers
22.0
18.5
32.875
18.625
18.5
32.875
56
22
18.5
32.875
56
12
12
5.75
9
Width (inches)
Depth (inches)
Height (inches)
Weight (pounds)
18.625
18.5
32.875
Power (KVA)
Voltage
Frequency (Hz)
Phase
0.119
115
60
1
0.119
115
60
1
0.110
115
60
1
0.110
115
60
1
Supplied
by Teletype unit
or External
Power
Source
Temperature Range (OF)
Humidity Range (%)
Heat (BTU/hr)
40-120
0-90
430
40-120
0-90
703
40-120
0-90
409
40-120
0-90
682
40-120
0-90
10
-
-
PRICE DATA
Component or Feature
Monthly (1)
Rental, $
Purchase
Price, $
88
1773
83
N/A
N/A
1673
1726
1823
99
2085
92
N/A
N/A
1985
2048
2145
107
1869
N/A
N/A
N/A
1769
1822
1919
128
2196
N/A
N/A
N/A
2095
2158
2258
Mobile KSR Units (2)
ADT 233 (5)
Teletype 33 with coupler: (6)
ADC 260
ADC 262
ADC 300
Mobile ASR Units (2)
ADT 233 (5)
Teletype 33 with coupler: (6)
ADC 260
ADC 262
ADC 300
Portable KSR Units (3)
ADT 233 (5)
Teletype 33 with coupler: (6)
ADC 260
ADC 262
ADC 300
Portable ASR Units (4)
ADT 233 (5)
(6'
Teletype 33 with coupler: )
ADC 260
ADC 262
ADC 300
© 1969 AUERBACH Corporation and AUERBACH Info, Inc.
11/69
6050:08
ANDERSON JACOBSON
ADT 233
.9
PRICE DATA (Contd.)
Component or Feature
Monthly(l)
Rental, $
Purchase
Price, $
25
27
31
570
598
695
*
98
Acoustic Data Couplers (6)
ADC 260
ADC 262
ADC 300
Teletype Options
X-On, X-Off (computer
control of paper tape
reader) and Even
Paritv (7)
Elasped Time Meter(7)
KSR Sprocket Paper Feed
ASR Sprocket Paper Feed
and Automatic Control of
Paper Tape Punch
Additional Answerback Drum (8)
Coding of Answerback Drum
N/A
14
14
38
160
248
N/A
N/A
8
14
N/A
244
N/A
286
4
*
N/A
N/A
79
68
24
20
Additional Accessories (9)
TC-1 KSR Carrying Case
(includes 4 wheels, shock
mounting, and printer
carriage lock)
TC-2 ASR Carrying Case
(includes 4 wheels, shock
mounting, reader guide,
printer carriage lock, and
built-in chad receptacle)
TC-3 Cart Attachment
TC-4 Shelf Rack
TC-5 Coupler Carrying Case
Coupler Connection Cable (8 feet)
(1) other rental plans available, including purchase options and leases.
(2) Includes accessories TC-3 and TC-4.
(3) Includes accessory TC-l.
(4) Includes accessory TC-2.
(5) Contains integrated coupler.
(6) Includes coupler connection cable.
(7) Installed charge.
(8) One drum included in each terminal at no charge.
(9) Additional accessories not shown are available upon request.
N/ A - Not applicable.
*Included in rental units.
11/69
AUERBACH Data Communications Reports
A
~
"UE....CH
DATA
COII.UNICATIONS
6060:01
BUNKER-~AMO
AUERBACH REI'ORTS
•
SERIES 200 DISPLAYS
BUNKER-RAMO SERIES 200 DATA DISPLAY SYSTEM
.1
GENERAL
.11
Identity: . . . . . . • • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Series 200 Data Display System:
Models 203, 204, 211, and 212 Display
Stations;
Models 222 and 223 Universal Control Units •
. 12
Manufacturer: • . . . . . . . • . . • . . . . . . . . Bunker-Ramo Corporation
445 Fairfield Avenue
Stamford, Connecticut 06904
.13
Basic Function: . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . transmit data to a computer; display data received from a computer or entered via a keyboard; input can be from a keyboard, paper
tape reader or teleprinter keyboard; output can
be to a video display device, paper tape punch,
or teleprinter;
. 14
Basic Components
Name: . . . . • . . . . . . . . • . . . • • . . . . . . Display Station.
Model number: . . . . . . . . . . . • . • . . . . . . 203, 204, 211, and 212.
Function: . • • . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . video display of data and keyboard data entry;
different models have different keyboards.
Name: . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Universal Control Unit.
Model number: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . 222, 223, and 224.
Function: . . • . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . provides control logic, character generation,
buffer storage, and display regeneration.
Name: . • . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . Communications Interface.
Model number: . . . • . . . . . • . . • • . . . . . . 231 and 232.
Function: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . provides EIA RS-232A interface to communications line; different models permit transmission using different synchronization
techniques and transmission speeds.
Name: . • . . . . . . . . . . . . .". . . . . . . . . . Expansion Module.
Model number: . . . • • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241, 242, 243, and 246.
Function: • . . . . • . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . provides additional buffer storage for display
.
and non-display units.
Name: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Control Modules.
Model number: . . . . . • . • • • . . . . . . . . . . 253, 254, 256, 257, and 258.
Function: . . . . . . . . . . • • . . . . . . . . . . . provides control logic for non-display devices .
. 15
Description
The Bunker-Ramo Series 200 Data Display System is designed to facilitate the rapid exchange
of data between a computer and one or more remote locations under control of a stored program in the computer. A large number of cathode ray tube Display Stations and non-display
devices can be connected to a Universal Control Unit, which contains the interface for the
communications line. Each display or non-display device can be located up to 1,000 cablefeet away from the Control Unit. The non-display devices that can be incorporated include
Teletype paper tape readers and punches, Teletype Model 33 or 35 Receive-Only Printers,
and Teletype Model 33 or 35 Keyboard Send-Receive units. Bunker-Ramo will supply the
Teletype equipment if desired by the customer.
Bunker-Ramo has produced a number of special designs for customers; the Series 200 system
is the current standard product line. Bunker-Ramo display equipment is also known under the
registered trandemark Teleregister.
C 1967 AUERBACH Corporation lind AUERBACH Info, Inc.
11/67
6060:02
BUNKER-RAMO
SERIES 200 DISPLAYS
. 15
Figure 1: Bunker-Ramo Model 203 Display Station (Left)
and 212 Display Station (Right)
Description (Contd.)
The Bunker-Ramo Series 200 Data Display System is also offered by Honeywell under the
name Honeywell Series 200 Visual Information Projection (VIP); see Report 6384.
In a data communications environment, A Series 200 Display System can be arranged in two
functionally different ways. In a non-polling arrangement only one Control Unit can be
operated on one communications line, and all communications between the remote computer
and the Display Stations are initiated by the Display Station operators. In a polling arrangement up to 32 Control Units can be connected to one line, and all communications are initiated by the remote computer under stored program control or by special hardware.
The Universal Control Unit is connected to a remote computer via the public telephone network or a common-carrier leased voice-band line, appropriate data sets, and the appropriate communications controller at the computer site.
The Control Unit performs a scan of associated devices periodically (non-polling) or when a
request is received (polling). The connected devices are tested sequentially for a pending
message; if one is found, it is transmitted to the computer. Scanning of the other units is
resumed only after a computer response is received or after a predetermined period of time
has elapsed.
Communications between the computer and a particular Control Unit are done in a halfduplex mode. In the polling arrangement, full-duplex communications facilities are used to
permit simultaneous transmission from the computer to one Control Unit and reception from
another. Communication Interface features are available for transmission at from 600 to
2,400 bits per second. The most commonly-used speeds are 1,200, 1,800, 2,000, or 2,400
bits per second.
The 7-level ASCll transmission code is employed, with an eighth bit added for character
parity. Start/stop synchronization is generally employed at 1,200 or 1,800 bits per second;
a total of 10 bits, including start and stop bits, are transmitted for each character. Synchronous transmission is generally used at 2,000 or 2,400 bits per second; in this case,
sync characters are transmitted prior to each message, and a total of eight bits per character are transmitted.
(Contd.)
11/67
AUERBACH Data Communications Reports
fA.
~
..
~UERBACH
AUERBACH
DATA
COMMUNICATIONS
REPORTS
6060:03
BUNKER-RAMO
SERIES 200 DISPLAYS
There are four models of the Display Station:
Model 203 Display Station - provides a removable alphanumeric keyboard with
mechanical key linkages and a 10-inch rectangular cathode ray display tube; see
Figure 1.
• Model 204 Display Station - similar to Model 203 except that electronic switches
replace the mechanical key linkages.
• Model 211 Display Station - provides an integral numeric keyboard and a 7-inch
rectangular cathode ray display tube.
• Model 212 Display Station - similar to Model 211 except that it provides an alphanumeric keyboard arranged in two separate blocks containing numerics and alphabetics; see Figure 1.
Models can be intermixed on the same Universal Control Unit. The display capacity ranges
from a total of 32 to 384 (Model 211 or 212) or 768 (Model 203 or 204) characters. The display size is a function of the number of devices connected to the Control Unit. A display-only
device (no keyboard) is available on special request; this device (Model 217) is the display unit
of the Model 203 Display Station.
Paragraph . 2, Configuration, contains detailed configuration rules governing the number of
display and non-display devices that can be connected to a Control Unit and the resulting
display size.
Editing facilities available to a Display Station operator include movement of the cursor to
the right one position at a time or repetitively, to the first position of the next line, and to
the first display position. Movement of the cursor to the left is possible with the 251 Message Editing Module. Control keys are also provided to erase one character or an entire
line. The cursor is non-destructive; i. e., it does not erase the character displayed in the
position the cursor occupies.
A number of special function keys are provided which can be conveniently used for transaction code input. These keys generate unique code patterns, but the user can select the
character or symbol to be displayed and the keytop markings.
If the Model 252 Multi-Message Transaction feature is incorporated, only the last Display
Station inquiry or computer response is transmitted, but the previous inquiries and responses
continue to be displayed. The operator can position the cursor and hence enter or alter data
only in the last response. A special character code transmitted from the computer can enable
the operator to access any portion of the displayed data. Without the Multi-Message Feature,
all displayed data is transmitted each time.
The Model 261 Blink Feature permits the computer to blink selectively all data on the screen
or portions of the data at a rate of once per second. Two non-displayable special characters
(Start Blink and End of Blink) bracket the data to be blinked.
The Model 262 Tab Control Module allows the operator to tab to a predetermined pOSition on
the screen. The tab positions are identified by special, displayable characters included in
the message. The Model 251 Message Editing Module is a prerequisite for the Model 262
Tab Control Module.
Character and longitudinal parity checking are performed on all data received by a Control
Unit from the remote computer; character parity bits and longitudinal check characters are
generated and transferred with aU data transmitted from the Control Unit. A "T" (Transmit
mode) or an "E" :Error condition) is displayed in the last displayable position to indicate the
status of a Displ:?-y Station . . ", 'letection of an error by the remote computer is indicated
by failure of the ; ~,mtrol V.).
cceive a response within a predetermined period of time.
Retransmissions HUlst be lnitiat.;;d manually, but the data need not be rekeyed. For nondisplay devices, positive and negative acknowledgment messages are used to indicate
successful or unsucce::.;sful transmission; the control unit can automatically retransmit a
message in response t.G a negative acknowledgment.
The Bunker-Ramo SerLo's 200 Data Display System can also be connected directly to a variety
of computer systems via "pecial interfaces. InterfalJes are available for direct connection to
IBM 1400, 7000 Series, and System/360 computers. Other interfaces are available on special
request. The data transfer rate when connected directly can be up to 41, 600 characters per
second. The remainder of this report discusses the Series 200 Display System as used in a
data communications environment unless otherwise specified.
•
@
1967 AUERBACH Corporation and AUERBACH Info, Inc.
11/67
6060:04
BUNKER-RAMO
SERIES 200 CISPLA YS
.16
First Delivery: . . . . . . . • • • • . . • . • ..
April 1965 .
. 17
Availability:....................
4 months .
.2
CONFIGURATION
In a data communication~ environment, Bunker-Ramo Series 200 Data Display Systems can
be arranged in two functionally different ways. In a non-polling arrangement, all communications between the computer and the Display Stations are initiated by the Display Station
operators.. In a polling arrangement, all communications are initiated by the computer under
control of the program stored in the computer or special hardware devices.
A non-polling arrangement consists of the following components:
•
•
,•
One Model 222, 223, or 224 Universal Control Unit and appropriate Model 241, 242.
243, or 246 Expansion Modules as needed; .
A number of associated display and non-display devices; and
A Model 231 or 232 Communications Interface and a data set.
A polling arrangement consists of the following components:
•
Up to 32 Model 222, 223, or 224 Universal Control Units and appropriate Model 241,
242, 243, and 246 Expansion Modules as needed;
•
One 255 Polling Control Feature for each Control Unit;
•
A number of associated display and non-display devices for each Control Unit; and
•
One Model 232 Communications Interface and corresponding data set for each Control Unit.
The devices connected to each Control Unit can be located up to 1,000 cable-feet away from
the Control Unit.
The Model 231 Communications Interface permits data communications at 600 to 2400 bits per
second using an asynchronous (start/stop) technique. The Model 232 Communications Interface permits data communications at 600 to 2400 bits per second using either an asynchronous
(start/stop) or synchronous technique. The Model 231 can be used in non-polling networks
only; the Model 232 can be used in either polling or non-polling networks. The characteristics
of each Interface are specified in Table V, The standard communications facilities that can be
used and the data sets required are listed in Paragraph. 72.
There are four different Display Stations that can be incorporated in a Series 200 Data
Display System. The characteristics of each model are described in Paragraphs. 32 and
.46. Each Display Station includes a keyboard for manual data entry. The Model 211 and
Model 212 Display Stations contain provisions for including 12 editing control/special function keys. There are six standard and two optional editing control keys. Any of the standard
editing control keys can be deleted if desired and replaced with special function keys. Care
should be taken before dropping any of the standard editing functions to ensure that adequate
cursor positioning control will be provided for the planned application. The Model 203 and
204 Display Stations contain provisions for 15 special function keys; editing control keys
cannot be replaced by additional special function keys.
Control modules are available for connecting the following non-display devices:
R~ader,
•
Teletype CX Paper Tape
•
Teletype BRPE Paper Tape Punch.
•
Teletype Model 33 or 35 Receive-Only Printer, and
• Teletype Model 33 or 35 Keyboard Send-Receive Unit.
A Control module is required for each non-display device incorporated.
The basic Model 222, 223, or 224 Universal Control Unit contains the basic control logic for
all devices connected to the Control Unit and contains 768 characters of buffer storage. Four
models of Expansion Modules are available. each of which also contains 768 characters of
storage. The buffer storage of the basic Control Unit and the Expansion Modules can be segmented to allow the connection of multiple devices. The basic Model 222, 223, or 224 Universal Control Unit can accommodate up to 12 Display Stations (any model) and non-display
(Contd.)
11/67
AUERBACH Data Communications Reports
fA
~
AUERBACH
AUER8ACH
6060:05
DATA
CDMMUNICATIDNS
BUNKER-RAMO
SERIES 200 OISPLA YS
REPORTS
•
devices in any combination. The Model 241 Expansion Module can accommodate up to 12
Display Stations. The Model 242 Expansion Module can accommodate up to 12 Display Stations
and non-display devices. The Model 243 and 246 Expansion Modules can accommodate up to
12 non-display devices. As the number of devices connected to the basic Control Unit or to an
Expansion Module increases, the display size or size of buffer storage allocation decreases
accordingly. Table I shows the maximum number of devices allowed for each of the possiblE'
display capacities.
The only significant difference among the three models of the Universal Control Unit is the
number of Expansion Modules that can be incorporated. The Model 222 Control Unit can
accommodate up to two Model 241 and 243 Expansion Modules in any combination. Models
223 and 224 Control Units can incorporate up to eight Expansion Modules in the sequence
shown in the following table:
Control
Unit
Control Unit Positions
1 and 2
3
4 and 5
6
7 and 8
223
241 or 242
242
241 or 243*
242
241 or 243*
or
241 or 242
246*
243*
246*
243*
224
241 or 242
242
241 or 243*
246*
243*
* Non-display Expansion Modules.
There are four editing options: the 251 Message Editing Module, the 252 Multi-Message
Transaction Feature, the .261 Blink Feature, and the 262 Tab Control Module. One 251 or
261 option is required in each basic Control Unit or Expansion Module whose associated Display Stations utilize this feature. Only one 252 option is required in each Control Unit to
provide this feature for all Display stations. One 262 option is required for each Control Unit
and each Model 242 Expansion Module whose associated Display stations utilize this feature.
The 251 Module is a prerequisite for the 262 Module .
•3
INPUT
.31
Prepared Input
Teletype Model CX Reader Input medium: . . . • . . • . • ••••••••.
Input code: . • . . • • • • • . • • • • • . • . . .
Quantity of data: . • • • • • • • • • • • • • • .
Rated input speed: .••••••••••••••
Effective speed: .•••••••••.••••.•
Comments: . . . . . . . . . . . .
. 32
0 • • • '
• • • • •
punched paper tape; chad or chadless; 7/8- or
I-inch tape, as specified when ordered.
any 5-, 6-, or 7-level code, as specified when
ordered.
up to maximum size of associated buffer segment;
see Paragraph. 2.
100 char/sec.
limited by transmission speed, turnaround time,
etc.
requires the 254 Reader Control.
Manual Input
203 Display Station Keyboard Method of entry: •••••.••••.•••..
Quantity of data: •••••••• • • • . . . . •
Character set:. • . • • • . . • • • . . ••••.
Comments: •••••..•••••••.•••••
via 42-key keyboard; 15 additional special
function keys provide special data codes and
display symbols; 8 additional keys provide
editing and functional control.
up to 768 characters per display, depending on
maximum display size; see Table I.
see Table IV.
keyboard is -separated from display unit; keyboard
is modified Teletype keyboard with mechanical
key linkages; see Figure 1.
© 1967 AUERBACH Corporation and AUERBACH Info, Inc.
11/67
6060:06
BUNKER-RAMO
SERIES 200 DISPLAYS
TABLE I: BUNKER-RAMO SERIES 200 DISPLAY ARRANGEMENTS
Display
Capacity,
Characters
(1)
Number of
Lines per
Display
32
32
64
64
128
4
2
4
4
16
8
32
16
32
256
378
384
768
8
9
12
12
32
42
32
64
2
Number of
Characters
per Line
Maximum
Number of
Devices per
Basic Control
Unit or Expansion Module (2
Maximum Number of Devices
per Control Unit (2)
Model 223
18
15
12
9
6
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
3
2
2
1
9
6
6
3
27
18
18
9
27
18
18
9
*
*
(1)
The Model 211 or 212 Display Station cannot display 768 characters. All Display
Stations connected to the same Control Unit have the same display arrangement, i. e. ,
the same number of lines and characters per line. For non-display devices, the
"display capacity" represents the buffer size.
(2)
See Paragraph. 2, Configuration, for the rules for combining various numbers of
display and non-display devices in the same configuration.
•
The maximum number of devices per Control Unit at these display capacities is not
entirely a function of the overall buffer capacity; it depends, in addition, on such
considerations as physical space and power available. The manuiacturer should be
consulted for information on individual cases .
• 32
Model 224
Model 222
*
*
Manual Input (Contd.)
204 Display Station Keyboard -
Comments:. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
same as 203 Display Station Keyboard except
electronic switches are used in place of the
mechanical linkages.
211 Display Station Keyboard Method of entry:
Quantity of data: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Character set:. • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
.Comments: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
via 15-key numeric keyboard; 14 additional keys
provide special function codes and editing and
functional control.
up to 384 characters per display, depending on
maximum display size; see Table I.
see Table IV.
keyboard is integral with display unit; numeric
keys are laid out in block fashion.
212 Display Station Keyboard Method of entry:
Quantity of data:
Character set: ..•••••••••.•.••.
Comments: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
via 43-key keyboard; 14 additional keys provide
special function codes. and editing and functional
control.
up to 384 characters per display; depending on
maximum display size; see Table I.
see Table IV.
keyboard is integral with display unit; alphabetic
and numeric keys are laid out in two separate
blocks; see Figure 1.
Teletype Model 33 or 35 KSR Keyboard A Teletype Model 33 or 35 Keyboard Send-Receive Set can be connected to a Control Unit
via a 257 KSR Control. Manual input can be accepted from the keyboard of one of these
units in the same fashion as from a Display Station Keyboard. See Paragraph .44 for
additional details.
(Contd.)
11/67
AUERBACH Data Communications Reports
A
~
AUERBACH
AUERBACH
DATA
COMMUNICATIONS
REPORTS
6060:07
BUNKER-RAMO
SERIES 200 DISPLAYS
OJ
TABLE II: BUNKER-RAMO SERIES 200 USASCII DATA TRANSMISSION CODE (1)
......
87
86
85
84 83 B2 BI
••+•
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
NUL
0
0
0
1
SOH
I
DCl
DC2
1
0
0
1
0
1
1
1
0
0
0
SP
0
@
P
!
1
2
A
Q
B
R
3
C
S
4
D
T
U
0
0
1
0
0
0
1
1
ETX
DC3
"
#
0
1
0
0
EOT
DC4
$
0
1
0
1
ENQ
NAK
%
5
E
0
I
I
0
ACK
SYN
&
6
F
V
0
I
I
I
7
G
W
I
0
0
0
I
0
0
1
I
0
I
I
0
1
,
(
8
H
X
)
9
I
y
0
*
:
J
Z
1
+
;
K
[
<
L
\
=
M
]
>
N
A
?
0
-
EM
1
I
0
0
,
I
1
0
1
-
1
1
I
0
I
1
1
1
/
1
1
0
1
0
Special
Function
Codes (2)
(1) See Table IV for the displayable character set for each model.
(2)
Each special function key generates a unique code pattern within this group; the displayed
character is selectable, when ordered, from among a Wide array of character and symbol
patterns.
• 33
Fixed Input: • • • • • • • . . • • • • • • . • • .
no provision.
• 34
Transaction Code Input: •••••••.•••
with appropriate programming of the remote
computer, the special function keys can be
used for transaction code input; any keytop
markings can be supplied for the special function keys when ordered.
· 35
Message Configuration
The basic message format for all messages transmitted to or from a-Series 200 Display
System is as follows: SOH, AO, AI, A2, Text, ETX, LPC. The AO character is an
address of a Control Unit; it is deleted for non-polling arrangements. The two characters
Al and A2 are an address of a specific display or nondisplay device. The LPC character
contains the longitudinal parity checking information.
The number of data characters in the text portion of a message to or from a Display Station
is the actual number of characters entered, including spaces but not blanks. When the
Clear and Home keys are depressed, the buffer segment is cleared to all blanks. Movement
of the cursor by use of the cursor movement keys leaves blanks in those positions skipped.
A space is entered via the Space key. The size of the text portion of a message to or from
a non-display device is the same as the size of the buffer segment. When the 252 MultiMessage Transaction Feature is incorporated, only the most recent inquiry or response is
C 1967 AUERBACH Corporation and AUERBACH Info. Inc_
11/67
6060:08
BUNKER-RAMO
SERIES 200 DISPLAYS
.35
Message Configuration (Contd.)
transmitted. Table I shows the display size for each Display Station when multiple devices
are connected to a Control Unit.
Also contained in the text portion of the message are certain control characters. Table ITI
lists these characters and their functions.
TABLE Ill: BUNKER-RAMO SERIES 200 DISPLAY SYSTEM CONTROL CHARACTERS
ASCII Character
DCI
Function - When Transmitted by:
Computer
Control Unit
Never transmitted
DC2
Acts as a request for
service for a nondisplay device.
DC3
Automatically generated
and transmitted after the
last valid character of
each line of a message.
DC4
Notifies the computer
that a non-display device
is out-of-service.
Transmitted as the first
text character for each
data burst, except the
last, from a non-display
device.
Requests repeat of last
reply received by a nondisplay device.
ACK
NAK
EM
Transmitted as the first
text character, whenever
the text is the last burst
in a sequence of bursts
from a non-display device.
ENQ
Never transmitted.
EOT
Notifies the computer that
the control unit polled has
no message to transmit.
Clears the display screen, causes
the memory buffer associated with
the addressed device to clear, and
returns the entry marker to the
HOME position. When transmitted
to a non-display device as the only
character, it initiates a pre-set
timer for periodic service requests.
Must always be transmitted as the
first text character of an unsolicited
response message.
In systems equipped with MultiMessage Transaction features,
access to all areas of the display
screen is made available to the
operator. At this time, operation
of the Transmit key causes the display station to transmit the entire
content of its associated memory.
Causes the next character received
to be placed in Character Position I
of the following line. Used for formatting display station text; should
not be used for non-display devices.
Never transmitted.
,
Transmitted as the only text charaeter to a non-display device to acknowledge receipt of a message and
request another data burst.
Notifies non-display device that the
last query received was in error
' and requests repeat of message.
Causes last data burst to be retransmitted.
Never transmitted.
Requests transmission from a
control unit.
Never transmitted.
,
(Contd.)
11/67
AUERBACH Data Communications Reports
fA
~
..
AUERBACH
AUERBACH
DATA
COMMUNICATIONS
REPORTS
6060:09
BUNKEFrRAMO
SERIES 200 DISPLAYS
TABLE IV: BUNKER-RAMO SERIES 200 DISPLAYABLE CHARACTER SETS (1)
Display Station Model
212
211
203/204
Numeric digits
0-9
0-9
0-9
Upper-case alphabetic
letters
A-Z
None
A-Z
Punctuation marks
.1-
None (basic);
choice of up to
4 optional
.1 (basic);
choice of up to
4 optional
Special Symbols
Space
Space
Space
15 function
codes (2)
Up to 12
function codes
Up to 12
function codes
(2)
(2)
Displayable
symbols generated
by keyboard
55
27
55
Additional symbols
displayable when
received from
computer
10
38
10
Total number of
displayable
symbols
65 (including
space)
65 (including
space)
65 (including
space)
(1) See Table II for data transmission codes.
(2) Each special function key generates a unique code. The character displayed for
each special function key is selectable by the user, when ordered, from among
hundreds of character or symbol patterns. The number of special function keys
provided with a 211 or 212 Display Station depends on the number of editing features
incorporated; see Paragraph . 2, Configuration .
• 36
Operating Procedure
A message is composed on the display unit by positioning the cursor and keying in the data.
The special function keys can be used in a variety of ways. They are, essentially, additional
character keys that can display special symbols selected by the user when the equipment is
ordered.
Control keys are provided to move the cursor: to the right one position at a time (Step Right),
continuously to the right (Scan Right), to the first display position (Home), or to the first
position of the next line (CR/LF). Step Left and Scan Left functions are' provided by the
optional Message Editing Feature. Character Erase and Line Erase control keys can be
provided in the standard arrangement if desired. Errors detected by visual inspection can
be corrected by positiOning the cursor and rekeying the data.
After the message is composed, the Transmit key is depressed. The message is transmitted
the next time the Control Unit scans the Display Station. When the Transmit key is depressed,
the letter "T" appears in the last displayable position, and the keyboard is locked. An
answering response from the remote computer is displayed on the display unit, and the keyboard is unlocked. If the transmission was not successful, an "E" will be displayed in the
last displayable position and the response, if any, will not be displayed. The operator can
retransmit the message without rekeying the data by depressing the Transmit key again.
@
1967 AUERBACH Corporation and AUERBACH Info, Inc.
11/67
6060:10
BUNKER-RAMO
SERIES 200 DISPLAYS
.36
Operating Procedure (Contd.)
Transmission of data from non-display devices is performed in a manner similar to that for
display devices. The device is prepared for operation and placed in a ready condition. The
device will be serviced during the next Control Unit cycle. Transmissions to and from the
non-display devices take place as a series of "bursts," each the size of the buffer segment.
Each burst is aclmowledged. If the Control Unit receives a negative aclmowledgment in
response to a segment of data from a non-display device, 1I1e contents of the buffer are
automatically retransmitted. The Control Unit controls the starting and stopping of each nondisplay device; once such a device is placed in the ready condition, it will operate unattended•
• 37
Entry of Time and Date: • • • • • • • • . • .
.4
OUTPUT
.41
Output to Punched Tape
Teletype BRPE Punch Tape size: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tape code: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rated punching speed: •••••••••••
Effective speed:. • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
Format control:. . . . . . . . . . . . . • . .
Comments: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. 44
no provisions .
5-, 6-, or 7-1evel; 11/16-, 7/8-, or I-inch
as specified when ordered.
any 5-, 6-, or 7-level code, as specified when
ordered.
110 char/sec.
limited by transmission speed, turnaround
time, etc.
none.
requires 256 Punch Control.
Output to Printer
Teletype Model 33 or 35 Receive-Only (RO) or Keyboard Send-Receive (KSR) sets can be
used for printed output at 10 characters per second. Each RO set requires a 253 RO Control;
each KSR set requires a 257 KSR Control. Both the 253 and 257 Controls include buffering
and can receive computer messages only. Displayed messages cannot be printed unless they
are transmitted to the computer and retransmitted from the computer to the specific RO or
KSR Control. The 258 RO Control shares the display buffer and permits printing a displayed
message composed via the keyboard or received from the computer. Printing can be formatted through the use of format characters in the displayed message. The Teletype eqUipment is fully described in Reports 6804 and 6805. See Paragraph. 2, Configuration, for the
configuration rules governing the number of RO and KSR sets that can be incorporated .
• 46
Output to Visual Display Device
203, 204, 211, and 212 Display Stations Output medium: . • • • • • •••••••••.
Character set:. • • • . • • • • • • • • • . . .
Character size: • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
Display size:
203 or 204 Display Station:
211 or 212 Display Station:
Characters per line:. • • • • • • • • • • • •
Lines per display: • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
Characters per display: •••• • • • • • •
Buffer capacity: •••••••••••••••
cathode ray tube; displays green characters on
dark grey background.
see Table IV.
characters are formed by 5-by-7 dot matrix;
character height is adjustable from 0.125 to
0.25 inches; width--is 75% of height; line
spacing is 0.31 to 1. 0 inch, depending on size
of display.
7.75 inches wide by 5.50 inches high on 10-inchdiagonal rectangular tube.
4.75 inches wide by 3.75 inches high on 7-inchdiagonal rectangular tube.
see Table I.
see Table I.
see Table I.
768 to 2304 characters (222 Control) or 768 to
6144 characters (223 Control) in modules of
768 characters.
(Contd.)
11/67
AUERBACH Q.ata Communications Reports
A
~
.,
AUERBACH'
AUERBACH
DATA
CDMMUNICATlDNS
REPDRTS
6060: 11
BUNKER-RAMO
SERIES 200 DISPLAYS
Format control: ..•••.•••.••.....
Rated output speed: • . . . • . • • . • . . . .
Effective output speed: .•....•.••.•
•5
ERROR DETECTION AND CORRECTION
· 51
Data Entry Errors: .•.••••...••••
• 52
Data Transmission Errors
Type of checking:. . . . ••••••••.••.
Error indication: . . • • • • . . • . . . . . ..
Correction procedure: ••••••••••••
.53
Data Recording Errors:
· 55
Line Malfunctions
Detection:. • • • • . • • . • • . • . • •..•••
Action: •••••••••••••••••••••••
•6
CONDITION INDICA TORS: .•••••.••.
·7
DATA TRANSMISSION
space codes entered via Space key occupy a
character position in the buffer and are transmitted; blanks skipped over by cursor are not
transmitted. Cursor can be moved right one
position at a time or repetitively via Step Right
and Scan Right keys; Step Left and Scan Left
are optional (251 Message Editing Module);
cursor can be positioned at the beginning of the
next line (CR/LF key) or to the first displayable position (Home). Individual characters
or lines can be erased. Multiple inquiryresponse sequences can be displayed with
operator access only to latest entry (optional;
requires 252 Multi-Message Transaction
Feature). Portions or all of displayed data
can be blinked (optional; requires 261 Blink
Feature). Tabbing capabilities are provided
by the 262 Tab Control Feature.
up to 42,000 char/sec when connected on-line;
up to 300 char/sec over a voice-band line.
limited by transmission speed, turnaround time,
etc.
no provisions for checking other than visual
verification of displayed data. Errors are
corrected by positioning the cursor and rekeying the data.
character and longitudinal parity are checked
by Control Unit.
failure of computer to respond within a predetermined period of time; an "E" is displayed
in the lower right display pOSition. Data containing a detected error is not displayed.
operator depresses Transmit key to retransmit;
contents of a non-display device buffer are
retransmitted automatically in response to a
negative aclmowledgment.
no prOvision for checking other than visual
verification.
no data is received from remote computer
within a predetermined period of time.
display an "E" in lower right ,display position.
a minimum of indicators a:r:e provided in a
Series 200 Display System. A "T" or "E" is
displayed to indicate status. Lamps on the
Control Unit indicate that power is on and
indicate a time-out condition.
A group of Bunker-Ramo Series 200 Display Stations can be arranged for non-polling or
polling operations; see Paragraphs. 73 and .74. The primary difference between the two
arrangements is that the Control Unit initiates all communications in the non-polling
arrangement, while the remote computer initiates all communications in the polling arrangement. The Control Unit performs a scan of associated devices periodically (non-polling) or
when a request is received (polling). The connected devices are tested sequentially for a
pending message. If one is found, it is transmitted to the computer. Scanning of the other
C 1967 AUERBACH Corporation and AUERBACH Info, Inc.
11/67
6060:12
BUNKER-RAMO
SERIES 200 DISPLAYS
•7
. 71
. 72
DATA TRANSMISSION (Contd.)
units is resumed only after a computer response is received or after a predetermined period
of time has elapsed.
In the non-polling arrangement, the computer normally communicates with a particular
display station or non-display device only in response to a message transmitted to the
computer by that device. The computer, however, can selectively address a remote device
by "tacking on" an addressed message to a normal response to an inquiry from a different
device. In the polling arrangement, the computer can request transmission from all active
devices connected to a Control Unit and can selectively address individual devices.
A message which is not transmitted as a response to an inquiry by a particular terminal
device is called an "unsolicited response" by Bunker-Ramo. Careful planning should
precede the use of unsolicited responses, because the Control Units do not indicate a busy
status for the associated devices, and data can be lost or garbled should the addressed device
have a message pending transmission •
Basic Characteristics: • • • • • • • • •.• • •
see Table V •
Connection to Communications Lines
Communications Line or Service*
Data Set**
Public telephone network operating
at the following speeds 1200 bits/sec (120 char/sec): .•••••. Bell System Data-Phone Data Set 202C.
2000 bits/sec (250 char/sec): .•••.•• Bell System Data-Phone Data Set 201A.
Common-carrier leased voice-band
line operating at the following speeds 1800 bits/sec (180 char/sec): .••••.. Bell System Data Set 202D.
2400 bits/sec (300 char/sec): .•••••• Bell System Data Set 201B or Western Union
2400 Baud Data Modem.
Full-duplex
facilities
are
required
if
Display
Stations arranged for polling; see Paragraph
*
.7. The speeds listed are the speeds commonly used for a Series 200 System.
** In some cases, equivalent data sets can be used; check with your local common-carrier
communications consultant.
TABLE V: BASIC DATA TRANSMISSION CHARACTERISTICS
Communications Interface
Characteristic
231
Rated transmission speed (1)
Transmission method
Transmission code (1)
1,200 or 1,800 bits/sec
(120 or 180 char/sec), as
specified when ordered.
Serial by bit
7-level ABcn plus parity;
see Table n; a total of 10
bits, including start and
stop bits, are transmitted
for each character
Transmission mode
Order of bit transmission
Half-duplex
Low-order bit first,
parity bit last
Synchronization (1)
Start/stop
Comments
Timing by internal clock
(1)
232
2,000 or 2,400 bits/sec
(250 or 300 char/sec)
Serial by bit
7-level ABCn plus parity;
see Table n; a total of 8 bits
are transmitted for each
character
Half-duplex; see Comments
Low-order bit first. parity
bit last
Synchronous; Sync characters
are transmitted prior to each
message
Timing is external, from data
set; full-duplex communications faclUties are required if
Display Stations are arranged
for polling (see Paragraph . 7)
Thespeeds, synchronizationteclm1ques, and code structures shown here are the ones commonly employed by the respective Communications Interfaces; see also Paragraph. 2,
CODf!guration.
(Contd.)
11/67
AUERBACH Data Communications Reports
A
AUERBACH
DATA
COMMUNICATIONS
AUERBACH REPORTS
co
6060: 13
~
. 73
BUNKER-RAMO
SERIES 200 DISPLAYS
Transmission Control
Non-Polling ArrangementCall initiation:. . . • . . . • . • • • • • . . •
Call reception: • • . • . . . . •••••..•
Functional operations: . . . • • . • . • . .
manual dialing over switched network; direct
transmission over dedicated line; computer
cannot initiate a call.
manual.
carriage return/line feed can be initiated for
Display Station; wide range of operations is
possible with Teletype 33 and 35 RO and KSR
sets (see Reports 6804 and 6805); operations
are initiated by control characters contained
in text portion of message; automatic retransmission of buffer contents in response
to a negative acknowledgment to a nondisplay device message.
Polling Arrangement Call initiation: •.•.•••••••..•••.
Call reception: •••••••••••••..•
Functional operations: ...••••....
. 74
only when polled by remote computer; display
stations cannot initiate a call, but can request
service the next time the Control Unit is polled.
capable of unattended operation.
same as non-polling arrangement .
Multistation Operation
Without optional features, only one Control Unit can be connected to a communications line.
Multiple devices connected to one Control Unit are handled sequentially as the operators
signal that messages are ready for transmission; see Paragraph. 7. The optional 255
Polling Control Feature provides the Universal Control Unit with the capability for address
recognition. Up to 32 Model 222, 223, and 224 Universal Control Units, in any combination,
can be connected to a single communications line; each Control Unit requires a 255 Polling
Control Feature. The 255 Feature can be used only with the Model 232 Communications
Interface. In a network arranged for polling, the central computer initiates all communications. A poll request is directed to a specific Control Unit. The Control Unit responds
with a message pending from a display station or other device connected to the Control Unit.
The polling arrangement requires the use of a full-duplex communications facility. Communications between an individual Control Unit and the computer are still half-duplex.
Communications between the Control Units and the computer are full-duplex; i. e •• the
computer can receive a message from one Control Unit and simultaneously transmit a message to another.
•8
Individual display stations cannot communicate directly with one another. With appropriate
programming of the computer, such communication could be handled on a store-and-forward
basis •
PHYSICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Component
Width
Depth
Height
Weight
203 or 204 Display Station
223 Control
Unit (1)
30
20
59
260 max
59
20
59
425 max
90
20
59
575 max
0.11
115 + 10%
60
1
1.0 max
115 + 10%
60
1
1.8max
115 =.10%
60
1
3.0 max
115 + 10%
60
1
32 to 131
375
40 to 95
3,400
40 to 95
6,150
Keyboard
211 or 212
Display Station
14.06
14.25
16.25
35
17.81
8.87
6.12
18 (203) ;10(204)
11
22.5
11.3
32
-
(inches)
(Inches)
(Inches)
(poWlds)
Power (KV A) (2)
Voltage (3)
Frequency (cps) (s)
Phases
0.17
U5 + 10'1
601
Temperature Range ('F)
Heat (BTU/br)
32 to 131
?
(1)
222 Control
Unit (1)
Display Unit
115 + 10%
60
1
32 to 131
-
224 Control
Unit (1)
40 to 95
10.200
Includes all Expansion Modules. control for non-display devices, and Communication
Interface.
(2)
Figures are approximate.
(3)
Capability for operation on a 220-volt, 50 cps power supply Is avatlable on special
request.
© 1967 AUERBACH Corporation and AUERBACH Info. Inc.
11/67
6060:14
BUNKER-RAMO
SERIES 200 DISPLAYS
.9
PRICE DATA
Component or Feature
Monthly
Rental,
$ (1)
Purchase
Price,
Monthly
Maintenance,
$
$
Display Stations
Model 203 (separable alphanumeric
keyboard)
Model 204 (separable alphanumeric
keyboard)
Model 211 (integral block
numeric keyboard)
Model 212 (integral block alpha'betic and numeric keyboard)
77
2,310
22
88
2,815
23
56
1,300
21
58
1,370
21
243
270
318
8,950
10,800
12,900
50
53
57
68
107
26
39
2,500
4,000
850
1,450
14
22
7
7
250
NC
2
NC
POR
POR
-
Control Units
Model 222 Universal Control Unit
Model 223 Universal Control Unit
Model 224 Universal Control Unit
Expansion Modules
Model
Model
Model
Model
241
242
243
246
Editing Options
Model 251 Message Editing Module
Model 252 Multi-Message Transaction Feature
Model 261 Blink Feature
Model 262 Tab Control Module
6
NC
-
-
If
-
Communications Interfaces
88
116
13
3,720
5,050
530
19
24
3
RO Printer Control
Paper Tape Reader
54
54
1,950
1,950
9
9
Paper Tape Punch
46
1,920
8
KSR Control
Local Print Module
59
62
2,020
2,320
9
11
Model 231 (asynchronous)
Model 232 (synchronous)
Model 255 Polling Control Feature
Controls for
Model 253
Model 254
Control
Model 256
Control
Model 257
Model 258
Non-Di~lay
Devices
(1) Based on 2-year lease; 3-year and 5-year leases are also available at reduced rentals.
NC - No Charge.
POR - Price on Request.
11/67
AUERBACH Data Communications Reports
A
~
AUERBACH
AUlnAeH
DATA
CDMMUNICATIONS
REPORTS
6070:01
BURROUGHS SINGLE-LINE CONTROL
•
BURROUGHS SINGLE-LINE CONTROL
(WITH BURROUGHS B 2500 AND B 3500 COMPUTERS)
.1
GENERAL
.11
Identity:.......................
• 12
Manufacturer:...................
• 13
Basic Function: . • • . • • • . • • . • • • • • ••
• 15
Description
2351 and 3351 Single-Line Controls and
related adapters .
Burroughs Corporation
6071 Second Avenue
Detroit, Michigan 48232 •
single-line controller for
connecting one narrow-or voice-band
line to a Burroughs B 2500 or B 3500
computer •
A data communications subsystem for a Burroughs B 2500 or B 3500 computer consists of a
peripheral control unit, the necessary adapters for control functions and line interfaces, and
one or more remote terminal devices. Burroughs currently offers three different peripheral control units: the Single-Line Control, the Multi-Line Control, and the Terminal Unit
Control. The Multi-Line Control cannot be used in a B 2500 system.
The Single-Line Control is described in this report; see page 8071:01 for a discussion of the
Multi-Line and Terminal Unit Controls and a brief description of the Burroughs B 2500 and
B 3500 computer systems.
Detailed specifications on the Single-Line Control have not been released by Burroughs to
date. This summary report was prepared from preliminary specifications to provide our
subscribers with timely, useful information.
The 2351 Single-Line Control is used with B 2500 systems; the 3351 Single-Line Control is
used with B 3500 systems. A Single-Line Control occupies one Type B I/O Channel and
accommodates one narrow-band or voice-band communications line. One Single-Line Control can be connected to each available Type B I/O Channel. The Single-Line Control can
communicate with various remote terminals at up to 2,400 bits per second.
A data communications subsystem built around a Single-Line Control includes the following
components:
• One 2351 or 3351 Single-Line Control;
• One Line Adapter;
• One communications link; and
• One or more remote terminal devices, all operating over a single line.
The Single-Line Control includes a code adapter and a station parameter adapter. The code
adapter provides the logic for recognition of control characters transmitted from the selected
remote terminal. The station parameter adapter determines the control functions that the
Single-Line Control must perform for the selected remote terminal. Table I lists the various
remote terminals that can be used with the Stngle-Line Control. A wide range of adapters is
available for use with these' remote terminal devices, and these adapters are also listed in
Table I.
The Single-Line Control does not perform any code translation. If codes of less than eight
levels are used, the Control transfers zeros to core memory for unused high-order bits.
The Single-Line Control provides one character of buffering. Data is transferred one character at a time between B 2500 or B 3500 core memory and the Single-Line Control. The
Single-Line Control contains the logic required for disassembling each character transmission
serially by bit and for assembling characters received in bit-serial form.
Line Adapters provide the interface for connecting a Single-Line Control to a half- or fullduplex communications line and define such characteristics as character length, type of
synchronization, type of line control, type of error control, and control code sensitivity.
The Line Adapters currently available are shown in Table I.
29
C 1967'AUERBACH Corporation and AUERBACH Info. Inc.
5/67
6070:02
BURROUGHS SINGLE-LINE CONTROL
. 15
Description (Contd.)
The communications link can be a leased line or a public switched network with appropriate
data sets, or it can be a direct cable connection. Table I shows the communications facilities used with each Line Adapter and .remote terminal device.
TABLE I: liNE ADAPTERS FOR BURROUGHS SINGLE-LINE CONTROL
LIDe
Adapler**
Romote TermlUl
Communlcall...1
Foclllty
Data Set
Required
-
3651 or 3651
Typewriter
InquIry StstIon
9351 TypewrIter
InquIry Stall...
DIrect Cable;
Public Teleph...., Bell System
Data Set 103A
Network
3653-1. 3653-1.
3652-3·. or
3663-2· TWX/
Remote Type-
BeU Sy.tem TWX
statIon
Bell System TWX Bell Syetem
Service
Data Set 811B
3653-1. 3653-1.
2653-2. or
3653-2·
B 2500/8 3500
BIIrI'Oqhs B 2500
or B 3500 computer
BeUSyotem
Bell Syotem
Behedule4
Data Set 201Bl
Type4C
Leued VoloeBaad Ltae;
PubUc Telephone Be1l8yslem
Network
Data Set 201A3
2655-1 or
3655-1 U1004
UNIVAC 1004
Card ProoeI80r
Bell Syotem
Bebedule 4
Type.
Leued VoIceBond LIDe;
Public Telep_Network
writer
2655-1. 3655-1.
2655-2* or
3656-2·
IBM 1050
IBM 1050 Dala
CommWllcatlOll
System
Bell System
Data Set ZOtA3
BellSyotem
Bebedule •
Type. Laued
Volce-_
Lt_;
Public Telephone Network
Be1l8y.tem
Data Set 103F
Bell Syetem
Data Set 103A
BellSyotem
Data Set 816A
2657 or 3657
Model 35 SAl
Se ....tlve
Call1Dc
Statl....
Te1etype Model
33 or 35 TlI.typewrltera
285S-1. 365S-1.
2658-2·. or
3658-Z·
Bell Syotem
llIIItronlcl
Behedule.
Da07 Paper Tape
Type.C
Beader aad/or
D509
Laued VoIceBond Ltae;
Public Tel.phone Network
D\iUrOIIIc.
BellSyslem
Data Set 20181
BeUSyotem
Be_SA
La_Data
Chanael
Bell System
Data Set 2018
Bell System
Data Set 302C
·The.. LIne Adap&era ora equipped with the AutomatIc DIal Oat (ADO) feature.
Thli feature permlta the computer to Inlllale the dlollnII of a remote .tallon
over a public lwitched network In CODjlmctIon with the Bell System 80lA Automatic CaWJIg Unit.
··The 3000 ..rte. modele are uoed with B 2500 Iyateml; the 3000 aerte. mode"
are uood with B 3500 _teml •
•9
PRICE DATA
One-TIme
C..........
$(1)
Component or Feature (1)
2351 or 3351 SiDgle-LIne Control
LIne A!!!I!!!rl
3651
or 26&1 Typewriter Inquiry Station
3652-1 or 2652-1 TWX/R.mote TypewrIter
3652-~ or 2853-2 TWXiRemote TypewrIter with
Automatic DIal Out
3653-1 or 2653-1 B 2500/8 3500
3853-2 or 2853-2 B 2500/8 3500 w/ADO
or 2854 UlOO4
3654
3855-1 or 2855-1 IBM 1060
88156-2 or 28156-2 mM 1060 w/ ADO
3857
or 2857 Model 35 on SAl Selecllve
CalliDg Service
3658-1 or 2858-1ll111tron1c. D507 • Da09
3858-2 or 2668-8 DIIItronioa 0507 • D509 w/ADO
Monthly
Rental.
•
Purchue
Price.
Monthly
MalnteDaace •
$
$ (3)
90
125
6.000
17
15
15
15
80
30
45
1.440
1.440
2.160
6
6
12
15
15
16
15
15
50
65
S5
80
75
30
2.400
3.120
4.080
2.880
3.800
1.440
6
12
6
6
12
6
15
16
80
45
1.440
8.160
12
16
6
(1) The 2000 ae_ modela are UBed with B asoo aystema; the 8000 _
modela are _
with B 3500 oystem••
0 . _ ........ Ie appUcable when oorta\n featurel ora ........ to aD ea1etIJIg lnatollatl....
(3) M _ cIw'pe lU'e opprao
N
F
n
~
?
0
0
DEL
+
ESC
/
Control Code Identification
NUL
SOH
STX
ETX
ENQ
HT
LF
VT
FF
CR
Null
Start of Header
Start of Text
End of Text
Enquiry
Horizontal Tabulation
Line Feed
Vertical Tabulation
Form Feed
Carriage RetUrn
SO
51
DC1
SYN
ESC
GS
RS
TJS
DEL
-
I
Shift Out
Shift In
Device Control 1
Synchronous Idle
Escape
Group Separator (A)
Record Separator (
1
1
1
1
15
SI
US
?
0
!
M
-J
m
N
1\
n
-
0
,
7
SOH
0
0
2
3
1
3
0
0
,
0
0
1
0
2
,
,
0
1
0
I
-
DEL
Because the data communications processor functions independently of and concurrently with
the main memory, the firmware required to implement data communications instructions is
stored in the data communications memory; the memory area is also inaccessible to the
programmer.
The accumulator, a fixed-storage, 16-digit field within the normal area of memory serves as
a working register with 15 digit positions allocated to data storage; the sixteenth is reserved
for special indicators. Shift, comparison, and arithmetic operations manipulate data contained in the accumulator. Access to the accumulator is established through instructions
that control numeric data entered via the numeric keygroup or the numeric keys of the typewriter keygroup or data that has been transferred between memory and the accumulator.
The keyboard incorporates a separate typewriter-style keygroup of 53 keys and a numeric
keygroup of 21 keys. Data entered via either keygroup is intermediately stored in a keyboard
buffer with a storage capacity of from seven to 35 characters. Data transferred from the
buffer is under control of the stored program.
Because the type of data (numeric or alpha) to be entered via keyboard is anticipated by the
controlling program, the operator must be cognizant of the program sequence. The TC 500
alerts the operator, via indicator lamps, to enter data from the alphanumeric keys or the
numeric keys j data entered from keys not specified by the indicator lamps results in an
error and the error indicator is illuminated,
Numeric data, entered via either keygroup, is transferred from the keyboard buffer to the
accumulator. A single numeric instruction permits up to fifteen digits to be entered and
stored in the accumulator. Numeric data can be printed from the accumulator under program control
Alphanumeric data, transferred from the keyboard buffer, can be: (1) printed and stored
in memory, (2) printed only, or (3) stored only by a typewriter instruction. Up to 150
characters (one print line) can be entered via the keyboard and transferred by a single
typewriter instruction.
@
1968 AUERBACH Corporation and AUERBACH Info, Inc.
11/68
6072:04
BURROUGHS TC 500
. 15
Description (Contd.)
A single row of 16 program-select keys, logically divided into two groups of eight keys each,
are positioned across the top of the keyboard. These keys add extensive program/operator
flexibility to the TC 500. The key functions are assigned by the stored program and functions
can be reassigned during program execution. Any combination of keys can be enabled by instruction. A row of indicator lights, positioned above the program-select keys keys alert
the operator to the enabled keys. After having entered data via the keyboard, the operator
depresses the program-select key corresponding to the identity of the data field entered; the
keyboard instruction is terminated and execution of the appropriate program subroutine is
initiated. This is implemented via a table in normal memory containing one instruction for
each program-select key. Multiple tables can be set up; the active table is selected via a
register holding the base address.
'
Programs can be entered into the TC 500 memory via the integral memory loader, an 8-level
paper tape reader designed to automatically load programs into memory at the rate of 15. 5
rows per second. A special program tape cartridge, Style PC1, is available to accommodate
an endless loop program tape. The PC1 cartridge is normally used when cycling through a
series of programs for different applications.
Programs can also be entered from the peripheral devices connected to the TC 500 or accessed
from the remote computer via the communications interface. Program generation can be
performed manually from the TC 500 keyboard using the TC 500 Basic Assembler Language.
The TC 500 Printer prints up to 150 characters per line; peak printing rate is 20 characters
per second. The Printer employs a 64-element removable type ball; a two-color (red and
black) printer ribbon is contained in a removable cartridge attached to the printer carrier.
Printing and positioning as performed under program control. The Printer is equipped with
a friction-feed platen that can be split to accommodate printing two independent forms. An
optional Continuous Forms Pin Feed Device, available in three styles, provides flexible
forms-feed arrangements; see Table II.
The systems firmware, pre-recorded on the magnetic disc memory by Burroughs, implements the TC 500 instruction repertoire identified by Burroughs as General Purpose
Language 300 (G. P. 300). The systems firmware is composed of firmware subsets; each
subset implements a specific category of instructions such as internal operations, punched
paper tape I/O, data communications, etc. Firmware subsets are combined to provide nine
standard G. p. 300 firmware sets; these standard combinations are presented in Table m.
At present, firmware sets can be interchanged by enabling the read/write heads in the control
area of memory via jumper wires on the backboard and loading control memory with the
new firmware set through the integral memory loader. Burroughs states that it plans to
Simplify this operation.
The TC 500 Basic Assembler Language is a symbolic programming language for writing programs that are to be run on TC 500 systems employing GP 300 firmware. Programs written
in this language can be assembled on a TC 500, B 2500/3500, or a B 5500 system.
The A 595 Card Reader employs a modified form of column binary reading. Data read from
one card column is stored in one eight-bit location in memory. The high-order 5 bits in the
memory location are set to correspond to punches in the upper 5 card rows (12 through 8);
the low-order 3 bits in the memory location are set to the binary value of a single punch in
the lower seven card rows (1 through 7). Translation into a usable code is by programmed
table look-up. This technique permits the TC 500 to accept data from cards punched in any
conventional card code. (Card codes that use multiple punches in rows one through seven
would not be acceptable.)
The TC 500 magnetic disc memory is organized into five blocks of eight tracks each to total
40 tracks. Each track contains 32 words (64 bits per word). Each implemented track
(determined by the TC 500 model) possess a discrete read/write head. Only one side of the
disc is utilized. Disc rotation is maintained at 6000 revolutions per second (10 milliseconds
per rev,olution). There are three general types of TC 500 words: numeric, alpha, and
instruction word. A numeric word contains 16 digit (4 bits per digit) positions; the sixteenth
digit position is reserved for program indicators. An alpha word contains eight bytes, an
instruction word, four instructions (4 bits per instruction).
11/68
AUERBACH Data Communications Reports
(Contd. )
fA
~
..
'UERBACH
AUERBACH
DATA
COMMUNICATIONS
REPORTS
6072:05
BURROUGHS TC 500
TABLE II: FORMS FEED CHARACTERISTICS
Style
Platen
Standard
Normal
Left: Platen advances
None; friction
feed
Right: No action
Left: Left platen advances
None; friction
feed
Split
PF-l
Form Advance
Key Action
Pin Feed
Right: Right platen advances
Left: Platen and pin-feed shaft
advance in synchronization
Right: No action
Left: Left platen and pin-feed
shaft advance in synchronization
Right: Advances right platen
only
Single shaft
Normal
I
PF-2
PF-3
Split
Single shaft
Normal
Single shaft
Split
Single shaft
Normal
Double shaft
(synchronous
and independent
spacing)
Double shaft
(synchronous
and independent
spacing)
;'
Split
Left: Advances platen only
Right: Advances pin-feed
shaft only
Left: Advances left platen
Right: Advances right platen
in sync with pin feed
Left: Advances platen in sync
with lower pin-feed shaft
Right: Advances upper pin-feed
shaft only
Left: Advances left platen in
sync with lower pin-feed shaft
TABLE TIl. TC 500 FffiMWARE FORG.P. 300
G.P. 300
Firmware
Sets
Basic
Instruction
Repertoire
Data
Communication
Firmware
Paper Tape
80 Col. Card
Firmware*
Firmware
a
yes
yes
b
yes
yes
c
yes
yes
\
d
yes
yes
/
e
yes
yes
USASCTI (without
table)
8 channel table
look up
8 channel table
look up
5 channel table
look up
5 channel table
look up
f
g
h
i
yes
yes
yes
Partial
yes
yes
yes
Partial
Va
---
-
Va
Normal Memory
(User Storage)
Available,
in Words
-
416
-
416
-
yes
yes
--
256
416
256
416
256
448
128
*Code translation is performed where specified by the table-look-up technique via the employment
of firmware for the Table of Code Assignments.
@
1968 AUERBACH Corporation and AUERBACH Info, Inc.
11/68
6072:06
BURROUGHS TC 500
• 15
Description (Contd.)
The internal coding of the TC 500 is USASCII, therefore. translation between the TC 500
transmission code and internal code is not required. Translation between codes read from
paper tape or 80-column cards to the internal code as performed by the "table-look-up"
technique. The G. P. 300 firmware implements the required translation by a stored Table
of Input Code Assignments. The conversion table, where required, is stored in the normal
(user) area of memory and occupies up to 16 words •
. 16
First Delivery: . . . • • • • • • . • • • • • • •
September 1968 (with communications interface).
• 17
Availability:...................
3 months.
•2
CONFIGURA TION
The Burroughs TC 500 Terminal Computer is available in five models with user memory
capacity and different combinations of features as follows:
•
Model TC 525 - provides 416 words (3328 bytes) of user storage, PF-3 Dual Pin
Feed Attachment, Split Platen, 16 Program Select keys, peripheral Vo capability,
and data set interface.
•
Model TC 522 - identical to Model TC 525 except it contains 256 words (2048 bytes)
of user storage and 12 Program Select keys.
•
Model TC 535 - identical to TC 525 except no peripheral Vo capability; contains
448 words (3584 bytes) of user storage.
•
Model TC 532 - identical to Model TC 525 except no peripheral Vo capability,
contains 288 words (2304 bytes) of user storage, and 12 Program Select keys.
•
Model TC 531 - identical to Model TC 525 except no peripheral Vo capability,
contains 128 words (1024 bytes) of user storage, 4 Program Select keys, no split
platen and a Significant decrease in size of the instruction repertoire producing a
limited processing capability.
Peripheral devices available for the TC 500 include:
•
Model A 581 Paper Tape/Edge Punched Card Reader,
•
Model A 562 Paper Tape/Edge Punched Card Perforator,
•
Model A 595 Card Reader with adapter, and
•
Model A 149 Keypunch with adapter •
•3
~
• 31
Prepared Input
TC 500 Memory Loader (program entry only) Inpllt medium: . . • • . . . . • • • . • . . . .
In.pm code: ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Quantity of data: •••••••••••••••
Rated input speed: ••• • • • • • • • • • • •
Effective speed: • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
Comments: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
fully-punched I-inch, 8-level paper-Mylarpaper tape.
8-level.
limited by user storage capacity; see
Paragraph .2.
15.5 rows/sec.
dependent upon controlling program.
an optional program tape cartridge, Style PC1,
will accommodate an endless loop program
tape (tape length can be from 10 to 40 feet).
A 581 Punched Paper Tape/Edge Punched Card ReaderInput medium: • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • ••
Input code:. . • • • • • . • • • • • • • • • • • •
11/68
fully-punched 11/16- or I-inch 5-, 6-, 7-, or
8-level one- or two-ply Mylar or Aluminized
Mylar tape; individual or fanfold 3- to 5-inch
wide edge-punched cards.
any 5-, 6-, 7-, or 8-level code, input codes
compared to codes in stored translation table.
AUERBACH Data Communications Reports
(Contd. )
DATA
~ CDMMUNICATIDNS
AUEeaM:H
6072~07
~
..
ERBACH
REPORTS
BURROUGHS TC 500
• 31 Prepared Input (Contd.)
Quantity of data: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rated input speed: . • • . . • . • • • • . . .
Effective speed: . . • • . . . . • . . . • . . .
Comments: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
limited by user storage capacity; see Paragraph 2.
40 char/sec.
dependent upon controlling program.
reeled, strip, or fanfold oily or dry tape is
acceptable; cards up to ll-inches wide can be
accommodated as an option; holes are sensed
photoelectrically.
A 595 SO-Column Card Reader Input medium: . . • • . . . • . . • . . . . .
Input code: .• . . • . . . . . . • • . • . . . .
Quantity of data: . . . • . . . . . • . . . . •
Rated input speed: . • • . • • . . . . • . • .
Effective speed: . . . . • . . . . • . . . . •
Comments: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. 32
SO-column cards.
see Paragraph .15.
limited by user storage capaCity; see
Paragraph . 2.
100 cards/min.
dependent upon controlling program.
cards are photoelectrically sensed serially by
column .
Manual Input
Numeric Keygroup Method of entry: •••••••••••••••• via 21-key Keygroup.
Quantity of data: •••••••••••••••• up to 15 digits can be entered under control of a
single numeric instruction; entry is limited by
user storage capacity; see Paragraph .2.
Character set: •••••••••• ••••••• 21 distinct character codes including 12 numerics,
a decimal point, 3 accumulator flag keys, reset,
and four operation control keys.
Comments: •••••••••••••••••••• a keyboard buffer provides intermediate storage
of from seven to 35 characters.
Typewriter Keygroup Method of entry: . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . via 53-key Keygroup.
Quantity of data: . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . up to 150 alphanumeric characters (one print
line) can be entered under control of a single
keyboard instruction; entry is limited by user
storage capacity; see Paragraph. 2.
Character set: .••.•.........•.• 66 distinct character codes including numeric,
upper-case alphabetics, punctuation; and special
symbols.
a keyboard buffer provides intermediate storage
Comments:
of from seven to 35 characters .
• 33
Fixed Input: • • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • ..
via stored program•
. 34
Transaction Code Input: . . . . . . . . . . . •
via stored program•
. 35
Message Configuration
Three message formats are employed: Poll messages, Select messages, and Data messages.
Poll and Select messag'3s are only transmitted from the remote computer. The Poll message
interrogates the TC 500 for a waiting message; the Select message interrogates the TC 500
for a ready-to-receive status. Both Poll and Select messages are identical except for the
single character, p (Poll) or q (Select) that identifies the message and are configUl'ed as:
EOT, AD1, AD2(a two-character terminal identification adhesive), p/q, and ENQ. Data
messages are configured as: SOH, AD1, AD2, TR# (a message transmission number consisting of one to three characters), STX, the Text, ETX, and an even Block Check Character
(longitudinal parity character). The message transmission number identifies the message
sequence. The text portion of the message can contain from one to 255 data characters.
C 1968 AUfliBACH Corporation and AUERBACH Info, Inc.
11/68
6072:08
BURROUGHS TC SOO
.35 Message Configuration (Contd.)
All messages are acknowledged by a positive (ACK), negative (NAK), or an EOT response.
The TC 500 responds to a received Poll message with EOT, when a message is not ready to
be .transmitted, or with a Data message. The remote computer acknowledges the received
Data message with an ACK or NAK. A NAK response initiates automatic retransmission
from the TC 500; retransmission will occur each time a NAK is received (i.e., no time-out).
A received ACK response permits the application program to begin storing the next message
to be transmitted in the transmit buffer and is followed by an EOT character transmitted
from the TC 500; the received EOT causes the remote computer to return an EOT and reinitiate the polling/selection routine.
Response to a Selection message is determined by the stored program. No response indicates
that the TC 500 requires a Poll. A NAK response indicates that the TC 500 is not ready to
receive; an ACK response indicates a receive-ready status. Data messages received by the
TC 500 are acknowledged by the TC 500 with an ACK or NAK response. The ACK response
causes the remote computer to transmit an EOT and to continue with its polling! selection
routine; a NAK indicates a retransmission request.
· 36
Operating Procedure
All transmission and reception is under control of the stored program in response to polling
and addressing messages from the remote computer. The operator is concerned only with
data entry as required by the stored program and replenishing forms, tape, and cards.
· 37
.4
Entry of time and Date: . . • • • . • . • • ..
OUTPUT
.41
Output to Punched Tape
A 562 Punched Paper Tape/Edge Punched Card Perforator Tape size: • . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . • . .
Tape code: • . • . • . • • . . • • • • . • • ••
Rated punched speed: • • . • • • • • . • .•
Effective speed:
no provision •
11/15 or I-inch 5-, 6-, 7-, or 8-levelone- or
two-ply Mylar or Aluminized Mylar tape; individual or fanfold 3- to 5-inch wide edge-punched
cards.
any 5-, 6-, 7-, or 8-level code. Codes can be
generated through-stored, translation table.
40 char/min.
dependent upon controlling program.
Format control: .••..••.•.••••. punches under program control; fixed and/or
variable field punching by character oriented
instructions.
Comments: . • • • • • • • • . • . • • • • • ••
• 42
Output to Punched Cards
A 149 Keypunch Card type
an~
size: ....•..•.•...
Card code: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..
Rated punching speed: . . . . . • . . . . ..
Effective speed:
Format control: . . . . . . • . • . . . . . •
11/68
reeled, strip, or fanfold, oily or dry tape is
acceptable; supply spindle accommodates up to
8-inch tape reel; take-up reel can be from 5.5
to 8 inches; optional 5.5- or 7-inch take-up reels
for rewind; optional supply and stacker tray for
automatic feeding and punching of continuous
edge-punched cards.
standard IDM 80-column cards.
any code; internal USASCII code can be translated
to card code via stored translation table.
25 characters (columns) per second.
dependent on controlling program.
under control of the stored program.
AUERBACH Data Communications Reports
(Contd. )
DATA
~ COMMUNICATIONS
AUERBACH
6072:09
~
..
BACH
BURROUGHS TC 500
REPORTS
.42 Output to Punched Cards (Contd.)
Comments: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. 44
Output to Printer
Output medium: . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . .
friction-fed fanfold forms up to 15.5 inches wide
(15-inch printing width); optional Continuous
Forms Pin Feed DeVice, available in three models; see Table II.
Character set: . • • • • • • . • . . . • • • . • •
Rated printing speed:. . • . . . . . . . • •••
Effective speed: • • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
64 printable characters; see Table I.
20 char/sec.
dependent upon controlling program; less than
rated speed due to carriage return, line advance
and other format operations.
controlled by stored program.
horizontal spacing is 10 char/inch; vertical spacing is 6 line/inch; horizontal positioning is 20
inches/sec; vertical advance is 20 lines/sec •
Format control: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Comments: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
.5
. 51
ERROR DETECTION AND CORRECTION
Data Entry Errors
Type of checking: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Error indication: ..•.......•.••..
Correction procedure: . • . . • • • . • . . . •
. 52
Data Transmission Errors
Type of checking: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..
Error indication: . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . ..
Correction procedure: . . . . . . . . . . . . .
.53
the A 149 Keypunch is manufactured by Bull-G. E. ;
it can be used as a free-standing keypunch or it
can be operated by the TC 500 under control of
the stored program; interpreting can be performed concurrent with punching at the rated speed;
stacker-selection for normal and reject stackers
is provided•
character parity (paper tape) and character validity (paper tape and punched cards); input code
compared to codes in stored translation table
unless paper tape is punched in USASCII code.
indicator lamp is lighted; testable indicator is set
alerting program.
determined by stored program, except when operator intervention is required .
character and longitudinal parity; optional transmission number check.
a negative aclmowledge (NAK) is returned to the
remote computer.
automatic retransmission of message received in
error.
Data Recording Errors
Type of checking: . • . • . . . . . . . . . • . .
Error indication:
Correction procedure: . . . . • . • . . . . . .
echo check to verify correct dies have been
activated in A562 Paper Tape Perforator.
indicator lamp is lighted; testable indicator is
set alerting program.
determined by stored program except when operator intervention is required .
. 55
Line Malfunctions: • . • . . . . . . • . . . . ..
no special provisions for checking .
.6
CONDITION INDICATORS
Numerous indicator lamps are provided on the TC 500 operator panel for monitoring the internal functions of the TC 500. Two indicator lamps: Message Received and Transmit Ready
provide the operator with an indication to the communications status of the TC 500.
© 1968 AUERBACH Corporation and AUERBACH Info, Inc.
11/68
6072: 10
BURROUGHS TC 500
•7
DA TA TRANSMISSION
Data communications control procedures are implemented by special instructions recorded in
the Data Communications Processor portion of memory (eight tracks - 256 words). The
Data Communications Processor functions independently to and concurrently with the Main
Memory Processor. The TC 500 can operate with a remotely connected Burroughs B 8500,
B 7500, B 6500, B 5500, B 3500, B 2500, B 500, or B 300 computer.
· 71
Basic Characteristics
Rated transmission speed: •....•••..
Transmission method: •.••••....•..
Transmission code: . . . . • • • • • . • • . •.
1200 bits/sec.
serial by bit.
7-level USAScn plus an even parity bit, and unity
start and stop bits which total 10 bits/char.
Transmission mode: . . • . . . . . . . . . . .. half-duplex
Order of bit transmission: • • . . . . . . . .• low order bit (62) of each character is transmitted
first.
Synchronization: . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . asynchronous; unity start and stop bits are transmitted with each character.
· 72
Connection to Communications Lines
Communication Line
Common-carrier leased voice-band
line operating at 1200 bits/sec: .....•
Public telephone network operating
at 1200 bits/sec: . . . • . . . . • • . . • • .•
· 73
Data Set*
Bell System Data Set 202C or 202D or Western
Union 1200 Baud Data Modem.
Bell System Data-Phone Data Set 202C.
Transmission Control
Call initiation: ....•......••••••. only when polled by the remote computer
Call reception: .••.••••••••.•.••• capable of unattended operation.
Functional operations: ...•.•...•.•.• no direct control, but incoming data could be used
to control operations through appropriate
programming.
• 74
Multistation Operation
All communications are initiated by the remote computer. The TC 500 responds to a Poll
message containing the two-character address of the polled unit by transmitting an awaiting
message or a negative acknowledgment.
A Select message containing the address of the unit to be selected, is transmitted by the remote computer prior to transmitting a message to the selected or addressed unit. The
selected TC 500 responds with a positive or negative acknowledgment to the remote computer.
*In some cases, equivalent data sets can be used; check with your local common-carrier
communications consultant.
11/68
AUERBACH Data Communications Reports
(Contd. )
~
~
OCH
AUERBACH
DATA
COMMUNICATIONS
REPORTS
6072:11
BURROUGHS TC 500
e
.8
PHYSICAL SPECIFICATIONS
TC 500
(any model)
Component
Width (inches)
Depth (inches)
Height (inches)
Weight (pounds)
44
28.5
30
400
Power (KVA)
Voltage
Frequency (Hz)
Phases
1.0*
115
60
1
Temperature Range rF)
Humidity Range (%)
Heat (BTU/hr)
50 to 105
5 to 95
?
Model A 581 Paper
Tape Reader
Model A 562 Paper
Tape Perforator
9.2
11
7
15
11.62
15.25
6
21
Power derived
from TC 500
50 to 105
5 to 95
?
Power derived
from TC 500
50 to 105
5 to 95
?
* Maximum system requirements.
Model A 595
Card Reader
Component
\
Width (inches)
Depth (inches)
Height (inches)
Weight (pounds)
24.5
10.5
10/37
45
Power (KVA)
Voltage
Frequency (Hz)
Phases
Power derived
from TC-500
Temperature Range (OF)
Humidity Range (%)
Heat (BTU/hr)
@
50 to 105
5 to 95
?
Model A 149
Keypunch
39
26.5
44
?
0.5
95 to 240
50 or 60
1
66 to 87
35 to 65
?
1968 AUERBACH Corporation and AUERBACH Info. Inc.
11/68
6072: 12
BURROUGHS TC 500
.9
PRICE DATA
Component or Feature
Monthly
Rental,
Purchase
Price,
Monthly
Maintenance,
$
$
$*
360
310
335
285
250
14,400
12,400
13,400
11,400
9,900
48
43
45
42
40
30
1,200
8
40
1,500
10
A 595 80-column
Card Reader (with
interface adapter)
120
4,690
18
A 149 Keypunch (with
interface adapter)
150
7,100
25
-
15
-
Terminal Computer Model _ ......
TC 525
TC 522
TC 535
TC 532
TC 531
Peripheral Model A 581 Paper Tape/
Edge Punch Card Reader
A 562 Paper Tape/E
?
PHYSICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Component
Model
SP20-1A
Model
SP20-2A
8.75
4.5
4.6
6
8.75
4.5
4.6
6
Width (inches)
Depth (inches)
Height (inches)
Weight (pounds)
Power (watts)
Voltage
Frequency (Hz)
Phase
Temperature Range (OF)
Humidity Range (%)
Heat (BTU/hr)
Model
SP20-3A
Model
SP20-4A
Model
SP20-5A
8.75
8.31
4.6
9
8.75
2.5
4.6
4
8.75
4.5
4.6
9
15
115
60
1
15
115
60
1
60
115
60
1
60
115
60
1
60
115
60
1
----
----
----
---
--
---
--
Note: DC power requirements are also accommodated •
.9
PRICE DATA
Component or Feature
Model
Model
Model
Model
Model
Purchase Price.
*
$
SP20-1A
SP20,...2A
SP20-3A
SP20-4A
SP20-5A
610
620
690
700
265
Serial Entry
100
Option
*
All configurations and optional features of the Clary Model SP20 Strip Printer are available
on a Purchase-Only basis.
© 1969 AUERBACH Corooration and AUERBACH Info. Inc.
• f
It='f\
fA.
fa!
.,
AUERBACH
DATA
COMMUNICATIONS
REPORTS
6120:01
COMMUNITYPE
AUERBACH
COMMUNITYPE DATA COMMUNICATION SYSTEM
.1
GENERAL
· 11
Identity:.....
Communitype Data Communication System.
• 12
Manufacturer:....
Communitype Corporation
GM Building
767 Fifth Avenue
New York, New York 10022
• 13
Basic Function: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
data entered from keyboard or received from
communications line is recorded on a magnetic
tape and printed; recorded data is transmitted
at 1200 bits per second over the public telephone network or at 1800 bits per second over
a leased voice-band line.
• 15
Description
The Communitype approach to data communications was conceived almost 40 years ago by
the late Walter S. Lemmon, a prominent inventor and radio engineer during the early years
of radio communications. Lemmon's Radiotype, forerunner of the Communitype system,
was demonstrated at the 1939 New York World's Fair. The Radiotype consisted of an electric
typewriter, a paper tape reader, and a paper tape punch; radio transmission was used as a
vehicle for communication with the terminal.
Lemmon founded Communitype Corporation in September 1961 under the name Radio Electronics Corporation, which was given its present corporate name in June 1967. Inspired
by the Bell System's introduction of the Data-Phone in 1960, Lemmon decided to upgrade the
Radiotype with solid state electronics, magnetic tape, and the Data Set. Development work
was accomplished in a small laboratory in Trenton, New Jersey. Learning of his progress,
the U. S. Navy ordered a specially designed model in 1962. From 1961 to 1967, the system
underwent further development, testing, and refinement and was finally introduced to the market in November 1967. First deliveries of the production model took place in January 1968.
In July of that year, the company acquired a 15, OOO-square-foot manufacturing, research, and
development facility in Stirling, New Jersey. Communitype states that, in conjunction with its
marketing efforts, it is establishing a nationwide sales organization.
The Communitype Data Communication System is a keyboard-to-magnetic tape terminal
designed to capture data at the point where information originates for two-way communication with a computer or another Communitype terminal. The basic system incorporates an
IBM Selectric typewriter, an incremental magnetic tape recorder, and the necessary control
logic in a standard office desk.
Four models of the system are manufactured: 94, 95, 100, and 105. The 100 and 105 have
five operating modes: Record, Non-Record, Printout, Transmit, and Receive. Models 94
and 95 have three operating modes: Record, Non-Record, and Printout. Basic equipment
design for all four models is the same.
In addition, Communitype's product line includes its recently announced Data-Jotter (the
Model 90 system), a Record and Non-Record device that is scheduled for production in late
1969.
Data entered from the keyboard (in all models) produces a printed copy and is simultaneously
recorded on magnetic tape when the system is in the Record mode. The Non-Record mode
permits certain information, as required, to be typed out as hard copy without being recorded
on the magnetic tape. In all models except the 90, the recorded data can be printed any numher of times in the Printout mode.
© 1969 AUERBACH Corporation and AUERBACH Info, Inc.
11/69
6120:02
COMMUNITYPE
Figure 1. The Communitype 105 Communications System showing the removable
tape cartridge, IBM Selectric typewriter, and the PAD (Program and
Data) Memory Unit to the right of the typewriter .
. 15
Description (Contd.)
When operating as data communications terminals, Models 100 and 105 can transmit the
recorded data to or record the received data from the corresponding remote device (another
remote Communitype terminal, tape converter, or computer interface) via the publictelephone network or a leased voice-band line. Data is transmitted synchronously in the halfduplex mode at a fixed rate of 1200 bits per second.
The Communitype system employs the IBM Selectric typewriter BCD code, a 7-level code
with odd parity, as an internal code and as a data transmission code; i. e., the system does
not translate between internal and transmission codes.
Magnetic tape recorded on the Communi type system is not computer compatible; data recorded
on tape must be converted to a computer-compatible form prior to entering the data into a computer system. This data conversion is accomplished automatically and instantly as the data is
transmitted via telephone from the 100 or 105 Data Communication System to a Communitype
magnetic tape transmission and conversion device (available in two models: 550 and 850; the
former converts to 7-track, 556 bpi magnetic tape; the latter to 9-track, 800 bpi magnetic tape).
Both models are also capable of sending computer-prepared data back to the 100 or 105.
In addition, versions of these tape units (Models 500 and 800) are available without a communications interface but with a cartridge tape d:rive for local on-site data conversions.
11/69
AUERBACH Data Communications Reports
fA
~
AUERBACH
AUERBACH
DATA
COMMUNICATIONS
REPORTS
6120:03
COMMUNITYPE
'"
.15
Description (Contd.)
Models 500 and 800, however, convert only from Communitype magnetic tape cartridges to
computer-compatible magnetic tape; they do not convert in the opposite direction as do Models
550 and 850.
An incremental magnetic tape recorder is built into one of the desk drawers and is designed
to handle a magnetic tape cartridge; see Figure 1. The tape cartridge available only from
Communitype, includes both supply and takeup reels and contains sprocketed, 16mm film
with magnetic oxide coating. It has the capacity for 200, 000 characters of data.
The Selectric code is recorded serially by character, parallel by bit on the 7 -channel tape at
a density of 83 characters per inch. Data is recorded in variable-length records separated by
a customer-initiated interrecord gap (IRG) code. Normally, the IRG code is entered manually
but can be entered automatically from the PAD Memory Unit as an option. The operator
records an End-of-File (EOF) code at the end of the final record. When this EOF code is
detected, it causes the tape to halt at the end of a message.
Character parity is checked for each character recorded on tape when the system is operating
in the Record mode. Data recording errors are detected by read-after-write error checking
(an optional feature available at additional cost). The error checking operation is performed
automatically by backing up the tape one character position after recording a character, then
reading forward one position. A detected error causes the keyboard to lock and an error
indicator to light. The error condition can be corrected by backspacing one position and rekeying the correct character.
Error signaling in response to data transmission errors is performed via the reversechannel technique. The inherent value of this method is that it eliminates the time required
for line turnaround to allow the receiver to transmit an acknowledge code. A description of
the reverse-channel technique appears in Report 6220, Paragraph. 15.
An interrupted signal on the reverse channel during data transmission is interpreted by the
sending terminal as a request for retransmission. (The transmit mode remains active for
approximately one-half second following transmission of the last character in the record;
this additional period allows for propagation delay over the communications facility.)
Assuming a Model 100 or 105 is communicating with another 100 or· 105, both transmitting
and receiving terminal tapes are automatically reversed to the beginning of the incorrectly
received record, and the record is again read and retransmitted. After the first retransmission of the same record, should an error still exist the receiving terminal will write a
special character (customer-specified) in place of the character received in error, and transmission continues.
The Signal on the reverse channel is normally interrupted at the end of a transmission, that
is, after the last character is correctly received. This interruption is interpreted as a positive acknowledgment by the transmitting terminal and initiates transmission of the next record.
The PAD (Program And Data) Memory Unit, a desk-top device approximately the size of a
Data-Phone Data Set, provides a storage capacity of 80,000 characters for fixed, formatted
data such as customer names, addresses, stock numbers, and so on. It is included as
standard equipment with Models 95 and 105. The PAD contains an easily removable magnetic tape cartridge with a magnetic tape whose front surface may be used to type or write
descriptive information relating to each of the 1,000 lines of recorded data; up to 80 characters can be recorded on each line. With the cartridge positioned in the PAD, a portion of the
typed or written data is visible to the operator. Controls are provided for quick location of
any line or part of a line, to record data on the PAD tape from the system's magnetic tape
cartridge, or to read data from the PAD tape and write it on the cartridge magnetic tape in
the system. Editing operations can be performed when preparing the buffer tape from variable data entered via the keyboard and fixed data received from the PAD. The PAD cartridge
can be manually advanced one line at a time, or rapidly slewed in either direction. Character advance is continuous at 10 characters per second, with automatic return and stepping to
© 1969 AUERBACH Corporation and AUERBACH Info, Inc.
11/69
6120:04
COMMUNITYPE
• 15
Description {Contd. )
the next line. Additional PAD Memory Units can be attached in parallel to expand the capacity of instantly available fixed and formatted data.
. 16
First Delivery: • . • . . . • . • . • . . . . . .
January 1968 .
. 17
Availability: . • . . . . . . . • . • . . . . . . .
3 to 6 months .
.2
CONFIGURATION
.3
The basic Communitype Data Communication System consists of a manual input keyboard, a
printer, an incremental magnetic tape recorder used as a buffer, and control logic (including
a communications interface in two of the models available). A PAD (program And Data)
Memory Unit is a standard feature with two of the models. A Program and Data Memory
(PAD) can be added to the system at additional cost. A card reader for standard 80-column
cards can also be added. A data set is required to connect Models 100 or 105 to a communications line; see Paragraph. 72 .
INPUT
.31
Prepared Input
•
Magnetic tape buffer Input medium: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Input code: . . . . . . • . . . . • . • . • . . .
Quantity of data:. . . • . . . . . • . . . . . •
Character set: . . • . • • • . . . . • . . . • .
Rated input speed: . . . • . • . . . . . . • .
E ffecti ve speed: • . . • . . . . . . . . . . • .
Comments: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Card Reader Option Input medium: . . • • . • . . • . . . . . • • .
Input code: . • • • • . . . • . . . . • . • . . .
Quantity of data: • • . . . . . • • . . . • ..
Character set: . . . • • • • . . . . • . . . • .
Rated input speed: ..•.••..••..•.
Effective speed: • • . . . • . . • . . • . . •
Comme~~
. 32
...•.••..•..•.••...
standard IBM 80-column punched cards.
standard Hollerith card code.
up to 80 characters per card.
64 characters.
75 cards per minute.
limited by number of characters per card
(14.8 char/sec, maximum).
Hollerith card code is translated to IBM Selectric
code when data is transcribed to the magnetic
tape buffer .
Manual Input
Keyboard Method of entry:. • . . . . . • . • . . • . . •
Quantity of data: . . . • . . . . . • . . . . . •
Character set: • . • • • • . . . • • • . . . . •
11/69
16-mm sprocketed magnetic oxide coated film
recorded at 83 char/inch; 200-foot tape is
contained in a removable cartridge.
IBM Selectric code, six data bit~ plus odd parity;
see Table 1.
variable up to tape capacity of 200,000
characters.
88 characters, plus seven function codes.
up to 14.8 char/sec (printer) or 1200 bits/sec
(communications facility).
limited by record length and transmission speed.
this unit serves as a data buffer; all transmission
and transcription operations are performed via
this unit.
via a 55-key keyboard.
variable up to 200,000 characters.
44 distinct character codes, in conjunction with
upper and lower case control codes, provide
88 upper and lowet case alphabetic, numeric,
and special characters, plus six additional
standard function codes; see Table 1.
AUERBACH Data Communications Reports
A
(6l
AUERBACH
AUERBACH
DATA
COMMUNICATIONS
REPORTS
6120:05
COMMUNITYPE
'"
· 32
Manual Input (Contd.)
Comments: . . . . . . • .
keyboard data is entered directly on the magnetic
tape. A separate key-pad (optional) provides
entry of up to 10 additional nonprinting codes;
see Table I.
· 33
Fixed Input: . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
up to 80,000 characters per cartridge with the
P AD (Program And Data) Memory Unit
(Models 95 and 105); see Paragraph. 15.
· 34
Transaction Code Input: . . . . . . . . . . . .
no provision.
· 35
Message Configuration: . . . . . . . . . . . .
data is transmitted in variable-length records;
each data record begins and ends with an IRG
character; an EOF (End-of-File) character
follows the IRG character at the end of a
message; longitudinal parity can be located
just prior to or following the IRG character.
• 36
Operating Procedure
To send or receive a message on the Communitype 100 or 105, the operator:
•
Mounts the tape cartridge on the magnetic tape handler (an erased tape is used
for receiving data) and positions the tape at the starting point
•
Places the terminal in the Transmit or Receive mode
•
Establishes connection by dialing or signaling
•
Ensures that the called terminal is ready
•
Depresses data set Data button
• Starts the send or receive operation by depressing the Send or Receive button on
the Communitype 100 or 105 system
The subsequent operation, including retransmission, is completely automatic. Operator
attention is required only to break the connection. The Error Substitution Feature insures
that an error substitute character is recorded in place of the error character after one
retransmission and the operation continues.
.37
Entry of Time and Date: . . • • . . . • . . .
•4
OUTPUT
.43
Output to Magnetic Tape
Magnetic tape buffer Tape size: . . • . • . • . . . • . . . • . . . •
Tape code: . . • . • . . • . . . . • . . . • . •
Rated output speed:. . . . . . . . • . . . • .
Effective speed: • . • . . . . • • . . . . • . .
Format control: ••••••••....•...
a special button enables automatic printout of the
date (optional feature available at extra cost on
an RPQ basis) .
I6mm sprocketed magnetic oxide coated film
recorded at 83 char/inch; 200-foot tape is contained in a removable cartridge.
IBM Selectric code; six bits plus odd parity;
see Table I.
14.8 char/sec (keyboard) or 133 char/sec
(communications facility).
limited by block length and transmission speed.
via PAD Memory Unit on Models 95 and 105.
© 1969 AUERBACH Corporation and AUERBACH Info, Inc.
11/69
6120:06
COMMUNITYPE
T ABLE I.
COMMUNITYPE TRANSMISSION CODE
Bit Position
Lower Case*
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
0
P
Q
R
S
T
U
V
W
X
Y
z
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
0
• 44
2
3
4
5
6
7
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
1
1
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
0
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
1
0
0
1
0
1
0
1
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
1
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
0
1
0
1
1
0
0
1
0
1
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
1
0
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
?
tl
[
!
*
]
t
%
.--
@
:
>
Output to Printer
Output medium: • • • • • • • • • • • • • ••
Character set: • • • . • • • • • • • . • • • •
Rated printing speed: .••••••••••
Effective speed: ••••••••••••.••
Format control: • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
Comments: ••••••••••••••••••
11/69
Upper Case*
1
friction-fed or pin-fed (optional) fanfold forms
up to 15.5 inches wide (13-inch writing width).
88 printable characters; see Table I.
14.8 char/sec.
less than rated speed due to carriage return,
line feed, or other format operations.
controlled by function codes in incoming data,
or manually. Controls include line feed,
carriage return, case shift, backspace, and
horizontal tab.
horizontal spacing is 10 char/inch (12 char/inch
optional); vertical spacing is six lines/inch (eight
lines/inch optional).
AUERBACH Data Communications Reports
A
!D
~UERBACH
AUERBACH
DATA
COMMUNICATIONS
REPORTS
6120:07
COMMUNITYPE
"
TABLE 1.
COMMUNITYPE TRANSMISSION CODE (Contd.)
Bit Position
Lower Case*
#
-0
&
$
,
.
/
Upper Case*
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
1
0
1
1
0
0
0
1
1
0
1
1
0
0
0
1
1
0
1
1
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
0
1
1
1
1
0
0
0
1
0
Function Codes (non -printing)
1
1
1
1
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
0
;
",
<
A
-II!-
=1=
Meaning
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
1
1
0
0
1
0
0
1
1
1
0
0
1
1
1
0
1
0
Space
Horizontal Tab
Carriage Return
Line Feed
Upper Case
Lower Case
Backspace
IRG Code
End of File
Optical Codes (non-printing)**
0
1
0
1
1
1
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
0
1
0
0
0
1
1
0
1
0
1
1
0
*
Codes having no symbol in the lower or upper case column do not have any corresponding
graphic or control character associated with them. All codes can be generated from keyboard
except optional codes, which requires keypad.
**
These codes are available at additional cost; error substitution character can be selected from
these codes.
.5
ERROR DETECTION AND CORRECTION
.51
Data Entry Errors
Type of checking: • • • • • • . . • . • • • •
Error indication: •••••••.••••••
Correction procedure: •••••.•...
tape character parity is checked in Printout
mode.
lamp is lighted; (keyboard locks with Read-AfterWrite option).
operator intervention is required to reverse
tape and reread error character; incorrect
data can be corrected from the keyboard by
backspacing with the Error-Correct button
depressed, and then keying in new characters.
© 1969 AUERBACH Corporation and AUERBACH Info, Inc.
11/69
6120:08
COMMUNITYPE
.52
Data Transmission Errors
Type of checking: • . • . • . . • • . . • . . •
Error indication: . • • • • . • . . . . . . . .
Correction procedure:. . . . . . . . . . . .
Comments: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . .
• 53
Data Recording Errors
Type of checking: • . • • . . . . . . . . . . .
Error indication: • . • . . . • • . . . . . . •
Correction procedure: ••.••.....•
. 55
Action: • . . • . • . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . •
•7
DATA TRANSMISSION
• 71
Basic Characteristics
Rated transmission speed: •...•.•..
Transmission method:. • . . . . . . . . . .
Transmission code: .••• . • . . • • . . •
Transmission mode: ..••.•...•..•
Order of bit transmission: . . . . . . . . .
Synchronization:. . • . • . • • . • . . . • • •
Public telephone network: .•...••..
Bell System leased voice-band
(Type 3002-C1 Data
Channel): . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Functional operations: . • • . • . . . . . .
**
11/69
133 char/sec (1,200 bits/sec).
serial by bit.
7 -level IBM Selectric Typewriter Code (six bits
plus parity); characters are separated by one
bit position).
half-duplex.
low order bit first.
synchronous; terminal is synchronized by first
character transmitted .
Data Set*
Bell System Data-Phone Data Set 202C. **
Bell System Data Set 202C or 202D or Western
Union 1200 Baud Data Modem. **
Transmission Control
Call initiation: • • • . . . . • • . . . . . . . .
Call reception:. • • . • • • . . • . . . . . . .
*
reverse channel is interrupted for a specified
period of time.
automatic disconnect.
Connection to Communications Lines
Communications Line or Service
.73
read-after-write check on character and longitudinal parity.
keyboard locks, error lamp lights.
operator intervention is required to extinguish
error lamp and re-key data .
Line Malfunctions
Detection: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. 72
character parity and longitudinal parity.
lamp is lighted; request for retransmission is
initiated via the reverse channel.
sending and receiving tapes automatically reverse
to interrecord gap, and incorrectly received
record is retransmitted.
operation halts or a special symbol is substituted
for error character after one retransmission
without halting transmission •
manual dialing or signaling.
manual (can be unattended in the Receive
mode).
different control codes perform a variety of
functions such as line feed, carriage return,
case shaft, horizontal tab, backspace, etc.
,In some cases, equivalent data sets and telephone couplers can be used; see Sections 4620 and
4640 for a current list of modems available from independent manufacturers of telephone equipment.
Bell System 202C2 and 202D2 Data Sets provide reverse-channel capability.
AUERBACH Data Communications Reports
A
~
UERBACH
AUERBACH
DATA
COMMUNICATIONS
REPORTS
6120:09
COMMUNITYPE
~
.74
Multistation Operation: • • • . • • . • • • • ••
•8
PHYSICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Component
no provision •
Communitype
Models 94, 95, 100, and 105
Power (KVA)
Voltage
Frequency (Hz)
Phases
1.7
110
60
1
1.7
105 to 125
60
1
Temperature Range (OF)
Humidity Range (%)
Heat (BTU/hr)
.9
45
30
30
250
60
30
29
300
Width (inches)
Depth (inches)
Height (inches)
Weight (pounds)
Model 90
Data-Jotter
55 to 100
o to 85
450
55 to 100
o to 85
450
PRICE DATA
Component or Feature
Monthly
Rental
$
Purchase
Price
$
Monthly
Maintenance
$
160
295
325
340
370
6950
10,600
12,600
11,600
14,000
35
55
65
55
65
395
395
535
535
18,000
18,000
24,000
24,000
55
55
65
65
70
10
10
2000
450
450
25
45
11
2
2
Data Communication System
Model
Model
Model
Model
Model
90 (Data-Jotter)
94
95
100
105
Magnetic Tape Transmission/
Conversion System
Model
Model
Model
Model
500
550
800
850
Features
Card Reader
Automatic Retransmission
Read-After-Write
Additional Tape Cartridge
Additional PAD Cartridge
-
© 1969 AUERBACH Corporation and AUERBACH Info, Inc.
-
-
11/69
fA
~
.,
AUERBACH
AUERBACH
DATA
COMMUNICATIONS
REPORTS
6121:01
COMMUNITYPE 550/850
COMMUNITYPE 550 AND 850 MAGNETIC TAPE TRANSMISSION/CONVERSION SYSTEMS
.1
GENERAL
. 11
Identity: .
Communitype Model 550 and Model 850.
. 12
Manufacturer:...................
Communitype Corporation
GM Building
767 Fifth Avenue
New York, New York 10022
.13
Basic Function:. . . • . • . . . • . . . . . . .
off-line magnetic tape recording of data received
or off-line transmission of data read from magnetic tape via a voice-band communications facility .
. 15
Description
The Communitype Magnetic Tape Transmission/Conversion System is an off-line data receiving
and sending station designed to provide transcription, computer code translation, and exchange
of magnetic tape data transmitted to and from the Communitype Data Communication System, an
input/output source data terminal; see Report 6120. Two basic single-unit terminal configurations of the Magnetic Tape Transmission/Conversion System are available:
•
Model 550 - writes data on 7-channel IBM System/360-compatible magnetic tape at
556 bits per inch;
•
Model 850 - writes data on 9-channel IBM System/360-compatible magnetic tape at
800 bits per inch.
Data is transmitted asynchronously over the public telephone network at 1200 bits per second
or over a leased voice-band line at up to 1800 bits per second using Bell System 202 Series Data
Sets; see Paragraph. 72. A 7-level (6 bits plus parity) IBM BCD Selectric transmission code
is employed in the half-duplex mode; see Report 6120, Table I.
The Magnetic Tape Transmission/Conversion System has two operating modes:
•
Receive (Write) Mode - data transmitted from a Communitype Model 100 or 105
Data Communication System or other send/receive terminal at 1200 bits per second (100 characters per second) is recorded immediately character-by-character
in computer-compatible code (Model 550: IBM BCD; Model 850: EBCDIC) as it
is received; each character is checked for vertical parity, and inter-record gaps
(ffiG) and longitudinal and cyclic redundancy checks are generated internally.
•
Send (Read) Mode - data from standard computer-prepared magnetic tape (Model
550: 7-level; Model 850: 9-level) is read into a 160-character MOS/FET (Metal
Oxide Semi-conductor Field Effect Transistor) buffer memory at 1200 bits per
second for transmission to a Model 100 or 105 Data Communication System or for
tape-to-tape transmission to another Model 550 or 850 unit.
The direction of data transmission is switch-selectable at the sending or receiving station; see
Paragraph.36.
Error detection is provided by parity verification of each character received. Upon detection
of a character received in error, the receiving terminal will halt the write operation and transmit a reverse channel signal to the sending station; upon receipt of the signal, the sending station will retransmit the entire data block in which the error occurred. This automatic retransmission feature operates in both Send and Receive Modes. In the Send Mode, the affected data
is retransmitted; the MOS/FET buffer has nondestructive readout and destructive readin. In
the Receive Mode, a special character of the user's choice is recorded immediately following
the incorrect record, and the data block is recorded a second time.
© 1969 AUERBACH Corporation and AUERBACH Info. Inc.
11/69
6121 :02
COMMUNITYPE 550/850
Figure 1.
Communitype Model 550 or 850 Magnetic
Tape Transmission/Conversion System
.16
First Delivery:
December, 1968 (Model 550); none to date
(Model 850)
. 17
Availability: . . . • . . • . . . . • . . . . . . .
3 to 6 months .
.2
CONFIGURATION
The basic Communitype Transmission/Conversion System consists of a Model 550 or Model
850 buffered reader/recorder magnetic tape unit. A data set is required to connect the system to a communications line; see Paragraph. 72 .
.3
INPUT
.31
Prepared Input
Input medium:
standard O. 5-inch computer magnetic tape;
556 bits/inch (Model 550) or 800 bits/inch
(Model 850).
any 7-level (Model 550) or 9-level (Model 850)
code.
variable up to tape capacity of 14 million
(Model 550) or 20 million (Model 850)
characters.
any standard character set with maximum of
44 characters plus 9 function codes.
1200 bits/sec.
limited by record length and transmission speed.
data is read block-by-block into a 160-character
(minimum) MOS/FET buffer memory; larger
capacjty buffer memories are available;
tape handler accommodates 5-, 8.5-, and
10 . 5 -inch tape reels.
Input code:
Quantity of data:
Character set:
Rates input speed:
Effective speed:
Comments:
.35
11/69
Message Configuration: . . . . . . • . . . . .
data is transmitted in variable-length records;
each data record begins and ends with an IRG
character; an EOF (End-of-File) character
follows the IRG character at the end of a message;
longitudinal parity is recorded before the IRG
is generated.
AUERBACH Data Communications Reports
A
~
N
............
?
0
-
TAB
/
Description (Contd.)
In the Block mode, the complete message is composed prior to transmission. When the
message is to be transmitted, the Transmit key is depressed. The CC-301 Controller functions in one of two sub-modes of operation when placed in the Block mode. These sub-modes,
Transmit Enabled and Transmit Disabled, are established by the computer. The Controller
must be placed in the Transmit Enabled sub-mode to accept a message. If it is already in
this mode when the Transmit key is depressed, the message is immediately sent to the computer. Depressing the Transmit key. when the controller is in the Transmit Disabled submode, locks the keyboard until the computer polls for the message.
When operating with the CC-72 Remote Master Controller, depressing the Transmit key sets
a status indicator within the Master Controller. The computer can sample the status indicators
and selectively initiate transmission from a waiting display terminal. The Master Controller
can also alert the computer to a waiting message by sending an interrupt signal when a status
indicator is set.
(Contd. )
8/69
AUERBACH Data Communications Reports
A
lA'
~
IUERBACH
AUERBACH
DATA
COMMUNICATIONS
REPORTS
6125:07
CCI CC-30
•
Message Configuration
The message transmitted from the CC-30 Communications Station includes a Start-of-Text
(STX) character, the message, and an End-of-Text (EXT) character. A message is transmitted in sequence beginning at the cursor position and ending with the ETX character.
Messages received from the computer can completely override any local operations. Commands received from the computer are preceded by a Start-of-Header (SOH) character which
conditions the Controller to interpret the following character as a function code. Bit positions
seven through five of the function code select a specific input or output device (including the
display unit); bit positions four through one specify one of several commands, such as, select
graphic or alphanumeric mode, load or read cursor address register, read Light Pen address,
halt local input-output operations, and others. The computer can also request the status of the
station, defined in a single character. When it is desired to unlock the keyboard, the computer
message is terminated with an End-of-Transmission (EOT) signal, which releases the keyboard
to the operator.
When the CC-72 Remote Master Controller is included, computer messages are prefixed by an
SOH and a single address character; the address character specifies which of the CC-301 Controllers is to receive the message.
Error Detection and Correction
Errors that occur during off-line composition are corrected by positioning the cursor under the
character in error and rekeying the correct character. When transmitting a message to the
computer in the Character mode, the computer responds to a detected character-parity error
by returning a special parity symbol, which is displayed in the position of the character received in error. The operator corrects the error by retyping the character.
Computer response to errors received in the Block mode is dependent upon the controlling
software. When parity errors are detected at the display station, a status bit is set and a
special parity-character is displayed on the screen in place of the character in error. The
operator can request retransmission or can repeat the interrogation message •
. 16
First Delivery: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . August 1967 .
. 17
Availability: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . 3 months .
.8
PHYSICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Component
CC-301 Model IT
Controller
CC-303 Model
Keyboard
m
CC-305
Line Printer
CC-306
Card Reader
Width (inches)
9.0
8.5
16.0
18.1
Depth (inches)
21. 0
13.5
14.0
22.9
Height (inches)
10.1
3.0
9.0
10.0
Weight (pounds)
40.0
6.25
40.0
108.0
-
-
115
115
115
115
60
60
60
60
1
-
1
1
Temperature Range tF)
50 to 120
50 to 120
65 to 85
65 to 90
Humidity Range (%)
10 to 80
10 to 80
10 to 80
30 to 75
Power (KVA)
Voltage
Frequency (Hz)
Phases
Heat (BTU /hr)
-
-
0.115
-
0.360
-
6125:08
CCI CC-30
.9
PRICE DATA
Component or Feature
Purchase
Price, *
$
CC-300
Model
Model
Model
Model
TV Receiver II (12-inch)
IV. (S-inch)
V (14-inch)
VI (17-inch)
CC-301 Model II TV Display Controller (1)
(includes parallel interface)
Option 1 - Serial communications interface compatible
with Bell System 100, 200, or 300 Series Data Sets
Option 2 - Nonstandard Character Set (2)
Option 3 - Input Channel (3)
Option 4 - Output Channel (3)
Option 5 - 960 Character Display (4)
Option 7 - Party Line Serial Interface
Option S - Blinking Cursor
Option 9 - External Synchronization
Option 14 - Composite Sync-Video Generator
6300
500
400
500
500
300
SOO
100
500
150
CC-302 Telephone Coupler
600
CC-303 Model III Alphanumeric Keyboard
550
CC-304 Light Pen (includes control logic
contained in CC-30 1 Controller)
1500
CC-305 Line Printer (Motorola)
CC-306 Card Reader
CC-30S Teletypewriter Adapter
7500
4700
1600
CC-72 Remote Multiplexor
CC-721 Line Adapter
5500
700
Channel Adapters CC-7011 (IBM 1130)
CC-7012 (IBM System/360)
Dual Channel Option
CC-7013 (CDC 3000 Series)
CC-7014 (SDS Sigma Series)
CC-7015 (DEC PDP-S, Line-S, or PDP-12)
Model II (integrated into CC-301 Controller for
direct connection; cannot include Option 1)
(1) All options are contained in the CC-301 Controller.
(2) Includes up to 96 customer-specified characters or symbols.
(3)
These options provide connection for any combination of up to seven I/O
devices, excluding Keyboard and Light Pen.
(4)
Expands the display arrangement to 24 lines of 40 characters per line.
*CCI provides standard leasing and maintenance arrangments upon request.
8/69
195
465
4S5
490
AUERBACH Data Communications Reports
5500
5500
2000
5500
5500
1500
A
AUERBACH
DATA
COMMUNICATIONS
_UERBACH
6126:01
REPORTS
CCI CC-33
•
COMPUTER COMMUNICATIONS CC-33
TELETYPE-QRIENTED DISPLAY STATION
.1
General
• 11
Identity:
CC-33 Teletype-Oriented Display Station .
.12
Manufacturer:...................
Computer Communications, Inc.
701 W. Manchester Boulevard
Inglewood, California 90301
.13
Basic Function: . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . ..
visual display, via cathode ray tube (CRT), of
alphanumeric and graphic data transmitted at
110, 600, or 1200 bits per second between the
display terminal and a remot~ computer over
the public telephone network or over a narrowband or voice-band line; data entry is provided
via keyboad or program control; printed copy
is optional.
. 15
Description
The CC-33 Teletype-Oriented Display Station incorporates the same basic components
found in the CC-30 Communications Station, excluding the CC-301 Model III Display Controller.
Basic Operation
The basic CC-33 Teletype Compatible Display Station consists of a CRT/keyboard and control unit which operates into computer systems using the existing Teletype hardware and
software without modification. Designed for fixed-location or portable operation the CC-33
can incorporate, with slight modification, any standard television receiver as a display
device. Both alphanumeric and graphic data can be displayed. An alphanumeric keyboard
provides manual data entry.
Configuration
The basic CC-33 Display Station configuration includes the following components:
•
a CC-301 Model TIl Display Controller;
•
a CC-300 Model II TV Display; and
•
a CC-303 Model TIl Alphanumeric Keyboard.
The CC-301 Model III TV Display Controller contains a 1024-word buffer (9 bits per word),
a character/graph generator, input-output control section (for local devices), and a serial
interface.
The CC-300 Model n TV Receiver, a 12-inch solid-state portable television receiver, is the
standard display device connected to the CC-301 Controller. Other models are available
from CCI; they differ from one another in screen size and the use of tube-type or solid-state
circuitry; see Paragraph. 9.
Up to 16 CC-300 TV Receivers can be attached to a single CC-301 Controller; the same
image is displayed by all receivers. In addition, any conventional monochrome television
receiver can be adapted by CCI to operate with the CC-301 Controller; the required modification is slight.
.
.
.
/Pta
lQkQAIICDDAf'U /"',...,-.,...., ....... ,.. ............. ....1.
AII~DOA,....U
I ... ' ....
I ........
6126:02
CCI CC-33
Figure 1. CC-33 Teletype-Oriented Display Station including CC-301 Model TIl
TV Display Controller, CC-300 Model II Television Receiver, and
CC-303 Model III Alphanumeric Keyboard .
• 15
Des cription (Contd.)
Data can be manually entered via the CC-303 Alphanumeric Keyboard.
Several input-output devices are available with the CC-30 Communications Station:
•
a CC-304 Light Pen:
•
a 300 character-per-second portable CC-305 Line Printer (Motorola);
•
a 300 card-per-minute portable CC-306 Card Reader: and
•
a CC-308 Teletypewriter Adapter (connects all Teletype models).
Any combination up to seven I/o devices can be connected to a CC-301 Controller when the
optional Input Channel (Option 3) and Output Channel (Option 4) are incorporated.
Additional devices, including magnetic tape units, magnetic disc units, paper tape units, and
others, can be connected to the CC-301 Controller: prices for these options are individually
negotiable with CCl.
Display Controller
A serial interface (Option 1) is required when the CC-33 Display Station is connected to a
communications line. The serial communications interface contained in the CC-301 Controller can interface with a Bell System 100 or 200 Series Data Set for fixed-location
operation. Alternatively, the CC-302 Telephone Coupler can acoustically couple the CC-301
Controller to a conventional telephone set where portable operation is desired. The CC-302
coupler is compatible with the Bell System Data-Phone Data Set 103A1 or 103A2.
Display Unit
The output characteristics of the CC-300 Model IT Receiver are summarized in Table IT.
Any conventional television receiver ranging from a 5-inch screen to a 23-inch screen will
8/69
AUERBACH Data Communications Reports
A
AUERBACH
AUERBACH
DATA
CDMMUNICATIONS
REPORTS
6126:03
CCI CC-33
•
display the same format when connected to the CC-301 Controller. When operating in the
graphic mode, the display image is formed by a pattern of dots arranged in a 10B-by-B5 dot
matrix; the viewing area on a 12-inch receiver measures 5.5 by B inches.
The buffer memory included in the CC-301 Controller has a capacity of 1024 9-bit words; the
first BOO word-locations correspond to the BOO-position alphanumeric display format (960character option available) . The remaining 224 memory locations are accessible to the
computer for storing and retrieving terminal identification and other information.
Each display character is formed within a 5-by-7 dot matrix. The 64-symbol character set
includes upper-case alphabetics, numerics, and special symbols (including the cursor symbols. A Nonstandard Character Set (Option 2) allows the user to define a character set of
up to 96 characters or symbols, employing bit configurations in columns 2 through 7 of the
USASCn code chart; see Report 6125 Table II. The display is regenerated 60 times per
second.
Each character display location has an absolute memory address; the memory contents is
displayed continuously and can be transmitted to the computer or output device at any time
via keyboard or program control. The non-destructive cursor, displayed as a horizontal
underline, indicates the location to be occupied by the next character entered into or read
from the memory buffer. TV receivers varying in size from B inches to 27 inches (measured diagonr..lly) are available. The maximum display format consists of 20 lines of data
with 40 characters to a line; a 24 line arrangement is available as an option. The display
characteristics of three typical CRT models are represented in Table 1.
TABLE I: REPRESENTATIVE DISPLAY CHARACTERISTICS OF
THREE STANDARD CC-300 SCREEN SIZES
Display Area
Character Size
CRT
Size
(inches)
Alphanumeric
(inches)
Graphic
(inches)
Height
(inches)
Width
(inches)
8
12
18
5.5 x 4.5
B.O x 6.5
12.0 x 10.0
5.0 x 3.25
7.25x4.75
11.25 x 7.00
.125
.219
.313
.094
.156
.219
Keyboard
The CC-303 Model lIT Keyboard is interlocked to prevent more than one key depression at a
time. A cable connection provides keyboard operations up to 150 feet from the display controller.
The Model ITI keyboard contains 65 keys including control and cursor keys which are separated (for ease of identification) from the data entry keys. This keyboard is capable of
generating a 127-character USASCII character set (except NUL); see Report 6125, nible II.
Control codes can be generated by depressing the special code key concurrently with the
designated control code key. Repetitive data entry is performed by holding a key in a depressed position.
Cursor controls permit positioning the cursor (an underscore symbol) to:
•
The first character position of the first line (Reset key) ,
•
The first character position of the current line (Return key) ,
•
The same character position of the next line (New Line key),
~
'n~n
AI
Irnn"""1 I
,.... ______
~;
____ -'
Allron""" ••
I_Z_
1 __
n
I~n
6126:04
CCI CC-33
.15
Description (Contd.)
•
The current position on the next line (down arrow),
•
The current position on the preceding line (up arrow),
•
One space to the right (right arrow), or
•
One space to the left (left arrow).
When the cursor controls marked by arrows are held in a depressed position, the cursor
continues to step in the specified direction and will wrap-around the screen in any of the
four directions. The current cursor location is contained in a cursor address register
within the CC-301 Controller. The cursor address can be accessed and altered by the
computer.
TABLE II: CC-300 DISPLAY OUTPUT CHARACTERISTICS
Characteristic
8/69
Description
Output Medium
Cathode ray tube; displays white characters on black background.
Character Set
64 characters, including upper-case alphabetics, numberics,
punctuation marks, and special symbols; 96 customerspecified characters or symbols with the Nonstandard
Character Set (Option 2).
Character size
0.156 inches wide and 0.187 inches high when using a 12-inch
TV receiver.
Display size
6.5-by 8-inch viewing area (standard 12-inch CRT); CRT sizes
range from 8 inches to 27 inches (diagonal measurement)
Character generation
5-by 7-dot matrix
Characters per Line
40.
Lines per Display
20 or 24 (option 5).
Characters per Display
800 or 960 (option 5).
Buffer Capacity
1024 characters.
Format Control
New line character; flexible cursor movement controls; fixed
tab pos itioning.
Rated Output Speed
Up to 110, 600, or 1200 bits/sec over public telephone network
or leased voice-band or narrow-band line.
Effective Output Speed
Limited by message length and communications facility.
Comments
The CC-300 can also be used in the graphic mode to display
data within a matrix of 108 by 85 dots; the viewing area in the
graphic mode is 7.5 inches wide by 4. 75 inches high with the
12-inch TV receiver; higher transmission speeds available
upon request.
AUERBACH Data Communications Reports
A
AUERBACH
AUlRBACH
DATA
COMMUNICATIONS
6126:05
CCI CC-33
RlPORTS
•
Optional Features
The CC-304 Light Pen is a narrow aperture, low-resolution photocell capable of locating a
single character position (alpha mode) or any three horizontally sequential dots (graphic
mode) • When activated, the Light Pen can be used to select specific data displayed on the
screen; the address (coordinates) of the selected data is stored for later access by the
computer. After selecting the data, the operator can alert the computer by transmitting an
interrupt signal.
The portable CC-305 Line Printer provides high-speed non-impact printing capabilities at
300 characters per second which can be executed locally for off-line operations or remotely
under computer program control. Any selected portion of a displayed text can be printed; the
printing operation incorporates an electrothermal printing technique with a continuously moving S. 5-inch roll of paper and four separate rotating printheads Data is printed from the
buffer sequentially by character and line position in the SO-character line format made. A
display image format mode can also be employed where characters are printed only in the
middle 40 page columns (positions 20 through 60), arranged identical to the displayed data
configuration. See Report 6550 for additional information about the Motorola TP-4000
Series Teleprinters.
The portable CC-306 Card Reader reads standard SO-column punched cards photoelectrically
at a rate of 300 cards per minute. The CC-306 is capable of two separate operating modes
selected under computer control: the binary image mode and the Hollerith mode. In the
binary image mode, each card column is interpreted as two separate 6-bit characters of
data as it is read into the buffer-memory. Parity is generated and bit 7 of each work is set
to avoid confusion with USASCII code characters. The card reader generates EDT after five
cards (800 bytes) have been read into the buffer. In the Hollerith mode, each card column is
translated into its 7-bit USASCn code equivalent; parity is generated and the characters are
read into consecutive buffer locations following the movement of the cursor. Data transmission is terminated when an EDT, INT, or TRANS character is read, or when data from
ten cards (SOO characters) has been transmitted, generating EDT. The CC-306 will function
accordingly upon reading any USASCII control characters.
Data Transmission
The CC-301 Model m Display Controller operates in a full-duplex mode over the public
telephone network or a narrow-band facility using a Bell System Series 103 or 202 DataPhone Data Set or the CC-302 Telephone Coupler. (Equivalent data sets and telephone
couplers can be used; see Sections 4620 and 4640 for a current list of modems available
from independent manufacturers of telephone equipment.) Data is transmitted serial by
bit at 110, 600, or 1200 bits per second; transmission rates are switch-selectable
(Option 13). The CC-301 Controller accomodates serial transmission at increased rates
using higher speed serial interfaces which are available on special request.
The CC-33 Communications Station employs the 7-level USASCn transmission code, presented in Report 6125 Table n. An even parity bit is appended to each transmitted character.
When operating as a stand-alone display station; i. e., a single CC-301 Controller and
CC-300 TV Receiver, an asynchronous transmission technique is employed. A total of 11
bits including unity start and two stop bits, seven data bits, and an even parity bit are transmitted.
Editing Facilities
Data can be altered by positioning the cursor to the desired character-location and typing
new data over the existing data; no expansion or contraction of data takes place. The entire
screen can be erased by using the Clear key. The Tab key positions the cursor forward or
backward to a fixed tab stop location at the center position of each line. After the bottom
tel lqf,q AIIFRRAr.1-I
r.nrnnr~tinn ~nrl
AIIFRRACH Info_ Inc_
A/~Q
6126:06
CCI CC-33
• 15
Description (Contd.)
line is displayed, the cursor automatically wrapsaround to the first display line. Each
succeeding Line Feed automatically erases all characters from the next line before data
entry continues.
Operating Procedure
Data is entered at any location of the display by positioning the cursor to that location and
keying in the data. The cursor advances one character position as each character enters.
Any editing that may be necessary is performed prior to transmitting the message in the
Block mode. The End-of-Text character is entered at the end of the message by depressing
the END key. Transmission of the message follows.
The station can operate in one of two operator-selectable transmission modes: Character
mode or Block mode.
In the Character mode of operation, each character entered from the keyboard is immediately transmitted. In a full-duplex system the station waits for a response from the computer and displays the returned character or message. In a half-duplex system the
character is displayed locally immediately.
The computer can respond to a detected character-parity error by returning a special
parity symbol, which is displayed in the current cursor position on the screen. Data can
be transmitted from any input device in the system. In this mode of operation, errors can
be detected and corrected on a character-by-character basis.
In the Block mode, the complete message is composed prior to transmission. When the
message is to be transmitted, the Transmit key is depressed. The CC-301 Controller
functions in one of two sub-modes of operation when placed in the Block mode. These
sub-modes, Transmit Enabled and Transmit Disabled, are established by the computer.
The Controller must be placed in the Transmit Enabled sub-mode to accept a message.
If it is already in this mode when the Transmit key is depressed, the message is immediately sent to the computer. Depressing the Transmit key, when the controller is in the
Transmit Disabled sub-mode, locks the keyboard until the computer polls for the message.
Message Configuration
Commands received from the computer are preceded by a Start-of-Header (SOH) character
which conditions the Controller to interpret the following character as a function code. Bit
positions seven through five of the function code select a specific input or output device
(including the display unit); bit positions four through one specify one of several commands,
such as, select graphic or alphanumeric mode, load or read cursor address register, read
Light Pen address, halt local input-output operations, and others. The computer can also
request the status of the station, defined in a single character. When it is desired to
unlock the keyboard, the computer message is terminated with an End-of-Transmission
(EaT) signal, which releases the keyboard to the operator.
Error Detection and Correction
Errors that occur during off-line composition are corrected by positioning the cursor under
the character in error and rekeying the correct character. When transmitting a message
to the computer in the Character mode, the computer responds to a detected characterparity error by returning a special parity symbol, which is displayed in the position of the
character received in error. The operator corrects the error by retyping the character.
Computer response to errors received in the Block mode is dependent upon the controlling
software. When parity errors are detected at the display station, a status bit is set and a
8/69
AUERBACH Data Communications Reports
A
..
\UERBACH
AUERBACH
DATA
CDMMUNICATIONS
REPORTS
6126:07
CCI CC-33
special parity-character is displayed on the screen in place of the character in error.
operator can request retransmission or can repeat the interrogation message.
.8
PHYSICAL SPECIFICATIONS:
.9
PRICE DATA
See Report 6125, Paragraph. 8.
Purchase
Price, *
Component or Feature
CC-300
Model
Model
Model
Model
TV Receiver
II (12-inch)
IV (8-inch)
V (14-inch)
VI (17-inch)
CC-301 Model III TV Display Controller (1)
(includes serial interface)
Option 2 - Nonstandard Character Set (2)
Option 3 - Input Channel (3)
Option 4 - Output Channel (3)
Option 5 - 960 Character Display (4)
Option 13 - Three-Speed Switch
$
195
465
485
490
7200
400
500
500
300
750
CC-302 Telephone Coupler
600
CC-303 Model III Alphanumeric Keyboard
550
CC-304 Light Pen (includes control logic
contained in CC-301 Controller)
1500
CC-305 Line Printer (Motorola)
7500
CC-306 Card Reader
4700
CC-308 Teletypewriter Adapter
1600
(1)
All options are contained in the CC-301 Controller.
(2)
Includes up to 96 customer-specified characters or symbols.
(3)
These options provide connection for any combination of up to seven
I/O devices, excluding Keyboard and Light Pen.
(4)
Expands the display arrangement to 24 lines of 40 characters per line.
* CCI
provides standard leasing and maintenance arrangements upon request.
The
A
AUERBACH
AUERBACH
DATA
COMMUNICATIONS
REPORTS
6127:01
CCI CC-36
•
COMPUTER COMMUNiCATIONS CC-36 TELEVIDEO CONVERSATIONAL/BATCH STATldN
.1
GENERAL
. 11
Identity:
. CC-36 Televideo Conversational/Batch station .
. 12
Manufacturer:..
. Computer Communications, Inc.
701 W. Manchester Boulevard
Inglewood, California 90301
.13
Basic Function: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . displays and/or prints data received
from a remote computer over a voice-band
or broad-band facility; data to be transmitted
can be entered via keyboard and/or punched
cards •
. 15
Description
Basic Operation
The CC-36 is an integrated communications terminal designed to accommodate remote batching
operations, on-line transmission and reception of data in a conversation mode, and off-line
operations using local peripheral equipment. The modular input/output components of the
CC-30 Communications Station are consolidated into one of two basic CC-36 terminal configurations with the addition of a high-speed impact printer. Communications with a remote computer can be provided over the public telephone network or a leased voice-band or broad-band
facility. The terminal can be coupled to a standard telephone set, connected to a Bell System
100, 200, or 300 Series Data Set, or connected directly to the computer input/output channel.
Station controls covering input-output operations and data transmission can be initiated manually by keyboard or remotely by the computer using the appropriate set of USASCII control
codes. The CC-36 station can store and execute up to eight consecutive control code sequences
using any combination of the 17 available control codes provided in the CC-301 Controller.
Once initiated, the stored set of control operations is executed in the order specified without
additional operator or computer intervention.
Configuration
The CC-36 Televideo Conversational/Batch Station is available in two basic configurations:
Model I and Model II. Excluding the type of printing device used, which is the only distinguishing feature between the two models, both configurations incorporate the same basic components in an integrated console. Model I includes a non-impact printer; Model II includes an
impact printer. The remaining components common to both models include the following devices:
•
CC-301 Model II TV Display Controller;
•
CC-300 Model II TV Display;
•
CC-303 Model III Alphanumeric Keyboard; and
• CC-306 Card Reader.
The CC-300 Model II TV Receiver, a 12-inch solid-state portable television receiver, is the
standard display device connected to the CC-301 Controller. Other models are available from
CCI; they differ from one another in screen size and the use of tube-type or solid-state circuitry; see Report 6125, Paragraph. 9.
Up to 16 CC-300 TV Receivers can be attached to a single CC-301 Controller; the same image is
displayed by all receivers. In addition, any conventional monochrome television receiver can
be adapted by CCI to operate with the CC-301 Controller; the required modification is slight.
Display Controller
The CC-301 Model IT TV Display Controller contains a 1024-word buffer (9 bits per word), a
character/graph generator, an input-output control section (for local devices), and a serial
interface. A parallel interface is also included to provide direct connection to a computer via
a Channel Adapter (computer interface). In this configuration, data can be transferred at rates
up to 500,000 characters per second.
r-:....
11'\£1'\
AllrnnA/'"'t11
r" _____ ......... __
..... _-1
AIICDO/\r'U
I .... ' ......
I ..... ""
o
J~n
6127:02
CCI CC-36
Figure 1. CC-36 Televideo Conversational/Batch Station Model I including CC-305
Line Printer, CC-300 Model II Television Receiver, CC-303 Model III Alphanumeric
Keyboard, CC-306 Card Reader, and CC-301 Model II TV Display Controller .
• 15
Description (Contd.)
A serial interface (Option 1) is required when the CC-36 Station is connected to a communications line. The serial communications interface can operate using also data sets or over direct
connection at rates up to 50, 000 bits per second.
Up to 32 remote CC-36 Stations, each operating over a separate line, can be connected to a
single computer input-output channel via the CC-72 Communications Multiplexor located at the
computer site. A CC-72 Line Adapter, contained in the CC-72 cabinet, is required for every
two communications lines. A Channel Adapter is required to match the CC-72 Multiplexor to
the computer input-output channel. The Channel Adapters are designed to provide a direct
parallel connection between the computer and a CC-36 Station; an optional serial interface is
required when the Channel Adapter is to be connected to a remote CC-36.
A family of Channel Adapters is available to meet the interface requirements of some of the
major computer manufacturers. The Channel Adapters presently available from CCI are
presented below.
•
CC-7011 - connects to storage access channel of an IBM 1130
computer.
•
CC-7012 - connects to selector or multiplexor channels of an IBM
System/360 computer.
•
CC-7013 - connects to data channel of a CDC 3000 Series computer.
•
CC-7014 - connects to SDS Sigma Series computer.
•
CC-7015 - connects to I/O bus of a DEC PDP-S, Linc-S, or PDP-12 computer.
The CC-72 Remote Master Controller enables the computer to address up to 32 CC-301 Controllers and related devices, all operating over the same line. Each CC-301 Controller can
be located up to 5000 cable-feet from the Master Controller. A CC-721 Line Adapter, contained in the Master Control cabinet, is required for every two CC-301 Controllers.
8/69
AUERBACH Data Communications Reports
DATA
~ COMMUNICATIONS
AUERBACH
6127:03
REPORTS
CCI CC-36
IERBACH
•
Display {!nit
The output characteristics of the CC-300 Model IT Receiver are summarized in Report 6125,
Table I. Any conventional television receiver ranging from a 5-inch screen to a 23-inch screen
will display the same format when connected to the CC-301 Controller. When operating in the
graphic mode, the display image is formed by a pattern of dots arranged in a 108-by-85 dot
matrix; the viewing area on a 12-inch receiver measures 5. 5 by 8 inches.
The buffer memory included in the CC-301 Controller has a capacity of 1024 9-bit words; the
first 800 word-locations correspond to the 800-position alphanumeric display format (960-character option available). The remaining 224 memory locations are accessible to the computer
for storing and retrieving terminal identification and other information.
Each display character is formed within a 5-by-7 dot matrix. The 69-symbol character set
includes upper-case alphabetics, numerics, and special symbols (including the cursor symbol);
see Report 6125, Table IT. The display is regenerated 60 times per second.
Each character display location has an absolute memory address; the memory contents is displayed continuously and can be transmitted to the computer or output device at any time via
keyboard or program control. The non-destructive cursor, displayed as a horizontal underline, indicates the location to be occupied by the next character entered into or read from the
memory buffer. TV receivers varying in size from 8 inches to 27 inches (measured diagonally)
are available. The maximum display format consists of 20 lines of data with 40 characters to
a line; a 24 line arrangement is available as an option. The display characteristics of three
typical CRT models are represented in Report 6126, Table I.
Keyboard
The CC-303 Model ill keyboard operates electromechanically and is interlocked to prevent
more than one key depression at a time. A cable connection provides keyboard operations up
to 150 feet from the display controller.
The Model ITI keyboard contains 65 keys including control and cursor keys which are separated
(for ease of identification) from the data entry keys. This keyboard is capable of generating a
127-character USASCIT character set (except NUL); see Report 6125, Table II. Control functions can be generated by depressing only the control function key. Control codes other than
those speCified by the control function keys can be generated by depressing the control key
concurrently with the designated control code key. Repetitive data entry is performed by
holding a key in a depressed position.
Cursor controls permit positioning the cursor (an underscore symbol) to:
•
The first character position of the first line (Reset key),
•
The first character position of the current line (Return key),
•
The same character position of the next line (New Line key),
•
The current position on the next line (down arrow),
•
The current position on the preceding line (up arrow),
•
One space to the right (right arrow), or
• One space to the left (left arrow).
When the cursor controls marked by arrows are held in a depressed position, the cursor continues to step in the specified direction and will wrap-around the screen in any of the four
directions. The current cursor location is contained in a cursor address register within the
CC-301 Controller. The cursor address can be accessed and altered by the computer.
Line Printer
The basic CC-36 Terminal provides high-speed printing devices to produce printed copy of
any selected portion of a displayed text initiated locally via keyboard or by remote program
control. This system also facilitates on-line computer-to-print and off-line key-to-print
operations. Two basic terminal configurations are available incorporating different printing
devices.
JR\
1
ru::.n
A I .':-ODAI"U
1" ............................ ; ........
...........
A IICDDAI""U
1_'_
1 __
6127:04
CCI CC-36
• 15
Description (Contd.)
The CC-36 Model I includes the CC-305 Line Printer for non-impact printing capability at 300
characters per second. The printing operation employs an electrothermal printing technique
with a continuously moving S. 5-inch roll of paper and four separate rotating printheads. Data
is printed from the buffer sequentially by character and line position in the SO-character line
format mode. A display image format mode can also be employed where characters are printed
only in the middle 40 page columns (positions 20 through 60). arranged identical to the displayed
data configuration. See Report 6550 for additional information about the Motorola TP-4000
Series Teleprinters.
The CC-36 Model II includes an impact line printer with a 132-character buffer (Mohawk 4000
Series). Printing is executed via rotating drum and a shuttle-type print mechanism at 300
lines per minute. Up to SO characters per line can be printed using a standard 64-character
set. Single spacing provides 6 to S lines per inch. Data is printed from the buffer sequentially
by character and line position.
Card Reader
The CC-306 Card Reader reads standard SO-column punched cards photoelectrically at a rate
of 300 cards per minute. The CC-306 is capable of two separate operating modes selected
under computer control: the binary image mode and the Hollerith mode. In the binary image
mode. each card column is interpreted as two separate 6-bit characters of data as it is read
into the buffer-memory. Parity is generated and bit 7 of each word is set to avoid confusion
with USASCII code characters. The card reader generates EaT after five cards (SOO bytes)
have been read into the buffer. In the Hollerith mode, each card column is translated into its
7-bit USASCII code equivalent; parity is generated and the characters are read into consecutive buffer locations following the movement of the cursor. Data transmission is terminated
when an EaT, INT, or TRANS character is read, or when data from ten cards (SOO characters) has been transmitted, generating EaT. The CC-306 will function accordingly upon
reading any USASCII control characters.
Data Transmission
The CC-301 Display Controller operates in a half-duplex mode over the public telephone network at up to 2000 bits per second or over a leased voice-band line at up to 2400 bits per
second. The CC-301 can also operate in a half-duplex mode over broad-band facilities at
up to 50. 000 bits per second using a Bell System 300 Series Data Set or its equivalent.
The CC-36 Station employs the 7-level USASCn transmission code, presented in Report
6125, Table II. An even parity bit is appended to each transmitted character.
When operating as a stand-alone display station; 1. e., a single CC-301 Controller and CC-300
TV Receiver, an asynchronous transmission technique is employed. A total of 10 bits including unity start and stop bits, seven data bits, and an even parity bit are transmitted.
When the CC-72 Remote Master Multiplexor is employed in a multistation environment, a
synchronous transmission technique is used. Each character totals eight bits, including an
even parity bit. A SYN character precedes each transmission.
Editing Facilities
Data can be altered by positioning the cursor to the desired character-location and typing new
data over the existing data; no expansion or contraction of data takes place. The entire screen
can be erased by using the Clear key. When it is desired to retain fixed data, as in a fixed
format, a New Line symbol is used at the end of each entry. The New Line symbol causes
the cursor to skip all succeeding characters in the line and move to the beginning of the next
line. The Tab key positions the cursor forward or backward to a fixed tab stop location at
the center position of each line.
Operating Procedure
Data is entered at any location of the display by positioning the cursor to that location and
keying in the data or reading cards. The cursor advances one character position as each
character enters. Any editing that may be necessary is performed prior to transmitting the
message. The End-of-Text character is entered at the end of the message by depressing the
END key; transmission of the message follows.
8/69
AUERBACH Data Communications Reports
A
AUERBACH
AUERBACH
DATA
COMMUNICATIONS
REPORTS
6127:05
CCI CC-36
•
The complete message is composed on the display or read in from cards prior to transmission.
When the message is to be transmitted, the Transmit key is depressed, or the transmit function
is provided by the stored control sequence. The CC-301 Controller functions in one of two submodes of operation when placed in the Block mode. These sub-modes, Transmit Enabled and
Transmit Disabled, are established by the computer. The Controller must be placed in the
Transmit Enabled sub-mode to accept a message. If it is already in this mode when the Transmit key is depressed, the message is immediately sent to the computer.
When operating with the CC-72 Remote Master Controller, depressing the Transmit key sets
a status indicator within the Master Controller. The computer can sample the status indicators and selectively initiate transmission from a waiting display terminal. The Master Controller can also alert the computer to a waiting message by sending an interrupt signal when
a status indicator is set.
Message Configuration
The message transmitted from the CC-36 Station includes a Start-of-Text (STX) character,
the message, and an End-of-Text (EXT) character. A message is transmitted in sequence
beginning at the cursor position and ending with the ETX character. Messages received
from the computer can completely override any local operations. Commands received from
the computer are preceded by a Start-of-Header (SOH) character which conditions the Controller to interpret the following character as a function code. Bit positions seven through
five of the function code select a specific input or output device (including the display unit);
bit positions four through one specify one of several commands, such as, select graphic or
alphanumeric mode, load or read cursor address register, read Light Pen address, halt
local input-output operations, and others. The computer can also request the status of the
station, defined in a single character. When it is desired to unlock the keyboard, the computer
message is terminated with an End-of-Transmission (EaT) signal, which releases the keyboard to the operator.
When the CC-72 Remote Master Controller is included, computer messages are prefixed by
an SOH and a single address character; the address character specifies which of the CC-301
Controllers is to receive the message.
Error Detection and Correction
Errors that occur during off-line composition are corrected by positioning the cursor under
the character in error and rekeying the correct character. When transmitting a message to
the computer in the Character mode, the computer responds to a detected character-parity
error by returning a special parity symbol, which is displayed in the position of the character received in error. The operator corrects the error by retyping the character.
Computer response to errors received in the Block mode is dependent upon the controlling
software. When parity errors are detected at the display station, a status bit is set and a
special parity-character is displayed on the screen in place of the character in error. The
operator can request retransmission or can repeat the interrogation message.
© 1969 AUERBACH Corporation and AUERBACH Info, Inc.
8/69
6127:06
CCI CC-36
•B
PHYSICAL SPECIFICATIONS
CC-36 Televideo Conversational/Batch Station
Console (includes table)*
Component
Width (inches)
Depth (inches)
Height (inch~s)
Weight (pounds)
62.5
31. 0
300.0
Power (KVA)
Voltage
Frequency (Hz)
1.2
115
60
2B.0
Phases
Temperature Range (OF.)
Humidity Range (%)
Heat (BTU/hr)
1
50 to 90
10 to BO
-
* Refer to Report 6125, Paragraph. B for physical characteristics of individual components •
•9
PRICE DATA
Component or Feature
CC-36 Model I (non-impact printer)
CC-36 Model IT (impact printer)
Option 5 - 960-character Display *
CC-304 Light Pen
CC-72 Remote Multiplexor
CC-721 Line Adapter
Channel Adapters CC-7011 (IBM 1130)
CC-7012 (IBM System/360)
Dual Channel Option
CC-7013 (CDC 3000 Series)
CC-7014 (SDS Sigma Series)
CC-7015 (DEC PDP-B, Linc-B, or PDP-12)
Model IT (integrated into CC-301
Controller for direct connection; cannot
include Option 1)
Option 1 - Serial communications
interface compatible with Bell
System 100, 200, or 300 Series
Data Sets for any of the Channel
Adapters
*
Monthly
Rental,
$
B75
1175
1500
-
--
5500
5500
2000
5500
5500
-
1500
-
500
-
Expands the display arrangement to 24 lines of 40 characters per line.
AUERBACH Data Communications Reports
23,900
39,900
300
-
** CCl provides standard leasing and maintenance arrangements upon request.
8/69
Purchase
Price, **
$
5500
700
fA
~
AUERBACH
AUERBACH
DATA
COMMUNICATIONS
REPORTS
6145:01
COMPUTER INDUSTRIES
COPE.45
'"
ADVANCE REPORT
COMPUTER INDUSTRIES COPE. 45
(~OMMUNICATION QRIENTED EROCESSING IfQUlPMENT)
.1
GENERAL
. 11
Identity: ..
COPE. 45 Remote Communications Terminal.
.12
Manufacturer:.....
Computer Industries, Inc.
Data Communications Systems Division
2659 Nova Drive
Dallas, Texas 75229
. 13
Basic Function: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..
high-speed remote batch processing of data
transmitted over a voice-band communications
line; standard input/output facilities provide
punched card data entry and printed copy .
. 15
Description
The COPE .45 Remote Communications Terminal, announced in early 1968 by Computer
Industries, a subsidiary of University Computing Company, is the top of the line in a series
of seven COPE terminals designed to operate at computer-compatible speeds over voicegrade telephone lines. The basic COPE. 45 configuration comprises the following components:
•
Remote Controller with Operator Console;
•
Keyboard/Printer Teletypewriter;
•
High-Speed Printer;
•
High-Speed Card Reader;
•
Communications Modem.
The COPE. 45 Remote Controller is a fixed-address, parallel system using a randomaddress magnetic core memory of 4096 or 8192 12-bit words with a cycle time of 1. 5 microseconds/word. Operating in the full-duplex mode, this unit coordinates the card reader,
printer, and data set on-line to the computer system with facilities for indirect addressing,
program interrupt for I/O conditions, and transfer of data with peripheral equipment. Both
card input and printer output data is compressed and packed in 254 12-bit data word messages for a total of 508 characters. Data is transmitted to the COPE Communications
Controller at the central computer site where it is unpacked and transferred to a UNIVAC
1108 for further processing. Keys and switches on the Operator Console provide manual
control of the Remote Controller for data transmission and reception, peripheral device
operations, and Teletype communications.
A Teletype Model 33 Automatic Send-Receive (ASR) with a 53-key input keyboard and 600character/minute printer provides diagnostic information, with facilities for operator control
and intervention and status media. This unit generates and interprets a modified 8-level
USASCn code from keyboard or paper tape input.
The COPE. 45 printer is a high-speed rotating drum impact printer which operates at a
rated speed of 1000 lines/minute for any combination of alphanumeric and special characters, or up to 1250 lines/minute for alphanumeric characters. A standard print line of 132
characters/line is provided, with maximum printed symbol capability of 63 characters
(26 alpha, 10 numeric, and 27 special). Two pin-type tractor guide sets can be adjusted to
accommodate 4- to 20-inch fan-fold paper forms. A vertical format unit employs a 12channel punched paper tape loop to provide program-controlled paper form spacing.
© 1969 AUERBACH Corporation and AUERBACH Info. Inc.
11/69
6145:02
COMPUTER INDUSTRIES
COPE .45
. 15
Description (Contd. )
The high-speed COPE. 45 Card Reader operates at a rated speed of 1500 cards/minute on a
single card demand basis using a photo-diode reader station. The single input hopper has a
2500-card capacity and the receiver output stacker, a 2000-card capacity; concurrent loading of additional card da,ta and removal of processed cards during operation is permitted.
The Communications Modem is a high-speed data set mounted internally and designed to accommodate the COPE. 45 Remote Controller communications interface. Operating in the
full-duplex mode, this unit transmits serial data at 4800 bits/second over a C4-conditioned
voice-band line. The system can be modified to operate in the half-duplex mode over dialup or broad-band lines. An optional 10,000 bits/second data set is available for a system
requiring limited-distance communications over coaxial cable.
The COPE. 45 Terminal is fully modular and can be expanded to include any combination of
the following optional I/O devices:
•
Model 8001-00 Magnetic Tape Master - processes IBM-compatible 6- or 8-level
magnetic tape at 28,000 characters/second; accommodates a 200-, 556-, or 800bitS/inch read/write unit.
• Model 8002-00 Magnetic Tape Slave - operates as a backup device in a two-unit
magnetic tape configuration; records card data on standard tape and can be used
to transmit plotter data.
• Model 200 Card Punch - punches standard 80-column cards at 200 cards/minute;
incorporates an echo-check feature for automatic repunching of erroneous card
data.
• Model P120 Tally Paper Tape Punch - punches mylar or paper tape data from
cards read on the COPE . 45 Card Reader.
• Model 500 Tally Paper Tape Reader - reads mylar or paper tape data at 450
character s/ second.
Computer Industries states that the basic COPE . 45 Remote Communications Terminal currently rents for $3380/month, with an availability of three months.
11/69
AUERBACH Data Communications Reports
A
~
AUERBACH
AUERBACH
DATA
COMMUNICATIONS
REPORTS
6160:01
CDC 200
~
CDC 200 USER TERMINAL
.1
GENERAL
· 11
Identity:
CDC 200 User Terminal
.12
Manufacturer:
Control Data Corporation
8100 34th Avenue South
Minneapolis, Minnesota 55440
.13
Basic Function:
visual display, via cathode ray tube, of alphanumeric data transmitted between the display station and a remote computer over a voice-band
line; data entry can be executed manually from
keyboard or automatically under computer program control; facilities for card input and
printed copy are optional.
· 14
Basic Components
· 15
Name: . . . . . . .
Model number: .
Function: . . . . .
Single-Station Entry/Display
217-2
displays data entered from keyboard or data received from the computer; keyboard includes
features for display control, edit functions, and
message transmission; equipment controller
provides line control functions, selection of offline operations, and buffer storage for transmission and reception of data.
Name: . . . . . . .
Model number:
Function:
Typewriter Printer (optional)
218-1
prints copy of displayed data for data received
from the computer using an IBM Selectric Typewriter; prints data entered from punched cards
in off-line list operations.
Name: . . . . . . . . . .
Model number:
Function:
Line Printer (optional)
222-1 or 222-2
provides 80-column (222-1) or 136-column (222-2)
printed copy of display data at 300 lines/min;
also accepts card data entry for off-line printing.
Name: . . . . . . . . . . .
Model number:
Function:
Card Reader (optional)
224-2
reads punched card data to be displayed or printed,
and/or transmitted to the computer at 330 cards/
min.
Description
The Control Data 200 User Terminal is a visual communications terminal designed to facilitate rapid access and exchange of alphanumeric data between a Control Data 3000, 6000, or
7000 Series computer and one or more remote Single-station terminals under control of a
stored computer program. While it functions best with a Control Data computer, this display station can operate efficiently in any commercial-oriented computer system; communications software packages or required program modifications are not a standard provision
with the 200 User Terminal.
Basic Operation
The 200 User Terminal is designed to operate in a poll/address environment; all communications between the remote computer and the display station are initiated by the computer. Messages transmitted in either direction must be acknowledged by the recipient. The basic terminal can be expanded to provide both conversational and batch processing capabilities through
© 1969 AUERBACH CorporatIon and AUERBACH Info, Inc.
11/69
6160:02
CDC 200
Figure 1.
.15
Control Data 200 User Terminal Including the Model
217-2 Entry/Display Station, Model 222-1 Line
Printer, and Model 224-2 Card Reader
Description (Contd.)
the addition of a card reader and printer; off-line key-to-print and card-to-print operations
can be executed by the terminal operator. The 200 User Terminal is available only in singlestation terminal arrangements, which can be multidropped in several locations via voiceband communications facilities.
Display Unit
The 217-2 Remote Entry/Display Station is a single-station CRT/keyboard unit connected to a
display controller to comprise the basic 200 User Terminal configuration. The display incorporates a 14-inch (diagonal) rectangular CRT oriented horizontally to present a viewing
area six inches high by eight inches wide. A 64-symbol alphanumeric character set including
upper-case alphabetics,numerics, punctuation, and special symbols can be generated via
keyboard or computer program; each displayed character is constructed within a 5- by 7 -dot
matrix. A total character capacity of 1000 or 1040 8-bit word positions in the controller's
delay line memory provides maximum display formats of 20 50-character lines or 13 80-character lines, respectively. A chain of markers (underlines of character positions) facilitates
keyboard data entry; the leftmost symbol in the chain, called the entry marker (cursor). indicates the position of the next entered character to be displayed. Table I summarizes the entry marker control functions.
Data Transmission
The 200 User Terminal operates synchronously in the half-duplex mode over a leased voiceband line at 300 characters per second (2400 bits per second) or over the public telephone network at 250 characters per second (2000 bits per second). A 7-level transmission is employed;
each transmitted character includes seven data bits plus parity. One of two transmission
codes, Modified External BCD or Modified Internal BCD can be switch-selected at time of installation; see Table V. A 128-character code set includes 64 characters to initiate control
functions. A precedence code (ESCAPE) is required to deSignate each control code. Table
II presents the control code repertoire.
11/69
.16
First Delivery:
. second quarter, 1968
.17
Availability:
. 60 days maximum
AUERBACH Data Communications Reports
fA
fa!
AUERBACH
AUERBACH
DATA
COMMUNICATIONS
REPORTS
6160:03
CDC 200
$
UNATTENDED
INDICATOR
ATTENDEDI
UNATTENDED
SWITCH
ALERT
INDICATORI
SWITCH
C?)
UNATTENDED
""INDIO
e
ALI"T
B
rn
B
mfE1m1Ir'%1r*'1!m1r
<
I
DATA (0 TO 1040 WORDS)
I
USASCII END OF TEXT
MESSAGE PARITY CODE
Note:
Sequence must .be maintained.
and control code.
Figure 4.
.35
Sync codes may not be inserted between start of header
CDC 200 User Terminal Basic Message Configuration
Message Configuration
A total of 10 different types of messages are transmitted between a CDC 200 User Terminal
and the remote computer; Table III summarizes these messages. The message format consists of an 8-character message header followed by a maximum of 1000 or ] 040 data characters (read or write messages only) and a 2-character message trailer. Included in the message header are four sync (SYN) characters followed by a Start-of-Header (SOH) character,
two address characters, and a message identification code. The initial address character
identifies one of up to 16 stlOl.tions; the second address character is employed for program
compatibility with multiterminal configurations but is ignored by the 200 User Terminal.
The message identification code specifies the type of message as defined in Table IV. The
two-character message trailer includes an End-of-Text (ETX) character and a longitudinal
parity character, which reflects longitudinal parity from the SOH to the ETX characters. The
USASCII code provides all control codes in the message header and trailer; these codes are
automatically inserted during message composition and transmission.
11/69
AUERBACH Data Communications Reports
A
~
.,
AUERBACH
AUERBACH
DATA
COMMUNICATIONS
REPORTS
6160:07
CDC 200
T ABLE III.
CDC 200 USER TERMINAL MESSAGE FORMATS
Type of
Message
Origin of
Transmission
Code
Sequence
Poll
Computer
Sync (4 total)
SOH
Site Address
Station Address
Poll
ETX
Parity
Requests transmission of data
contained in the addressed
display station memory
Alert
Computer
Sync (4 total)
SOH
Site Address
Station Address
Alert
ETX
Parity
Illuminates the Alert indicator and
sounds an alarm to inform the
terminal operator that the computer has a message waiting to be
transmitted
Write
Computer
Sync (4 total)
SOH
Site Address
Station Address
Write
Date
Escape
El, E2, or E3
ETX
Parity
Designates a message to be
stored in the display buffer
and to be displayed beginning
at the entry marker position and
terminating at the ETX character or end of screen
WritePrint
Computer
Sync (4 total)
SOH
Site Address
Station Address
Write-Print
Sync (7 total)
Data
Escape
El, E2, or E3
ETX
Parity
Designates a message to be
stored in the display and printer
buffers; the message is both displayed and printed
ClearWrite
Computer
Sync (4 total)
SOH
Site Address
Station Address
Clear-Write
Sync (7 total)
Data
Escape
El, E2, or E3
ETX
Parity
Operates same as Write command
except the display buffer is
cleared and the message
begins at the first character
position on the display
Purpose of Command
© 1969 AUERBACH Corporation and AUERBACH Info, Inc.
11/69
6160:08
CDC 200
TABLE III.
11/69
CDC 200 USER TERMINAL MESSAGE FORMATS (Contd.)
Type of
Message
Origin of
Transmission
Code
Sequence
ResetWrite
Computer
Sync (4 total)
SOH
Site Address
Station Address
Reset-Write
Sync (7 total)
Data
Escape
El, E2, or E3
ETX
Parity
Operates same as Write command except the message begins at the first character
position on the display
Read
Terminal
Sync (4 total)
SOH
Site Address
Station Address
Read
Data
Escape
El, E2, or E3
ETX
Parity
Designates a message to be
transmitted to the computer;
the message can originate from
the keyboard/display or from
punched cards
Acknowledge
Terminal
Sync (4 total)
SOH
Site Address
Station Address
Acknowledge
ETX
Parity
Indicates that a message transmitted from the computer was
received without error
Error
Terminal
Sync (4 total)
SOH
Site Address
Station Address
Error
ETX
Parity
Indicates that a message transmitted from the computer was
received in error
Reject
Terminal
Sync (4 total)
SOH
Site Address
Station Address
Reject
ETX
Parity
Indicates that the terminal is not
in the receive mode; i. e., the
Memory Guard is enabled and the
terminal is in the process of message composition
Purpose of Command
AUERBACH Data Communications Reports
A
lA'
~
AUERBACH
DATA
COMMUNICATIONS
REPORTS
6160:09
CDC 200
AUERBACH
'"
TABLE IV.
CDC 200 USER TERMINAL USASCII CODE
b3
b2
bl
0
0
0
b6
0
0
1
1
b5
0
0
1
1
0
1
0
1
~
bO
DIAGNOSTIC
WRITE
0
STATION
0
ADDRESS
ON POLL·
STATION
0
0
0
1
SOH
WRITE
ADDRESS
ANY MESSAGE
EXCEPT POLL
'" 1
CLEAR
WRITE
w2
READ
",3
0
0
1
0
0
0
1
1
0
1
0
0
0
1
0
1
POLL
ERR
wS
0
1
1
0
ACK
SYNC
... 6
0
1
1
1
ALERT
1
0
0
0
1
0
0
1
1
0
1
0
10
1
0
1
1
wll
1
1
0
0
J
J
0
J
- 13
1
1
1
0
on
1
1
1
J
ETX
",4
0 7
REJECT
08
..:9
RESET
WRITE
.... 12
14
15
*Includes reset response to a poll message.
© 1969 AUERBACH Corporation and AUERBACH Info, Inc.
11/69
6160:10
CDC 200
. 36
Operating Procedure
A message to be transmitted from the 200 User Terminal to the remote computer is composed
by:
•
Positioning the entry marker (cursor)
•
Entering the desired text data from the keyboard
The operator then depresses the Send key and waits for a Poll message; the display data is
transmitted to the computer when the terminal is polled. Interim delay is a function of the
programming and activity status of the remote computer.
If a computer message alert is sent to the terminal while display data is being keyed in, the
operator is alerted but continues composing the message to be transmitted. The computer
can override any operations by the terminal operator and can command a write message to
be displayed immediately, unless the Memory Guard switch has been enabled. This memory
protection feature inhibits the terminal from accepting any of the listed write messages until
the Send key has been depressed.
Additional on-line data entry capabilities are provided by the 224-2 Card Reader, which can
be optionally incorporated into the 200 User Terminal. Messages composed on punched cards
are loaded into the card reader hopper and are accessed by the remote computer via a polled
transmission following depression of the Load key. Off-line key-to-print (displayed data)
and card-to-print (punched card data) operations can also be enabled at the terminal site by
depression of the Aux Send and List keys, respectively. Typical operation sequences executed by the CDC 200 User Terminal are summarized by the flow diagram presented in
Figure 5.
Figure 5.
11/69
CDC 200 User Terminal Basic Operating Sequence
AUERBACH Data Communications Reports
A
~
AUERBACH
AUERBACH
DATA
COMMUNICATIONS
REPORTS
6160:11
CDC 200
.4
OUTPUT
. 44
Output to Printer
Line Printer Models 222-1 and 222-2 Output medium Model 222-1: . . . . . .
Model 222-2:
Character set:
Rated printing speed:
Effective speed:
Format control:
Comments:
Typewriter Printer Model 218-1 ..•...•...•.••.
Output medium:
Character set: . • • . . . . . . . . . . • • .
Rated printing speed: . . . . . . . . • • . .
Effective speed: . . . . • . • • . . . . • . •
Format control:
Comments:
.46
pin-fed fanfold forms up to 9.875 inches wide;
80 characters per line
pin-fed fanfold forms up to 14. 875 inches wide;
136 characters per line
64 characters (see Table V)
300 lines/min
less than rated speed due to line length and
carriage return/line feed operations
controlled by function codes in the data message;
controls include carriage return/line feed, and
vertical and horizontal tab.
includes a 1000- or 1040-character buffer
pin-fed fanfold forms up to 9.875 inches wide;
85 char/line
64 characters (see Table V)
15.5 char/sec
less than rated speed due to carriage return/line
feed, or other format operations
controlled by function codes in incoming data,
or manually by operator; controls include line
feed/carriage return, case shift, backspace,
and horizontal tab.
horizontal spacing is 10 char/inch; vertical
spacing is 6 lines/inch.
Output to Visual Display Device
Model 217-2 Display Station Output medium: . . . . . . . . . . •
Character set:
Character size: . . . . . . . • . • . . . . .
Character generation: ...•..•••.•
Display size:
...•..•...••
Characters per line:
Lines per display:
Characters per display: . . . • . . . . . .
Buffer capacity: ..•..••..•••• ~ •
Format control: .•.•.••••••••••
Rated output speed:
Effective output speed: ...••.•••••
cathode-ray tube; displays white characters
against gray background.
64 characters: digits, upper-case letters,
punctuation marks, and special symbols; see
Table V.
nominally 0.124 inch wide and 0.250 inch high.
5-by 7 -dot matrix
8 inches wide by 6 inches high on a 14-inch
(measured diagonally) rectangular CRT
50 (1000-character buffer) or 80 (1040-character buffer)
20 (1000-character buffer) or 13 (1040-character buffer)
1000 or 1040 (depends on display format)
1000 or 1040 (depends on display format)
horizontal tab; carriage return/line feed; entry
marker (cursor) movement controls; split
screen and partial display transmission
250 char/sec (2000 bits/sec) or 300 char/sec
(2400 bits/sec) over a voice-band line
lower than rated speed due to exchange of control messages and presence of header characters
© 1969 AUERBACH Corporation and AUERBACH Info. Inc.
11/69
6160:12
CDC 200
TABLE V.
BCD
INT
11/69
EXT
CDC 200 USER TERMINAL CHARACTER SET
DELAY-LINE
DISPLAY
CODE
sYMBOL
LINE PRINTER
TYPEWRITER
CODE
SYMBOL
sYMBOL
HOLLERITH
CODE
CODE
121
061
61
A
A
R1, R2,R2A, R5, CK(LC)
A
61
12, 1
122
062
62
B
B
R2, R2A, CK (LC)
B
62
12,2
123
063
63
C
C
R5, R2, R2A (I>C)
C
63
12, 3
124
064
64
D
D
R1, R2A, CK (LC)
D
64
12, 4
125
065
65
E
E
Rl, R2A, R5 (LC)
E
65
12, 5
126
066
66
F
F
R2A(LC)
F
66
12, 6
127
067
67
G
G
R2A, R5, CK (LC)
G
67
12, 7
130
070
70
II
II
Rl, R5, CK, (LC)
H
70
12, 8
131
071
71
I
I
R1(LC)
I
71
12, 9
041
041
41
J
J
R1, R2, R2A, lI5, T1 (LC)
J
41
11, 1
042
042
42
K
K
R2, R2A, T1 (LC)
K
42
11, 2
043
043
43
L
L
R2, R2A, RD, Tl, CK(LC)
L
43
11, 3
044
044
44
M
M
R1, R2A, Tl (LC)
M
44
11, 4
045
045
45
N
N
RI, R2A, R5, T1, CK (LC)
N
45
11, 5
046
046
46
0
0
R2A, T1, CK (LC)
0
46
11, 6
047
047
47
P
P
R2A, R5, T1 (LC)
P
47
11, 7
050
050
50
Q
Q
R1, R5, T1 (LC)
Q
50
11, 8
051
051
51
R
R
R1, Tl, CK (LC)
R
51
11, 9
062
122
22
S
S
R2, R2A, TZ (LC)
S
22
0, 2
063
123
23
T
T
R2, R2A, R5, T2, CK (LC)
T
23
0, 3
064
124
24
U
U
R1, R2A, T2 (LC)
U
24
0,4
066
125
25
V
V
R1, R2A, R5, T2, CK (LC)
V
25
0, 5
066
126
26
W
W
R2A, TZ, CK (LC)
W
26
0, 6
067
127
27
X
X
R2A, R5, TZ (LC)
X
27
0, 7
070
130
30
Y
Y
R1, R5, T2 (LC)
Y
30
0, 8
071
131
31
Z
Z
R1, T2, CK(LC)
Z
31
0, 9
101
101
01
1
1
Rl, R2, R2A, R5, TI, T2,
CK(LC)
1
01
1
102
102
02
2
2
R2, R2A, Tl, T2, CK (LC)
2
02
2
103
103
03
3
3
R2, R2A, R5, T1, T2 (LC)
3
03
3
4
104
104
04
4
4
R1, R2A, T1, T2, CK(LC)
4
04
105
105
05
5
5
R1, R2A, R5, T1, T2 (LC)
5
05
5
106
106
06
6
6
R2A, T1, T2 (LC)
6
06
6
107-
107
07
7
7
R2A, R5, T1, T2, CK (LC)
7
07
7
110
110
10
8
8
R1, R5, T1, T2, CK (LC)
8
10
8
III
100
111
11
9
9
R1, T1, T2 (LC)
9
11
9
112
12
~zero
0
R1, R2, R2A, T1, T2 (LC)
0
12
0
113
113
13
=
T1, TZ, CK (LC)
=
13
8, 3
114
114
14
=
i-
f.
R1, R5, Tl, T2, CK (UC)
f.
14
8,4
ll5
115
15
:5
:5
Rl, Tl, T2 (UC)
:5
15
8,5
116
116
16
%
R1, R2, R2A, T1, T2 (UC)
%
16
8,6
117
117
17
[
%
[
T1, TZ, CK (UC)
[
17
8,7
060
120
00
BLANK
SPACE
None
SPACE
00
BLANK
061
121
21
/
]
R1, R2, R2A, R5, TZ (LC)
21
0, 1
32
0,8,2
072
132
32
/
]
R2A, R5, T2 (U C)
/
]
073
133
33
, comma
,
T2(LC)
,
074
134
34
135
35
076
136
36
5
040
040
40
-minus
.."
-
Rl, R5, T2(UC)
075
....
(
077
137
37
A
A
(
33
0, 8, 3
....
34
0,8,4
35
0,8,5
"
36
0, 8, 6
-
40
11
T2(UC)
A
37
0,8,7
Rl,T2, CK(UC)
R1, H2, R2A, T2, CK(UC)
R1, R2, R2A, Tl, CK (LC)
(
052
052
52
V
V
R2A, R5, T1 (U C)
V
52
11,0
053
053
53
$
$
T1(LC)
$
53
11,8,3
054
054
54
54
11,8,4
055
55
"
056
056
56
•t
*
005
057
057
57
120
060
60
132
072
133
•
R1, R5, T1 (UC)
•
R1, T1, CK (UC)
t
R1, R2, R2A, T1, CK (UC)
t
t
>
>
T1(UC)
>
57
11,8,7
+
+
R1, R2, R2A (LC)
+
60
12
72
<
<
R2A, R5, CK(UC)
<
72
12, 0
073
73
• period
73
12,8,3
134
074
74
)
)
Rl, R5, CK (UC)
)
74
12,8,4
i35
075
75
2:
2:
R1(UC)
2:
75
12, 8, 5
None
None
76
•
•
R1, R2, R2A (UC)
r--
76
None
parity
error
CK(LC)
55
11,8, 5
56
11,8,6
137
077
77
;
;
CK(UC)
;
77
12,8,7
112
100
20
:
:
R1, R2, R2A, TZ, CK (LC)
:
20
8,2
AUERBACH Data Communications Reports
A
~
AUERBACH
AUERBACH
DATA
COMMUNICATIONS
REPORTS
6160: 13
CDC 200
·5
ERROR DETECTION AND CORRECTION
.51
Data Entry Errors
Model 224-2 Card Reader Type of checking: . . . . . . . . .
Error indication:
...........•...
Correction procedure:
· 52
character validity; cards are read by two independent read stations and data is compared bit
by bit.
computer is alerted to error; read operation
halts.
manual intervention
Data Transmission Errors
character parity, longitudinal parity, and control
code recognition
an error message is transmitted; character received in error is displayed as a solid square
Type of checking:
Error indication:
(. ).
Correction procedure:
........... .
Comments:
.53
Data Recording Errors:
· 55
Line Malfunction
Detection: .••...
Action:
.6
automatic retransmission in response to a poll
message; the number of retransmissions is
under control of the computer.
data entry from the keyboard or card reader is
inhibited after the Send key or Load key has
been depressed; data entry remains inhibited
until the completion of a correct Write, Write
Reset, or Clear Write message. See Table VI.
no provisions other than visual verification of
displayed data
only for carrier on signal interruption during
data transmission
terminal responds with an error message.
CONDITION INDICATORS
Indicators located on the Model 217-2 Display keyboard panel signify the following conditions
when lighted:
•
Alert - indicates that the remote computer has a message waiting to be transmitted; an audible alarm is also sounded to inform the operator.
•
Unattended - indicates that the terminal is in the unattended mode to enable a write
operation without operator intervention.
·7
DATA TRANSMISSION
· 71
Basic Characteristics
Rated transmission speed:
Transmission method:
..•....••...
Transmission code:
.......••....
Transmission mode:
..•••.•...••.
Order of bit transmission: . . . . . . • . . .
Synchronization:
..........•.....
.72
2000 bits/sec (250 char/sec) or 2400 bits/sec
(300 char/sec)
serial by bit
7-level plus parity; see Table II.
half-duplex
low-order bit first
synchronous
Connection to Communication Lines
Communications Line or Service
Data Set*
Public telephone network
(2000 bits/sec): . . . . . . • . • • . . • . • .
Bell System Data-Phone Data Set 201A
Leased common-carrier voiceband line (2400 bits/sec): . . . . . . . . . .
*
Bell System Data Set 201B or Western
Union 2400 Baud Data Modem.
In some cases, equivalent data sets can be used; see Sections 4620 and 4640 for a current
list of modems available from independent manufacturers of telephone equipment.
© 1969 AUERBACH Corporation and AUERBACH Info, Inc.
11/69
6160:14
CDC 200
TABLE VI. CDC 200 USER TERMINAL ERROR CONDITIONS
Error Message Switch*
Error Condition
Enable
Disable
Word Parity Error
Store message in memory; insert
parity error symbol for symbol in
error; transmit error message instead of acknowledge message; no
data transfer to the printer or from
the card reader
Store message in memory; insert parity error symbol for
symbol in error; no data
transfer to the printer or
from the card reader
Message Parity
Error
Store message in memory; transmit
error message instead of acknowledge message; no data transfer to
the printer or from the card reader
Store message in memory;
receive sequence aborts on
end of message; no data
transfer to the printer or
from the card reader
Unrecognized Control
Code
Transmit error message on end of
message; receive sequence aborts
on end of message; no data transfer to the printer or from the card
reader
Receive sequence aborts on
end of message; no data
transfer to the printer or
from the card reader
Nonexistent Station
Address
Transmit error message instead of
acknowledge message; no data
transfer to the printer or from the
card reader
Receive sequence aborts on
end of message; no data
transfer to the printer or
from the card reader
Write Message not
ending with escape
code and El, E2,
or E3
Store message in memory; transmit
error message instead of acknowledge message; no data transfer to
the printer or from the card reader
Store message in memory;
receive sequence aborts on
end of message; store message in memory; no data
transfer to the printer or
from the card reader
Carrier On Signal
drops before
USASCn End of
Text Recognized
Allow receive sequence to complete;
transmit error message instead of
acknowledge message; no data
transfer to the printer or from the
card reader
Receive sequence aborts on
end of message; store message in memory; no data
transfer to the printer or
from the card reader
* The error message is generated by the terminal and transmitted only if the error Message
Enable/Disable switch is in the Enable position in the Equipment Controller .
. 73
.74
11/69
Transmission Control
Call initiation:
Call reception:
..... .
Functional operations: ..
only when polled by the remote computer
capable of unattended operation
format of displayed and/or printed messages
can be controlled by control characters in the
incoming data
Multistation operation:
no provision
AUERBACH Data Communications Reports
A
(&
AUERBACH
DATA
COMMUNICATIONS
REPORTS
6160: 15
CDC 200
AUERBACH
'"
.8
PHYSICAL SPECIFICATIONS
217 -2 Entry/Display
Component
Display Unit
Control Unit
Width (inches)
Depth (inches)
Height (inches)
Weight (pounds)
17.75
28.75
17.0
85.0
30.0
30.0
26.5
125.0
Power (KVA)
Voltage
Frequency (Hz)
Phases
0.6 or 1. 2
220 or 120
50 or 60
1
0.5 or 1. 0
220 or 120
50 or 60
1
60 to 100
10 to 90
410
60 to 85
10 to 90
440
Temperature Range (OF)
Humidity Range (%)
Heat (BTU /hr)
218-1
Typewriter
Printer*
222-1 or
222-2 Line
Printer
224-2
Card
Reader
46.0
25.0
44.0
675.0
33. 0
27.5
48.0
500. 0
17.25
15.34
9.63
161. 0
0.5 or 12.0 7.0 or 12.0 4.5 or 7.0
220 or 120
220 or 120 220 or 120
50 or 60
50 or 60
50 or 60
1
1
1
60 to 100
10 to 90
270
60 to 90
30 to 80
1910
55 to 90
25 to 75
990
* Typewriter stand measures 24.63 (w) by 28.0 (d) by 26.5 (h) inches .
.9
PRICE DATA
Component or Feature
217-2
218-1
222-1
222-2
224-2
Entry/Display Station
Typewriter Printer
Line Printer (80 Col)
Line Printer (136 Col)
Card Reader
I-year
Lease
Monthly Rental
3-year 4-year
Lease Lease
5-year
Lease
Purchase
Price
Monthly
Maintenance
$
$
$
$
$
$
305
255
465
545
140
290
245
445
520
135
285
240
435
510
135
275
230
420
495
130
12,720
8,480
25,440
29,150
6,890
© 1969 AUERBACH Corporation and AUERBACH Info. Inc.
44
27
168
195
38
11/69
A
AUERBACH
COMPUTER
TECHNOLOGY
REPORTS
AUERBACH
e
1.
I
DATA 100 MODEL 70
REMOTE BATCH TERMINAL
6170
GENERAL
1.1
Identity •••••••••.•.••••••••••• Model 70-1 Remote Batch Terminal;
Model 70-3 Remote Printer Terminal.
1.2
Manufacturer •••..•••••••••••••• Data 100 Corporation
7450 France Avenue South
Minneapolis, Minnesota 55435
1.3
Basic Function •••••••••••••••••• high-speed transmission of data read from
punched cards and reception of data to
printed copy output; operates over a voiceband line at synchronous speeds of 2,000 to
4,800 bits/sec.
1.4
Basic Components
Name •. . . . . . . . . . . . . • • . • • • . . • . . . .• line Printer.
Function •••••••••••••••••••••••••• provides printed copy output via drum-type
printer mechanism; includes function controls, line buffers, code translation facilities,
and interface circuitry to connect line printer
control unit with Terminal Control Unit (TCU);
printer is available in Models 70-1 and 70-3.
Name • • . • . . . . . • . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . • •. Card. Reader.
Function • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • provides punched card input via photoelectric
read mechanism; includes code and message
formatting controls, and interface circuitry
to connect card reader with Terminal Control
Unit (TCU); card reader is available in
Model 70-1 only.
Name
...........................
Terminal Control Unit (TCU).
Function • • • • • • • . . • • • • • • . • • • • . • . • •• provides selection of operating modes and
terminal unit functions via operator control
panel; includes message formatting and error
control facilities, and maintains synchronization; controls flow of data over the line between
transmitting and receiving terminals.
1.5
Description
The Data 100 Model 70 Series consists basically of two general-purpose remote batch terminals
designed to operate in both computer-to-station and station-to-station communications systems.
Models 70-1 and 70-3 are directly compatible with the IBM 2780 Data Transmission Terminal
Models 1 and 3, respectively.
The Data 100 Model 70-1 can operate as either a transmitting or a receiving terminal. The
Model 70-3 operates as a receiving terminal only. Various terminal systems using the Data 100
Model 70 Series can be configured according to any of the following communications techniques:
@ 1970 AUERBACH Info, Inc.
~nn'-'05
6170
OATA COMMUNICATIONS
Figure 1. Data 100 Model 70-1 Remote Batch Terminal including Line Printer (left)
and Card Reader (right)
•
Point to point with another Data 100 Terminal or an IBM 2780 Data Transmission
Terminal.
•
Point to point with an IBM System/360 Model 25, 30, 40, 50, 65, 67 (in the 65 mode), 75
or 85 computer equipped with the appropriate multiline controller and transmission adapters
(see Reports 8442 and 8444 in the IBM 2701 Data Adapter Unit and the IBM 2703 Transmission Control); adapters using the IBM Binary Synchronous Communications (BSC) technique. ,
•
Multipoint to any of the computer systems stated using the required control units and communications adapters.
The Model 70 Terminal is designed to use the IBM Binary Synchronous Communications (BSC)
technique for transmitting and receiving data in a half-duplex mode. BSC accommodates the
synchronous transmission of a continuous stream of data with all error checking information
provided at the end of a record. Alternatively, the USASCII code can be used with conventional
character and message parity checking provisions. See Paragraph 5.
Through the exercise of various available options, Models 70-1 and 70-3 can operate using one
of three different character code sets: 8-level USASCII, 8-level EBCDIC, or 6-level Six-Bit
Transcode (SBT); see Tables II, III, and N. All three codes use the same BSC data-link control characters and procedures as described in Paragraph 3.5. This design flexibility permits
2
AUERBACH Computer Technology Reports
3001-106
DATA 100 BATCH TERMINAL
6170
configuration of the Model 70 Terminal into existing or predefined communications systems
without the need for data source driver reprogramming. Table V illustrates the special characters provided with each transmission code.
Operating with the appropriate data set, the Data 100 Terminal can transmit and receive data at
rates of 2,000, 2,400, or 3,600 bits per second over the public telephone network and 2,000,
2,400, 3,600 or 4,800 bits per second over a leased voiceband line. Although the terminal operates internally in a half-duplex mode, connection to a four-wire, full-duplex communications
facility results in a significantly reduced turnaround time during the exchange of data and
acknowledgment messages.
Of the seven switch-selectable modes of operation provided by the Data 100 Terminal, the following can be initiated by the operator to perform primary data transfer functions:
•
Receive Mode - allows a transmitting device to select the terminal and one of its peripheral
units for a write operation.
•
Transmit Mode - initiates a read operation by causing a predesignated read device to be
enabled/selected in a point-to-point terminal system. When the receiving unit returns a
positive response to an Enquiry (ENQ) control code message, the transmitting terminal
initiates data transfer from the read device to the communications line. While in this mode,
the terminal can also receive data if it is not transmitting and a write device is ready. In a
multipoint system, the write devices can be selected or the read devices can be polled by a
CPU.
•
Print Mode - activates the printer of the receiving terminal in a point-to-point write
operation. All write messages received over the data link are automatically transferred to
this device.
•
List Mode - enables the selected read/write devices to perform a local list operation,
i.e., data transfer from card reader to line printer.
Designed for half-duplex communications, the Data 100 Model 70 Terminal incorporates both a
read buffer and a write buffer to provide double storage capacity for incoming and outgoing data.
When a read (Transmit mode) operation is activated, data from the input device is assembled
into the read buffer memory. Once this buffer is full or the message block is completely assembled, the data is transferred to the write buffer memory for transmission and the read
buffer again is free to assemble the next block of data from the input device. See Figures 2A
and 2B.
When a write (Receive mode) operation is activated, the incoming message from the communications facility is checked for validity (message format, parity, etc.) and assembled into the read
buffer memory. Once this buffer is full or the transmission is complete, the data is transferred
to the write buffer memory, which subsequently transfers it to the selected output peripheral
device. The write buffer remains assigned to this output device until the message proceSSing is
completed, while the read buffer memory is free to assemble more data from the communications line. See Figure 3.
The interface and synchronization circuits illustrated in Figure 4 implement such functions as
automatic answering and serial-to-parallel and parallel-to-serial conversions for message
transmission and decoding, as well as all control functions necessary to operate the data set.
The degree of operational flexibility within the basic Model 70 Terminal design is demonstrated
by the following set of standard features:
•
Automatic Answer/Disconnect - allows the terminal to automatically answer and/or disconnect incoming calls from the remote computer system or from another terminal over
switched networks. It does not allow the terminal to perform automatic dialup.
© 1970 AUERBACH Info, Inc.
3
6170
DATA COMMUNICATIONS
Initiate Read
to Card
Reader
Insert STX
to Read
Buffer
Read Char
to Read
Buffer
Insert US
to Read
Buffer
Insert ETB
to Read
Buffer
Insert ETX
to Read
Buffer
Transfer Read
Buffer to
Write Buffer
Read
Buffer
Full
Clear
Read
Buffer
B
Figure 2A. Read Card and Message Block Generation
4
AUERBACH Computer Technology Reports
3001-108
6170
DATA 100 BATCH TERMINAL
Transmit
Char from
Write Buffer
Retransmit
Last
Block
Output Record
Parity
Char
Clear
Write
Buffer
Transmit
Transmission
ENQ
Switch to
Receive for
Reply
Enable
Timeout
Basic line is estahlished by either dialup or auto-answer and a positive response to
selection sequence.
Figure 2B. Message Transmission, Acknowledgment, and Termination
A 20-second timeout is started when a call is answered. If no data is received during this
period, the terminal automatically disconnects. A timed-out call is not considered an error
condition. A completed call is ended when the calling terminal sends an End-Of-Transmission (EaT) sequence, which causes the called terminal to automatically disconnect after a
20-second timeout. This feature enables unattended operation of the Data 100 Terminal.
•
Auto Turnaround - allows the terminal to switch automatically from a read operation
(Transmit mode) to a write operation (Receive mode), following the receipt of an RVI
acknowledge to a data block.
•
Two-Wire/Four-Wire Operation - allows the terminal to transmit and receive data using
synchronous data sets interfaced for four-wire as well as two-wire operation. In a fourwire operation, the receiver and transmitter remain on, minimizing the time delay in
switching from a Transmit to a Receive mode.
•
EBCDIC Transparency - allows unrestricted transfer of all possible bit combinations within
the 256-character EBCDIC code, including those otherwise reserved for control sequence
functions; see Paragraph 3.5. The optional Multiple Record feature can be used with
Transparency, but record length is fixed at 80 data characters coming from the card reader
© 1970 AUERBACH Info, Inc.
5
6170
DATA COMMUNICATIONS
Timeout
No
Switch to
Transmit/Send
P08!tlveACK
Clear
Read
Buffer
Switch
to
Receive
Note. Basic line is established by either dial-up or auto-answer and positive response to
selection sequence.
Figure 3. Receive Mode
and can be variable when going to the line printer. This restriction. in turn. eliminates
exercise of the card reader Line Truncation feature. Programming in Transparency mode
requires that a DLE control character precede each control character in a record. DLE is
inserted automatically by the terminal for control characters originating from the transmitting station hardware.
•
6
Off- Line List - allows the terminal to perform local card-to-print listing and maintenance
operations without communicating with the central site.
AUERBACH Computer Technology Reports
3001-110
DATA 100 BATCH TERMINAL
6170
•
Invalid Character/Multiple Punch Check - allows the card reader (Model 70-1) to detect
multiple punches in card columns 1 to 7 (all others are valid) and the five data-link control
characters which are not to be punched in cards (unless the EBCDIC Transparency feature
is enabled).
•
Line Truncation - allows the terminal to accommodate card records of less than maximum
length by the suppression of trailing spaces. This feature is activated by an End-of-Medium
(EM) character read from the card, after which all subsequent columns in that card are
ignored.
•
Multipoint Line Control - allows a number of terminals to communicate in a multi station
arrangement over a Single leased line with the computer system. All communications are
initiated and controlled at the computer site by polling or selecting the terminals.
Individuals terminals cannot communicate directly with one another. (The standard pointto-point configuration enables the transmitting terminal to initiate the calling sequence over
a line connected directly to another terminal or computer system.) The Data 100 Terminal
can operate in a multipoint fashion over switched networks. See Paragraph 3.5 for additional information regarding the control character sequences used in this arrangement.
The basic functions of the Data 100 Terminal can be further expanded with the selection of
various available options:
•
Multiple Record Transmission - allows the terminal buffer to accommodate message
lengths up to 600 characters or 15 records per block, or 1,000 characters or 31 records
per block (requires software modification).
•
Extended Print Line - permits the line printer to record characters in an additional 40 or
52 print positions (80-position print line is standard); the length of the affected carriage
area is expanded to accommodate 120 characters (12.0 inches) or 132 characters (13.2
inches) with the horizontal density at 10 print pOSitions per inch. This feature provides that
any data character in the code set used can be printed in any line poSition.
•
Read/Write Speed Adapters - allow the terminal to operate at synchronous transmission
rates up to 4,800 bits per second. Intended to facilitate transmission of maximum character length records, this feature adds line speed adapters (buffers) that accumulate a block
of read data or output a block of write data on a character basis at the rated speed of the
peripheral devices or of the 4, 800-bit-per-second transmission facility. This additional
buffering capacity does not, however, restrict the use of slower 2,000 or 2,400-bit-persecond lines.
•
Compression/Decompression - enables the terminal to compress or decompress strings of
three or more identical characters within a record, i.e., suppression of repetitive zeros or
elimination of spaces between data columns on punched cards. This feature may require
software modification and is inoperable for the SBT code set and EBCDIC Transparency
mode.
•
Horizontal Format Control - allows the terminal to store a horizontal format record containing horizontal tab (HT) characters in specified positions; remaining data positions are
filled with space characters. The HT characters in the format record identify the beginning
of printed data fields. When an HT character is received in an incoming message, the data
field immediately following will be printed beginning with the next horizontal tab position as
defined by the HT character in the stored format record. The format record remains
stored until a new format record is received, a manual reset is performed, or the power is
removed from the terminal. A format record is identified by the prefix ESC HT. This
feature cannot be used in the EBCDIC Transparency mode. When used in conjunction with
the 132-column print line, it allows formatting over the entire carriage length in terminalto-terminal operations, even though the transmitted record length is restricted to 80 data
characters.
© 1970 AUERBACH Info, Inc.
7
DATA COMMUNICATIONS
6170
•
High-Speed Line Printer - provides a terminal line printer mechanism with a rated speed of
400 lines per minute; the standard line printer operates at a rated speed of 300 lines per
minute.
1.6
First Delivery •••••••••••••••••• February 1970.
1.7
Availability ••••••••.••••••••••• 90 days.
2.
CONFIGURATION
The basic Model 70-1 Remote Batch Terminal consists of the following components:
•
300 line-per-minute line printer
•
300 card-per-minute card reader
•
Terminal Control Unit (TCU).
Model 70-3 has essentially the same hardware configuration minus the card reader. The standard communications facilities that can be interfaced and the associated common carrier data
sets are listed in Paragraph 7.2. Optional equipment features available for the Model 70
Terminals are described in Paragraph 1.5. Figure 4 illustrates the basic flow of data through
the components of a typical Data 100 Model 70-1 Terminal.
J
!
Interface. synchronizing,
channel adapter, and
read formatter circuits
Data
Set
!
Read
buffer
and
control
-
L
Peripheral
drive
unit
Card
reader
(standard)
Peripheral
drive
units
Optional
input
devices
}
Peripheral
drive
units
Optional
output
devices
Up to three
} additional
output devices
Peripheral
drive
unit
Line
printer
(standard)
up to three
additional
input devices
Write
buffer
and
control
I
Channel adapter
and
write formatter circuits
J
L
Figure 4. Basic 70-1 Remote Batch Terminal Configuration
8
AUERBACH Computer Technology Reports
3001-112
DATA 100 BATCH TERMINAL
3.
3.1
6t70
INPUT
Prepared Input
Card Reader (Model 70-1 only) Input medium •••••••••••••••••••••
standard 80-column punched cards.
Input code ••••••••••••.••••••••••
standard Hollerith card code.
Quantity of data. • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • ••
up to 80 characters per card dual 400 character (7 -record block) buffers
standard;
dual 600 character (15-record block) buffers
optional;
dual 1000 character (31-record block) buffers
optional.
Character set • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • ••
64 (SBT), 128 (USASCTI), or 256 characters
(EBCDIC): see Tables IT, ill, and IV.
Rated input speed. • • • • • • • • • . • • • • • • ••
300 cards/min.
Effective speed
speed of communications facility may limit card
reader performance.
Comments ••••••••••••••••••••.••
input function employs serial-by-column card
sensing via 12-row photoelectric read station;
capacity of input hopper or output stacker is
600 cards; hopper and stacker can be loaded/
unloaded while reader is in operation.
3. 2
Manual Input • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • ••
no provision.
3. 3
Fixed Input • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • ••
no provision.
3.4
Transaction Code Input
no proviSion.
3.5
Message Configuration
Data is transmitted and received by the Data 100 Model 70 Terminal in blocks of 400 characters or seven records for a standard configuration. If the optional Multiple-Record Transmission feature is included, a data block can contain up to 600 characters or 15 records, or
1,000 characters or 31 records.
Data-Link Control Characters
Eleven data-link control characters are automatically encoded by the control circuitry in the
Data 100 Terminal to determine data-link status and required responses.
Data-link control characters are stripped from the data at the receiving terminal. Table I
describes the function of each data-link control character.
© 1970 AUERBACH Info, Inc.
9
6170
DATA COMMUNICATIONS
TABLE I. DATA 100 MODEL 70 DATA-LINK CONTROL CHARACTERS
Control
DeSignation
Character
Transmitted
Code Function
Synchronous Idle
To establish and maintain synchronization of the
transmitting device (CPU or TCU) with the receiving
device (TCU or GPU); four SYN control codes precede all message transmissions; not considered for
purposes of message parity generation except when
included as a data character within an EBCDIC
transparent record.
SYN
Enquiry
To interrogate a remote terminal for readiness to
transmit (poll), alert to a request to receive (select)
or indicate status, or to activate a data check when
the TCU is transmitting; can request multiple retransmissions on detection of data transmission
errors.
ENQ
Start-of-Text/
Start-of-Header
To alert remote terminal to the beginning of a block
of text; SOH is recognized by the terminal in lieu
of STX when the TCU is in Normal mode; STX required for the first record of a block and optional
for all additional records.
STX/SOH
Unit Separator
To end a record and initiate error checking,
indicate the end of a record; it is encoded by the
Peripheral Drive Unit or CPU and passes through
the TCU, without modification, for transmission or
receipt; also used to initiate record parity checking;
US replaced by ETB following last record in a block
and by ETX at the end of a message.
US
End-of-Transmission- Block
To initiate error checking at the end of last record
in a block; initiates line turnaround to allow remote
terminal to respond with positive or negative reply.
ETB
End-of-Text
To signify the end of a block and initiate error
checking at the end of last record in a message;
initiates line turnaround to allow remote terminal
to respond with positive or negative reply; immediately precedes parity character(s).
ETX
Data-Link Escape
To provide additional line control and end-to-end
controls other than those specifically called out in
the various code sets; DLE preceding a character
code alters the meaning of that character only; DLE
is considered for purposes of block check accumulation if it follows a US sequence, an SOH (STX), or
DLE code in a transparent record.
DLE
Acknowledgement
To verify proper receipt ()f the second and subsequent ACK O/ACK 1
even-numbered message blocks (ACK 0) and of the
(DLE O/DLE 1)
first and subsequent odd-numbered message blocks
(ACKl) transmitted from the remote site; encoded as
DLE followed by a specific even character, or as DLE
10
AUERBACH Computer Technology Reports
3001-114
6t70
DATA 100 BATCH TERMINAL
TABLE I. (Contd.)
Control
DeSignation
Code Function
Acknowledgement
(Contd.)
followed by a specific odd character; ACK 0 is also a
positive response to an ENQ (select) character to
indicate terminal readiness to receive a WRITE
message.
Negative
Acknowledgement
To acknowledge an enquiry from the transmitting
terminal and indicate that the receiving terminal is
not ready to receive data; transmitted by the TCU
already receiving or being selected to receive a
message.
Character
Transmitted
NAK
To inform the transmitting terminal that the last
block of data transmitted was received in error;
terminal again switches to Receive mode to accept
retransmission.
Reverse Interrupt
To provide a positive response in lieu of ACK
0/ACK 1 and allow the receiving CPU to interrupt
a message stream from the terminal, stop receiving,
and begin transmitting data; received as a positive
acknowledgment by TCU, which transmits remaining
blocks of data in TCU buffers; RVI code is comprised of DLE followed by a specific character
depending on code set used.
RVI
(DLE X)
End-ofTranSmission
To inform the receiving terminal that the message is
completed and transmission is to be terminated;
causes a reset of all TCU's on the link (effective in
multipoint operations only) and activates the Terminal
Control mode whereby station addreSSing and selection recognition is enabled in preparation for the
next message process.
EOT
To indicate in response to ENQ that the polled
terminal was incorrectly addressed, has no data
ready to transmit, or is unable to continue transmission.
To indicate receiving terminal's request to terminate
transmission and disconnect (in lieu of ACK 0/ACK 1).
To indicate receiving terminal's request to terminate
transmission and disconnect although previous transmission was unacceptable (in lieu of NAK).
*The following odd/even block designations are for USASCn, SBT, and EBCDIC codes:
USASCII: 1 (odd), a (even)
SBT:
T (odd), - (even)
EBCDIC: 61 (odd), 70 (even)
The EBCDIC designations are hexadecimal code representations and have no corresponding
graphic characters.
© 1970 AU-ERBACH Info, Inc.
11
6170
DA TA COMMUNICATIONS
Message Format
A start-of-Message (STX) character is used at the beginning of each block and optionally at the
beginning of each record within the block. The text contained in the record follows immediately
or within one character after the STX character. A record can be terminated by a Unit Separator (US), an End-of-Transmission-Block (ETB), or an End-of-Text (ETX) character and is
followed by one or two error-checking characters and one sync (SYN) character. US terminates
each record of a block except the final record, which is terminated by an ETB character. The
final record in the last block of a message is terminated by an ETX character. The receiving
terminal will accept a start-of-Header (SOH) character in place of the STX character; however,
the terminal cannot transmit an SOH.
Terminal Status Interrogation
Before transmitting a message to a remote terminal, the transmitting terminal must determine
the status of the receiving terminal. The Data 100 Terminal interrogates the receiving terminal
by sending an enquiry message conSisting of four SYN characters followed by an ENQ character.
The receiving terminal must respond to the enquiry with a positive reply indicating that the
terminal is ready to receive, or with a negative reply indicating the terminal is not ready because of an existing contingency. If a reply is not received from the remote terminal within a
predetermined period of time, a second enquiry message is sent. An End-of-Transmission
(EOT) character is sent and the disconnect procedure initiated after four unsuccessful attempts
to interrogate the terminal. The data message is transmitted when the initiating terminal receives a positive reply to an enquiry.
End-of-Block Response
The receiving terminal responds to an ETB or ETX character designating the end of a block or
end of the final block in a message respectively. The terminal responds to a correctly received block by sending a positive reply to the transmitting terminal; a negative reply is sent in
response to an incorrectly received block.
A positive reply to an ETX character causes the transmitting terminal to send an EOT which
terminates the transmission.
The transmitting terminal will retransmit an incorrectly received block up to three times (when
transmitting point to point) before operator intervention is required. When communication is
between a terminal and computer system, the number of retransmissions is specified by the
stored program in the CPU. A negative reply to a final retransmission causes the transmitting
terminal to send an EOT character preceding disconnection.
Block Sequence Check
The Data 100 Terminal employs an odd/even block count to ensure the correct sequencing of
data blocks within a message. The first block in a message is identified as an odd block. Block
checking is performed at both the transmitting and receiving terminals. The odd/even count is
toggled at the receiving terminal in response to a correctly received block, and a positive reply
containing the toggled block count is sent to the transmitting terminal, where it is compared to
the transmitter block count. When the compared block counts do not agree, the transmitting
terminal sends an ENQ requesting that the receiving terminal retransmit the positive reply.
Up to three enquiries can be sent before the transmitting terminal terminates the call with EOT.
12
AUERBACH Computer Technology Reports
3001-116
DATA 100 BATCH TERMINAL
6170
Output Selection
Selection of a terminal output device in the Receive mode is used only in point-to-point operations and is controlled by a two-character sequence ESC plus a component-selection code (x).
The selection sequence must be the first two characters of a record. Selection is sustained until
the next selection code is received. Invalid codes are either ignored or cause an erroneous
print operation to be performed.
EBCDIC Transparency
When the EBCDIC Transparency feature is used, message transparency is initiated through a
DLE (Data-Link Escape) STX sequence and exited through a DLE followed by a US, ETB, or
ETX character. Transparency can be initiated only at the beginning of a record. Record length
on a read is fixed at 80 data characters; EM or ETX characters read from the card are not
interpreted as control characters. Control character recognition is established by preceding
a control character with a DLE character. A second DLE character is automaticaly inserted
following a DLE read from a card; the receiving terminal treats this sequence as one DLE data
character. When the printer is receiving in Transparency mode from a remote computer
system, a two-character vertical forms-control sequence may be used if other than single-line
spacing is desired.
Multipoint Line Control
When the DATA 100 Terminal is part of a multi station configuration using the Multipoint Line
Control feature, component selection differs from the basic operation. The computer polls or
selects one of the remote terminals using a three-character address sequence. Following the
four SYN codes, the first character identifies the terminal, the second identifies the component
(reader or printer), and the third character is an ENQ, which ends the sequence. The printer
or reader is selected by the character "3" or "6", respectively. Any alphabetic character can
be selected for terminal identification. An addressing sequence that contains a "3" is defined
as a selection sequence; one that contains a "6" is defined as a polling sequence.
The terminal responds to a polling sequence with a negative response (EOT) or a positive
response (Data Record). A negative response indicates that the terminal is not ready to transmit. No response is returned if the polled terminal is in the Off-Line mode.
The terminal responds to a selection sequence with a negative response (NAK) if the selected
component is not ready to receive, or a positive response (ACK 0) if the selected component is
ready to receive. No response is returned if the selected terminal is in the Off-Line mode.
The basic terminal component selection sequence (ESC plus selection code) is inoperative when
the Multipoint Line Control feature is installed. All ESC sequence codes, when used in the first
two character pOSitions of data, are interpreted as vertical or horizontal format-control
sequences. When initially switched on, the terminal remains in a Receive mode until a sync
pattern followed by a selection or poll selection sequence is received.
3.6
Operating Procedure
To prepare the Data 100 Model 70 Terminal for operation, the operator must proceed as follows:
(1) Load the input hopper of the card reader with punched cards for transmission of data to
another terminal or central computer system.
(2) Load the line printer with the proper vertical format control tape and print forms for
reception of data from another terminal or central computer system.
© 1970 AUERBACH Info, Inc.
13
DATA COMMUNICATIONS
6170
TABLE II. IBM SYSTEM/360 EBCDIC CODE
Bit
bO-
O
bl-
0
Position
0
0
0
0
b2-
0
0
0
1
1
b5
b6
b7
0
0
0
0
NUL
DIE DS
0
0
0
1
SOH
DC1 SOS
0
0
1
0
STX
DC2 FS
0
0
1
1
ETX
DC3
0
1
0
0
PF
RES BYP
0
1
0
1
HT
NL
0
1
1
0
Ie
0
1
1
1
DEI
0
1
0
1
0
b4
0
1
0
1
0
b3-
0
1
1
0
• SP
.&
1
1
0
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
1
1
1
1
0
•
.0
·
.A
.J
s
.B
.K
.S
1
t
.e
.L
.T .3
d
m
u
.D
.M
.U .4
RS
e
n
v
.E
.N
.V .5
ETB
ue
f
0
w
.F
.0
.w
ESC
EOT
g
P
x
.G
.P
.X 117
CAN
h
q
y
.H
.Q
.Y .8
EM
i
r
z
.1
.R
.z
a
j
b
k
c
PN
LF
BS
IL
1
0
0
0
1
0
0
1
1
0
1
0
SMM
1
0
1
1
VT
1
1
0
0
FF
IFS
1
1
0
1
CR
IGS
ENQ
1
1
1
0
SO
IRS
ACK
1
1
1
1
SI
IUS
BEL
CC
/
SYN
8M
·• " • ·• •
· · ·.- ·.
·• ·
.1
:
• !
• S
DC4
NAK
SUB
• < .* .%
(
)
• +
.1
-
;
)
• ?
.@
•=
.
• Printable symbol
bO is most Significant bit
(3) Establish line connection by dialing or signaling and coordinate transmission with the
remote operator.
(4) Check that the data set is ready for transmission and switch the terminal to Transmit,
Receive, or Print mode.
(5) Verify that synchronization between terminals has been established and that all components
are in a ready condition according to control panel indicators.
(6) Depress the START key.
Exchanges of data messages and control Signals are under the control of the terminals or central
computer system. Further intervention by the operator is required only when errors are
repeatedly detected in retransmission of the same data block.
Two special control sequences, Bell (BEL) and End-of-File (EOF), can be implemented by the
operator by manually depressing a key. A BEL character can be sent at any time between
messages. The BEL character light:;; an indicator and sounds an audible alarm at the receiving
terminal. Depressing the EOF key causes an ETX data-link control character to be transmitted
after the last card has been read. An STX ENQ sequence is normally sent after the last card
when the EOF key is not depressed.
14
1
1
1
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
1
1
0
1
0
0
1
AUERBACH Computer Technology Reports
3001-118
.2
.6
.9
6170
DATA 100 BATCH TERMINAL
TABLE III.
b7Bit
Position
b6-
0
USASCII DATA TRANSMISSION CODE
0
b5--
I
0
I
0
0
0
I
0
I
0
• SP
0
I
I
I
I
I
0
0
b4
b3
b2
bl
0
0
0
0
NUL
DLE
0
0
0
I
SOH
DC1
0
0
1
0
STX
DC2
0
0
1
1
ETX
DC3
·
0
I
0
0
EOT
DC4
e
0
1
0
I
ENQ
NAK
.%
0
1
I
0
ACK
SYN
e&
0
1
I
I
BEL
ETB
1
0
0
0
BS
CAN
1
0
0
I
HT
EM
1
0
I
0
LF
SUB
1
0
I
I
VT
ESG
·.* ·
•
e+
,•
.K
1
1
0
0
FF
FS
e ,
.<
.L
1
1
0
1
CR
GS
e-
e
1
1
I
0
SO
RS
••
.)
eN
I
1
I
I
SI
US
./
e ?
.0
I
I
I
0
.@
.P
\
p
.A
eQ
a
q
eB
.R
b
r
eC
.S
c
s
eD
eT
d
t
.E
.U
e
u
eF
.V
f
v
e 7
.G
eW
g
w
e (
e 8
eH
eX
h
x
)
• 9
• I
.Y
i
Y
.J
eZ
j
z
k
{
1
:
m
t
e-
n
"v
e-
O
• !
e
~
.
5
·
'
• 0
e 1
• 2
• 3
e 4
• 5
• 6
:
=
eM
··
[
·
\
)
DEL
• Printable symbol
b7 is most significant bit
3. 7
4.
4.4
Entry of Time and Date
••••••••• •• no provision.
OUTPUT
Output to Printer
Output medium:
•••••••••••••••••••• pin-fed continuous fanfold forms from 3.5 to
20.625 inches wide; up to 22 inches in length
between folds; 80, 120 (optional), or 132
(optional) printing positions; 10-char/in. horizontal spacing; 6- or 8-line/in. vertical spacing.
© 1970 AUERBACH Info, Inc.
15
DATA COMMUNICATIONS
6170
TABLE IV. SBT DATA TRANSMISSION CODE
bO
Bit
Position
•
0
0
0
bI-
1
1
1
0
&
• -
•
0
J
•
•
/
•
•
1
1
b2
b3
b4
b5
0
0
0
0
SOH
0
0
0
1
A
•
0
0
1
0
B
•
•
•
•
0
0
1
1
C
•
•
L
•
T
•
3
0
1
0
0
D
It
M
•
U
1
0
1
E
N
1
1
0
F
•
•
V
0
•
•
•
•
4
0
•
•
W
•
6
0
1
1
1
G
X
•
7
1
0
0
0
Y
8
1
0
0
•
•
1
0
1
K
S
2
5
•
0
•
•
P
H
•
•
Q
1
I
•
•
R
1
0
STX
SP
0
1
1
.
•
•
•
$
•
I
•
1
1
0
0
tI
•
• *
•
%
•
1
1
0
1
BEL
US
ENQ
NAK
1
1
1
0
SUB
EOT
ETX
EM
1
1
1
1
ETB
DLE
HT
DEL
•
•
•
Z
ESC
9
SYN
@
• Printable symbol
bO is most significant bit
Character set: •••••••••••••••••••••• 47 (39 optional) characters (SBT); 52 (39 or 63
optional) characters (EBCDIC); 63 characters
(USASCll); see Table V.
Rated printing speed: •••.••.•••••••••• 300 lines/min standard; 400 lines/min optional.
Effective speed: ••••••••••••••••••••• speed of communications facility may limit line
printer throughput.
Format control: • • • • • • • • • • • • • . • • • • . . • vertical forms spacing is initiated by a 2-character control sequence; skips of over 3 lines
are controlled by punches in carriage control
tape; see Table VI; horizontal tab (optional) is
16
AUERBACH Computer Technology Reports
300l-IZO
DATA 100 BATCH TERMINAL
6170
TABLE V. SPECIAL CHARACTER SETS
CHARACTER SET
Six-BIT Transcode
EBCDIC
USASCn
63
63
-I
-
"
":
39
52
47
39
I
:
.
.
.
.
.
.
$
$
$
$
$
$
;
;
;
;
;
;
<
<
tI
tI
*%
*%
*%
*%
@
@
@
(
)
(
)
(
)
,
,
+
+
+
;
;
=
=
,
~
~
¢
[
@
=
]
?
&
?
&
&
&
-
-
-
-
/
I
I
I
\
I
>
>
TABLE VI. PRINTER FORMAT CONTROL CODES
USAScn
ESC
ESC
ESC
ESC
ESC
ESC
ESC
ESC
ESC
ESC
ESC
Q
R
S
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
© 1970 AUERBACH Info, Inc.
EBCDIC and
Six-Bit Transcode
ESC
ESC
ESC
ESC
ESC
ESC
ESC
ESC
ESC
ESC
ESC
/
S
T
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
Carriage Operation
after Printing
Single Space
Double Space
Triple Space
Skip to Channel
Skip to Channel
Skip to Channel
Skip to Channel
Skip to Channel
Skip to Channel
Skip to Channel
Skip to Channel
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
17
DATA COMMUNICATIONS
6170
initiated by HT character in data and controlled by prestored format control record.
Comments: ••...•••••.•••••••••••••• Vertical line spacing is switch-selectable
within printer cabinet; multiple printed copies
possible using up to 6-part forms; printer
control facility provides 132-character lineimage memory.
5.
ERROR DETECTION AND CORRECTION
The Data 100 Model 70 Terminal employs a polynomial checking technique, referred to as
Cyclic Redundancy Checking (CRC), for use with Binary Synchronous Communications. The
CRC technique uses a checking polynomial to generate a 12-bit (SBT code) or 16-bit (EBCDIC
code) block check character, which is appended to each record of data transmitted. The
received block check character is compared with a block check character generated from the
received data. Comparison of the block check characters determines the validity of the received
message block.
Transmissions using USASCII are not checked by the CRC technique, but employ an odd-parity
check bit for each character and a longitudinal redundancy check character at the end of each
record.
5.1
Data Entry Errors
Type of checking • • • • • • • • • • • • • •••••••• character validity checks, card registration,
card column count, and photo-transistor
check.
Error indication •• • •••••••••••••••••• terminal is halted, an indicator lamp is lighted,
and an audible alarm is sounded.
Correction procedure • • • • • . • • • ••••••••• manual intervention.
5.2
Data Transmission Errors
Type of checking ••••••••••••••••••••• cyclic redundancy checking (CRC) for EBCDIC
and SBT; character parity (odd) and longitudinal redundancy check for USASCII.
Error indication ••••••••••••••••••••• receiving terminal returns a negative acknowledgment (NAK) at the end of a block.
Correction procedure •••••••••••••••••• automatic retransmission of block received in
error; terminal halts, an indicator lamp
lights, and an audible alarm sounds if 3 retransmissions fail when 2 terminals are
communicating; computer controls number of
retransmissions when the terminal is transmitting to a computer.
18
AUERBACH Computer Technology Reports
3001-122
DATA 100 BATCH TERMINAL
5.3
6170
Data Recording Errors
Type of Checking
•
A message parity check by the terminal on each message entering the terminal.
•
A check by both the transmitting and receiving terminals on the count of the message blocks
transmitted and received.
•
An overflow check on the message to ensure that the terminal buffer and line printer line
capacity have not been exceeded.
•
A check by the receiving terminal on the permissible message formats for a block of data.
•
Internal parity checks to prevent loss of data between data set adapter and line printer.
•
Printout verified by operator.
Error Indication
If an error indication for any of the above conditions is detected, different actions occur
depending on the error condition. In some cases, the transmitting terminal automatically retransmits the message; in other cases, the terminal stops transmitting and provides a visual
indication of the error on the operator's control panel.
Correction Procedure
Operator intervention.
5.4
Internal Errors
The discussion of internal errors will be conducted assuming the terminal is receiving data from
a remote device. The internal checking procedure for a terminal which is transmitting is
baSically the same, but in reverse order.
Type of Checking
The terminal data set adapter verifies the CRC character(s) at the end of the data record coming
from the transmission line. If a communication error exists, the error recovery procedure, as
described in Paragraph 5.2, will be initiated. Assuming the communication checks are verified,
the flow of data within the terminal is as follows:
•
An LRC character is generated for each record of the data block.
•
The data flows through the line speed adapter, the read memory, and the write memory
before the LRC character is verified in the outgoing side of the write memory.
..
A VRC character is generated and verified by the data channel and the peripheral drive unit.
•
The data is printed on the line printer for visual verification.
© 1970 AUERBACH Info, Inc.
19
DATA COMMUNICATIONS
6170
Error Indication
Should any of the above internal or external checks be in error, operation of the terminal will
halt and the appropriate error indicators on the operator's panel will be lighted.
Correction procedure
Operator intervention.
5.5
Line Malfunctions
Detection • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •• depending on the operation being performed,
transmit or receive, the terminal must
receive data or a response within a 1-, 2-, or
3-second period.
Action •••••••••••••••••••••••••••• if an enquiry sequence or a response is not
received after the automatic transmission of
3 enquiry sequences, the terminal will halt
and operator intervention is required.
6.
CONDITION INDICATORS
The Data 100 Terminal is equipped with operator control panels located on the TCD and on each
input/output peripheral device employed in the configuration. The main control panel on the TCD
provides those pushbuttons, switches, and indicators necessary to operate and maintain the
terminal. The individual peripheral control panels are intended primarily for specific device
control. The indicators display the mode of operation, status of each component, and error
detection conditions.
7.
7.1
DAT A TRANSMISSION
Basic Characteristics
Rated transmission speed ••••••••••••••• 2,000; 2,400; 3,600; or 4,800 bits/sec.
Transmission method
••••••••••••••••• serial by bit.
Transmission code •••••••••••.••••••• 8-level USASCII, 8-level EBCDIC, or 6 bit SBT;
see Tables II, III, and IV.
Transmission mode •• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • half-duplex; see Paragraph 1. 5.
Order of bit transmission ••••••••••••••• low-order bit first.
Synchronization
20
••••••••••••••••••••• synchronous; each message transmission begins
with a series of 4 consecutive SYN codes followed by the text or appropriate control
code(s).
AUERBACH Computer Technology Reports
3001-124
DATA 100 BATCH TERMINAL
7.2
6170
Connection to Communications Lines
Communications Line
Data Set*
Public telephone network 2,000 bits/sec •••••••••••••••••••• Bell System Data-Phone Data Set 201A.
3,600 bits/sec •••••••••••••••••••• Non-AT&T Modems that conform to EIA RS232C
Interface Standard.
Leased common-carrier voiceband line 2,000 bits/sec •••••••••••••••••••• Bell System Data-Phone Data Set 201A.
2,400 bits/sec •••••••••••••••••••• Bell System Data Set 201B.
4,800 bits/sec •••••••••••••••••••• Non-AT&T Modems that conform to EIA RS232C
Interface Standard.
7.3
Transmission Control
Call initiation • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • manual dialing or signaling; voice communication
on another line.
Call reception •••••••••••••••••••••• capable of unattended operation with Auto Answer
feature; otherwise, operator must establish
voice communication before Switching the data
set to Data mode.
Functional operations ••••••••••••••••• card reader (Model 70-1 only) or line printer can
be selected by control codes; vertical form
spacing or skipping and horizontal tabulation
can be initiated on the printer via various control sequences contained in the incoming data;
audible alarm can be activated by the BEL
character.
7.4
Multistation Operation ••••••••••••• the optional Multipoint Line Control feature
enables the Data 100 Terminal to respond to
polling or selection by the controlling computer system when a number of terminals are
connected in a multistation arrangement; the
terminal is capable of interpreting, but unable
to generate, the address header, making direct
communication with another multipoint terminal
impossible; see Paragraph 1.5.
* In some cases, equivalent data sets can be used; see report sections 4620 and 4640 for a
current list of modems available from independent manufacturers of telephone equipment.
© 1970 AUERBACH Info, Inc.
21
DATA COMMUNICATIONS
6170·
8.
PHYSICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Component
Feature
Model 70-1
Card ReaderTCU Cabinet
40
25
46
485
40
25
46
735
Power (kVA)
Voltage
Frequency (Hz)
Phases
0.796
115
50/60
1
0.770
115
50/60
1
Temperature Range (OF)
Humidity Range (%)
Heat (BTU/hr)
65-80
40-60
2,700
65-80
40-60
2,640
Width (in.)
Depth (in.)
Height (in.)
Weight (lb)
9.
Model 70-3
Printer Cabinet
PRICE DATA
Monthly
Rental*
Purchase
Price**
Monthly
Maintenance
$
$
$
70-1 Batch Terminal (card
reader and line printer)
700
29,000
180
70-3 Printer Terminal
(line printer only)
625
22,950
160
Read/Write Speed Adapters
(4,800 bits/sec)
10
400
2
Compres sion/Decompression
20
1,100
3
120 columns
35
2,150
6
132 columns
50
2,600
20
20
805
1
Dual 600-character buffers
(1-15 records each)
40
1,500
15
Dual 1, OOO-character buffers
(1-31 records each)
80
3,000
25
50
2,000
10
Component or Feature
Optional Features
Extended Print Line -
Printer Horizontal Tab
Multiple Record Transmission -
High-Speed Line Printer
(400 lines/min)
* Basic monthly lease price for a three-year period.
**Single quantity.
. AUERBACH Computer Technology Reports
3001-126
fA
a
..
AUERBACH
AUERBACH
DATA
COMMUNICATIONS
REPORTS
6180:01
DELTA 1
DELTA 1 VIDEO DISPLAY TERMINAL
.1
GENERAL
· 11
Identity:.....
. Delta 1 Video Display Terminal.
· 12
Manufacturer:..
• Delta Data Systems Corporation
Woodhaven Industrial Park
Cornwells Heights, Pennsylvania 19020
• 13
Basic Function: . • • . • . . . • . . . • . • • . . . visual display, via cathode ray tube (CRT), of
alphanumeric data transmitted between the display terminal and a local or remote computer;
data entry can be executed manually via keyboard or over the communications facility via
program control; printed output is optional.
· l-!
Basic Components
.•••.. Display Control Unit.
· ••. 1010.
· provides common input/output control, edit and
format facilities, and buffer storage for display
data.
Name: . . . . . .
Model number:.
Function: . . . .
Nan1e: . • . . . . •
Model Number:.
Function: . . . . .
• .•. Serial Communications Unit.
· ••• 1014.
· provides a serial communications interface for
remote data transmission over a voice-band line.
Name: • • . . . . • . . . . . . • . . . • •
Model number: . . . . . • . . • • • . • •
Function: . • . . • • . • . • • • . . . . .
· CRT Display Unit.
· •.• 1020.
· provides display of alphanumeric data received
from the computer under program control or
transmitted to the computer via keyboard data
entry.
Name: . . . . . .
Model Number:
Function: . . . .
.15
· Keyboard
· 1030.
· provides manual entry of alphanumeric data to
memory buffer for visual display and transmission to the computer.
.
Description
Delta Data Systems Corporation states that the Delta 1 Video Display Terminal can be interchanged on a plug-to-plug compatibility basis with the IBM 2260/2848 or 2265/2845 Display
Systems under local or remote operating conditions. No software modifications are required.
Because there is a high degree of similarity to the IBM system per:taining to configuration,
message sequence, and transmission characteristics, this report is confined to a summary of
the Delta 1. Presented here will be a brief description of the basic operation of this terminal,
a statement of the major differences existing between the equipment marketed by Delta Data
Systems and IBM. and information pertinent to the inclusion of the Delta 1 into an IBM System/
360 system. Refer to Reports 6456 and 6459 for additional information.
Basic Operation
The Delta 1 Video Display is designed primarily to facilitate rapid access and exchange of
alphanumeric data with an IBM System/360 computer in a local environment or remotely via
a 2701 Data Adapter Unit over a voice-band communications facility. Features including
(C)
1 qf>q AIIFRRAr.H r.ornor::ltion ::Inct AIIFRRAr.H Info
Inr
n
I~n
6180:02
DELTA 1
Figure 1. Delta 1 Video Display Terminal.
• 15
Description (Contd.)
hardware connection and software packages are available to accommodate operations with
various other types of computers. All communications are initiated by the remote computer
in a polling arrangement so that coordination of transmitted data is maintained via command
sequences under program control. One auxiliary device per controller can be incorporated
to provide printed copy.
Five read commands are provided for transmission of data from the display station to the remote computer:
•
Transmit Message - transmits data located between the existing cursor position
and the End of Message symbol (.); in the conversation mode the cursor is automatically returned to the first character position following the previous EOM Symbol before the transmission sequence is executed.
• Transmit Display - repositions the cursor to the first display location and initiates
transmission of the entire display memory contents; concluding the transmission,
the cursor is returned to the starting location.
• Transmit Line - transmits data located between the existing cursor position and
the end of the line; cursor advances to the first position of the next line.
• Transmit Y Address Counter - transmits the address contained in the Yaddress
counter; this is the address of the current cursor location and includes aU character positions on the same line; the line address can range from zero to 23.
• Transmit X Address Counter - transmits the address contained in the X address
counter; this address is the current character position of the cursor on a line; the
command is usually preceded by a Y address to designate the current line location
of the cursor; the character address can range from zero to 39.
Three write commands are provided for transmission of data from the remote computer to the
display station:
• Enter Addressed Display - received data is displayed beginning at the current
cursor position; a line feed/carriage return operation is automatically executed
when more than 40 characters are entered to a line.
8/69
AUERBACH Data Communications Reports
A
AUERBACH
AUERBACH
DATA
COMMUNICATIONS
REPORTS
6180:03
DELTA 1
•
•
Enter Addressed Line - received data is displayed beginning at the initial position
on the line designated by the first character (Y address) following STX in the message; initiates an automatic line feed/carriage return operation.
•
Enter Addressed Position - received data is displayed beginning at the line position
designated by the first character (X address) following STX in the message; initiates
an automatic line feed/carriage return operation.
All entry commands that advance the cursor include wraparound, i. e., uninterrupted writing
from the last display location to the home position.
Editing Facilities
The Delta 1 incorporates an extensive set of edit functions that can be executed in conjunction
with cursor manipulation via keyboard or remote program control. Cursor controls include:
•
Left - cursor backspaces one position to the left; cursor returns (wraps around) to
the last character position on a line when initially located on first position of that
line.
•
Right - cursor advances one position to the right; cursor returns (wraps around) to
the first position on a line when initially located on the last position of that line.
•
Up - positions the cursor up one line; cursor occupies same position in the line.
•
Down - positions the cursor down one line; cursor occupies same position in the
line; wraps around from the last line to the first line.
•
Return - cursor advances to the first position of the following line (line feed/
carriage return).
•
Home - cursor is repositioned to the initial display position of the first line.
•
Backspace - cursor returns one position to the left; cursor returns (wraps around)
to the last character position. of the same line if enabled when initially located on
first position of a line.
•
Tab - cursor advances to the first position of the next variable data field when in
the fixed format mode.
•
New Line - displays a New Line symbol (~) to define the end of a line of data to be
transmitted or the end of a variable data field in the fixed format mode.
Edit controls include:
•
Insert - permits data characters to be added to an existing text; cursor defines the
initial entry location of data to be inserted after shifting the locations initially occupied; the remaining text which follows the inserted data is advanced one position
to accommodate each added character.
•
Insert Line - permits a line of data to be added to an existing text; cursor defines
the initial entry location of the line to be inserted after shifting the line initially occupied; text located below the inserted data is dropped one line to accommodate each
added line.
•
Delete - permits data characters to be erased from an existing text, which is then
closed to maintain continuity; cursor defines the point of deletion; the remaining
text following the deleted data is backspaced one position for each character erased.
rr;. 1969 AUERBACH Corporation and AUERBACH Info. Inc.
8/69
6180:04
DELTA 1
.15
Description (Contd.)
•
Delete Line - permits a line of data to be erased from an existing text which is then
closed; cursor defines the initial character position of the line to be deleted; text
located below the deleted data is moved up one line for each line erased.
•
Clear Message - erases all data between the cursor and the End of Message (EOM)
symbol by substituting space characters; cursor is relocated to the position immediately following the EOM symbol.
•
Clear Display - erases all displayed data by substituting space characters; cursor
is returned to the starting location as defined by the first deleted character position.
•
Clear Line - erases all data between the cursor and the end of the line containing
the cursor by substituting space characters; cursor is returned to its initial position
on the line.
• Set Blink - initiates blinking of data inserted at the location occupied by the cursor;
cursor is advanced one position.
•
Clear Blink - terminates blinking at the character position occupied by the cursor;
cursor is advanced one position.
Delta 1 Features Contrasting IBM 2265 Display Station
• Remote Read Operations - provides commands instructing the display to transmit
text beginning at an addressed character position or an addressed line, to transmit
selected text framed between the cursor and the end of a line or an EOM symbol,
and to transmit the entire display.
• Remote Write Operations - provides commands initiating display of a received
message beginning of a specified line or character address as well as at the home
position; cursor positioning includes wrap-around.
• Remote Cursor Control - provides exceptionally flexible cursor manipulation via
program control as well as manual operation; enables the remote computer to position the cursor at any fixed location on the display by supplying an absolute address to the terminal; all cursor control functions can be executed anywhere within
the transmitted text for optimum format capability.
• Remote Edit Control - provides functions to alter or modify the displayed text; includes provision for insertion or deletion of text at addressed locations as specified
in the command; also provides for erasure of data framed by the cursor and the end
of a line or an EOM symbol. or the entire display.
8/69
•
Selective Blink (optional) - alternate display Inon-display of any character or groups
of characters designated by the cursor location under keyboard or program control;
reset facilities also selectively terminate the blink; this feature can be enabled for
both fixed and variable data when operating in the fixed format mode.
•
Graphic Mode (optional) - provides graphic facilities to generate straight and
curved vectors under program control; display screen is divided into 8192 points
each corresponding to an addressable character position in the refresh memory.
•
Refresh memory - incorporates a 1024-byte magnetic core storage; six bits provide character storage, while the remaining two bits can be used to store blink and
format data.
•
Character Generation - incorporates a read-only memory to provide permanent
storage for each of the 64 standard display characters; generates a 5-by 7-dot matrix to display each character.
AUERBACH Data Communications Reports
A
AUERBACH
AUERBACH
DATA
COMMUNICATIONS
REPORTS
6180:05
DELTA 1
•
•
Keyboard - includes a conventional typewriter-styled keyboard with provisions for
manual data entry, edit control, display control and selection of modes of operation; generates upper-case alphabetics, numerics, and 24 special symbols; up to
ten special controls for additional I/O devices are optionally available.
•
Display - incorporates a 12-inch (measured diagonally) cathode ray tube (CRT)
mounted in a desk-top housing, standard; the maximum display format consists of
960 characters, arranged on 24 lines with 40 characters per line; additional standard or larger-sized display monitors connected to the same control unit are available as options to provide duplicate displays at different locations.
•
Teletype Compatible Serial Controller (optional) - provides remote communications at standard teletype speeds of 110 bits per second using a full-duplex facility;
one of two modes of operation can be employed:
When operating in the Normal Mode, data entered via keyboard is immediately
displayed and is transmitted by block directly to the remote computer; incoming data is displayed as it is received. The transmitted data is contained
within cursor and EOM symbols when in the conversation mode, and within
variable data fields when in the fixed format mode; the entire display is transmitted when neither of these modes is selected.
When operating in the Echoplex Mode, data entered via keyboard is transmitted directly to the remote computer as each character is keyed in; each
character entered or an error symbol (CAN), if received incorrectly, is returned for display.
•
Optionsoptions include a light pen;
the Selective Blink feature;
additional display monitors;
color displays;
provisions for printed copy;
a communications interface; and
a 96-character set that provides either lower-case alphabetics, line-drawing
characters, or graphic symbols. (Use of the additional 32 characters for
anyone of these features excludes the Selective Blink capability.)
.16
First Delivery:
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . June, 1969 .
. 17
Availability: ..
. . • . . . . . . . . . . . • . . 90 days, maximum .
© 1969 AUERBACH Corporation and AUERBACH Info, Inc.
8/69
6180:06
DELTA 1
TABLE I. DELTA 1 OUTPUT TO DISPLAY CHARACTERISTICS
Description
Characteristic
8/69
Output Medium
cathode ray tube; displays green characters against
gray background
Character Set
64 characters, including digits 0-9, upper-case
alphabetics, and 28 punctuation and special symbols;
basic character set can be expanded to 96 characters to provide additional special symbols as
options
Character Size
• 25 inches high by • 06 inches wide
Character Generation
5-by 7-dot matrix
Display Size
7 inches high by 9 inches wide
Characters Per Line
40
Lines Per Display
24
Characters Per Display
960
Buffer Capacity
960 characters
Format Control
line feed; carriage return; horizontal tab; line
addressing; character addressing; remote cursor
control; split-screen feature permits fixed format
and conversation modes
Rated Output Speed
up to 1200 bits/sec or 2400 bits/sec (120 or 240
char/sec) over a voice-band line; up to 9600
bits/sec using appropriate data sets
Effecti ve Speed
less than rated speed due to message length, .
exchange of control messages, and communications facility
Comments
optional character set includes either lower case,
line drawing characters, or graphic symbols
(provided the blink feature is not installed);
color displays available on request.
AUERBACH Data Communications Reports
A
JERBACH
AUERBACH
6180:07
DATA
COMMUNICATIONS
REPORTS
DELTA 1
•
TABLE II. DELTA 1 USASCII TRANSMISSION CODE
b7
~
b6
~
0
0
..
bS
0
0
I
0
I
0
I
0
I
I
0
0
I
I
0
I
I
I
I
0
I
0
b4
--.,
b3
I
0
COL
~
6
7
@
p
Q
A
Q
B
R
B
R
3
C
S
C
S
$
4
D
T
D
T
%
5
'E
U
E
U
,
6
F
V
F
V
7
G
W
G
W
(
8
H
X
H
X
)
9
I
Y
I
Y
*
:
J
B
J
B
,
•
K
:J
K
]
<
L
L
\
-
=
M
\
=:J
M
=:J
N
EOM
N
EOM
0
CR/LF
3
4
S
@
p
..
0
J,.
A
"
2
#
2
r--
b2
t--
bi
ROW
+
0 0
0 0
0
NUL
DCO
0 0
0 I
1
SOH
0 0
1 0
2
STX
0 .0
1 1
3
ETX
0 I
0 0
4
EOT
0 1
0 1
5
0 1
1 O.
6
0 1
1 1
7
1 0
0 0
8
BS
1 0
0 1
9
TAB
1 0
1 0
10
1 0
1 1
11
1 1
0 0
12
1 1
0 1
13
1 1
1 0
14
SO
A/N
•
>
1 1
1 1
15
SI
GR
/
?
,
,
,.
SET
BLINK
CLEAR
BLINK
NAK
•
ACK
!
~
NORMAL
MODE
FORMAT
MODE
CR/LF
HOME
HOME
---..
&
+
~
.,.
~
") 1969 AUERBACH Corporation and AUERBACH Info, Inc,
0
:t
..-
CR/LF
8/69
6180:08
DELTA 1
TABLE
Type of
Message
m.
Origin of
Transmission
DELTA 1 MESSAGE CONFIGURATION
Message Sequence
Purpose of Command
Poll
computer
EOT,
terminal address,
terminal address,
read command
requests transmission of data
displayed at the addressed
terminal; transmits variable
data fields defined by New
Line symbols; transmission
begins at any addressed
character position
Select
computer
SOH,
terminal address,
terminal address,
write command
indicates to the addressed
terminal, a message is waiting to be transmitted and
displayed; transmitted data
begins writing at any addressed character position;
cursor commands within
transmitted text initiate
format controls.
provides insertion or deletion
of characters and lines of
data in an existing text;
causes erasure of lines,
messages, or all data from
a displayed text; commands
are executed at any addressed
line or character position as
defined by cursor
Query
terminal
STX,
terminal address,
text,
ETX,
LPC (parity character)
indicates that addressed
terminal is in transmit mode
with displayed text, in response to a poll command
Acknowledgement
(message and
terminal status
replies)
terminal
ACK
indicates that addressed terminal is in receive mode to
display data transmitted
from the computer, in response to a select command.
indicates data is receive(i
without error after transmission of a computer
message.
Acknowledgement
terminal
EOT
indicates end of transmission
following computer acknowledgement of valid polled
message; causes terminal
keyboard to unlock.
indicates that addressed terminal has no message waiting and is not in transmit
mode, in response to a poll
command
8/69
AUERBACH Data Communications Reports
A
AUERBACH
DATA
COMMUNICATIONS
REPORTS
6180:09
DELTA 1
AUERBACH
•
TABLE III. DELTA 1 MESSAGE CONFIGURATION (Contd.)
Origin of
Transmission
Type of
Message
Acknowledgement
(message status
replies)
•8
computer
Message Sequence
Purpose of Command
ACK
indicates data was received
without error following
terminal transmission of a
polled message
NAK
indicates data contained in a
polled message was received
in error; causes addressed
terminal to retransmit the
displayed text until a valid
message is received
EOT
indicates end of transmission
following terminal acknowledgement of a valid computer message •
PHYSICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Component
Width (inches)
Depth (inches)
Height (inches)
Weight (pounds)
Power (KVA)
Voltage
Frequency (cps)
Phases
Temperature Range CF)
Humidity Range (!ft.)
Heat (BTU/hr)
Model 1020
Display
Model 1010
Display Control
Unit
Model 103G
Keyboard
8.75
13.88
16.25
25.0
16.63
9.75
7.0
60.0
16.38
9.25
4. 12
9.0
-
1
40 to 105
o to 95
-
.35
115
60
1
40 to 105
o to 95
-
© 1969 AUERBACH Corporation and AUERBACH Info. Inc.
-
-
1
40 to 105
o to 95
-
8/69
6180: 10
DELTA 1
.9
PRICE DATA
Purchase
Price, *
Component or Feature
Model
Model
Model
Model
1010
1014
1020
1030
Options
MOdel
Model
Model
Model
Model
Model
Model
Model
Display Control Unit
Serial Communications Unit
Display Unit
Keyboard
1011
1012
1016
1017
1018
1019
1022
1040
300
4700
500
300
-
Selective Blink
Edit Control
Format Mode
96-Character Set
Data Set Serial Communications Interface
Teletype Serial Communications Interface
Display Unit (17 -inch)
Light Pen
-
-
Parallel Control Units Model 1101 (DEC PDP-8)
Model 1102 (Varion 6201)
Model 1103 (SDS Sigma II)
Model 1104 (PDC 808/16)
Model 1105 (Nova)
Model 1106 (Interdata)
-
Model 1201 Teletype Adapter
-
Model 2020 Color Display Unit
Model 2110 Color Drive (for Model 1010 Control Unit)
-
I
-
*Delta Data Systems provides standard leasing and maintenance arrangements for all
components including purchase price information for optional features which are not
included in the basic configuration.
8/69
AUERBACH Data Communications Reports
A
a
AUERBACH
AUERBACH
DATA
COMMUNICATIONS
REPORTS
'"
6220:01
DIGITRONICS TURN-AROUND
DlAL-o-VERTER LINE
DIGITRONICS TURN-AROUND DIAL-O-VERTER LINE
.1
GENERAL
· 11
Identity:...................... Digitronics Dial-o-Verter Line
· 12
Manufacturer:.................. Digitronics Corporation
1 Albertson Avenue
Albertson, L. I. , New York 11507
.13
Basic Function: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. provides transmission/reception of magnetic
tape data over voiceband lines
• 14
Basic Unit
Name: . . . . . . . . . . . • • . . . . . . . . . • Magnetic Tape Terminal
Model number: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 524
Function: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. reads data from magnetic tape and transmits it
over a voiceband line; receives data over a
voiceband line and records it on magnetic
tape; optional features include local conversion
between magnetic tape and paper tape and capability for punching received data into paper
tapes
· 15
Description
The Digitronics Turn-Around Dial-o-Verter consists of the 524 Magnetic Tape Terminal.
This unit is designed to be compatible with the Turn-Around Terminals no longer in production. The Digitronics 507R, 507S, 510, 515, 505, 520, and 521 communication terminals
previously contained in this line have been discontinued and are not available. The 524
Magnetic Tape Terminal is a new version of the 520 and provides additional input! output and
translation capabilities. Digitronics Turn-Around Dial-o-Verter line is being supplemented
with the Digitronics Reverse-Channel Dial-o-Verter line described in Report 6221:01; however, the two Digitronics equipment lines are not compatible. The following paragraphs
provide a description of the 524 Magnetic Tape Terminal.
524 Magnetic Tape Terminal
Transmitting speed of the 524 ranges from 150 to 300 characters per second, and the terminal is capable of unattended operation.
The basic seven-channel recording format is IBM 729-compatible at 200, 556, or 800
(optional) bits per inch; tape speed is 30 inches per second. A nine-channel tape handler,
which records in a format compatible with the IBM 2400 Series Magnetic Tape Units, is
optional.
The basic 524 Terminal handles data in a binary image form with no translation. Various
6-bit to 6-bit code translators are optional, as are translators for conversion between a
6-bit code and the 7-bit USASCn code. Data transmitted between the tape handler and the
communications line is intermediately stored in a 1, 020-character core memory buffer.
Digitronics' 524 Magnetic Tape Terminal can transmit or receive data over common-carrier
leased or switched telephone lines. The terminal operates in a half-duplex mode and can
communicate with other terminal equipment in the firm's Turn-Around Dial-o-Verter line.
The 524 has extensive error detection, error identification, and error correction capabilities.
Both character parity and block (longitudinal) parity checks are used. If a block of data on
© 1970 AUERBACH Info, Inc.
5/70
6220:02
DIGITRONICS TURN-AROUND
DIAL-Q-VERTER LINE
tape contains a parity error, up to three additional attempts are made to read the data block
correctly. The operator may elect to force a reading of the block or to pass over the block.
If reading of the block is forced, the character in error and the associated block are flagged.
If an error is detected in a block of received data, an automatic request for retransmission
is generated. Up to three retransmissions can occur for the same block of data; at the end
of the fourth unsuccessful transmission of the same data block, the receiving terminal is automatically disconnected.
All data received is stored in aI, 024-character core memory buffer. If a writing error is
detected through a character or block parity check, the data is rewritten from the core buffer.
After four unsuccessful attempts to write on tape, the unit halts. The operator can force
writing of the block and have special characters inserted on the tape.
Special codes can be manually written on tape in signal-character blocks to identify the end
of data. A special-character search can be manually initiated and automatically terminated
when the special character is found. An indicator lamp is illuminated when the search is
terminated.
A technique for determining the correct sequence of data blocks, called Modulo 8 Block Count,
is provided with the basic 524. Modulo 8 Block Count is discussed in the Digitronics ReverseChannel Dial-o-Verter Report 6221, Paragraph. 15.
A wide range of optional features is available, including:
5/70
•
Fixed Code Translation - provides translation between a six- or seven-bit transmission code and a six-bit magnetic tape code; translation codes are specified by
the customer.
•
Variable Code Translation - provides the translation ability described under
fixed code translation with the addition of suppressed character and translation
code selection via a plugboard.
•
Paper Tape OUtput - provides local convers ion of magnetic tape data to paper tape
data, or paper tape output of received data. A self-contained paper tape punch
(Teletype DRPE) and winder are included; they can handle five- or eight-level
tape. When the 524 operates as a paper tape receiver, data is checked for correct
parity and transferred to the buffer. Only data with correct parity is punched.
•
Paper Tape Input - provides local conversion of paper tape data to magnetic tape
data. A self-contained paper tape reader capable of reading 500 characters per
second and a spooler capable of handling 10-inch reels are included. Paper tape
that contains five or eight levels can be read.
•
High DenSity Tape Option - provides tape density selection of either 556 or 800
bits per inch.
•
RCA-Compatible Tape Option - permits the use of a customer-supplied RCA
Model 581 Tape Handler in place of the standard IBM-compatible tape drive. This
option employs an echo check on written data instead of a read-after-write check.
Three rewrite attempts are made follOWing an echo-check error before operator
intervention is required. A bit density of 333.3 bits per inch is standard with the
RCA Model 581.
•
Data-Verter Compatibility - provides the magnetic tape terminal with the capability
to receive transmissions from a remote Digitronics Data-Verter transmitter. An
automatic polling feature is available with this option.
AUERBACH Oata Communications Reports
fA
8
AUERBACH
DATA
COMMUNICATIONS
REPORTS
6220:03
DIGITRONICS TURN-AROUND
DIAL-o-VERTER LINE
AUERBACH
'"
•
IBM-Compatible 9-Channel Tape Capability - provides a nine-channel tape drive
for recording tape in the IBM System/360 Series format at 800 bits per inch.
•
Data Set Select - permits the terminal to share a common data set with any
other Digitronics Turn-Around Dial-o-Verter terminal, which also has the Data
Set Select option installed. Only one terminal can use the data set at a time. If
the two sharing terminals are a transmitter and a receiver, local communication
between the two terminals is possible if their data formats are compatible.
•
Subset Select - provides for selection of one or two data sets by a control panel
switch .
. 16
First Delivery: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..
April 1966 .
. 17
Availability:...................
4 months .
.2
CONFIGURATION
The 524 Magnetic Tape Terminal consists of:
•
Magnetic tape handler, including read and write circuits
•
1024-character core memory
•
Printing counter
•
Coupler
•
Translator module (optional)
•
Paper tape punch (optional)
•
Paper tape reader (optional)
•
Data-Verter Receive Adapter (optional)
It is used in conjunction with the appropriate data set, as described in Paragraph. 72 .
.3
INPUT
. 31
Prepared Input
524 Magnetic Tape Terminal Input medium:
Input code: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Quantity of data: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Character set: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rated input speed: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Effective speed: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..
Comments: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
© 1970 AUERBACH Info, Inc.
O. 5-inch magnetic tape, recorded at 200, 556,
or 800 bpi; IBM 729-compatible (IBM System/
360 Series compatibility is optional).
IBM BCD; 6 data bits plus parity bit per character (or 8 data bits plus parity bit per character using the IBM System/360 Series compatibility option).
15 to 1,020 char/block.
full alphanumeric plus special symbols.
6,000 to 24,000 char/sec.
up to 300 char/sec, depending on block length
and communications facility.
uses 2,400-foot reels of tape; tape speed is
30 ips.
5/70
6220:04
DIGITRONICS TURN-AROUND
DlAL-o-VERTER LINE
524 Magnetic Tape Terminal with Paper Tape Input Option Input medium: . • . • . . . • . . . • . . . . . .
Comments: . . . • • • . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
standard oil-impregnated paper tape; n/16-inch
5-levelor I-inch 8-level (factory preset).
any 5-, 6-, 7-, or 8-level code.
variable.
500 char/sec.
up to 300 char/sec, depending upon block length
and transmission speed.
optional features include 10-inch reel spooler.
. 32
Manual Input: • • . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . .
no provision.
· 33
Fixed Input: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . .
no provision •
. 34
Transaction Code Input: . . . . . . . . . . .
no provision.
· 35
Message Configuration:. . . . . . . . . • ..
the data characters are preceded and followed
by special control codes automatically supplied
by the terminal; Magnetic Tape Terminal is
limited to 1,020 characters per block, including
the 524 control characters automatically supplied
by the terminal .
. 36
Operating Procedure
Input code: . . . . . • . . . . . • . . • • . . • .
Quantity of data: . . . • . . • • . . . . . • . .
Rated input speed: . . • . . . • . • . • • . . .
Effective speed: . . . . • . . . • . . . . • . ~ .
(1)
Load magnetic tape or punched paper tape.
(2)
Establish connection with remote terminal.
(3)
Press button to establish synchronization and start transmission •
. 37
Entry of Time and Date: . . . . • . . . • ..
.4
OUTPUT
.41
OUtput to Punched Tape
no provision .
524 Magnetic Tape Terminal with Paper Tape OUtput Option Tape size: .....•.•.•.•.•.....•..
Tape code: •....•••.•.•..••..•.
Rated output speed: •....•.•.•.. .•
Effective speed: • . • . • . . . . . . . . • . • .
· 43
standard oil-impregnated paper tape; 1l/16-inch,
5-level or I-inch 8-level (factory preset).
any 5-, 6-, 7-, or 8-level code.
107 char/sec.
somewhat less than rated speed, depending
block length.
OUtput to Magnetic Tape
524 Magnetic Tape Terminal Tape size:. • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..
Tape code: .
~
. . . . . . • . . . • . . . . . ..
Rated output speed: . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5/70
0.5-inch, recorded at 200, 556, or 800 bpi; mM
729-compatible (mM 2400 Series compatibility
is optional).
IBM BCD; 6 data bits plus parity bit per character (or 8 data bits plus parity bit per
character using the mM 2400 Series compatibility option); various code translations are
optional.
6,000 to 24,000 char/sec.
AUERBACH Data Communications Reports
A
8
.
AUERBACH
AUERBACH
DATA
COMMUNICATIONS
REPORTS
Effective speed: . . . .
Format control: ...
.5
ERROR DETECTION AND CORRECTION
.51
Data Entry Errors
Type of checking: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Error indication: . . . . . . . . . • . • . . . .
Correction procedure: . . . . . . . . . . . . .
· 52
Correction procedure: . . . . • . . . . . . •
Error indication: .
Correction procedure: . . . . . . . . . . ..
Error indication: . . .
Correction procedure:
character parity and longitudinal parity.
indicator lamp is lighted, buzzer is sounded;
writing operation halts in magnetic tape units.
automatic retransmission; if four unsuccessful
transmissions occur for the same data block,
the terminal automatically halts; transmitting
operator can force transmission with special
error character flag.
read-after-write character and longitudinal
parity check.
indicator lamp lights; buzzer is sounded; printing
counter prints block number.
data is rewritten from memory; tape unit halts
and terminal disconnects after four unsuccessful attempts to write the same data block.
data received is checked for exceeding buffer
core memory capacity.
lamp, buzzer, automatic disconnect.
operator intervention.
Line Malfunctions
Detection:. . . . . . . . . . . . . . • • . . . . .
Action: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . .
.6
character parity.
indicator lamp is lighted.
magnetic tape terminals automatically reread
up to a total of four read operations.
Overflow Errors
Type of checking: .
· 55
up to 300 char/sec, depending on block length
and communications facilities.
none .
Data Recording Errors
Type of checking: .
· 54
DIGITRONICS TURN-AROUND
DIAL-o-VERTER LINE
Data Transmission Errors
Type of checking:. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Error indication: . . . • . . . . . . . • . . . •
· 53
6220:05
no data received for 10 seconds.
automatic disconnect .
CONDITION INDICATORS
Indicator lamps provide visual indications of error status, busy condition, memory-buffer
overflow, and power on .
•7
DATA TRANSMISSION
· 71
Basic Characteristics
Rated transmission speed: .
Transmission method: . • . . . • . . . . .
Transmission code: . • . . • . . . . . . . .
© 1970 AUERBACH Info, Inc.
150, 250, or 300 char/sec, depending on communications line and data set; these speeds
correspond to 1200, 2000, and 2400 bps,
respectively.
serial by bit.
6 data bits, one parity bit, and one sync bit per
character.
5/70
6220:06
DIGITRONICS TURN-AROUND
DlAL-o-VERTER LINE
Transmission mode: ••.•.••..•••• half-duplex.
Order of bit transmission:. • • • • • • • •• most significant bit first, parity bit last.
Synchronization: •...•.•.•..•.•.• synchronous; a sync bit is inserted into each
character, and resynchronizing characters
are inserted during transmission of data •
• 72
Connection to Communications Lines
Data Set*
Communications Line
Public switched telephone network at
the following speeds 1,200 bits/sec (150 char/sec): •••.•
2,000 bits/sec (250 char/sec): •.•..
Common-carrier leased voiceband
line at the following speeds 1,200 bits/sec (150 char/sec): •.••.
2,000 bits/sec (250 char/sec): •....
2,400 bits/sec (300 char/sec): ..•.•
.73
Bell System Data-Phone Data Set 202C
Bell System Data-Phone Data Set 201A
Bell System Data Set 202C, or Western Union
1200 Baud Data Modem
Bell System Data Set 201A
Bell System Data Set 201B, or Western Union
2400 Baud Data Modem
Transmission Control
Call initiation:. . . . . • • • . . . • • • . • ••
Call reception:. • . • • • • . . • • • • . • • ••
Functional operations: .•.•.••..•..
manual dialing or signaling.
manual or unattended operation.
none; except request retransmission •
. 74
Multistation Operation: . . • . • • • • . • •.
no provision•
•8
PHYSICAL SPECIFICATIONS
524
MagnetiC
Tape
Terminal
Component
Width (inches)
Depth (inches)
Height (inches)
Weight (pounds)
56
24
72
1,500
Power (KW)
Voltage
Frequency (cps)
Phases
5.9
115
60
1
Temperature range (OF.)
Humidity Range (%)
Heat (B TU/hr)
55 to 95
40 to 70
18,000
* In some cases, equivalent data sets can be used; see Sections 4620 and 4640 for a current list of
modems available form independent manufacturers of telephone equipment.
5/70
AUERBACH Data Communications Reports
A
8
AUERBACH
AUERBACH
DATA
COMMUNICATIONS
REPORTS
6220:07
DIGITRONICS TURN-AROUND
DIAL-o-VERTER LINE
~
.9
PRICE DATA
Component or Feature
524 Magnetic Tape Terminal
Fixed Code Translator
Variable Code Translator
Paper Tape OUtput
Paper Tape Input
800 bpi Density
RCA 581 Compatibility
9-channel Tape (IDM 2400 Series
Compatibility)
Data Set Selection
Subset Select (202/201)
Data-Verter Compatibility
Automatic Polling (Data-verter)
Monthly
Rental
Purchase
Price
$
$
1,325
126
134
236
210
63
N/C
95
48,900
4,515
4,746
8,500
7,560
2,258
N/C
3,360
11
378
567
17,026
19,115
16
457
509
Monthly
Maintenance
$
220
N/C
N/C
50
30
6
N/C
19
2.20
3.20
50
30
N/C - No Charge
© 1970 AUERBACH Info, Inc.
5/70
A
a
..
AUERBACH
AUERBACH
DATA
COMMUNICATIONS
REPORTS
6221: 01
D1GITRONICS REVERSE-CHANNEL
DIAL-o-VERTER LINE
DIGITRONICS REVERSE-CHANNEL DIAL-O-VERTER LINE
.1
GENERAL
.11
Identity:
Digitronics Reverse-Channel, Dial-o-Verter
line; see Paragraph .14 for a listing of the
current models in the line.
• 12
Manufacturer: .•.•••.••••••••••
Digitronics Corporation
1 Albertson Avenue
Albertson, L. I., New York 11507
.13
Basic Function:
the Digitronics Reverse-Channel, Dial-o-Verter
communication terminals are a group of independent, compatible data transmitting or
receiving terminals which provide data communications over voiceband lines, using
various input/output media •
• 14
Basic Units
Name:
Model number: •.••••••••••••.••
Function: •••••••••••••••.•.•.•
Printer Terminal.
4021.
receives data from a voiceband line and prints it
on paper.
Name:
Model number: •••••••••••••••••
Function: .
Paper Tape Transmitter.
507.
reads data from punched paper tape and transmits it over a voiceband line.
Name: . • . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Model number: •••••••••••••••••
Function: •••••••••••••••••••••
Paper Tape Receiver.
509.
receives data from a voiceband line and punches
it into paper tape.
Name:
Model number: •••••••••••••••••
Function: • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Magnetic Tape Terminal.
522.
reads data from magnetic tape and transmits it
over a voiceband line; receives data from a
voiceband line and records it on magnetic tape;
optional functions include local conversion between magnetic tape and paper tape, and
punching received data into paper tape.
Name: . • . . . • . . . . . . . . • . . .
Model number: ••...•••..•••••.•
Magnetic Tape Terminal.
5225.
reads data from magnetic tape and transmits it
over a voiceband line; receives data from a
voiceband line and records it on magnetic tape,
0
0
••••••••••••••••••
0
•••
FUnction: . . . . . . . • . . • . • . • . . . . • .
Name:
Model number: •••••••••••••••••
Function: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
© 1970 AUERBACH Info, Inc.
Printer/Card Reader Terminal.
5122,
transmits data over voiceband line from prepunched or mark-sensed cards; prints data
received from a voiceband line on paper,
5/70
6221: 02
DIGITRONICS REVERSE-CHANNEL
DIAL-o-VERTER LINE
Figure 1. The 5072, a Combined Paper Tape Transmitter/Printer Receiver Terminal
(left) and the 5079, a Bidirectional Paper Tape Terminal (right)
Name: . . • • . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . .
Model number: ••••••.••.••••••
F'unction: • . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Name: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Model number: ••...•••••••..•.
Function: . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
• 15
Printer/Paper Tape Transmitter.
5072.
transmits data over voiceband line from prepunched paper tape; prints data received from
voiceband line on paper.
Paper Tape Transmitter/Receiver.
5079.
transmits data from punched paper tape over a
voiceband line; prints data received from a
voiceband line on paper •
Description
The Digitronics Dial-o-Verter oommunications terminals described in this report are discrete, self-contained, compatible units which transmit or receive data over a voiceband line.
Different units provide facilities for transmitting data recorded in punched cards, punched
paper tape, or magnetic tape; or for receiving data and punching it into paper tape, printing
it, or recording it on magnetic tape.
Error signaling via a reverse channel characterizes all units in this line. Reverse-channel
operation is a monitoring process by which the transmitting device is made immediately
cognizant of transmission errors detected at the receiver. This process eliminates the time
required for line turn-around to allow the receiver to transmit an acknowledge code.
Reverse-channel data sets divide the available bandwidth in a normal voice-grade circuit
into a forward data channel and a narrow reverse-signaling channel. Under normal circumstances, when no errors are detected, the receiving terminal allows a continuous tone to be
5/70
AUERBACH Data Communications Reports
A
8
..
AUERBACH
AUERBACH
DATA
COMMUNICATIONS
REPORTS
6221: 03
D1GITRONICS REVERSE-CHANNEL
DIAL-o-VERTER LINE
transmitted on the reverse channel. When an error is detected, the signal on the reverse
channel is momentarily interrupted. The momentary interruption is interpreted by the transmitting device as a request for retransmission of a block. If the signal on the reverse channel is interrupted for a period greater than two seconds, the transmitting terminal automatically disconnects and operator intervention is required;
The Modulo 8 Block Count feature is also included with all units. This block identification
method is employed by both the transmitting and receiving devices to detect the loss or
duplication of a data block within a message. The transmitter and receiver units contain
block counters which are preset to 0 at the start of a message. The block count is sampled
at the beginning of each data block, and a character containing the current block count is
transmitted immediately preceding the corresponding data block. A similar block counter
at the receiver is incremented after each successful transmission, and its block count is
compared to the transmitted block count preceding the next data block.
A transmitted block count less than the receiverls block count indicates that a successfully
received data block has been repeated. The repeated data block is ignored; i. e., the block
count is unchanged and the repeated block is not entered on the output media. A transmitted
block count greater than the receiver's block count indicates that a retransmission request
was missed or the transmitter has failed to synchronize on a previous block. Retransmission
is requested via the reverse channel. If a block count error recurs three consecutive times,
transmission is interrupted and operator intervention is required.
The characteristics of each unit are described in the following paragraphs.
4021 Printer Terminal
The 4021 Printer Terminal is a buffered, receive-only terminal capable of printing at up to
300 single-spaced lines per minute, using a 64-character set. Printing is spaced at 10
columns per inch horizontally and six lines per inch vertically. Up to six carbon copies can
be produced.
The printer terminal assembles data received serially by bit from a voiceband line, performs
character parity and longitudinal parity checks, and stores the characters sequentially in a
256-character-capacity buffer segment. When a full line of print has been stored, a print
cycle is initiated. Characters are transferred from the buffer, checked for character parity,
and printed. During the print cycle, the next print line is received and stored in an alternate
buffer segment. A retransmission request is automatically initiated over the reverse channel in response to detected transmission errors. If errors cannot be corrected by automatic
retransmission, operator intervention is required.
The 4021 is capable of receiving information at a rate of 100, 150, or 300 characters per
second, depending upon the data set and the transmission facility used. The effective printing
rate is determined by the vertical output format, the number of characters per line, and the
transmission rate. The print mechanism requires 205 msec to print and feed one line. Each
additional line feed requires 9 msec. A three-channel punched Mylar tape loop is used to
define the vertical format.
The 4021 uses an End-of-Text (ETX) code to terminate each block. This code can be used to
specify a print-and-space or a print-only operation. The printing of control characters is
automatically suppressed.
Optional features available for the 4021 include:
•
Horizontal Tab - provides for controlled-column skipping in a printed line. Up to
12 tab pOSitions may be defined on .a pin-board. Data characters follOwing a tabcontrol character are shifted to the next tab-stop pOSition.
•
Vertical Tab - provides the addition of five more channels to the standard three
channels on the Mylar tape loop.
© 1970 AUERBACH Info, Inc.
5/70
6221: 04
DlGITRONICS REVERSE-CHANNEL
DIAL-o-VERTER LINE
•
Increased Colwnn Printing Width - provides expansion of the standard 120-column
printer to 132 columns in increments of four colwnns.
•
A choice of type styles.
507 Paper Tape Transmitter
The 507 Paper Tape Transmitter is an unbuffered paper tape terminal capable of reading at
100, 150, or 300 characters per second from fully punched 5-, 6-, 7-, or 8-level paper
tape.
Data is read from tape serially by character and momentarily stored. A character parity
check (odd or even) is performed on the stored character and a longitudinal parity character
is generated. The data character is then serialized and transmitted. The longitudinal parity
character is transmitted at the end of each block. Error correction is performed by automatic retransmission upon request from the receiving device.
End of block is indicated by an End-of-Text (ETX) code, which is generated upon recognition
of a unique item character or a unique arrangement of two item characters (customerselected). Additional methods for grouping data into blocks are available, as listed below
under optional features. Data transmission may be terminated by physically sensing the
end of tape, by reading the End-of-Transmission (EOT) code from an USASCII-coded tape,
or by activating the EOT switch. One of two characters (customer-selected) may be automatically transmitted upon end-of-tape detection - ETX or EOT. If the ETX code is
chosen, the EOT switch must be activated to transmit the EOT code. Transmission of ETX
allows additional data to be transmitted without re-establishing a connection.
Every input tape must include a trailer conSisting of a number of trailer characters plus an
additional 10 inches of tape.
Optional features available for the 507 include:
•
Character Counter - establishes block length in one of the following three ways:
(1) Executes ETX code transmission immediately following the first item code
read after a specified number of characters has been transmitted.
(2) Executes ETX code transmission immediately after a specified number of
characters has been transmitted.
(3) Executes ETX code transmission immediately after a speCified number of
item codes has been read.
The character counter is not advanced by FIGS, LTRS, or Delete codes. An ETX
code is automatically generated at a character count of 1,020, or a lesser specified number, as a protection against exceeding the memory capacity of a magnetic
tape receiver.
•
Spoolers - Digitronics Model 4566A Spoolers are available to permit the bidirectional handling of paper tape. The two 8-inch reels included with the
spoolers can each accommodate 650 feet of paper tape.
509 Paper Tape Receiver
The 509 Paper Tape Receiver is an unbuffered paper tape terminal capable of punching
paper tape at 100 characters per second. The 509 terminal assembles data received
serially by bit from a voiceband line, performs character parity and longitudinal parity
checks, and punches each assembled 5-, 6-, 7-, or 8-level character into paper tape.
A retransmission request is automatically initiated over the reverse channel in response to
detected transmission errors. If errors cannot be corrected by automatic retransmission,
operator intervention is required.
5170
AUERBACH Data Communications Reports
A
a
.
AUERBACH
AUERBACH
DATA
CDMMUNICATIONS
REPORTS
6221: 05
D1GITRONICS REVERSE-CHANNEL
D1AL-o-VERTER LINE
Block length is determined by the transmitting device, which transmits an ETX character to
identify end of block. Correctly and incorrectly received blocks are identified on the paper
tape by customer-selected codes immediately following the final data character of the block.
The following listed codes may be deleted, punched directly into the output tape, or translated prior to punching:
(1) Start-of-Text (STX) code.
(2) Modulo 8 Block Count code (only if correct).
(3) End-of-Text (ETX) code.
(4) End-of-Transmission (EOT) code.
Transmission is terminated by detection of the EOT code, and operator intervention is required for confirmation. Optional features available with the 509 include:
•
Output Error Control - provides two alternate modes of error control in reference to the normal reverse-channel operation:
(1) Completion of the error-block operation allows a block to be completed and an
ETX code or a sync code to initiate a reverse-channel retransmission request. An error flag character may be inserted in place of the error character .if deSired, and the normal incorrect block codes punched at the end of a
block. The reverse channel is also interrupted at the loss of synchronization,
a longitudinal parity error, or the failure to receive an STX code or Modulo 8
Count code.
(2) Non restraint operation inhibits a retransmission request except for control
errors, e. g., STX, Modulo 8, longitudinal parity, or loss of synchronization.
Data errors are replaced by flag characters, and control-error blocks are
followed by incorrect block codes.
5079 Paper Tape Transmitter/Receiver
The 5079 Paper Tape TranSmitter/Receiver is an unbuffered paper tape terminal incorporating a paper tape reader and a paper tape punch. This unit is capable of reading or punching
any 5-, 6-, 7-, or 8-level paper tape code.
The transmitter reads data at 100, 150, or 300 characters per second from tape serially by
character and stores it momentarily. A character parity check (odd or even) is performed
on the stored character, and a longitudinal parity character is generated. The data character is then serialized and transmitted. The longitudinal parity character is transmitted at
the end of each block. Error correction is performed by automatic retransmission upon
request from the receiving device.
End of block is indicated by an End-of-Text (ETX) code, which is generated upon recognition
of a unique item character or a unique arrangement of two item characters (customerselected). Additional methods for grouping data into blocks are available, as listed under
optional features. Data transmission may be terminated by physically senSing the end of
tape, by reading the End-of-Transmission (EOT) code from a USASCII-coded tape, or by
activating the EOT switch. One of two characters (customer-selected) can be automatically
transmitted upon end-of-tape detection (ETX or EOT). If the ETX code is chosen, the EOT
switch must be activated to transmit the EOT code. Transmission of ETX allows additional
data to be transmitted without re-establishing a connection.
Every input tape must include a trailer conSisting of a number of trailer characters plus an
additional 10 inches of tape.
© 1970 AUERBACH Info, Inc.
5/70
6221: 06
DIGITRONICS REVERSE-CHANNEL
DIAL-o-VERTER LINE
The receiver is capable of punching paper tape at a nominal rate of 100 characters per
second. The terminal assembles data received serially by bit from a voiceband line, performs character parity and longitudinal parity checks, and punches each assembled 5-, 6-,
7-, or 8-level character into paper tape. A retransmission request is automatically
initiated over the reverse channel in response to detected transmission errors. If errors
cannot be corrected by automatic retransmission, operator intervention is required.
Block length is determined by the transmitting device, which transmits an ETX character
to identify end of block. Correctly and incorrectly received blocks are identified on the
paper tape by customer-selected codes immediately following the final data character of the
block.
The following listed codes may be deleted, punched directly into the output tape, or translated prior to punching:
(1) Start-of-Text (STX) code.
(2) Modulo 8 Block Count code (only if correct).
(3) End-of-Text (ETX) code.
(4) End-of-Transmission (EOT) code.
Transmission is terminated by detection of the EOT code, and operator intervention is
required for confirmation.
The 5079 can be operated locally in the Copy mode if the transmitter is programmed for a
speed of 100 characters per second to match the speed of the punch.
Optional features with the 5079 include:
Transmit - Character Counter
(1) Executes ETX code transmission immediately following the first item code
read after a specified number of characters has been transmitted.
(2) Executes ETX code transmission immediately after a specified number of
characters has been transmitted.
(3) Executes ETX code transmission immediately after a specified number of
item codes has been read.
The character counter is not advanced by FIGS, LTRS, or Delete codes. An ETX code is
automatically generated at a character count of I, 020, or a lesser specified number, as a
protection against exceeding the memory capacity of a magnetic tape receiver.
Receive - Output Error
(1) Completion of the error-block operation allows a block to be completed and
an ETX code or a sync code to initiate a reverse-channel retransmission
request. An error flag character may be inserted in place of the error
character, if desired, and the normal incorrect block codes punched at the
end of a block. The reverse channel is also interrupted at the loss of
synchronization, a longitudinal parity error, or the failure to receive an STX
or Modulo 8 Count code.
(2) Nonrestraint operation inhibits a retransmission request except for control
error, e.g., STX, Modulo 8, longitudinal parity, or loss of synchronization.
Data errors are replaced by flag characters, and control-error blocks are
followed by incorrect block codes.
5/70
AUERBACH Data Communications Reports
fA
a
AUERBACH
AUERBACH
DATA
COMMUNICATIONS
REPORTS
II
6221: 07
DIGITRONICS REVERSE-CHANNEL
DIAL-o-VERTER LINE
5072 Printer/Paper Tape Transmitter
The 5072 Printer/Paper Tape Transmitter is a buffered terminal consisting of a printer
(see 4021) and a Paper Tape Transmitter capable of reading at 100, 150, or 300 characters
per second from fully punched 5-, 6-, 7-, or 8-level paper tape.
In addition to the on-line transmit and receive operations, the 5072 is capable of performing
off-line printing. In the off-line Printing mode, data is read from fully chadded punched
tape and hard copy printout is produced.
When transmitting, data is read parallel by character from the input tape and is stored
momentarily in the 5072. Each character is monitored for correct vertical parity (even or
odd) and is then serialized onto the transmission line. A longitudinal parity character is
transmitted at the end of each data block to enable additional error checking at the receiver.
Detection of an error by the receiver results in an interruption in the transmission and a
retransmission of the data block which contained the error, All additional attempts to read
and transmit the data correctly are controlled by the receiver. If all attempts fail, transmission halts and the operator is informed of the situation by the appropriate lights on the
control panel.
End of block is indicated by an End-of-Text (ETX) code, which is generated upon recognition
of a unique item character or a unique arrangement of two item characters (customerselected). Additional methods for grouping data into blocks are available (see 507). Data
transmission may be terminated by physically sensing the end of tape, by reading the Endof-Transmission (EOT) code from a USASCII-coded tape, or by activating the EOT switch.
One of two characters (customer-selected) may be automatically transmitted upon end-oftape detection (ETX or EOT). If the ETX code is chosen, the EOT switch must be activated
to transmit the EOT code. Transmission of ETX allows additional data to be transmitted
without re-establishing a connection.
Digitronics Model 4566A Spoolers are available to permit the bidirectional handling of paper
tape. The two 8-inch reels included with the spoolers can each accommodate 650 feet of
paper tape,
5122 Printer/Card Reader
The Digitronics 5122 Printer Card Reader is a buffered terminal consisting of a printer
(see 4021) and a card reader which transmits data from punched or mark-sensed cards.
The 5122 can be provided with a modified form of polling and selection, enabling it to perform with a minimum of operator attention. When operating in this mode, the 5122 will
respond to an incoming ring signal. The terminal will then either transmit or receive,
depending on whether cards are contained in the card reader hopper. If both transmission
and reception are required to proceed automatically, operation in the Transmit mode must
be completed before operation in the Receive mode.
In addition to the on-line Transmit and Receive mode operations, the 5122 performs off-line
printing (local mode). In the Local mode, data is read from punched or mark-sensed cards
and hard-copy printout is produced.
When transmitting, data is presented to the 5122 on punched or mark-sensed cards which
record two complete characters on each of up to eight columns. The two characters are
separated and each is checked for correct vertical parity and then serialized for storage in
the core memory. When a complete data block has been assembled, the data is transferred
to the coupler module. The data is again checked for correct vertical parity and sent,
serially, to the data set for line transmission. A longitudinal parity character is transmitted at the end of each data block to enable additional error checking at the receiver.
Detection of an error by the receiver results in an interruption in the transmission and a retransmission of the data block which contained the error. If four attempts to transmit the
© 1970 AUERBACH Info, Inc.
s/7o
6221: 08
DIGITRONICS REVERSE-CHANNEL
DIAL-o-VERTER LINE
data fail, transmission halts and the operator is warned by the appropriate lights on the
master control panel.
The card reader has a nominal rated spped of 200 cards per minute. This speed in conjunction with the Blocking mode, the number of characters per card, and the speed of the
data set (Bell System 202C, 201B, or Rixon Sebit 48) determines the effective transmission
rate of the 5122 in cards per minute.
522/5225 Magnetic Tape Terminal
The 522/5225 Magnetic Tape Terminal is a buffered terminal consisting of a magnetic tape
handler (IBM 729-compatible), a 1020- (522)/512-character (5225) buffer memory, and
circuits for both transmitting and receiving data at up to 300 characters per second over a
voiceband line. The basic 522/5225 receives or transmits without translation. Data is
recorded on tape at a bit density of 200 or 556 bits per inch. The tape speed is 30 inches
per second. Several optional features can be incorporated in the 522, including paper tape
equipment. These optional features are described in detail at the end of this 522/5225
description.
When the 522/5225 operates as a receiving terminal, it assembles data received serially by
bit from a voiceband line, performs character parity and longitudinal parity checks, and
stores each character in a buffer memory. Data is transferred from buffer memory to
magnetic tape, and a second character parity check is performed. As data is written on
tape, a read-after-write check is performed.
When the 522/5225 operates as a transmitting terminal, data is read from magnetic tape,
checked for correct character parity, and transferred to the buffer memory. After a full
block has been read from tape, data is transferred from the buffer memory, serialized,
and transmitted. A second character parity check is performed during the transfer from
memory, and longitudinal parity is generated. A longitudinal parity character is transmitted at the end of a data block.
Block length, due to memory limitation, is established at 1020 (522) or 512 (5225) characters, or a lesser number of characters, depending on the communicating terminal.
Blocks of less than a specified number of characters (usually 15) are ignored with the
exception of two single-character control blocks. The 522 recognizes the end of a block by
detecting an interrecord gap. The End of Transmission (EOT) is indicated by a singlecharacter block or two consecutive, identical, Single-character blocks. Detection of the
End-of-Text (ETX) or EOT character causes transmission of the appropriate USASCII control character to the receiving terminal. When the single-character block indicating the
end of tape is read, the block may be transmitted and followed by an EOT block, or suppressed and the EOT block transmitted alone.
The transmitter establishes the end of a block by transmitting an ETX code. Detection of
the ETX code from the line causes the 522/5225 to generate an internal End-of-Block code
which causes an interrecord gap to be written on tape. The End-of-Block code itself may
or may not be written on tape. When an EOT code is received from a remote terminal,
one of the following actions can be specified:
(1) A Single-character block is written on tape.
(2) Nothing is written.
(3) A manual control may be used to write the single-character block.
The EOT code causes the terminal to halt with illumination of an indicator lamp.
Detection of an EOT code either from the line or from an input tape causes the 522/5225
to terminate transmission. The 522 may, under operator control, write the singlecharacter End-of-Data block on tape.
5/70
AUERBACH Data Communications Reports
A
a
.
AUERBACH
AUERBACH
DATA
COMMUNICATIONS
REPORTS
6221: 09
D1GITRONICS REVERSE-CHANNEL
D1AL-Q-VERTER LINE
Optional features available for the 522 include:
•
Fixed Translation - provides translation between the transmission code and magnetic tape code. The translator can be bypassed when image transmission is
desired. Translation codes are customer-specified. This feature is available
with the 5225 terminal.
•
Variable Code Translation - provides the translation ability described under
Fixed Translation with the addition of suppressed character and translation code
selection via a plugboard. Several plugboards with different code translations and
different suppressed characters are available.
•
Paper Tape Output - provides local conversion of magnetic tape data to paper
tape data, or paper tape output of received data. A self-contained paper tape
punch and winder are included; they can handle 5-, 6-, 7-, or 8-level tape. When
the 522 operates as a paper tape receiver, data is checked for correct parity and
transferred to the buffer. Only data with correct parity is punched.
•
Paper Tape Input - provides local conversion of paper tape data to magnetic tape
data. A self-contained paper tape reader capable of reading 700 characters per
second and a spooler capable of handling 10-inch reels are included. Paper tape
which contains 5 or 8 levels can be read.
•
High-Density Tape Option - provides tape-density selection of either 556 or 800
bits per inch. This feature is available with 5225 terminal.
•
RCA-Compatible Tape Option - permits the use of a customer-supplied RCA
Model 581 tape handler in place of the standard IBM-compatible tape drive. This
option employs an echo check on written data instead of a read-after-write check.
Three rewrite attempts are made following an echo-check error before operator
intervention is required. A bit denSity of 333.3 bits per inch is standard with the
RCA Model 581.
•
IBM-Compatible 9-Channel Tape Capability - provides a 9-channel tape drive
for recording tape in the IBM 2400 Series format at 800 bits per inch. An extended USASCII code is used.
•
Data-Verter Compatibility - provides the magnetic tape terminal with the capability to receive transmissions from a remote Digitronics Data-Verter transmitter.
An automatic polling feature is available with this option. This feature is available with the 5225 terminal.
Other Options
The following optional features are available for each terminal described, except where
noted:
•
Data Set Select
•
Data Set
•
Unattended Operation
The Unattended Operation feature provides automatic power control and automatic answering
in response to the calling terminal. Terminal power is Switched on and the data set
switched to the data mode in response to the ring signal from the data set. Detection of the
End-of-Transmission block causes an automatic disconnect and removal of power from the
terminal.
Data Set Select is an optional feature which permits the terminal to share a common data set
with any other Digitronics terminal described in this report if the terminal also has the
© 1970 AUERBACH Info, Inc.
5/70
6221: 10
DIGITRONICS REVERSE-CHANNEL
DIAL-<>-VERTER LINE
Data Set Select option installed. Only one terminal can use the data set at a time. If the two
sharing terminals are a transmitter and a receiver, local communication between the two
terminals is possible if their data formats are compatible.
The Data Set option provides terminal compatibility with the Bell System 201B Data Set when
the terminal is used on a four-wire leased line •
• 16
First Delivery
507, 509, and 522: ••.•.•.••...••
4021, 5072, 5079, 5122, and 5225: •••
January 1965.
January 1969.
• 17
Availability: •.••••.•.••••••.••
3 months •
•2
CONFIGURA TION
The 4021 Printer Terminal consists of:
•
An Analex Series 4000 line printer.
•
A receive-only control unit.
•
A 512-character core memory module.
The 507 Paper Tape Transmitter consists of:
•
A Digitronics bidirectional photoelectric paper tape reader.
•
A control module.
•
A coupler.
•
A spooler option.
The 509 Paper Tape Receiver con-ists of:
•
A Teletype BRPE punch.
•
A control module.
•
A coupler.
•
A paper tape winder option.
The 5079 Paper Tape Transmitter/Receiver consists of:
•
A Digitronics bidirectional photoelectric paper tape reader.
•
A control module.
•
A Teletype BRPE punch.
•
A spooler option.
•
A paper tape winder option.
The 5122 Printer/Card Transmitter consists of:
5170
•
An Analex Series 4000 line printer.
•
A control module.
AUERBACH Data Communications Reports
A
8
.
AUERBACH
AUERBACH
DATA
COMMUNICATIONS
REPORTS
6221: II
DIGITRONICS REVERSE-CHANNEL
D1AL-o-VERTER LINE
•
•
•
A 512-character core memory buffer.
A card reader.
A coupler module.
The 5072 Printer/Paper Tape Transmitter consists of:
•
An Analex Series 4000 line printer.
•
A control module.
•
A 512-character core memory buffer.
•
A Digitronics bidirectional photoelectric paper tape reader.
•
A coupler.
•
A spooler option.
The 522/5225 Magnetic Tape Terminal consists of:
•
An IBM 729-compatible magnetic tape handler with a recording density of 200 or
556 bits per inch or an optional recording density of 556 or 800 bits per inch.
An interface is available for a customer-supplied RCA 581 tape handler with a
recording density of 333.3 bits per inch.
•
A 1020- (522) or 512-character (5225) core memory buffer.
•
A control module.
•
A coupler.
•
A translator module option.
•
A plugboard option (not available with 5225).
•
A paper tape punch option (not available with 5225).
•
A paper tape reader option (not available with 5225).
•
A Data-Verter Receive Adapter option •
•3
INPUT
• 31
Prepared Input
522/5225 Magnetic Tape Terminal Input medium: ••••••••••••••••
Input code: •• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
Quantity of data: •••••.••••••••
Rated input speed: ••.••••••••••
Effective input speed: •.••••.•••.
© 1970 AUERBACH Info, Inc.
0.5-inch magnetic tape recorded at 200, 556, or
800 bits/in.; IBM 729-compatible.
IBM BCD (even parity) or binary (odd parity).
other codes can be accommodated with optional
translation features.
variable; up to 512 or 1,020 char/block.
6,000 char/sec (200 bits/in.), 16,680 char/sec
(556 bits/in.), or 24,000 char/sec (800 bits/
in. ).
up to 300 char/sec, limited by block length,
transmission speed, and speed of receiving
device.
5/70
6221: 12
D1GITRONICS REVERSE-CHANNEL
DIAL-o-VERTER LINE
522 Magnetic Tape Terminal with Paper Tape Option Input medium: ••.••••••••••••••
Input code: • . . . • .•••.••••.••..
Quantity of data: •••••••••••••••
Rated input speed: •••.••••••••••
Effective speed: •••••••.•.••..•
Comments: ••••••••..•••.•...•
fully punched 11/16-inch or I-inch (factory preset) paper tape. Transmissivity must not be
more than 40%; color is optional.
any 5-, 6-, 7-, or 8-level code.
variable.
700 char/sec.
up to 300 char/sec, depending upon block
length, transmission speed, and speed of
receiving device.
optional features include 10-inch reel spooler.
507, 5072, 5079 Paper Tape Transmitters Input medium:
Input code: ••••••••..•••••••••
Quantity of data: .•••.•.•.•...••
Rated input speed: ••••••••••••••
Effective input speed: •..•••••••••
fully punched 11/16-, 7/8-, or I-inch paper
tape. Transmissivity must not be more than
40%; color is optional.
any 5-, 6-, 7-, or 8-level code.
block length is limited only by the receiving
device.
300 char/sec.
up to 300 char/sec, depending upon block length,
transmission speed, and speed of receiving
device.
5122 Printer/Card Reader Input medium:
Input code: •...••••..••.• , ••.•
Quantity of data: •..••..••.••...
Rated input speed: , •••••••••••••
Effective input speed: ••.••...••..
standard 80-column punched or mark-sensed
cards.
standard Hollerith card code; see Table I.
80 characters (1 card).
up to 200 cards/min.
limited by transmission speed and speed of
receiving device •
• 32
Manual Input: ••.•..•••....•••..
no provision •
• 33
Fixed Input: •••••••• , ••• , ..••••
no provision,
• 34
Transaction Code Input:
no provision •
.35
Message Configuration
Data is transmitted in blocks under control of the transmitting device. The data contained
in a block is preceded by four sync characters, a Start-of-Text (STX) character, and a
Modulo 8 Block Count character. Blocks are terminated by an End-of-Transmission Block
(ETB), End-of-Text (ETX), or an End-of-Transmission (EOT) code followed by a longitudinal parity (LP) character. Block length is determined by the limitations of the transmitting
and/or receiving devices and by the memory-buffer capacities of the buffered devices
(magnetic tape and printer).
There are no limitations on block length when transmitting messages between paper tape
terminals (507, 5079, and 509). The 5122, 5072, or 4021 dictates that each data block's
length must equal one line of print - a maximum of 120 or 132 characters. The 522 can
receive or transmit variable block lengths not to exceed its 1, 020-character memory-buffer
capacity or the limitations of the receiving device. Magnetic tape blocks can be made
uniform in length, if desired, through the addition of customer-specified fill characters.
The 5122 can transmit either the Hollerith code as if it were Friden, or any configuration
on cards in a binary manner. When the latter is reqUired, each column on the card is
5170
AUERBACH Data Communications Reports
Aa
AUERBACH
DATA
CDMMUNICATIONS
REPORTS
6221: 13
DIGITRONICS REVERSE-CHANNEL
DIAL-o-VERTER LINE
AUERBACH
'"
transmitted as two characters of which the first six bits are the image of the top or bottom
half of the card. The last two bits of each character are used to make them appear as a
USASCII graphic code and for parity. The transmitted block length is selected from one card
per block up to 160 characters per block in set increments. The increments are dependent
on the number of characters per card and the mode of transmission (Hollerith to Friden or
binary). Control codes are transmitted during intercard time. These codes consist of four
synchronization characters followed by an STX code, a Modulo 8 Block Count, and a series of
null characters which precede the transmission of data. An ETX, ETB, or EOT code is
transmitted at the end of each card or group of cards in a block. Unpunched card columns
are interpreted as spaces, translated to a unique character code, and transmitted in
sequence with the data.
Data is transmitted in the form of eight-bit character codes by all Digitronics Dial-o-Verter
terminals included in this report. The following table illustrates the modification of codes
that contain fewer bits per character than the eight-bit format.
Bit Position
B7
B6
B5
B4
B3
B2
B1
B
BCD Code
B'
B
A
8
4
2
1
P
Friden (IBM) Code
7'
7
6
4
3
2
1
P
TTY 5-Level
1
0
1
2
3
4
5
P
USASCII Code
B7
%
B5
B4
B3
B2
Bl
~
P
Notes: The most significant bit, B7' is transmitted or received first; Bp is last.
The added bits are deleted when received to convert the data to its original
configuration.
Bit B7 is generated as the complement of % (unless full USASCII is the transmitted code).
Bit Bp is the parity bit •
• 36
Operating Procedure
(1)
Load magnetic tape, paper tape, or cards.
(2)
Establish connection with remote terminal.
(3)
Press button to establish synchronization and start transmission.
• 37
Entry of Time and Date:
.4
OUTPUT
.41
Output to Punched Tape
no provisions •
509/5079 Paper Tape Receiver Tape size: •••••••••••••••••••
Tape code: •••••••••••••••••••
Rated punching speed: ••••••••••••
Effective speed: •••••••••••••••
Comments: ••••.••••••••••••••
© 1970 AUERBACH Info, Inc.
11/16-, 7/8-, or I-inch oiled paper tape.
any 5-, 6-, 7-, or 8-level code.
100 char/sec.
somewhat less than rated speed, limited by
block length and transmission speed of sending
device.
cannot translate data to another code.
5170
6221:14
DIGITRONICS REVERSE-CHANNEL
DIAL-o-VERTER LINE
522 Magnetic Tape Terminal with Paper Tape Option Tape size: ••••••••••••••••••••
Tape code: •• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • ••
Rated output speed: ••••••••••••••
Effective speed: ••••••••••••••••
Comments: • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • ••
• 43
11/16-, 7/8-, or I-inch oiled paper tape.
any 5-, 6-, 7-, or 8-level code.
100 char/sec.
somewhat less than rated speed, limited by
block length and transmission speed of sending
device.
tape winder is included •
Output to Magnetic Tape
522/5225 Magnetic Tape Terminal Tape size:
0.5-inch, recorded at 200, 556, or 800 bits/
inch; IBM 729-compatible.
IBM BCD (even parity) or binary (odd parity).
Tape code:
other codes can be accommodated with optional
translation features.
Rated output speed:
6,000 char/sec (200 bits/in.), 16,680 char/sec
(556 bits/in.), or 24,000 char/sec (800 bits/
in.).
.
Effective speed: ••••.••••••••••• up to 300 char/sec, limited by block length and
transmission speed of sending device.
Comments:
translator and format options are available; see
Paragraph • 15 •
• 44
Output to Printer
4021, 5072, or 5122 Printer Terminals Output medium: • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •• pin-fed, fanfold forms up to 20 inches wide.
Character set: ••••••••••••••.•• 64 characters; see Table II.
Rated 'printing speed: ••••••• • • • • •• 300 lines/min.
Effective speed: •••••••••••••••• up to 150 lines/min (300 char/sec), limited by
block length and transmission speed of sending
device.
Format control: •••••••••••••••• horizontal and vertical tab options are available •
•5
ERROR DETECTION AND CORRECTION
All terminals in the Reverse-Channel, Dial-o-Verter line are provided with reversechannel operation and Modulo 8 Block Count capability as standard features. Both features
are described in detail under Paragraph .15 •
• 51
Data Entry Errors
4021 Printer Terminal and 509
Paper Tape Receiver: ••••••••••••
no provision for checking.
507 Paper Tape Transmitter, 5122 Printer/Card Reader, and 522/5225 Magnetic
Tape Terminal Type of checking: •••••••••••.••
Error indication: • • • • • • • • • • • • • ••
5170
522 checks character parity; 5122 has card
column check and optional validity check;
character parity is checked on the 507 if
parity bit is included.
indicator lamp is lighted; 507 inserts flag character in place of incorrect character.
AUERBACH Data Communications Reports
A
8
..
AUERBACH
AUERBACH
DATA
COMMUNICATIONS
REPORTS
6221: 15
DIGITRONICS REVERSE-CHANNEL
D1AL-Q-VERTER LINE
TABLE I. DlGITRONICS 5122 STANDARD HOLLERITH TO FRIDEN TRANSLATION
Punched Card
Input Code
Punched
Tape Code
Output
Character Codes
0
12
11 0
1
2
4 5
3
6
7
8
9
8
7
6
5
4
~
~
~
•
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
• ••
I
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
••
•
•
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
J
I
J
J
J
J
I
I
J
I
I
I
I
I
I
J
J
I
J
I
J
J
I
I
I
•
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
J
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
J
I
I
•
•
••
•
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
J
I
•
J
•
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
J
J
I
I
I
I
•
•
•
I
I
I
I
I
J
I
I
I
J
I
I
I
I
•
1
o
•
•
•
I
2
• •
• •
•
•
•
•• •• •
I
I
3
• ••
•
• •
• •
• •
•
• •
• •
•
•
•
• • •
•
•
•
•
• •
•
• •
•
• •
•
•
• •
• • •
•
•
•
• •
•
• •
•
•
•
•
•
• •
•
•
• • ••
• •
• • ••
•
•
• •
•
•
• • •
• •
• •
•
• • •
•
•
• •
• • •
•
•
•
• •
•
•
•
•• ••
•
•
•
• •
•
•
•
• •
• • •
2
3
4
5
6
8
9
A
B
C
D
~~.
·
•
F
G
H
J
K
L
M
N
o
P
Q
R
S
T
U
v
w
X
y
Z
SPAC
•
· •• ••
· •• ••
· ••
••
•
•
•
•
•
•
• •
• •
• • •
•
•
•
• •
•
•
• • •
•• ••
• • •
•• • • ••
• • • •
NON-PRINT. AUX. SPACE
PRlNT-RESTR. AUX. ZERO
ON-1
CHANGE OF TIME
CANCEL CODE
TRANSACTION 2
TRANSACTION 4
TRANSACTION 5
TRANSACTION 6
TRANSACTION CODE BADGE READ
TRANSACTION 7
TAPE FEED
END OF MESSAGE
0
12
11 0
1 2
3
4
5 6
© 1970 AUERBACH Info, Inc.
7
8
9
EL X
0 CH 8
~
~
4
2
1
5/70
6221: 16
DIGITRONICS REVERSE-CHANNEL
DIAL~VERTER LINE
TABLE II. DIGITRONICS 401 PRINTER TERMINAL CHARACTER SET
Name
Drum
Symbol
Drum
Symbol
At
•
A
A
"
B
B
C
Dollar Sign
*$
C
D
D
Word Separator
Exclamation Mark
!
QUotation Mark
Number Sign
Percent
%
E
E
Ampersand
&
F
F
Apostrophe
I
G
G
Open Parenthesis
(
H
H
Close Parenthesis
)
I
I
Asterisk
*
J
J
Plus
+
K
K
Comma
,
-
L
L
M
M
N
N
Minus
5/70
Name
Period
.
Slash
/
0
0
Zero
0
P
P
One
1
Two
2
Q
R
Q
R
Three
3
S
S
Four
4
T
T
Five
5
U
U
Six
6
V
V
Seven
7
W
W
Eight
8
X
X
Nine
9
Y
Y
Colon
:
Z
Z
Semicolon
;
Open Bracket
[
/
1
Less Than
<
Reverse Slash
Equal
=
Close Bracket
Greater Than
>
Arrow Up
Question Mark
?
Arrow Left
AUERBACH Data Communications Reports
t
--
A
a
.
AUERBACH
DATA
COMMUNICATIONS
REPORTS
6221: 17
DIGITRONICS REVERSE-CHANNEL
D1AL-o-VERTER LINE
AUERBACH
Correction procedure: ••••
0
0
••••
Comments: •••..••••••••••..•
• 52
Data Transmission Errors
Type of checking:
Error indication:
Correction procedure:
• 53
0
•••••••••••
character parity and longitudinal parity •
indicator lamp is lighted; reverse channel is
interrupted; error block is identified by
speCial code.
automatic retransmission •
Data Recording Errors
Type of checking:
Error indication:
Correction procedure: ••••••••••••
Comments:
• 54
automatic retransmission in response to
reverse-channel interruption (507 and 522).
507 and 522 require operator intervention after
three unsuccessful retransmissions •
0
•
0
•••••
0
0
•
0
•
0
•
0
••••
read-after-write check is performed by 522/
5225 Magnetic Tape Terminal.
indicator lamp is lighted.
error block is erased, tape is moved to clean
area, and block is rewritten.
operation halts and operator intervention is
required after three unsuccessful rewrite
operations •
Internal Transfer Errors
522/5225 Magnetic Tape Terminal Type of checking:
Error indication: ••••••••••••••
Correction procedure
Transmit mode:
a
0
••••
0
••••
0
•
0
Receive mode:
character parity is checked when data is read
from memory if terminal is in Receive or
Transmit mode.
unit halts and an indicator lamp is lighted.
error block is transmitted and error character
is detected at receiver. Receiver requests
retransmission, but transmit terminal
responds by reversing magnetic tape to beginning of error block. Operator intervention is
then required.
error block is written on output tape. Receiver
halts, eraSing error block, and operator
intervention is required.
4021 Printer Terminal Type of checking:
Error indication:
Correction procedure: •••••••••••
character parity is checked when character is
read from memory during print cycle.
unit halts and an indicator lamp is lighted.
reverse channel is interrupted, operation is
halted, and operator intervention is required.
5122 Printer/Card Reader Type of checking:
Error indication:
Correction procedure: •••••••••••
© 1970 AUERBACH Info, Inc.
character parity is checked after character from
card is translated to BCD code.
unit halts and an indicator lamp is lighted.
operator intervention is required to reinsert and
reread card.
5/70
6221: 18
DIGITRONICS REVERSE-CHANNEL
DIAL-o-VERTER LINE
• 55
Line Malfunctions
Detection:
Action:
•6
0
0
0.....
0
I
0
0
0
0
••
•••••
0
0
•
0
•
•
•
•
0
0
0
••
0
•••••
•
II
interrupted transmission is detected by the
reverse-channel technique (see Paragraph
.15).
automatic retransmission, automatic disconnect,
or operator intervention, depending on transmitting terminal and period of interruption •
CONDITION INDICATORS
A comprehensive array of indicator lamps on each Digitronics Dial-o-Verter terminal provides visual indications of error status, block count, transmission status, memory status,
paper depletion, unattended operation, etc •
•7
DATA TRANSMISSION
.71
Basic Characteristics
Rated transmission speed 5072, 5079, 5225, and 522: •••••••••
507:
509:
••
0
••
0
0
•
0
••
II
••
iii
o.
0
•
•••
0
•••
0
0
•••••••••
0
•
0
•••••••
0
Transmission method: ••••••••••••
Transmission code: .
0
Transmission mode:
...
Order of transmission:
Synchronization: •••
0
• 72
••••••••
••
0
••
0
0
II'
••
•••
0
•••
••
0
II
•
•
Communications Line
Data Set*
Public Switched telephone network: ••••
Common-carrier leased voiceband
line: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Bell System Data-Phone Data Set 202C.
•••
0
•
Bell System Data Set 201B or Western Union
2400 Baud Data Modem •
Transmission Control
Call initiation: •.....•••••.•
Call reception: .•
Functional operations
4021:
II
0
••
0
•
0
All others: •...
.74
•
Connection to Communications Lines
0
• 73
0
0
100, 150, or 300 char/sec.
100 or 150 char/sec.
100 char/sec.
serial by bit.
507 and 509 Paper Tape Terminals and 522/
5225 Magnetic Tape Terminal are not codesensitive. See Table I for 5122 card terminal
transmission code. 4021 Printer Terminal
can be ordered to accommodate anyone 5-,_
6-, 7-, or 8-level, nonprecedence code; see
Paragraph .35.
simplex transmission or reception, using
reverse-channel acknowledge; see Paragraph
.15.
high-order data bit first, parity bit last.
synchronous; i. e., each data block is preceded
by a sequential group of speCial sync
characters •
•••••••
"
0
0
0
•••
••••
................
0
0
••••
Multistation Operation:
0
0
•••
0
0
.
•••
manual dialing or Signaling.
manual; unattended operation is optional.
line feed, horizontal and vertical tab (optional)
initiated by control codes.
none.
no provision:
* In some cases, equivalent data sets can be used; check with your local common-carrier
communications consultant.
5/70
AUERBACH Data Communications Reports
fA
8
AUERBACH
AUERBACH
DATA
COMMUNICATIONS
REPORTS
6221: 19
DIGITRONICS REVERSE-CHANNEL
D1AL-Q-VERTER LINE
•
•8
PHYSICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Component
4021 Printer
Terminal
509 Paper
Tape
Receiver
5122 Printer/
Card
Reader
Width (inches)
Depth (inches)
Height (inches)
Weight (pounds)
44
30
48
925
22
18
60
500
22
18
60
500
60
30
48
925
Power (KVA)
Voltage
Frequency (cps)
Phases
1.15
115
60
1
0.8
115
60
1
0.8
115
60
1
1.15
115
60
1
Temperature Range (OF)
Humidity Range (%)
Heat (BTU/hr)
60-95
40-80
6,500
50-90
30-80
2,500
50-90
30-80
2,500
60-95
40-80
6,500
Component
522 Magnetic
Tape Terminal
Width (inches)
Depth (inches)
Height (inches)
Weight (pounds)
Temperature Range (OF)
Humidity Range (%)
Heat (BTU/hr)
5072 Printer/Paper
Tape Terminal
56
24
60
1,000
Power (KVA)
Voltage
Frequency (cps)
Phases
.9
507 Paper
Tape
Transmitter
5.8
115
60
3
55-95
40-70
18,000
5079 Paper
Tape Terminal
60
30
48
925
22
18
72
500
1.15
115
60
1
1.84
115
60
1
50-95
30-80
6,500
55-105
20-80
1,450
PRICE DATA
Component or Feature
Monthly
Rental
Purchase
Price
$
$
Monthly
Maintenance
$
4021 Printer Terminal (1, 2)
132-Column Printing Width
Horizontal Tab Control
Vertical Tab Control (automatic)
Unattended Operation, Automatic
Answering
201B Data Set Operation
Rixon Data Set Operation (3)
650
74
26
15
11
42,420
2,646
945
567
370
180.00
14.00
5.20
3.00
2.20
6
6
189
189
NC
50.00
5072 Printer/Paper Tape Terminal (2)
Unattended Operation, Automatic
Answering-
750
42,950
200.00
© 1970 AUERBACH Info, Inc.
5/70
6221: 20
DIGITRONICS REVERSE-CHANNEL
DIAL-o-VERTER LINE
Component or Feature
Unidirectional
Bidi rectional
Horizontal Tab
Vertical Tab
132-Column Printing Width
201B Data Set Operation
Rixon Data Set Operation (3)
Spooler 8-inch
10.5-inch
5/70
Monthly
Rental
Purchase
Price
$
$
11
21
26
15
74
6
6
370
750
945
567
2,646
189
189
2.20
4.20
5.20
3.00
15.00
NC
50.00
935
POR
NC
NC
26
POR
Monthly
Maintenance
$
5079 Paper Tape Terminal
Unattended Operation, Automatic
Answering Unidi rectional
Bidirectional
Spooler (reader) 8-inch
10.5-inch
Winder (punch) 8-inch
10.5-inch
Supply Reel Winder for punch unit
(winds up to 3, 000 feet of punched
paper tape)
201B Data Set Operation
Rixon Data Set Operation (3)
300
14,400
90.00
6
21
242
750
1.20
4.20
26
40
935
1,400
5.20
POR
6
15
40
184
460
1,500
NC
NC
5.00
6
6
189
189
NC
50.00
5122 Printer/Card Reader (2)
Unattended Operation, Automatic
Answering Unidi rectional
Bidirectional
Horizontal Tab
Vertical Tab
132-Column Printing
201B Data Set Operation
Rixon Data Set Operation
850
54,500
220.00
11
21
26
15
74
6
6
370
750
945
567
2,646
189
189
2.20
4.20
5.20
3.00
15.00
NC
50.00
507 Paper Tape Transmitter
Spooler, Bidirectional
Character Counter
Data Set Select
Unattended Operation, Automatic
Power Control
Unattended Operation, Automatic
Answering
201B Data Set Operation
152
26
NC
6
6
7,875
935
NC
242
242
40.00
5.20
NC
1.20
1.20
6
242
1.20
8
312
1.60
509 Paper Tape Receiver
Unattended Operation, Terminal
Power Control
Unattended Operation, Punch
Power Control
Data Set Select
189
6
10,500
184
50.00
1.20
6
184
1.20
6
184
1.20
AUERBACH Data CommunicCltions Reports
A
8
.,
AUERBACH
DATA
COMMUNICATIONS
REPORTS
6221:21
DIGITRONICS REVERSE-CHANNEL
D1AL-Q-VERTER LINE
AUERBACH
Component or Feature
Winder 8-inch
10.5-inch
Output Error Control
201B Data Set Operation
522 Magnetic Tape Terminal
Fixed Code Translator
Variable Code Translator
Paper Tape Punch
Paper Tape Reader
800 bpi density
RCA 581 Compatibility
Data-Verter Compatibility
Subset Select (202/201)
Data Set Select
9-Channel Tape (IBM 2400
Series Compatibility)
Automatic Polling (for DataVerter)
5225 Magnetic Tape Terminal
Fixed Translation
Data-Verter Compatibility
Data Set Select
Alte rnate Data Set
Monthly
Maintenance
Monthly
Rental
Purchase
Price
$
$
$
6
15
6
6
184
460
184
184
1.20
3
1.20
1.20
1,302
126
134
236
210
63
47,775
4,515
4,746
8,500
7,560
2,258
200.00
NC
NC
50.00
50.00
6.00
NC
373
16
11
95
NC
10,185
567
378
3,360
NC
37.00
3.20
2.20
19.00
285
12,200
30.00
600
126
373
11
16
29,400
4,515
10,185
378
567
220.00
NC
37.00
2.20
3.20
(1) The 401 Printer Terminal has been replaced by the 4021, an integrated circuit version
of the 401 with the same capabilities.
(2) Two optional print drums are available: (1) 128-character set; (2) 16-character set
repeated four times around the drum circumference. Prices are available on request.
(3) For Rixon Sebit 48 Data Set; data set must be installed by Rixon.
NC
- No Charge.
POR - Price on Request.
© 1970 AUERBACH Info, Inc.
5/70
A
AUERBACH
AUEItIlACH
DATA
COMMUNICATIONS
REPORTS
6240:01
DURA DATA TERMINAL
•
DURA DATA TERMINAL
\
)
.1
GENERAL
.11
Identity:.......................
Dura Data Terminal.
. 12
Manufacturer:...................
Dura Business Machines
Division of Intercontinental Systems Incorporated
32220 Stephenson Highway
Madison Heights, Michigan
.13
Basic Function:
transmission and reception of data over a
narrow-band or voice-band line at 14.8
characters per second.
.14
Basic Components
\
)
. 15
/
Name: ...•.....
Dura 1041.
Function: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
provides data input and output capabilities via
typewriter, edge-punched card/tape reader and
punch.
Name: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dura 1015.
Function: . . . . .
provides a communications interface between the
Dura 1041 and a communications facility .
Description
The Dura Data Terminal includes the Dura 1041 (typewriter) and the Dura 1015 (communications interface). The standard 1041 incorporates an individual edge-punched card/paper
tape reader and punch as integral units positioned at opposite sides of a Selectric typewriter.
An auxiliary reader and/or punch can be added to the standard 1041 at additional cost. The
1041 is also available in a typewriter-only configuration.
The Data Terminal can communicate with another Data Terminal or a remote computer system
over a narrow-band or voice-band communications facility at up to 14.8 characters per
second (up to 15.5 characters per second optionally). Transmission is half-duplex asynchronous. The Data Terminal is compatible with the mM 2741 Communication Terminal (see
Report 6455).
.
The Data Terminal can operate in anyone of six transmit modes or three receive modes as
illustrated in the following table.
Mode
Function
Transmit
Print
Punch
Read
Key
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
.
X
X
Receive
X
X
X
X
X
.X
X
In addition, a local mode is provided for transcribing data from edge-punched cards to paper
tape or vice versa; this mode can also be used to punch data entered from the keyboard.
The punch and reader accept I-inch wide paper tape or edge-punched cards from 3.5 inches to
8.5 inches wide. The punch can operate at up to 18 characters per second; the reader, at 30
characters per second. The reader senses data photoelectrically.
/
A 56-key Selectric or BCD keyboard (44 keys plus control keys) is provided and is supplemented with control keys strategically located by the reader and punch units.
© 1968 AUERBACH Corporation and
AUERBA~H
Info, Inc.
5/68
6240:02
DURA DATA TERMINAL
Figure 1. Dura Data Terminal includes the Dura 1041 (center) and the Dura 1015 (right) .
. 15
Description (Contd.)
The Dura Data Terminal employs the IBM Paper Tape Transmission Code/EBCD; see Table I.
Dura states that most 6-bit codes can be accommodated at no extra cost.
The Data Terminal employs odd or even (specified by user) character parity to detect errors
when reading from edge punched cards or tape or when receiving data. Character parity is
generated and punched; parity checking on punching can be implemented at additional cost.
Several options are available for the 1041 typewriter. The Color Ribbon Shift permits automatic selection of typing color from coded commands entered from the keyboard or in received text. The Reverse Index feature permits half-spacing paper up or· down from coded
commands entered from the keyl::oard or in received text; this feature is intended for typing chemical equations containing subscripts using a special typing sphere that incorporates
chemical symbols. The Automatic First Line Finder permits automatic line feed from the
last printed line on a form to the first printed line on the following form. A Carbon Ribbon
Attachment is also available .
. 16
First Delivery: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
June 1967.
. 17
Availability: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4 months .
.2
CONFIGURATION
The Dura Data Terminal consists of an IBM Selectric typewriter, an individual edge-punched
card/paper tape reader and punch, and a separate communications interface. A data set is
required to connect the communicationE: interface to a communications facility; see
Paragraph.72 .
.3
INPUT
. 31
Prepared Input
Edge-Punched Card/Paper Tape Reader Input medium: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Input code: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Quantity of data:. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Character set: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rated input speed: . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Effective speed: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
.
.
.
.
.
Comments: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
fully punched I-inch, 6-level paper tape or 3.5to 8. 5-inch edge-punched cards.
most 6-level codes.
any size block length.
64 characters.
30 char/sec.
somewhat less than 14. 8·c:har/s_c traurlnlission
speed depending on block length.
holes are sensed photoelectrically; ch;;-"acterparity is checked.
(Conte!. )
5/68
AUERBACH Data Communications Reports
A
AUERBACH
AUERBACH
DATA
COMMUNICATIONS
REPORTS
6240:03
DURA DATA TERMINAL
•
. 32
Manual Input
Method of entry:.
Quantity of data: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Character set: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Comments: .. ' . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
via 44-key Selectric typewriter keyboard; 12
additional keys provide special functions such
as backspace, shift, carriage return, horizontal tab, etc.
variable.
44 distinct character codes, in conjunction with
upper and lower case control codes, provide
88 upper and lower case alphabetic, numeric
special characters; see Table 1.
two keyboard configurations are available that
correspond to the mM EBCD layout or the mM
Standard Selectric layout (optional). Table I
corresponds to the mM EBCD layout.
.33
Fixed Input:
no provision.
. 34
Transaction Code Input: . . . . . . . . . .
no provision.
.35
Message Configuration:. . . . . . . . . . .
typically, text of any length is preecded by an
EOA code and followed by an EOT code; message configuration is dependent upon the environmental requirements. Control characters are
recognized only after receiving an EOA code;
recognition is inhibited by an EOT code .
. 36
Operating Procedure
To transmit a message to the remote computer, the operator:
(1) Places the terminal in the On-Line mode; this locks the keyboard and inhibits the
reader until the connection is established.
(2) Establishes connection by dialing or manually signaling; on a dedicated line, a
permanent connection can be maintained.
(3) Depresses the EOA key to indicate the beginning of a message.
(4) Keys in the message or initiates 'reader operation.
(5) Depresses the Interrupt key to transmit an End-of-Transmission (EOT) code or
depresses the automatic EOT key which transmits an EOT following the carriage
return function initiated by th~ Carriage-Return code. The EOT code is automatically transmitted if reading from paper tape or edge punched cards.
The transmitted EOT code places the Terminal in receive mode; locks the keyboard, and
inhibits the reader. An EOT code received from the computer causes the Terminal to enter
the transmit mode, unlocks the keyboard, and frees the reader.
An End-of-Line (EOL) code is automatically transmitted following the transmission of the
control codes: Tab, Carrier Return, Index, Reverse Index, and first line, provided the
EOL function is initiated. The keyboard is locked and the reader is inhibited until a Delete
code is received from the computer. The reader will continue or the keyboaJ,'d is unlocked
after receiving the Delete code.
To transmit control codes from the keyboard, the Encode switch must be engaged. When
receiving, control codes are recognized only after an EOA code has been received .
. 37
Entry of Time and Date: . . . . . . . . . . ..
.4
OUTPUT
.41
Output to Punched Tape
Edge-Punched Card and Paper Tape Punch Tape size: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tape code: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rated punching speed: . . . . . . . . • . . . .
@
no provision .
I-inch paper tape or 3.5- to 8. 5-inchedgepunched cards.
most level codes, see Comments.
18 char/sec.
1968 AUERBACH Corporation and AUERBACH I.nfo. Inc.
5/68
6240:04
DURA DATA TERMINAL
TABLE I: mM PAPER TAPE TRANSMISSION CODE/EBCD*
Lower Case
I4 I I
I
3
2
1
(1)
(2)
0
1
0
~
-)
0
0
0
0
1
/
[
0
0
0
0
1
0
1/
@
0
0
1
0
0
1
1
/
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
II
*$
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
1
0
•I
~
0
0
0
1
1
1
0
0
1
0
0
0
=
...
1
1
0
0
1
\
(
0
0
0
0
1
A
A
0
0
0
I"
0
B
B
1
1
0
0
1
1
C
C
1
0
0
1
0
0
0
D
1
1
0
1
0
1
E
1
1 .
0
1
1
0
F
E
F
1
1
0
0
1
1
1
G
G
1
1
0
1
0
0
0
H
H
1
1
1
1
0
0
1
I
I
7
0
0
1
0
0
I
2
0
II
3
.4
4
II
5
0
•.,
6
0
7
0
•
•
8
0
9
A
0
0
0
1
1
b
B
1
1
c
C
1
d
D
1
II
E
1
f
F
1
II
G
h
H
i
I
~"--"""
I
1
(2)
0
~"
6
0
5
1
-
%
&&
j
J
1
0
1
0
0
0
1
J
J
k
K
1
0
1
0
0
1
0
K
K
I
L
1
0
0
0
0
1
1
L
L
m
M
1
0
1
0
1
0
0
M
M
n
N
1
0
0
0
1
0
1
N
N
0
0
1
0
0
0
1
1
0
0
0
p
P
1
0
1
0
1
1
1
P
P
q
Q
1
0
1
1
0
0
0
Q
Q
r
R
1
0
0
1
0
0
1
R
R
s
,
S
0
1
1
0
0
1
0
S
S
T
0
1
0
0
0
1
1
T
T
u
U
0
1
1
0
1
0
0
U
U
y
V
0
1
0
0
1
0
1
V
V
w
W
0
1
0
0
1
1
0
W
W
II
X
0
1
1
0
1
1
1
X
X
y
Y
0
1
1
1
0
0
0
y
y
z
Z
0
1
0
1
0
0
1
Z
Z
)
=
1
1
1
0
0
0
0
(
+
•
0
1
1
1
0
1
1
•
1
1
0
0
1
•
1
1
;
1
0
1
1
0
1
1
:
:
+
-
"
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
\
~
/
0
1
1
0
0
0
1
......
-?
0
0
0
1
0
1
1
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
·
·
<
>
-
(1)
I
(1)
,
Upper Case
Bit Position
,
!
·
0
"0
Camwll 67M Chemical Type Sphere available from Dura.
(2)
Standard Selectric TYpe Sphere used on the basic Dura
Data Terminal; the Standard Selectric Type Sphere is also
available with lower-case letters .
• Not all symbols are identical to the mM 2740/2741
Paper Tape Transmission Code/EBCD.
(Contd.)
5/68
AUERBACH Data Communications Reports
A
AUERBACH
AUERBACH
DATA
COMMUNICATIONS
REPORTS
6240:05
DURA DATA TERMINAL
•
TABLE I: IBM PAPER TAPE TRANSMISSION CODE/EBCD* (Contd.)
Bit Position
Function Codes••
I I I T I I
I
2
3
4
7
Ii
(;
Tab
I
1
0
1
1
0
Carriage Return/LF
1
0
1
1
1
0
1
Space
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
0
I
1
0
1
I
1
0
1
0
1
I
I
I
0
Index
0
1
1
1
1
o_~
Delete/EOL
1
1
1
1
1
I
I
Non-Print
0
1
0
1
1
0
U
----
Upper Case
-
Lower Case
-------_.
Backspace
--
---------
-_._--
---
-
1
Pl'lnt On
Punch orr
1
Q
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
0
0
1
Punch On
0
0
1
1
1
0
0
0
Skip Off
0
1
0
1
1
1
1
Skip On
0
0
0
0
0
0
-~
SlVitch Reade r"---.--_._ ..
Field Control..._-_.
1
1
1
1
0
I
0
0
1
0
1 ..
Branch Skip/EOT
0
0
1
I'
I
I
I
Aux. Punch On
0
1
1
1
1
I
0
First Llne/R. I.
1
0
0
1
0
1
0
Slop/Idle
1
0
0
1
1
I
1
------_. - - -
Reader Stal·t
..
N. A,
Card Feed
Tape Feed
o - 1- - -0_-_ _
N. A.
-
N. A.
-Not all Symbols are identical 10 the IBM 2740/2741 Papl·r Tape
Transmission Code/EBCn.
-'These Codes Al'e Not Printable.
N. A. - Not Applicable.
somewhat less than 14. 8-char/sec transmission
speed depending on block length.
none.
erroneously punched data can be manually deleted;
character parity checking is optionally
available.
Effective speed: .
Format control: .
Comments: , ...
· 44
Output to Printer
Selectric Typewriter Output medium: .
Character set: . .
Rated Printing speed: ..
Effective speed: ..
Format control: .
Comments: . . . .
·5
ERROR DETECTION AND CORRECTION
· 51
Data Entry Errors
Type of checking: . .
Error indication: . .
friction-fed or pin-fed fanfold forms up to
15.5 inches wide (13-inch printing width).
88 printable characters; see Table 1.
14.8 char/sec; optionally 15.5 char/sec.
less than rated speed due to carriage return,
line feed, or other format options.
controlled by function codes in incoming data
or manually by operator.
horizontal spacing is 10 char/inch (12 char/inch
optional); vertical spacing is 6 lines/inch (8
or 12 lines/inch optional).
character parity checking is performed on data
entered from reader.
lamp is lighted; operation is halted; keyboard is
locked.
© 1968 AUERBACH Corporation and AUERBACH Info, Inc.
5/68
6240:06
DURA DATA TERMINAL
.51
Data Entry Errors (Contd.)
Correction procedure: . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Comments: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
· 52
Data Transmission Errors
Type of checking: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Error indic.ation: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Correction procedure:. . . . . . . . . . . . .
· 53
Error indication: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Correction procedure: . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Line Malfunctions
Detection: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Action: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
.7
DATA TRANSMISSION
.71
Rated transmission speed: . . . . . • . . . .
Transmission method:. . . • . . . . . . . . .
Transmission code: . . . . . . • . . . . . . .
Transmission mode: . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Order of bit transmission: . . . . . . ' ... .
Synchronization:. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
.72
character parity checking is performed on
received data.
lamp is lighted; operation is halted; space codes
are transmitted for 2 second interval.
operator intervention is required.
Data Recording Errors
Type of checking: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
· 55
reset error then backspace card or tape and
restart; re-enter data from keyboard.
operator intervention is required after several
unsuccessful attempts to enter data.
optional character parity checking is performed
on punched data (punching pins are electrically
sensed); typed data is visually verified.
indicator lamp is lighted.
manual deletion of incorrect character.
spacing condition lasting over 200 msec.
indicator lamp on interface is extinguished;
operation is halted; keyboard is locked;
operator intervention is required .
14.8 char/sec (134.5 bits/sec); optionally 15.5
char/sec.
serial by bit.
IBM Paper Tape Transmission Code/EBCD
(6-level); most 6-level codes can be specified
at no extra cost; each character includes an
odd or even parity bit, a start, and a stop bit
totaling 9 bits per character.
half-duplex.
high-order bit is transmitted first.
start/stop.
Connection to Communications Lines
Communications Line or Service
Bell System leased line Type 1006
Data Channel: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . '
Western Union Class D Data
Channel: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Bell System leased line Type
3002 Data Channel: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Public telephone network: . . . . . . . . . . .
Data Set*
Bell System Data Set 103F.
Western Union 180 Baud Data Modem.
Bell System Data Set 103F.
Bell System Data-Phone Data Set 103A.
*In some cases, equivalent data sets can be used; check with your local common-carrier
communications consultant .
. 73
· 74
Transmission Control
Call initiation: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Call reception:. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
manual dialing or signaling.
capable of unattended operation; can automatically
answer call, print, and/or punch data depending
on control characters in received message.
Functional operations: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . carriage return, line feed, case shift, horizontal tab, backspace, etc.
Multistation Operation: . . . . . . . . . . . . .. no provision.
(Contd.)
5/68
AUERBACH Data Communications Reports
DATA
~. COMMUNICATIONS
AUERBACH
IBACH
6240:07
DURA DATA TERMINAL
REPORTS
•
.8
PHYSICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Component
Dura 1041
Dura 1015
28
16
7.75
60
Width (inches)
Depth (inches)
Height (inches)
Weight (pounds)
Power (KVA)
Voltage
Frequency (cps)
8.75
11. 50
6
15
225*
115
60
Phases
Temperature Range (OF.)
Humidity Range (%)
Heat (BTU/hr)
Power is obtained
from 1041
1
30 to 110
o to 95
?
30 to 110
o to 95
?
* Includes punch and reader .
.9
PRICE DATA
Purchase
Price,
Monthly
Maintenance,
$
$
164.50
3290
18;00
53.50
1070
6.00
53.50
1070
6.00
109.75
2195
12.00
Auxiliary Edge-Punched Card/
Paper Tape Reader
57.50
JOOO
6.50
Auxiliary Edge- Punched Card/
Paper Tape Punch
55.00
1000
6.50
14.00
50.08
15.00
5.00
275
1000
300
100
1. 50
5.50
3.00
1. 00
Component or Feature
Monthly*
Rental,
$
Dura Data Terminal 1041 Typewriter (IBM
Selectric)
Edge-Punched Card/Paper
Tape Reader
Edge-Punched Card/Paper
Tape Punch
1015 Communications Interface
1041 Options Color Ribbon Shift
Reverse Index
Automatic First Line
Carbon Ribbon Attachment
*Monthly Maintenance costs are not included in the Monthly Rental Price. The
Monthly Maintenance costs shown are for points within a 25 mile radius of a service center. Maintenance costs for outlying points are negotiated separately.
@
1968 AUERBACH Corporation and AUERBACH Info. Inc.
5/68
Source Exif Data:
File Type : PDF File Type Extension : pdf MIME Type : application/pdf PDF Version : 1.6 Linearized : No XMP Toolkit : Adobe XMP Core 4.2.1-c041 52.342996, 2008/05/07-21:37:19 Create Date : 2016:08:29 18:29:11-08:00 Modify Date : 2016:08:29 18:55:44-07:00 Metadata Date : 2016:08:29 18:55:44-07:00 Producer : Adobe Acrobat 9.0 Paper Capture Plug-in Format : application/pdf Document ID : uuid:c939b7c1-25ba-8643-9a27-7dbfdf5826d9 Instance ID : uuid:74306c2b-e986-d941-90f1-7d58a72a67ae Page Layout : SinglePage Page Mode : UseOutlines Page Count : 516EXIF Metadata provided by EXIF.tools